ee ee

—eOw— er ee ee ns ee aes

Pe Phat dM ene Papal e paid Alpat sae gh

Ys iatead

tad

afin ta

tela dad aral '

atele aval ma aie att ' at

itinniielars aha HA fis

ths pital { it

}

i Reailae ataiisgsy

say toe

Mtoe!

nat

ypeetedaye

diasele ge

Noe tte ad

: 3

Ri i

alah ied

NTT aigt

ah ital }

(i huiatel ane

thee dst

a ,

igle

Minded ys,

21k

a “

= anon.

Leta

YAR AEa faye

;

“ 4}

i Ua

f 4 ul

Niwa) ape! bt

tides

sates bye

nip

ite

pelts cada]

ete agy ty

PERT?

sig}

nanditie

W4 er Saede tat

Va eaee LM halts

“

a) f

aunt al

Navtedsaad

{ Ett

Hyeterdnddandedns

ana

is aay iLife

Trey Latte

Hehehe)

tee

Teste

ipertheh

i ‘inion at

bm i

See

tallig

i Aait i

itelsaletobin

Wiens jal

———

Soest ee

SSS

reer =o ae

SESS ELS

ss S

toelele

eee

Sora em

Ped

KEBOOND (939

ALEX. AGASSIZ.

Hibrary of the Museum

COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY,

AT HARVARD COLLEGE, CAMBRIDGE, MASS,

Founded by private subscription, in 1861.

Deposited by ALEX. AGASSIZ.

No. 3 Sms

AU & 30, (887 — Jarl Bi (862

wir

THE ANNALS)

{ {

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,

INCLUDING

ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, ann GEOLOGY.

(BEING A CONTINUATION OF THE ‘ANNALS’ COMBINED WITH LOUDON AND

CHARLESWORTH’S ‘ MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.)

CONDUCTED BY

ALBERT C. L. G. GUNTHER, M.A., M.D., Ph.D., F.R.S.,

WILLIAM S. DALLAS, F.L.S3&

WILLIAM CARRUTHERS, F.R.S., P.L.S., F.GS.,

AND

WILLIAM FRANCIS, Ph.D., F.L.S.

aera

VOL. XX.—FIFTH SERIES.

Ne ~ ~

LONDON:

PRINTED AND PUBLISHED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS.

SOLD BY LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO.; SIMPKIN, MARSHALL, AND CO.,;

KENT AND CO.; WHITTAKER AND CO.: BAILLIERE, PARIS:

MACLACHLAN AND STEWART, EDINBURGH :

HODGES, FOSTER, AND cO., DUBLIN: AND ASHER, BERLIN.

= Mister

“Omnes res creatse sunt divine sapientiz et potentiz testes, divitie felicitatis

humane :—ex harum usu bonitas Creatoris; ex pulchritudine sapzentia Domini;

ex ceconomid in conservatione, proportione, renovatione, potentia majestatis

elucet. Earum itaque indagatio ab hominibus sibi relictis semper estimata ;

a veré eruditis et sapientibus semper exculta; malé doctis et barbaris semper

inimica fuit.”—Linnavs.

“Quel que soit le principe de la vie animale, il ne faut quouvrir les yeux pour

voir qu’elle est le chef-d’ceuvre de la Toute-puissance, et le but auquel se rappor-

tent toutes ses opérations.”—Brucnner, Théorie du Systéme Animal, Leyden,

1767.

Suess Gps oo scolar The sylvan powers

Obey our summons; from their deepest dells

The Dryads come, and throw their garlands wild

And odorous branches at our feet; the Nymphs

That press with nimble step the mountain-thyme

And purple heath-flower come not empty-handed,

But scatter round ten thousand forms minute

Of velvet moss or lichen, torn from rock

Or rifted oak or cavern deep: the Naiads too

Quit their loved native stream, from whose smooth face

They crop the lily, and each sedge and rush

That drinks the rippling tide: the frozen poles,

Where peril waits the bold adventurer’s tread,

The burning sands of Borneo and Cayenne,

All, all to us unlock their secret stores

And pay their cheerful tribute.

J. Taytor, Norwich, 1818.

CONTENTS OF VOL, XX.

[FIFTH SERIES. }

NUMBER CXV.

I. The Significance of the Yolk in the Eggs of Osseous Fishes.

By Epwarp E. Princz, St. Andrews Marine Laboratory.

(CET e5) TTD 0 ales a ce case aces AISI pRB Ec Ac TGIER Fie Hote PRR NA aI

II. Notes on Coleoptera, with Descriptions of new Genera and

Species.—Part VI. By Francis P. Pascor, F.L.S. &c. (Plate 1)

III. Catalogue of Ceylon Algz in the Herbarium of the British

Museum. By GEorcE Murray, F.L.S., Assistant, British Museum,

and Examiner in Botany, Glasgow University ..................

IV. Contribution to the Knowledge of the Land-Planariz. By

Whe; Gig LEVESON, o oaneoanoosogocone su coco sooocanoOe Ore :

V. Descriptions of new Reptiles and Batrachians in the British

Museum (Natural History).—Part III. By G. A. BouLencER ....

VI. A List of fifty Erotylide from Japan, including thirty-five

new Species and four new Genera. By Grorer Lewis, F.LS. ..

New Book :—The Agricultural Pests of India, and of Eastern and

Southern Asia, Vegetable and Animal, injurious to Man and his

Products, By Surgeon-General Epwarp BaLFouR..........

On the Phylogeny of the Bopyrine, by MM. A. Giard and J. Bon-

nier ; On Parasitic Castration in Lupagurus Bernhardus, Linné,

Page

and in Gebia stellata, Montagu, by M. A. Giard.......... 76—78

lv CONTENTS.

NUMBER CxXVI.

Page

VII. Bryozoa from New South Wales, North Australia, &e. By

Nastia \Whvig Wi) Kurmss. (CBE OV )ene cosoosoosgnadcode'on0 666 81

VIII. On new Reptiles and Batrachians from North Borneo. By

Gry AS BOURENGIR i): jchiantvnieloiets sy rorenemecrotenn of leteeeee eres coe eae 95

TX. Notes from the St. Andrews Marine Laboratory (under the -

Fishery Board for Scotland).—No. VI. By Prof. ee M.D.,

DB PSEC UU S yo OC C sete yegeses ays seits os tla de snl aeves 2p eravoro nel ore onde eavoRS NG) erence 97

X. Some new Hypotrichous Infusoria from American Fresh

Waters. By Atrrep C. Stoxes, M.D. (Plate III.)............ 104.

XI. Descriptions of new Species of Heterocerous Lepidoptera

(Pyralites) from the Solomon Islands. By Arruur G. Burimr,

RSE G:, FUAS., Ge. re cee siete ay: ereee eee: nies) eae 114

XII. Description of a new Species of Nucleolites, with Remarks

on the Subdivisions of the Genus. By Prof. F. Jerrrry Brett, M.A.,

SecsbeMiShs tex ecched oi Resale heens SENSOR AAs EPs chtsae onsets tcc cate meena ce 125

XIII. Description of two new Squirrels from North Borneo. By

(Oimoisansy MNOS Odo molo cone bu udcoadusooodonoouaceoapoanoon 127

XIV. Descriptions of two new Species of Butterflies from South

Aviesdnemmectigny lay i5l; (Conosio SHysG Geooedccdoudedodocacascoes 129

XV. Descriptions of some new Species of Land-Shells from

Sumatra, Java, and Borneo. By EpGar A. SMITH .............. 130

Proceedings of the Geological Society .................... 134—148

On the Races of the Honey-Bee, by the Rev. H. W. Lett, M.A.,

T.C.D; On the Organization of Chetopterus, by M. Joyeux-

Latfuie ; Further Note on the Generic Name Muelleri va, by F.

Jetirey Bell ; On a Copepod (Cancerilla tubulata, Dalyell) para-

siti¢ upon Amphiur a squamata, Delle Chiaje, by M. A. Giard ;

On some Points in the Anatomy of the Rhynchobdellean Hiru-

dinea, by M. Georges Dutilleul; Note on some Reptiles from

Sumatra described by Bleeker in 1860, by G. A. Boulenger 143—152

NUMBER CXVII.

XVI. The Sponge-fauna of Madras. A Report on a Collection of

Sponges obtained in the Neighbourhood of Madras by Edgar Thurs-

ton, Esq. By Arrnur Deny, B.Sc., F.L.S., Assistant in ‘the Zoolo-

gical Department of the British Museum. (Plates IDG JUE ES on 3 153

XVI. On the Pyrochrode of Japan, By Groren Lewis, F.L.S. 165

CONTENTS. Vv

Page

XVIIL On anew Species of Semvonotus from the Lower Oolite

of Brora, Sutherlandshire. By A. Smira Woopwarp, F.G.S.,

F.Z.S., of the British Museum (Natural History). (Plate VIII.) .. 175

XIX. Description of a new Genus of Chalcosiid Moths allied to

Pedopiila. By Antuur G. Buturr, F.1S., B-Z.8.,&e..........- 180

XX. Bryozoa from New South Wales, North Australia, &. By

ARTHUR WM, WaTERS.—Part II. (Plates V. & VI.) .......... 181.

XXI. Polyparium ambulans, a new Ceelenterate. By Dr. A.

KORnOtNERE. wCP lato exci.) ee 8 \ ton. atric cisedery tusksl ole Wad ole che ave 203

XXII. Description of a new Genus and Species of Polyzonide.

yao hy PENNE SHO COCK mn (InlateeNelOVe) bias web ntstine selene oe enc 222

XXIII. Descriptions of new Species of Cicadide. By W. L.

AD FS ATVAIN A eee oh pase tah euses sci bae meres ame. | hemes sme i AR Ma RTs 226

XXIV. On the Blood-corpuscles of the Cyclostomata. By Prof.

De ARo W.. THOMPSON, Dundeers caters orvetss ats Weck e sis ciercuert cree 231

XXY. Note on a new Type of Compound Eye. By F. E.

ISyoDINAIRD, IWAN, NSE Gee bo mee open nUOb SUD Ebola be ba buu coos ad 233

XXVI. Note on the Hapuku of New Zealand (Polyprion pro-

Gis). SBP AD Yas aN, (Crompusnme, INES! odo hoooe ous oo adooUOOOEeO 236

XXVIL. On Australian Fishes of the Genus Beryr. By Dr. A.

GUN DERE ALU SS sare fay eetev ac cde Pe dsiinws.. bday DAV IMAC UN Erie clees sheds Ric eco ated 237

XXVIII. Descriptions of new Species of Lepidoptera from the

Solomon Islands, collected by C. M. Woodford, ede By A. G.

I URE PMO Sis Ey Zi see Cap ahtore a eae fe tous Pas cee detec) S| ie toeuegs ls 240

On the Structure of the Branchia of the Prosobranchiate Gastero-

pods, by M. Félix Bernard; Description of a newly-excluded

Young of the Ormthorhynchus paradoxus, by Sir Richard Owen,

K.C.b., F.RS., &c. ; Aulax hypocheridis, a new Gall-fly, by J.

J. Kieffer; Anatomy and Histology of the Salivary Glands in

the Cephalopoda, by M. L. Joubin; Habitat of Peripatus

JEGUOHURM |x] ENO 1985 Uewtiveyy 1M ab eococsoceoauude 247 —252

NUMBER CXVIII.

XXIX. Bryozoa from New South Wales, North Australia, &e.

By ArtHuR Wm. WarteErs.—Part III. (Plate VII.)............ 253

XXX. Descriptions of eight new Species of Asiatic Butterflies.

lB IAL, CorGeHismOapsn.% yo asin cob cee c o ae ao ones belo eb rIgOe aco 265

XXXI. Description of a new Rat from North Borneo. By OLp-

SUED MGT O MAS: TRY). iat ena hoetteya stema: eee ts aor dt y Rup neh see 269

vi CONTENTS.

Page

XXXII. Notes on Sphingede from the Malay Peninsula, and

Description of a new Species of Ambulyx from North Borneo. By

AWWa Jie IDSA oe cchis Gao BANOO OOM e Omen anda coowo6 ocd CH 270

XXXIIL On the Interpretation of Polyparvum ambulans, Korot-

Mi Joye I, IMEMHIM 5ddadonboocoddosgandoomoroboocooe 278

XXXIV. On a remarkable new Species of Cladorhiza obtained by

H.M.S. ‘Challenger’ By ArtHur DeEnpy, B.Sc., F.L.S., Assistant

in the Zoological Department of the British Museum. (Plate XV.) 279

XXXYV. On the Classification of the Diplopoda. By R. Innrs

Pocock, Assistant Naturalist British Museum ................-> 283

XXXVI. Descriptions of new or little-known South-American

Frogs of the Genera Paludicola and Hyla. By G. A. BoULENGER.. 295

XXXVII. Notes from the St. Andrews Marine Laboratory (under

the Fishery Board for Scotland).—No. VIII. By Prof. M‘Inrosu,

IG Del PRD Sl teleitohi cc siaa aedlo aisiore tho Olid SU MMe Hola ooo codindd 300

XXXVIII. A new Species of Zygena from the Kurrachee Har-

bour. By James A. Murray, Vict. Nat. Hist. Inst. ............ 304

XXXIX. Scent-organs in Phryganide. By Dr. WiItHELM

NIGGA TR ee ci Nerehacetscereie oy oe ete ace ones searevede’s susp tee mucroRNGee seta nie |emsencoaee 305

XL. On the Sense-organs of the Turbellaria. By Dr. L. Boumre 308

XLI. Notes. on Batrachians from Perak. By Dr. A. GinruEr,

Dn Siasht wl ded eirene. NN B) Bee emnains aig bane o dee mkclon to donc coe Cony < 312

Observation on Multiplication in Amabe, by Lillie E. Holman; On

the Byssal Organ of the Lamellibranchiata, by M. Ludwig

Reichel; Ovyo-viviparous Generation in Tropedonotus ; Litera-

ture of the Fossil Ganoid, Semzonotus, by A. Smith Wood-

WAT harry siijak cle Mite gh eas mielos Wn siya s hea eae 816—320

NUMBER CXIXx.

XLII. The True Nature of the ‘ Madreporic System ” of Echino-

dermata, with Remarks on Nephridia. By Prof. Marcus M. Har-

TO Gy DSc; MAMIE EUS Ul ot oo. uase voters tu etac tie ate Melee ee ea aie ea 321

XLUI. The New System of Chalinine, with some Brief Observa-

tions upon Zoological Nomenclature. By ArtHuR DEnpy, B.Sc.,

F.L.S., Assistant in the Zoological Department of the British

Mii Se ima terse a SARs eeu atehed alsin coats rece intiararekelo ape eae aie meaae 326

XLIV. A List of the Japanese Stlphide, with Descriptions of new

Species aby Gror Grllimyis,ebeuiS:.) eee eee 388

XLV. On the so-called Microdon nuchalis, Dixon, from the Chalk

of Sussex, a new Species of Platux. By A. Surrm Woopwarp,

F.G.S., F.Z.8., of the British Museum (Natural History).......... 342

CONTENTS. . vil

Page

XLVI. List of Reptiles and Batrachians from Cyprus. By G. A.

IBOUMINGIIN 6.5510 moc oo or UoLoo ee o pop OOD Sonam Ou Ce mmbeennd ook 344

XLVII. On the Affinity of the North-American Lizard-Fauna.

IE yg Chay AValS OU TMNGIR ey ctelaisia sedate verter ae a nae eas nee ar apse 345

XLVIII. Notes on Volutharpa Perryi, By Epvear A. Smiru .. 347

_ XLIX. Descriptions of some new Genera and Species of Cureulio-

nidee, mostly Asiatic—Part IV. By Francis P. Pascor, F.L.S.

SECM AN LPM ie hehe oa) ot oh et ook aueh sah Gtovel muck ood shee o) a ape N AG VeUPUIak 348

LL. On the Phylogeny and Anatomy of the Echinodermata. By

HDi ©) TAO MEMAIHANIN ates cians Coors ays aie) a risen Sir els ete eerste) Haan ees 361

LI. On the Mammals collected by Captain C. E. Yate, C.S.L., of

the Afghan Boundary Commission. By J.Scunty .............. 578

On the Affinities of the so-called Torpedo (Cyclobatis, Egerton) from

the Cretaceous of Mount Lebanon, by A. Smith Woodward,

F.G.S., F.Z.S; Zygena dissimilis, Murray, by Francis Day,

F.Z.8. &e.; On the Sexual Generation of Chermes abietis, Linn.,

loyy 1Die; So GSN 545 oh pd adbaovoob bbe adc dboogesc 389—390

NUMBER CXxX,

LU. On “ Orthoceras {Endoceras | duplex,” Wahlenberg et auctt.,

with Descriptions of three new Species of Endoceras from the Ordo-

vician of Sweden and Russia contained in the British Museum

(Natural History). By Arrour H. Foorp, F.G.S. ............ 393

LIII. Description of a new Species of Evechinus. By F. JEFFREY

Je ypne Ie, IMT ING (CEMNHE) OQVIN LS IEE Yet) Bob udceccdascunoooouKs 403

LIV. On a rare Himalayan Toad, Cophophryne sikkimensis, Blyth.

yg Cap DO ULHINGE River crcte state sicloraeecene a tekshetcutc rs nary Aba 405

LV. A List of the Reptiles and Batrachians obtained near Mus-

cat, Arabia, and presented to the British Museum by Surgeon-Major

Sa Oo Jayakaren bys Gre ALE bOMMENGER nr series 7254... 407

LVI. Notes on Argonauta Bottgerr. By EpGar A. Sirs.

(“2laire oS WAU, SHAS) 5 oie oe cog ge eo coco one da uonbSedmM oHbeco~ 409

LVII. Note on the Variations of Amphiura Chiat, Forbes. By

Vas dfrouab ghey opel BY DN By Cp lhd [EVANS ana ella ceca cee On car Sain reert chet a Rae 411

LVIII. Description of a new Snake from Afghanistan. By G. A.

OUIGEING IER ete) ye a clere SEs orton Am IS Gah erat beet 413

LIX. Descriptions of two new Species of Hyponomeutide from

the Solomon Islands. By A. G. Butimr, F.L.S., F.Z.S., &....... 414

LX. Descriptions of two new Species of Cicadide. By W. L.

IDASTW AINE: Siesta east bia coir © acd bg Sictbar cc r atts Blac h eecee bin pe Mes Ea 415

LXI. Studies on the Enchytreide. By Dr. W. MicHar.sen.

(Plante Xs VUO)) eater upiud.cios noo mp obldodog Cunenaniencee 417

Vill CONTENTS.

Page

LXII. Mr. Dendy on the Chaining. By R. von LENDENFELD 428

LXUI. Descriptions of six new Species of Butterflies captured by

My. John Whitehead at Kina Balu LOB La North Borneo. By

J5l, ESMoRTASWEGUS, Loeauaoregeonno oo boobob bo osbe sob OKDOoa cone 432

LXIV. On the Development of the Sexual Products in Spongilla.

By AR) Maree BB. se cscs pai abe avsscaeas slenebepe Gleiege ic, eateveas sees Rae 435

LXV. Diagnoses of two new Glesatacik NBsee Mammalia. By

(Chosmimnannesd) (METOMUNSs 64060000000000006 Suda beeen ed eee So mod ob oc 440

Proceedings of the Royal Institution of Great Britain ............ 441

Proceedings of the Geological Society -.....0-.4052 0.405 4400s 443

Higa crenulata (Liitken), by J. Duncan Matthews, F.R.S.E.; Sebas-

tes norvegicus, by J. Duncan Matthews, F.R.S.E.; On a new

Genus of Phosphorescent Lumbricidze, and on the Type- species

of that Genus, Photodrilus phosphoreus, Dugés, by M. A. Giard ;

Note on anew Species of Cercopithecus from Kaffa, in Central

Africa, by Dr. Enrico H. Giglioli; On the Formation of the

Caleareous Cor puscles in Holothuria, by M. Edgard Hérouard

444 450

PLATES IN VOL. XX.

Prater I, New Genera and Species of Coleoptera.

“II. Eggs of Osseous Fishes.

“III. Freshwater Infusoria.

“IV.

WAL

“VII.

“VIII. Semionotus Joassi.

nel

Australian Bryozoa.

Aie.©

XII.

“XIII. Polyparium ambulans.

Y¥ XIV. Pseudodesmus verrucosus.

XV. Cladorhiza pentacrinus.

* XVI. Batrachians from Perak.

“XVII. Argonauta Bottgeri Eyechinus rarituberculatus.

“XVIII. New Enchytreide.

Madras Sponges.

TO THE READER,

In this year of Jubilees I have no small satisfaction in

calling attention to the fact that the present Number

closes the hundredth volume and the fiftieth year of the

existence of the ‘ Annals and Magazine of Natural History.’

Fifty years ago, fresh from the teachings of Hhrenberg

and profoundly influenced by the spirit of scientific research

which then, as now, prevailed in Germany, I suggested to

Mr. Richard Taylor the establishment of a journal in which,

while its pages were freely open to the original contributions

of English naturalists, special attention should be paid to the

researches of continental observers; and the result was the

starting of the ‘Annals of Natural History,’ with which,

subsequently, the well-known ‘ Magazine of Natural History ’

of Loudon and Charlesworth was amalgamated. The hope

that such an undertaking, venturesome as it appeared, might

prove a success was not disappointed—the ‘ Annals’ immedi-

ately met with cordial support on the part of the most zealous

students of nature in this country, and from its very commence-

ment to the present day its pages have been enriched by

valuable contributions from our most eminent naturalists.

Consequently we can now look back upon a series of important

original papers on various branches of Natural History which

have made their appearance in the ‘ Annals,’ while at the

same time the communication of the results of the researches

of continental naturalists has never been lost sight of; and

the Editors feel that they have done good service in bringing

under the notice of their fellow-workers in this country many

most important contributions published abroad. Under these

circumstances I hope that I shall not be considered to be

actuated by vanity in claiming that the Journal which I

helped to set on foot fifty years ago, and the superintendence

of which has been under my charge ever since, has in no

small degree aided in the marked progress made by Natural-

History studies in this country during the last half-century.

It may have been remarked, perhaps, that since the publi-

cation of the late Charles Darwin’s ‘ Origin of Species’ and

other works, which have produced a greater effect upon

human thought, not only in Natural History, but in the most

varied departments, than any thing published since the days

of Newton and Linneus, the Editors of the ‘ Annals’ have

taken a position towards the new doctrine either opposed, or,

at least, more or less ‘‘ agnostic,” to use the phrase by which

Mr. Darwin himself characterized his position with regard to

religious matters. This, however, has been without prejudice

to a sincere admiration of the character and attainments of

the man whose work in the most various departments of

Natural History always showed a depth and solidity which,

perhaps, in many minds were too much thrown into the shade

by the brilliancy of his theoretical results. It must be recol-

lected that some of the best systematic work done in this

country during the last fifty years came from the same hand

which has changed the whole face of Natural History,

and that in his younger days his first introduction to Natural

History consisted in collecting Insects and Plants, the inci-

dents and pleasures connected with which seem to have been

most vividly retained in his mind nearly to the end of his

days. This lesson may be taken to heart by those who are

too much inclined to start from the other end.

To return to the point from which we started. With the

next number a Sixth Series will commence, and I trust that

the ‘Annals’ may still receive the same kind support which

iil

has always hitherto been accorded to it, and, further, that I

may personally continue to enjoy the same friendship with

the numerous contributors which it has been my good fortune

to experience throughout the long course of the Journal’s

existence.

In conclusion, I must not fail to state how much I have

been indebted to my Co-Kditors, and especially to my dear

friends the late Prof. Arthur Henfrey and Dr. J. EK. Gray,

and to my present colleagues, Dr. Giinther and W.S. Dallas—

to the latter especially, who had taken a most active part in

superintending the publication for many years before his

name appeared on the Titlepage.

WILLIAM FRANCIS.

Val./20. 0. FIFTH SERIES. No. 115.

INCLUDING

ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, ann GEOLOGY.

No. OXV.

JULY 1887, Bear pepe +h a

CONDUCTED BY

ALBERT C. L. G. GUNTHER, M.A., M.D., Pa.D., F.R.S., ||

WILLIAM 8. DALLAS, F.L.S.,

WILLIAM CARRUTHERS, F.R.S., P.L.S., F.G.S.,

AND

WILLIAM FRANCIS, Pu.D., F.L.S.

BEING A CONTINUATION OF THE ‘ANNALS’ COMBINED WITH

MESSRS. LOUDON AND GHARLESWORTH’S ““MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.”

WITH TWO PLATES.

Illustrative of Mr. F. P. Pascoe’s Paper on new Coleoptera, and Mr. E. E.

Prince’s on the Eges of Osseous Fishes.

LONDON:

TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET,

Sold by Longmans, Green, and Co. ; Simpkin, Marshall, and Co.; Kent and Co.;

Whittaker & Co.: Bailliére, Paris: Maclachlan and Stewart, Edinburgh: Hodges, Foster,

& Co., Dublin: and Asher, Berlin.

~ BIOLOGIA CENTRALI-AMERICANA.

au : Edited by F. D. GODMAN and OSBERT SALVIN.

) ZOOLOGY.

Stncz September 1879, when the work was commenced, Fifty-eight Parts

(including that now issued) have been published ; and the work has progressed

as follows :—

Mammalia. By HE. R. Auston. (Complete. Pp. xx and 220, pls. xxii.)

Aves. By O.Satvin and F. D. Gopman. (Pp. 1-512, pls. i-xxxv.)

Reptilia. By A. GtnruEr. (Pp. 1-56, pls. i.—xxv.)

Arachnida Acaridea. By Orro Sroxz. (Pp. 1-8, pls. i—vi.)

Coleoptera. Vol. I. part 1(ApEPHaGA). By H. W. Barrs. (Complete.

Pp. x and 316, pls. xiii.)

Coleoptera. Vol. I. part2 (ApEPHAGA; HypRoPHILID#, &c.). By D.SHaRp.

(Pp. 1-744, pls. 1.-xix.)

Coleoptera. Vol. II. part 1 (PsetapHipm). By D. Smarr. (Pp. 1-64,

pls. i, ii.)

: Coleoptera. Vol. II. part 2 (PEctTiniconniA; LAMELLICORNIA). By H. W.

Bates. (Pp. 1-64, pls. i.--iii.)

Coleoptera. Vol. III. part 1 (Smrricornia). By C. O. Warrruovust.

(Pp. 1-32, pls. i., 11.)

Coleoptera. Vol. III. part 2 (MaxacopErmara). By H. 8. Gornam.

(Complete. Pp. xii and 372, pls, xiii.)

Coleoptera. Vol. IV. part 1 (HerzRomEeRA). By G. C. Cuampion,

(Pp. 1-272, pls. i—xi.)

Coleoptera. Vol. V. (Lonercornta): by H. W. Bates. (BRUCHIDES):

by D.SHarnp. (Complete. Pp. xii and 526, pls. xxvi.) _

Coleoptera. Vol. VI. part 1 (PHyropHaGa). ByM.Jacopy. (Pp. 1-504,

pls. i.—xxviil.)

Coleoptera. Vol. VI. part 2 (PHyToPHaaa, continued), By J. S. Baty.

(Pp. 1-124, pls. 1.-iv.) é

Hymenoptera. By P. Cameron. (Pp. 1-400, pls. i-xvi.) _

Lepidoptera Rhopalocera. Vol. I. By F, D. GopmAN and O. Satvin.

(Pp. 1-487, pls. i—xlvii., Temporary Titlepage.) Vol. 1. (Pp.1—82, pls. xlviii—l.)

Lepidoptera Heterocera. By H. Drucr. (Pp. 1-240, pls. i—xxiii.)

Rhynchota Heteroptera. By W.L. Distant. (Pp. 1-504, pls. i.—xxviii.)

Rhynchota Homoptera. By W. L. Distant. (Pp. 1-24, pls. i.-iii.)

Diptera. By Baron R. von Osten Sacken. (Pp. 1-216, pls: i—ii.)

BOTANY.

Of the Botany Twenty-two Parts have been issued. They contain, of Vol. I.,

pp. 1-619 and titlepage, pls. i—xxxy.; Vol. II., pp. 1-621 and titlepage, pls.

xxxvi—lxix.; Vol. IL., pp. 1-711, pls. lxx.-cix.; Vol. IV., pp. 1-144.

The Price of each Zoological Part is 2ls., and of each Botanical Part 12s. 6d.

London: Published for the Editors by R. H. PorrEr, 10 Chandos Street,

Cavendish Sq., W., and Dutav & Co., Soho Sq., W.

Royal 8vo, with woodcuts, price 28. 6d.

ASPECTS OF THE BODY

VERTEBRATES AND INVERTEBRATES.

By SIR RICHARD OWEN, K.C.B., F.R.S., &e.

Tayior and Francrs, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, E.C.

Royal 8vo, plice 28. 6d., i Y : |

A CATALOGUE OF COLEOPTERA

JAPANESE ARCHIPELAGO.

By GEORGE LEWIS.

Taytor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, E.C.

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[FIFTH SERIES.]

SEE CBECCP CECT per litora spargite muscum,

Naiades, et circiim vitreos considite fontes:

Pollice virgineo teneros hic carpite flores:

Floribus et pictum, dive, replete canistrum.

At vos, o Nymph» Craterides, ite sub undas ;

Tte, recurvato variata corallia trunco

Vellite muscosis e rupibus, et mihi conchas

Ferte, Dez pelagi, et pingui conchylia succo.”’ 3

NV. Parthenii Giannettasii Ec). 1.

No. 115. JULY 1887.

I.—The Significance of the Yolk in the Eggs of Osseous

Fishes. By Epwarp EH. Prince, St. Andrews Marine

Laboratory.

[Plate IT.]

Mucu has been recently written upon the relation of the food-

yolk and the germ in Teleostean eggs, yet little unanimity

seems to characterize the conclusions reached by various

observers. It is generally allowed that the free margin of

the thickened blastodermic ring is really the lip of the blasto-

pore—the entire periphery being so, and not merely, as Mr.

Cunningham has ably shown *, an invaginated arc, as in the

Elasmobranchs. The difference of opinion that exists arises,

however, from the various views held as to the nature of the

yolk and its function during development. Hiickel, from his

study of a pelagic ovum, concluded that the yolk in Tele-

ostean eggs was emphatically distinct from the germ f, a con-

trast in the main constituents of the egg that M. Coste seems

to have first truly signalized f. Later investigators (Klein,

* Quart. Journ. Microsc. Sci., Nov. 1885.

+ Jenaische Zeitschr. vol. ix. 1875,

{ Gazette médic. de Paris,’ No. 17, 1855, p. 257.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5. Vol. xx. 1

2 Mr. HE. K. Prince on the Significance of the

Kingsley and Conn, and others) have adopted this view,

according to which the egg of an osseous fish is, perhaps, one

of the most marked examples of the meroblastic type.

In the Mammalian ovum we know that there is no such

broad distinction ; but, as in Amphioxus, the yolk that is

present and the active protoplasm are so intermingled that

segmentation iscomplete. The Amphibian ovam—Aana, for

example, is also holoblastic; but the yolk so preponderates

towards the vegetal pole that the cleavage-furrows, beginning

at the opposite or animal pole, progress with increasing diffi-

culty as they approach the former region. The animal pole

in the Amphibian egg is distinguished by the great abun-

dance of active protoplasm and the minute size of the sus-

pended yolk-spherules, as well as its more rapid cleavage.

Still more marked is this bipolar segregation in the Sauropsidan

and Elasmobranch ovum; but in the Teleostean egg it is

most complete—a distinctly marked germinal disk, composed

almost entirely of clear protoplasm, being formed by the with-

drawal of germinal matter from the granular yolk. ‘The

separation may be very apparent, even before fertilization, in

certain Teleosteans—a discus proligerus collecting, similar to

the superficial protoplasmic disk seen lying upon the yellow

food-yolk in the mature Selachian ovum.

Usually both constituents are so intermingled as to be undis-

tinguishable in the living egg until a period of one or two

hours has elapsed after the entrance of the spermatozoon,

when the translucent homogeneous blastodisk is rapidly out-

lined at the animal pole, either at the upper or the lower side

of the egg, according to the species*. The separation of

germinal matter from the food-yolk is carried to such a degree

in the Teleostean ovum that it presents a marked contrast to

the type of egg seen in the bird or shark, and still more in

the frog or lamprey (compare figs. 1 and 2, PI. II.). Hi. van

Beneden, in his classical memoir “ Sur la composition et la

signification de lceuf”’ t, speaks of the nutritive part as

deutoplasm, and lays stress on its non-integral or accessory

nature, on its purely passive function, and on the fact that in

some eges it is absent, though when it is present it serves to

nourish the blastoderm and embryo. ‘This contrast between

the deutoplasm and the germinal protoplasm is illustrated in a

marked degree in the Teleostean ovum, yet the existence in it

* In the Salmonide the germ surmounts the upper pole of the egg,

whereas in the ova of the Pleuronectide and Gadide it is formed at the

inferior pole.

+ E. van Beneden, Mém. Cour. l'Acad. Roy. de Belgique, tome xxxiv.

1870.

Yolk in the Eggs of Osseous Fishes. 3

of an extra-blastodermic layer of protoplasm (figs. 1, 9, and

10, cp. and perib., Pl. II.) must not be ignored. The very

fact, however, that such an area or periblastic ring exists

supports the view here propounded. If the protoplasm inter-

fused amongst the yolk becomes, by a physical process of

separation and superficial transference, concentrated at the

animal pole, as represented in the diagram fig. 9, Pl. II., it is

easy to see that some of it may be left at the margin as a

peripheral ring. The process is slow, and much protoplasm

may continue to pass towards the animal pole, even after the

germinal disk is defined and segmentation is in progress.

Such, in fact, is the case, and this is the explanation of the

extra-germinal area, appropriately called periblast. Mr. G.

Brook aptly expressed the condition of this area when he said *

that the germinal protoplasm is for the most part included

in the first two cells of the blastodisk, and, “as if not to waste

any material, the remainder collects around this disk and is

afterwards developed into the periblast.” Further away

from the disk the periblast (figs. 9 and 10, perid., Pl. IL.)

thins out and gradually passes into a filmy protoplasmic

layer, uniformly investing the remaining surface of the

yolk and known as the cortical layer (Pl. II. figs. 9 and 10,

pervb.).

Kingsley and Conn affirm + that in the earliest stages

the periblast is not present ; and, paradoxical as it may seem,

they are right, for the periblast, as such, does not exist until a

later period—until, in fact, the limits of the disk are indicated

with some precision by the progress of segmentation (compare

figs. 1 and 9, Pl. II.). The protoplasmic cortex, of which

the periblast forms merely a thickened annular portion, is

really present from the moment that superficial segregation

begins, and so long as the process continues the cortical layer

persists, and even in advanced embryos it is distinguishable,

passing beneath the embryonic trunk, between the hypoblast

and the remnant of the yolk (Pl. IL. fig. 11, c.p.). Segrega-

tion is not only superficial but, as stated elsewhere f, there is

also a subgerminal transference, and Mr. Brook has shown §

that in Clupea these deep-seated tracts form definite ramifica-

tions amongst the yolk. The periblast is simply germinal

matter which has not yet entered the disk, and that it gradu-

* Quart. Journ. Microsc. Sci., Jan. 1885, p. 4.

+ Mem. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., April 1883, p. 202.

t “Develop. of the Food-Fishes,” Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1886, vol.

xvii. p 447.

§ ‘Fourth Annual Report of Fishery Board for Scotland,’ 1885, App. F,

no. i. pp. 34, 36.

4 Mr. E. Ei. Prince on the Significance of the

ates into the yolk below is not surprising, for its protoplasm is

continually tn transita.

Now the yolk in the Amphibian ovum becomes divided by

eleavage into large nucleated yolk-cells, just as in the egg of

Petromyzon (Pi. I. fig. 2, y), and enters more or less inti-

mately into the formation of the embryo. The ventral lining

of the mesenteron is really yolk-hypoblast, and arises directly

from the yolk-cells proper, as Mr. Shipley shows in Petro-

myzon: the dorsal wall “is composed of columnar cells re-

sembling those of the general epiblast ; the cells forming the

floor have the same characters as the yolk-cells”” * (Pl. II.

fig. 7,y). Nothing like this is seen in the Teleostean egg,

though Mr. Brook, relinquishing the view referred to on a

prior page, has adopted the conception that Teleostean and

Amphibian ova are similar even in the details of their deve-

lopment “the derivatives of the animal and vegetative poles

are in both cases practically identical.’’ If the mesenteron

in Osseous Fishes does not arise as a slit in the thickened

median hypoblast, as the greater part of it really seems to do,

but is largely built up out of nucleated periblast, as Mr. Cun-

ningham has suggested +, the yolk is still not directly con-

cerned in the process, the periblast being, as Klein says, a

continuation of the germ, both are ‘one and the same sub-

stance’’ +. Kupffer’s vesicle, which arises as a sub-embryonic

chamber, is not ventrally limited by the yolk, but by the

periblast. ‘Throughout the embryonic period in Teleosteans

the periblast intervenes as a continuous layer between the

yolk and the germ (as shown in PI. II. figs. 7 and 11, e.p.).

Oellacher speaks of the germ as feeding on the yolk §, and

Kingsley and Conn say that particles of yolk seem to be taken

in after segmentation has begun ||, while Klein expresses the

view, which Mr. Brook adopts, that the periblast performs the

digestive function, so that, as the last-named author says,

“large masses of yolk are incorporated within its substance

and assimilated”. The formation of the disk and early pro-

toplasmic cortex is due, it is granted, to a kind of physical

transference, mainly superficial segregation: At what point,

it may be asked, does such segregation cease and digestion

begin ? No such point can be determined. The yolk, in fact,

does not diminish to such an extent as the theory of digestion

plus segregation would imply, as we see by comparing the

* Quart. Journ. Microse. Sci., Jan, 1887, p. 329.

+ Ibid., Jan. 1885, p. 7, and Nov. 1885, pp. 20, 21.

t Ibid. vol. xvi. 1876, p. 118.

§ Zeitschr. f. Wiss. Zool. Bd. xxii. p. 4. || Zoe. eit. p. 127.

{| ‘ Report of Fishery Board for Scotland,’ 1885, p. 35.

Yolk in the Eggs of Osseous Fishes. 9)

bulk of the yolk in the early ovum (PI. II. fig. 1, y) and in a

later stage when the embryo is fairly advanced, as in PI. II.

fig. 3, y, and the very slight diminution that does occur (vide

Pl. Il. fig. 4, y) can be accounted for by the continued sepa-

ration of the interfused protoplasm. ‘The large size of the

yolk-mass, in the emerged embryos of pelagic and demersal

forms alike, indicates that any very active process of digestion

is doubtful. ‘That the globular ball of yolk is not an integral

part of the germ or embryo is sufficiently shown by the ease

with which it can be removed from its periblastic and embry-

onic envelopes in hardened specimens. ‘The yolk seems to be

chiefly utilized during the early stages of the active liberated

embryo, diminishing greatly during the first fortnight after

hatching (compare figs. 4 and 6,y, Pl. I1.), and in those

species which develop a vitelline circulation the rapid

removal of the yolk-granules can be readily understood. In

pelagic forms, without such vascular provision, the yolk is

less rapidly used up ; and, doubtless, in these the coeliac and

hepatic blood-vessels, being in close proximity to the yolk-

surface, effect the absorption.

All this evidences the accessory nature of the yolk in

Teleosteans. It is an appendage—a ceenogenetic addition or

adaptation, as Hickel regarded it—not directly contributing

to the building up of the tissues, but mainly serving to fur-

nish pabulum to the delicate and rudimentary embryo on

emerging from the ege _It is not more essentially connected

with the development of the germ than the egg-envelope *.

In hardened preparations it shows a granular structure, and

when physically manipulated often has the texture of dense

cork ; and in the young salmon, as Professor M‘Intosh long ago

described, the yolk becomes less fluid, and by-and-by springs

from the touch of a glass rod like a rounded and smooth bit

of cartilage on simply transferring the embryo from fresh to

salt watery. Im the living egg it is a clear albuminoid

matrix of the consistency of syrup, readily issuing from a

puncture in the yolk-sac (Pl. Il. fig. 5, y), and containing

minute vesicles and refrangible particles, with the addi-

tion, in certain species, of large oleaginous spheres. ‘Lhe

presence of these spheres in the yolk adds strength to the

view that it is a nutritive appendix, for, as shown in a pre-

* Vide Quart. Journ. Microsc. Sci. vol. xvi. 1876.—Note on p. 56, where

Prof. Ray Lankester distinguishes the added food-material and egg-enve-

lopes as “ matrificial ” and not “ ovificial” elements, like the protoplasm

of the egg-cell proper.

tT Quart. Journ. Microsc. Sci. vol. viii. 1868, p. 153.

6 Mr. E. E. Prince on the Significance of the

vious paper *, the globules in question seem to have no inti-

mate connexion with development, and are best regarded as

redundant and probably ancestral elements, still persisting,

but not immediately utilized by the germ.

If this view be correct, that the yolk is a trophic appen-

dage, consisting in the later stages almost purely of inert

nutritive matter, that the germ is discoblastic and becomes a

discogastrula when the germinal cavity appears beneath it

(Pl. II. fig. 10, g.c.), and hence that the invaginated rim

represents the primitive enteric involution, like the inflected

arc in Elasmobranchs and Amphibians, then the interpreta-

tion of the features presented by the Teleostean ovum becomes

greatly simplified. Balfour speaks of such a mass of unseg-

mented yolk as corresponding to the large cells of the vegetal

pole in a blastosphere ; and E. van Beneden similarly regarded

the deutoplasmic globe in a pelagic Teleostean ovum as a

large endodermic cell, with a constitution analogous to a fat-

cell +, a view shared by Hoffman and others. But the Tele-

ostean germ never forms a blastosphere, with a more or less

centrally situated segmentation-cavity or blastoccel, in addi-

tion to the Jarge subgerminal chamber, which is always

present at some stage. Van Bambeke alone amongst

observers really describes a blastoccel in the egg of an osseous

fish ; but Oellacher, Kingsley and Conn, and other authors

regard such an intrablastodermic cavity as an artificial

product, and not a normal feature. The sub-blastodermic

cavity present in the Teleostean ovum (PI. II. fig. 10, g.c.)

must be the homologue not of the Amphibian and Selachian

segmentation-cavity, so-called, but of the enteric cavity, whose

external opening is the blastopore. The germ, thus separated

by a germinal cavity from the yolk, consists of two lamelle,

ectoderm and primitive endoderm, like a two-layered gastrula ;

the external layer or epiblast appears to be one cell in thick-

ness; but the endoderm, or “ lower layer,” consists of several

layers of cells (Pl. II. fig. 10, g). From its mouth or blasto-

pore the yolk forms an enormous protruding mass, an exag-

geration of the yolk-plug which fills up the anus of Rusconi

in Rana (Pl. Il fig. 10, y).

The important feature in the Teleostean egg is not the fact

that the yolk is stored away at one pole of the egg, for the

egg of the Amphibian or Cyclostome may be described as

simply the ovum of Amphioxus with a large amount of trophic

matter stored away in its lower part, nor that the yolk-cells

* “On the Presence of Oleaginous Spheres in the Yolk of Teleostean

Ova,” Ann, & Mag, Nat. Hist., Aug. 1886.

+ Quart. Journ. Microsc. Sci. vol. xviii. 1878, p, 52.

Yolk in the Eggs of Osseous Fishes, 7

are broken down and form a syncytium, but that the germinal

matter is so concentrated at one pole as to have little more

connexion with the yolk than that of juxtaposition. The

yolk seems to have no essential réle in segmentation, but is

an appendage to the early germ as to the later embryo. The

nature and function of the periblast and cortical protoplasm

need not be dwelt upon; they are continuous with and form

part and parcel of the germ. ‘The origin and fate of the

nuclei which appear in them is by no means decided. As

Klein declared, they are not identical with the yolk nuclei of

the HKlasmobranch egg *, and they probably originate, as

Agassiz and Whitman hold, and as Wenckebach’s recent

researches tend to show f, in the segmented blastoderm itself.

We know how greatly the food-yolk, when it crowds seg-

menting cells, alters their character and disposition ; and the

possibility seems naturally to follow that when, as in the

Teleostean egg, the yolk becomes almost wholly separated

from the germ, a less distorted and more primitive condition

may be resumed. We can thus understand how, notwith-

standing the great bulk of the yolk, the blastopore in Osseous

Fishes is symmetrical, and coincides with the entire inflected

margin of the germ, while the germ itself forms, not a blasto-

sphere with a transient segmentation-cavity, as well as a

permanent enteric invagination, but a concave two-layered

gastrula, enclosing or rather arching over a primitive gastric

chamber (Pl. H. fig. 10, g.c.). In this enteric chamber,

roofed over by invaginated hypoblast and with a floor of peri-

blast (Pl. 11. fig. 10, perzb.), the globe of passive yolk-matter

(Pl. Il. fig. 10, y) is seated, and projects trom the blastopore

until the free margin of the latter has so far progressed over

its surface as to entirely envelop it. It persists in the peri-

visceral cavity as a ventral protuberance for some time after

the embryo has emerged (Pl. II. fig. 6, y) until it is com-

pletely disintegrated and absorbed.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE IL

Fig. 1. Ovum of Gadus eglefinus, fifth hour; four blastomeres nearly

completed. 06/., blastomeres; ¢.p., cortical protoplasm passing

to the animal pole; y, yolk.

Fig. 2. Ovum of Petromyzon fluriatilis, about same stage as fig. 1 (after

Shipley), showing the yolk included in the segmentation pro-

cess. 6/., blastomeres; y, yolk.

* Quart. Journ. Microsc. Sci. vol. xvi. 1876, p. 128.

+ Archiv f. mikr. Anat. Bd. xxviii. 1886.

Fig.

Mr. F. P. Pascoe on new Genera

. Ovum of G. eglefinus, some time after closure of the blastopore ;

the embryo fairly advanced, but the yolk (y) shows very slight

diminution.

. Ovum of G. eglefinus; embryo about to emerge from the egg-

capsule, which is ruptured. The yolk (y) has diminished to

some extent, and a perivitelline chamber intervenes between the

yolk-surface and the embryonic membrane (¢.m.).

. Emerged embryo of a Pleuronectid, species not known, Portion

of the yolk seen protruding from an accidental rupture in the

embryonic membrane (e.m.).

. Embryo of Gadus eglefinus, six days after hatching ; yolk (y) still

persisting, but showing very evident diminution.

. Transverse section through embryo of Petromyzon (after Shipley).

Yolk-cells (y) entering actively into the formation of the embry-

onic tissues, especially the gut (vy): n, notochord ; mes., meso-

blast.

. Transverse section of Gadus eglefinus, about same stage as fig. 7.

The yolk (y) is separated from the embryo by the cortical

protoplasm (e.p.) and the hypoblast (Ayp.), and does not directly

form embryonic tissue. , notochord ; mes., mesoblast.

Fig. 9. Diagram of Teleostean ovum when the periblast (perzb.) is first

Fig.

clearly distinguishable. The radial arrows indicate the passage

towards the surface of the protoplasm mingled with the yolk

(y), and forming the cortical protoplasm (e.p.). g, germ.

10. Diagram of Teleostean ovum at a later stage. No intra-blasto-

dermic segmentation-cavity exists; but a germinal cavity (g.c.)

exists, roofed over by the germ and floored by periblast (perib.).

11. Transverse section of G. eglefinus on second day after hatching.

The cortical protoplasm (ce. p.) still separates the embryo from

the yolk (y). The hypoblastic gut (g) is now fully formed and

invested by a layer of mesoblast; its lumen is ciliated. e.m.,

embryonic membrane formed of two layers, epiblast and hypo-

blast.

11.—WNotes on Coleoptera, with Descriptions of new Genera

and Spectes.—Part VI. By Francis P. Pascog, F.L.S.,

Ke.

[Plate I.

List of Genera and Species.

COLYDIIDAE. TELEPHORID®.

Bothrideres impressus.

Dritin 2.

PTINIDAK. _ Salinnen ‘

SE ugeusis nigripennis,

Clada (n. 7.) Waterhousei.

Selasia pulchra.

laticeps.

and Spectes of Coleoptera. 9

TENEBRIONID:, Immedia integra.

OPATRINZE Euphloeus (7. g.) verrucosus.

Woryasus Cag. uae CNODALONINE.

| TENTYRUNZE Pimplema ampliata.

Chariotheca violacea.

Carchares (. g.) macer.

LAGRITDE.

CossYPHIN2. Barsenis (x. g.) fulvipes.

Cossyphus limbatus.

pusillus, RHIPIDIIDA.

yaaa ee Aporrhipis (x. g.) flexilis.

Cyrtotyche quadra. BRENTHID A.

% ITHYSTENIN/ *,

She eh Diurus sphacelatus.

Immedia erosa. Cediocera (x. g.) longicornis.

Bothrideres impressus.

B. elongatus, niger, subopacus; prothorace disco reticulatim punc-

tato, in medio postico oblongo-excavato, tuberculis duobus in

cayitate inclusis; tibiis anticis subtriangularibus. Long. 42 lin.

Hab. Grahamstown.

Oblong, black, nearly opaque ; prothorax not broader than

long, gradually narrowing from near the apex to the base,

the anterior angles rounded, disk reticulately punctured, with

a deep oblong excavation beginning from towards the apex

and continued to the base, and having two flat tubercles in

the cavity; scutellum conspicuous ; elytra broadest at the

base, produced at the shoulders, each with five raised carina,

the one bordering the suture flat, all minutely punctured, the

interstices with a double row of large punctures; body be-

neath with scattered punctures ; tibie stout, the outer edge

toothed, the anterior subtriangular.

A well-marked species whose nearest affinity is perhaps

with the Gabon B. rubricollis. In no other species, except

B. nocturnus, are the anterior tibie so short and so broadly

dilated.

CLADA.

Caput breve, deflexum; palpi maxillares articulo ultimo ovali.

* In 1862 I proposed, to change Guérin’s name of Leptorhynchus into

Tthystenus, it having been used twice previously. Adopted by Lacor-

daire it became the type of his “groupe Ithysténides.” Since Guérin’s

time the same name has been taken up by five different authors for as

many genera. In the Munich Catalogue the authors, scorning to go out-

side the Coleoptera, adhere to Guérin’s name.

10 Mr. F. P. Pascoe on new Genera

Oculi prominentes, pilosi. Antenne flabellate, articulo basali

brevi, arcuato, apicem versus incrassato, secundo breviusculo,

tertioad decimum ramulos lineares emittentibus, ultimo elongato.

Protlovax transversus, modice convexus, apice truncatus. Hlytra

latiuscula, ad latera parallela. Pedes mediocres; tars: articulo

basali incrassato ; wngutcule graciles, divaricati. Cowe antice et

intermediz contigue. Corpus pilosum.

The characters of this genus are much the same as those of

Ptilinus, but the broad and less convex form and the hairy

body are sufficiently distinctive. The tarsi stouter at the base

and gradually narrower to the last joimt, may be contrasted

with the linear tarsi of Pélinus. I have named the species

after Mr. C. O. Waterhouse, to whom I am indebted for many

valuable hints.

Clada Waterhouset. (Pl. I. fig. 4.)

C. latiuscula, subconvexa, rufo-ferruginea, supra pilis numerosis

erectis vestita. Long. 3 lin.

Hab. Cape (Grahamstown).

Rather broad, moderately convex, reddish ferruginous,

darker on the prothorax; eyes, body above, and legs clothed

with erect long hairs; antenne with the first two joints

luteous, the remainder dark brown, the first only hairy ; head

and prothorax closely punctured; scutellum covered withdecum-

bent hairs; elytra not broader than the prothorax, somewhat

glossy, coarsely and closely punctured ; body beneath slightly

glossy, sparingly pubescent, dark brown, abdomen paler ;

basal joint of the tarsi not longer than two next together.

Eugeusis nigripennis. (Pl. I. fig. 7.)

E. breviuscula, pubescens, rufo-fulva ; elytris subnitide nigris; an-

tennis, articulo basali excepto, fuscis, pilcsis. Long. 4 lin.

Hab. Burmah.

Rather short, pubescent, reddish fulvous, the elytra blackish,

but a little lighter at the base ; head large, broad; eyes small,

black, distant from the prothorax ; antenne blackish, except

the basal joint, and covered with short hairs, third joint

longest, the rest gradually shorter and slighter; prothorax

transverse, finely punctured, a broad concavity on each side

at the base; scutellum triangular; elytra about two thirds

longer than broad, closely and minutely punctured, each with

three faintly raised lines; abdomen with seven segments.

This description is from a female ; the male has probably

flabellate antenne, as in L. pa/pator. Prof. Westwood seems

inclined to place the genus with the Telephorine ; Lacordaire

and Species of Coleoptera. 11

refers it to the Driline*. It is a most remarkable form,

owing to its very large palpi, by which it is principally

differentiated from Selasta. Judging from Westwood’s

figure, the eyes are close to the prothorax, in which respect it

differs widely from the above.

Selasia pulchra. (Pl. I. fig. 8.)

S. breviuscula, modice convexa, fulva, pilis dispersis aureis vestita ;

elytris in medio fusco-nebulosis; capite parvulo. Long. 34 lin.

Hab. Delagoa Bay.

Rather short and broad, the sides subparallel, fulvous,

somewhat glossy, the elytra with a tinge of brown, except at

the margins, and clothed with numerous (but not to the naked

eye) conspicuous golden hairs, each arising from a minute

puncture ; head slightly exserted, much narrower than the

prothorax ; last joint of the maxillary palpi subsecuriform ;

eyes black ; antennee not extending to the base of the prothorax,

the latter transverse, the base slightly emarginate in the

middle; scutellum long, triangular; elytra substriate-punc-

tate ; body beneath and legs paler, hairy.

Only the males of this genus are known, but it only con-

tained two West-African species, and one (doubtfully con-

generic) from India. ‘They are all exceedingly scarce in

collections ; of one species only a single example is known ac-

cording to Lacordaire.

Selasia laticeps.

S. latiuscula, paulo convexa, pilosa, testacea; elytris pone basin

gradatim infuscatis ; capite prothorace latitudine «quali. Long.

22 lin.

Hab. Bombay.

Moderately broad, slightly convex, clothed with long

slender hairs, generally testaceous, but gradually deepening

into brown behind the base of the elytra; head short, as broad

as the prothorax ; antenne extending to the elytra, brownish,

except the two basal joints, and furnished with stiff hairs ;

eyes large and close to the prothorax, the latter transverse,

the base slightly rounded, the disk sparsely punctured ; scutel-

lum rather large, triangular ; elytra broader than the prothorax

at the base, the sides nearly parallel ; irregularly and minutely

punctured ; legs slender ; tarsi filiform.

I, at first, thought this species was generically differentiated

from Selasia on account, inter alia, of its broad head, deeply

immersed in the prothorax, and purposed calling it Blastesis ;

* Prof. Westwood (Modern Class. of Insects) ranks them as families,

Telephoridz is now strictly equivalent to the older Malacodermata.

12 Mr. F. P. Pascoe on new Genera

but for the present, as I have not cared to risk injury by

examining the mouth, I leave it in Selasva.

DORYAGUS.

Caput exsertum, transversum ; clypeus haud discretus, apice emar-

ginatus; mentum breve, antice rotundatum; palpi mazillares

securiformes. Oculi transversi. Antenne claviformes. Prothorax

convexus, basi sinuatus. lytra subconvexa, ovata, humeris

dentato-productis. Femora valida; tibiw antice in medio late

angulate, apice sulcatee; tarsi breves.

The sterna and abdomen are mainly as in Anomalipus, to

which this genus is allied. Its chief differential characters

are its prothorax very convex and not dilated at the sides,

and its short tarsi in part received into a groove in the tibia.

Perhaps the comparative shortness of the third antennal joint

may be a good generic character.

Doryagus talpa. (PI. I. fig. 9.)

D. oblongo-ovalis, niger, subnitidus ; antennis articulo tertio quam

primus haud longiore. Long. 6 lin.

Hab. Natal.

Oblong-oval, black, somewhat glossy ; head closely granu-

late; antennee pitchy, rather short, the third joint not Jonger

than the first, the rest transverse and gradually thicker to the

tenth, the last smaller, rounded; prothorax semicircularly

emarginate anteriorly, the sides rounded and bounded by a

fine raised line, disk finely and closely punctured, the spaces

between the posterior punctures forming narrow irregular lines ;

scutellum very transverse ; elytra moder ately convex, rounded

at the sides and apex, narrower at the base, the shoulders with

a marked tooth-like process ; striate-punctate, punctures small,

the fourth stria not attaining the base; fore tibie strongly

angulated in the middle, the apex, and also of the other tibiae,

erooved for the reception of the basal joints of the tarsi, these

furnished with a few short spinous hairs beneath.

CARCHARES.

Caput exsertum, postice constrictum ; clypeus a capite haud discre-

tus; labrwn transversum ; labium leviter emarginatum; palpz

mecillares articulo call subtriangulari. On ula reniformes.

Antenne normales, articulo secundo breyi, tertio elongato, quarto

ad septimum sequalibus, ceteris leviter incrassatis, ultimo longiore.

Prothorax transversus, convexus, lateraliter rotundatus, margine

anguste carinato. Llytra ovalia, convexa ; epipleurad angusta.

Prosternum elevatum ; mesosternum subdepressum ¢ ; processus inter-

covalis latus, antice subangulatus. Abdomen segmento quarto

ana Species of Coleoptera. 13

brevi. Pedes graciles ; femora antica crassiora, dente acuto

armata ; tibie posticee elongatee ; tarsi filiformes, postici articulis

primo et ultimo equalibus ; wngucculis longis, divaricatis.

With the facies of Mesostena angusta this genus, according

to Lacordaire’s arrangement, is more allied to the North-

American Trdorophus, but the mandibles are not uncovered

by the labrum to the same extent as in 7. levis, for example.

The most striking peculiarity is the well-developed tooth on

the anterior thickened femora.

Carchares macer. (PI. I. fig. 3.)

C. oblongo-ovatus, nitide niger ; labro, antennis tarsisque ferrugineis.

Long. 5 lin.

Hab. Ngami.

Oblong-ovate, black, shining; labrum, palpi, antenne, and

tarsi pale ferruginous ; head rather narrow, finely punctured,

more closely on the constricted portion, between the antennary

orbiis a semicircular impression ; prothorax rather broader

than long, with minute scattered punctures; elytra with

larger punctures and faintly striated; body beneath smooth

and finely punctured ; intermediate and posterior femora mo-

derately clavate, their tibiz moderately curved.

Cossyphus limbatus.

C. latiusculus, testaceo-piceus, late marginatus, marginibus leviter

reticulatis ; elytris subseriatim punctatis; scutello transversim

triangulari. Long. 3 lin.

Hab. Cochin-China.

Rather broadly ovate, not narrowed behind, testaceous

pitchy, the body not broader than the pale diaphanous margin ;

prothorax finely punctured ; scutellum transversely triangular ;

elytra irregularly punctured, the punctures larger than those

on the prothorax ; legs slender.

Cossyphus * is one of the most isolated forms among the

Coleoptera. A foliaceous margin surrounds the thorax and

elytra as well as the head, which is imbedded under it. The

species are all very similar in form and colour, but vary in

size; they have no wings or they are useless for flight,

yet are found in Africa, north and south, India, Java, and

South Australia. C. Hoffmanseggit is a common species

under stones around Lisbon. ‘The species here described

is remarlsable for its broad diaphanous margin, apparently

indistinctly reticulated owing to its uniform coloration.

* Cossyphus, Fabr. 1792 ; id. Dum. 1802 (Birds) ; 7d. Val. 1839 (Fishes).

14 Mr. F. P. Pascoe on new Genera

Cossyphus pusillus.

C. sublatiusculus, testaceo-piceus, modice marginatus, marginibus

conspicue reticulatis; scutello valde transverso, postice rotun-

dato; elytris sat rude seriatim punctatis. Long. 2 lin.

Hab. Rangoon. ;

Less broadly ovate, not narrowed behind, testaceous pitchy,

the margins of the normal breadth and very obviously reticu-

late ; prothorax finely punctured; scutellum very transverse,

rounded behind; elytra rather coarsely punctured in somewhat

irregular rows ; legs slender.

About the size of C. pygmeus, but more broadly rounded

in front, and the margins very distinctly reticulated. As in

the preceding species, the elytra are without raised lines,

except at the suture.

Cyrtotyche quadra.

C. fulvo-picea; prothorace vix transverso, tuberculis quatuor, duo

apice minora, duo fere in medio majora, instructo; tibiis sub-

rectis. Long. 4 lin.

Hab. Delagoa Bay.

Ovate, fulvous pitchy ; front of the head and clypeus coarsely

and densely punctured; antenne blackish, last four joints

forming the club; prothorax not broader than the elytra, con-

vex above, narrowed at the base, four glossy tubercles on the

disk, the two smaller near the apex, the two larger in the

middle, one opaque tubercle on each side, and another (carini-

form) below, the intervals coarsely and irregularly foveate ;

elytra broadest behind the middle, closely tuberculate, the

larger tubercles in two rows on each elytron, close to and

nearly confined to the sutural region a row of punctures

with smaller tubercles accompanying them; body beneath

and legs brownish, not glossy, abdomen punctured; femora

and tibie roughly punctured, the latter nearly straight ;

anterior tarsal joints, except the last, very short.

Very distinct from C. satanas, the only other species, but

unmistakably congeneric, although the character of curved

tibize must now be dropped. C. satanas is a darker and much

larger species, and has four oblong tubercles disposed trans-

versely across the middle of the prothorax; the tubercles on

the elytra are conical and more irregularly distributed, and

the tibie are remarkably curved, but only towards the apex.

Lacordaire has figured the species in his ‘ Atlas’ (pl. lv. fig. 5),

but has erroneously applied to it the name of a species of an

allied genus—Hutelus nodosus.

and Species of Coleoptera. 15

Immedia erosa.

I, rotundata, valde convexa, cuprea; prothorace utrinque apicem

versus incurvato; elytris seriatim ampliato-punctatis. Long. 4

lin.

flab. Bahia.

Rounded, very convex, copper-brown, beneath darker; head

with small, somewhat scattered, punctures; antenne ferru-

ginous, eighth and ninth joints rounded, the tenth nearly as

long as broad; prothorax very short, the sides towards the

apex incurved, disk irregularly punctured, each puncture with

a bright green scale at the base; scutellum black, glossy, tri-

angular; elytra with rows of largely impressed close-set

punctures or fovex, each having a greenish or bluish tint at

the base ; palpi and legs glossy ferruginous, the latter dotted

with minute white scales.

A much larger species than J. occulta *, and at once differ-

entiated by the incurvature of the sides of the prothorax ; the

clypeus also is better marked off from the head, and the

terminal joints of the antenne have a somewhat different

form. ‘The genus is more allied to Spherotus than to Cyrto-

soma, but the metasternum in both is much shorter than in

the typical Cnodalonine and Helopine.

Immedia integra.

I. rotundata, valde convexa, cuprea; prothorace utrinque rotun-

dato ; elytris sparse seriatim punctatis, punetis majusculis, viridi-

annulatis. Long. 32 lin,

Hab. Rio Janeiro.

Rounded, very convex, copper-brown; head finely punc-

tured; antenne ferruginous, eighth to tenth joints obconic ;

prothorax very short, the sides rounded, disk finely punc-

tured ; scutellum black, triangular; elytra with rows of rather

large distant punctures, each surrounded with a greenish ring ;

legs copper-brown.

Very like the preceding, but with the sides of the protborax

entire and the terminal joints of the antenne, except the last,

obconic and longer than broad. If the three species are held

to be congeneric, then the character derived from the antenns

will be seen to be only of specific value.

EUPHL@US.

Mentum quadratum; palpi mavillares securiformes; mandibule

acute; labrum breve. Antenne articulis 8, 9, 10 transversis.

* ‘Annals, Jan. 1882, p. 33. This species is represented in ‘ Aid,’

vol. 11. pl. clviil. fig. 2.

16 Mr. F. P. Pascoe on new Genera

Prothorax transyersus, basi truncatus. Scutellwm conspicuum.

Elytra leviter convexa, humeris rotundatis; thre mutica; tarsi

exigui, angusti.

In Zophius the ninth and tenth joints of the antenne only

are slightly transverse, and with the terminal joint scarcely

forming a club; in Huph/eus there is a very marked club of

four joints ; this character and the small tarsi are the only

technical ones differentiating the two genera. In Osdara the

clypeus is distinctly limited, the mentum trapeziform, and the

tarsi dilated. Lacordaire, in his key, separates these and

allied genera by the “ moderately broad” and “ broad” inter-

coxal processes ; but the difference is scarcely perceptible.

Euphleus verrucosus.

E. ovatus, modice convexus, fusco-niger, supra rugosus; prothorace

margine crenato ; tibiis fere rectis. Long. 4 lin.

Hab. Malabar.

Ovate, moderately convex, brownish black ; head slightly

exserted, tuberculate, the clypeus marked off from the head

by a shallow depression; antenne pitchy, slightiy pubes-

cent ; prothorax rounded and crenated at the sides, its poste-

rior angles pointed, the disk closely covered with tubercles

varying in size; scutellum smooth, glossy, transversely trian-

gular; elytra shortly ovate, not broader than the prothorax,

with rows of small mammiform tubercles along the striee and

much larger ones between them, the latter dotted with minute

white scales ; body beneath and femora rugose ; tibiee minutely

tuberculate ; tarsi ferruginous.

PIMPLEMA.

Caput parvum, ad oculos retractum ; clypeus a capite haud discre-

tus; palpi mawillares validi, cylindrici. Antenne modice elongate,

articulis sexto ad undecimum crassioribus, hoc multo longiore.

Prothorax valde transversus, lateribus subplanatis. lytra latis-

sima, convexa; epipleure postice obsolete. Hemora infra canalicu-

lata; tibiw recte ; turst lineares. Coww antice globose. Prosternum

clavatum ; mesosternum latum, antice leviter emarginatum ; pro-

cessus intercoxalis antice rotundatus.

Mr. C. Waterhouse tells me that he thinks this genus is iden-

tical with Hades, Thoms., which that author placed in Nilio-

nide, from which it differs in the globose and non-contiguity

of the anterior cox. Hades, however, is not available, having

been previously employed for a genus of Lepidoptera. The

and Species of Coleoptera. 17

species here described has the peculiarity of being rather

broader than long, and is allied to Artactes, but it has not, as

in that genus, the anterior tarsi dilated, a narrow mesosternum,

nor the process between the posterior coxe triangular. Hemz-

cyclus has the anterior coxe transverse, a character of only

generic importance in this group.

Pimplema ampliata.

P, latissima, valde convexa, nigra, nitida, infra picea; pedibus tes-

taceis. Long. 2 lin.

Hab. Penang.

Very broad and very convex, glossy black; head minutely

punctured, scarcely produced beyond the edge of the pro-

thorax; antenne pitchy, slightly hairy, third joint longest ;

prothorax nearly twice as broad as long, impunctate, strongly

incurved anteriorly; scutellum broadly triangular; elytra

finely punctured in rows widely apart; body beneath pitchy,

sparsely punctured ; legs testaceous, hairy.

Chariotheca violacea.

C. sat breviter ovalis, violacea vel cyanea, nitida; antennis, scu-

tello, corpore infra pedibusque nitide nigro-fuscis. Long. 3 lin.

Hab. Dorey.

Rather short, ovate, violet or bluish, shining; antennz,

scutellum, body beneath, and legs dark or blackish brown ;

antenne with the seventh to the tenth joints transverse ; head

and prothorax with minute scattered punctures; scutellum

transversely triangular; elytra seriate-punctate, punctures

small, distant, the rows widely apart; prosternum coarsely,

abdomen finely punctured ; metasternum, except anteriorly,

impunctate.

A smaller and shorter species than any of its congeners,

and almost uniformly coloured above. C. amaroides, from

Lizard Island, from its short metasternum can hardly be

retained in this genus.

BARSENIS.

Caput parvum, collo angusto protensum. Oculi supra contigui, infra

conjuncti. Antenne flabellate, articulo ultimo longiore. Palpi

maaillares securiformes. Prothorax cylindricus. Llytra ovata.

Pedes mediocres; tibie lineares; tarsi articulo penultimo sub-

bilobo, postici et intermedii articulo basali elongato ; wnguiculi

simplices. Prosternum inter coxas elevatum. Coxe antice et

intermedi subglobose.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5. Vol. xx. 2

18 Mr. F’. P. Pascoe on new Genera

The head, except the neck, clypeus, and the organs com-

posing the mouth, is entirely enveloped by the eyes, which are

largely faceted. The anterior cotyloid cavities being closed in

behind places this genus with the Lagriide; the pectinate

antenne give it the facies of a Pyrochroid. Hmydodes is

another genus of this family, but with the antennz only par-

tially pectinate.

Barsenis fulvipes. (PI. I. fig. 6.)

B. ovata, rufo-brunnea, fere glabra ; antennis fuliginosis, pubescen-

tibus ; corpore infra pedibusque fulvis. Long. 3 lin.

Hab. Higa (Brazil).

Ovate, rufous brown, nearly smooth, except for a few long,

slender, erect hairs; antennee pubescent, as long as the elytra,

the basal joint rather short, stout, second very short, third to

the tenth emitting a moderately long and slender branch from

the apex, the last joint as long as the two preceding together ;

prothorax longer than broad, with scattered punctures unequal

in size ; scutellum large, rounded behind ; elytra much broader

than the prothorax, striate-punctate, punctures approximate ;

body beneath and legs fulvous; tarsi hairy.

APORRHIPIS.

Caput transversum. Oculi prominuli, laterales, subrotundati. An-

tenne flabellata, ante oculos inserte. Prothoraw transversus,

utrinque reflexo-marginatus. Hlytra elongata, dehiscentia. Cove

antice separate ; tebiw muticee ; tarsi lineares ; wngwucult minuti.

Abdomen 5-segmentatum.

Allied to Rhipidius, in which the eyes are contiguous both

above and beneath. ‘The unique specimen here described,

although perfect, is an extremely delicate form, and it is not

easy to examine satisfactorily. The mouth, except the labial

palpi, appears to be atrophied, as in Rhzpidius, and, like which,

the insect is probably parasitic. The antenne, which are

inserted in a cavity on each side of a knob-like protuberance

in front, appear to be only six-jointed, but there may be ten,

their long processes being so involved as to make certainty

impossible.

Aporrhipis flecilis, (Pl. I. fig. 1.)

A, fusea, rufo-tineta, subtiliter pilosa; prothorace disco depresso,

angulis posticis acutis. Long. 2 lin.

Hab. Para.

Brown, with a rufous tint in part, clothed with minute hairs ;

and Species of Coleoptera. 19

head depressed ; eyes black, finely granulate ; palpi filiform ;

antennee five- or six-jointed ?, the basal joint stout, the second

very short, third with a short branch at the apex, a longer

branch on the fourth, followed by five of still greater lencth,

and all sprinkled with numerous hairs; prothorax transverse,

narrow in front, rapidly broader to the base, its posterior

angles acute, the disk slightly concave on each side; scu-

tellum narrowly elongate ; elytra rounded at the shoulder and

apex, the disk flat, with three slender raised lines; legs pale,

tibize dilated towards and obliquely truncate at the apex.

Diurus sphacelatus.

D. modice elongatus, parallelus, fuscus, squamis obscure griseis valde

dispersis, sed ad apicem elytrorum magis approximatis; antennis

novem-articulatis, articulis basalibus crassiusculis. Long. 13-14

lin. (3), 5-10 (@).

Hab. Andaman.

Moderately elongate, with the sides parallel, dark brown, with

here and there a few oval dull greyish scales sunk in the

punctures, more crowded at the apex, the tailed portion with

long slender scales; head and rostrum, as far as the insertion

of the antennee, with tuberculiform close-set scales ; antenne

nine-jointed, stoutish, especially the basal joints, clothed with

long accumbent scales, the first four joints dark brown, the fifth

and three following whitish, the latter very short, the fifth as

long as the fourth and much curved, the last or ninth black,

cylindrical ; prothorax slightly grooved; elytra seriate-punc-

tate, interstices raised ; body beneath brown, greyish scales on

the abdomen and a stripe of the same kind along the side;

legs brown, dotted with elliptic and elongate grey scales.

M. Ritsema has described two species (Notes Leyden Mus.

iv. p. 214) with nine-jointed antenne, one, D. antennatus,

from Java, also with the fifth joint curved, “ strongly resem-

bling D. furcillatus,” differentiated, besides the antenne, by

the “ elongate tails of the elytra.” In D. sphacelatus the tails

are scarcely half the Jength of the elytra, while they are as

long or longer in D. furcillatus. When there is a departure

from a normal character some amount of variability may be

expected to occur even in the same species.

I may mention here that what I considered was the female of

my Diurus dispar, Lacordaire was of opinion was an undeve-

loped male. Gemminger and von Harold, however, give it a

place in their ‘Catalogus’ as a distinct species. [I am now

inclined to regard it as a dimorphic male of D. furcillatus,

such as we find in many Anthribide ; its normal male com-

20 Mr. F. P. Pascoe on new Coleoptera.

panion in my collection has eleven-jointed antenne, as also

has one specimen in the British Museum.

CEDIOCERA.

Diuro affinis, sed corpus esquamosum, prothorax sulcatus, antennee

11-articulatee, longiores, lineares, et coxee anticee separate. Ros-

trum apice angustum. Hlytra canaliculata. emora basi at-

tenuata.

To these it may be added that the last three joints of the

antenne are much the longest; but I am not disposed to

place much reliance on their relative length as a generic

character. The females have the apical half of the rostrum

much more slender than in Diurus.

Cediocera longicornis. (Pl. I. fig. 5.)

CO. anguste elongata, fusco-ferruginea, regione suturali nigro-fusca ;

antennis in mare ad apicem abdominis extensis. Long. 13 lin.

Hab. Andaman.

Long and narrow, ferruginous brown, the sutural region

dark brown; head with a shallow groove in the middle

extending to the apex of the rostrum; antenne extending to

the apex of the abdomen, the basal joint pyriform, the second

to the seventh of equal length, the last three ‘much, and

gradually, longer; prothorax reticulate-punctate at the sides,

especially near the base; elytra striate-punctate, the inter-

stices raised ; the tail very slender and nearly as long as the

rest of the elytra; body beneath pitchy, smooth ; legs slender ;

first joint of the tarsi nearly as long as the rest tovether.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE I.

Fig. 1. Aporrhipis flevilis, and first four joints of antenna.

Fig. 2. Taphroderes filiformis, and fore tibia and tarsus (‘ Annals,’ Nov.

1872, ser. 4, vol. x. p. 319).

Fig. 3. Carchares macer.

Fig. 4. Clada Waterhouset, and first three joints of antenna.

Fig. 5. Cediocera longicornis (the antennee are too short).

Fig. 6. Barsenis fulvipes, and first three joints of antenna.

Fig. 7. Eugeusis nigripennis, and maxillary and labial palpi.

Fug. 8. Selasia pulchra, and three joints of antenna.

Fig. 9. Doryagus talpa, and fore tibia and tarsus.

Fig. 10. Telethrus ebeninus, distal part of fore tibiaand the tarsus (‘Annals,’

Jan. 1882, ser. 5, vol. ix. p. 29).

Fig. 11. Exapineus politus, and distal part of fore tibia and the tarsus

(loc. cit. p. 34).

On Ceylon Alge in the British Museum. 91

IlI.— Catalogue of Ceylon Algae in the Herbarium of the

British Museum. By Georce Murray, F.L.S., Assistant,

British Museum, and Examiner in Botany, Glasgow Uni-

versity.

WHEN the Trustees of the British Museum acquired the

collection of Algee formed by the late Prof. Dickie of Aber-

deen, it was found that it contained a partly-named series

collected by Mr. Ferguson in Ceylon. I have revised and

completed the naming of this series so far as I judged it pos-

sible from the material. There are a fair number of specimens

(as in all collections of Algee) to which it is not possible to

give more than a generic name. I have withheld these, and

among them a species of Callophyllis and one of Bryopsis,

which Prot. Dickie believed to benew. On most of these fur-

ther material may, it is to be hoped, throw light. One species

of Spirogyra, one Zygnema, one Sirogonium, one Cladophora,

one Prasiola, and one Lyngbya have also received MS. names

from Prof. Dickie. Mr. A. W. Bennett has kindly promised

to deal with these in a paper on new freshwater Algze in the

British Museum Herbarium.

Prof. Harvey’s list of Duplicate Ceylon Algz extends to

105 numbers, not 106 as numbered. Nos. 48 and 87 are

wanting, and no. 30 occurs twice. I have quoted all those

named by him in full, or that I have found named since by

Agardh, though a few of them are not in the British Museum.

I have omitted the one Diatom Biddulphia pulchella, Grev.,

in the list. It was not distributed by Harvey, and we have

no specimen of it from Ceylon. Harvey’s list as quoted

numbers 87. ‘Ten are quoted as collected by Kjellman only.

Myr. Ferguson, in addition to those collected by Harvey and

by himself, has added 126 to the list, which in all numbers

223.

I make this Catalogue public now with the hope that by

this means its extension may be more rapidly effected. Other

collectors have been at work and, so far as the result of their

labours supplements this list, it is to be hoped it will be

made known.

An examination of the Algal Herbarium at Kew may be

expected to yield additions, and the fotal would be consider-

ably augmented by the citation of the Diatoms in the ‘ Cata-

logue des Diatomiées de lIe Ceylan,’ by Dr. G. Leuduger-

Fortmorel. The British Museum Herbarium contains cer-

tain unpublished series of Alge, which I have quoted in

giving the distribution, e.g. ‘* Bombay, Hobson!” and

22 Mr. G. Murray on Ceylon Alge in the

“Kurrachee, Murray!” In those cases where no distribution

1s given the species is recorded for Ceylon only, so far as I

can ascertain. ‘Taking only the marine Alge of the list it is

found that there are 118 Floridee, 33 Pheophycex, and 57

Chlorophycesw. Of these 17 Florides, 2 Pheophycee, and 7

Chlorophycez are, so far as is known, peculiar to Ceylon.

Of the rest, 60 Florides, 21 Pheophycew, and 27 Chloro-

phycee: have been previously recorded for the Indian Ocean

(including in it the Red Sea), many of these being species

widely distributed throughout the shores of tropical, subtro-

pical, and temperate seas. 8 Florideew, 2 Pheophycee, and

1 green alga, hitherto known only from the Cape, are now

recorded from Ceylon as well. Of Atlantic forms, 17 Flori-

dee, 5 Phexophycee, and 15 Chlorophycee, some of them

known from Australia and from the Pacific as well, may be

said to have now doubled the Cape. Of species hitherto re-

corded from Australia alone, 7 Floride and 1 green alga

are added to the Ceylon list, while of Pacific species (includ-

ing some common to Australia) 5 Floridew, 3 Pheophycee,

and 5 Chlorophyceze are now known to extend to the Indian

Ocean. Lastly, and this is an unsatisfactory record, 4 Flori-

dez and 1 green alga, hitherto recorded from the Mediter-

ranean or Adriatic only, go to compose the following list.

Speculation on this record would be worthless in the pre-

sent state of our knowledge ; but I may venture to point out

that ships’ bottoms traversing the Suez Canal may be expected

in time to affect the distribution of Mediterranean and Red

Sea and Indian Ocean species.

I, FLORIDEX.

CERA MIE.

Callithamnion pygmeum, Kiitz.

Ferguson !

Geogr. distr. Mauritius, Adriatic.

Callithamnion purpuriferum, J. Ag.

Ferguson !

Geogr. distr. Cape of Good Hope.

Callithamnion thyrsigerum, Thw.

Harvey! No. 47. Ferguson !

Griffithsia corallina?, J. Ag., var.

Harvey! No. 46.

Geogr. distr. Atlantic Ocean (from Scotland to the Cana-

ries), Mediterranean.

Herbarium of the British Museum. 23

Grifithsia neapolitana, Nag.

Ferguson !

Geogr. distr. Naples.

Ceramium miniatum, Suhr.

Ferguson !

Geogr. distr. Pacific, Australia (St. Vincent, Cape Verds?).

Centroceras clavulatum, Ag.

Harvey! No. 43.

Geogr. distr. Throughout all warm and temperate oceans.

Centroceras macracanthum, Kiitz.

Ferguson !

Geogr. distr. Coast of Brazil.

Centroceras hyalacanthum, Kiitz.

Ferguson !

Geogr. distr. Antilles, St. Vincent, Cape Verds.

Centroceras brachyacanthum, Kiitz.

Ferguson ! |

Geogr. distr. Antilles.

Carpoblepharis ceylanica, Harv.

Harvey ! No. 42. Ferguson!

CRYPTONEMIACE.

Halymenia platycarpa, Ag.

Harvey! No. 52 (sub Sarcodia). Ferguson !

Geogr. distr. Pacific (Friendly Islands).

Halymenia floresia, Clem.

Ferguson !

Geogr. distr. Red Sea, Australia, Mediterranean, Atlantic.

Halymenia imbricata, Dickie, n. sp.

‘¢ Peltate, palmately lobed, lobes imbricate ; apices convex,

laciniate.”— Dickie, MS.

Ferguson !

Tutucorin, April 1875. “Found in dense, soft, flabby

masses.’ —Lerguson.

Halymenia amena, Bory.

Ferguson !

Geogr. distr. Cape Comorin.

24 Mr. G. Murray on Ceylon Alge in the

Halymenia dubia, Bory.

Ferguson !

Geogr. distr. Cape Comorin.

Grateloupia filicina, Wulf.

Harvey! No. 40. Ferguson!

Geogr. distr. Indian Ocean, Cape of Good Hope, Pacific,

throughout Atlantic, Mediterranean.

Cryptonemia rigida, Harv.

Harvey! No. 51.

GIGARTINE.

Gigartina acicularis, J. Ag.

Ferguson !

Geogr. distr. Kurrachee (Murray !), Mediterranean, At-

lantic; Cuba.

Gymnogongrus pygmeus, Grev.

Ferguson !

Geogr. distr. Indian Ocean.

Gymnogongrus glomeratus, J. Ag.

Ferguson !

Geogr. distr. Mauritius, Cape of Good Hope.

Gymnogongrus vermicularis, Turn.

Ferguson !

Geogr. distr. Mauritius, Cape of Good Hope, Chili and

Peru, New Caledonia.

Gymnogongrus ligulatus, Harv.

Harvey ! No. 50. Ferguson!

Geogr. distr. Japan? [J.G. Agardh, Spec. Gen. et Ord.

Alg. vol. iii. p. 214, says, “ G. ligulatus, Harv., Alg. Ceyl.

mihi est Cryptonemiz sp.”’]

Phyllophora Maitlardi, Mont. et M.

Ferguson !

Geogr. distr. Indian Ocean. [J. G. Agardh, loc. cit.

p- 682, states, “Fide iconis dates hee mihi nulla species

Phyllophore videtur, sed Cryptonemie species e sectione

Acrodisci, ad Cr. rigidam accedens, si cum hac non omnino

identica sit.” The specimen so named by Prof. Dickie has

not the least resemblance to Cryptonemia rigida. It is dis-

tinctly a Phyllophora. I am inclined to regard it as P. rubens,

var. |

Herbarium of the British Museum. 25

Kallymenia perforata, J. Ag.

Hb. J. E. Gray! Ferguson!

Geogr. distr. [Agardh describes the species from a Ceylon

specimen in Herb. J. EK. Gray, now in Herb. Mus. Brit.

SPYRIDIEA.

Spyridia insignis, J. Ag.

Harvey! No. 44. Ferguson.

Geogr. distr. Indian Ocean.

CHAMPIES.

Champia parvula, Ag.

Ferguson !

Geogr. distr. Mediterranean, Atlantic, Pacific, Australia.

Champia affinis, Hook. et Harv.

Ferguson !

Geogr. distr. Australia, Tasmania, and New Zealand.

Champia ceylanica, Harv.

Harvey! No. 92.

Champia compressa, Harv.

Harvey! No. 16.

Geogr. distr. Cape of Good Hope, Australia ?

RHODYMENIACE.

Chrysymenia uvaria, Wulf.

Ferguson !

Geogr. distr. Tropical and subtropical Atlantic Geer

and America) and Australia.

Chrysymenia obovata, Sond.

Ferguson !

Geogr. distr. Australia.

Desmia tripinnata, J. Ag.

~ Ferguson !

Geogr. distr. Cape of Good Hope.

Desmia Hornemanni, J. Ag.

Ferguson !

Geogr. disir. Cape of Good Hope.

26 Mr. G. Murray on Ceylon Alge in the

Desmia ambigua, J. Ag.

Harvey! No. 21, and var. pulvinata, Harv. No. 91.

Geogr. distr. Indian Ocean, from Ceylon to Australia.

SQUAMARIES.

Peyssonnelia rubra, Grev.

Harvey! No. 41. (No specimen from Harvey in Herb.

Mus. Brit.). Ferguson!

Geogr. distr. Adriatic. [Agardh criticises Harvey’s naming

of P. rubra from the Friendly Islands, and states that the

Australian specimens are P. Gunniana. He further states

that he has not seen Harvey’s Ceylon specimen. While I

therefore quote Harvey’s No. 41 with hesitation, having seen

no specimen, I give Ferguson’s specimen as P. rubra on Prof.

Dickie’s authority. They are certainly quite distinct from

Harvey’s Friendly-Island specimens and the Australian

specimens referred by Agardh to P. Gunniana. On the other

hand, they are more like P. Duby?, Crn., as named by Dickie

himself, than the Mediterranean P. rubra that I have seen.]

PORPHYRACES.

Porphyra laciniata, Ag.

Ferguson !

Geogr. distr. Throughout all warm and temperate oceans.

Porphyra vulgaris, Ag.

Harvey! No. 82.

Geogr. distr. Throughout all warm and temperate oceans.

SPH ROCOCCOIDEA.

Corallopsis cacalia, J. Ag.

Harvey ! No. 30.

Geogr. distr. Red Sea.

Gracilaria lichenotdes, J. Ag.

Harvey! No. 95. Ferguson!

Geogr. distr. Indian Ocean, Persian Gulf, Bombay (Hob-

son!).

Gracilaria confervoides, J. Ag.

Ferguson !

Geogr. distr. Indian, Southern, Pacific, and Atlantic

Oceans.

Gracilaria crassa, Harv.

Harvey ! No. 29.

Herbarium of the British Museum. 27

Gracilaria multipartita, Clem.

Ferguson !

Geogr. distr. Throughout Atlantic, Mediterranean, and

Gulf of Mexico; New Zealand.

Gracilaria corticata, J. Ag.

Harvey! No. 96, sub Rhodymenia purpurascens, Harv.

Harvey ! No. 28. Ferguson!

Geogr. distr. Red Sea, Persian Gulf, and Indian Ocean ;

Kurrachee (Murray !).

Gracilaria obtusa, J. Ag.

Harvey! No. 30 d7s. (No specimen from Harvey in Herb.

Mus. Brit.)

Geogr. distr. Indian Ocean.

(Cfr. Agardh, Sp. Gen. et Ord. Alg. vol. ii. pars i. p. 590,

and vol. 111. p. 426.)

Sarcodia ceylanica, Harv.

Harvey! No. 27. Ferguson!

DELESSERIEA.

Nitophyllum marginale, Harv.

Harvey! No. 26.

Nitophyllum maculatum, Sond.

Ferguson !

Geogr. distr. Cape of Good Hope.

Caloglossa Leprieurti, J. Ag.

Ferguson !

Geogr. distr. Indian Ocean, Australia, and New Zealand,

Atlantic.

HELMINTHOCLADIACEA.

Nemalion ? attenuatum, J. Ag.

Ferguson !

Geogr. distr. Indian Ocean.

Scinaia furcellata, J. Ag.

Ferguson !

Geogr. distr. Indian Ocean (Kurrachee, Murray !, Bom-

bay, Hobson !), Australia, Japan, Atlantic, and Mediterranean.

Scinata carnosa, Harv.

Harvey ! No. 38. Ferguson!

28 Mr. G. Murray on Ceylon Alge in the

Liagora pulverulenta, Ag.

Ferguson !

Geogr. distr. Mauritius, Atlantic (trop. Amer.).

Lvagora viscida, Forsk.

Ferguson !

Geogr. distr. Australia, Pacific, tropical and subtropical

Atlantic, Mediterranean. .

Galaxaura fragilis, Lam.

Ferguson !

Geogr. distr. Red Sea, Indian Ocean, Japan, Madeira.

Galaxaura rugosa, Sol.

Ferguson !

Geogr. distr. Tropical Atlantic, Mauritius, S. Andamans,

China, Tahiti. [Agardh does not accept the Indian and

Pacific specimens he has seen as G. rugosa. Having com-

pared them with Atlantic specimens I cannot regard Agardh’s

reasons for separating them as sufficiently strong. |

Galuxaura lapidescens, Lam.

Ferguson !

Geogr. distr. Throughout tropical and subtropical oceans.

Galaxaura Pikeana, Dickie.

Ferguson !

Geogr. distr. Mauritius.

CHATANGIE.

Zanardinia marginata, J. Ag.

Harvey! No. 36 (sub Galazaura). Ferguson!

Geogr. distr. Throughout tropical and subtropical oceans.

GELIDIES.

Prterocladia lucida, KR. By.

Ferguson !

Geogr. distr. Australia, New Zealand, Lord Howe’s Island,

St. Helena.

Gelidium variabile, Grev.

Harvey! No. 33. Ferguson!

Geogr. distr. Indian Ocean.

Gelidium corneum, J. Ag.

Harvey! No. 31, var. proliferum. Ferguson !

Geogr. distr. Indian, Pacific, and Atlantic Oceans.

Gelidium acrocarpum, Harv.

Harvey! No. 34. Ferguson !

Geogr. distr. Friendly Islands.

Herbarium of the British Museum. 29

Gelidium intricatum, Ag.

Ferguson !

Geogr. distr. Indian Ocean, Pacific.

Gelidium rigidum, Vahl.

Harvey! No. 82. Ferguson !

Geogr. distr. Tropical and subtropical Atlantic, Pacific,

and Indian Oceans.

HYPNEACES.

Hypnea hamulosa, J. Ag.

Ferguson !

Geogr. distr. Red Sea, Persian Gulf, Indian Ocean (Kur-

rachee, Murray!) ; Formosa, Cape of Good Hope. Doubtful

specimen from Martinique.

Hypnea spinella, Ag.

Ferguson !

Geogr. distr. West Indies, Philippines.

Hypnea pannosa, J. Ag.?

Harvey! No. 94. Ferguson!

Geogr. distr. Gulf of Mexico. Agardh is doubtful of the

Indian-Ocean specimens; Ferguson’s Ceylon, Harvey’s Cey-

lon and Friendly-Island, and Pike’s Mauritius specimens

certainly hardly agree with a Barbadoes specimen named by

Dickie, but I have not seen the type.

SoLIERIEZ.

Meristotheca papulosa, Mont.

Harvey! No. 39, sub Halymenia ceylanica, Harv. Fer-

guson !

Geogr. distr. Red Sea and Indian Ocean.

Rhabdonia tenera, J. Ag.

Ferguson !

Geogr. distr. Atlantic (West Indies and North America).

Rhabdonia robusta, Grev., var. Wighttt, J. Ag.

Ferguson !

Geogr. distr. Indian Ocean. ['The other variety, 8. flagelli-

formis, is Australian. |

CHONDRIEH.

Laurencia heteroclada, Harv.

Ferguson !

Geogr. distr, Australia.

30 Mr. G. Murray on Ceylon Alge in the

Laurencia perforata, Mont.

Harvey! No. 19. Ferguson !

Geogr. distr. In tropical and subtropical seas.

Laurencia obtusa, Huds.

Ferguson !

Geogr. distr. Throughout all warm and temperate oceans.

Laurencia hybrida, J. Ag.

Harvey! No. 18.

Geogr. distr. Mediterranean and Atlantic (Europe).

Laurencia ceylanica, J. Ag.

Harvey! No. 17.

Laurencia concinna, Mont.

Ferguson !

Geogr. distr. Australia, Philippines.

Laurencia fastigiata, Mont.

Ferguson !

Geogr. distr. Mediterranean.

RHODOMELE.

Acanthophora Delilei, Lam.

Ferguson !

Geogr. distr. Red Sea, Mediterranean.

Acanthophora dendroides, Harv.

Harvey! No. 10.

Geogr. distr. Australia, Indian Ocean (Bombay, Hobson!)

Acanthophora Thierti, Lam.

Harvey! No. 9. Ferguson!

Geogr. distr. Throughout warm and temperate Atlantic,

Pacific (Friendly Islands).

Martensia fragilis, Harv.

Harvey! No. d.

Bryothamnion Seaforthii, Kitz.

Ferguson !

Geogr. distr. West Indies, Florida, Mexico, Brazil.

Bostrychia tenella, J. Ag.

Harvey! No. 11 (sub B. calamistrata, Mont.).

Geogr. distr. Throughout warmer Atlantic, Cape of Good

Hope, Pacific (Friendly Islands).

Herbarium of the British Museum. 31

Rhodomela (?) crassicaulis, Harv

Harvey! No. 8.

[Agardh places this species amone ‘ species excluse,”

without giving it another resting-place. |

Polysiphonia secunda, Ag.

Ferguson !

Geogr. distr. Mauritius, Atlantic, and Mediterranean.

Polysiphonia obscura, J. Ag.

Ferguson !

Geogr. distr. Throughout Atlantic, Mediterranean.

Polysiphonia Thwaitesii, Harv.

Harvey! No. 15. Ferguson!

Polysiphonia utricularis, Zanard.

Ferguson !

Geogr. distr. Red Sea, Indian Ocean (Kurrachee, Mur-

ray !).

Polysiphonia mollis, Hook. et Harv.

Ferguson !

Geogr. distr. Australia.

Polysiphonia corymbosa, J. Ag.

Harvey! No. 12. Ferguson!

Geogr. distr. Mauritius, Bombay (Hobson !).

Polysiphonia ferulacea, Suhr.

Ferguson !

Geogr. distr. Atlantic, Australia, Pacific.

Polysiphonia glomerulata, Ag.

Harvey! No. 13. Ferguson !

Geogr. distr. Indian Ocean, Pacific, Australia.

Spec. inquir.

Polysiphonia rigiduia, Kitz.

Ferguson !

Geogr. distr. West Indies.

Neurymenia fraxinifolia, J. Ag.

Harvey! No. 49 (sub Dictymenia).

Geogr. distr. Indian Ocean, Madagascar, Western Aus-

tralia.

32 Mr. G. Murray on Ceylon Alge in the

Polyzonia jungermannioides, J. Ag.

Harvey! No. 6 (sub Levedllia gracilis, Dne.). Ferguson!

Geogr. distr. Red Sea, Indian Ocean, Australia.

Dasya struthiopenna, J. Ag.

Ferguson ! .

Geogr. distr. Australia.

Dasya stuposa, J. Ag.

Harvey! No. 7 (sub D. crassipes, Harv.). Ferguson !

Dasya Hussoniana, Mont.

Ferguson !

Geogr. distr. Red Sea.

Dasya villosa, Harv.

Ferguson !

Geogr. distr. Australia.

Dasya naccarioides, Harv.

Ferguson !

Geogr. distr. Australia.

Dasya Lallemandi, Mont.

Ferguson !

Geogr. distr. Red Sea, Persian Gulf, Kurrachee (Murray !),

Australia.

Dictyurus purpurascens, Bory.

Harvey! No.1. Ferguson!

Geogr. distr. Indian Ocean.

Vanvoorstia spectabilis, Harv.

Harvey! No. 3. Ferguson!

Geogr. distr. Mauritius.

Vanvoorstia coccinea, Harv.

Harvey! No. 4. Ferguson!

Claudea multifida, Hary.

Harvey ! No. 2.

CoRALLINES.

Lapalidium roseum, Kiitz.

Ferguson !

Geogr. distr. Adriatic.

Herbarium of the British Museum. 33.

Melobesia verrucata, Lam.

Ferguson !

Geogr. distr. Mauritius, throughout Atlantic, Mediter-

ranean.

’ Amphiroa fragilissima, Lam,

Ferguson !

Geogr. distr. Bermuda, West Indies, St. Vincent (Cape

Verds), St. Helena, Admiralty Island, Indian Ocean (South

Andamans).

Amphiroa rigida, Lam.

Harvey! No. 22.

Geogr. distr. Mediterranean.

Amphiroa dilatata, Lam.

Harvey ! No. 23. No specimen from Harvey in Hb. Mus.

Brit. Ferguson!

Geogr. distr. Indian Ocean (Kurrachee, Murray!), Cape

of Good Hope, Japan.

Amphiroa anceps, Lam.

Ferguson !

Geogr. distr. Mauritius, West Indies.

Amphiroa Bowerbanku, Harv.

Ferguson !

Geogr. distr, Cape of Good Hope.

Cheilosporum cultratum, Aresch.

Ferguson !

Geogr. distr. Mauritius, Cape of Good Hope, Brazil, West

Indies.

Chetlosporum pulchellum, Harv.

Harvey ! No. 24.

Arthrocardia capensis, Leach.

Ferguson !

Geogr. distr. Cape.of Good Hope.

Jania micrarthrodia, Lam.

Ferguson !

Geogr. distr. Mauritius, Australia, New Zealand.

Jania natalensis, Harv., var. tenutor, Harv.

Harvey! No. 25. Ferguson!

Geogr. distr. Natal.

Ann. & Mag. N. Tlist. Ser. 5. Vol. xx. 3

34 Mr. G. Murray on Ceylon Alge in the

Il. PHHOPHYCES.

FUCACEA.

Cystosetra triquetra, J. Ag.

Ferguson !

Geogr. distr. Cape of Good Hope, Red Sea.

Cystoseira articulata, Ag.

Ferguson !

Geogr. distr. Red Sea, (China Sea ?).

Cystophyllum muricatum, J. Ag., var. virgata, J. Ag.

Ferguson !

Geogr. distr, Australia, New Caledonia, Sunda Islands,

Persian Gulf.

[The above variety occurs both in the Persian Gulf and

Australia. |

Sargassum piluliferum, Ag.

Ferguson !

Geogr. distr. Pacific (Japanese waters).

Sargassum polycystum, Ag. ?

Ferguson !

Geogr. distr. Indian Ocean.

Sargassum ilicifolium, Ag.

Harvey! No. 103. Ferguson !

Geogr. distr. Indian Ocean, Red Sea, Paeific.

Sargassum Wightii, Grev.

Harvey! No. 106. Ferguson !

Geogr. distr. Indian Ocean, (Australia ?).

Sargassum asperifolium, Her. et Mart.

Ferguson !

Geogr. distr. Red Sea, Socotra (Balfour !)

Turbinarta vulgaris, Ag.

Harvey! No. 102. Ferguson!

Geogr. distr. Indian Ocean, Australia, China seas.

J. G. Agardh (Spec. Gen. et Ord. Alg. vol. i. p. 267) notes

‘ad Zeylonam Mus. Paris.”

Herbarium of the British Museum. 35

DICTYOTACE.

Dictyota fasciola, Lam.

Harvey! No. 57. Ferguson!

Geogr. distr. Mediterranean, West Indies.

Dictyota dichotoma, Lam.

Ferguson !

Geogr. distr. Throughout all warm and temperate oceans.

Dictyota crenulata, J. Ag.

Ferguson !

Geogr. distr. Pacific Ocean (coast of Mexico).

Dictyota Kunthi, Ag.

Ferguson !

Geogr. distr. South Pacific.

Dictyota acuminata, Kiitz.

Ferguson !

Geogr. distr. Red Sea, Socotra (Balfour!), Bombay

( Hobson !).

Taonia Schredert, J. Ag.

Ferguson !

Geogr. distr. Atlantic (Brazil) and Gulf of Mexico.

Padina pavonia, Gaill.

Harvey! No. 55. Ferguson!

Geogr. distr. Throughout all warm and temperate oceans.

Halyseris delicatula, Lam.

Harvey! No. 54. Ferguson!

Geogr. distr. Atlantic (Mexico, West Indies, Brazil).

J. G. Agardh (Spec. Gen. et Ord. Alg. vol. 1. p. 116)

notes that he possesses an aberrant form from Pernambuco,

but doubts its claims to be regarded as a distinct species.

The ‘Challenger’ specimens from Fernando Noronha also

differ from the typical H. delicatula, and in some respects

only, not in all, agree with Agardh’s.

Halyseris polypodioides, Ag.

Ferguson !

Geogr. distr. Mediterranean, Atlantic, Southern Ocean

(Tasmania).

36 Mr. G. Murray on Ceylon Alga in the

Zonaria lobata, Ag.

Ferguson !

Geogr. distr. Atlantic, from Canaries, Bermuda, West

Indies, and Brazil, to Cape of Good Hope.

Stachospermum patens, Hering.

Ferguson !

Geogr. distr. Red Sea, Kurrachee (Murray !).

Stachospermum marginatum, Ag.

Harvey! No. 53.

Geogr. distr. Red Sea.

Staechospermum maculatum, J. Ag.

Ferguson !

Geogr. distr. Indian Ocean, viz. Mauritius, Bombay (Hob-

son!), Kurrachee (Murray !).

Stechospermum Suhrit, Kiitz.

Ferguson !

Geogr. distr. South Africa.

ECTOCARPACEE.

Eetocarpus arabicus, Kiitz.

On Chnoospora fastigiata. Ferguson !

Geogr. distr. Red Sea (on Sargassum).

Lctocarpus indicus, Sond.

Ferguson !

Geogr. distr. Indian Ocean.

Lictocarpus macrocarpus, Harv.

Harvey! No. 101. Ferguson!

Sphacelaria furcigera, Kiitz.

Ferguson !

Geogr. distr. Island of Karak, Persian Gulf.

MESOGL@ACEA.

Dermonema dichotomum, Grev. Alg. Wet. ined. in

Harv. List Dup. Ceyl. Alg.

Harvey ! No. 93. Ferguson !

Geogr. distr. Indian Ocean, viz. Malabar (Law! Alg. Wet.),

Madras (Hb. Hook.), Mauritius; Pacific (Spruce!). This

last Iocality presumably extends the distribution to South-

American shores.

Herbarium of the British Museum. 37

Cladosiphon erythreum, J. Ag.

Ferguson !

Geogr. distr. Red Sea.

ARTHROCLADIACEA,

Chncospora fastigiata, J. Ag.

Harvey! No. 60. Ferguson !

Geogr. distr. Atlantic, Pacific, and Indian Oceans.

SPOROCHNACEZ.

Asperococcus sinuosus, Roth.

Ferguson !

Geogr. distr. Red Sea, Kurrachee (Murray !), Mauritius,

Australia, throughout Atlantic, Mediterranean, &c.

Asperococcus ortentalis, J. Ag.

Ferguson !

Geogr. distr. Indian Ocean.

RALFSIACER.

Ralfsia ceylanica, Harv.

Harvey! No. 59. This Alga was not distributed with

Harvey’s numbered set; but the British Museum possesses a

specimen which had been sent to Prof. Dickie from the

Trinity College herbarium. Ferguson!

Ill. CHLOROPHYCES,

SIPHONACEA.

Caulerpa asplenioides, Grev.

Harvey! No. 65. [Published in Harvey’s list; no speci-

men in Herb. Mus. Brit.]

Geogr. distr. St. Thomas, Jamaica (Chitty !), Australia.

Caulerpa clavifera, Ag.

Harvey ! No. 62. Ferguson!

Geogr. distr. Throughout tropical and subtropical seas.

Caulerpa fissidentoides, Grev.

Ferguson !

Geogr. distr. Indian Ocean.

Caulerpa imbricata.

Kjellman! Sub Chauvinia, Witt. et Nordst. Alg. Exsice.

No. 346.

38 Mr. G. Murray on Ceylon Alge in the

The above form is not to be confused with Chauvinia

imbricata, Harv. Phycol. Austr., an Alga allied to Delesseria.

Chauvinia of Harvey was established since “the genus Chau-

vinta, Bory, founded on a part of the older genus Caulerpa,

has not been generally adopted by botanists.” Kiitzing, who

maintained the Chauvinia of Bory, quotes Chauvinia imbri-

cata, Harv., as Delesseria rigida, Harv. (Harv. Alg. Exsice.

Austr. No. 276). Dr. Kjellman, following Kiitzing in

maintaining Bory’s Chauwvinia, has since published, as above,

C. imbricata, Kjellm.

Caulerpa laxa, Grev.

Harvey ! No. 64.

Geogr. distr. Indian Ocean.

Caulerpa macrophysa, Sond.

Ferguson !

Geogr. distr. Atlantic, coast of Central America.

Caulerpa mexicana, Sond.

Ferguson !

Geogr. distr. Mexico, West Indies, Bermuda, Florida, St.

Vincent, Cape Verds.

Caulerpa plumaris, Ag.

Harvey! No.61. Ferguson! Kjellman! Wittr. et Nordst.

Alg. Exxsice. No. 344.

Geogr. distr. Indian Ocean, Red Sea, Pacific, Australia,

Venezuela, West Indies, Florida.

Caulerpa scalpelliformis, Ag.

Ferguson !

Geogr. distr. Kurrachee (Murray!), Bombay (Hobson !),

Mauritius, Australia, Brazil, Angola.

Caulerpa sedoides, Ag.

Ferguson !

Geogr. distr. Kurrachee (Murray!), Australia, Pacific,

West Indies.

Caulerpa taxifolia, Ag.

Ferguson !

Geogr. distr. Throughout tropical seas.

Stephanocelium verticillatum, Kitz.

Ferguson! Kjellman! Wittr. et Nordst. Alg. Exsice.

No. 347.

Geogr. distr. Torres Straits, Central America.

Herbarium of the British Museum. 39

Halimeda gracilis, Harv.

Harvey ! No. 72.

Halimeda macroloba, Dne.

Ferguson !

Geogr. distr. Red Sea, Indian Ocean, Pacific, Australia.

Halimeda opuntia, Lam.

Harvey! No. 71. Ferguson !

Geogr. distr. 'Throughout tropical seas.

Halimeda triloba, Dne.

Ferguson !

Geogr. distr. Red Sea, Indian Ocean, South Pacific, West

Indies.

Halimeda tuna, Lam.

Ferguson! Harvey! No. 70. [Harvey did not distribute

this species, and there is no Ceylon specimen of his collecting

in Herb. Mus. Brit.]

Geogr. distr. Mediterranean, Florida, West Indies, Brazil,

St. Vincent, Cape Verds.

Udotea flabellata, Lam.

Ferguson !

Geogr. distr. Torres Straits, Friendly Islands, Bermuda,

West Indies.

Codium adherens, Ag.

Harvey ! No. 69.

Geogr. distr. Red Sea, Mauritius, Friendly Islands, Medi-

terranean, British Channel, Bermuda, West Indies.

Codium tomentosum, J. Ag.

Harvey ! No. 68. Ferguson!

Geogr. distr. Throughout all warm and temperate seas.

Bryopsis hypnoides, Lam.

Ferguson !

Geogr. distr. British Channel.

Bryopsis pachynema, G. v. Mart.

Kjellman! Wittr. et Nordst. Alg. Exsicc. No. 349.

Geogr. distr. Sumatra.

Bryopsis plumosa, Ag. :

Harvey! No. 66, and B. plumosa, Ag. var., No. 67. Fer-

guson !

Geogr. distr. 'Throughout all warm and temperate seas.

40 Mr. G. Murray on Ceylon Alge in the

Bryopsis thuyotdes, Kiitz.

Kjellman! Wittr. et Nordst. Alg. Exsice. No. 348.

Geogr. distr. Mediterranean, Guadaloupe.

VALONIACEA.

Valonia confervoides, Harv.

Harvey! No. 73. Ferguson!

Geogr. distr. Friendly Islands.

Valonia fastigiata, Harv.

Harvey ! No. 74.

Geogr. distr. Mauritius, Pacific.

Valonia Forbesit, Harv.

Harvey ! No. 75.

Geogr. distr. Friendly Islands.

Valonia utricularis, Ag.

Ferguson !

Geogr. distr. Mediterranean, Atlantic (coast of Spain and

Madeira), Friendly Islands.

Ascothamnion intricatum, Kitz.

Hb. 8. O. Gray! No collector’s name.

Geogr. distr. Friendly Islands, Mediterranean, Guadeloupe

(West Indies).

Microdictyon Agardhianum, Dne.

Ferguson !

Geogr. distr. Indian Ocean, Pacific.

Anadyomene flabellata, Lam.

Ferguson !

Geogr. distr. Mediterranean, Bermuda, West Indies.

Dictyospheria favulosa, Dne.

Harvey! No. 77. Ferguson !

Geogr. distr. Red Sea, Indian Ocean, Pacific West Indies,

ULVACEZ.

Enteromorpha compressa, L.

Ferguson !

Geogr. distr. 'Throughout all oceans.

Enteromorpha complanata, Kiitz.

Ferguson !

Geogr. distr. European coasts, Indian, Pacific, and Ant-

arctic oceans.

Herbarium of the British Museum. Al

Enteromorpha africana, Kiitz.

Ferguson !

Geogr. distr. Cape of Good Hope.

Ulva fasciata, Delile.

Harvey! No. 100. Ferguson! Kjellman! Wittr. et

Nordst. Alg. Hsicc. No. 432.

Geogr. distr. Indian Ocean (Kurrachee, Wurray!, Bombay,

Hobson !), Mediterranean, tropical Atlantic, and Pacific

(Chili).

Ulva fenestrata, Post. et Rupr.

Ferguson !

Geogr. distr. Kamtschatka.

Ulva latissima, L.

Ferguson !

Geogr. distr. Throughout all oceans.

Ulva reticulata, Forsk.

Harvey! No. 83.

_ Geogr. distr. Indian Ocean (Kurrachee, Murray !), Philip-

pines.

BATRACHOSPERMES.

Batrachospermum moniliforme, Roth.

Ferguson !

Geogr. distr. Kurope, North and South America, Cape of

Good Hope, New Zealand, Falkland Islands.

Batrachospermum Thwattesii, Dickie, n. sp.

“Main branches numerous, flagelliform, pinnated below,

with numerous, alternate, flagelliform, simple ramuli; apices

of rami naked. Whorls of ramelli crowded at base of rami,

more distant toward the upper part, interstices with numerous

moniliform simple ramelli.”—Dickie, MS.

Thwaites! Herb. Per. C. Province, No. 17, Feb. 1870.

CONFERVACE.

Cladophora anastomosans, Harv.

Ferguson !

Geogr. distr. Australia, Tongatabu.

Cladophora heteropsis, Kiitz.

Ferguson !

Geogr. distr. Algeria, south of France.

42 Mr. G. Murray on Ceylon Alga in the

Cladophora mauritiana, Kiitz.

Ferguson !

Geogr. distr. Mauritius.

Cladophora valonioides, Sond.

Ferguson !

Geogr. distr. Australia.

Cladophora Thwattesit, Harv.

Harvey ! No. 78.

Cladophora prolifera, Kitz.

Ferguson !

Geogr. distr. Mediterranean, Madeira, Barbadoes.

Rhizoclonium fontinale, Kiitz.

Ferguson !

Geogr. distr. Kurope.

Chetomorpha erea, Dillw.

Ferguson !

Geogr. distr. Throughout all warm and temperate oceans.

Chetomorpha antennina, Kiitz.

Kjellman! Wittr. et Nordst. Alg. Eixsicc. No. 318.

Geogr. distr. Indian, Pacific, and Atlantic oceans.

Cheetomorpha clavata, Kitz.

Harvey! No. 79. Ferguson!

Geogr. distr. Indian Ocean, Cape of Good Hope, West

Indies.

Chetomorpha implexa, Kiitz.

Ferguson !

Geogr. distr. Atlantic (English Channel), Mediterranean,

Cuba.

Chetomorpha indica, Kiitz.

Ferguson !

Geogr. distr. Indian Ocean, Persian Gulf.

Chetomorpha obscura, Kjellm.

Kjellman! Wittr. et Nordst. Alg. Exsice. No. 320.

Chetomorpha media, Kiitz.

Harvey ! No. 98 (sub Conferva media, Ag.).

Geogr. distr. Indian Ocean.

Herbarium of the British Museum. 43

Conferva affinis, Kitz.

Ferguson !

Geogr. distr. Europe, Anamallay, Neilgherries (Halconer !).

- Conferva lucens, Harv.

Harvey! No. 97. Ferguson!

Conferva utriculosa, Kiitz.; B. ceylanica, Wille.

Kjellman! Wittr. et Nordst. Alg. Exsice. No. 430.

Gdogonium gracile, Kiitz.

Ferguson !

Geogr. distr. Europe.

(Qdogonium ochroleucum, Kiitz.

Ferguson !

Geogr. distr. Europe.

ZYGNEMACE.

Spirogyra Braunti, Kiitz.

Ferguson !

Geogr. distr. Germany.

Spirogyra decimina, Miller.

Ferguson !

Geogr. distr. Europe, Asia, and America.

Spirogyra laxa, Kitz.

Ferguson !

Geogr. distr. Germany.

Spirogyra majuscula, Kiitz.

Ferguson !

Geogr. distr. Kurope.

Spirogyra tropica, Kiitz.

Ferguson !

Geogr. distr. West Indies, Amazon.

Sirogonium ceylanicum, Wittr.

Kjellman! Wittr. et Nordst. Alg. Exsice. No. 358.

IV. ScHIZOPHYCEA.

Scytonema tomentosum, Kitz.

Ferguson !

Geogr. distr. Kurope.

44 Dr. D. Bergendal on the Land-Planarie.

Scytonema penicillaitum, Ag.

Ferguson !

Geogr. distr. Blekingia.

Lyngbya majuscula, Hook.

Harvey ! No. 84.

Geogr. distr. Mauritius, Socotra (Balfour !), Europe, North

America, Bermuda, Martinique.

Trichodesmium erythreum, Ehrenb.

Ferguson !

Geogr. distr. Red Sea, Indian Ocean, Chinese Sea.

Hypheothrix conferve, Kiitz.

Ferguson !

Geogr. distr. Germany.

Cylindrospermum macrospermum, Kitz.

Ferguson !

Geogr. distr. Throughout Europe.

IV.— Contribution to the Knowledge of the Land-Planarice.

By Dr. D. BERGENDAL*.

In the orchid-house of the Botanic Garden in Berlin some

Bipalia were observed last autumn. ‘These have since greatly

multiplied there, and I have made a careful investigation

of them in the Berlin Zoological Institute. In 1878 Moseley

described | Bipalium kewense from the hothouses of Kew

Gardens. The form here observed seems to be identical with

this, although the ground-colour of the back is usually more

of an olive-green and the streaks are almost quite black.

The head is comparatively small, with a dark crescent upon

the upper surface. The mouth is situated further forward

than in most other Bepalia, at the anterior end of the second

third of the body. ‘The animals found are all without any

developed sexual organs. Only in one animal have I been

able to interpret some small aggregations of cells in the sec-

tions as the rudiments of testes. Of the oviducts and vasa

deferentta I have never observed any traces. In other Bi-

* Translated from the ‘ Zoologischer Anzeiger, No. 249, April 18,

1887, pp. 218-224.

+ Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. i. p, 238.

Dr. D. Bergendal on the Land-Planarice. 45

palia an external sexual orifice can be easily detected even in

small individuals ; but in this case I have never succeeded in

doing so even in larger animals. About 1 centim. behind the

mouth one sometimes sees a slight impression, which perhaps

might be regarded as an indication of this aperture.

The creeping movement of the worms is effected almost

exclusively by the long and strong cilia which clothe the sides

of the creeping-sole. The middle of the margin of this is set

with short strong cilia, which, however, move very feebly.

When creeping the worms are almost cylindrical; in fact the

dorso-ventral axis is even longer than the transverse axis.

Multiplication by Transverse Diviston.

The number of sexually immature animals has greatly

increased in the conservatory. Even in the autumn a great

number of small worms were to be observed. Close exam-

ination showed that many of these presented no heads, and

that in others the development of the heads was very unequal.

Animals which were cut with a pair of scissors into several

pieces did not die, but each piece formed a new head and

mouth. In the renewal of the head a white point is first of

all developed, and this gradually enlarges. At first the

streaks of the body can usually be traced on to the young

head-lobe. With the development of the papille and eyes

the typical pigmentation also makes its appearance. The

renewal of the pharynx can be noted from without during its

progress by the fact that the middle dorsal streak becomes

widened over the spot where the mouth is being formed.

I have also observed spontaneous transverse division.

Three times animals from which I had cut away cephalic

portions of considerable size constricted off corresponding

pieces from the posterior extremity, and all the three pieces

afterwards became regenerated. Once, under such circum-

stances, two posterior pieces were thrown off. On separating

a smaller anterior portion I have observed no posterior ab-

striction ; nor does such a thing always occur when larger

pieces are cut off. It would seem that this depended upon

whether the animals had been previously well nourished.

These worms also divide without having received any external

injury.

These Bzpalia are generally found in the reversed pots

upon which the pots with plants stand; and I once found in

such a pot three pieces which had been produced from one

worm by transverse division. The plants had not been

moved for a fortnight or three weeks, and the fissional cica-

46 Dr. D. Bergendal on the Land-Planaric.

trices and the course of the streaks showed that the divisions

had taken place at the utmost two days before. That all

the three pieces were together in the same pot also makes it

quite certain that the divisions had occurred recently and

spontaneously. The cephalic and posterior portions were of

equal length. In these divisions therefore the definite posi-

tion of the mouth must be of great importance. When pos-

terior pieces are cut away, however, no anterior abstrictions

occur. The histological phenomena of regeneration cannot

here be discussed.

The great quantity of small portions of worms which

have been observed in the conservatories, although some of

these, of course, are formed by injuries, show that these phe-

nomena are by no means of rare occurrence, and therefore we

find among the Land-Planariz the same asexual mode of

increase which has recently been demonstrated in the case of

the freshwater forms.

The Excretory Vascular Apparatus.

Metschnikoff has already described two longitudinal trunks

in Geodesmus. On the other hand, von Kennel has since

investigated the same animal, and believes that the excretory

canals are only vacuities in the parenchyma, and hence he

regards it as a matter of course that in sections nothing can

be seen of the few flagelliferous cells. Von Kennel’s obser-

vations, however, seem chiefly to relate to the freshwater

Planariz ; in these Lang and Iijima have since found regu-

lar excretory ducts.

The pigmentation and the numerous bacilli of the Land-

Planariz have hitherto hindered the study of this apparatus

in the living animal. The heads in course of regeneration

and still unpigmented, however, furnish a pretty good oppor-

tunity for such observations, which may also be made on the

ventral surfaces of worms which have been divided by a hori-

zontal cut with a pair of sharp scissors. Crushed preparations,

which may be observed in weak solutions of chloride of

sodium, also furnish very good results in favourable cases,

Hitherto I have been able to establish the following facts.

The apparatus presents:—(1) ciliated funnels with a very

strong flicker; (2) irregular but reticulated canals; and (3)

longitudinal trunks. The last-mentioned are slightly undu-

lated and are situated to the number of two or more on each

side, dorsal and lateral to the ramifications of the intestine.

Ventral longitudinal trunks have also been observed. The

longitudinal trunks consist of large perforated cells and

Dr. D. Bergendal on the Land-Planarie. 47

exhibit thick cilia, the tuberculiform basal parts of which

give the walls a reticulate appearance. From the longitu-

dinal trunks issue straight transverse canals, which may be

in part discharging and in part collecting canals. From the

conditions found by Lang in Gunda we should expect a regular

arrangement of these ; but hitherto I have been unable to

recognize it, although the small number of such transverse

canals is decidedly in favour of it.

The longitudinal trunks are so deeply seated in the paren-

chyma that they can scarcely be observed except in sections.

The reticular canals and the ciliated funnels, on the other

hand, must be studied in the living tissue. In the head we

see, both on the dorsal and the ventral side, a great number

of canals situated near the surface, which run in curves or

reticulately, and sometimes form nearly coil-like loops, In

these canals I have frequently seen structures which I must

for the present interpret as strong ciliations. They resemble

the “ flammes vibratiles’’ which Francotte has described in

Derostomum and Monocelis. Metschnikoff also states some-

thing of the same kind with regard to the longitudinal canals

of Geodesmus. I cannot regard them as phantasms produced

by ciliary movement, because they are only to be seen here

and there and because in crushed preparations I believe I have

seen in exposed aquiferous vessels very long protoplasmic

tongues pointed at both ends. They sometimes appear more

membrane-like, and are then attached to the wall of the vessel

by one margin. However, they can hardly represent those

described by Francotte in Polycelis.

With the reticular canals the ciliated funnels are connected

by very narrow longer or shorter canals, in which usually no

phenomena of movement occur. The ciliated funnels are

often placed in pits in groups of three or four together, and

they present a large rounded excretory cell in which I have

repeatedly observed vacuoles which emptied themselves into

the funnel. Almost always there are ciliated funnels in the

marginal papille of the head. I hope to be able hereafter to

complete these exceedingly troublesome observations.

The Nervous System and Sense-orguns.

Moseley regarded the nerve-trunks as a “ primitive vas-

cular system,” but nevertheless believed that the nerves tra~

verse them. Graff, von Kennel, Lang, and Iijima have shown

that they are true nervous cords. In our Bipalium the sections

of the nerve-trunks situated beneath the ramifications of the

intestine are oval in transverse slices, and show a difference

48 Dr. D. Bergendal on the Land-Planarie.

of structure in different parts. In some places we see the septal

(Lalkenbildung) formation which is so much referred to; in

others, the longitudinally running nerve-fibrils, cut across,

are very distinct. Between these longitudinal trunks there

are transverse commissures, which are very thin and often

branched, which is probably the reason why Moseley and von

~ Kennel did not see them. In older specimens, preserved in

alcohol, of Bipalium diana, from the Zoological Museum in

Berlin, I have also found these commissures. Near the head

such commissures are particularly numerous. Further, strong

arched nerves are emitted outwards, and these form a plexus

under the skin. This plexus cannot be found everywhere ;

it is particularly well developed in the head and the fore part

of the body. Such peripheral branches often start from the

same spots as the transverse commissures, and at some of

these points of ramification the dotted substance and the

ganglion-cells become so numerous that one might almost

describe it as a ganglion-formation*. No thickening of the

longitudinal trunks was, however, observed. The ganglion-

cells are large, have very large nuclei which stain rather

faintly, and show two or three processes. The longitudinal

nerves decrease very much in size in the caudal extremity ;

they curve towards one another and unite. In the cephalic

portion is situated the flat and greatly extended brain, the

formation of which by the union and thickening of two longi-

tudinal trunks is to be recognized particularly distinctly in

the hinder part of the brain. In the lateral portions of the

brain we see great masses of dotted substance in transverse

sections. Numerous ganglion-cells also occur in the brain,

but their arrangement in the different parts cannot be described

without figures.

Moseley has already stated that there are on the anterior

margin of the head some papille, between which there occur

little pits furnished with cilia. These papille, which are

situated in a groove, are square in transverse section in B.

kewense, and show an epithelium of rather small cells.

The anterior surface of the papille is not beset with mov-

able cilia; the lateral surfaces bound the passages leading

to the pits and exhibit very strong cilia. ‘The tissue of

the papille consists in great part of muscular fibres,

which give the papille great mobility. It is remarkable

that we see in the papille no large nerve-trunks, nor is

there any structure of the epithelium which would seem to

indicate that they are sense-organs. ‘The epithelial cells

* Tijima states that he found ganglia in the freshwater Planarie, but

that they possess but few ganglion-cells.

Dr. D. Bergendal on the Land-Planarie. 49

usually stain very strongly, and hence they cannot be well

investigated. The observation of the living animal, however,

_ fully establishes the interpretation of these papille as tactile

organs.

In the above-mentioned pits, which are nearly spherical,

the epithelial cells are much smaller, but they also stain

strongly and can scarcely be washed out. From the anterior

part of the brain, which rather forms a nervous plexus, strong

nerve-branches run to the pits. The nerve-fibrils become

thicker, and immediately beneath the pit we see a club-

shaped bundle of long spindle-shaped and bacillar terminations

of fibres. From these, small prolongations, which are of

capillary fineness even under very high powers, run outwards

between the cells of the epidermis. How they behave when

there I cannot yet say. ‘They are not connected with the

rather strongly vibrating cilia which occupy the bottoms of

the pits. Around this nerve-mass are placed larger, curved,

fibriform granular structures, which pass to the lateral epithe-

lial cells of the passages leading to the pits and agree in their

appearance and reactions with the secretion-products of the

glands. Motile cilia can hardly perhaps be interpreted as

nerve-terminations, and therefore it seems probable that there

are sense-hairs in the bottom of the pits among the cilia. The

groups of strongly motile cilia of the freshwater Planariz

discovered by von Kennel have been regarded by Iijima as

tactile organs, which can hardly be correct. They seem,

however, to agree with these pits in Bipalium, and ought,

perhaps, to be interpreted as olfactory organs or organs of

taste.

Hyyes occur in this species in enormous numbers. They

form a zone of three or four rows near the margin of the head,

and are also placed on the sides (not on the back) of the

whole body, even to the hindermost end. The largest eyes

are situated just behind the head. The eyes nearly agree in

structure with those of the other Triclades. The crystalline

cone is formed in the same way of several nucleated clavate

cells. The nucleus seen by Moseley in the hindmost part of

the eye belongs to the pigmentiferous cell. Nerves run to the

eyes from the superficial nerve-plexus. Sometimes I have

observed a gangliniform enlargement beside or in front of

the eyes.

As regards other organs and structural conditions, I give

here only the following remarks:—The whole body is pro-

vided with cilia. Between the ordinary epithelial cells we

see here and there groups of slenderer bacilliform cells which

may possibly be sense-organs. The rhabdites are of two

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5, Vol. xx. 4

50 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on new

kinds, as J may remark in opposition to yjima. Most of

them are small and fusiform, but a good many are filiform,

and more or lessrolled up together. ‘The two kinds are found

together in the same cells, and both are also thrown off,

for which reason I cannot regard them as developmental stages.

As already stated, the bacilli are expelled under strong irri-

tation, as, for example, when the animals are placed in

Miller’s solution, picric acid, picro-sulphuric acid, or chromic

acid. In hardening them in corrosive sublimate, hot alcohol,

or osmic acid, only the tips of a few bacilli usually make

their appearance.

The musculature consists of an external layer of ring-

muscles, external bundles of longitudinal muscles, and a great

many internal longitudinal muscular fibres, to which are added

dorso-ventral and transverse fibres.

In passing, I may state here that in Bipalium diana I

have observed an encysted Nematode. In the unpaired limb

of the intestine there was far forward the radula of a Gaste-

ropod. I can confirm von Kennel’s statements as to the

occurrence and the mode of opening of the vitelline glands.

I hope in the course of the year to publish a more detailed

memoir, furnished with figures, upon the points here noticed,

and in this I shall furnish more complete statements as to the

histological characters of the nervous system and the sense-

organs, which cannot well be done here without figures. I

will also give the necessary notices of the literature and com-

parisons with other forms. I have lately received well-pre-

served material of some other Land-Planarie.

V.— Descriptions of new Reptiles and Batrachians in the

British Museum (Natural History).—Part III. By G. A.

BOULENGER.

Anniella texana.

Head less depressed, snout more rounded than in A,

pulchra. Nasal shield semidivided, a horizontal suture

extending from the nostril to the second labial; frontal twice

as broad as long; anterior supraocular nearly as broad as

the distance which separates it from its fellow; interparietal

and occipital divided (anomalously ?) by a longitudinal suture ;

six upper labials—first very small, below the nasal, second

largest and in contact with the preefrontal and a loreal, third

Reptiles and Batrachians. 51

and fourth entering the eye; a narrow shield separates the

third labial from the loreal; five lower labials. ‘T'wenty-

eight scales round the middle of the body. No enlarged

preanal scales. Tail ending obtusely, three eighths of the

total length. Dark grey above, with three fine black longi-

tudinal lines ; sides and lower surfaces whitish.

From snout to vent 145 millim.; tail 85.

A single specimen from El Paso, Texas.

Eremias guineensis.

Snout moderate, obtusely pointed. Lower eyelid scaly.

First upper labial in contact with the lower and posterior

nasals and the anterior loreal; frontonasal separated from

the rostral by the upper nasals; two preefrontals; two supra-

oculars ; two series of small scales between the loreal and the

anterior supraocular ; a series of granules between the supra-

oculars and the supraciliaries; no occipital; no auricular

denticulation; subocular bordering the lip, between the

fourth and fifth upper labials; the three anterior pairs of

chin-shields in contact. No gular fold; collar attached,

distinct only at the sides. Scales granular, oval, sixty across

the middle of the body. Ventral plates broader than long, in

straight longitudinal and transverse series; ten longitudinal

series, outer composed of smaller plates. ‘Two consecutive

enlarged preanals. The hind limb reaches the ear. One

series of large and two of small subtibial plates. Twenty-one

femoral pores on each side. Upper caudal scales strongly

keeled. Head pale brownish above; three black bands, sepa-

rated by narrower white ones, on each side along the temple

and body to the groin, the two upper continued on the tail ;

the lower black band crosses the ear; a greyish, white-dotted

vertebral band, edged on each side by a black line, which is

separated from the broader black lateral band by a white

line ; limbs black above, with round white spots.

A single young specimen, from Brass, mouths of the Niger:

from snout to vent 24 millim.; tail 36.

The origin of this specimen is of particular interest as filling

up a gap in the distribution of the genus to which it belongs ;

no Hremias had yet been found on the west coast of Africa

between the Sahara and the Congo.

CACOSTERNUM, g. n. (Engystomatidarum).

Pupil horizontal. Tongue pyriform, free and notched

behind. Palate toothless, without dermal ridges. Tympa-

3 Ae

52 On new Reptiles and Batrachians.

num hidden. Fingers and toes free, tips not dilated. Outer

metatarsals united. No precoracoids; coracoids slender ;

sternum extremely small, cartilaginous. Diapophysis of sacral

vertebra strongly dilated.

Cacosternum nanum.

Habit ranoid. Head of moderate size; snout rounded,

without canthus rostralis; loreal region slightly concave ;

interorbital space broader than the upper eyelid. Fingers

and toes slender, with obtuse tips and strong subarticular

tubercles; first finger shorter than second; a rudiment of

web between the toes; a round inner metatarsal tubercle; no

tarsal fold. 'Tarso-metatarsal articulation reaching the tip

of the snout. Skin smooth; a strong fold from the eye to

the shoulder. Pale olive or greyish above, with darker spots,

forming more or less distinct cross-bands on the limbs; a dark

temporal spot, edged with whitish inferiorly; throat and

lower surface of legs grey, with a whitish network ; belly

whitish, with a few large grey spots, and on each side a few

smaller black ones. Male with a subgular vocal sac.

Two male specimens, measuring 19 millim. from snout to

veut, from Vleis, Kaffraria; presented by F. P. M. Weale,

Esq.

Bufo Muellert.

Closely allied to B. pulcher, Blgr. Crown without bony

ridges; snout short, obliquely truncate, with perpendicular

lores ; interorbital space broader than the upper eyelid; tym-

panum very indistinct. Fingers rather long, somewhat

widening and truncate at the end, first much shorter than

second; toes rather short, webbed to the tips, which are

slightly swollen; metatarsal tubercles two, flat and very

indistinct ; the membrane bordering the inner toe extends as

a fine fold along the tarsus. The tibio-tarsal articulation

reaches the anterior border of the orbit. Skin nearly smooth

above, granular inferiorly ; no parotoids. Black above, with

lighter wavy lines or marblings, and with round white dots

on the sides and limbs; throat and belly marbled with brown.

Male with a subgular vocal sac.

From snout to vent 30 millim.

A single male specimen from Mindanao, Philippine Islands.

Received from the Natural History Museum of Basle. I

have named the species in honour of my friend Dr. F. Miller,

the learned curator to whose efforts is due the prominent posi-

tion now held by the Herpetological Collection of the Basle

Museum.

Mr. G. Lewis on Erotylide from Japan. 53

Hyla Copii.

Tongue circular, nicked and free behind. Vomerine teeth

in two short transverse groups in the middle between the

choanee. Head broader than long, rather strongly depressed ;

snout rounded, as long as the diameter of the orbit; canthus

rostralis very feebly marked; loreal region concave ; inter-

orbital space as broad as the upper eyelid; tympanum very

distinct, half the diameter of the eye. Fingers free, toes

three-fourths webbed; disks smaller than the tympanum ;

subarticular tubercles moderate; a very distinct fold along

the inner side of the tarsus. ‘The tibio-tarsal articulation

reaches the eye. Upper surfaces with small smooth warts ;

lower surfaces (gular sac included) closely granulate; a

strong fold across the chest. Greyish olive above, with more

or less distinct darker spots or marblings on the head and

body, and cross-bands on the limbs; hinder side of thighs

with small brown mottlings ; front half of throat brown. Male

with a large external gular vocal sac.

From snout to vent 42 millim.

Two male specimens from El Paso, Texas.

This species, which I have pleasure in dedicating to the

celebrated American herpetologist, resembles H. versicolor,

from which it is at once distinguished by the absence of web

between the fingers,

VI.—A List of fifty Erotylide from Japan, including thirty-

five new Species and four new Genera. By GEORGE LEWIS,

F.L.S.

' THE first descriptions of Japanese Erotylidee were published

by Mr. G. R. Crotch in 1873; and since then, as the country

has been gradually opened for inland travel, species have been

added from time to time until the present day, when the list

contains fifty species. Marseul’s Catalogue for Europe gives

twenty-three species, and Heyden’s for Siberia twenty-four ;

but the last and the present list can have no pretention to

completeness. The majority of the known Erotylide are

from the New World.

Japan is a country which is in many ways favourable to

the group, as the damp elevated forests which occupy large

areas in the mountainous districts produce quantities of fungi

from the early days of spring to the last days of autumn.

54 Mr. G. Lewis on Hrotylide from Japan.

Edible mushrooms are an article of commerce, and are largely

exported to China, being at the same time one of the sources

of revenue to the government, which in many districts has

the monopoly of the forests where they grow. In May 1880,

when I first went into the forests in the Hakone district, I

found large oaks felled for the purpose of mushroom-culture ;

the horizontal trunks were covered with mushrooms through-

out their length from spawn sown, purposely I believe, in the

summer previous. I had filled several large sheets and cap-

tured as many new species before I was warned that govern-

ment property was being destroyed and the penalties for such

conduct severe. But in the wilder forests, which are rarely

trodden even by the native peasants, fungi are equally plen-

tiful, and there is no lack of hunting-ground for the ento-

mologist.

Most of the Erotylide in Japan are imagos before the

middle of June, and very few survive at the end of the year

to hybernate. An exception is Dacne picta, which may be

found under Planera-bark any day in January close to the

bund at Yokohama. In the second and fourth stages they are

all fungivorous, and during pupation are dependent on the

moisture in the plants in which they remain imbedded for

their preservation. _ In temperate climates the Hrotylidee often

appear to be of periodical occurrence; but if this is not strictly

true the collector is at any rate greatly dependent on fortui-

tous circumstances, such as season and place, for the capture

of the rarer species, and these contingencies sometimes occur

only at long intervals. In Kioto, within the temple compound

of the Nishi Honwanji, I found on the 17th June, 1881,

Aulacochilus japonicus in the greatest profusion on fungi on

some upright cherry-poles, and numerous specimens were

crushed on the pathways; and this was not a remarkable

henomenon considering the habits of the family.

There is one character in the family to which it is neces-

sary specially to allude. In a long series of specimens the

largest examples are invariably males. I have one example

of Encaustes prenobilis which measures 35 millim., and the

smallest male measures 30 millim. The first is perhaps the

largest Erotylian in any cabinet, and I can still remember

the muscular sensation its weight caused as it feigned death

in my hand when I took it off an old beech at Nikko. The

largest female measures 31 millim., and there are several

only 16. In Eudemonius tuberculifrons and Neotriplax

atrata the larger size of the males is conspicuous, and it is

evident from the material in hand that this characteristic is a

family trait. In the Languride the females are the larger,

Mr, G. Lewis on Erotylide from Japan. 55

and this is the rule also in the Chrysomelide. In the wood-

feeding Lucanide the males again are the largest, and this

character is a family one; it is not generic or specific. In

the Cerambycide it is not constant either way, the female is

smallest in Monohammus grandis, Waterhouse, but the males

are more usually so.

I have placed Microsternus and Megalodacne among the

Dacnini because the tarsi are visibly five-jointed. ‘The species

placed under Encaustini have no true prosternal keel.

There is only one synonym to record, which is very satis-

factory.

List of Species, arranged generically and according to their

specific similitude.

DACNINI.

Dacne japonica, Crotch.

picta, Crotch.

zonaria.

fungorum.

Microsternus perforatus, Lewzs.

Crotchi.

— tricolor.

higonius.

Megalodacne bellula, Lewis.

ENCAUSTINI.

Encaustes preenobilis, Lewis.

Episcapha Fortunei, Crotch.

— Gorhami, Lewis.

taishoensis, Lewis.

hamata, Lewis.

Renania atrocyanea.

TRIPLACINI.

Neotriplax atrata.

Lewisii, Crotch.

—— hiplagiata.

pallidicincta.

Cyrtotriplax sobrina.

— centralis.

pantherina.

latifasciata.

Cyrtotriplax nigropunctata.

pallidiventris.

cenchris.

— maculifrons.

discalis.

—— rufipennis.

niponensis, Lewis.

solivaga.

circumecincta,

‘tripartiaria.

basalis.

similis.

ruficornis.

connectens.

Triplax gracilenta, Solsky

[seberica, Crotch].

devia.

—— ainonia.

suftlava.

— letabilis.

canalicollis.

discicollis.

japonica, Crotch.

atricapilla.

Eudemonius tuberculifrons.

EROTYLINI.

Aulacochilus Bedeli, Harold.

japonicus, Crotch.

Satelia scitula.

The three following genera have tarsi with five distinct

joints :-—

Dacne japonica.

Dacne japonica, Crotch, Ent. Mon. Mag. ix. p. 188 (1878).

This species is not very common; it has been taken at

56 Mr. G. Lewis on Erotylide from Japan.

Nagasaki, Nikko, and Sapporo. It varies in size from 3 to

42 millim.

Dacne picta.

Daene picta, Crotch, J. ce. p. 188 (1873).

Common at Nagasaki and near Yokohama. Found under

the bark of Planera in winter.

Dacne zonaria.

Elongato-ovalis, nigra, nitida; elytris macula humerali tarsisque

rufis. L. 3} mill.

Densely black and shining; head and thorax sparsely and

somewhat coarsely punctate, the latter strongly marginate

laterally ; elytra punctate-striate, with punctures in lines

down the interstices, punctures rather finer than those of

thorax, one red belt, oblique, touching the edge only at the

humeral prominence at the base, leaving a black margin both

at external and sutural edges; the hamate pattern, so com-

mon in the family, is rather broad at the scutellum. The

antennee, sometimes obscurely reddish at the base, are some-

what long and the club somewhat free ; the tarsi and knees

are reddish. Beneath, the head and prosternum are coarsely

and rather rugosely punctured; the intercoxal lines reach

the base of the prosternum ; the mesosternum is rather finely

punctured.

The colour separates this species from the other Japanese

species, and the antennee are proportionally longer, with the

club lax. It is also unlike any other species I know.

Found at Kiga, Miyanoshita, and Nikko abundantly ;

Konosé, Fukushima, and Sapporo are other localities for it.

Dacne fungorum.

Oblonga, nigra, nitida; elytris macula humerali, capite, antennis

pedibusque rufis. L. 3 mill.

Oblong, black and shining ; head and thorax sparsely and

rather coarsely punctate, the first red, the latter black, with

lateral margin obscurely piceous and anteriorly narrowly con-

colorous with head; elytra punctate-striate, interstices some-

what similarly punctured, with a red irregular blotch at the

humeral angle which touches the edge only at the base;

antenne, legs, and tarsi wholly red. Beneath, the prosternum

is very minutely rugose and punctured somewhat similarly to

the metasternum ; the intercoxal or prosternal striz advance

anteriorly a little beyond the coxe, and posteriorly touch

Mr. G. Lewis on Erotylide from Japan. 57

the base of the prosternum; the mesosternum is more

coarsely punctured, and the abdomen is piceous. One speci-

men, evidently a variety, is obscurely 4-maculate.

This insect is relatively much broader than D. zonaria ; the

humeral spot agrees fairly well with that of D. bipustulata,

Thunb., from Europe and Siberia, but it is larger and

broader.

I have only six specimens of this species—five (including

the variety) from Nikko, the other from Horobetzu, in Yezo.

MIcROSTERNUS.

Microsternus, Lewis, Ent. Mon. Mag. xxiv. p. 3 (1887).

Form rather elongate, convex; eyes granulate, moderately

prominent; thorax with large punctures, leaving a space in

front of the scutellum smooth ; elytra finely punctate-striate,

pattern varied ; antenne rather robust, second and third joints

nearly same length, fourth to eighth moniliform, all same

length, eighth rather thicker, the club is compressed and

oval; last joint of maxillary palpus but little enlarged ; pro-

sternum coarsely sculptured at sides, with the central process

raised, marginate and triangular, the median area more or

less smooth ; the mesosternum is very transverse, and, except

under a high power, looks like a margin to the metasternum ;

tarsi distinctly five-jointed, the fourth smaller than the

third, and not padded. Intwospecies, I. Ulker and higonius,

the thorax is laterally sulcate, the furrow being deepest

anteriorly.

Microsternus perforatus, Lewis.

Microsternus perforatus, Lewis, Ent. Mon. Mag. xxiy. p. 3 (1887).

Episcapha perforata, Lewis, 7. c. p. 140 (1888).

Very similar to MW. Crotchi; it is larger and darker in

colour, and the fasciee are more defined, with the branch that

spreads upwards round the hamate pattern narrower, and the

humeral spot is larger and more rotundate. As in MW. tricolor

and Crotch the thorax is simply marginate at the sides, not

sulcate.

Taken on Oyayama and at Yuyama, in Higo. Two

specimens.

Microsternus Crotchi.

Elongato-ovatus, piceo-brunneus, capite tenui et parce punctato;

thorace utrinque parum grosse punctato, ante scutellum levi;

elytris tenuiter punctato-striatis, transversim bifasciatis ; antennis

pedibusque obscure nigris. L. 5 mill.

58 Mr. G. Lewis on Erotylide from Japan.

Head irregularly punctate, with two oblique impressions

between the antenne; thorax marginate laterally, coarsely

punctate, somewhat densely at the sides, sparsely in the

middle, with a transverse space before the scutellum smooth ;

the elytra are finely punctate-striate, the interstices with

smaller punctures scattered irregularly ; at the base there

is a broad yellowish fascia, which leaves a humeral spot, and

the usual hamate pattern behind the seutellum, black, and

another before the apex, which leaves the suture and outer

edge black. Beneath, the sternal plates are similar to those

of M. tricolor, as noted below.

Two specimens, from Nishimura in Yamato, are all I

obtained.

Microsternus tricolor.

Elongato-ovatus, obscure rufo-brunneus, capite thoraceque parce

punctatis; elytris tenuiter punctato-striatis, interstitiis inconspicue

puncticulatis, luteo-fasciatis ; pedibus brunneis; antennis infus-

catis. L. 4 mill.

Head and thorax irregularly and sparsely punctate, reddish

brown above, but darker beneath, marginate at the sides ;

elytra with a black humeral spot surrounded by a yellow

band, which is narrow at the outer edge, but posteriorly about

as broad as the black spot; in the middle of the elytra is a

broad irregular black band which, on reaching the fourth

stria, becomes concolorous with the head and thorax, and at

the second stria extends up to the scutellum ; before the apex

is a second black band with even edges, and it is separated

from the central band by a yellow fascia, broadest at fourth

stria; apex reddish yellow. ‘The prosternal process is trian-

gular, marginate and impunctate; the sides of the pro-

sternum are thickly and coarsely granulate; mesosternum

inconspicuous.

I obtained five examples at Yuyama, in Higo, in May

1881.

Microsternus higonius.

Oblongo-ovatus, piceus ; thorace rufo maculato; elytris punctato-

striatis, rufis, nigro 6-maculatis; antennis pedibusque rufo-

brunneis. L. 23 mill.

Head and thorax with large scattered punctures, first wholly

piceous, second with a longitudinal reddish mark on each side

on the disk in a line behind the eyes; the thorax has a

broad, raised, lateral margin, parallel to which is a somewhat

deep furrow; in front of the scutellum is a crenulate arched

line (corresponding a little to the lines common in Abre?),

Mr. G. Lewis on Erotylide from Japan. 59

which divides the smooth space from the punctate portion ;

the elytra are red, with a black. spot, not well defined, at the

humeral angle, a second larger and formed as a band near the

middle, commencing in the interstice of the second and third

strie and touching the outer edge, a third, the size of the

humeral one, on the disk before the apex, covering the space

from the second to the fifth stria, the interstices are incon-

spicuously punctured and the scutellum is semicircular and

smooth.

The smooth space before the scutellum has been given

as a generic character, and in the present insect the punc-

tures bordering it are obliterated posteriorly, which gives

an appearance as of a crenulate arch; the sides of the thorax

are more deeply sulcate than in Microsternus Ulket, Crotch.

This very peculiar insect is unfortunately unique. It was

taken at Yuyama, in Higo, June 1881.

Megalodacne bellula, Lewis.

Megalodacne bellula, Lewis, Ent. Mon. Mag. xx. p. 189 (1888), xxiv.

p- 3 (1887) (sterna figured).

In fungi on the beech.

The following genus has the prosternal keel broad and ill-

defined, and only visible between the coxee :—

Encaustes prenobilis, Lewis.

Encaustes prenobilis, Lewis, Ent. Mon. Mag. xx. p. 139 (1883).

Found in the beech-forests of all the islands.

In the two following genera there is no prosternal keel :—

LEpiscapha Fortunet, Crotch.

Episcapha Fortunet, Crotch, . c. p. 188 (1873), p. 140 (1883).

On fungi on Adzes only ; fairly common.

Episcapha Gorhamz, Lewis.

Episeapha Gorhami, Lewis, 1. c. p. 140 (1888).

Abundant in the elevated forests.

Episcapha taishoensis, Lewis.

Episcapha tarshoensis, Lewis, 1. ¢. p. 79 (1874), p. 140 (1888),

Found in Yezo in 1880 and in Higo in 1881; it is not

rare.

60 Mr. G. Lewis on Erotylide: from Japan.

Episcapha hamata, Lewis.

Episcapha hamata, Lewis, J. c. p. 140 (1883).

Not found by myself.

RENANIA.

Antenne as long as the head and thorax ; first joint stout and

short, second and fourth to seventh moniliform and equal in

length, third one half longer than fourth, eighth very slightly

triangular, ninth and tenth compressed and transversely trian-

gular, eleventh rotundate, the last three forming a rather

lax club; maxillary palpi short and not dilated; head

moderate, with eyes slightly prominent, and rather coarsely

granulate; thorax about one third wider than long, with

anterior angles a little produced ; elytra about four times as

long as the thorax, subparallel; scutellum transverse; legs

rather long; fourth joint of tarsus very small. Prosternum

marginate at the coxe only, widening out anteriorly without

a keel or raised portion. I do not see any sexual differences ;

the mesosternum is rather large, and is, with the prosternum,

formed much as in Hpiscapha, near to which genus Renania

may be placed. The name of the brilliant French étérateur

has been adopted.

Renania atrocyanea.

Subelongata, atro-cyanea ; capite thoraceque sat parce punctulatis ;

elytris punctato-striatis. L. 6-63 mill.

Rather elongate, above dark cyaneous, beneath more

obscure; head feebly biimpressed between the antenne,

rather more thickly punctured before than behind; thorax

somewhat similarly punctured, with two shallow foveee at the

base, near the middle of each elytron; the margin has a

fine stria behind, and is strongly marginate at the sides ; the

anterior angles are a little produced, with a small and very

distinct fovea in the centre of the interstice; the legs are

rather elongate and simple in both sexes.

I obtained eleven examples of this species incidentally

while beating brushwood in June, but could not trace it to

any fungus. One example was found under bark on Oyama

in December 1880; Chiuzenji and Kashiwagi are the other

localities for it.

NEOTRIPLAX (type atrata, Lewis).

Antenne about the length of the thorax, first and second

Mr. G. Lewis on Erotylide from Japan. 61

joints short and stout, third as long as fourth and fifth

together and more slender, fourth to eighth moniliform,

seventh and eighth enlarging, ninth to eleventh transverse,

compressed, and together forming an oval club; last joint of

the maxillary palpus triangularly dilated and rather robust ;

head robust; eyes very moderately prominent, rather coarsely

granulate; thorax as broad again as the length, with narrow

reflexed margins; legs in male rather robust, with tarsi

dilated, first and second joints transversely triangulate ;

female, legs and tarsi slender. Prosternum marginate before

and behind, without true striz, and distinctly constricted

between the coxe; mesosternum wide and moderately

transverse.

Neotriplax atrata.

Oblongo-ovata, convexiuscula, nigra, nitida, parce punctulata ;

elytris punctato-striatis, interstitiis punctulatis; antennis pedi-

busque nigris. L. 54-74 mill.

This species is congeneric with and very similar to Cyrtotr?-

plax Lewisit, Crotch ; but it is larger and broader and wholly

black. Both species have a semicircular line between the

antennee, which divides the epistoma from the forehead. The

eneral facies, distinct foliation of the club of the antenne,

the dilated tarsi, and the absence of true prosternal lines are

sufficient to remove it from Cyrtotriplax, of which genus

bipustulata, I’., is the type.

This insect was found not uncommonly in localities where

the beech and oak grow in elevated forests; and I obtained it

in all the islands. It varies much in size.

Neotriplax Lewisit.

Cyrtotriplax Lewis, Crotch, Ent. Mon. Mag. ix. p. 189 (1878).

I once found this in great profusion at Nagasaki in fungoid

growth on rails, as recorded by Crotch. In 1880 I found it

not uncommonly in the environs of Yokohama, and in the

autumn, about October 29th, I saw a large assemblage of it

near Nikko.

Neotriplax biplagiata.

Ovata, nigra, nitida, macula humerali sanguinea ; elytris punctato-

striatis, interstitils puncticulatis. L. 32 mill.

Densely black, except the antenne, palpi, and humeral

spot, which occupies the interstices of the fifth, sixth, and

seventh striz, but does not touch the edge; the antenne are

piceous and the palpi flavous. ‘The prosternum is rather

62 Mr. G. Lewis on Erotylide from Japan.

broad posteriorly, narrowed at the coxe, the strie turn out-

wards at the coxe, nearly touching the sides of the thorax ;

the anterior edge of the prosternum is marginate. The antennee

have the two basal joints rather large, the third to eighth

small, and the club is compressed and oblong-ovate.

I took an example at Miyanoshita and a second on Oyama

in May 1880, and both appear from the tarsi to be females.

Neotriplax pallidicincta.

Ovata, obscure nigra, nitida; elytris pallidicinctis; antennis pedi-

busque infuscatis. L. 3} mill.

Head rather sparsely, evenly punctured, thorax with fine

punctures on the disk and before the scutellum, more coarsely

punctate on each side of base; elytra punctate-striate, inter-

stices irregularly puncticulate, the outer edge rather broadly

yellow, the band being double the breadth at the humeral

angle, where it includes the fifth stria, and the band widens

again before the apex ; the abdomen is pitchy brown.

This and the preceding species, if the males are known to

me, are without the conspicuously dilated tarsi seen in N. atrata

and Lewisi?; but I do not consider the material at hand

sufficient to decide the question. ‘The prosternum is formed

on the same plan in the four species.

Fukushima, two specimens, July 1881, also probably

females.

Cyrtotriplax sobrina.

C. consobrine proxime affinis, sed paulo major; nigra, nitida;

antennis pedibusque nigris; elytrorum maculasanguinea tripartita.

L. 43-5 mill.

This is the Japanese representative of C. consobrina and bi-

pustulata. The punctuation is the same, but the red elytral

fascia is divided into three parts; a broad sinuate band,

touching the outer edge, extends inwards to the second stria,

leaving the suture black, and then passes upwards to the base

of each elytron, occupying the space of the interstices between

the third and fifth strie. The legs and tarsi are longer, and

the tibiee, especially the middle pair, more dilated. The

prosternal strie are hamate anteriorly, and terminate at a

point distant from one another. In C. consobrina the pro-

sternal strie tend throughout their length to converge, and do

nearly meet in front.

Cyrtotriplax centralis.

Ovata, nigra, nitida; ore, antennarum funiculo tarsisque rufis ;

Mr. G. Lewis on Hrotylide from Japan. 63

capite parum grosse punctato, utrinque rufo; scutello nigro ;

elytris basi rufis, apice nigris, in medio nigro-punctatis. LL. 44

mill,

This species is a true Oyrtotriplax, and in many characters

is similar to C. sobrina: the thorax is much less wide, the

lateral margin more robust; the club of the antenne alone is

black, the head is triangularly black in front, red at the sides ;

the elytra are red at the base, and in the central region this

colour extends halfway down, enclosing a round black spot

immediately below the scutellum ; at the sides of the elytra

the black colour encroaches on the red to the middle of the

fourth interstice. The prosternum is rugosely punctate, with

strie widely separate and not hamate; the mesosternum is

red at base.

Captured between Nikaido and Kashiwagi, June 15, 1881.

Cyrtotriplax pantherina.

Ovata, rufo-testacea, nigro maculata; antennis pedibusque testaceis.

L. 42 mill.

Red; head and thorax somewhat densely punctate; head

with a black oblong spot between the eyes, two larger spots on

thorax, touching its base at centre of each elytron; scutellum

black ; elytra with two large black transverse spots at the edge

below the humeral angle and two spots behind the scutellum,

confluent at the suture; the apical portion has a very wide

irregular band which leaves the ends of the elytra alone red.

The prosternal lines are anteriorly hooked and nearly con-

verge; the fore part of the prosternum and the metasternum

are dark-coloured. 3

A good series was brought from Oyayama, near Kuma-

moto, in Higo, June 1881, by a native collector.

Cyrtotriplax latifasciata.

Ovata, nigra, nitida, capite basi rufo, scutello nigro; elytris late

bifasciatis ; antennis (basi excepta) pedibusque nigris. L. 34

mill.

Black and shining ; head and thorax rather finely punctu-

late, former transversely red at base, latter wholly black; the*

elytra are black, with a broad fascia at the base, apically

irregular, broadest between fifth and sixth strie, narrowest at

third; the second band is broadest at the same point, the

anterior one is slightly the wider, and the extremities of the

elytra are reddish; the posterior line of the posterior red

band is not irregular; the legs are black, with the tarsi red.

64 Mr. G. Lewis on Erotylides from Japan.

The prosternal striz are turned inwards anteriorly, but are

not hamate, and are widely separate.

Taken in Higo.

Cyrtotriplax nigropunctata.

Ovata, nigra, nitida, punctata; ore, antennarum funiculo tarsisque

piceis ; elytris rufis, apice, punctis regioneque scutellari nigris.

L. 33 mill.

Black ; head rather more coarsely punctured than thorax ;

elytra red, with a large semicircular spot round the scutellum

and two small spots transversely placed to each other before

the middle of each elytron, one on the elytral edge, the other

on the fifth and sixth strie, black; the apices of the elytra

for about one third of their length are also black, the pattern

ending in two semicircular edges, divided into two parts at

the fifth stria. The prosternal strie curve inwards anteriorly,

but are widely separate from each other.

IT took this at Miyanoshita in May 1880.

Cyrtotriplax pallidiventris.

Ovata, nigra, nitida, ore abdomineque rufo-testaceis. L. 4 mill.

Ovate, black and shining; head and thorax rather thickly

punctured, and seen under the microscope to be minutely

strigose; base of the head obscurely pitchy red; the elytra

very distinctly punctate-striate, with the interstices nearly

smooth ; the legs are rather robust. Beneath, the pro- and

mesosternum are rugosely punctate, the fourth posterior seg-

ment of the abdomen reddish yellow; the prosternal lines

continue narrowly round the base, and gradually approach

each other anteriorly, but owing to the rugose surface it is

difficult to see whether they meet or not.

I captured three examples near the waterfall at Chiuzenji,

Aug. 22, 1881.

Cyrtotriplax cenchris.

Late ovata, rufa; elytris apice infuscatis, antice nigro 4-maculatis.

L. 23-3 mill.

» Rather broadly ovate, red ; head punctate, thoracic punc-

tures finer and more scattered; elytra wholly punctate, the

strie being indistinct owing to a similar sculpture of the

interstices; each elytron has two black spots (smaller and

larger in different specimens), one below the humeral angle,

with the second posterior to it, the apex being infuscate, as

though a third spot were obsolete ; round the two black spots

the colour is sometimes yellowish, giving a tricolour appear-

Mr. G. Lewis on Hrotylide from Japan. 65

ance to the specimens; but this is not always the case; the

club of the antenne is infuscate. Beneath the body is wholly

red, and anteriorly the prosternal lines are widely separate

and very slightly bent inwards. Legs red and not robust.

I took a small series at Fukushima, July 28, 1881, one at

Kashiwagi in June, and later I received it from Higo.

Cyrtotriplax maculifrons.

Late ovata, nigra, nitida; capite basi transversim rufo; elytris

distincte punctato-striatis, mterstitiis sparsim punctulatis, rufis,

antice bimaculatis, postice fasciis duabus latis communibus ;

antennarum funiculo tarsisque rufis. L. 3-33 mill.

Rather broadly ovate, black; head and thorax equally

punctured, the first red between the eyes, the second wholly

black; scutellum and elytra red, latter with two large, rather

transverse, black spots before the middle and beginning

inwardly in the centre of the second interstice, and covering

five striz, before the apex is a large black spot common to

both elytra, being joined at the suture, which leaves the apex

and a narrow marginal spacered. Beneath, all the abdominal

segments are red; the prosternum is broad at the base, the

strie leaving a triangular space, widest at base ; anteriorly the

strize are incurved, but terminate moderately apart.

Found on Oyama, May 25, 1880, and two others came

from Higo in the spring of the following year.

Cyrtotriplax discalis.

Ovata, nigra, nitida; antennis tarsisque piceis, scutello rufo; elytris

punctato-striatis, interstitiis subtiliter punctulatis, rufis, posticis

disci late nigris. L. 3-3; mill.

Ovate, black; head more coarsely punctured than thorax,

the latter with punctures much scattered, and under the micro-

_ scope the surface is seen to possess a minute mosaic-like

sculpture ; the elytra are red at the base for nearly one third

of their length, when the disk posteriorly becomes black,

leaving only a narrow margin red. Beneath, the surface is

sculptured minutely, like the thorax; the last segments of

the abdomen have reddish margins; the mesosternum more

transverse than usual in the genus; prosternal striz straight

at sides and anteriorly slightly turned inwards.

Taken at Nikko and Kashiwagi. ‘Two examples only.

Cyrtotripiax rufipennis.

Ovata, nigra, nitida; elytris rufis, distincte punctato-striatis,

interstitiis subtiliter punctulatis ; subtus abdomine marginali tes-

taceo. L. 4 mill.

Black; head and thorax sparsely and not coarsely punc-

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5. Vol. xx. 5

66 Mr. G. Lewis on Hrotylidee from Japan.

tate, the first narrowly red at base, both very minutely strigose

under a high power, the second with lateral margins piceous ;

scutellum and elytra red, the latter distinctly punctate-striate ;

interstices with fine, somewhat irregular punctures, although

sometimes appearing to be set in rows; first three joints of

antenne and club piceous, intermediate joints sometimes

and tarsi always reddish. Prosternum rather rugose, stric

straight, turned inwards anteriorly, but fairly wide apart;

abdominal segments two to five margined with yellow

posteriorly.

Three examples, on Rakuwayama, near Hitoyoshi, May 3,

1881.

Cyrtotriplax niponensis, Lewis.

Cyrtotriplax niponensis, Lewis, Ent. Mon. Mag. xi. p. 78 (1874).

This species is wholly black, except the base of the an-

tenne, the palpi, and cox, which are pitchy red. The pro-

sternal lines are slightly curved at the tips. It varies in size

from 3 to 4 millim., and occurs commonly at Nikko and

Miyanoshita; and I obtained it also sparingly in all the

islands, including Sado. Reitter records it from Siberia.

Cyrtotriplax solivaga.

Ovata, nigra, nitida, ore antennisque piceis; elytris in medio

obscure rufo-punctatis. L. 47 mill.

Black ; head and thorax evenly and somewhat sparsely

punctured (minutely strigose under microscope) ; elytra rather

strongly punctate-striate, with interstices very finely and

sparsely puncticulate. Below the humeral angle on the sixth

stria there is an obscure reddish spot. Prosternal process

raised and triangular, the stria meeting at the anterior edge,

thus A, completely enclosing the space between; and this

last character will distinguish it from any other Japanese

species at present known.

I obtained this in the beech-forest to the south of the lake

at Hakone, April 23, 1880.

Cyrtotriplax circumcincta.

Late ovata, nigra, nitida, punctata; elytris parum latis, flavo-rufis ;

antennis pedibusque nigris. L. 4 mill.

Black and shining; head and thorax somewhat densely

but not coarsely punctate, minutely strigose (very distinctly

so under microscope); elytra punctate-striate, interstices

wholly punctulate, at the base, outside the fourth stria, red,

after the middle this red margin narrows to the seventh stria.

Beneath, the anterior portion of the metasternum and first

segment of abdomen are transversely red; the four poste-

Mr. G. Lewis on Erotylide from Japan. 67

rior segments of the latter are also red; the prosternal pro-

cess is rather raised in front, and the striz resemble those of

C. niponensis.

Three specimens, taken at Miyanoshita, May 1880.

Cyrtotriplax tripartiaria.

Ovata, nigra, nitida, ore antennisque piceo-rufis ; capite thoraceque

parum dense punctatis; scutello rufo; elytris antice rufis,

postice nigris. L. 4 mill.

Black, shining; thorax evenly and somewhat densely

punctate ; scutellum smooth and red; elytra, base wholly

red, apex wholly black, each colour occupying about half the

elytral area; behind the scutellum the black encroaches on

the red, at the fifth stria and outer edge the red encroaches on

the black. Beneath, the sides of the abdomen are broadly red,

also the tarsi; the prosternal lines are anteriorly hamate.

I possess four specimens from Higo.

Cyrtotriplax basalis.

Breviter ovata, nigra, nitida; antennis pedibusque dilutioribus, capite

basi rufo thoraceque parum dense punctatis; scutello nigro;

elytris basalibus rufis, punctato-striatis, interstitiis obscure punc-

ticulatis ; tibiis robustis. L. 3; mill.

Black and shining; head and thorax evenly and somewhat

densely punctured; neck reddish; elytra punctate-striate,

punctures rather fine, interstices very finely puncticulate; the

region behind the scutellum is piceous to the breadth of one

interstice; after the first stria a red band begins, which

widens out on the interstices on each side of the fifth stria

and touches the outer edge. Beneath, the elytral fold is red

at the humeral angle, and the anterior edge of the prosternum

is transversely obscure yellow; the prosternum is minutely

rugosely strigose, the sculpture assuming the mosaic form on

the metasternum ; the prosternal lines are bent inward at their

apex.

Iswept one example of this very distinct species on Oyama,

May 24, 1880.

The following species have black or blue black elytra and

the thorax wholly red or nearly so, and superficially appear

to be like an ordinary Triplax except in being convex :—

Cyrtotriplax similis.

Oblongo-ovata, rufa, nitida; elytris nigris, punctato-striatis ; anten-

nis basi pedibusque rufis. L. 5 mill.

Red ; head and thorax sparsely and rather evenly punctured,

the punctures at the base of the head being relatively large ;

the scutellum is obscurely red, broadly margined at the sides

with black; the elytra are somewhat finely punetate-striate,

68 Mr. G. Lewis on Erotylide from Japan.

with interstices finely and sparsely punctulate; the antenne

have the basal joints red, five to eight darker and the club

blackish ; legs red, with the tibie rather robust, the middle

pair angulated at the base. Beneath wholly red ; prosternum

with six or seven punctures, with the stria slightly curved

anteriorly.

I took only five examples at Nikko and Kashiwagi.

Cyrtotriplax ruficornis.

Oblongo-ovata, capite elytrisque nigris ; antennis pedibusque rufis.

L. 43 mill.

Head and thorax evenly and sparsely punctured, punctures at

the base of the head not large, as they arein C. similis; head,

elytra, meso- and metasterna black, the rest red ; the prosternal

lines are very long and nearly touch the anterior edge; the pro-

sternal process is somewhat raised and truncate in front; the

tibie are not robust or angulate, as in the last species.

One example taken at Nikko and another at Kashiwagi.

Cyrtotriplax connectens.

Oblongo-ovata, capite elytrisque nigris, pedibus flavis. L. 3? mill.'

Head and thorax sparsely and evenly punctate, head black,

antenne red with club infuscate; thorax red, narrowly black

behind the neck and in front of the scutellum; scutellum and

elytra black, latter punctate-striate, the interstices with well-

marked punctures, often in rows. Beneath, the thorax is red

with infuscate base; abdomen broadly margined with obscure

yellow, the rest black ; prosternal lines anteriorly very fine and

disappearing gradually in front of the coxe ; the mesosternum

has a few large punctures; metasternum with finer and more

numerous punctures; legs and palpi yellow, former not ro-

bust.

Ikenchaiya, June 22, 1881.

The specific’ name is chosen because the species leads out of

Cyrtotriplax into Triplax. Triplax gracilenta is a very similar

species to this, and I am not sure, when a fair revision of the

family is made, the two genera will be declared distinct.

Thus it appears from the material now at hand that Cyrto-

triplax has species which link it very closely with Triplax ;

in other words, it may be said that the convexity of the forms

in the first genus is not always pronounced.

Triplax gracilenta.

Triplax gracilenta, Solsky, Deutsche ent. Zeit. p. 23 (1879).

Triplax sibirica, Crotch, Revis. p. 90.

Oblongo-ovata; thorace flavo, antice et postice anguste infuscato ;

antennis pedibusque flavis. L. 3? mill.

Head black, punctate ; thorax flavous, with a narrow band

Mr. G. Lewis on Erotylide from Japan. 69

before the scutellum and another behind the neck, infuscate ;

punctures of thorax finer on the disk than on the sides ; scutel-

lum black, with a very few minute punctures ; elytra punctate-

striate, interstices irregularly punctate, punctures most visible

between the suture and the first stria.

Monsieur Hiller obtained this at Hagi, near Shimonoseki,

and I took six specimens from a fungus on Salix, at Nowata,

June 22, 1880.

Triplax devia.

Oblongo-ovata, nigra; thorace rufo, antice et postice rotunde nigro

maculato; antennis tarsisque infuscatis. L. 33-4 mill.

Head red, with clypeus and spot before the neck (often

covered by thorax) infuscate; punctures rather large and

sometimes ocellate, surface very minutely strigose; thorax

rather evenly punctate, but punctures largest at the sides ;

behind the neck and in front of the scutellum are two large

round black spots; elytra punctate-striate, interstices irre-

gularly and finely punctate. Beneath, the prosternum is rugose

and punctate, black between the coxe, raised in the middle

and slightly acute in front, lines incurved anteriorly or bent,

being difficult to see owing to the rugosity of the surface; meso-

sternum with a variolous sculpture ; abdomen, segments very

minutely sculptured throughout, with fair-sized punctures

interspersed, and in the three median segments the punctures

are arranged in transverse bands.

Abundant at Hitoyoshi, May 3, 1881. ‘Taken also at

Nikko and Miyanoshita not uncommonly.

Triplax ainonia.

Oblongo-ovata, subopaca, dense punctata; thorace flavo, antice et

postice in medio infuscato; antennis (claya excepta) pedibusque

flavis. L. 3-33 mill.

Above a little opaque and densely punctate; head and

elytra obscurely, not intensely, black; the thorax is yellow,

with a transverse antescutellar spot fuscous, and a similarly

coloured maculation behind the head, which is characteristic

because posteriorly much narrowed in the middle; the scutel-

lum is blackish with seven or eight punctures ; the elytra are

punctate-striate, and all the interstices distinctly punctate, the

punctures composing the strie not varying much in size from

those of the interstices. Beneath, the prosternal process isa little

raised, but the striae do not go much beyond the coxe and

terminate gradually. On the pro- and mesosternum the

punctuation is rather large; the metasternum is minutely

strigose (when seen under a high power) and sparsely punc-

tate ; the abdominal segments are also densely punctate.

70 Mr. G. Lewis on Erotylide from Japan.

The coloration is very similar indeed to that of the last

species, but it is readily known by the punctuation.

I took some specimens from a fungus growing out of the

lintel of an Aino hut near Shiraoi, and I have other examples

from Sapporo and various places in South Yezo, and I think

it is common in that district; but my visit to this Japanese

Ultima Thule was of short duration.

Triplax sufflava.

Oblonga, pallide testacea; antennis pedibusque subinfuscatis. L.

44 mill.

Pale yellow, head sparsely but coarsely punctured ; thorax

with coarse punctures at the base on each side, with fine ones

in front of the scutellum. The punctures forming the elytral

strize are also large, interstices less coarsely punctate, punc-

tures placed in irregular rows, the apical disk of the elytra is

suffused with a brownish colour; the scutellum is smooth. The

last nine joints of the antenna are brownish, and the apical

joint of the palpus is so transverse that its breadth equals

the length of the first eight joimts of the antenna. ‘The pro-

sternum has no proper lateral lines or striz, but the cox: are

marginate.

Three examples, taken variously at Nikko, Chiuzenji, and

on the road to Shingu in Yamato.

Triplax letabilis.

Oblonga, nigra, nitida; elytris punctato-striatis, interstitiis tenuiter

punctatis ; antennis pedibusque in totum testaceis. L. 34 mill.

Black and very shining; elytra punctate-striate, interstices

faintly punctured; legs, palpi, and antenne testaceous, the

latter somewhat abbreviated and robust, six to eight joints

being slightly transverse. Beneath, the prosternum is almost

impunctate, the prosternal process is raised, widest at base

and terminating anteriorly acutely, the lateral lines meet in

front at the edge of the prosternum. ‘The mesosternum is

transverse, almost impunctate, the metasternum is angulate

on each side near the coxe and sparsely puncticulate. The

abdominal segments are microscopically strigose and obscurely

red, except the basal ones, which are dark at the sides.

I obtained one example by a fortuitous stroke of the

sweeping-net near the Ikenchaiya in Yamato, June 22, 1881.

Triplax canalicollis.

Oblongo-ovata, nigra, nitida, punctata; thorace lateraliter canalicu-

lato; capite, antennis pedibusque rufis. L. 33 mill.

Black, shining; head, legs, palpi, antenne (which are very

small) and four apical segments of abdomen red; the thorax

Mr. G. Lewis on Erotylide from Japan. 71

is fairly punctured, with sides distinctly canaliculate. The

punctures are large on the prosternum and the surface rather

rugose; the lateral strie do not pass anteriorly beyond the

coxe, where they area little incurved at right angles. The

abdomen is microscopically strigose, with some scattered punc-

tures.

Four specimens, from Hakodate, Hitoyoshi, and Kashiwagi,

localities showing a wide distribution for the species.

Triplax discicollis.

Elongato-oblonga, nigra, nitida; thorace flavo, disco infuscato pedi-

busque flavis; antennis basi rufis. L. 5 mill.

Head and thorax sparsely but rather coarsely punctured,

the first black, the second yellow with disk largely and some-

what irregularly infuscate (in one specimen the dark disk is

longitudinal only); scutellum impunctate; elytra finely

punctate-striate, interstices irregularly and somewhat indis-

tinctly puncticulate; legs pale; antenne, first three or

four joints reddish, the rest infuscate. ‘The prosternum has

scattered and rather coarse punctures, the prosternal lines

terminating immediately before the coxe.

In general coloration this species is similar to 7. amena,

Solsky, with the exception of the elytra and abdomen, which

are black. In 7. amena the elytra are subcyaneous and the

abdomen red, and the outline is somewhat broadly ovate.

I obtained only five examples at Miyanoshita and Kashi-

wagi.

Triplax japonica.

Triplax japonica, Crotch, Ent. Mon. Mag. ix. 1873, p. 189.

“ Oblonga, lete ferruginea, antennis (basi excepta), pectore elytrisque

nigris.”

Additional localities for this species are Junsai, Hakodate,

Sendai, Miyanoshita, Kiga, and Hitoyoshi. “ It resembles

rufipes.”

Triplax atricapilla.

Oblonga, subparallela, lete rufa; capite, antennis, pedibus elytrisque

dimidio apicali nigris. L. 63 mill.

This fine species is almost the same in colour and structure

as T’. apicata, Crotch, from Assam. The only differences I see

are that the head is wholly black and the prosternal lines more

parallel in 7. atricapilla.

I found one at Nara, June 30, 1881, and afterwards re-

ceived four specimens from Higo. All are exactly alike.

72 Mr. G. Lewis on Erotylide from Japan.

EUDAMONIUS.

Antenne fine and slender, the length of the thorax, first

joint relatively stout and short, second short and much con-

stricted before the middle, third somewhat small at the base and

not so long as fourth and fifth together, fourth to eighth

moniliform, sixth to eighth smaller than two preceding, ninth

to eleventh equal in length, feebly (they are almost moniliform)

dilated and not closely pressed ; last jomt of maxillary palpus

very transverse; head with eyes prominent, not coarsely

granulate; thorax broader than long, the middle of the base

encroaching on the region of the scutellum; elytra sub-

parallel, rather convex, with eight striz ; a sutural stria; legs

rather short, tarsal joints one to three equal in length and

breadth. Prosternum striate between the coxee, strie touching

the base ; mesosternum moderately large.

g. Epistoma tuberculate anteriorly ; tibive robust, anterior

pair strongly rugose on the inner surface ; tarsi moderately

dilated.

9. Epistoma subconvex ; head smaller than in male, with

the eyes more prominent ; the legs and tarsi also are more

slender. ‘This sex is much smaller than the male.

The genus is allied to Amblyopus.

Hudemonius tuberculifrons.

Oblongo-ovatus, parum convexus ; capite nigro; thorace flavo, ante

scutellum punctisque quatuor disci nigris ; elytris punctato-striatis,

pedibusque nigris. L. 5-8 mill.

Oblong-ovate, rather convex; head, antennee (except second

joint, which is pitchy red), elytra, legs, meso- and metasterna,

and base of prosternum narrowly black ; thorax flavous, with

four black spots in a transverse line and a large black spot

before the scutellum; head and thorax somewhat closely

punctured, the latter with marginal striz on all sides fine ;

elytra punctate-striate, with an additional sutural stria which

does not touch the base; the interstitial punctuation is fine and

seattered. The prosternum is somewhat raised in the centre,

with two short coxal strize ; the mesosternum is proportioned

much as in Amblyopus, to which genus Hudemonius is appa-

rently allied. The sexual characters as given above are very

remarkable and conspicuous.

I took it at Miyanoshita and at Chiuzenji, abundantly in

fungi on old cherry-trees, in May and June, and in August a

few specimens at Sapporo, in Yezo.

Mr. G. Lewis on Erotylide from Japan. 73

Aulacochilus Bedeli, Harold.

Aulacochilus Bedeli, Harold, MT. Miinchn. ent. Ver. iv. p. 170.

This species was first taken by Hilgendorf at Nikko ; I ob-

tained it in Higo early in June, and at the end of the month

not uncommonly at Nara and Bukenji.

Aulacochilus japonicus, Crotch.

Aulacochilus japonicus, Crotch, Ent. Mon. Mag. 1873, p. 189.

On my second visit to Japan I found this insect, as above

stated (p. 54), in Kioto, June 17, 1881, and other examples

at Yokohama and Mayebashi.

In both the Japanese species of this genus, the prosternal

strie terminate before the coxa, and the mesosternum is very

widely marginate anteriorly.

SATELIA.

Antenne as long as the thorax, first joint rather large, second

smaller and round, third slightly longer than fourth and fifth

together, third to eighth of nearly the same thickness, ninth to

eleventh forming an oblong-ovate club; last joint of maxil-

lary palpus robust and not angular; head moderate ; eyes not

prominent; scutellum cordate ; prosternal process as in A ulaco-

chilus violaceus (fig. 2, Ent. Mon. Mag. xxiv. p. 3, 1887) ;

the mesosternum has a crenulate arched line beginning at the

base and anteriorly crossing the centre. The general facies

of this genus is that of a small Dacne, but the tarsi and pro-

sternum are similar to those of Aulacochilus.

Satelia scitula.

Oblongo-ovata, subzeneo-nigra, nitida, capite obscure rufo; elytris

anticis oblique, apice transversim flavo-maculatis ; antennis ob-

scure rufis, pedibus rufo-testaceis. L. 23-22 mill.

Head and thorax evenly and rather finely punctured, the

first usually red, sometimes piceous, second black or obscure

zneous black with distinct lateral margins; the elytra are

punctate-striate with the interstices vaguely puncticulate, the

anterior yellow fascia begins before the middle of the elytron

between the first and second stria and after the fourth stria

passes up to the humeral angle, the posterior band is trans-

verse, leaving the suture and apex black ; the arched crenu-

late stria of the mesosternum is a very striking character; the

prosternum in front of the anterior coxee has large subocellate

punctures, within the prosternal lines the sculpture is rather

rugose.

I took about a dozen examples in Higo and a few in

Yamato. ‘The species is a little variable in regard to the size

of the fasciee.

74 Bibliographical Notice.

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICE.

The Agricultural Pests of India, and of Eastern and Southern Asia,

Vegetable and Animal, injurious to Man and his Products. By

- Surgeon-General Epwarp Batrour. Sm. 8vo. London: B.

Quaritch, 1887.

Wuew a book is published with a benevolent object in view it

becomes a most ungrateful task to find fault with it; and this

unfortunately is what we have to do in the case of the little volume

whose title stands at the head of this notice. Some knowledge of

natural history, and especially of entomology, would seem to be

necessary tor the production of such a book; but this qualification

apparently is not possessed by the author, or he could not have

committed such a series of blunders as he is here guilty of. Thus,

in a list of enemies of the coffee-plant taken from Nietner, he has

substituted Coleoptera for Hemiptera and included under the former

head three Coccidee, an Aphis, and a Bug, together with a Fungus

(but as regards the last Nietner must bear a part of the blame), and

then converted Nietner’s Coleoptera into Orthoptera: Ancylonycha

is said to belong to the Orthoptera, although it produces the

““ White Grub” of the coffee-planters; and Heliothis armigera is

referred to repeatedly as Orthopterous, and definitely said to be

“one of the Gryllide,”’ although it is immediately afterwards said

to have “ caterpillars’ belonging to it, which ‘“ pass into the pupa

and perfect form” within the capsules of the poppy, the perfect

form being a ‘‘ moth.”

These are small matters; but a better idea of the peculiar fitness

of the author for his undertaking may be formed from the following

account of animal parasites :—‘‘ Animal parasites,” we are told,

“attack man and other animals. Among them may be named

Acari, sp., the Argas, Ascarides, Ancylostomum, Bothriocephalus,

Cysticerci, Echinococei, Filaria, Fistularia, flea, flukes, harvest-bug,

Helmintha, louse, @stridea, Oxyurus, Sarcoptus, Spiroptera, Stron-

gylus, Tenia, Thecosoma, tick, Tricocephalus. The bites of all are

painful, many of them dangerous.” (The italics are ours ; fancy the

bite of an Echinococcus or Cysticercus!) And then we are told that

“there are at least other six orders of noxious animals which,

though so called, are not parasites, but which havea special interest

to stock-owners and veterinary practitioners, viz. Nematoda, Tre-

matoda, Cestoda, Acanthocephala, Diptera, and Trachearia.”

Mr. Balfour mentions two entomologists of note who assisted him

in the preparation of his book, and one of whom, he says, “ revised

nearly the whole in manuscript and the proofs as they passed through

the press ;” we can only say that the latter gentleman must have

contented himself with a very perfunctory execution of the task he

undertook.

We should hardly have devoted so much space to the considera-

tion of such a work as this but for the fact that the author has un-

doubtedly hit upon a serious want, and we cordially agree with Miss

Ormerod in the sentiments she expresses in a letter to the author

which he prints in his “ Prefatory Remarks.” In fact no one can

Bibliographical Notice. 75

doubt the immense importance of obtaining a clear and definite

knowledge of those enemies of the agriculturist whose ravages are

so often fatal to his hopes, and by calling attention to the want of

any satisfactory body of information upon the injurious organisms of

our Indian possessions the author certainly merits the thanks of

all who have an interest in such matters. In the few opening

pages of his work he has referred to several exceedingly interesting

points and given some valuable advice; but in attempting to carry

out his scheme in detail he has, we think, entirely mistaken the

course to be pursued. The body of the work consists of a series of

articles, many of them very short, arranged in alphabetical order,

and as the subjects treated of are generally indicated by their scien-

tific names, the book is evidently not well adapted for readers

unacquainted with natural history. To a certain extent this diffi-

culty is got over by means of a rather copious index ; but this does

not seem to be quite complete, and a much more judicious course

with regard to the native names of the pests described would have

been to insert them in their places with cross-references to the

articles in which the species are noticed. Further, we are told in

many articles that the creatures referred to belong to this or that

class or order, but without any indications of the characters by

which such groups are distinguished, although, in the great majority

of cases, a rough notion of these distinctions might be intelligibly

given in very few words.

In fact the broad defects of the book might easily be remedied

without adding seriously, if at all, to its bulk, if only certain per-

fectly unnecessary articles were omitted. What possible ground

there can be for introducing into a treatise on ‘“ Agricultural

Pests” a notice on “ Actiniz and Medusze” (chiefly dealing with

Physalia) one is at a loss to understand ; crocodiles also seem rather

out of place; and the article on Fish, relating chiefly to such species

as are poisonous when eaten, or furnished with spines with which

they can inflict wounds, seems equally supererogatory. Cannabis

sativa is mentioned solely on account of the intoxicating properties of

some of its products; the Tse-tse fly has certainly nothing to do

with India; gnats or mosquitos are not agricultural pests ; so also

leeches and fleas. With regard to the latter insects our author

quotes, apparently with approval, the statement of a writer that

“he had found fleas in limestone caverns, where their only possible

supply of food was the animal matter that may have remained in

the fossils, of which the limestone was chiefly composed!” Many

creatures are mentioned as pests because they attack men, such as

bees and wasps, scorpions, centipedes, &c., but they can hardly be

said to confine their attentions to agriculturists any more than the

land-leeches and fleas above mentioned. A species of Epéira is

noticed on account of its gigantic webs, which may be inconvenient

to travellers. In certain articles frost, heavy rain, continuous wet

weather, and hot winds are mentioned as if they were pests, but no

remedial or preventive measures are suggested.

But it is needless to multiply examples of faults of omission and

commission. ‘There is not a page of the book, except perhaps in the

76 Miscellaneous.

introductory portion, that is not open to serious criticism, and it is

much to be regretted that, having taken up so important a task,

the author has not performed it more satisfactorily. He may, per-

haps, urge that it is a first attempt; but while this would be an

excuse for much imperfection of special knowledge, it will not justify

the peculiar faults which it has been our unwelcome duty to point

out.

MISCELLANEOUS.

On the Phylogeny of the Bopyrine.

By MM. A. Giarp and J. Bonnier.

Tur Bopyrine are comparatively rare animals, and parasitic

upon a restricted number of genera of Crustacea belonging to

the groups Cirripedia, Ostracoda, Schizopoda, and Decapoda. Con-

fining ourselyes for the present to the species parasitic upon

Decapoda and especially on the Decapoda of European seas,

we may remark this first interesting fact, that every species of

Decapod infested by Bopyrinz is so generally by two or more

different species, and that very often in the same locality and

sometimes even on the same individual. Thus, we find on Xantho

floridus, Cepon pilula, G. & B., and Canerion floridus, G. & B. ;

on Pilumnus hirtellus, Cepon elegans, G. & B., and Cancrion miser,

G. & B.; on Portunus arcuatus, Cepon Portuni, Kossm., and

Portunion salvatoris, Kossm.; on Pagurus Bernhardus, Phry«us

Paguri, Rathke, and Pleurocrypta Hyndmann, Sp. B. & W.; on

Galathea squamifera, Pleurocrypta Galathee, Hesse, and Gyge

Galathee, Sp. B.& W.; on Porcellana longicornis, Pleurocrypta Por-

cellane, Hesse, and Entoniscus Muelleri, G. & B.; on Callianassa

subterranea, Ione thoracica, Mont., and Pseudione sp., Kossm. ; on

the species of the genus Hippolyte, Bopyrine of the genera Phryxus,

Gyge, Bopyroides, and Bopyrina, &c.

All these Bopyrine, even the Entoniscide, are in reality external

parasites. Nevertheless, according to the position which they

occupy upon their host, the Bopyrine of the Decapoda may be

divided into three distinct ethological groups :—1, abdominal para-

sites; 2, branchial parasites ; 3, visceral parasites. Now the diffe-

rent species infesting the same Decapod generally belong to different

ethological groups. If we seek for analogous examples in other fami-

lies we may cite the Branchiobdelle, three species of which infest

Astacus flwiatilis, each in a particular region of the body; and

three species, parallel to our European types, have likewise been

indicated in the Japanese crayfish. Another example is furnished

by the Diptera of the family Mistride, several species of which,

some cuticolar, others cavicolar or gastricolar, infest at the same

time certain types of Cervide or Equide. Facts of this kind,

absolutely incomprehensible under the old hypothesis of the fixity

of species, become exceedingly instructive if we accept the theory

Miscellaneous. 717

of descent with modification. They indicate, in fact, that several

states of symbiotic equilibrium have been successively established

between the phylum of the parasites and that of their hosts. Still

more, in the particular case of the Bopyrinz, we can, by a careful

study of the embryogeny, determine the order in which these various

states of equilibrium have been produced, follow step by step the

modifications caused in the organism by a parasitism gradually

becoming more and more complete, and thus give a truly natural

classification of these animals.

The first larva of the Bopyrine is very uniform throughout the

group. By the long duration of its pelagic existence it teaches us

that the ancestors of the Bopyrine were for a long time free forms,

By its general organization it shows us that this ancestral form

must have approached the Aigide, and more especially ELurydice.

The differential peculiarities which these first larvee present are

furnished chiefly by the sixth pair of thoracic feet, and are in

relation with the emergence of the embryo from the host which

harboured the parent, and not, as has been supposed, with its en-

trance into a new host; from this it results that the modifications

are numerous, especially in the group in which the parasitism is

most decided, that is to say the Entoniscide.

The second free larval form has been called by us the Cryptoniscian

embryo or Cryptoniscus-stage, because the males of the Cryptonis-

cidze represent in a more complete fashion this transitory phase in

the development of the other Bopyrinz. It is under this form that

the fixation of the Bopyrian upon its host is effected at the com-

mencement of its parasitic life. In several Entoniscians (Portunion

Menadis and P. Kossmanni), and in Phrywus Paguri, we have

ascertained the presence of several Cryptoniscian embryos, attached

to adult females provided with males. In some of them we have

even observed spermatozoids apparently mature and normal. We

may inquire whether, when the place upon the host is thus preoccu-

pied, the Cryptoniscian larvee do not, at least temporarily, play the

part of complemental males. The attached larva speedily under-

goes a series of transformations which, in the female Cryptoniscide,

are accomplished in very different fashion from that which occurs

in the other Bopyrine.

Further, while in the Cryptoniscidee the male stops in its deve-

lopment at the second larval form, in the other Bopyrine it con-

tinues its evolution, and acquires a more or less Idotheiform aspect.

We notice also that there exists an astonishing superposition of

parasites and a triple parallelism between the genera Cryptonscus,

Zeuxo, and Danala of the family Cryptoniscide, and the genera

Peltogaster, Lerncodiscus, and Sacculina of the group Rhizocephala,

and the genera Pagurus, Porcellana, and Cancer of the infested

Decapoda.

Lastly, the singular coexistence of parasitic Cirripedes in all the

types of Decapoda infested by Bopyrine, and the existence of forms

such as Phryxus resupinatus, which, although no longer belonging

to the group Cryptoniscidz are still nevertheless indirect parasites

of the Decapoda, lead us to the hypothesis that the Bopyrine were

78 Miscellaneous.

introduced among the Dacapoda by the Rhizocephalan Cirripedes.

While one branch of the Cryptoniscidee has remained faithful to its

first hosts, another has become adapted to direct parasitism upon the

Decapods, and has given origin to the group of Phryxus, Bopyrus,

and the Entoniscide.

Thus, by a fact of ethological atavism, would be explained the

simultaneous presence, so often ascertained, in the same Decapod, of

a Rhizocephalan and a Bopyrian parasite (Sacculina Carcint and

Portunion Meenadis, Entoniscus Porcellance and Lerneodiscus Por-

cellane, &¢.).

The existence of a Phryxoid stage in the evolution of the females

of most Bopyrine shows that the genus Phryvus may be regarded

as the stock from which there have issued, on the one hand, the

Toninz, which are in a manner an exaggeration of it; and, on the

other, the asymmetrical branchial Bopyrine. This Phryxoid stage

is observed in Pleurocrypta, Bopyrus, Cepon, Ione, &e. It has

caused many errors on the part of the zoologists who first studied

these animals. The Phrywus-stage of Cepon typus was taken by

Duvernoy for the male of that Bopyrian. Phryxus fusticaudatus,

Sp. B. & W.,is the Phrywus-stage of Pleurocrypta Hyndmanni, Sp.

B. & W.*; Phryxus longibranchiatus, Sp. B. & W., corresponds

in part to the Phryaus-stage of Pleurocrypta Galathew, Hesse (non

Sp. B. & W.t). In the Entoniscidee the Phrywus-stage appears

less distinctly, and it is possible that this group may have diverged

from the stock at a very ancient period, which would be in accord-

ance with its more decided parasitism.— Comptes Rendus, May 9,

1887, p. 1309.

On Parasitic Castration in Kupagurus Bernhardus, Linné, and in

Gebia stellata, Montagu. By M. A. Giarp.

In a recent memoirt I made known the curious morphological

effects produced in several Decapod Crustacea by the castration pro-

duced by the presence of Rhizocephalan or Bopyrid parasites. Fur-

ther and very remarkable examples of these phenomena are presented

by the hermit-crabs infested by Phrywus Pagurt, Rathke, and by

the Gebie infested by Gyge branchialis, Corn. & Pane. Although

Phryxus Paguri is an absolutely external parasite, the modifications

which it occasions are as extensive as those observed in certain

Brachyura in consequence of their infestation by Rhizocephalans.

It is well known what are the external sexual characters of the

Eupagurt. In the female the genital aperture is situated upon the

basal joint of the third pair of thoracic feet; in the male this

orifice is placed upon the base of the fifth pair of feet, which bears

* We have met with this Bopyrian of the branchial cavity of Pagurus

Bernhardus at Roscoff, and at Equihen, near Boulogne-sur-Mer.

+ We have studied this parasite of Galathea squamifera at Roscoff and

at Fécamp. ;

¢ Bull. Sci. du Nord, tome xvii. (1887), pp. 1-28. Translated in

‘Annals,’ May 1887, pp. 825-345.

Miscellaneous. 79

a small papilla; the large chela of the first pair of thoracic feet is

rather stronger in the male than in the female. As regards the

abdomen, the first segment is destitute of limbs in both sexes. In

the female segments 2, 3, 4, and 5 bear, on the left side, appendages

formed of a basal joint terminated by two branches. On the second

segment the outer branch is shorter than the inner one; on the

third, the two branches are nearly of the same length; on the

fourth, the outer branch is a little longer, and on the fifth segment

it is much longer than the inner one. The appendages 2, 3, 4 are

constructed to retain the eggs. For this purpose their basal joints

bear two tufts of hairs; the inner branch also presents two tufts of

hairs, one at its extremity, the other on a highly developed posterior

swelling.

In the male segment 2 is destitute of appendages, segments 3, 4,

and 5 bear on the left side biramose feet, of which the inner branch,

which is always without a posterior enlargement, is much smaller

than the outer one. The appendages of the fifth segment are very

similar in the two sexes.

The male hermit-crabs infested by Phryaus Paguri are scarcely

altered in the thoracic region, except that the large chela may be a

little smaller than usual. But the abdomen presents appendages in

equal number to those of the female, and constructed absolutely as in

the female, although of rather smaller dimensions.

On opening one of these males with female abdominal feet we find

the testis containing spermatophores of much less than the normal

size (about one half), and very imperfect spermatozoids.

I expected to meet with the same phenomena, perhaps even more

accentuated, in male hermit-crabs infested by Peltogaster Pagurt;

but, astonishing to say, there is nothing of the kind; and notwith-

standing the more profound action which we should be inclined, @

priort, to ascribe to the Peltogaster, that Rhizocephalan produces no

apparent modification of the external characters of the male sex,

although it causes the sterility of its host.

The female hermit-crabs infested by Peltogaster, on the other

hand, are frequently modified, and the modifications of course affect

the abdominal feet. The tufts of hairs on the basal joint and the

posterior ovigerous projection of the branch disappear more or less

completely ; further, the inner branch is generally smaller than

the outer one, even in the appendages 2 and 3; in one word, the

abdominal feet of these castrated females clearly approach those of

the male sex.

From what precedes we are led to conclude either that certain

Peltogasters attach themselves to the hermit-crabs at a later period

than the Phryai or that the Peltogasters exert a slower action than

the Phry«i, and do not prevent the sexual differentiation from

being produced, at least in the male sex. The former interpreta-

tion, in our opinion, is the more probable.

Further, the facts just noted seem to indicate that the Phryat in

general attach themselves to the hermit-crabs at an age when the

sexual differentiation has not been effected, and while the Decapod

crustacean still presents the embryonic abdominal feet. Now Fritz

80 Miscellaneous.

Miller has made known a Phry«us of the Brazilian coast (Phrywus

resupinatus) which constantly attaches itself to hermit-crabs infested

by Peltogaster purpureus, and often upon the very peduncle of that

Rhizocephalan. If we accept the hypothesis of the inoculation of

the larvae of Rhizocephala put forward by M. Y. Delage, it would

therefore be necessary to suppose that the larva of Phrywus resupi-

natus divines which are the hermit-crabs inoculated with an embryo

Peltogaster, and the precise place at which this embryo will emerge

from the abdomen of the hermit-crab. We can escape from this

curious conclusion only by assuming, upon a still more curious

hypothesis, that the embryos of Phryaus themselves are also inocu-

lated and follow the larvee of Peltogaster in their internal migration.

Who would accept such a complication? On the other hand, all

becomes simple on the theory of direct fixation, and we may find in

the new facts above described a confirmation of the opinion expressed

by us, that in the phylogenetic series the Cirripedes have been the

introducers of the Bopyride among the Decapod crustaceans. The

Isopods, originally parasitic upon the Rhizocephala, have infested

the higher crustacean, at first indirectly, but afterwards directly.

I have endeavoured to extend the observations relating to para-

sitic castration to other Decapods, but unfortunately the materials

for such an investigation are difficult to get together. Notwith-

standing my great desire to do so, I have as yet been unable to

examine male Callianasse infested either by Parthenopea subterra-

nea or by Lone thoracica. Although Gebia stellata, Montagu, is

abundant at various parts of the coast of France (especially at Con-

carneau), I have never found on our shores the parasitic Bopyrid of

that species, Gyge branchialis, Cornalia and Panceri. I possess a

single example of an infested Gebca, which came from the Labo-

ratory at Naples. This specimen, however, is a male, and I have

been able to ascertain that it presents the first pair of simple abdo-

minal feet which normally exists only in the female; the chela of

the first pair of thoracic feet has remained stronger than in the

females. Nardo, who observed in a locality where Giyge branchialis

is abundant, says that he has sometimes found the first abdominal

appendage in both sexes :—‘‘Io posso assicurare pero che di tali

appendici poste una per lato sotto il primo anello dell’ Addome, va

pure fornita la femmina, ed essere anche vero che talvolta ne sono

entrambi sprovvedati.” *, It is probable that these abnormal males

were or had been infested by Gyge.

The Brachyura infested by the Bopyride of the genus Cepon

(Pilumnus hirtellus and Xantho floridus) and examples of Porcellana

longicornis infested by Pleurocryptus Porcellane have presented no

appreciable modification of the external sexual characters.—Comptes

Rendus, April 18, 1887, p. 1113.

* Nardo, ‘ Annotazioni illustranti 54 specie di Crostacei,’ Venice, 1869,

p. 100.

CONTENTS OF NUMBER 115.—Fifth Series.

I. The Significanee of the Yolk in the Eggs of Osseous Fishes.

By Epwarp E. Princz, St. Andrews Marine Laboratory. (Plate II.)

II. Notes on Coleoptera, with Descriptions of new Genera and

Species.—Part VI. By Francis P. Pascon, F.L.S. &. (Plate I.) .

TI. Catalogue of Ceylon Alge in the Herbarium of the British

Museum. By Guorer Murray, F.L.S., Assistant, British Museum,

and Examiner in Botany, Glasgow University ........ Dre ete So

IV. Contribution. to the Knowledge of the -Land-Planarie. By

HP BERGMNDAE yes i 3, oar db arate ee NO LS

v. Descriptions of new Reptiles and Batrachians in the British

Museum (Natural History).—Part III. By G..A. Boutnnerr ....

VI. A List of fifty Hrotylide from Japan, including thirty-five

new Species and four new.Genera. By Grorcr Lewis, F.LS......

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICH. - —

The Agricultural Pests of India, and of Eastern and Southern Asia,

Vegetable and Animal, injurious to Man and his Products. By

Surgeon-General Epwarp BAtrour

se eee eee ee dte eee eae sone

MISCELLANEOUS.

On the Phylogeny of the Bopyrine. By MM. A. Giarp and J.

Bonnier

eerre seve ses e eee ee eee eee ee ee wee sce eee eee sete eae

On Parasitic Castration in Hupagurus Bernhardus, Linné, and in

Gebia stellata, Montagu. By M. A. Grarp

eee > ee ee ow ae oe oe

Page

*,* Itis requested that all Communications for this Work may be addressed,

post-paid, to the Care of Messrs. Taylor and Francis, Printing Office,

Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, London.

THE LONDON, EDINBURGH, AND DUBLIN

PHILOSOPHICAL MAGAZINE

JOURNAL OF SCIENCE.

A JOURNAL DEVOTED TO PHYSICS, ASTRONOMY, MECHANICS,

CHEMISTRY, MINERALOGY, AND THE ALLIED SCIENCES.

MONTHLY, PRICE 2s. 6d.

Complete sets (in Numbers) may be obtained at the following

prices :—

The First Series, in 68 volumes, from 1798 to 1826. Price £15.

The Second Series, in 11 volimes, from 1827 to 1832. 22 hs,

The Third Sertes, in 87 volumes, from 1832 to 1850. 2 $6.

The Fourth Series, in 50 volumes, from 1851 to 1878. » £20.

TAYLOR and FRANCIS, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street.

THE ANNALS AND MAGAZINE

‘OF

NATURAL HISTORY,

INCLUDING

ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, AND GEOLOGY.

MONTHLY, PRICE 2s. 6d.

Complete sets (in Numbers) may be obtained at the following

prices —

The First Series, in 20 volumes, from 1838 to 1847. Price £10.

The Second Sertes, in 20 volumes, from 1848 to 1857. im B10:

The Third Series, in 20 volumes, from 1858 to 1867.. te a

The Fourth Series, in 20 volumés, from 1868 to 1877, wy e12.

TAYLOR and FRANCIS, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street.

FIFTH SERIES. No. 116.

S77 yur ANNALS oe

gaa

| MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,

INCLUDING

ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, ann GEOLOGY.

a oe

e14 ‘if

CONDUCTED BY

ALBERT C. L. G. GUNTHER, M.A., M.D., Pu.D., F.R.S.,

WILLIAM 8. DALLAS, F.LS.,

‘WILLIAM CARRUTHERS, F-B.S., P.LS., F.G.S.,

AND

WILLIAM FRANCIS, Pu.D., F.L.S.

1] BEING A CONTINUATION OF THE “ANNALS” COMBINED WITH

||| Messrs. LOUDON AND GHARLESWORTH’S ““MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.’

WITH TWO PLATES.

‘Illustrative of Dr. A. C. Stokes’s Paper on new Hypotrichous Infusoria,

and Mr. A. W. Waters’s on Australian Bryozoa.

LONDON:

TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET.

ld by Longmans, Green, and Co. ; Simpkin, Marshall, and Co.; kent and Co.;

Whittaker & Co.: Bailliére, Paris: Maclachlan and Stewart, Edinburgh: Hodges, Foster,

_ & Co., Dublin: and Asher, Berlin.

BIOLOGIA CENTRALI-AMERICANA.

-“Bdited by F. D/ GODMAN and OSBERT SALVIN.

| ZOOLOGY.

Since September 1879, when the work was commenced, Fifty-nine Parts

_ (including that now issued) have been published ; and the work has progressed

as follows :—

Mammalia. By E.R. Auston. (Complete. Pp. xx and 220, pls. xxii.)

Aves. Vol. I. By O. Satvin and F.D.Gopman. (Pp. 1-612, pls. i.—xxxy.,

Temporary Titlepage.)

Reptilia. By A. Ginruer. (Pp. 1-56, pls. i—xxv.)

Arachnida Acaridea. By Orro Stott. (Pp. 1-16, pls. i—i1x.)

Coleoptera. Vol. I. part 1 (ApEPHAGa). By H. W. Batzs. (Complete.

Pp. x and 316, pls. xiii.)

Coleoptera. Vol.I. part2 (ApEPHAGA; HypRoPHILID#, &c.). By D.SHarp.

(Pp. 1-744, pls. i—xix.)

Coleoptera. Vol. II. part] (PsntapHipm &c.). By D.SHarp. (Pp. 1-

64, pls. i., 11.) :

Gaicepeera: Vol. Il. part 2(Prctinicornia; LAMELLICORNIA). By H. W.

Batrs. (Pp. 1-80, pls. i.-iv.)

Coleoptera. Vol. III. part 1 (Serriconnia). By C. O. WatTErHouseE.

(Pp. 1-82, pls. i., 11.)

Coleoptera. Vol. III. part 2 (MatacopErmara). By H. S. Gornam.

(Complete. Pp. xiiand 372, pls. xiii.)

Coleoptera. Vol. IV. part 1 (Hrrzrromera). By G. C. Cuampron.

(Pp. 1-296, pls. i,—xi.)

Coleoptera. Vol. V. (Lonaicornia): by H. W. Bates, (BRUCHIDES):

by D. SHarp. (Complete. Pp. xii and 526, pls. xxvi.)

Coleoptera. Vol. VI.part 1 (PHyTopHaca). ByM.Jacopy. (Pp. 1-528,

Is, 1.—Xx1x.)

: Coleoptera. Vol. VI. part 2 (PHyTopHaaa, continued). By J. S. Baty.

(Pp. 1-124, pls. i.-iv. )

Hymenoptera. By P. Campron. (Pp. 1-400, pls. i—xvi.)

Lepidoptera Rhopalocera. Vol. 1. By F. D. Gopman and O. Sarvin.

(Pp. 1-487, pls. i.—xlvii., Temporary Titlepage.) Vol. II. (Pp.1-48, pls. xlviii.—l.)

Lepidoptera Heterocera. By H. Drucr. (Pp. 1-248, pls. 1.-xxiy.)

Rhynchota Heteroptera. By W.L. Distant. (Pp. 1-304, pls. i.—xxviii.)

Rhynchota Homoptera. By W. L. Distant. (Pp. 1-24, pls. i—i.)

Diptera. By Baron C. R. von Osten SackEn. (Pp. 1-216, pls. i—ii.)

BOTANY.

Of the Botany Twenty-two Parts have been issued. They contain, of Vol. 1,

pp. 1-619 and titlepage, pls. i—xxxv.; Vol. IL, pp. 1-621 and titlepage, pls.

xxxvi-lxix.; Vol. ILI., pp. 1-711, pls. Ixx.-cix.; Vol. IV., pp. 1-144.

The Price of each Zoological Part is 21s., and of each Botanical Part 12s. 6d.

Tiondon,: Published for the Editors by R. H. PortER, 10 Chandos Street,

Cavendish Sq., W., and Dutav & Co., Soho Sq., W.

THE PISCATORIAL ATLAS

OF THE

NORTH SEA, ENGLISH AND ST. GEORGE’S CHANNELS.

By O. T. OLSEN, F.L.S., F.B.G.S., &., &e.

SHOWING AT A GLANCE.

The Fishing Ports, Harbours, Species of Fish (How, Where, and When Caught),

Boats and Fishing Gear, and other Special Information concerning

Fish and Fisheries.

PRICE.

With Fish coloured................ £2 12s. 6d.

With Fish uncoloured.............. £2 Qs. Od.

TayLor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street.

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[FIFTH SERIES.]

No. 116. AUGUST 1887.

VIL—Bryozoa from New South Wales, North Australia, &c.

By ArtHur Wm. WATERS.

[Plate IV.]

Part I.

THE collection now described was kindly sent to me by

Mr. Brazier, of Sydney, who had dredged the specimens himself

and carefully noted the localitics and depths, thus greatly in-

creasing its value. The New South Wales collection was

recently received; but to this I have added some dredged

near New Guinea, which Mr. Brazier gave me a few years

ago, and I have also mentioned a few New South Wales

specimens sent to me by friends.

My work has for a long time been mostly with fossil *

Bryozoa from Australia and New Zealand, and it has been

necessary to make constant comparisons with recent ones, so

that, although publishing in geological periodicals, I have

added many new localities for recent forms, and also pointed

out many cases of fossil species still being found living; and

it is to be hoped that those communications may be useful to

* Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xxxvil. p. 309, vol. xxxviil. pp. 257 and

502, vol. xxxix. p. 423, vol. xl. p. 674, vol. xli. p. 279, vol. xli. p. 40.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5. Vol. xx. 6

82 Mr. A. W. Waters on Australian Bryozoa.

students interested in geographical distribution, a point with

which I again deal fully.

Another point to which I was obliged to devote special

attention was the indications given by paleontology as to the

relative value of various characters, and this again could not

be done by questioning fossils alone; but recent forms were

also examined. This has naturally made me a warm sup-

porter of those who saw that the mode of growth and zoarial

characters generally must, in importance, be placed after the

zocecial. Of the zocecial characters the shape of the oral

aperture is the most useful, and this, I have pointed out *, can

best be studied by means of the opercula; and both Busk and

MacGillivray, and myself have shown that the avicularian

mandibles furnish characters of the greatest value specifically.

My own collection of these chitinous elements represents

many hundred species, and their importance can scarcely be

overrated, for in many cases there are minute characters

which are distinctly of specific value, but unless the opercula

or mandibles are carefully separated out some of the most

important points will not be noticed. It was quite incom-

prehensible how Mr. Busk had overlooked so many details

in his ‘ Challenger’ work, until I saw some collections illus-

trating these chitinous elements, which he presented to the

British Museum, and then it became quite clear that mounting

them in mass, surrounded by the imtegumentary tissues,

accounted for his not having seen many things of importance.

It is of course very tedious teasing out these covers under

the microscope; but for fresh descriptions or doubtful cases

it should, if possible, be done; also calcined preparations of

a portion of the zoarium should be made to show the calca-

reous structure, and decalcified pieces should also be mounted.

This can best be done in glycerine jelly, the air being

removed after decalcification by prolonged soaking in spirit,

and then the specimen must be transferred to a mixture of

glycerine and spirit, and thus gradually into pure glycerine.

Such genera as Catenicella should be thus studied.

There are only five species of Catenicella in these collec-

tions, and they have been a good deal knocked about by the

waves. ‘The opercula of this genus have so far not received

any attention, nor in this tamily are they likely to be of

so much use as in many others, since there are many species

with scarcely distinguishable covers. ‘There appear, how-

* “The Use of the Opercula in the Determination of the Chilosto-

matous Bryozoa,’ Proc. Manchester Lit. & Phil. Soc. vol. xviii. p. 8; “On

the Use of the Avicularian Mandible,” &c., Journ. Microscopical Soc.

ser. 2, vol. v. p. 774.

Mr. A. W. Waters on Australian Bryozoa. 83

ever, to be three types, namely :—those nearly round, as

C. Buskii (fusca and sacculata), C. pusilla, C. delicatula, C.

cornuta, C. elegans, C. perforata, C. formosa, C. crystallina,

C. Hannafordii, C. insignis, C. umbonata, C. taurina; this

includes the vittate of Busk, many having the ovicells cen-

tral, but this is not universal, C. cornuta, C. perforata, and C.

taurina having them terminal or geminate. The second type,

including C. amphora, C. ventricosa, C. intermedia, C. lorica,

C. hastata, C. alata, C. carinata, C. Wilsont, C. pulchella, C.

urnula, and C. margaritacea, has the operculum straight

below or concave, and corresponds nearly with Mr. Busk’s

fenestrate group, having the ovicells usually terminal; but

this is not the case in C. carinata. The next type has a

triangular operculum, and perhaps should again be divided

into (a) the small species, C. aurita, C. geminata (see fig. 22),

and fossil C. leviguta, Waters, and C. longicollis, W., with

a sinus in the aperture, for which MacGillivray has proposed

the genus Claviporella; this leaves (6) the large ones, C.

ponderosa, C. ornata (see fig. 21), C. solida, W., and per-

haps these should be called Calpidium.

It has seemed to me that the terminology in general use

was not sufficient for describing the Catenzcelle, and there-

fore when dealing with the fossils, where we have only indi-

vidual beads or internodes to examine, I suggested (‘¢ Chilost.

Bry. from Muddy Creek &c.,”’ Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc.

vol. xxxix. p. 428) that we should call each bead a “ globulus,”

again distinguishing those with two zocecia as “ biglobuli.”’

In C. ornata there are more than two zoccia, and this is

also the case in an interesting fossil from Curdie’s Creek,

where the internode or multiglobulus has several zocecia

arranged in a bicellate series (Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc.

vol. xxxvii. p. 318, pl. xvi. figs. 78, 79).

I also (Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xxxix. p. 428) sug-

gested that in the fenestrate division we should distinguish

the compartments surrounding the zocecium as “ supra-avicu-

larian,” “ avicularian,” “ infra-avicularian,” and “ pedal.’

These are most typically represented in C. alata ; whereas in

the first type (namely those with rounded apertures) some of

the compartments, even when distinguishable, are very rudi-

mentary.

The mandibles, again, are not of much use, as they are very

similar in most of the species examined. In all these there

is a comparatively large part in the centre consisting of only

one layer and nearly transparent ; and as the position of this

part varies in the mandibles of many of the Bryozoa and is

84 Mr. A. W. Waters on Australian Bryozoa.

valuable for diagnostic purposes, I propose to designate it the

palwerclape

There is another character which seems to have had no

attention ; that is the method of rooting or attachment. In

some, as C. cacatua, CO. delicatula, C. alata, C. carinata, C.

pusilla, C. pulchella, an isolated chitinous tube starts from

the back of some of the globuli, and is attached by a spreading

grapnel to any substance near; in others, as C. crystallina,

C. formosa, U. cribraria, C. taurina, C. cornuta, C. perfo-

rata, C. Hannafordi, VU. elegans, C. insignis, C. ventricosa,

C. hastata?, C. lorica, tubes arise on either the dorsal or front

surface, sometimes on both, and several such radicles may

start from the same zocecium. These unite and form solid

bundles, becoming thicker towards the base. So far as my

collection enables me to judge these are from the dorsal sur-

face in C. Hannafordi, C. margaritacea, C. ventricosa, C.

hastata?, C. lorica, C. formosa, C. cribraria, C. cornuta, C.

perforata, and from the front in OC. elegans; in C. umbonata

mostly from the front, but also from the dorsal surface ; in C.

delicatula, C. insignis, C. taurina from the back or front.

How far these growths are influenced by local conditions can

only be examined by those on the spot.

Rooting and articulation seem to be correlated growths—

that is, chitinous tubes may be given off to attach the colony

to foreign substances or to attach one internode or one part

to another, thus allowing motion without destroying the con-

nexion between various sections of the colony. In the same

way the radicle-growths of Jdmonea interjuncta are very

similar to the cross bars forming the network, whereas in J.

Milneana both are stouter; and this will be referred to when

dealing with the Cyclostomata.

I was surprised to find that no description of these radicles

is given in a large number of species where they occur, and

also came upon some interesting cases of articulation which

had been overlooked, for instance, in Caberea lata, from

Holborn Island; I have a specimen in which where the

branches divide there are two chitinous tubes, which join in

a quasi-ganglionic knot, from which a tube is given off to

each branch (see fig. 4).

In thinking this all over it seemed somewhat curious that

such a form as Membranipora roborata should show no indi-

cations of articulation, and in consequence | reexamined my

mounted specimens to see how far this was the case, and was

not surprised to find that in the unilaminate form where a

dichotomization had taken place, and where the zoarium is

Mr. A. W. Waters on Australian Bryozoa, 85

readily broken, there were in the interior several chitinous

tubes passing from the upper to the lower zocecia.

There is rooting without articulation in typical Bugula and

Flustra, but these genera have both very little calcareous

matter; on the other hand, we see articulation in Bicellaria,

which is considered sufficiently allied to Bugula to be placed

in the same family.

In Catenicella and other genera a raised disk is formed, out

of which the radicle-tube grows, and the connexion with the

interior seems to be by means of a rosette-plate at the base of

the disk. Diachoris has similar roots, and the question may

arise as to how far the connecting tubes are to be compared

with articulation. [I have considered them analogous with

the tubes in which the rosette-plates occur in incrusting and

erect species; and this view I think is the most probable.

Membranipora radicifera is rooted with distinct chitinous

tubes, on which account MacGillivray has gone so far as to

propose its being placed with Beania; but this, I think, will

scarcely be accepted. What I called Diachoris patellaria,

Moll, is attached by means of a row of integumentary tubes ;

nevertheless MacGillivray places it under Amphiblestrum.

Probably both these cases are only modifications of the

mode of attachment which obtains in many incrusting forms,

to which I shall have to refer later on.

This first paper happens to deal with articulated species ;

but this is a character which cannot be considered of

primary importance, seeing that it includes a large number of

purely Membraniporidan type; others of Microporidan, as

M. ratoniensis ; Microporellidan, as Adeona &c.; Poridan, as

Tubucellaria ; or Cellaridan, in a species which, as pointed out,

is known unarticulated both living and from the Cretaceous for-

mation. The classificatory value of articulation may, however,

not always be the same, as there may be cases where articula-

tion has taken place at a time far removed from the present,

and from these parents further differentiation has obtained,

forming various articulated groups; in other cases local cir-

cumstances may have recently caused articulation without

any other character having changed. The mode of articula-

tion seems to be of specific value, but within the same generie

group 1s often very various.

1. Hucratea chelata (L.).

Cosmopolitan. Off Shark Island, 8 fath.

86 Mr. A. W. Waters on Australian Bryozoa.

2. Catenicella alata, W.'Thomson. (PI. IV. fig. 9.)

Catenicella alata, W. Thoms., “ On new Genera and Species of Polyzoa,”

Zool. Bot. Assoc. Dublin, 1859, vol. i. p. 80, pl. vi. fig. 4; Mac-

Gillivray, Zool. Vict. dec. iii. p. 21, pl. xxiv. fig. 7; Waters, Quart.

Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xxxvii. p. 317, pl. xvi. figs. 47, 49, 58,

vol, xxxvii. p. 260, vol. xxxix. p. 428, pl. xii. figs. 15, 16.

The opercula are straight below, having a second layer in

the upper part, which is often divided down the centre.

Miss Jelly submitted to me a closely allied Catenicella

from Port Phillip, which, from the general characters and

arrangements of the compartments, I at once pronounced to

be a variety of alata; but every cell is geminate, with one

fresh globulus growing from the centre of one of the zocecia

of the previous globulus, first from the right, then from the

left, and so on. Between the two zocecia in the centre of the

globulus there is a small avicularium, and this is also the

case in the geminate cells of typical C. alata, but is not a

common character in the Catenicelle.

I mention this variety at some length, as we have the same

minute characters with two different modes of increase, and I

consider that this gives support to the view expressed that

the genus Catenicellopsis should be dropped. Since the

above was written, MacGillivray has called this C. gemella,

and therefore it should stand as C. alata, var. gemella.

Loc. Recent: Bass’s Straits, Port Fairy (Dawson) ; Queens-

cliff; Tasmania; New Zealand; La Pérouse, New South

Wales. Fossil: Mount Gambier; Muddy Creek; Bird

Rock ; and Waurn Ponds (W.).

3. Catenicella ventricosa, Busk. (PI. IV. fig. 13.)

Catenicella ventricosa, Busk, Cat. Mar. Polyz. p.7, pl. 11. figs. 1, 2, pl. iii.

figs. 1-5; MacGillivray, Zool. Vict. dec. 111. p. 18, pl. xxiv. fig. 3;

Waters, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xxxix. p. 481,

Specimens from La Pérouse have chitinous radicle-tubes

from the front and dorsal surface, and these ultimately form

very solid bundles. In one case, where there has evidently

been an accident, tubes connect the neighbouring cells, thus

saving the colony from injury.

Loc. Bass’s Straits; Victoria; Tasmania; Port Fairy ;

New Zealand (Hutton) ; La Pérouse, Botany Bay. Fossil:

Bird Rock (Victoria). :

4. Catenicella hastata, B. (Pl. IV. fig. 10.)

Loc. Bass’s Straits; Victoria; New Zealand; La Pérouse,

Mr. A. W. Waters on Australian Bryozoa. 87

Botany Bay. Fossil: Bird Rock, and Waurn Ponds (Vic-

toria).

5s Catenicella Buskii, W. Thoms. (Pl. IV. fig. 12.)

Catenicella Buskii, Thomson, “ On new Genera and Species of Polyzoa,”

Zool. Bot. Assoc. Dublin, vol. i. 1859, p. 83, pl. vill. fig. 2; MacG.

Zool. Vict. dec. ii. p. 24, pl. xxiv. fig. 12.

Catenicella fusca, MacG. loc. cit. dec. ix. p. 33, pl. xc. fig. 1.

This is closely allied to C. gibbosa, and should perhaps

only be considered a variety. ‘The relationship to elegans is

evident, but how close is somewhat uncertain, as Busk says

of elegans “ ovicell geminate,” whereas MacGillivray says

ovicell like that of Buskiz.

Operculum 0:02 millim. wide.

Loc. Western Australia; Bass’s Straits; Queenscliff; La

Pérouse, Botany Bay, washed on shore.

6. Catenicella delicatula (Wilson). (Pl. IV. fig. 11.)

Catenicellopsis delicatula, J. B. Wilson, “ On a new Genus of Polyzoa,”

Micr. Soc. Victoria, vol. i. no. 2, p. 65, pl. iv. fig. 2; MacGillivray,

Zool. Vict, dec. xi. p. 30, pl. cvii. fig. 2.

I cannot see that this should be separated from Catenicella

merely on account of the branches sometimes originating

from the sides of the cells. In a specimen from Queenscliff

the increase is usually by means of geminate globuli; but

there are many which spring out of the side of others and

are attached by a chitinous tube. I have a specimen of C,

Hannaford: in which a new branch starts from the front of

a globulus in a similar way ; and we also see the same mode

of increase in Mentpea crystallina, Didymia simplex, &c., and

this should make us hesitate before adopting a new genus.

And as supporting this and showing that Catenicellopsis

should not be separated on account of its mode of growth, I

may mention that in my specimens of C. pusilla the zocecia

do not spring laterally from the others.

In the small specimens from La Pérouse none of the

globuli originate laterally from the others. There are nume-

rous chitinous tubes starting either from the back or the front

and united into bundles which become more massive near

the base; besides these there are isolated ones springing

from the dorsal surface and ending in grappling-hooks.

Operculum nearly round, with muscular attachments at

each side, placed about one third of the distance between the

proximal and distal edges.

Loc. Living: Spring Creek; Port Phillip Heads; Sor-

88 Mr. A. W. Waters on Australian Bryozoa.

rento ; Queenscliff; and La Pérouse, Botany Bay, washed on

shore.

7. Cellularia cuspidata, Busk.

Cellularia cuspidata, Busk, Cat. Mar. Polyzoa, p. 19, pl. xxvii. figs. 1, 2;

‘Challenger’ Report, p. 17; MacGillivray, Zool. Vict. dec. vi.

p. 31, pl. lviii. fig. 1; Haswell, Polyzoa from Queensland, p. 36.

On the dorsal surface there is often a single “ perforation,”

and in a few cases two; but at the position of this perfora-

tion there is a muscular attachment for the operculum.

The new branches spring by means of a chitinous tubular

connexion from the central cell, and the two side zocecia are

continuous, though rather modified in shape, being thin at

the line of junction of the internodes, and with the move-

ment of the new internode seem readily broken. The articu-

lation of C. Peachit is by two chitinous tubes to each new

branch, one from the central cell and one from each lateral

one.

In C. cuspidata above the outer angle of the modified cell

in each new branch a concave disk is formed, and from this a

long chitinous radicle-tube is thrown out. In a few cases

there is a radicle thrown out above the outer angle of other

cells; but this is not usual. These tubes have not been

mentioned by Busk or MacGillivray.

Loc. Australian and New-Zealand seas generally ; Shark

Island, New South Wales, 8 fathoms.

8. Menipea crystallina, Gray.

Loc. Bass’s Straits ; Queenscliff; Bondi Bay (New South

Wales) ; Tasmania; Straits of Magellan ; Campbell Island ;

New Zealand; La Pérouse, Botany Bay.

9. Menipea cervicornis, MacG., var.

(Pl. IV. fig. 1.)

Type Menipea cervicornis, MacG, Zool. Vict. dec. vi. p. 34, pl. lviii.

fig. 4.

The specimens from Shark Island are without lateral

avicularia, but have a small median one on the tricellate

internodes at a bifurcation. The internodes are much more

elongate than in the typical IZ. cervicornis.

10. Scerupocellaria scrupea, Busk.

A specimen from Shoalhaven beach has zocecia similar in

shape to those of the European seas, and the spines, fornix,

Mr. A. W. Waters on Australian Bryozoa. 89

avicularia, and vibracula also agree ; but, on the other hand,

the internodes are short, with usually only three pairs of

~ zocecia.

11. Canda arachnoides, Lamx. (Pl. IV. fig. 7.)

Canda arachnoides, Busk, Brit. Mus. Cat. p. 26, pl. xxxiii.; ‘ Chal-

lenger’ Rep. p. 25.

A specimen from La Pérouse has few avicularia, and in

large pieces of C. arachnoides I have noticed that some parts

will be found without avicularia, while in other parts they

are abundant.

The increase at the dichotomization, which must often

have been examined, does not seem to have been described.

Between the two rows of zocecia an additional one is formed,

and from this two chitinous tubes are given off which are

curved forwards to the inner zocecium of a new branch.

The other zocecia are formed direct from the ordinary zocecia.

This seems to be the way in which growth takes place in

most of this group, as already seen in Cellularia cuspidata,

where in the same way the new branches spring by means of

a chitinous connexion from the central cell, and the two side

cells are continuous, though rather modified in shape; and

here, as in some other cases, the articulation does not exist

at first, or only partially so, and there is calcareous continuity

until the movement of the water causes a fracture at the joint.

I have pointed out (Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xxxvii.

p- 320) that the calcareous wall of Cellaria is at first con-

tinuous, but is in the same way fractured as growth pro-

gresses, some species retaining the continuity longer than

others, so that perhaps this may be of specific value.

The oral aperture occurs in a round opening at the lower

part of the apparent aperture, and on this account I think there

is ground for separating Canda trom Caberea, which has a

distinct operculum * closing a rigid oral aperture. This never

seems to have been fully figured, although of great importance,

perhaps sufficient to separate it from the family Cellularide.

Loc. Bass’s Straits; Timor; New Zealand (B.) ; Tas-

mania; Geelong; Port Phillip Heads; La Pérouse.

12. Caberea Boryi (Aud.).

Crisia Boryt, Aud. Voyage dans l’Egypte, pl. xii. fig. 4.

* “On the Use of the Avicularian Mandible,’ &c., Trans. Micros. Soc.

ser. 2, vol. v. pl. xiv. fig. 15.

90 Mr. A. W. Waters on Australian Bryozoa.

Caberea Boryi, Busk, Brit. Mus. Cat. p. 38, pl. xvi. figs. 4, 5; Hincks,

Brit. Mar. Polyzoa, p. 61, pl. viii. figs. 9-11; Waters, “On the Use

of the Avicularian Mandible,” Journ. Micr. Soc. ser. 2, vol. v. p. 774,

pl. xiv. figs. 9, 10, 15.

I am inclined to think that the calcareous border below the

operculum should be considered of generic importance, and

that this is the only known representative of the genus.

This character, with the operculum placed diagonally, seems

to have been often overlooked, but was correctly figured by

Audouin (see his fig. 4). Mr. Hincks’s figure looks as though

it was the opening to the ovicell, and in his description no

allusion is made to it.

Loc. British; Mediterranean; New Zealand; Bondi Bay

and Adelaide. Fossil: Pliocene of Calabria (Seguenza).

13. Caberea grandis, Hincks.

Caberea grandis, Hincks, Ann. & Mae. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. viii. p. 50,

pl. iii. fig. 4; Waters, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xxxviii. p. 261.

Caberea rudis, Waters, ibid. vol. xxxvil. p. 322, pl. xvii. fig. 86.

’ ’ Pp P 8

Loc. Curtis Island; Port Phillip Heads ; Darnley Island,

Torres Straits, sievings from 10-30 fath. Fossil: Curdies

Creek (S.W. Victoria) ; Bairnsdale ; Mount Gambier.

14. Caberea rostrata, Busk.

Caherea rostrata, Busk, ‘ Challenger’ Rep. p. 28, pl. xxxii. fig. 4.

There is asmall piece from La Pérouse. A form like this

with a large area, covered with an integument in which is an

operculum of the Membraniporidan type, seems to differ con-

siderably from C. Boryz, im which the entire chitinous opercu-

lum is surrounded by a caleareous border and is entirely above

the fornix, and would seem more closely allied to Scrupo-

cellaria than to C. Boryt and C. Lyalli, Busk. I have C.

Bory? from Bondi Bay and Adelaide.

Loc. New Zealand; La Pérouse.

15. Didymia simplex, Busk. (PI. IV. fig. 20.)

Didymia simplex, Busk, Voyage of the ‘ Rattlesnake,’ p. 383, t. i. fig. 6;

Cat. Mar. Polyz. p. 35, pl. xxxix.; ‘Challenger’ Report, p. 47; Mac-

Gillivray, Zool. Vict. dec. v. p. 34, pl. xlvi. fig. 6.

In a few cases fresh branches arise from the front of the

zoarium, usually growing from the front of the pair of zocecia

below the pair where bifurcation takes place. ‘This new

branch consists at first of only one zocecium, but the next

globulus is bicellate. Chitinous radicle-tubes grow from the

dorsal surface of the lower zocecia.

Mr. A. W. Waters on Australian Bryozoa. 91

Busk says (‘ Challenger’ Report, p. 47) that he ‘ could

not find any rosette-plates between the zocecia placed side by

side ;”’ but there are two elongate elliptical ones in the median

line of the lateral wall near each end,

Loc. Bass’s Straits; Queenscliff; Portland (Victoria) ;

Station 163 a. Off Twofold Bay; Tasmania; Shark Island,

8 fath. (New South Wales).

16. Dimetopia spicata, Busk.

Loc. Bass’s Straits; Queenscliff ; Cape Otway; Portland;

La Pérouse ; New Zealand.

17. Bugula neritina (L.). (Pl. IV. figs. 3 and 15.)

For synonyms see Busk, Report of ‘ Challenger,’ p. 42, and add <Aca-

marchis neritina, Aud., Savigny’s ‘ Egypte,’ p. 69, pl. xi. fig. 1.

Bugula neritina has always been described as without

avicularia ; but acommon form from Ball’s Head, Port Jack-

son, has them in abundance situated at the base of the

zocecia. ‘The beak of the avicularium is prominent and the

mandible is large. The mandible is longer than that of

dentata, but the beak is narrower, and, as in B. dentata and

B. avicularis, there are two small muscular prominences on the

proximal chitinous ridge. The shape of the mandibles of

B. dentata, B. flabellata, B. turbinata, B. avicularis, and B.

plumosa is almost identical, and they vary in size in the order

given.

On the other hand Bugula Murrayana has a very long and

narrow mandible with the lateral processes curved downwards,

whereas the others have a straight lower edge. These “ arti-

cular processes’ are very marked in all the Bugule, and

oceur also in Membranipora, Cribrilina, and Microporella,

showing that Mr. Busk attached too much importance to them

when he to a large extent based the family Adeonee on this

character.

Mr. Hincks informs me that specimens from Zanzibar and

the Arabian Sea marked B. nerttina have avicularia, and I

was told in the British Museum that an Asiatic specimen also

had avicularia ; but I am not sure whether the observations

have been confirmed. Specimens from Shark Island, 8 fath.,

have no avicularia.

18. Bugula dentata (Lamx.). (Pl. IV. fig. 14.)

Loc. Australia; New Zealand; Tasmania; South Africa ;

Ball’s Head, Port Jackson, 12 fath.

92 Mr. A. W. Waters on Australian Bryozoa.

19. Cellaria gracilis (Busk). (PI. IV. fig. 6.)

Salicornaria gracilis, Busk, Brit. Mus. Cat. p. 17, pl. Ixiii. fig. 3;

‘Challenger’ Report, p. 93.

Cellaria gracilis, MacGillivray, Zool. Vict. dec. v. p. 50, pl. xlix. fig. 4.

Some fragments from Raton are without avicularia, and

then it is difficult to distinguish between C. Johnsoni, B., and

C. gracilis, B.; but the large semicircular opening of the

ovicell, often with a very distinct lip, agrees with specimens

from Holborn Island, and, I think, enables it to be separated

from C. Johnsoni, B., with certainty, as this last has smaller

elliptical openings. There are Cretaceous fossils from Maes-

tricht &c. which, in the zocecial characters, are allied to Cel-

laria, although they were erect and unarticulated. The solid

branching Escharella argus, VOrb., has an aperture of the

Cellarian. shape, with four teeth, just like Cellaria crassa,

and the ovicell is also concealed in asimilar manner. Refer-

ence to Escharipora rhomboidalis, d’Orb., will also show the

relationship. JI have previously pointed out that the young

branches of Cedlaria at first have the calcareous wall continu-

ous with the parent joint, and the chitinous articulation is

formed subsequently ; but as some correspondents were unable

to verify this, I can only suppose through lack of suitable

material, I give a figure taken from a photograph.

This can, “however , readily be seen in C. jistulosa and any

of tie common species,

I have pointed out (p. 89) that this is by no means confined

to Cellaria, but occurs in other articulated species, and supports

the idea that articulated forms are derived from unarticulated

ones.

In the Crag and other Pliocene formations of Europe C.

crassa 1s found with the branches continuous, or, as Mr. Busk

says, with a tendency to ossification, which does not seem a

fortunate method of indicating what takes place, as we must

not suppose that there has ever been a joint.

Loc. Cumberland Island; Cape Capricorn; Victoria;

Station 186, 8 fath. (Torres Straits) ; Holborn Island ; off

Raton, New Guinea, 7 fath.

20. Farcimia oculata (Busk).

Nellia oculata, Busk, Cat. Mar. Polyzoa, p. 18, pl. Ixiv. fig. 6, pl. Ixv. (b7s)

fig. 4; ‘Challenger’ Report, p. 27; Smitt, Floridan Bryoz0a, p. 3, pl.i.

figs, 58, 54; Haswell, Polyzoa from Queensland, p. 36; ; MacGillivray,

Zool. Vict. dec. Vv. De 61, pl. xlix. fig. 5; Hincks, Journ. Linn. Soc.,

Zool. vol. xxi. p. 121.

This was placed at first by Busk in the family Cellariide ;

Mr. A. W. Waters on Australian Bryozoa. 93

but in the ‘Challenger’ Report he places it under Cellula-

riade, although in the definition of the family he says

““zececia—all facing the same way.” Mr. Hincks, in his

Brit. Mar. Polyzoa, p. 35, seems inclined to place it under

the Cellulariade ; but his Farcimia appendiculata, which is

no doubt closely allied, he places under Cellariide. The

characters are so decidedly Membraniporidan that I called a

variety JM. oculata, var. spinosa (Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc.

vol. xxxix. p. 434, pl. xi. fig. 22), and I now reluctantly

remove it, but do so asit ought to be classified with &. appen-

diculata, H.; F. cereus, Pourt.; Ff. lusoria, Waters.

Loc. Torres Straits; Bass’s Straits; Florida; Victoria ;

Cape Grenville, North-east Australia, 20 fath. (W.); Piper

Islands, 9 fath. (W.) ; ‘ Challenger’ Stations 190, 188, 208,

148, 151, 18-550 fath., being from Heard Island, Crozet

Island, the Philippine Islands, and off Bahia ; Mergui Archi-

pelago (H.); Ceylon (#.).

21. Flustra dissimilis (Busk).

Carbasea dissimilis, Busk, Cat. Mar. Polyz. p. 51, pl. 1. figs. 4-7; Mac-

Gillivray, Zool. Vict. dec. v. p. 28, pl. xlv. fig. 3.

Loc. Tasmania (B.) ; Queenscliff; King’s Island; Port

Phillip Heads (Victoria); Shoalhaven Beach (New South

Wales).

22. Flustra cribriformis (Busk).

Carbasea cribriformis, Busk, Brit. Mus. Cat. p. 51, pl. Ixviii. fig. 1;

‘Challenger’ Report, p. 58, pl. xxxiv. fig. 8; Haswell, “On some

Polyzoa from the Queensland Coast,” Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales,

vol. v. p. 87.

A fine specimen from Darniey Island has no radicle-tube

at the lower angle of each fenestra, nor is there any indication

of such a structure; and as Mr. Busk mentions this in his

‘Challenger’ specimens, we must conclude that, according to

the conditions under which it grows, it is with or without

attachment.

On the dorsal surface the central part of each zocecium is

thin and the remainder is covered. with wavy lines of growth.

Loc. Cumberland Island; Station 186, Cape York, 8 fath. ;

Station 188, 28 fath.; Station 190, 45 fath. ; Holborn Island

(H.) ; Darnley Island, Torres Straits, 30 fath.

23. Flustra militaris, sp. nov. (Pl. IV. fig. 2.)

Zoarium bilaminate, fronds long and rather narrow, with

about eight zocecia in a transverse row. Ovicell large, raised,

94 Mr. A. W. Waters on Australian Bryozoa.

_with a median rib, and on each side of this an irregular area.

On each side below the ovicell two thick club-shaped spines.

The ovicell is composed of two calcareous layers, the under

one smooth, so that when the upper one is removed no trace

of the area is shown. ‘The structure of the ovicell in Flustra

episcopalis is just the same, and no doubt the two species are

allied; but in Ff. episcopalis, B., the operculum is entire,

whereas in the present species it is of the Membraniporidan

type. There is a thick tubular growth down the side of the

zoarium of episcopalis.

On account of the prominent spines I call this mlitarzs, in

opposition to the less-armed FP’. episcopalis.

Mr. Hincks defines Flustra as with the ovicells immersed ;

but in the two species considered they are much raised,

Loc. Port Jackson (New South Wales).

24. Diachoris spinigera, MacG.

Diachoris spinigera, MacGillivray, Trans. Roy. Soc. Vict. 1859, vol. iii.

p. 165, pl. ii. fig. 12; Zool. Vict. dec. v. p. 32, pl. xlvi. fig. 3.

The specimen from Shoalhaven Bay has the zocecia sub-

erect ; the spines are mostly towards the distal end, often only

two or three on each side; on one side only an avicularium

with a prominent beak. There is considerable irregularity in

the number of spines, and from this specimen I consider that

D, distans, Hincks, is too closely allied to be separated as a

species.

Loc. Wilson’s Promontory ; Portland (Victoria); Shoal-

haven Bay, 8 fath. (New South Wales).

EXPLANATION OF PLATE IV.

Fig. 1. Menipea cervicornis, MacG., var., X 25.

Fig. 2. Flustra militaris, sp. nov., X 16.

Fig. 8. Bugula neritina (L.), with avicularia. From Ball’s Head. x 16.

Fig. 4. Sketch of Caberea lata (p. 84), showing chitinous tubes at the

junction, x 12.

Fig. 5. Micropora ratoniensis, sp. nov., X 16.

Fig. 6. Cellaria gracilis (B.), showing continuous calcareous wall before

the articulation is formed. The chitinous tubes are just com-

mencing. X 25. From Holborn Island.

7. Sketch of Canda arachnoides, Lamx., showing chitinous tubes at

the articulation. X 25.

Fig. 8. Membranipora Savartit, Aud.?, X 16. From Darnley Island.

Fig. 9. Operculum of Catenicella alata, W. Thoms., x 85.

Fig. 10. Operculum of Catenicella hastata, B., x 85.

Fig. 11. Operculum of Catenicella delicatula (Wilson), x 85.

Fig. 12. Operculum of Catenzcella Busku, W.Thoms., x 85.

Fig. 13. Operculum of Catenicella ventricosa, B., X 85.

Mr. G. A. Boulenger on new Reptiles and Batrachians. 95

Fig. 14. Mandible of Bugula dentata (Lamx.), x 85.

Fig. 15. Mandible of Bugula neritina (L.), X 85.

Fig. 16. Mandible of Bugula Murrayana, Johnst., X 85.

Fig. 17. Mandible of Bugula capense, X 89.

Fig. 18. Mandible of Catenicella geminata, Th., X 250.

Fig. 19. The same, X 85.

Fig. 20. Lateral wall of Didymia simple’, B., showing rosette-plates.

Fig. 21. Operculum of Calprdium ornatum, B., X 85.

Fig. 22. Operculum of Catenicella geminata, Th., x 85.

Fig. 23. Operculum of Portna (?) mversa, sp. nov., X 250.

Fig. 24, Mandible of Lunalites cancellatus, B., X 250.

VIIL—On new Reptiles and Batrachians from North Borneo.

By G. A. BouLENGER.

A SMALL collection of Reptiles and Batrachians formed by

Mr. John Whitehead on Mount Kina Baloo consists of ten

species, four of which are new and described below. The

known species are the following :—Lygosoma variegatum,

Ptrs.; Lygosoma olivaceum, Gray; Tropidonotus sarawacensis,

Gthr.; Rhacophorus maculatus, Gray ; Bufo leptopus, Gthr. ;

and Leptobrachium gracile, Gthr.

Draco obscurus.

Head small; snout as long as the diameter of the orbit ;

nostril directed upwards, perfectly vertical; tympanum naked,

smaller than the eye-opening; eleven upper labials. The

male’s gular appendage as long as the head, covered with

large scales. No nuchal fold or crest. Dorsal scales smooth,

equal, not larger than ventrals; a lateral series of widely-

distant, enlarged, keeled scales. The fore limb stretched

forward extends considerably beyond the tip of the snout;

the hind limb reaches the shoulder. Brown above, with

black spots on the nape; wing-membranes blackish above,

colourless inferiorly ; throat brown, with light spots; gular

appendage brown, biack at the base; lower surface of lateral

wattles dark purple.

millim

Motalilene this ants ci tsi evetels teers cee 256

Gade OR os sienna SU etia oR 17

Wadithwotehcadenmrrrsammnninicnrr ares 11

IBOoe eodod te Soo doops oa De DO dob OC. 75

Oey limes cri setae a erereeees sce os 42

Lind landers ete eae a wees eee 52

Tail: fas.c rate Sate ae Rete ea 164

A single male specimen.

96 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on new Reptiles and Batrachians.

Tropidonotus flavifrons.

Dentition syncranterian. Head oval, very distinct from

neck ; snout short; eyes moderate. Scales in 19 rows, feebly

keeled, of outer row smooth. Ventrals 146; anal entire;

subcaudals 95. Internasals truncated in front, about half as

large as the prefrontals; one pree- and two postoculars;

loreal as deep as broad; eight upper labials, fourth and fifth

entering the orbit ; two superposed anterior temporals. Olive

above, with dark network; two alternating series of white

spots along each side, upper on the sixth scale from the ven-

tral, lower larger and on the outer border of the ventral ; a

large yellow spot covers the forehead (preefrontals, loreals,

preeoculars, and anterior half of frontal) ; sutures between the

labials black ; ventrals whitish, with large black spots; the

black predominates on the subcaudals.

Length to vent 300 millim. ; tail 153.

A single specimen,

Rana Whiteheadi.

Vomerine teeth in two oblique groups just behind the line

of the choane. Head large; snout obtusely acuminate, pro-

jecting, with angular canthus rostralis and deeply concave

loreal region; eyes very large; interorbital space narrower

than the upper eyelid; tympanum half or three fifths the

diameter of the eye. Fingers moderate, first extending

slightly beyond second; toes moderate, entirely webbed ;

disks well developed, about two fifths the diameter of the

tympanum ; subarticular tubercles small ; a small oval inner

metatarsal tubercle. Hind limb very long, the femoro-tibial

articulation reaching the shoulder ; tibia as long as the dis-

tance between the orbit and the vent. Skin nearly smooth ;

an interrupted glandular lateral fold from the eye to the

sacrum. Grey-brown above, with rather ill-defined darker

cross bands on the limbs ; tympanum reddish; upper lip and

lower surfaces whitish. Male with an external vocal vesicle

on each side of the throat, below the commissure of the jaws ;

no humeral gland.

From snout to vent 46 millim.

Four male specimens. .

‘The nearest ally of this species is R. jerboa, Gthr., which

differs in having longer hind limbs, a shorter, blunter, and

less projecting snout, smaller eyes, &c.

Notes from the St. Andrews Marine Laboratory. 97

Ixalus latopalmatus.

Snout very short, broadly rounded, obliquely truncate at

the end, with nearly vertical, concave lores ; eyes large ; inter-

orbital space as broad as the upper eyelid; tympanum very

small, not very distinct. Fingers short, dilated into enor-

mous disks, the width of which equals three fourths the width

of the eye; a broad web, extending nearly to the disks,

between the two outer fingers, and a short one between the

second and third; toes very broadly webbed, the web en-

closing one half of the disks ; latter about half the size of

those of the fingers; subarticular tubercles oval, flat; no

distinct metatarsal tubercle. Hind limb very long and

strong; the femoro-tibial articulation reaches the shoulder ;

tibia as long as the distance between the tympanum and the

vent. Skin finely granulate above, smooth inferiorly.

Blackish above, with pale brown variegations on the back

and whitish dots on the sides; limbs with lighter cross bands ;

hinder side of thighs blackish, speckled with whitish ; lower

surfaces whitish.

From snout to vent 53 millim.

Two specimens, female and half-grown.

1X.—Notes from the St. Andrews Marine Laboratory (under

the Hishery Board for Scotland).—No. VII. By Prof.

M‘Intosu, M.D., LU.D., F.R.S., &e.

1. On the Occurrence of Peculiar Gelatinous Bodies in

Profusion.

2. On Syncoryne decipiens, Dujardin.

3. On the Commensalistic Habits of the Larval Forms

of Peachia.

4, On the Presence of Swarms of Appendicularians.

5. On the Occurrence of Clone borealis, Pallas.

1. On the Occurrence of Peculiar Gelatinous

Bodies in Profusion.

Pelagic colonial Radiolarians on the surface of tropical,

subtropical, and, generally speaking, the warmer seas have

been familiar for a long time, especially since the observations

of Prof. Huxley * drew special attention to the group. These

* “ Zoological Notes and Observations made on board H.MLS. ‘ Rattle-

snake. —ITI. Upon Thalassicolla,” Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 2, vol. viii.

p. 433.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5, Vol. xx. 7

98 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the

and similar organisms have, however, attracted little notice in

the seas of our own country, probably from the fact that the

ordinary tow-net has chiefly been used in examining the pelagic

fauna. The large mid-water net formerly mentioned in this

journal will, however, make a considerable revolution in this

respect, since it demonstrates that many forms of great interest

float in mid-water or near the bottom, which forms would en-

tirely escape the ordinary tow-net as well as the dredge and

the trawl. One may indeed be excused for imagining what the

results of such an apparatus would have been if perseveringly

used during the unparallelled opportunities afforded on board

H.M.S8. ‘ Challenger.’

In the midst of the profusion of forms captured by the mid-

water net on the 13th May a peculiar appearance was caused

in the water by certain small gelatinous structtres—ovoid,

dumb-bell-shaped, or somewhat cylindrical in outline. Their

size varied from 1 to 2 millim. in their long diameter, and

thus they were much smaller than examples of Collozoum

inerme. When conveyed to the laboratory they floated some-

what heavily near the bottom of the glass vessels, though

it is possible their range in the open sea varies in depth

according to circumstances. They presented a-hyaline gela-

tinous matrix, in which were studded small greenish-yellow

cells containing nuclei, and many of which, from their con-

stricted aspect, appeared to be in a state of division. Occa-

sionally somewhat large, round cells with nuclei occurred

amongst the others. In some examples, again, minute acicular

bodies like spicules were sparsely scattered throughout the

protoplasm, resembling those of Spherozoum neapolitanum

as figured by Brandt (pl. v. fig. 64)*. After preser-

vation in spirit the latter became finely granular in the

centre, and were rendered invisible when the preparation

was mounted in calcium chloride.

These gelatinous masses were in vast quantities in the bay,

and could not fail, whether Radiolarians or otherwise, to

have an important influence on the fauna, especially the

pelagic fauna,.and thus indirectly on the food of fishes.

Hitherto it has been chiefly Radiolarians with a conspic-

uous siliceous capsule that have attracted notice in the

alimentary canals of Invertebrates (e. g. in the Annelids

dredged by the ‘ Challenger’), and, indeed, the group is

only incidentally mentioned in Prof. Ryder’s ‘ Protozoa’

in relation to the food of fishes}. In the present instance

#* Koloniebildende Radiolarien,” Fauna u. Flora des Golfes von

Neapel, xiii. Monographie (1885).

+ “The Protozoa and Protophytes considered as the Primary or Indi-

St. Andrews Marine Laboratory. 99

it is probable that Zomopter’s, which occurred in great

beauty at this time, the Appendicularians, and other forms

fed largely on the gelatinous masses. In relation to the sur-

rounding fauna, again, it is interesting that Brandt, in his

elaborate and beautiful monograph on the colonial Radiolarians,

mentions that certain forms (e. g. Myxosphera cerulea) tre-

quently contain a parasitic Amphipod (Hyperia) as well as

Copepods and Appendicularians, while living diatoms oc-

curred in young Collozoa. At St. Andrews all these forms

were present with the gelatinous masses, but quite separate

from them.

While engaged with this form it was observed by a note

in ‘Nature’ * that Mr. Shrubsole had found at Sheerness-on-

Sea that the water “ became foul in May from the presence

of gelatinous masses of small size and spherical, cylindrical,

and irregular forms, in which nucleated granules are imbedded.

After immersion, even for a few seconds, ropes, nets, &e. feel

as if they had been dipped in glue.”” The fishermen more-

over were of opinion that this injured the tackle and lessened

the take of some kinds of fish. It continues for a month and

then disappears. At my request Mr. Shrubsole courteously

forwarded specimens of the water and the deposits, with out-

lines of the form in life, and there can be little doubt that this

ig a similar gelatinous structure, which thus appears in

vast numbers and again disappears. The injury which is

asserted to be done to the tackle would require further

investigation; but the diminution of the take of certain

kinds of fish from this cause is probably hypothetical f.

2. On Syncoryne decipiens, Dyardin.

In alluding to the Ccelenterate pelagic fauna in the Feb-

ruary number of this journal special mention was made of the

immense abundance of the Hydromedusx, the water of such

bays throughout the greater part of the year being crowded

with the various forms of Thauwmantias, Bougainvillia f,

rect Source of the Food of Fishes,” U.S. Commission of Fish and Fisheries,

part ix. 1881 (1884), p. 760.

* July 9, 1885.

+ Mr. Shrubsole has drawn my attention to a paper by Count Castra-

cane, entitled “Straordinario fenomeno della vita del Mare” (Atti dell’

Accad. Lincei, tome xxxiv. 1881), in which similar bodies appeared in

the Italian waters, and which he associated with the inferior Algz. He

does not seem to have observed spicules.

t Bougainvillia britannica, so exquisitely figured by Prof. Allman

(‘Gymnoblastic &c. Hydroids, i. pl.ix. fig. 8), being specially abun-

dant.

100 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the

Circe (probably C. borealis), Sarsia, Turris, Oceania, and

others—not at the surface, but very often at a depth of 3 or

A fathoms. Occasionally, indeed, certain conditions of the

wind and tide strew the beach in May with masses of Thau-

mantias and other forms; but they may exist in great pro-

fusion, while only a few stragglers are caught by the ordinary

tow-net.

The active planule from a vessel containing abundance of

Sarsie amongst Thawmantias and other forms noted were

placed under a trickle of water on the 30th July, 1886.

Some time afterwards many minute pale hydroids were noticed

on the bottom of the vessel; but it was not till the first week

in March 1887 that a delicate hydroid was observed stretching

over the bottom of the vessels. This period would nearly

correspond with that at which Dujardin originally found the

Syncoryne proceeding from the pelagic Sthenyo*. Further

examination showed that these growths were formed by a

single species, viz. the Syncoryne decipiens, Dujardin, the

faithful pencil of the late Mr. Alder leaving little to be

desired in the figure in Mr. Hincks’s work. It is clear there-

fore that either the planula of this species alone had been

selected for the experiment, which is unlikely, or that it

survived frequent vicissitudes which caused the others to

succumb.

As Mr. Hincks had no opportunity of examining living

specimens, it may be noted that the minute and slender stem

(hydrorhiza) creeps over the surface of the glass often in a

somewhat radiate manner, sending off here and there free

erect branches, which bear the characteristic polypites at the

tip. These have for the most part the general aspect of

Mr. Alder’s figure +; but the slender transparent tentacles

are much longer in vigorous adults, and thus contrast with

the large globular or button-like tip with its prominent

thread-cells. The elongated oral region of the polypite is

pronounced, and the dilated region behind it is tinged of a

pale brownish hue. Small rounded bodies, of a pale brownish-

red colour, situated in most just behind the tentacles, though

in others they occur amongst the tentacles, indicate the gono-

phores.

The polypary shows more evident crenulations (annulations)

than represented in the figure, and towards the beginning of

July this had undergone various changes in the colonies.

Many of the chitinous sheaths were empty, while here and

there, out of the wall of the effete tube, sprouted a slender band

* Ann. des Sc. Nat. 3° sér. iv. p. 277 (1845).

+ Hincks, Brit. Hydr. Zooph. ii. pl. x. fig. 2.

St. Andrews Marine Laboratory. 101

of ccenosarc, with a more or less perfect coating of chitin,

terminating in a polypite with two or four tentacles, and pro-

vided with the elongated oral tube, which was bent round,

apparently in quest of prey, and often dilated at the extremity.

Secondary buds, possessing only two tentacles, and thus

somewhat approaching the peculiar Lar sabellarum in appear-

ance, occurred at intervals in the course of the former. The

ccenosare connected with these young buds entered portions of

the tubes forming the old polypary; and sometimes terminated

abruptly in a bulbous mass, in the interior of which the cilia

were specially active. Dujardin states that the species feeds

especially on Cyclops and other minute Crustacea. If the

polypites inhabiting these older sheaths had died on the escape

of the free zooids, or from causes connected with their arti-

ficial life, the vitality of the coenosare had enabled the species

again to make rapid progress by gemmation.

3. On the Commensalistic Habits of the Larval

Forms of Peachia.

Considerable information has recently been obtained con-

cerning the history of larval Actiniz commensalistic on

Medusee both in our own and foreign seas. Much of this

has been collected by Prof. Haddon in his very interesting

account of the parasitic larva of Halcampa *, which he found

for the most part attached to the stomach on the sub-umbrella

of different species of Leptomeduse. Before the publication

of the latter paper, however, the occurrence of considerable

numbers attached to various kinds of Thawmantias in St.

Andrews Bay had led me to think that this must be a very

general habit of these larval forms, which I associated with

the commonest type here, viz. Peachia hastata, Gosse, first

recognized as a British species by the late Prof. John Reid,

of St. Andrews, under the name of Actinia cylindrica ft.

They occurred in various parts of the bay, though the greatest

number were procured by a single sweep of the mid-water net

off the mouth of the Eden. ‘They cling to various parts of

the Meduse, not only to the regions mentioned by Prof. Had-

don, but to the under surface of the disk, and occasionally

externally. They appear to adhere to the Medusz by the

sucker-like action of the mouth, which is widely open, though

the tentacles are also closely applied to the surface.

The free-swimming larval forms are thus at a subsequent

* Proc. Roy. Dubl. Soc. 1887, p. 473, pl. xi.

+ Physiol., Anat., & Pathol. Observations, p. 656, pl. v. figs. 21 and 22

(1848).

102 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the

stage carried about without effort by the Meduse ; and as there

is abundance of nourishment of a suitable kind around, it is

not necessary to limit the view only to the possibility of their

feeding on Thaumantias, for by the use of the tentacles as

organs of attachment the mouth may at any time be set free.

Further, Actiniz form a favourite food of many fishes, e. g.

the cod, haddock, whiting, and others, while the stomachs of

flounders are frequently distended with Hdwardsie. ‘The

floating larvee of Peachia* thus increase the supplies for the

pelagic young of the food- fishes, and borne near the sand by

the Meduse, are placed within easy reach of the active

Pleuronectidee.

4, On the Presence of Swarms of Appendicularians.

Appendicularians have long been familiar in Scottish

waters. Thus Edward Forbes, when off the north coast of

Scotland in 1845, found that the cloudy patches of red

colouring-matter in the water consisted almost entirely of the

bodies of the “ curious and anomalous creature called Appen-

dicularia’”’*. During the expeditions in connexion with the

Trawling Commission, so ably presided over by Lord Dal-

housie, Appendicularians were frequently met with in the

ordinary tow-nets, which were sunk by a heavy weight a

fathom or two in the water. Most of us, however, were

unaware that in April and early May at any rate the inshore

waters occasionally teem with this interesting type—so pro-

fusely, indeed, that they and their “houses” are ready to

rupture the huge mid-water net. Their activity when fresh

can only be compared to that of spermatozoa, as they dash

everywhere through the water either in a complete state or

only represented by tails. None of these showed the pinkish

hue so often seen in 1884, yet the reproductive organs were

fairly developed. ‘They also evidently feed freely, as the glass

vessels in which they were kept were littered with small

brownish, cylindrical, feecal masses, which at the time were

associated with the pale greenish gelatinous masses described

under No. 1 altered by digestion. During the month in

which they were more or less under observation in the bay

their size increased considerably. Their disappearance again

in May was apparently as sudden as their advent in such

enormous numbers in April.

It is noteworthy that some, such as Prof. Huxley, have

failed to capture them in their “ houses,” though, as in the

latter case, the animals themselves were in vast numbers on

* Hist. Brit. Mollusca, vol. iv. p. 245.

St. Andrews Marine Laboratory. 103

the coast of New Guinea and in the southern Pacific *, The

‘““houses ”’ were a serious impediment to the use of the mid-

water net at St. Andrews, and the empty ones frequently

formed a thick coating on the surface of the large jars in the

laboratory, probably because bubbles of air had been mixed

with them.

Prof. Herdman tells me that the examples from St. An-

drews are as large and fine as those procured by the ‘ Chal-

lenger,’ and he identifies the species with “‘ Ockopleura copho-

cerca.’ The beautiful outlines of the Appendicularia (a

generic name which I agree with Prof. Huxley should be

preterred to the Ozkopleura of Mertens) in life, however,

differ considerably from Gegenbaur’s figures of his species f.

More recent authors have in all probability improved in this

respect.

5. On the Occurrence of Clione borealis, Pallas.

The use of the mid-water net on the 11th and 12th April

and for a week or two subsequently brought to the labora-

tory a considerable number of active specimens of Clione

borealis, Pallas. They generally came from a depth of 4

fathoms in from 6 to 8 fathoms water. ‘This Pteropod alto-

gether escaped notice in the far-reaching dredging-excursions

of the late esteemed Dr. Gwyn Jeffreys, who searched the

British seas more thoroughly than any other in recent times,

and on this account therefore its presence is the more note-

worthy and an agreeable surprise to Mr. Prince and myself.

Dr. Gwyn Jeffreys states, under the group Gymnosomata f,

“The only member of this order which seems to have been

observed on the British coasts is Clione papilionacea of Pallas

(Clio borealis, Bruguiére, = Clio retusa, Muller and Fabricius),

a native of the Arctic Seas, and partly the reputed food of the

true whale. Dr. Leach says that during a tour to the Ork-

neys (query Hebrides ?) in 1811 he found several mutilated

specimens on the rocks, and succeeded in capturing one alive

while rowing along the coast of Mull. Dr. Morch reminds

me that in the ‘Isis’ for 1823 (ii. p. 459) Oken mentions a

specimen in the Museum of the Jardin des Plantes from

Falmouth, and that Faber noticed this mollusk as found in

the Cattegat at Lesso.”

Nothing could exceed the beauty of these Pteropods and

the interest excited by their movements. The general mass

* Phil. Trans. 1851, part 11. p. 598.

+ Zeitschr. f. wiss. Zool. vi. p. 408, Taf. xvi. figs. 1-5 (1851).

{ Brit. Conchology, v. p. 121.

104 Dr. A. C. Stokes on new Hypotrichous

of the body is translucent, while from the anterior end a bar

of rich reddish orange proceeds backward a short distance

behind the epipodia. ‘The tip of the tail again is flecked

with reddish-brown pigment-grains. As Pallas first noticed,

the muscular bands of the epipodia are so arranged as to give

the organs the aspect of a file or rasp, as in Cymbulia, from

their intimate decussation, and their mobility is remarkable.

The animals mount gracefully from the bottom of the vessel

and steer for the surface, or in a circle, the tips of the epi-

podia almost touching ventrally and again dorsally—just as

a lithe swimmer would do in the erect position in the water

by alternately touching the tips of his fingers in front and (if

he were able) behind. In the case of Clione, however, the

locomotive organ is a broad muscular wing on each side, the

curves of which so strike the water as to cause the easy grace-

ful motion so characteristic of the species.

The only Pteropod hitherto found on the eastern shores of

Scotland is Spirialis retroversus, Flem., which occasionally

occurs in vast numbers, as mentioned in the February num-

ber of this journal *. It is equally abundant on the western

shores. So rare are other forms that in our experience only

one other species has been met with, viz. that termed by

Dr. Gwyn Jefireys Clio pyramidata, Browne, which had

been carried by the Gulf-stream in August to a quiet bay in

North Uist.

X.—Some new Hypotrichous Infusoria from American Fresh

Waters. By ALFRED C. Strokes, M.D.

[Plate IIT. ]

Litonotus vermicularis, sp. nov. (Pl. III. fig. 1.)

Body elongate, flattened, from fifteen to twenty times as long

as broad, soft, flexible, and elastic, widest centrally, tapering

thence to the rounded posterior extremity, and anteriorly to

the subapical constriction ; the frontal border obliquely

rounded; ventral surface longitudinally striate ; dorsal aspect

ordinarily traversed by a narrow, longitudinally disposed,

keel-like ridge; contractile vesicles multiple, thirty or more

arranged in a single series near one lateral border, trom eight

to ten scattered and disposed near the opposite lateral margin ;

* ¢ Annals,’ Feb. 1887, pp. 140-141.

Infusorta from American Fresh Waters. 105

nucleus moniliform, the nodules ovate, numerous ; trichocysts

abundant, most conspicuously developed as a dense, radiating

series within the frontal border; anal aperture at some dis-

tance from the posterior extremity; endoplasm granular.

Length of the extended mature body @> to #5 inch.

Hab. Standimg pond- water.

The largest and mature zooids are visible to the naked eye

as fine white threads gliding through the water.

Chilodon vorax, sp. nov. (Pl. III. fig. 2.)

Body suboval, soft and flexible, twice and a half as long

as broad, widest anteriorly, and curved towards the left-

hand side, gradually tapering from the sinistral concavity to

the rounded posterior extremity, the left-hand border slightly

convex, the lip-like projection obtuse or rounded; cuticular

surface longitudinally striate; nucleus elongate-ovate or sub-

fusiform, located in the posterior body-half, usually near the

right-hand lateral border ; contractile vesicles multiple, small,

spherical, scattered ; an undulating line of cilia extending from

the lip, beyond which it frequently projects, to the oral aper-

ture; anal aperture dorsal, near the posterior extremity.

Length of body 4s inch.

Hab. Fresh water, with Oscillarva and other alge in early

spring.

The rod-fascicle lining the pharyngeal passage is not only

somewhat protrusible, as in the other members of the genus,

and expansile and contractile at the distal extremity, but it is

also freely movable within the body-sarecode around the

margin of oral attachment as acentre. The Infusorians under

observation fed voraciously on certain linear diatoms (pro-

bably a species of Nitzschia) with which the water teemed, the

frustules often being considerably longer than the body of the

animalcule in its normal condition, and, after being engulfed,

consequently extending through the entire length of the Infu-

sorian, and stretching the cuticular surface at both extremi-

ties until at these points the limiting membrane became the

merest film. Before the process of engulfing was actually

witnessed it was an interesting problem as to how the diatom

became freed from the posterior region of the pharyngeal

passage which extends almost to the centre of the body. The

first supposition was that the posterior extremity of the body

was sufficiently protruded under the pressure of the inflexible

diatom to allow the latter to pass from the pharynx and then

to glide forward, thus partially relieving the posterior pres-

sure. ‘This supposition was not correct. During the passage

of the frustule, when the cuticular surface of the rear margin

106 Dr. A. C. Stokes on new Hypotrichous

of the body has reached its limit of extension, the pharyngeal

tube, containing one end of the long diatom, suddenly and

violently rotates forward until its normal position is com-

pletely reversed, and the diatom consequently slips out. The

act is probably only to a certain extent voluntary, being

effectually aided by the strong pressure from the extended

cuticular surface, which tends to force the pharyngeal fascicle

forward. ‘This pressure is, however, not essential, as the

pharyngeal tube is freely movable at the animalcule’s will.

I have seen it suddenly swing forward to free itself and as

quickly swing back into its former and normal position. The

latter act is evidently entirely voluntary*. Reproduction is

by oblique transverse fission, The animalcule was abun-

dant in its habitat.

Loxodes magnus, sp. nov. (PI. III. fig. 3.)

Body elongate, depressed, seven or eight times as long as

broad, very soft, flexible, and elastic ; narrowest anteriorly,

the frontal border rounded and curved toward the left-hand

side, the apical extremity terminating in a short beak-like

extension; posterior extremity rounded; lateral margins

somewhat convex ; ventral surface flattened and longitudinally

striate, the dorsal convex; adoral groove occupying about

one seventh of the anterior lateral margin of the ventral sur-

face, the membranous sickle-shaped lining conspicuous, the

posterior portion long and narrow; refractive corpuscles

numerous, arranged in a single longitudinal series near the

right-hand lateral border; nuclei multiple, irregularly distri-

buted ; contractile vesicles apparently many and posteriorly

located, but not positively identified ; endoplasm vacuolar ;

colour brown; cilia and dorsal hispid sete numerous, short,

and fine. Length of extended body go inch.

Hab. Standing pond-water. Movements gliding, with

frequent twisting and folding of the body.

This is readily distinguishable from the two previously

recorded species by its great size and by the number of the

marginal refringent corpuscles. The nuclei, or those nodules

which I have considered to be the nuclei, are much paler in

tint than the corpuscles just referred to, larger, and the cen-

trally placed nucleolus in each is more finely granulate. A

funiculus probably exists, although it was not positively ob-

served. ‘The posterior portion of the chitinous pharyngeal

membrane often appears to be scarcely more than a brown

filament, so narrow 1s it. Its general course is shown in the

* See ‘The Microscope,’ vol. vi. p. 121.

Infusoria from American Fresh Waters. 107

figure, but it not rarely is more or less undulate. This Infu-

sorian, like all the members of the genus thus far observed, is

essentially a bottom-feeder, gliding over the submerged objects,

the residual débris at the lowest parts of the shallow waters

which it inhabits.

ONYCHODROMOPSIS (Onychodromus ; éxvus, form), gen. nov.

Animalcules free-swimming, soft and flexible, hypotrichous ;

frontal styles six, the anterior three largest and most conspi-~

cuous; marginal sete uninterrupted; ventral styles in four

longitudinal rows, the third series from the right-hand body-

margin, or the second from the left-hand border, interrupted

centrally ; anal styles five.

This differs from Stein’s Onychodromus chiefly on account

of the soft, flexible, and uncuirassed condition of the body.

In the present form there is no trace of a dorsal shield or

carapace, the body being quite soft and flexible, and further-

more bearing on the dorsal cuticular surface numerous short

hispid sete. Stein remarks of the form discovered by him

and relegated to the genus Onychodromus, that the carapace

is more indurated than that of Stylonychia, and less so than

that of Huplotes, which is by no means the condition in the

present form. The frontal styles, which, however, are of but

secondary importance in generic diagnosis, are from sixteen

to twenty-eight in number in Onychodromus, and the very

important ventral sete from fifteen to twenty-one; in Ony-

chodromopsis the former are six in number, and the latter very

numerous and arranged in a characteristic manner.

Onychodromopsis flexilis, sp. nov. (Pl. IIL. fig. 4.)

Body ovate or subelliptical, about three times as long as

broad, somewhat narrowed anteriorly and slightly curved

towards the left-hand side; marginal sete longest and largest

at the posterior extremity ; ventral styles in four longitudinal

rows, the second, counting from the left-hand body-margin,

centrally interrupted, consisting of two or three anterior and

two or three posterior elements; anal styles five, nearly mar-

ginal, often furcate or fimbriate, projecting beyond the poste-

rior border ; peristome about one third as long as the body,

the inner or right-hand margin bearing a large and, in

lateral view, conspicuous membrane ; nucleus double, near the

left-hand body-margin, but indifferently in the anterior or

posterior body-half; contractile vesicle near the centre of the

left-hand margin ; dorsal hispid sete short, inconspicuous, and

abundant. Length of body 35 to x4, inch.

Hab, Standing pond-water, with Lemne.

108 Dr. A. C. Stokes on new Hypotrichous

Holosticha vernalis, sp. nov. (PI. IIL. fig. 5.)

Body subelliptical, about four times as long as broad, very

soft and flexible; both extremities rounded, the anterior lip

short, crescentic ; the peristome extending backward through

about one third of the ventral surface, the right-hand margin

ciliate, the adoral series on the posterior half of the left-hand

border directed across the peristome-field towards the righthand,

the anterior half directed towards the left hand; frontal styles

five or six, scattered, the three anterior largest; ventral sete

forming two median rows, beginning in close proximity to

the frontal styles; marginal sete longest at the posterior

border, those on the left-hand side gradually leaving the body-

margin and approaching the peristome; anal styles from five

to eight, usually fimbriated ; contractile vesicle spherical, near

the centre of the left-hand side; nucleus not observed; dorsal

hispid setee numerous. Length of body z4> inch.

Hab. Shallow pools in early spring, with algee.

TACHYSOMA (tayvs, swift; s@ma), gen. nov.

Animalcules free-swimming, soft, and flexible; frontal

styles from eight to ten, the three anterior usually the largest ;

ventral styles five, scattered; marginal sete at some distance

from the lateral borders, interrupted on the posterior margin ;

anal styles five; caudal sete none; dorsal hispid sete usually

numerous and conspicuous.

Tachysoma agile, sp. nov. (PI. III. fig. 6.)

Body elongate oval, about four times as long as broad, both

extremities evenly rounded; peristome-field arcuate, extend-

ing through about one fourth of the ventral surface, without

a right-hand or reflected inner border; marginal sete. in close

proximity to the five scattered ventral styles; anal styles

five, large, often finely fimbriated, and with a tendency to

form two groups, the two elements on the mght-hand side

usually extending obliquely towards the right; contractile

vesicle near the centre of the left-hand body-margin, gib-

bously extending the region at complete diastole ; nucleus

double, each ovate nodule with an external subspherical nucleo-

lus ; dorsal hispid setee long, fine, clothing the dorsal surface in

several longitudinal rows. Length of body +5 inch.

Hab. Pond-water.

I was at first disposed to identify this with Pleurotricha

echinata (C. & L.), 8. K.; but that form, as suggested by

Kent, probably belongs to another genus, being relegated to

Stein’s Pleurotricha with some doubt, as the supplementary

Infusoria from American Fresh Waters. 109

marginal sete referred to are evidently luxuriantly developed

dorsal hispid sete. The absence of all trace of a supplemen-

tary ventral series of styles, together with the softness and

flexibility of the body, exclude it from Pleurotricha, while the

latter qualities and the absence of caudal sete exclude it from

Stylonychia, which it otherwise somewhat closely resembles ;

and, finally, the interruption of the marginal sete at the posterior

border refuses it admission among the species of Oxytricha,

and from Histrio it is further excluded not only by the poste-

rior interruption of the marginal sete, but by its soft and

elastic body. Its proper position is probably between Oxy-

tricha and Histrio.

Tachysoma mirabile, sp. nov. (PI. III. fig. 7.)

Body elliptical, less than four times as long as broad, the

extremities equally rounded; frontal, ventral, and marginal

styles essentially as in 7. agile, but smaller and more setose ;

anal styles five, without tendency to form two groups ; peri-

stome-field arcuate, extending through about one fourth the

length of the ventral surface, reflected or right-hand inner

border none; contractile vesicle spherical, near the centre of

the left-hand body-margin; nucleus single, elongate, sub-

centrally located, with an elongate, laterally attached nucleo-

lus; endoplasm granular; dorsal hispid sete long, most

conspicuously developed near the posterior extremity. Length

ahy inch.

Hab. Standing pond-water.

This form bears a close resemblance to the first-mentioned

member of the genus, differimg from it somewhat in size, but

most conspicuously in the remarkable nucleus and nucleolus.

The latter is so large and so closely resembles the nucleus

that the two might be considered a uniquely arranged double

nucleus, especially in certain individuals in which the nucleo-

lus has become slightly separated from its lateral attachment.

In none of the Hypotrichous Infusoria, so far as I am aware,

has a similar nucleus been previously observed.

The movements of the animalcule are rapid and erratic.

The body is frequently observed to be laterally curved, which

region then becoming somewhat concave, the two extremities

thus remotely approach each other. The Infusorian when

in this condition often swims by rotation on the longitudinal

axis,

Tachysoma parvistylum, sp. nov. (PI. IIL. fig. 8.)

Body elongate-ovate, less than three times as long as broad,

widest posteriorly, narrowed anteriorly to form a neck-like

110 Dr. A. C. Stokes on new Hypotrichous

region composing about one third the length of the entire

body, the frontal lip small; locomotive styles small and short,

the frontal ten in number, the anterior three largest ; ventral

styles five, the posterior two in close proximity to the anal,

the three anterior arranged in a single longitudinal series ; anal

styles five, usually very flexible and active; marginal sete

scarcely projecting except posteriorly ; right-hand margin of

the peristome-field sigmoid ; contractile vesicle spherical, near

the centre of the left-hand body-margin; dorsal hispid sete

small and inconspicuous. Length of body zp inch.

Hab. Shallow pools, in early spring. Movements active.

This agile colourless form is notable for its small styles ;

they are the most minute that I remember to have observed

on any member of the Hypotricha.

Oxytricha bifaria, sp. nov. (PI. III. fig. 9.)

Body oval, less than three times as long as broad, the right-

hand lateral border convex, the left-hand margin flattened,

the anterior extremity bearing a prominent, crescentic, lip-like

projection, the posterior extremity obtusely pointed, its left-

hand margin obliquely rounded; ventral styles five, scattered,

the posterior one in close proximity to the anal styles, the

latter five in number, forming two distinct aud completely

separated groups, the most posterior of which is composed of

two large styles projecting beyond the body-margin, the ante-

rior cluster being formed of three smaller elements placed

above and to the left-hand side of the posterior group, and

not extending beyond the margin of the body; peristome

reaching to the centre of the ventral surface, the right-hand

border ciliate and bearing a narrow membrane, a linear series

of endoral cilia depending from the central region of the peri-

stome-field ; marginal sete uninterrupted, longest and largest

on the posterior extremity ; nucleus double, the nodules large,

ovate; dorsal hispid sete short and inconspicuous. Length

of body ya inch.

Hab. An infusion of hay. Endoplasm granular, brownish

and semiopaque. Movements rapid and erratic.

This Infusorian is quite variable in contour, being often

evenly oval or elliptical, while other individuals appear with

the frontal region somewhat curved towards the left-hand side.

The essential characters, however, are constant, and by them

the animalcule can readily be recognized as distinct from

previously recorded members of the genus, the peculiar and

distinguishing arrangement of the anal styles making it easily

separable from other Oxytriche.

Infusoria from American Fresh Waters. 111

The most posterior of the five ventral styles is so intimately

connected with the anterior group of anal uncini that careful

scrutiny is usually needed to positively observe it. Its func-

tions, however, its habit of curving forward, and its flexi-

bility readily distinguish it from the anal cluster. The

elements of the latter are rigid and unbending, only the one

on the extreme right usually having great freedom of move-

ment. The extremities of the two forming the posterior

group are often fimbriated.

With this, as with Oxytricha hymenostoma, there is some

appearance of a double peristomial membrane; but it is not

conspicuous nor even very distinct.

Oxytricha hymenostoma, sp. nov. (PI. III. fig. 10.)

Body subelliptical, soft and flexible, about twice and a

half as long as broad, both extremities rounded, the left-

hand region of the frontal border somewhat oblique, the left-

hand body-margin slightly concave anteriorly; lip short,

crescentic ; frontal styles five uncinate and three setose ; ven-

tral styles five—two near the apex of the peristome-field, one

central, two near the anal styles; the latter five in number,

the three on the right-hand side usually projecting beyond

the body ; marginal sete continuous, larger and longer on

the posterior border; peristome extending to the centre of the

ventral surface, the right-hand margin ciliated and bearing

apparently two membranes of unequal width, the left-hand

border furnished with a series of very fine paroral cilia ; nuclei

two, ovate; contractile vesicle spherical, near the centre of

the left-hand border. Length of body 3{5 to 239 inch.

Hab. Uay-intusion. Movements rapid.

The appearance of two peristomial membranes is very

distinct, and has been observed in all the numerous individuals

examined. ‘Their presence is unique, so far as the O.ytriche

are concerned, and my impression is that such an addition

to the not uncommon single membrane has not been previ-

ously recorded with any other member of the Hypotricha.

Oxytricha acuminata, sp. nov. (PI. III. fig. 11.)

Body elongate-lanceolate, soft, flexible, and posteriorly

somewhat extensile, about six times as long as broad when

extended, the frontal border rounded and projecting as a soft,

flexible, prominent lower lip; posterior extremity pointed,

tapering ; frontal styles eight or ten; ventral uncini five—

three anteriorly placed, two near the five anal styles, the

112 Dr. A. C. Stokes on new Hypotrichous

latter scarcely projecting beyond the lateral borders, remote

from the posterior extremity ; marginal sete uninterrupted,

projecting beyond the body posteriorly only ; peristome-field

extending through about one fifth the ventral surface, the right-

hand border ciliated and bearing an undulating membrane ;

contractile vesicle occasionally double, one situated near the

centre of the left-hand body-margin, the other smaller and

placed near the apical extremity of the peristome-field ; nuclei

multiple (usually four), the nodules ovate, each commonly with

an externally attached nucleolus; dorsal hispid sete long,

arranged in about six longitudmal series ; endoplasm eran-

ular. Length of body 335 to z4y inch.

Hab. Pond-water, with alge. Movements rapid and

erratic.

Oxytricha caudata, sp. nov. (Pl. III. fig. 12.)

Body elongate-ovate, soft and flexible, five or six times as

long as broad, the anterior border obliquely rounded and

slightly curved toward the left-hand side, posteriorly tapering

to the conspicuous, attenuate, pointed, and somewhat retractile

tail-like extremity ; peristome from one fifth to one sixth as

long as the body, the right-hand margin bearing an undulating

membrane, the seven or eight adoral cilia bordering the ante-

rior extremity large and setose, radiating when quiescent ;

frontal styles five, uncinate, with three smaller supplementary

sete ; ventral styles five, three anteriorly and two posteriorly

placed ; caudal styles five, remote from the posterior extre-

mity ; marginal sete uninterrupted, occasionally fimbriated,

projecting posteriorly only ; nuclei two, ovate, near the left-

hand body-margin; the single spherical contractile vesicle

situated between the nodules, in close proximity with the

left-hand body-margin ; hispid sete forming several longitu-

dinal dorsal rows, prominently projecting laterally. Length

of body 3p to z4a inch.

Hab. Standing pond-water, with Lemna.

The large, almost uncinate, adoral cilia bordering the frontal

region are, when the animalcule is quiescent, to all appear-

ance rigidly extended. They then bear a resemblance to the

same appendages so abnormally developed in Actinotricha.

This Infusorian’s movements are rapid, with frequent rather

prolonged intervals of rest. So far as I am aware there is no

other species of the genus with the attenuate and somewhat

retractile tail-like extremity. The species is readily recog-

nizable by these characteristics alone.

Infusoria from American Fresh Waters. 113

Histrio inguietus, sp. nov. (PI. III. fig. 13.)

Body elongate-obovate, about three times as long as broad,

the extremities rounded ; marginal sete uninterrupted ; anal

styles five, occasionally six, the extremities often finely fim-

briated ;_peristome-field obovate, capacious, slightly curved

towards the left-hand side, the right-hand margin ciliate and

bearing an undulating membrane continued around the ante-

rior border; nuclei two, ovate; dorsal hispid sete present.

Length of body 345 inch.

Hab. Standing pond-water, with Zemna. Movements

rapid.

HMistrio complanatus, sp. nov. (Pl. ILI. fig. 14.)

Body subelliptical, much depressed, twice as long as broad,

the posterior extremity obscurely pointed, the anterior evenly

rounded ; frontal lip crescentic, conspicuous ; peristome-field

extending to near the centre of the ventral surface, the right-

hand margin ciliated and bearing a membrane ; frontal styles

eight, five uncinate, with three smaller and setose; ventral

styles five, one central, with two anteriorly and two poste-

riorly placed; anal styles five, the three on the right-hand

side alone projecting beyond the body-margin ; marginal seta

uninterrupted, longest and largest posteriorly; nuclei two,

ovate; contractile vesicle spherical, situated near the centre

of the left-hand border of the dorsal surface. Length of body

sz Inch. Dorsal hispid sete: short and inconspicuous.

Hab. Shallow pools in early spring.

The position of the contractile vesicle beneath the cuticular

surface of the dorsum is well marked, and the enclosed fluid

is evidently expelled through that surface.

As in most of the Hypotricha possessing what has been

called the upper lip, this part is really not a continuation of

the dorsum, but more nearly of the ventral surface, and the

adoral cilia lie above the projection until they leave the ante-

rior border to pass to the left-hand margin of the peristome-

field. This structural arrangement holds true in a majority of

the lip-bearing Hypotricha, I believe in all.

Euplotes variabilis, sp. nov. (Pl. III. fig. 15.)

Body elongate-obovate, nearly twice as long as broad,

frontal border truncate; the lip prominent, crescentic; right-

hand side of the posterior extremity obliquely truncate or

somewhat concave, the left-hand side of that border rounded ;

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5. Vol. xx. 8

114 Mr. A. G. Butler on new Lepidoptera

right- and left-hand body-margins usually convex, occasionally

flattened and nearly parallel, or slightly concave ; dorsal sur-

face minutely roughened, not carinate or furrowed ; peristome-

field capacious, the posterior extremity of the right-hand bor-

der ciliate, the anterior extremity deeply excavate, disposed to

be helicoidal ; frontal styles six, long ; ventral styles three ; the

two right-hand caudal sete multifid, the two on the left-hand

side simple; anal and frontal styles often fimbriate ; nucleus

very long, band-shaped. Length of carapace gp inch.

Hab. Standing pond-water, with Anacharis.

The adoral cilia may here be divided into two groups

according to the direction of their free extremities, those on

the truncate frontal border being directed outwards from that

margin, while those on the left-hand side of the peristome-

field are habitually vibrated and directed across and above

that capacious excavation. The change of position takes

place suddenly and is somewhat conspicuous.

The helicoidal flexure of the anterior portion of the peri-

stome-field is variable. At times it is deep and conspicuous ;

in other individuals it is only a slight notch, while in

others again it may appear only as an irregular depression.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE III.

Fig.

. Litonotus vermicularis, X 190.

. Chilodon voraxr, X 188.

. Loxodes magnus, X 120.

. Onychodromopsis flexilis, X 280.

. Holosticha vernalis, X 210.

. Tachysoma agile, X 300.

. Tachysoma mirabile, x 416.

. Tachysoma parvistylum, X 360.

. Oxytricha bifaria, X 256.

. Oxytricha hymenostoma, X 350.

. Oxytricha acuminata, X 300.

. Oxytricha caudata, X 360.

. Mistrio inquietus, x 490.

Fig. 14. Mistrio complanatus, x 256.

. Euplotes variabilis, x 160.

: Seg: ee

Wr HH OOOND OP Wror

poy

XI1.—Descriptions of new Species of Heterocerous Lepidoptera

(Pyralites) from the Solomon Islands. By Arruur G.

Butier, F.L.S., F.Z.8., &e.

THE following species, collected by Mr. C. M. Woodford,

appear to be new to science.

from the Solomon Islands. 115

Pyralide.

1. Pyralis repetita, sp. n.

Allied to P. nannodes and P. tenuis: primaries pale

cupreous brown, irrorated with olive-brown, shining; basal

two thirds of costa deep blood-red, flecked with oblique ochra-

ceous dots or minute dashes ; a slightly inarched dark brown

line across the basal third and a nearly straight transverse

line of the same colour across the external third ; fringe flesh-

pink, with a yellowish basal line, two grey-brown stripes,

and silvery white edging: secondaries paler than primaries,

but with similar fringe, the two lines grey, slightly irregular,

subparallel, at basal fourth and middle of the wings: body

pale cupreous brown, with the head and front of thorax vinous

brown. Under surface paler than above, more uniformly

sericeous, the markings not so well defined; palpi golden

brown, collar and anterior coxe vinous brown. HExpanse of

wings 20-23 millim.

Alu.

2. Stericta (Glossina, Guén.) evanescens, sp. n.

Allied to S. divitalis ; considerably larger, the pale bands

on primaries much wider apart and far more strongly denti-

culated ; pale sap-green with a brassy gloss, the centre of

internal and external areas white; markings black or brown

and black, as follows :—three conical dots in an oblique series

at base, an oval spot on costa with a crescent below it, two

small spots beyond the latter (marking the outer boundary of

the inner pale band, which is ill defined), a third spot at end

of cell; an angular series beyond the middle (indicating the

inner boundary of the outer pale band) and a large bifid sub-

apical spot ; external area pale brownish, excepting in the

centre, with a marginal series of black spots; fringe almost

white: secondaries vinous brown, sericeous, with white fringe :

head and thorax pale sap-green; abdomen pale sericeous

brownish. Under surface pale brassy brown, the anterior

half of each wing suffused with bright brick-red; a pale-

bordered, angular, greyish stripe beyond the middle; legs

sprinkled with reddish scales, palpi and collar ochraceous.

Expanse of wings 46 millim.

Q. Alu.

116 Mr. A. G. Butler on new Lepidoptera.

Siculodide.

3. Microsca? pusilla, sp. n.

Allied to “Pyralis? polygraphalis” * ; whitish stramine-

ous, with rust-red markings: wings sparsely reticulated,

especially the primaries; an imperfect band across basal

fourth; an externally sinuated band near the middle of the

wings ; a broad, external, diffused border to primaries, and a

submarginal stripe on secondaries: body pale fleshy brown,

the abdomen whitish towards the base. Under surface

whitish, the markings much darker than above, the central

band and the outer margin of primaries flecked with blackish

strigule. Expanse of wings 17 millim.

Alu.

4, Microsca nitens, sp. n.

Coloration and general aspect of M. pallida; sericeous

whity brown, slightly inclining to flesh-pink in certain lights ;

reticulated throughout the wings with dark brown: primaries

with a spot near base of interno-median area, a short band

from costal to submedian vein at about basal third, a central

curved irregular band from subcostal vein to inner margin,

and some irregular submarginal spots, pale vinous brown,

partly edged with dark brown ; subapical area suffused with

ale vinous brown; a cuneiform white spot, edged and striated

with black, on outer margin at apex; fringe pale vinous

brown, spotted with grey: secondaries crossed at about basal

third by a slightly irregular band, a little darker than those

on the primaries, and an irregular submarginal band, broken

up into fragments as on the primaries; fringe as on pri-

maries: abdomen pale vinous brown towards the anal extre-

mity. Under surface silvery whity brown; reticulations

more sparse, but blacker than above; the bolder markings

copper-brown: primaries with the costal margin crossed at

regular intervals by two or four convergent black strigulee,

between which are pairs of longitudinal curved striz, below

each pair of which is a pair of black dots; subcostal area

from beyond the middle copper-brown, bounded below by a

longitudinal silvery streak, confluent with the apical spot,

which is also silvery ; below this again is a second (neces-

sarily bent) copper-coloured streak or band; in and beyond

* Two totally distinct species were described by Walker under the name

of Pyralis? polygraphalis; the above-mentioned (from Swan River) was

subsequently named P. polyphoralis.

from the Solomon Islands. 117

the cell there are a few micaceous scales: body silvery

whitish, the legs browner. EHxpanse of wings 27 millim.

Alu.

5. Pharambara splendida, sp. n.

Bone-whitish, mottled with flesh-pink, but most strongly

on the secondaries, reticulated throughout with grey, sericeous :

primaries with the discoidal cell, but more especially the

anterior half of it, leaden grey, this colouring being confluent

with a large grey X-shaped marking immediately beyond the

cell ; a transverse, oblong, greyish spot beyond the middle of

interno-median area; fringe spotted with blackish: secon-

daries with a blackish leaden spot at end of cell, and a second

on abdominal margin ; fringe spotted with blackish: body

above pearly bone-whitish. Wings below with a brilliant

silvery gloss, the discoidal cell of primaries sprinkled with

opaline scales ; all the markings darker, the mottling being

of a vinous brown varying to bronze; the reticulations

blackish : body below pale vinous brown ; legs banded with

white. Expanse of wings 22 millim.

Alu.

Asopiide.

6. Aidiodes discrepans, sp. n.

Closely allied to 4. quaternalis, which it resembles in size

and coloration, but from which it differs in the absence of the

white spots on the fringe of the secondaries and in the narrower

black area between the outer white spots and the outer mar-

gin. Expanse of wings 19 millim.

Three specimens, Malayta and Alu.

I had identified this species with that of Lederer, believing

that the differences were due to careless drawing ; Mr. Mey-

rick, however, who has seen and sketched the true 4. qua-

ternalis, assures me that the Solomon-Island form is distinct ;

both insects are black, with four opaline white spots on the

wings; the tegule white-edged, the face, outer half of an-

tenn, tarsi, sides of pectus, and two bands on the abdo-

men pure white, and two white spots on the fringe of pri-

maries.

7. Desmia egimiusalis, var. conjuncta.

This form differs from that of Sarawak (and apparently

the difference is constant) in the union of the two white spots

on the costal and outer margins of primaries into one oblique

118 Mr. A. G. Butler on new Lepidoptera

white band, thus linking this species to D. dllectalis. It is

possible that D. conjuncta may be a distinct species.

Three specimens, Shortland Island.

The types of D. egimiusalis and D. illectalis having been

both received from the same locality, it is possible that they

may be extreme modifications of one very variable species,

in which case D. conjuncta might be expected to occur in

Borneo as a third (intermediate) modification ; I therefore

hesitate to regard the latter as a species until more examples

are received to establish its right to be so regarded.

8. Heterocnephes felix, sp. n.

Ivory-white, very slightly pearly : primaries with two bars

at the base, an oblique quadrate spot at centre of cell, an 8-

shaped patch across the end of the cell, a straight line from

the quadrate spot to the inner margin, and a zigzag line from

the inner edge of the 8-shaped spot (the area enclosed between

these two lines being sordid) shining dark brown; external

third of wing of the same colour, divided near its inner edge

by a dentate-sinuate white stripe, and further interrupted by

whitish longitudinal streaks on the veins, and a white spot

at external angle; fringe white, spotted with black, with a

basal yellowish line and a black subbasal line: secondaries

crossed at base and across end of cell by two dark brown con-

verging lines, which meet at anal angle, the outer line thick-

ened into a large spot at end of cell; a third abbreviated

straight line from beyond middle of costa to median vein,

external border dark brown, interrupted on anal half by two

subconfluent, cuneiform, white patches; fringe nearly as in

primaries: antenne and centre of tegule dark shining

brown ; abdomen dusky, with two spots and a transverse bar

at base blackish brown; subterminal segments blackish, anal

valves black, with a pure white lateral stripe. Under surface

white ; wings with markings as above, but of a bronze colour.

Expanse of-wings 18 millim.

Shortland Island.

Allied to H. strangulalis of Snellen, and at first sight very

like the Zebronia perspicualis=Botys flexissimalis of Walker.

Margarodide.

9. Glyphodes deliciosa, sp. n.

Primaries above black-brown, changing in certain lights to

deep shining cupreous ; an oblique, pearly white, acuminate,

triangular patch from costa, near basal third, to below the

from the Solomon Islands. 119

cell; discocellulars pale opaline blue, a spot of almost the

same colour on the interno-median area beyond the middle; a

large pearly-white patch or abbreviated fascia from costa just

before apical third to below first median branch ; the extre-

mity of this fascia is conical and its outer edge inarched; a

broad, oblique, shining, lilac band from costa near apex to

outer fourth of inner margin; a slender, silvery whitish,

wavy line between the last two bands; inner border shining

snow-white to beyond middle; fringe also snow-white, with

three black spots on apical third: secondaries with the basal

two thirds pearly white, bounded externally by a slightly

iregular, oblique, black stripe (enclosing a silvery whitish

line) from outer third of costal margin to anal angle; inner

half of external area occupied by a shining lilac band, and

outer half by a blackish-brown border; fringe snow-white,

marked with blackish, and with a black subbasal line towards

anal angle: outer surface of palpi, eyes, and shoulders deep

bronzy brown, almost black; face testaceous, with white mar-

gins; proboscis, inner side of palpi, and tegule pure white ;

vertex of head sordid whitish, antennes greyish, thorax dark

brown, becoming lilacine greyish behind ; abdomen bronze-

brown, greyish behind, with blackish lateral stripe and anal

tuft and snow-white lateral borders. Wings below without

the lilac bands, silvery lines, or opaline spots of the upper

surface: primaries with the basal third white, so as to include

the oblique white spot of the upper surface; otherwise as

above: body below snow-white, with the anal tuft blackish.

Expanse of wings 33 millim.

Alu.

CHALCIDOPTERA, gen. nov.

Allied to Nosophora, Lederer: primaries elongate-trian-

gular ; costal vein terminating just beyond the middle of the

costal margin; subcostal five-branched, the first branch

emitted some distance before the end of the cell, the second to

fourth some distance beyond, the fifth from the end of the cell

in the position of an upper radial, and near to the upper

radial, the lower radial, second and third median near together

from the posterior angle of the cell: secondaries with the

costal margin arched nearly to the middle, and thence straight

to apex, the outer margin trom apex obliquely deflexed and

coming to a point at the end of the second subcostal branch,

thence suddenly excised and running in a very slight arch to

anal angle, whence it curves gently inwards to the abdominal

margin. Under surface of secondaries coarsely scaled towards

120 Mr. A. G. Butler on new Lepidoptera

the base and with a prominent tuft-like ridge of coarse scales

in the cell; costal vein absent ; subcostal with two branches ;

discocellulars strongly inangled; radial vem and medians as

in primaries: body robust, much elongated ; the thorax well

advanced in front of primaries ; palpi thickly scaled, tapering,

nearly erect; antenne thick, with fine short ciliations ; legs

long, thick, coarsely scaled, the tibize somewhat compressed

and very hairy ; posterior tarsi also very hairy ; spurs of four

posterior legs long and of uniform thickness from base to

apex ; anal tuft bifid, deflexed.

10. Chalcidoptera rubra, sp. n.

Rust-red ; base of primaries flecked with ochreous, with

an unequal ochreous patch across the middle of the cell; a

A-shaped ochreous marking across the first median branch ;

a large bilobed, ochreous, and hyaline pearl-whitish patch

beyond the cell; a transverse ochreous costal dash, a small

rounded spot near external angle, and a small bent apical

spot; fringe grey, shot with cupreous: secondaries with pale

pearl-grey costal area ; base to cell whitish ; a large, rounded,

hyaline, white spot beyond the cell, and a small, oblique,

ochreous dash near middle of outer margin; fringe dark

grey, changing to silvery white towards anal angle: proboscis,

vertex of head, and antenne shining whitish ; back of thorax

and base of abdomen varied with whitish. Under surface

whitish, the wings pale golden-yellowish, crossed immedi-

ately beyond the hyaline patches by a sinuous brick-red

stripe: primaries with a red spot near base of cell, a quadrate

blackish spot at end of cell, a black spot on costa near apex,

and a large black patch on external border; fringe black ;

external angle broadly greyish: secondaries with the basal

area greyish; the thickened tuft black ; apical border broadly

black ; palpi and tufts of hair on tibie red, pectus and femora

bright silvery, remainder of legs and abdomen yellowish.

Expanse of wings 31 millim.

Alu.

In the arrangement of its markings this species bears some

resemblance to Glyphodes lora= Botys luciferalis, Walk.

11. Nosophora margarita, sp. n.

Somewhat resembles Hoterodes ; dove-grey, the wings with

a bright opaline central shot and with the external area shot

with pale gold: primaries crossed at about basal fourth by a

dark grey line, abruptly bent upon the median vein; a small

black spot at outer third of cell and a small linear black dash

from the Solomon Islands. 121

on the discocellulars; an oblique, arched, lunulated, dark

brown line across disk from outer fourth of costal to outer

third of inner margin: secondaries with a black spot at end

of cell, a dark greyish brown stripe crossing the wing ob-

liquely just before the middle, and beyond it on the median

and radial interspaces a slender trisinuate line of the same

colour ; all the wings with a few apical, dark brown, mar-

ginal spots; fringes pale grey, with a slender ochraceous

basal line: head browner and abdomen whiter than the wings.

Under surface of wings paler and with less defined stripes

than above: body below sericeous ; tarsi with a pale cupreous

gloss; distal extremity of posterior tibies (where it projects

from the hairy tufts) bright silvery. Hxpanse of wings 41

millim.

Alu.

Although this species bears no close external resemblance

to N. chironalis, it possesses all the structural characters of

Nosophora. Botys origoalis, from the Celebes, is also a

Nosophora *.

12. Omiodes pluto, sp. n.

Dark smoky grey: primaries with paler grey costal mar-

gin ; base ochreous, interrupted by a large black costal spot

and a small silver-grey spot ; other markings black, arranged

exactly as in Conogethes punctiferalis, but those on the

secondaries blurred : head pale buff, dusky behind, palpi with

a black lateral band; antennee pale golden buff, deep golden

below; collar sordid ochraceous, with lateral and central

black spots ; tegule smoky brown, with a black spot at base ;

remainder of body leaden greyish, slightly brown at the sides ;

basal half of abdomen with dorsal and lateral black spots.

Wings below sericeous; the fringes silvery; the black markings

blurred, wanting towards the base; interno-median area of

primaries silvery whitish : pectus silvery; legs and abdomen

sericeous, silvery whitish, but the anterior pair of legs with

shining, smoky, blackish coxe, femora, and tibiz, with pale

scaling at the distal extremity of the coxe ; anal extremity

of abdomen smoky blackish. Hxpanse of wings 29 millim.

Alu.

* Lederer refers it to Cenostola, but clearly without haying recog-

nized it.

122 Mr. A. G. Butler on new Lepidoptera

Botydide.

13. Cotochena trinotata, sp. n.

Near to ‘‘Botys” histricalis of Walker * ; deep ochreous:

primaries suffused with brownish, marked with three hyaline

white spots in the form of a triangle, the first quadrate, filling

outer half of discoidal cell, bounded internally by a straight

black stripe and bordered with black externally, the second

irregular, almost diamond-shaped, edged behind and in front

with black, across interno-median area beyond the middle,

the third transverse, trifid, halfway between the cell and

outer margin, bounded internally by a black #-shaped line

running to costa, and externally by a more slender zigzag

line, which connects it with the second spot; two indistinct

pyramidal ochreous spots on the disk beyond the latter line

and between the two white spots; outer margin dusky ; five

blackish spots on the fringe, which is paler on its outer edge:

secondaries with a brown dash at the end of the cell and an

interrupted, very irregular stripe, represented by three more

or less sinuated dashes, across the disk; wing subhyaline

beyond each of the brown dashes; margin and fringe as in

primaries, but without the black spots: abdomen with pale

hind borders to the segments. Primaries below much greyer

than above, markings similar: body below whitish, anterior

legs banded with blackish. Lxpanse of wings 25 millim.

Alu.

14. Haritala} pactolica, sp. n.

Bright chrome-yellow ; two black spots on costa of pri-

maries near the base, forming the starting-points for two

orange lines which cross the wing; a third larger black spot

‘at end of cell, and a fourth on costa at apical fourth ; a brown

line, changing at its inferior extremity to orange, runs out-

wards in a sinuous line from the last spot, curves backwards

over the median interspaces, and thence (towards the base)

to about the middle of the interno-median area, where it

abruptly turns at a sharp angle, and, with a bisinuate, some-

what oblique line, reaches the middle of the inner margin ; a

slender, black, marginal line: secondaries with an orange

>-shaped marking at the end of the cell, and a brown and

orange, irregular, discal line, somewhat as on the primaries ;

* Walker’s “variety” of that species, from China, is a very distinct

and beautiful species.

+ This generic name was proposed by Mr. Moore to supersede the

Notarcha of Meyrick (previously used).

from the Solomon Islands. 123

a slender black marginal line ; fringe traversed by an orange

stripe; costal area silvery white: head white between the

antenne; abdomen with pale margins to the segments and

white dorsal spots; subterminal segment orange, with large

black dorsal spot. Under surface of wings pale golden stra-

mineous, sericeous : primaries with a black spot at the end of

the cell, and a second on costa at apical fourth, with the com-

mencement of the sinuous discal line of the upper surface ;

internal area silvery ; margin of wings as above: body below

pearly white, anterior tibie with a large black spot above on

the distal half. Hxpanse of wings 27 millim.

Alu.

SPILOBOTYS, gen. nov.

General aspect of an enormous Haritala, but differing

wholly in the structure of the body, which is far more robust

and, in the male, much longer, with erect palpi, somewhat as

in Hypotia, but with much longer exposed terminal joint;

the anal claspers enormously developed, projecting consider-

ably beyond the end of the abdomen; widely opened below,

so as to exhibit the anal tuft and three powerful central,

curved hooks, two lying close together below and one above.

15. Spilobotys arctioides, sp. n.

_ Bright ochreous: primaries with two black spots, placed

obliquely at base of costal border; an oblique, more or less

excised, greyish, chocolate-coloured band across basal fourth,

normally * connected by an internal stripe of the same

colour with an outer zigzag, Z-shaped, discal band across

external fourth: a spot in the cell, before the middle of the

wing, and an outlined dash across the end of the cell of

darker brown: palpi grey ; antenne, outer third of tegule,

and a spot towards their base chocolate-brown ; abdomen with

four black transverse dashes on each side. Under surface

uniformly ochreous; legs greyish. Expanse of wings 50

millim.

Guadalcanar.

16. Botys aluensis, sp. n.

Ochreous: primaries with the basal half of costal border

greyish ; an indistinct, oblique, grey-flecked, orange stripe

across basal fourth; a large, oval, dark leaden-grey spot

* In the right-hand wing of the female (which is slightly distorted in

its development) the connecting stripe is wanting.

124 On new Lepidoptera from the Solomon Islands.

across the middle of the cell; a stripe across external third

blackish and transverse from costa to third median, where it

bends outwards at right angles, becoming grey with an orange

border, then again bent at right angles to below second

median branch, again inwards to a point halfway between its

commencement and the discoidal spot, and then abruptly

downwards to just beyond the middle of the inner margin ;

the line thus forms what is called a key pattern; outer bor-

der greyish, especially on apical half, bounded internally by

a blackish interrupted line, less strongly angulated than the

discal stripe ; a few dusky points on the fringe towards apex :

secondaries with an orange dot in the cell; discal line and

border nearly the same as on primaries; fringe immaculate:

head slightly greyish, collar rather reddish. Wings below

pearly golden stramineous, with markings as above, but only

the grey and black markings strongly defined, the others

obsolete: body white; anterior and middle pairs of legs

stramineous in front. Expanse of wings 23 millim.

Alu.

Not unlike Botys polytesalis from the Upper Amazons ;

the angulation of the discal line is like that of D. cnanitalis

(Lederer, Mon. pl. ix. fig. 3).

17. Pleonectusa aurata, sp. n.

Bright golden ochreous, with black markings as follows :—

primaries with a dot near base of costal vein, an oblique,

fairly well-marked line across basal seventh, a dot at centre of

cell, an oblique dash at end of cell, and a slightly sinuous,

transverse, tapering, discal stripe across external fourth:

secondaries with a small oblique dash at end of cell, and a

crinkled arched line just beyond the middle. Under surface

with the black markings better defined, excepting at base of

primaries, where they tail; the veins for the most part also

black, and terminating in black dots, the fringes tipped with

grey ; the discal line of secondaries angular. Hxpanse of

wings 19 millim.

Alu.

18. Pleonectusa argentata, sp. n.

Silvery white, slightly pearly towards the base: primaries

with a black dot near base of costal vein, a second at centre

of cell, and a conspicuous black spot at end of cell. Wings

below slightly tinted beyond the middle with golden and with

the veins greyish. Expanse of wings 24 millim.

Alu.

Evidently commoner than the preceding species.

On a new Species of Nucleolites. 125

XIT.—Description of a new Species of Nucleolites, with

Remarks on the Subdivisions of the Genus. By Prof. F.

JEFFREY Bru, M.A., Sec. R.M.S.

THE Trustees of the British Museum have lately acquired by

purchase a small specimen of a species clearly allied to the

form which those who use Mr. Alex. Agassiz’s ‘ Revision of

the Echini’ would call Nucleolites epigonus, Mart.; the first

point of interest in this acquisition was the locality from

which it was derived, for it came, not, like N. epigonus, from

the eastern seas, but from Nassau in the Bahamas.

But this chorological interest soon paled before the mor-

phological; in N. epigonus, it will be remembered, the anal

region looks backwards, is elliptical in form, with the long

axis vertical, and the periproctal groove is continued to the

ventral surface ; an essentially similar disposition of the anal

region is found in Lchinobrissus recens. But in the new

species we have quite a different arrangement; though the

anal region is elliptical in form, the long axis lies trans-

versely, and there is no groove reaching to the ventral sur-

face; in these two particulars it resembles Rhynchopygus.

Lichinobrissus, on the other hand, resembles the new form in

having the actinostome wider than long, whereas in J. epi-

gonus that orifice is longer than wide.

In other characters—the arrangement of the ambulacra

and ambulacral pores, the general ornamentation of the test,

the delicacy and whiteness of the whole test—WM. occidentalis,

as the new species may be called, and N. epigonus agree

exactly.

The question first raised by an annectent form such as this

may nearly always be stated in the following terms :—Have

the generic divisions which have been made been natural ?

In other words, Have the characters on which genera are

based the constancy which makes them of value? That

systematists have attached importance to the form and rela-

tions of the oral and anal areas is indisputable.

In the latest authoritative work on Kchinoids generally—

I mean, of course, the chapters on Echinoderms in Zittel’s

‘ Paleontologie ’—Nucleolites is kept separate from Hchino-

brissus, and is thus defined :—“ Wie vorige [Echinobrissus],

aber Poren nicht gejocht;” but if Prof. Zittel was unable

to examine an example of H. recens, he should have made use

126 On a new Species of Nucleolites.

of the experience of Mr. Alex. Agassiz, who remarks * :—

“The mere conjugation of the pores is an insufficient cha-

racter, as in specimens of N. epigonus and of E. recens we

find in the same individual a petal in which the conjugation

is marked, another where it is indistinct, and frequently the

corresponding one in which the conjugation cannot be traced ; ”’

or of the judgment of Prof. E. von Martens J, “ Die seichten,

schwer erkennbaren Furchen der vorliegenden Art rechtferti-

gen eine solche Trennung nicht.” Prof. Zittel is not to be

congratulated on a step backward from the position taken up

by D’Orbigny (Pal. Frane., Crétac. vi. p. 888), Wright, and

others as to the synonymy of Echinobrissus with Nucleolites.

If, however, we are content to accept the rules of nomen-

clature suggested by the British Association we must use

Lamarck’s name Nucleolites rather than the pre-Linnean

(1732) name of Lchinobrissus, which was suggested by

Breynius in his remarkable ‘ Schediasma.’

But if Zittel’s separation of Hehinobrissus from Nucleolites

be so little justifiable, does not the transverse long axis of our

new species lead us so near to Rhynchopygus as to suggest

the merging of these forms under one genus? It is difficult

to answer this question with certainty ; the form of the peri-

proct is, it is clear, not of generic importance; but the much

better development of the oral floscelle and the inequality of

the constituent rows of pores in the paired ambulacra show

that Rhynchopygus has gone further in the way of differentia-

tion than has Nucleolites; and just as Wright (‘ Oolitic

Echinodermata,’ p. 360) keeps, notwithstanding the opinion

of E. Forbes, Clypeus distinct from Nucleolites, on account of

the ‘magnitude and development of the long, wide, petal-

oidal, poriferous zones,” so the greater tendency to a petaloid

form and that sure sign of differentiation, inequality in length

of the zones, would, even without the characters of the mouth,

outweigh the value of the form of the periproct.

It is to be hoped that the structural characters of this new

species will be sufficient to attract the notice of the paleon-

tologist, who will, I trust, agree that

(1) Nucleolites and Echinobrissus are synonymous.

(2) There is nothing to justify even their subgeneric

division after the discovery of NV. occidentalis.

(3) The form of the periproct and of the actinostome are

less important, as signs of differentiation, than the

* Rev. Ech. p. 597.

+ Archiv fiir Naturg. xxxii. (1866), p. 180.

Mr. O. Thomas on two new Squirrels from Borneo. 127

characters of the ambulacra and the development of

floscelles. i

The new species may be defined in the following terms :—

Nucleolites occidentalis.

General form and habit very similar to that of N. epegonus,

but the long axis of the elliptical anus is transverse, and there

is no periproctal groove; the actinostome tends to be penta-

gonal, but is wider than long ; the test is not quite so wide or

so swollen posteriorly as in N. epegonus.

The length of the single specimen is 17, and its greatest

breadth 13°5 millim.

Curiously enough the single test is spineless and bleached,

and this (artificially, of course) heightens its resemblance to

N. epigonus, all known specimens of which are in the same

condition.

Hab. Bahamas.

In Coll. B. M.

XIII.—Description of two new Squirrels from North Borneo.

By OLDFIELD ‘THOMAS.

AMONG a collection of small Mammalia made by Mr. John

Whitehead during his recent successful expedition to Mount

Kina-Balu, and kindly submitted to me for examination,

there occur representatives of the two following new squirrels.

Scturus Whiteheadi, sp. n.

Allied and very similar to 9. exilis, Miill., but slightly

larger, and with the ears, instead of being rounded and short-

haired, narrow, pointed, and with beautiful long black-and-

white pencils of hair, nearly as long as the head, and standing

out conspicuously from the general grey of the body. A white

spot also present on the neck just behind the ear. Colour

elsewhere precisely as in S. ewzlis. Face without any trace

of the black-and-white markings characteristic of S. melanotis,

Mull. & Schl.

Skull very peculiarly shaped, with a short broad cranial

and a disproportionally long and powerful facial portion, the

distance from the tip of the nasals to a point between the

anterior edges of the orbits 12°8 millim., as compared to about

10 millim. in S. exzlis, and 11 millim. in S. melanotis, the

latter an animal with the cranial part of the skull as large as,

if not larger than, that of S. Whiteheadi.

128 Mr. O. Thomas on two new Squirrels from Borneo.

Teeth: incisors narrow, strongly convex in front, orange

above, nearly white below; premolars 7, the anterior upper

wafers, circular in section.

Dimensions of a skin :—

Head and body 90 millim.; tail, without hairs 53, with

hairs 87; hind foot, without claws, 24:5; ears, without hairs

7, with hairs 28.

’ Skull : tip of nasals to centre of fronto- parietal suture

(“bregma”) 20 millim.; length of nasals 7:5 ; interorbital

breadth 12; palate, length 12; length of upper tooth-series

4-1,

I have much pleasure in naming this most beautiful and

interesting little squirrel after its discoverer.

Sciurus Jentinki, sp. n.

General colour of upper surface yellowish grey, strongly

suffused with orange on the head and along the centre of the

back. Hairs dark slaty grey for four-fifths ‘of their length,

their tips yellow or orange. A spot in front of, and a distinct

ring round, each eye white. Ears extremely short, rounded,

their edges clothed with very short white or pale yellow

hairs, contrasting markedly with the dark colour of the sides

of the neck, where, just behind the ears, there is a distinct

darker patch, owing to the suppression of the yellowish tips

to the hairs, and consequent showing through of their slaty

bases. Chin, chest, and belly pale yellowish white, the bases

of the hairs orey. Tail-hairs comparatively short only about

10 or 12 millim. in length, except just at the tip ; broadly

ringed with black and deep orange, their tips white.

Skull as in S. tenwis.

Incisors dark yellow above and below; premolars

rather smaller and lighter than in S. tenuis.

Dimensions (skin) :-—

Head and body 140 millim. ; tail, without hairs 103, with

hairs 186; hind foot, 32°5; ears, above crown, 4.

Skull: tip of nasals to bregma 25, greatest breadth 20;

length of nasals 9°5; interorbital breadth 11:8; palate,

length 16°6; length of upper tooth-series 6°4.

This species is most nearly allied to S. tenuzs, Horst., of

which there is a large series in the Natural- -History Museum.

It differs, however, by its much paler orange-washed back, pro-

minently white-rimmed ears, the dark patches behind the latter,

and by its less bushy tail. It is noticeable also that the

Bornean specimens of S. ¢enwis are much darker in colour, and

therefore still less like S. Jentinki than are those from the

2 I

1D molars

Mr. H. G. Smith on new Butterflies from Afghanistan. 129

Malay peninsula, a fact which shows that the two species have

no tendency to grade into one another.

I have named this species in honour of my friend Dr, F.

A. Jentink, the Director of the Leyden Museum, to whose

labours we are indebted for a large amount of our knowledge

of the Mammals inhabiting the Hast-Indian archipelago, and

especially of the Scinride.

Of other squirrels Scecwrus Diardi, Jent., and S. Alstoni,

Anders., are both easily distinguishable from 8. Jentinké by

their much greater size, in addition to their detailed differences

in coloration.

XIV.—Deseriptions of two new Species of Butterflies from

South Afghanistan. By H. Grose Smita.

Metaporia sorex.

Upperside. Both wings white. Anterior wings with the

margins and nervures black; a broad black patch at the end

and beyond the cell, the inner side of which curves towards

the base, the outer side irregular, and the black extending

partially along the first and second median nervules ; an irre-

gular submarginal black band from the costal margin to the

third median nervule; between the band and the outer mar-

gin, which is broadly black, between the nervures, which are

also broadly black, are seven white streaks—the first small,

the second linear, the third and fourth larger than the first,

the fifth nearly obsolete, the sixth the largest, and the seventh

smaller than the sixth but larger than the fifth.

Posterior wings with the margins and ends of the nervures

black ; an obscurely-defined submarginal row of hastate spots

and a small black spot at the end of the cell between the

discoidal and first median nervule.

Underside. Anterior wings as above, with the costal mar-

gin and apex pale yellowish brown; the outer margin and

ends of the nervures narrowly black.

Posterior wings yellowish brown, with black nervures and

margins, and a well-defined submarginal band of hastate

spots.

Expanse of wings 1? inch.

Hab. Gwashki, at an elevation of 8600 feet, 57 miles south-

east of Quettah.

Near to Larraldi and Bieti of Oberthiir, but not so black

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5. Vol. xx. 9

130 Mr. E. A. Smith on new Land-Shells

and smaller. Captured by Mr. Dodgson, of the Royal

Artillery.

In the collection of H. Grose Smith.

Meliteea Dodgsonit.

Male.— Upperside. both wings bright orange-brown, fringes

white, spotted with black; a marginal black line and

spots. Anterior wings: with a submarginal row of black

spots, the three lowest curving inwardly, inside of which,

near the costa, are two black spots, followed by a central

curved row of seven black spots, extending from the

costal to near the inner margin; the third and fourth spots

elongated, the seventh quadrate, the usual markings in the

cell; below the cell near the base is a figure-of-8-marking,

inside which is a hastate spot.

Posterior wings with a marginal and submarginal band of

spots and a few markings near the base, which is dusky

brown.

Underside. Anterior wings bright brown; apex and outer

margin stramineous ; fringe and spots as above, but the spots

are smaller and the three lowest of the central row are nearly

obsolete.

Posterior wings stramineous, with the usual two red bands,

the row of spots between which approximate to the inner

band; the spots on the lower side of the submarginal red

band larger than on the upperside and lunular.

Female lighter than the male, and from the central band

to the outer margin more or less mottled with pale fulvous.

Expanse of wings, male 13, female 1? inch.

Hab. Gwashki.

This butterfly belongs to the Didyma group.

In the collection of H. Grose Smith.

XV.—Descriptions of some new Species of Land-Shells from

Sumatra, Java, and Borneo. By Epaar A. Smiru.

Awmone@ the very valuable collections recently sent to this

country by Mr. John Whitehead are a few land-shells which

he obtained in the northern part of Borneo, consisting of

the following species:—1, Nanina regalis, Benson; 2, N.

subconsul, sp. n. 3 3, Trochomorpha Metcalfer, Benson ; 4, T.

planorbis, Lesson ; 5, 7’. conicoides, Metcalte, var. parva; 6,

from Sumatra, Java, and Borneo. 131

Leptopoma undatum, Metcalfe; 7, L. sericatum, Pfr.; 8, L.

Whiteheadi, sp. n.; 9, Opisthoporus pterocycloides, Pfr.

The new species from Sumatra were partly obtained by Mr.

H. O. Forbes and partly by Mr. Carl Bock, both well-known

eastern travellers.

Helicarion Bocki.

Testa anguste perforata, viridi-cornea, nitida, suborbicularis ; an-

fractus 4-5, convexiusculi, rapide accrescentes, striis spiralibus,

tenuissimis incrementique lineis sculpti, ultimus superne rotunde

angulatus, supra angulum concave excavatus spiraliterque subsul-

catus, inferne striis concentricis minutissimis lineisque incrementi

ornatus; sutura profunda, canaliculata; spira paulo elevata ;

apertura magna, parum obliqua; columella superne anguste re-

flexa.

Diam. maj. 22, min. 18; alt. 13 millim.

Hab. Sumatra. Collected by Mr. Carl Bock.

This species is readily distinguishable by the angulation of

the body-whorl and the excavation above it. The last whorl

is much impressed at the suture, forming a remarkably deep

canaliculation. Besides the very fine spiral strie, which

everywhere cover the surface, the upperside of the body-

whorl exhibits a number of spiral shallow sulci, which are

visible to the naked eye. ‘The lines of growth are well-

marked, and at the suture are somewhat plicate.

Nanina hoodjongensis.

Testa profunde perforata, depresse globosa, mediocriter tenuis,

viridi-flava, fasciis duabus nigrescenti-fuscis supra medium an-

fract. ultimi ornata, paulo nitida ; anfractus 6, rapide accrescentes,

undique subspiraliter confertim corrugati, convexi, ad suturam

angustissime marginati, ultimus magnus, paulo inflatus, antice

vix descendens, ad peripheriam porca indistincta instructus ;

apertura obliqua, elongato-lunata, albida superne bifasciata ; peri-

stoma tenue, marginibus leviter conniventibus, columellari su-

perne breviter reflexo,

Diam. maj. 53, min. 421; alt. 37 millim.

Hab. Hoodjong or Hoedjoeng, about 120 miles from the

southern extremity of Sumatra, at an elevation of 2000 feet.

The single specimen of this fine species was collected at

the above locality by Mr. H. O. Forbes. It is as inflated as

N. obliquata of Reeve (Monog. Helix, Conch. Icon. f. 384), but

has a more elevated conical spire; in other respects it is alto-

gether different. The wrinkling of the surface is rather

coarse, and on the underside of the body-whorl has a distinctly

concentric direction. The slight ridge at the periphery falls

132 Mr. E. A. Smith on new Land-Shells

upon the lower band, which is of a somewhat darker tint than

the upper one.

Nanina Rumphii, var.

A specimen collected by Mr. Carl Bock at Sydjoendjoeng

differs somewhat from the normal form of this species. It is

much more acutely keeled, and the curved lines of growth

are rather more strongly granulated. It has not been previ-

ously recorded from Sumatra.

Nanina foveata of Pfeiffer is another variety of this species,

being peculiar on account of the more or ess undulate or pli-

cate character of the upper surface. The locality “ India”

must be regarded in the sense in which it was formerly used,

as applying to the Hast Indies and not to British India only.

Nanina subconsul.

Testa WN. consuli simillima, superne tamen minus nitida; anfracti-

bus paulo planioribus instructa, sculptura minutissime rugulosa

superne ornata, inferne spiraliter microscopice striata.

Diam. maj. 19, min. 17; alt. 104 mill.

Hab. North Borneo (John Whitehead).

This species is very closely related to N. consul, and is

only distinguished from that species by its duller upper sur-

face, resulting from a different microscopic sculpture, and its

slightly less convex whorls. ‘The spiral striz on the base are

visible under an ordinary lens, but the minute rugulose lines

of the upper surface are discernible only under a stronger

magnifier.

Helix (Trochomorpha) contcotdes, Metcalfe, var. parva.

Two specimens collected in Northern Borneo by Mr. John

Whitehead are exceptionally small and depressed, and

remarkable also on account of the basal margin of the peri-

stome being slightly thickened, narrowly expanded, and

reflexed, a feature which does not occur in ordinary examples.

In colour, texture, and sculpture they offer no differences.

Although consisting of seven whorls, the greatest diameter is

only 11 millimetres.

Helix (Geotrochus) bantamensis.

Testa elate conica, perforata, mediocriter tenuis, griseo-alba ; an-

fractus 7, tres superiores convexi, cxteri planiusculi, minute

granulati, striisque incrementi sculpti, ad suturam carina mar-

Srom Sumatra, Java, and Borneo. 133

ginati, ultimus ad peripheriam acute carinatus, infra subplanus,

antice vix descendens ; apertura obliqua, parva; peristoma albi-

dum, margine superiore sinuato, leviter reflexo, basali latius

expanso, superne umbilicum semiobtegente.

Diam. maj. 11, min: 10; alt. 12 mill.

Hab. Bantam, Java.

This species is as conical as HZ. elata (vide Reeve’s Conch.

Icon. fig. 1248), but the aperture is different, the basal mar-

gin being more curved. ‘The apex of the spire is rather large

aud obtuse and the upper whorls are considerably more con-

vex than the three last. The fine granulation of the surface

is invisible to the naked eye. The acute keel of the body-

whorl passes up the spire, giving acarinate appearance to the

suture.

Leptopoma Whiteheadt.

Testa conica, umbilicata, mediocriter tenuis, purpurascenti- vel

fuscescenti-cornea, maculis rufis sutura radiantibus picta, epider-

mide tenui sublamellata amicta; anfractus 6, convexi, carinis

tenuibus 2-3 instructi, incrementi lineis striisque spiralibus incon-

spicuis sculpti, sutura subprofunda sejuncti, ultimus carinis ad 6

ornatus ; apertura modice magna; peristoma anguste reflexum,

bimarginatum.

Diam. maj. 123, min. 10; alt. 123 mill.

Hab. Northern Borneo.

This interesting species was collected by Mr. John White-

head, with whose name I have associated it. It is peculiar

on account of the epidermis, which upon the keels is produced

into very short tufts. The operculum is very thin, yellowish,

and consists of about eight whorls.

In the British Museum are two specimens also from

Borneo which are smaller than those described, and differ also

in having the peristome of a darker colour, and the brown

markings radiate from the suture in an irregular zigzag

manner.

Two other specimens from Bantam, in Java, also appa-

rently belong to this species. ‘They are still smaller and

have the epidermis produced into short hairs upon the prin-

cipal ridges.

134 Geological Society.

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

March 9, 1887.—Prof. J. W. Judd, F.R.S.,

President, in the Chair.

The following communications were read :—

1. “On Chondrosteus actpenseroides, Ag.” By James W. Davis,

Ksq., F.G.S.

Sir P. Egerton described two species of Chondrosteus from the

Lias of Lyme Regis, viz. C. acipenseroides, Ag., and C. crassior, Kg.

The author describes an unusually fine specimen from the same

locality, 44 inches long, the head, trunk, and tail being exception-

ally complete, whilst a considerable portion of the elements of the

vertebral column is preserved.

The head is proportionately large and deeper than the body of the

fish. It has an almost circular outline with a diameter of about

9 inches, but the snout has been broken off during extraction. The

cranium was protected by dermal bones or scutes. The anterior

portion of the head, beneath the orbit, does not exhibit any traces of

external defence, thus differing from existing Sturgeons. The fron-

tals, postfrontals, parietals, mastoid, and some of the occipital plates

are present: all these bones are united by sutures. The external

surface of the dermal plates is coarsely striated or ridged ; the ridges

radiate for the most part from the centre towards the margin, the

surface being covered by strips of ganoine. The orbitis oval. The

base of the skull is formed by bones more completely ossified than

in the existing Sturgeons: these are more extensive than in the

Teleostean fishes, being the equivalents of the sphenoid bones of the

latter.

Sir P. Egerton, in his description of the genus Chondrosteus,

states that the elements of the scapular arch, which in recent

Sturgeons are three in number, are reduced to two in the fossil

genus by the coalescence of the scapula and the coracoid. The

Author describes it as composed of a series of three bones, supra-

scapula, scapula, and coracoid (or clavicula). The last is united

with the pectoral fin by two bones, apparently representing the

radius and ulna of Owen (coracoid and scapula of Parker). The

pectoral fin is large and comprised forty-two rays. The mandibles

and maxillaries are large and well ossified, in this respect differing

from existing species; there is no evidence of teeth. From the

position of the respective maxillary and premaxillary bones in this

specimen there can be no further doubt that the small bifurcated

bone of C. acipenseroides, Ag., described as the maxillary bone, is

really the premaxillary.

Bony neurapophyses are preserved in the anterior portion of the

body. There is no trace of the vertebral column nor of ribs or

hemapophyses, except in the caudal fin, where hemapophyses sup-

Geological Society. 135

port the lower lobe. The neurapophyses extend from the occipital

region of the skull to the base of the dorsal fin, 13 inches. In this

length there are preserved thirty-five neurapophyses, representing

the same number of vertebre. The first ray of the dorsal fin is

inserted above the thirtieth vertebra ; the total number of vertebree

in the spinal column would be from eighty to eighty-five. The

caudal fin is very large and was a powerful organ of propulsion ; its

upper lobe, as in the recent Sturgeon, is the longer of the two.

The specimen is nearly twice the length of those described by

Egerton, and the Author indicated the differences in some detail.

The division of the scapular arch into three parts, the suprascapula,

the scapula, and the coracoid, appears to be undoubted, whilst in the

specimens previously described the scapula and coracoid are said to

be united. The two latter ossifications of the shoulder-girdle are

separate in the existing Sturgeons, and in the Ganoid fishes this is

also generally the case.

The Author then referred to the opinion expressed by Sir P. Eger-

ton as to the homology of the cranial plates of fossil Sturgeons when

compared with recent ones and also with Teleosteans, and to the

confirmation of these views by Prof. Parker, who concludes that,

although the Sturgeons cannot be said to occupy an intermediate

position directly between the Selachians and the Bony Ganoids, yet

on the whole that is their position.

Lastly, the Author states his belief that there is no specific differ-

ence between C. acipenseroides, Agassiz, and C. crassior, Egerton.

2. “On Aristosuchus pusillus, Ow., being further Notes on the

Fossils described by Sir R. Owen as Porkilopleuron pusillus, Ow.”

By Prof. H. G. Seeley, F.R.S., F.G.S.

A Wealden fossil, comprising certain dorsal, sacral, and caudal

vertebra, with some associated bones belonging to the pubic region,

formerly in the collection of the Rey. W. Darwin Fox, but now in

the British Museum, was described by Sir R. Owen in 1876 as

Poikilopleuron pusillus. In the present paper the author showed

that the presence of a peculiarly shaped medullary cavity in certain

vertebre, a character upon the strength of which the bones were

referred to Potkilopleuron, Desl., was not peculiar to that genus, but

had been found in Megalosaurus and in other Dinosaurian reptiles,

whilst the characters of the sacrum in “ Porkilopleuron pusillus ”

differed from those of any Crocodilia. The species was clearly not a

Poikilopleuron, but was apparently a Dinosaur belonging to an un-

described genus, for which the name of Aristosuchus was proposed.

The pubic bones were described and shown to resemble those

noticed by Prof. Marsh in Allosaurus, Ceratosaurus, and Celurus,

and the specimen itself has been referred by Prof. Marsh to the last-

named genus. The genera named were, however, placed in dis-

tinct Dinosaurian suborders, and consequently it was evident that

the pubic bones by themselves were insufficient for generic determi-

nation, whilst the dorsal vertebra of the Wealden fossil had the

136 Geological Society.

texture usually found in Dinosauria, and not that peculiar to Colu-

rus. The mode of attachment of the ribs was also different. The

sacrum of Celurus was unknown, but was probably very different

from that of Aristosuchus. In the latter the transverse processes

or sacral ribs were given off from each individual vertebra, as in

certain American forms, and not, as in Iguanodon, Hylwosaurus,

Megalosaurus, &c., from. the junction between two centrums.

The five sacral vertebree of the fossil and their apophyses were

then separately described in detail, and also an associated fragmen-

tary caudal vertebra ; and the conclusion was expressed that Aristo-

suchus was a Dinosaur nearly related to certain imperfectly described

American types, such as Allosaurus.

3. “On Patricosaurus merocratus, Seeley, a Lizard from the

Cambridge Greensand, preserved in the Woodwardian Museum of

the University of Cambridge.” By Prof. H. G. Seeley, F.R.S.,

F.G.S.

No Lacertilian has hitherto been described from the Cambridge

Greensand. ‘The only remains of Lizards known to the author as

having been derived from that bed consisted of the two bones now

described, the proximal end of a femur, and a sacral vertebra with

the processes broken away. ‘The former exceeded in size the cor-

responding bone of the largest living Monitor, and differed from

the femora in all recent Lizards in so many respects as to indicate

subordinal distinction. The vertebra was not found with the

femur, and may have belonged to a different species; but there

being nothing in the characteristics of the two bones inconsistent

with their having belonged to one specific type, both were fully de-

scribed as types of a new genus and species.

4, “On Heterosuchus valdensis, Seeley, a proceelian Crocodile from

the Hastings Sands of Hastings.” By Prof. H. G. Seeley, F.R.S.,

F.G.8.

An ironstone nodule from the Hastings Sands was acquired by

the British Museum from Dr. Mantell’s collection. ‘The specimen

measured 10 centimetres by 6, and displayed on its water-worn sur-

face several proccelian vertebre of a small Crocodilian, together

with some other bones, perhaps belonging to a different reptile.

These other bones appeared to comprise portions of a skull with

peculiarities not hitherto recognized in proceelian Crocodiles, and a

pubis and ischium exhibiting distinct Lacertilian characters, and of

comparatively very small size, but still situated in proximity to the

sacral vertebre.

The vertebrae were described in detail in the paper, and referred

to a new genus and species. ‘They included one late cervical ver-

tebra, eight dorsal, and two which might be considered as sacral.

All appeared to be mature, and were more completely ossified than

the same bones in living Crocodiles. The body of each centrum was

Geological Society. | 137

compressed laterally, the neural arch comparatively depressed and

thrown out laterally above by the inferior V-shaped approximation

of the side of the centrum. Several other peculiarities were also

pointed out.

The paper concluded with notes on other vertebra of similar cha-

racter from Tilgate and Brook, and attention was called to a Croco-

dilian cervical vertebra with the proceelian cup from the Purbeck

beds.

5. “On a Sacrum, apparently indicating a new type of Bird

(Ornithodesmus cluniculus, Seeley), from the Wealden of Brook.” By

Prof. H. G. Seeley, F.R.S., F.G.S.

After some remarks on the characters of the sacrum in Birds,

Ornithosauria, and Dinosauria, the author proceeded to describe a

sacrum composed of six vertebra in the Fox collection, now at the

British Museum, and then to compare the fossil with the correspond-

ing bones of the three groups named. The resemblance to the

Dinosaurian and Ornithosaurian sacral vertebree was less than those

which connected the fossil with birds. From the latter it was dis-

tinguished by the smaller number of vertebre in the sacrum, the

absence of sacral recesses for the lobes of the kidneys, and the form

of the articular face of the first sacral vertebra. But the small

number of sacral vertebrae in Archeopteryx, the want of renal re-

cesses in Ichthyornis, and the characters of the articulation in the

Solan Goose showed that these differences were not essential; and

the author concluded that the fossil belonged to a true bird, but that

it formed a link with lower forms, and approximated more to Dino-

saurs than did any other Avian type hitherto described.

May 11, 1887.—Prof. J. W. Judd, F.R.S.,

President, in the Chair.

The following communications were read :—

1. “ Further Observations on Hyperodapedon Gordont.” By Prof.

T. H. Huxley, LL.D., F.R.S., F.G.S.

The Author briefly noticed the circumstances under which he

first described the occurrence of Lacertilian and Crocodilian fossils

in the Elgin Sandstones, and the confirmation which his views as to

the Mesozoic age of these remains had received from the discovery

of Hyperodapedon in English Triassic rocks and in India. The

original type of Hyperodapedon Gordoni from Elgin was, however,

in bad condition, and the receipt at the British Museum of a second

much better preserved skeleton, found in the Lossiemouth quarries of

the same neighbourhood, had enabled him to add considerably to the

known characters of the genus, and to compare it more thoroughly

both with the recent Sphenodon (or Hatteria) of New Zealand and

with the Triassic hynchosaurus articeps, several specimens of which

are in the British Museum paleontological collection.

138)” Geological Society.

The recently discovered Hyperodapedon-skeleton was of nearly

the same size as that formerly described, and must have belonged

to an individual about 6 or 7 feet in length. The specimen was

exposed by the splitting of a large block of sandstone, and comprised

the skull, the vertebral column as far as the root of the tail, all the

bones of the left and of part of the right fore limb, and those of the

right hind limb, the whole almost in their original relations.

The bones were described in order and compared with those of

Sphenodon, the most important differences in Hyperodapedon being

the following :—

1. The centra of the presacral vertebree are ossified throughout

and more or less opisthoccelous, especially in the cervical

region.

. The anterior cervical vertebre have long and strong ribs.

. The external nares are not separated by bone.

Conjoined premaxillary bones form a long, conical, curved,

pointed rostrum, which is received between the rostral pro-

cesses of the mandible. All these were devoid of teeth and

probably sheathed in horn.

5. The palatal area is very narrow in front and wide behind,

with strongly curved lateral boundaries.

6. The posterior maxillary and palatal teeth are multiserial.

7. The rami of the mandible are united in a long symphysis,

behind which they diverge widely, and the dentigerous edges

are strongly concave upwards as well as outwards.

8. The mandibular teeth in front are set into a close, apparently

continuous palisade, and become distinct and conical only

at the posterior end of the series.

9. The fore foot is remarkably short and stout, with meta-

carpals of equal length.

The relations of Rhynchosaurus to Hyperodapedon and Sphenodon

were then dealt with, the first-mamed being shown to occupy

in some respects an intermediate place between the two others.

The skull of Ahynchosaurus resembles that of Hyperodapedon in its

single anterior nasal aperture, its premaxillary and mandibular

rostral processes, and in having more than one series of palatal

teeth ; but in general form and in the shape of the maxille, palatal

bones, and rami of the mandible it departs far less from Sphenodon

than Hyperodapedon does. Some comparisons of the limb-bones were

also made.

The three genera mentioned were shown to form a particular

group, which, however, had no claim to ordinal distinction, and

appeared to form a family, Sphenodontide, of the Lacertilia, com-

prising two subfamilies, Rhynchosaurine (including Rhynchosaurus

and Hyperodapedon) and Sphenodontine.

The fact that in this Lacertilian group the highest known degree

of specialization, as shown in Hyperodapedon, was attained as early

as the Triassic epoch, showed that in Permian times, or earlier,

Lacertilia existed which differed less from Sphenodon than either of

Pe OO bo

Geological Society. 139

the Rhynchosaurine did. Not only was the Lacertilian type of

organization clearly defined in the Triassic epoch, but it attained a

degree of specialization equal to that exhibited by any modern lizard.

2. “On Tertiary Cyclostomatous Bryozoa from New Zealand.”

By Arthur W. Waters, Esq., F.G.S.

The Cyclostomata noticed in this paper were from the same col-

lections as the Chilostomata described in the last volume of the Quar--

terly Journal, and this part was kept back a short time, in the hope

that the publication of the Report of the ‘ Challenger’ expedition

might throw some light upon this unsatisfactory suborder; but the

results are very disappointing in this respect, as only thirty-three

species are recorded, and these are for the most part well known and

common ones.

It was proposed to subdivide the Cyclostomata into two sections,

namely :—1, those in which the surface of the zoarium is to a con-

siderable extent formed of the lateral walls of the zocecia, as Hntalo-

phora &c.; and 2, those in which the zocecia or cancelli open

for the most part at right angles to the axis, or surface of the

zoarium, or subcolony, of which Heteropora and Lichenopora are

typical.

The Author recorded the preservation of the extremely delicate and

fragile rays or ‘‘ hair-like teeth” in the interior of the fossil Hn-

talophora intricaria.

Out of the twenty-eight species or varieties eighteen are known

living, and this part of the collection agrees with the former in indi-

cating that it is comparatively recent. The number of these fossil

Bryozoa is now brought up to 106. The new species described

by the Author were :—Entalophora wanganwensis, Tubulipora tubt-

pora, Lichenopora wanganmensis, Reptocavea aspera, Heteropora

napierensis, and Crassohornera waipukurensis; and he also noted a

new variety, perangusta, of Diastopora sarniensis.

May 25, 1887.—Prof. J. W. Judd, F.R.S.,

President, in the Chair.

The following communications were read :—

1. “On the Remains of Fishes from the Keuper of Warwick and

Nottingham.” By E. T. Newton, Esq., F.G.S.; with Notes on

their Mode of Occurrence by the Rev. P. B. Brodie, M.A., F.G.S.,

and EK. Wilson, Esq., F.G.S.

This paper gave an account of two series of fossil fishes which

have been discovered in British Triassic strata. The specimens are

very fragmentary, but the rarity of Ganoid fish-remains in the

English Trias lends considerable interest to these discoveries. The

first series noticed were obtained by the Rev. P. B. Brodie in the

Upper Keuper of Shrewley, and consist of some half-dozen portions

of fish, all small and much broken. The characters of the scales and

140 Geological Society.

the positions of the fins, together with as much of the form as can be

made out, point to their belonging to the genus Semzonotus. The

second series were obtained by Mr. E. Wilson, F.G.S., of the Bristol

Museum, from Keuper Beds near Nottingham. A large number of

specimens were in this case collected ; but all of them are too much

broken and crushed out of shape to allow anything very definite

to be said about them. Some of these also appear to be Semio-

notus; they agree in size, as well as in some other particulars, with

the Shrewley fishes, and may perhaps belong to the same species ;

but others, on account of their strongly heterocercal tail and orna-

mented scales, seem to belong to the Palaoniscide. The presence

of a third form among these Nottingham fishes is indicated by

masses of larger scales. The Rev. P. B. Brodie and Mr. Edw. Wilson

each appended notes on the Triassic Beds from which the fishes were

obtained.

2. «* Notes on some Carboniferous Species of Murchisonia in our

Public Museums.” By Miss Jane Donald. (Communicated by J. G.

Goodchild, Esq., F.G.8.)

The paper gave a history of the genus Murchisonza, an account

of the relations between it and Plewrotomaria, and of the resem-

blances to it afforded by certain recently discovered species of

Turritella. The synonymy and a new description of the genus

followed, and then of the species M. angulata, M. kendalensis, M.

Verneuilliana, and four forms, for which new names were proposed,

were described and discussed, with notes on the localities where

each had been found and the museums in which the specimens

described were preserved The new species were named :—V. pyra-

midata, zonata, spherulata, and tenwissima.

June 8, 1887.—Prof. J. W. Judd, F.R.S.,

President, in the Chair.

The following communication was read :—

“A Revision of the Echinoidea from the Australian ‘Ter-

tiaries.” By Prof. P. Martin Duncan, M.B., F.RS., F.G.S.

After calling attention to a previous paper by himself published

in the Society’s Journal for 1877, and to additions to the fauna

made by Prof. R. Tate and Prof. M*Coy, the author proceeded to

give notes on the characters, relations, and nomenclature of the

following 29 species of Echinoidea :—

Cidaris (Leiocidaris) australiz. Clypeaster folium, var. elongata.

O. (Leiocidaris), sp. O. gippslandicus.

Goniocidaris, sp., spines. C. (Monostychia) australis.

Salenia tertiaria. C. (Monostychia) Loveni.

Psammechinus Woodsi. Eehinobrissus australie.

Ortholophus lineatus. Catopygus elegans.

Paradoxechinus nodus. Pygorhynchus Vassali.

Geological Socrety. 141

Echinolampas ovulum. Pericosmus Nelsoni.

Holaster australie. P. compressus.

H. difficilis (Rhynchopygus dysas- Lovenia Forbesi.

teroides). Kuspatangus rotundus.

Micraster brevistella. H. Laubei.

Maretia anomala. HE. murrayensis,

Megalaster compressus. E. Wrightii.

Pericosmus gigas. Schizaster ventricosus.

A few notes were added on the relations between this fauna and

that now inhabiting the Australian seas, also on the connexions

with the Tertiary Echinoidea of New Zealand, Sind, &e.

June 23, 1887.—Prof. J. W. Judd, F.R.S.,

President, in the Chair.

The following communications were read :—

1. “ Note on some Dinosaurian Remains in the Collection of A.

Leeds, Esq.—Part I. Ornithopsis Leeds. Part II. Omosaurus, sp.”

By J. W. Hulke, Esq., F.R.S., F.G.S.

Part I. Ornithopsis Leeds, nov. sp., from the Kimmeridge Clay

of Northamptonshire.

The Author described a pelvis, vertebra, and coste referable to

this genus, of a stature far surpassing that represented by the

pelvis in the Fox Collection from the Isle-of-Wight Wealden, which

he brought under the notice of the Society a few years since. The

ilium has a very long preacetabular process. A rib is three times

as large as the largest rib of an elephant of average stature. The

trunk-vertebre show the characteristic large chamber opening in

the side of the centrum, under the platform supporting the neura-

pophyses. ‘There is no post-pubis. The pubis and ischium diverge ;

their close resemblance to those of Ceteosaurus ovoniensis, figured by

J. Phillips in the ‘ Geology of Oxford,’ is obvious when each figure

is reversed, their true position being misrepresented in that author’s

diagram, a very excusable error.

Parr II. described a sacrum, with ilia, vertebra, a femur, &e.

The neural arches of the sacral vertebree are synostosed, and so form

a continuous roof (simulating the vault of a cranium) of the dilata-

tion of the neural canal, which enclosed the sacral swelling of the

spinal cord. The transverse processes are long. The ilia offer a

general resemblance to those of Omosaurus armatus (Owen), but

differ from those of this species in the relatively greater length and

narrowness of the preacetabular process. The similarity of con-

struction of this sacrum to that of Stegosaurus, described by O. C.

Marsh, and the very close resemblance of their ilia were noticed.

The author considered that an extremely close affinity exists between

these two genera, and is prepared to find that, upon the acquisition

of more materials, their identity may even be established. For the

present, he preferred to refer the Peterborough Dinosaur to Omosaurus,

and proposed for its specific name durobrivensis, having reference to

that of the old Roman settlement in that locality.

142 Geological Society.

2. “ Notes on some Polyzoa from the Lias.” By Edwin A. Wal-

ford, Esq., F.G.8.

The Author briefly reviewed the work of Etheridge, Vine, and

others in the tabulating of the British Liassic Polyzoa, and mentioned

also the labours of Terquem and Piette, Dumortier, and others in the

same direction in France and Germany. He directed attention to a

species described by Prof. Tate from the Lias of May, Normandy,

under the name Spiropora lassica, and described specimens in his

own collection from a similar horizon *in the Midlands, with which

it had been confounded. The English forms have very varying

modes of growth—sometimes foliaceous after the fashion of the

Diastopora proper of Haime, at other times ramose and cylindrical,

like Entalophora. The latter habit, together with the long, and often

partly free, zocecia, suggest the relationship of the species with the

Tubulipore. ‘The exceptional state of preservation of the specimen

is such as to show the cells in a perfect condition, with solid circular

calcareous closures within the orifice of the zocecial tubes, a feature

common to both the foliaceous and the cylindrical forms. The

surface-pores are unusually well preserved, and appear to be similar

to those of the recent Cyclostomatous Polyzoa. The name of Tubu-

Kipora inconstans was proposed for the species.

Mention was also made of other fragments of Polyzoa of doubtful

relationship occurring in the same beds.

3. “Report on Paleo-botanical Investigations of the Tertiary

Flora of Australia.” By Dr. Constantin Baron von Ettingshausen,

For.Corr.G.8.

Mr. Wilkinson, the Government Geologist of New South Wales,

supplied the Author with the material for a memoir on the Tertiary

flora of Australia, recently contributed to the Imperial Academy of

Sciences at Vienna. He there describes and figures 128 species of

fossil plants. These are distributed amongst 72 genera and 36

orders. The Cryptogame contain 2 species, the Gymnosperme 12,

the Monocotyledons 2, the Apetalz 56, the Gymnopetale 11, and

the Diapetale 40. Ofthe orders, the Proteacez contain 20 species,

the Cupulifere 14, the Cruciferse 11, the Myrtacez 10, the Laurin-

acese 7, the Leguminosz 6, and the Mores, Apocynaceze, and Celas-

trinee 5 species each.

The following is a synopsis of the general conclusions derived

from the study of the Tertiary flora of Australia :—

1. The geographical distribution of plants in Australia differed in

many ways from the present one.

2. Types of plants of the Southern, as well as of the Northern

hemisphere are associated together.

3. The flora-elements represented chiefly contain Phylones (ances-

tral types) which are also common to other Tertiary floras of the

globe. The character of the Tertiary flora of Australia cannot

therefore be considered essentially different from that of the latter.

Miscellaneous. 143

4. The Australian Tertiary flora, in accordance with the pre-

ceding statements, is but a part of one and the same original flora

upon which all living floras of the globe are founded.

5. The comparison of this original flora with the present floras of

the globe shows that in Australia the differentiation of the Phylones

reached its highest limit.

6. Many analogies to the Tertiary flora are nevertheless to be

found in the living. Australian flora.

4, «On some new Features in Pelanechinus corallinus.” By T.

T. Groom, Esq. (Communicated by Prof. T. M‘Kenny Hughes, M.A.,

F.G.S.)

The discovery by the Author, in the Coral Rag at Calne, of an

additional and well-preserved specimen of the Kchinoderm originally

described by Dr. Wright as a Hemipedina, but subsequently made

the type of a new genus, Pelanechinus, by Mr. Walter Keeping,

afforded an opportunity of adding considerably to the known cha-

racters of the type. The test proved to be flexible, as in the Echino-

thuridx, a point already noted by Mr. Keeping.

A number of details as to the interambulacral and ambulacral

areas, the imbricating peristomial plates, pedicellaria, and teeth

were given. Pedicellariz did not appear to have been previously

observed in fossils.

The genus appeared to occupy an intermediate position between

the Echinothuride, Echinide, and Diadematide, and must form the

type of a distinct subfamily, perhaps referable to the last named. A

new description of the species was added.

MISCELLANEOUS.

On the Races of the Honey-Bee.

By the Rev. H. W. Lert M:A., T:C.D:

Tue increase of bee-keeping, the spread of literature treating

exclusively of the subject, and the attention paid by bee-keepers in

Europe, America, Asia, and Africa to the improvement of the honey-

bee (Apis mellifica) have demonstrated that there are at least ten

distinct varieties of this insect which are kept in hives.

And though this has occurred within the last fifteen years, no

notice seems to have been taken of the existence of these well-

marked races of the domesticated insect in its bearing on the theory

of evolution. That interesting chapter in the history of that

teaching has not yet been written; indeed, the facts summarized

below are only to be found scattered over the pages of many bee-

publications, some of which are difficult of access. The present

paper is offered as a contribution towards that part of the natural

history of the honey-bee.

The following are the names and distinguishing features of each

144 Miscellaneous.

of the races of honey-bees that are best known to the bee-keeping

community :—

I. Brack or Brown.—The ordinary hive- or honey-bee, called by

way of distinction the black or brown, from being of almost one

uniform brown-black colour, with slight indications of paler bands

on the abdomen, and clothed with greyish-brown hairs. ‘Till within

the last fifteen years no other bee was known in North or West

Europe *. This is also the bee which, after escaping, has made itself

wild in the American and New-Zealand woods.

II. Iratran Atp.—The Italian Alp bee, sometimes called Ligu-

rian, is indigenous to the mountainous district that lies in the north

of Italy round about the Lakes Maggiore and Como. It is of a light

orange-yellow colour, with two orange-red bands on the abdomen,

and is longer and more slender than the black. They are better

honey-gatherers, more hardy and prolific, and very courageous in

defending their own hives, even from the ravages of the wax moth.

III. Cyprian.—The Cyprians are natives of Cyprus and part of

Turkey in Asia. They are yellow, quite slender, wasp-like, and

smaller than Italians. They always have a yellow shield-mark on

the back between the wings. They are strong, excellent honey-

gatherers, winter better than any other race, and are proof against

being robbed by other bees. But they are easily excited and most

revengeful stingers.

TV. Syrran.—The Syrian bees are found on that part of Asiatic

Turkey which lies north of Mount Carmel. They are of the same

size, qualities, and temper as the Cyprians, from which they differ

in showing less yellow and being on the whole of a greyer colour

over their whole bodies. They are quite distinct from the next.

V. Hoty Lanp.—The Holy-Land, or, as the natives call them,

the Holy Bees, are found in Palestine, south of Mount Carmel.

They are marked like the Cyprians; but their hair is so light in

colour that they appear to be beautifully striped. Their size is

smaller than Italians, but larger than Cyprians. They are very

active and far-flying, most wonderful cell-builders, and get honey

from red clover; but they are ready to sting, become furious at the

least smoke, and run off their combs when one is lifted from the

hive.

VI. Tunistan.—Tunis, on the north of Africa, has a peculiar

race of bees. They are the same in size as the Cyprian and Syrian,

but their colour is dark brown—even darker than the common

black or brown. They are active workers, keep on the combs when

being handled, and bear smoke better than other eastern races; but

they are liable to attack a person coming near them, even though

not interfered with.

VIL. Carntotzan.—The Carniolian bees are natives of Carniolia, in

South Austria. They are longer and thicker than the black or

brown, being the largest domesticated European bee. The colour

* [This is hardly correct; the Italian Bee was known in Germany

more than thirty years ago, when Siebold wrote his ‘ Wahre Partheno-

genesis.’—-Eps.

Miscellaneous. 145

is a rich dark brown, nearly black, while each ring of the abdomen

is clearly marked by whitish-grey hairs, giving it a silvery look.

They are equal to Italians in honey-gathering, fecundity, and hardi-

ness, while they are of a most remarkably gentle disposition, never

attacking the manipulator except when treated with improper

roughness.

VIII. Huneartan.—The bees peculiar to Hungary are the size of,

but far blacker than, the common browns. They are very fair

honey-gatherers and as gentle as Italians ; but their propensity to

swarm renders them unprofitable.

IX. Eayprran.—The Egyptian bees are like Syrians in size, but

quite yellow, like the Italians. They abound, both wild and in

domestication, along the valley of the Nile, and while famed for good

honey-gathering qualities, are, without exception, the most ferocious

bees known outside of India.

X. Sour Arrican.—There is an excellent race of bees, both

wild and hived, in the Cape Colony, which it is to be hoped will

soon be introduced to British bee-keepers. They are the size and

colour of Italians, but greyer, while they are more tractable and at

the same time very prolific and of most remarkable working-powers ;

where honey is to be gathered they keep at it early and late, and

often even by moonlight.

Whilst all these races breed freely when crossed with each other,

so that they cannot be regarded as separate species, they all differ

in certain particulars, the most striking of which are noted above.

The differences are no doubt the result of their being influenced by

climatic surroundings, as well as, in some districts, of a long course

of too close breeding.

Studying these ten varieties with the aid of a map of the world

it appears that the nearer India is approached so much fiercer is the

temper of the bees found to be. The question then might arise,

Was this the condition of the first original bee, and have her

descendants, as they migrated into colder climes, lost some of that

ferocity which renders the Indian bee the terror to all travellers

through the woods of that continent ?

A point which opens a wide field of study is the colour of several

races, and what developed it, and how far it is to be taken as an

index of common descent; thus dark-colored races are found in

north-west Europe, Hungary, Carniolia, and Tunis, where they are

wide apart from each other.

American bee-keepers have set before them the project of breeding

bees by a judicious selection of queens and drones, with what they

consider these six indispensable qualifications in bees kept for

profit:—1. Hardy; able to bear bad winters without too great

dwindling. 2. Good breeders; the queens laying in abundance,

early in spring and late in autumn. 3. Gentle and quiet; not

attacking mankind without provocation, and allowing themselves to

be examined on a bar-frame comb when lifted from the hive.

4, Good honey-gatherers ; working on the flowers from sunrise to

sunset. 5. Strong and active; flying long distances to pasturage,

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5. Vol. xx. 10

146 ~ Miscellaneous.

and vigorously defending their stores. 6. Long-tongued; being

able to get honey from many flowers which defy most bees.

- And s0 far intelligent bee-masters have been partially successful ;

indeed, there is every reason to expect that the honey-bee of the

future will be as different from, and as much more valuable than,

“ the little busy bee” of the past as an English shorthorn excels an

Irish brindled cow.

It is to be hoped that before the modern bee-breeders have oblite-

rated the old distinct varieties those who have the opportunities will

make careful coloured drawings, measurements of queens, drones,

and workers, and further observations of all their peculiarities. It

will be too late to attend to this branch of natural history when

Apis americana, as we are told the new and improved bee of the

“good time coming” is to be called, has taken possession of the

hives of the world.—Proc. Belfast Nat. Field Club, ser. 2, vol. ii.

pt. 6, p. 451.

On the Organization of Cheetopterus. By M. JoyEux-Larrui£.

Cheetopterus is one of the commonest Annelids on the coast of

Calvados, where it lives abundantly below the level of the lowest

tides; but considerable quantities are thrown up by the waves

during strong gales, and it may be obtained by the dredge. The

specimens observed by the author are referred by him to Cheto-

pterus Valencinii, Quatref., notwithstanding some differences, and

especially the number of segments in the inferior region, which was

30-35, instead of 15 as described.

On the median posterior * line of the superior region there is a

furrow running from the posterior margin of the buccal funnel to

the base of the two dorsal rami of the first pair of feet of the middle

region. Here it bifurcates, and is continued in the form of two

deep grooves situated in the thickness of the two great wing-like

rami. These grooves traverse the rami from the base to the extre-

mity, and are lined with an epithelium with long vibratile cilia.

The Chetopterus in its tube presents its two great rami bent

upwards and backwards, with the two extremities in contact in the

median line. The extremities of the two grooves are also in contact,

so that there is a passage from one to the other, and their function

is to guide to the buccal funnel the alimentary particles conveyed

by the current which traverses the tube, and is caused by the palet-

tiform rami of the three last segments of the region. This is easily

determined by the addition of some coloured powder, when the

particles are seen to collect in the grooves into small masses, which

pass towards the buccal furrow. The author compares this func-

tion of the grooves to that of the endostyle of the Ascidia.

The segmental organs are remarkably developed in Chetopterus.

* The animal is supposed to be placed mouth upwards.

Miscellaneous. 147

The median and inferior regions alone present segmental organs in

pairs in each segment ; the superior region never possesses any.

Contrary to opinion, these organs are not contained in a single

segment; they always commence in one segment and terminate in

the following one; so that the first segment of the median region

only contains portions of two segmental organs. Each segmental

organ is formed by an internal orifice surrounded by a half-vestibule,

and an excretory tube, which is continued into a spacious sac, and

this opens externally through a short duct.

Each segment is separated from the following one by a diaphragm.

Near the line formed by the union of this diaphragm with the

integument is situated, on each side, the vestibule of the segmental

organ. Its form resembles that of the sigmoid valves of the heart,

ed its inner surface is uniformly lined with vibratile cilia. The

excretory tube follows the vestibule, and is entirely contained in

the following segment; it is easily distinguished, even in the living

animal, by its brownish colour. It is attached to the postero-

interna! surface of the large ventral muscle of the same side, and

travels in a more or less curved direction in the different segments.

At the level of the pedal ramus it widens considerably to form

the dilated sac which follows it. This sac almost completely fills

the cavity situated in the base of the dorsal ramus and opens exter-

nally by a short duct, having its external orifice upon the lower

surface of the ramus. The inner walls of the whole segmental organ

possess an epithelium with highly developed vibratile cilia, causing

a current from within outwards.

The tissue of the walls of the segmental organ is composed of

elements resembling those of the organ of Bojanus in the Mollusca.

When separated these cells present a spherical form; they contain

a large nucleus presenting one or more concretions, which may

increase in volume, unite and form a calculus, almost entirely filling

the cell. These calculi are often found free in the cavity of the

organ, and it is to these concretions that its general brownish colour

is due.

The sexes are separate; the testes and ovaries are nearly of the

same form and position. They are mesenteroid cushions placed in

pairs in each of the segments and attached to the upper surface of

the partitions. Hach testis or ovary has the form of a crescent,

with the concavity turned towards the digestive tube. In both

cases the cushion presents a great number of convolutions, united

with the diaphragm by a very small mesentery, and never presenting

an internal cavity. ‘The products of reproduction are developed at

the periphery and fall into the general cavity of the body, which,

at the time of reproduction, is entirely filled with ova or spermato-

zoids. ‘These products give a distinctive colouring to the two sexes

—the males are dead-white, and the females have a slight rosy tint.

— Comptes Rendus, July 11, 1887, p. 125.

148 Miscellaneous.

Further Note on the Generic Name Muelleria.

By F. Jerrrrey BEtt.

I mient have saved myself all the mental trouble to which I gave

expression on p. 392 of the last volume of the ‘Annals’ had I

remembered that Bronn, in a footnote to the explanation of pl. xlviii.

of Band ii. of his ‘ Klassen und Ordnungen’ (1860), says that

Mulleria has been used five times before Jager, and writes ‘Actino-

pyga Lecanora, nob. (Milleria Lecanora, Jig.).” Jaegeria, then,

must be withdrawn, and the very excellent name of Actinopyga

used in its place. I may advise the possessors of Mr. Scudder’s

‘Nomenclator Zoologicus’ to add, in its alphabetical order,

“ Actinopyga, Bronn, Hol. 1860.”

On a Copepod (Cancerilla tubulata, Dalyell) parasitic upon Am-

phiura squamata, Delle Chiaje. By M. A. Grarp.

In 1879 the author noticed the existence on the French coast of

a curious Copepod parasitic upon Amphiura squamata*. A single

specimen of the species had been observed and figured by Dalyell in

1851 (¢ Powers of the Creator,’ vol. i. p. 223, pl. lxu. figs. 1-5)

under the name of Cancerilla tubulata. At Wimereux the parasite

is exceedingly rare; it is more abundant at Concarneau, where it

was probably observed by P. J. van Beneden (‘ Commensaux et

Parasites,’ p. 138); but it is at Fécamp that it may be most con-

veniently studied. There the Amphiuwra is very common in the

small pools with Corallines, and about one in every ten is infested

by the parasite. The female Cancerilla is generally attached to the

oral surface of the disk at the base of one of the arms, with its

head turned towards the mouth of its host. The body of the para-

site and its two ovigerous sacs are usually about the same size and

arranged in a triangle, which is easily seen by the naked eye.

The cepyhalothorax is widened transversely and in form resembles

the carapace of the common crab, whence the name of Cancerilla.

It has a membranous lateral margin bearing stiff hairs. ‘The first

pair of antenne are short, seven-jointed, with joints one and two

larger and closely soldered together. ‘They bear numerous hairs,

especially on the outer side. The antenne of the second pair are

rather long and converted into prehensile organs, terminated by a

strong hook. The mandibles are reduced to a styloid appendage

with a tuft of very fine hairs at the extremity. The maxille have

a wide base bearing three strong divergent points, striated trans-

versely at the end. The two pairs of foot-jaws are robust and

organized for prehension. The first pair of thoracic feet is biramose ;

* Journ. Anat. et Physiol. t. xv. p. 452, note 1.

Miscellaneous. 149

the outer branch, which is wide and furnished on its upper margin

with six spinous hairs, has in its centre a large bilobed gland; the

inner branch is very narrow, and terminates in two stiff hairs.

The other thoracic feet (two to five) are rudimentary and gradually

diminish ; the genital segment is rather wide, while the three follow-

ing abdominal segments are very narrow; the furca bears upon

each of its branches one long and four smaller sete.

The male, which is much rarer than the female, is smaller and

of a narrower form, resembling that of Cyclops. The first and

second pairs of thoracic feet chiefly furnish the differential sexual

characters. ‘The inner branch of the first biramose foot is wider

than in the female and furnished with seven hairs on its free mar-

gin ; the second pair are strongly developed and terminate in two

long branches, of which the outer one is fringed with eleven sete

(one terminal and five on each margin), while the inner one has

only eight seta upon its inner margin. ‘The other thoracic feet are

rudimentary, as in the female; the genital segment bears a sixth

pair of aborted feet, which would seem to confirm Della Valle’s

opinion that this segment is thoracic. Claus regards it as the first

abdominal segment.

Oviposition takes place from the beginning of May to the end of

September ; the young attach themselves at the extremities of the

arms of the Ophiuran, and approach the disk as they grow. Two or

three egg-bearing females are sometimes found on the same Am-

phiura, After hatching the empty sacs adhere for a time to the

abdomen of the female.

The ova are of a fine ashy-green colour. Segmentation is com-

plete and unequal; there is epibolism and formation of the meso-

derm by two primitive mesodermic cells, which originate from the

endoderm at the point of contact of the latter with the first exo-

dermic blastomeres. The nauplian embryo within the egg shows

the rudiments of four pairs of limbs besides the characteristic appen-

dages of the nauplius. The latter consist of a uniramous first pair,

the basal joint of which bears two simple sete and the terminal

joint two barbed sete, and of two biramose pairs. The upper

branch of the latter is furnished with one simple and two barbed

hairs ; the lower branch bears five barbed hairs in the first pair and

four in the second. Beneath each appendage there is on the margin

of the carapace and on each side a glandular mass. The anal extre-

mity is obtuse and furnished with two divergent hairs.

At Concarneau, and especially at Fécamp, the Cancerilla is

frequently covered with a parasitic Rhizopod, which attaches itself

to the carapace, especially at the anterior margin. The author

names this Podarcella cancerille, gen. et sp. n., and describes it as a

pedunculate Arcellian of which the peduncle adheres to the carapace

of the Copepod by a small discoidal expansion. The peduncle is

half as long again as the funnel-shaped cup ; both are composed of

an apparently chitinous substance ; the walls of the cup are elastic,

semitransparent, and irregularly notched at the margins, and within

150 Miscellaneous.

it the amceboid body of the Rhizopods moves slowly. There are

sometimes more than twenty of these Rhizopods upon the same

Cancerilla.

In its general character Cancerilla tubulata approaches Ascomyzon

echinicola, Norm., a parasite of Hchinus esculentus, and -Asterocheres

Lilvjeborgii, Boeck, a parasite of Echinaster sanguinolentus. The

structure of its buccal armature is intermediate between that of the

Peecilostoma and Siphonostoma, and seems. to show the artificiality

of those two groups. The families Lichomolgide, Kossm. (Sapphi-

rinide, Brady), Ascomyzontide, Boeck (Artotrogide, Brady), Bomo-

lochidee, Claus, and Ergasilidee, Claus, should be united into a single

group, for which the name Coryceeidse may be retained, as already

proposed by Della Valle for the Lichomolgide. That author, how-

ever, goes too far when he unites under the genus Lichomolgus forms

of Copepoda parasitic upon Ceelenterata, Gymunotoca, and Tunicata,

for which, as for the types parasitic upon Echinodermata, distinct

genera should be retained.— Comptes Rendus, April 25, 1877.

On some Points in the Anatomy of the Rhynchobdellean Hirudinea.

By M. Grorers Durrirett.

1. Dorsal organ of the Glossiphoniz.—In a recent memoir M.

Nusbaum, of Warsaw, indicates the presence, in the embryo of

Glossiphonia complanata, Linn. (G. sewoculata, Bergmann), of a

provisional dorsal organ which had escaped the notice of his prede-

cessors. ‘This is a pyriform cavity, limited externally by the raised

ectodermic lamina and internally by the somatic mesoderm. The

ectodermic cells bear long appendages which serve for the reciprocal

attachment of the young animals. ‘This organ soon disappears, ac-

cording to the author, without leaving any traces. M. Nusbaum

adds no comment to his description.

Having, in the course of my investigations, had the opportunity

of checking the author’s description and ascertaining its perfect

correctness, the question arose, whether nothing of the same kind

exists in the embryos of other species of the genus Glussiphonia,

and particularly in that of G. bioculata, Bergm., which, in the adult

state, bears a characteristic dorsal organ. My investigations of this

species enabled me to ascertain that its embryo presents, in the

very place of the dorsal organ of the adult, a formation analogous to

that described by M. Nusbaum in the embryo of G. sexoculata. The

embryos of G. marginata, Mill., are also provided with this organ,

which, in them as in G. sevoculata, is provisional. From these

observations we may conclude that the provisional dorsal organ of

Nusbaum in the species sewoculata and marginata represents the

permanent dorsal organ of the species broculata.

As regards the ultimate fate of this provisional organ I have

several times been able to find traces of it in the adult animals,

Miscellaneous. 151

Thus, in sections of the adult G. sevoculata, I have observed in its

place a strongly pigmented depression of the integument.

The constitution of the dorsal organ of G. bioculata, which in

reality is only a plate of chitine buried in a depression of the skin,

leads to the rejection of the denominations “dorsal gland” (Mo-

quin-Tandon), “ yellowish-brown spot” (Budge), and “red spot ”

(Robin), which have been applied to this formation by the authors

who have examined it. It seems preferable to designate it by the

name of the dorsal chitinous plate.

2. Male apparatus of G. sexoculata.—The data which we

possess as to the male apparatus of G. sevoculata did not enable us to

bring this apparatus into the very homogeneous series of the other

species of the genus. The most recent memoir on the subject (Robin,

1862) still shows it as formed on each side of a simple tube, bent

into a JY, terminating on the one hand in a free point in the an-

terior region of the body, and on the other at the male genital

aperture, after having been dilated into a sac for the spermato-

phores. Very numerous fine dissections have enabled me to ascer-

tain that the outer branch of the U-shaped tube, instead of

terminating in a free point, becomes bent back and attenuated, runs

backward parallel to the axis of the body, and receives on its outer

side the short deferent ducts of the ten testes of the corresponding

side. This description enables us to bring the male apparatus of

G. sexoculata into the series of forms already described by F.

Miller, Budge, &c.

3. Skin and Respiration in the Rhynchobdellea.—Hitherto it has

been assumed that the respiration of the Hirudinea 1s cutaneous,

without investigating what differentiations this function might

induce in the integument which is its seat. Branchellion alone had

attracted some attention. I have examined whether there are not,

in the series of the Rhynchobdellea, some particular arrangements

which would enable us to explain the origin of the branchiz in the

parasite of the Torpedo, and I have ascertained that, in the different

genera, the integument presents curious adaptive modifications. The

most interesting type in this respect is Pontobdella. In this genus,

which is cylindrical (an isolated fact among the Hirudinea), the

dermis is swelled into voluminous tubercles. ‘The structure of

these formations not having hitherto been noticed, it will be useful

to indicate it here, especially as their anatomy exactly accounts for

their physiology.

The tubercle is a dermal projection (not, as M. de Saint-Loup will

have it, a mass of epithelial lamelle) covered with epidermis and

furnished with muscles of two kinds—retractors, parallel to the axis

of the tubercle, and extensors, which are radial. Capillaries are

abundant in them. The extent of the surface, the abundance of its

vascularization, and the peculiar development of its musculature

place this organ under conditions exceptionally favourable for hema-

tosis, and render the tubercle a respiratory organ, already highly

differentiated.

152 Miscellaneous.

From this primitive arrangement, in which the tubercles are uni-

formly distributed over the whole periphery of the segment, are

derived those of Glossiphonia and Branchellion. In the former case

the less-developed tubercles are localized on the dorsal surface; in

the second they are modified in their form and become marginal.—

Comptes Rendus, July 11, 1887, p. 128.

Note on some Reptiles from Sumatra described by Bleeker in 1860.

By G. A. BouLenerr.

Dr. Strauch has kindly drawn my attention to a paper by Bleeker,

“ Reptilien van Agam,” Natuurk. Tijdschr. Nederl. Ind. xx. pp. 325-

3829 (1860), containing descriptions of new species, which was

unfortunately overlooked by me whilst preparing the ‘ Catalogue

of Lizards.’ This omission is the more to be regretted as the

actual types of the species described in that paper are preserved in

the British Museum, where they were received in 1863. Dr. Giin-

ther, also overlooking Bleeker’s contribution, and considering the

names appended to the specimens as merely MS., redescribed in

1872 and 1873 the species which appeared new tohim. The follow-

ing is a list of Bleeker’s species, with their identifications :—

1. Calotes Luedekingu, Blkr.= Lophocalotes interruptus, Gthr.

Should bear the name Lophocalotes Luedekingit.

2. Lophyrus megalepis, Blkr.=Tiaris tuberculatus, Gthr.

Should be called Gonyocephalus megalepis.

3. Hemiphyllodactylus typus, Blkr.=Spathodactylus mutilatus, Gthr.

4, Gymnodactylus agamensis, Blkr.=G'. marmoratus, Kuhl.

5. Chelomeles sumatrensis, Blkr.= C. swmatrensis, Gthr.

6. Typhtina leucurus, Blkr.= Dibamus nove-guinee, D. & B., 2

(specimen h of Cat. Liz. p. 435).

7. Tropidolepisma macrurus, Blkr.= Mabuia multifasciata,

Kuhl, pull.

8. Calamaria agamensis, Blkr.=C. Schlegel, D. & B.

é cee”

CONTENTS OF NUMBER 116.—/fth Series.

Page

VII. Bryozoa from New South Wales, North Australia, &e. By

ALEPH UR Wak WATERS. (Plate DW) attri jeri 2 cies ate taia cca rte = 8h

VIII. On new Reptiles and Batrachians from North Borneo. By

Gr DOULDNGER Ie Goes oa carpet Se mera eae na Wi onenMar ya 95

IX. Notes from the St. Andrews Marine Laboratory (under the

Fishery Board for Scotland).—No. VII. By Prof. M‘Inrosu, M.D.,

GTA EMRE ees eae ee na shit leet ahah ahe nay eierace cates 97

X. Some new Hypotrichous Infusoria from American Fresh Waters.

By Averpn ©) orosms, MOD. (Plated) oo ese eae eae 104

_ XI. Descriptions of new Species of Heterocerous Lepidoptera

(Pyralites) from the Solomon Islands. By Arruur G. Burrnr,

Be HEZnS.: Gea ees Ose ety LMT ch RPM ER coke cacuatetet sag 114.

XII. Description of a new ie of Nucleolites, with Remarks

on the Subdivisions of the Genus. By Prof. F. Jerrrey Bett, M.A.,

Sof ee bint ES) ipeeey esate hic A eae renal Ay We Rs cop os ee Are ei

XIII. Description of two new Squirrels from North Borneo. By

Onprimin aoMAes Sac miei iio Waliak oe a aan os nies 127

XIV. Descriptions of two new Species of Butterflies from South

Aieheamistan. by Ee GGen OMEnre 2 occ Lith ae tsnena 6 lw 129

XY. Descriptions of some new Species of Land-Shells from

Sumatra, Java, and Borneo. By Engar A.Smrrm .............. 130

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIBS.

Geological pptieuy fe Ne oe Pees Oe 134— 143

MISCELLANEOUS.

On the Races of the Honey-Bee. By the Rev. H. W. Lert, M.A.,

On the Or ganization of Chetopterus. By M. Jovnux-Larrure .... 146

Further Note on the Generic Name Muelleria. By F. Jerrrey Brevi 148

On a Copepod (Cancerilla tubulata, Dalyell) parasitic upon Amphi-

ura squamata, Delle Chiaje. By M. A. Graxp

On some Points in the Anatomy of the Rhynchobdellean Hirudinea.

By, Me Grorers:Diusrim mi a prego on ak eterna ca 150

Note on some Reptiles from Sumatra described by Bleeker in 1860.

By G. A. BouLeNcER

# * Itis requested that all Communications for this Work may be addressed,

post-paid, to the Care of Messrs. Taylor and Brancis; Printing Cffice

Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, London.

THE LONDON, EDINBURGH, AND DUBLIN

PHILOSOPHICAL MAGAZINE

JOURNAL OF SCIENCE. —

A JOURNAL DEVOTED TO PHYSICS, ASTRON OMY, MECHANICS,

CHEMISTRY, MINERALOGY, AND THE ALLIED SCIENCES.

MONTHLY, PRICE 2s. 6d.

Complete sets (in Numbers) may be obtained at the following

prices :—

The First Series, in 68 volumes, from 1798 to 1826. Price £15.

The Second Series, in 11 volumes, from 1827 to 1832. » £2 As.

The Third Series, in 37 volumes, from 1832 to 1850. bape oly

The Fourth Series, in 50 volumes, from 1851 to 1875. aioe eo

Tayzor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street.

THE ANNALS AND MAGAZINE

NATURAL HISTORY,

INCLUDING

ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, AND GEOLOGY.

MONTHLY, PRICE 2s. 6d.

Complete sets (in Numbers) may be obtained at the following

prices :— 2

The First Series, in 20 volumes, from 1838 to 1847. Price £10.

The Second Series, in 20 volumes, from 1848 to 1857. Ee EEO:

The Third Series, in 20 volumes, from 1858 to 1867. eae T OD

The Fourth Series, in 20 volumes, from 1868 to 1877. Pe Oe

Taytor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street.

Vol. 20. FIFTH SERIES. No. 117.)

aes or:

THE ANNALS ¢

ee ; ANDO | r G

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY, |

}

INCLUDING

ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, ann GEOLOGY.

CONDUCTED BY

ALBERT C. L. G. GUNTHER, M.A., M.D., Pa.D., E.B.S.,

WILLIAM S. DALLAS, F.LS.,

WILLIAM CARRUTHERS, F.RB.S., P.LS., F.G.S.,

AND

WILLIAM FRANCIS, Px.D., F.L.S.

BEING A CONTINUATION OF THE “ANNALS ”’ COMBINED WITH

MESSRS. LOUDON AND CHARLESWORTH’S “MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.”

WITH NINE PLATES.

LONDON:

TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET.

Sold by Longmans, Green, and Co. ; Simpkin, Marshall, and Co.; Kent and Co.;

Whittaker & Co.: Bailliére, Paris: Maclachlan and Stewart, Edinburgh: Hodges, Foster,

& Co., Dublin: and Asher, Berlin.

Double Number. Price Five Shillings. _

FOR FRIEDLANDER & SOHN’S LIST OF

‘BOOKS, SEE CATALCGUE INSERTED IN

__THIS NUMBER. 3

BIOLOGIA CENTRALI-AMERICANA.

Edited by F. D. GODMAN and OSBERT SALVIN.

ZOOLOGY.

Since September 1879, when the work was commenced, Sixty Parts

(including that now issued) have been published ; and the work has progressed

as follows :—

Mammalia. By EH. R. Auston. (Complete. Pp. xx and 220, pls. xxii.)

Aves. Vol. I. By O. Satvin andF.D.Gopman. (Pp. 1-512, pls. i-xxxy.,

Temporary Titlepage.)

Reptilia. By A. Gtnrurr. (Pp. 1-56, pls. i—xxv.)

Arachnida Acaridea. By Orro Sroti. (Pp. 1-16, pls. ix.)

Coleoptera. Vol. I. part 1(ApEPHaGA). By H. W. Barzs. (Complete.

Pp. x and 316, pls. xiii.)

Coleoptera. Vol. I. part2 (ApEPHAGA; HypRoPHILIDA, &c.). By D.SHarpr.

(Pp. 1-744, pls. i.-xix.)

Coleoptera. Vol. II. part 1 (PsrLapHip# &c.). By D.SHarp. (Pp. 1-

64, pls. i., 11.)

Ccicontera. Vol. II. part 2 (PEcTrnIcoRNIA; LAMELLICORNIA). By H. W.

Batss. (Pp. 1-88, pls. i.—v.) :

Coleoptera. Vol. III. part 1 (Szrricornia). By C. O. WarErnouse.

(Pp. 1-82, pls. i., 11.)

Coleoptera. Vol. III. part 2 (Matacoprermara). By H. S. Gorwam.

(Complete. Pp. xii and 372, pls. xiii.)

Coleoptera. Vol. IV. part 1 (HETERomERA). By G. C. Cuampion.

(Pp. 1-820, pls. i—xii.)

Coleoptera. Vol. V. (Lonaicornia): by H. W. Bates. (BRUCHIDES) :

by D. SHarp. (Complete. Pp. xii and 526, pls. xxvi.)

Coleoptera. Vol. VI. part 1 (PHyTopHaca). ByM.Jacopy. (Pp. 1-544,

ls. 1.-XXX.

: Gace, Vol. VI. part 2 (PHYTOPHAGA, continued). By J. S. Baty.

(Pp. 1-124, pls. i.-iv.) ;

Hymenoptera. By P. Campron. (Pp. 1-416, pls. i.—xvi.)

Lepidoptera Rhopalocera. Vol. I. By F. D. Gopman and O. Savin.

(Pp. 1-487, pls. i—xlvii., Temporary Titlepage.) Vol. 11. (Pp.1-64, pls. xlviii—li.)

Lepidoptera Heterocera. By H. Drucz. (Pp. 1-256, pls. i—xxv.)

Rhynchota Heteroptera. By W.L. Disrant. (Pp. 1-304, pls. i—xxviii.)

Rhynchota Homoptera. By W. L. Distant. (Pp. 1-82, pls. i—iv.)

Diptera. By Baron C. R. von Osten Sacken. (Pp. 1-216, pls. ii.)

BOTANY.

Of the Botany Twenty-three Parts have been issued. They contain, of Vol. L.,

pp. 1-619 and titlepage, pls. i—xxxv.; Vol. II., pp. 1-621 and titlepage, pls.

xxxvi.-lxix.; Vol. ILL, pp. 1-711, pls. lxx.-cix.; Vol. IV., pp. 1-298.

The Price of each Zoological Part is 21s., and of each Botanical Part 12s. 6d.

London: Published for the Editors by R. H. Porter, 10 Chandos Street,

Cavendish Sq., W., and Dutav & Co., Soho Sq., W.

THE PISCATORIAL ATLAS .

OF THE

NORTH SEA, ENGLISH AND ST. GEORGH’S CHANNELS.

By O. T. OLSEN, F.L.S., F.R.G.S., &e., &e.

SHOWING AT A GLANCE

The Fishing Ports, Harbours, Species of Fish (How, Where, and When Caught),

Boats and Fishing Gear, and other Special Information concerning

Fish and Fisheries.

PRICE. With Fish coloured.....ceseeersees £2 19s. 6d.

With Fish uncoloured...........0.- £2 Qs. Od.

- Taytor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street.

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

{FIFTH SERIES. |

No. 117. SEPTEMBER 1887.

XVI.—The Sponge-fauna of Madras. A Report on a

Collection of Sponges obtained in the Neighbourhood of

Madras by Edgar Thurston, Esq. By Arraur DENDY,

B.Sc., F.L.8., Assistant in the Zoological Department of

the British Museum.

[Plates IX.-XII. |

THE specimens upon the study of which this paper is based

were collected in the neighbourhood of Madras by Edgar

Thurston, Esg., Superintendent of the Government Central

Museum, and forwarded by him to my colleague, Prof. F. J.

Bell, to whom I am indebted for the opportunity of examining

and describing them.

The collection is of exceptional interest, owing to the fact

that it is the first which has been obtained from this parti-

cular locality. Indeed, our knowledge of the sponge-fauna

of the entire Indian Ocean is extremely deficient. This defi-

ciency is almost certainly due to want of investigation rather

than to any actual scarcity of sponges. Mr. Ridley and I

have already pointed out, in our Report on the Monaxonida

collected by H.M.S. ‘Challenger,’ that “ this little-known

field will probably yield a rich harvest to whoever has

the good luck to thoroughly investigate it ;” and this state-

ment is amply borne out by Mr. Thurston’s researches,

The best-known locality for sponges in the Indian Ocean

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5. Vol. xx. 11

154 Mr. A. Dendy on the .

is undoubtedly Ceylon; Bowerbank *, Gray f, and Carter t

have all written upon the sponge-fauna of this particular

district, and the sponge-fauna of Madras, in so far as is evi-

denced by the material at my disposal, bears a striking resem-

blance to it. Thus, out of the ten determinable species from

Madras, four, viz. Halichondria panicea (a cosmopolitan

species), Awinella Donnant, Hircinia clathrata, and Hiréinia

vallata, have already been recorded from the neighbour-

hood of Ceylon.

There can be no doubt that the present collection was ob-

tained in shallow or moderately shallow water, although there

is no record of the depth. Species witha strong development

of spongin in the skeleton-fibre predominate, as might have

been safely predicted from the climatic conditions of the

locality. It is remarkable that all the species, with a single

exception, belong to the suborder Halichondrina or else to the

Keratosa, which are undoubtedly direct descendants of the

former group. The single exception is a new species of the

cosmopolitan genus Suberites, which I have called S. incon-

stans, owing to its extraordinary variability in external ap-

pearance.

In addition to the species recorded below there are in the

collection a number of Ectyonine and Homorrhaphid forms,

which I have thought desirable to leave undetermined until a

better supply of material is forthcoming. Unfortunately all

the specimens have been dried, but I hope before long to

receive a second instalment preserved in alcohol.

Suberites inconstans, nu. sp. (Pls. [X., X.)

There are six specimens of this species in the collection.

They present us with an extraordinary range of external

form, and yet all agree so closely in the arrangement and in

the shape and size of the spicules that it is impossible to dis-

tinguish more than one species. I have therefore decided to

group all the specimens under three varieties :—(1) Suderites

- enconstans, var. globosa; (2) Suberites inconstans, var mean-

drina; (3) Suberites inconstans, var. digitata.

# “ Report on a Collection of Sponges found at Ceylon by E. W.

Holdsworth, Esq.,” Proc. Zool. Soc. 1873, p. 25.

t+ “Sponges from Ceylon,” Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xii.

p. 266. (This paper is only a brief criticism of Dr. Bowerbank’s.)

t “ Report on Specimens dredged up from the Gulf of Manaar,”’ &c.,

Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. vi. p. 35; “Supplementary Report

on the Specimens dredged up from the Gulf of Manaar,” &c., Ann. &

Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. vii. p. 861. *

Sponge-fauna of Madras. 155

Suberttes inconstans, var. globosa. (Pl. IX. figs. 1, 1 a.)

Sponge (Pl. IX. fig. 1) massive, sessile, attached, irregularly

spherical, averaging about 160 millim. in diameter. Surface

uneven, but without digitate processes, very minutely hispid.

Irregularly scattered over the surface are numerous large,

more or less circular openings, which must be regarded as

the oscula; these average in diameter about 4 millim. in one

specimen, while in the other they are smaller. Colour light

brownish orange. ‘Texture hard and woody, incompressible ;

internally cavernous.

Skeleton very irregular, composed of dense masses of loosely

ageregated tylostyli, without any defined fibres. At the

surface the tylostyli are mostly arranged in brushes with their

apices projecting outwards.

Spicules (Pl. [X. fig. 1a) large, stout, usually slightly curved

tylostyli, with well-marked, somewhat elongated heads of the

‘ enormi-spinulate” type and with gradually sharp-pointed

apices. Size about 0°57 by 0-022 millim.

There are two specimens of this variety, agreeing fairly

closely with one another in external form.

Suberites inconstans, var. meandrina. (PI. X.)

The single specimen (PI. X. fig. 1) consists of a great, hemi-

spherical, cake-like mass, attached by a very broad base to a

massof calcareous débris. Average diameter about 300millim.

The upper surface (Pl. X. fig. 1 a) is uneven, and is also fur-

rowed by numerous, closely-placed, very deep, meandering

grooves or elongated pits, each of which is about 2-3 millim.

broad, and has slightly prominent margins. There are also

usually numerous very small pits between the grooves. The

general surface is again very minutely hispid. Colour light

brownish orange. ‘Texture hard, woody, and incompressible.

Skeleton and spicules as before, except that the spicules

appear to be a trifle shorter.

The meandering pits on the surface, from which I have

taken the name of this variety, are doubtless homologous with

the circular pits on the surface of the last variety, from which

we may imagine them to be derived by a process of lateral

elongation. In cases like the present it is of course an open

question as to what are to be considered the true oscula.

Suberites inconstans, var. digitata. (PI. IX. fig. 2.)

There are three specimens which I refer to this variety.

They differ considerably from one another in external appear-

156 Mr. A. Dendy on the

ance, but all of them show a more or less strongly marked

tendency to form digitate processes. All three resemble the

preceding specimens in colour and texture, but in two of

them the orange colour is more distinctly pronounced.

The specimen (Pl. IX. fig. 2) which I consider most typi-

cal of the variety consists of a number of upright, branching

and anastomosing, cylindrical processes, springing from a very

irregular, thin, basal lamina, which has overgrown a mass of

calcareous débris. ‘The finger-like processes: are, at any rate

usually, tubular, and sometimes there is an osculum at the

summit. All the processes and their branches grow vertically

upwards. The height of the entire specimen is about 155 mil-

lim., and the greatest breadth about the same, while the dia-

meterof the finger-like processes averagesabout 17 millim., The

surface of the sponge is fairly even, and, in addition to being

very minutely hispid, is also minutely punctate, the puncta-

tion being most distinct on the lower, paler-coloured parts of

the specimen. This punctate character is not confined to this

specimen, nor even to this variety, but it appears to be a

variable feature. ;

Of the two remaining specimens of the variety one has the

digitate processes very broad and irregular, with a very uneven,

corrugated surface ; while in the other the digitate processes

are almost obsolete.

The skeleton is much the same as in the preceding varie-

ties, except that the fibres are generally more distinct, and, at

any rate in the type of the variety, it is possible to distinguish

between primary fibres running vertically to the surface and

secondary ones crossing them more or less at right angles.

The spicules are of just about the same shape and size as

in the two preceding varieties.

Perhaps the most nearly allied of previously described

species is Nardo’s Suberites massa*. ‘This occurs in the

canals of Venice, and is stated to reach the size of a human

head; it is also of a bright orange colour. Thus it must

closely resemble the massive varieties of the present species

in external appearance; but it differs in the size and form of

the spicules, which, in Suberites massa, as evidenced by one

of Schmidt’s preparations in the British Museum, are much

longer and relatively very much slenderer than in S. ¢ncon-

stans. Another species which resembles S. dnconstans in the

great size to which it grows is Bowerbank’s Hymeniacidon

(= Spirastrella?) pulvinatus}, from near Belize. Bower-

* Cf. Schmidt, Spong. adriat. Meeres, p. 67.

+ Proc. Zool. Soc. 1872, p. 126.

Sponge-fauna of Madras. 157

oank’s species, however, grows to afar greater size and differs

widely enough in the arrangement of the oscula on the upper

surface and in the smaller size of the tylote spicules.

The most remarkable feature about S. inconstans is its

extreme variability in external form ; it thus affords a striking

parallel to the cases of Sprnosella sororta and Pachychalina

variabilis, two common West-Indian Chalinine sponges, with

which I have dealt at length elsewhere *.

Halichondria panicea, Johnston, var.

1842, Halichondria panicea, Johuston, British Sponges, p. 114.

I identify with this well-known and _ widely-distributed

species a single massive specimen measuring about 100 millim.

in average diameter, with a well-marked tendency to give off

above short, digitate, tubular processes. Surface covered with

small monticular prominences. Colour (dry) white below

and light pink above. Texture very soft and crumbling.

Both the main and dermal skeletons form a very confused,

irregular, and loosely put together reticulation of spicules,

apparently with no spongin.

The spicules are the usual slightly curved, long, gradually

sharp-pointed, fusiform oxea; they average about 0°7 by

0-014 millim. in size when full-grown, thus agreeing fairly

well with those of the Kerguelen variety.

Mr. Carter t has already recorded a sponge which he calls

“ Amorphina megalorhaphis, n. sp.,’ from Ceylon, and he

also remarks, in the same place: “This seems to be a

variety of the common British species Halichondria panicea,

chiefly differentiated by the size of its largest spicules, which

is double that of the English one.”

The synonymy and geographical distribution of the species

will be found in the Report on the Monaxonida dredged by

H.M.S. ‘Challenger,’ p. 2.

Tedania digitata, Schmidt, sp.

1862. Reniera digitata, Schmidt, Spong. adriat. Meeres, p. 75.

There is one fine specimen which is undoubtedly referable

to this widely distributed species. It consists of a low-

growing mass rising up into short, digitate, conical processes

or large mamille, and has a very uneven, corrugated surface.

In its present (dry) condition it is of a pale yellow colour

tinged with pink, but a label with it states that the colour,

when alive, was red.

The measurements of the spicules are as follows :—Smooth

* Proc. Zool. Soc. 1887.

fy Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. vii. p. 368.

158 Mr. A. Dendy on the

styli, 0:245 by 0:0094 millim. ; tylota (with minutely spined

heads), 0:2 by 0°0048 millim. (thickness of shaft) ; oxeote

rhaphides, 0:19 by 0:0025 millim.

The species has already been recorded from the Mediter-

ranean, Atlantic, Antigua, Kurrachee, Australia, Mozambi-

que, and the Amirante Islands; and for further details the

reader is referred to Ridley’s Report on the Zoological Col-

lections of H.M.S. ‘ Alert’ (1884), pp. 417, 607, and to

Ridley and Dendy’s Report on the Monaxonida dredged

by H.M.S. ‘Challenger,’ p. 51.

Lotrochota baculifera, Ridley, var. flabellata.

1884. Lotrochota baculifera, Ridley, Zool. Coll. H.M.S. ‘ Alert,’ Brit.

Mus., p. 435,

There are in the collection two specimens which have given

me a great deal of trouble in determining, and which I have

finally decided to regard as belonging to a variety of

Ridley’s species Lotrochota baculifera, the types of which were

obtained from Port Darwin, Australia.

Each specimen forms an irregularly shaped, flattened mass,

and the larger of the two measures about 160 by 110 millim.,

and has an average thickness of about 5 millim. Both speci-

mens are of a dark purple colour. The dermal membrane

has in most parts been rubbed off, but the surface appears to

have been smooth, although very uneven, in life.

The megasclera are (1) fairly stout, commonly somewhat

curved styli, usually sharp-pointed, size about 0:176 by 0:0063

millim.; (2) straight tylota, occurring chiefly in the dermal

membrane, as is usually the case with diactinal megasclera,

size about 0°22 by 0°0048 millim. The microsclera are

minute amphiastra (“ birotulates”’) about 0°0126 millim.

long.

This variety differs from the types as described by Ridley

(1) in the flabellate instead of lobose habit, and (2) in the

smaller size of all the spicules. ;

Awinella Donnani, Bowerbank, sp. (Pl. XI. fig. 1.)

1873. Isodictya Donnant, Bowerbank, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1873, p. 28,

pl. vi. figs. 2-6.

This remarkable and well-characterized species was origi-

nally described and figured by Dr. Bowerbank fourteen years

ago from a single dry specimen, and has not since been heard

of. The type specimen was obtained from the Pearl-banks,

Ceylon, by Mr. Holdsworth, who remarks: “The dark,

thick, cup-shaped sponge with undulated margin is not un-

Sponge-fauna of Madras. 159

common on the large pearl-bank in from 6% to 9 fathoms ;

and I have met with it once or twice on rough ground on

other parts of the coast; it is usually attached to some bit of

rock, and is always, when alive, of a uniform bright orange-

colour. It turns black an hour or two after being taken out

of the water. The largest specimen I have seen was about

as large again as the one you have. The general shape and

colour are always the same ”’ *.

The species is undoubtedly referable to the genus Aaznella,

of which, in both form and arrangement of the spicules, it is

a typical member. It is represented in the present collection

by four specimens of a dark brownish colour, ranging in dia-

meter from 55 to 130 millim., and in height from 42 to 130

millim. All are distinctly pedunculate and have the same

general external appearance although varying widely in de-

tails of form. One specimen is almost a facsimile of that

figured by Bowerbank and is, moreover, labelled “ colour

orange,” which is a very satisfactory confirmation of Mr.

Holdsworth’s statement. A second specimen is also cup-

shaped, but the wall of the cup, instead of simply undulating,

is proliferated outwards into large, branching and anastomos-

ing, vertical lamellee.

The most remarkable variation in external form is, how-

ever, exhibited by a specimen which is not cup-shaped at all,

but consists of a number of vertical lamelle inclined at various

angles to one another and attached to a stout peduncle. The

surfaces of these lamelle are furrowed towards the upper

margin by numerous deep longitudinal grooves about 1°5 millim.

broad, in which lie numerous minute oscula. In a few places

only the grooves are very short and stellately arranged, these

stellate grooves occurring lower down on the specimen than

the longitudinal ones. I have thought it desirable to give an

illustration of this remarkable form (Pl. XI. fig. 1).

As the species has already been pretty fully described, I need

give no further details except with regard to the spicules.

These are fairly stout, gradually sharp-pointed, usually curved

styli, averaging about 0°315 by 0:0157 millim. in size. The

small and slender styli (“‘acuates”’), mentioned by Bower-

bank, are scarce in my specimens; no doubt they are young

forms of the larger spicules.

Phakellia Ridleyt, n. sp. (Pl. XI. figs. 2, 2 a.)

Sponge (Pl. XI. fig. 2) erect, flabellate, forming thin fronds.

There are in the collection two specimens, measuring 80 millim,

* Proc, Zool. Soc. 1873, p. 29.

160 Mr. A. Dendy on the

high by 85 millim. broad and about 3 millim. thick, and 95

millim. high by 67 millim. broad and about 3 millim. thick, re-

spectively. Colour inthe dry state light brick-red. Texture

hard and fairly tough. Surface marked with longitudinal ridges

and furrows; minutely hispid. The dermal membrane appears

to have been almost entirely rubbed off. In the present con-

dition of the specimens it is almost impossible to discover the

arrangement of the pores and oscula; but there is no reason

to doubt that they are arranged here as in other species of the

genus, viz. the oscula on one surface and the pores on the

other.

‘he skeleton is reticulate, with stouter, polyspiculous,

longitudinal fibres. The crossing fibres are very irregularly

developed and ill-defined. There is not very much spongin

present.

The spicules are smooth, more or less curved styli (Pl. XT.

fig. 2a), well rounded off at the base, and gradually sharp-

pointed at the apex. Size about 0-4 by 0015 millim.

This is a pretty little species with a characteristic external

appearance. I have great pleasure in dedicating it to my

friend and late colleague Mr. 8S. O. Ridley, M.A., who has

for many years held a distinguished position amongst spong-

ologists. The species is remarkable on account of its small

size, if we may be allowed to judge of this from only two

specimens, and also on account of its red colour.

Raspailia fruticosa, n. sp. (PI. XII. figs. 2, 2a.)

Sponge (Pl. XII. fig. 2) erect, consisting of a bushily ramose

mass of fairly stout, cylindrical branches placed upon a short

peduncle. Most of the branches appear to have arisen by simple

furcation of pre-existing ones; but some few are given off in

the form of small secondary branches from older and stouter

primary branches. The branches anastomose freely at

points where they come in contact with one another; all

of them tend vertically upwards and end in blunted apices.

There are three specimens present ; the largest measures 150

millim. in height and 120 in greatest breadth, while the

diameter of the branches averages about 7 millim. ‘l'wo of

the three specimens are distinctly compressed in one plane.

Colour (dry) dark brown. Texture rather hard and brittle.

Surface very distinctly hispid and covered all over with

numerous minute perforations, which appear to be the oscula.

_ The skeleton is distinctly reticulate ; it consists in the first

place of a more concentrated axial portion occupying the centre

of each branch, from which primary fibres radiate upwards

and outwards to the surface of the sponge. These radiating

Sponge-fauna of Madras. 161

primary fibres are connected with one another by short

secondary fibres, which run from one to the other at right

angles, and thus give rise to an irregular, rectangularly meshed

network. The ends of the primary fibres project beyond the

surface in the form of tufts of spicules, and amongst the

shorter spicules composing these tufts there also project a

number of very long and slender spicules ; these reach a con-

siderable distance beyond the surface, and thereby give it its

characteristic hispid appearance. ‘There is a considerable

amount of amber-coloured spongin present, uniting the spi-

cules into fibres; but the fibres are very ill-defined and

irregular, the spicules in the primaries being arranged in

a more or less Axinellid manner.

The spicules are of various forms, viz.:—(1) More or less

curved, gradually sharp-pointed, fairly stout, smooth styli,

averaging in size about 0°315 by 0-01 millim., but subject to

considerable variation, especially in diameter ; these make up

the chief portion of the skeleton. (2) Very long and slender,

very gradually sharp-pointed, slightly flexuous, smooth styl

(Pl. XII. fig. 2a); size about 0°8 by 0:007 millim. ; occurring

at the surface, projecting amongst the smaller spicules as de-

scribedabove. (3) Spined styl, with a fewstout, sharp, strongly

recurved spines. Sometimes there are three or four unusually

large spines arranged like the teeth of a grapnel at the extreme

apex. ‘There appear to be very few or no spines at the base.

These spicules are rather rare; they occur projecting ob-

liquely outwards and forwards from the primary fibres, at or

near the surface of the sponge. Size about 0°14 by 0:0095

millim. There occur also fairly numerous, long, slender

rhaphides, probably incompletely developed styli.

The external appearance of this sponge is very charac-

teristic, and it appears, judging from the three specimens

present, to be very constant; the best idea of it will be

obtained by reference to the figure.

Raspailia Thurstont, n. sp.

(Pl. XII. figs. 1, 1 a, 1 0.)

Sponge (Pl. XII. fig. 1) erect, ramified dichotomously in

one plane, pedunculate. Branches long and rather slender,

tending vertically upwards, tapering slightly to rather obtuse

apices. Height of the larger of the two specimens present

190 millim., breadth about 145 millim., diameter of branches

about 4°5 millim. Surface granular, minutely punctate, not

distinctly hispid as in the preceding species. ‘Texture hard

and tough. Colour (dry) pale yellowish brown; one speci-

men has a reddish tinge at the base.

162 Mr. A. Dendy on the

The skeleton consists in the first place of an extremely

dense and tough, slender, cylindrical axis, measuring in the

branches about 0°6 millim. in diameter. This axis is com-

posed of a solid mass of rather dark amber-coloured spongin,

with numerous imbedded spicules. From it numerous

primary fibres radiate upwards and outwards to the surface

of the sponge, joined together at right angles by secondary

fibres, so as to give rise to a very dense network with irregu-

larly rectangular meshes. Both primary and secondary fibres

contain a large proportion of spongin. ‘The primary fibres

terminate at the surface in dense, elongated tufts of spicules

arranged in a typical Axinellid manner, amongst them being

a very great number of the strongly spined styli. The very

long, slender styli, projecting far beyond the surface and

forming so characteristic a feature of Raspailia fruticosa, are

not present, and it seems very probable that they are func-

tionally replaced by the numerous spined styli, which, it must

be remembered, are very rare in the preceding species.

Spicules:—(1) Smooth, very gradually sharp-pointed,

more or less curved styli (Pl. XII. fig. 16), usually short

and stout, measuring about 0°28 by 0°014 millim., but often

longer and slenderer and sometimes shorter and stouter ;

in short, very variable in size: these spicules form the

main mass of the skeleton. (2) The spined styli (Pl. XII.

fig. 1 a); more or less curved, stout, and tapering gradually

towards the apex. ‘The spines are very stout and sharp-

pointed and strongly recurved towards the base, which is

usually quite smooth ; commonly the spicule terminates in

three or four large spines arranged around the projecting apex

like the teeth of a grapnel, the apex itself being represented

merely by a low rounded wart ; or sometimes the spicule may

terminate in a sharp-pointed apex with no spines. Size of

spicule about 0°025 by 0:0094 millim. These spicules are

very abundant in the position indicated above. In boiled-

out preparations a few very much elongated, slender, smooth

styli, like those occurring at the surface of Raspaila fruti-

cosa, make their appearance ; but I have not observed them

in situ.

I have much pleasure in naming this species after Mr.

Thurston, to whom I am indebted for the opportunity of

studying and describing this valuable collection. It is

interesting to find two species so nearly resembling one

another in all essential characters, yet so totally distinet from

one another, as Raspailia fruiicosa and Raspailia Thurstoni,

both coming from the same locality. They may be distin-

guished from one another immediately both by their external

Sponge-fauna of Madras. 163

appearance and by their spiculation, and although there are in

the collection three specimens of the one species and two of

the other, none of them show any transitional condition

between the two species. It is also very interesting to observe

how different spicules are utilized in the two species for the

same function, viz. the protection of the surface.

Hircinia clathrata, Carter.

1881. Hircinia clathrata, Carter, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. vii.

p. 866.

With this species I identify two dry, washed-out specimens

of fair size. ‘There can be no reasonable doubt as to the

identification, for Mr. Carter’s original specimen, which came

from the Gulf of Manaar, is sufficiently well characterized to

make it certain, although I have been unable to examine the

type.

The species has hitherto been recorded by Carter from the

Gulf of Manaar and from the Red Sea.

Hircinia vallata, nu. sp.

Hircinia vallata, R. v. Lendenfeld, MS.

Sponge more or less semicircular in outline. Consisting

of an erect, thick, flattened lamella, with a narrow, smoothly

curved upper margin, along which the oscula are placed.

Surface flat, like the surface of a wall, honeycombed by

numerous shallow, rounded or polygonal depressions. ‘Tex-

ture very coarse, rough and cavernous; there is an enormous

quantity of foreign matter present, such as sand, sponge-

spicules, &c. Colour brownish grey. The oscula are, as

already stated, arranged along the upper margin of the sponge ;

they are the openings of wide exhalant canals, radiating

upwards from deep down in the body of the sponge. In the

single specimen from Madras there are also numerous much

smaller round openings scattered over both flattened surfaces

of the sponge; but it is not certain whether these are oscula

or not; they do not occur in the Ceylon specimen, to be

mentioned later on.

The single specimen from Madras measures 140 millim. in

height by 290 millim. in width; it is 45 millim. thick in the

centre of the base and 12 millim. thick in the centre of the

upper margin. ‘The oscula and the large exhalant canals

leading up to them average about 4:5 millim. in diameter.

The Ceylon specimen is of the same general form, but

broader, thicker, and not quite so high.

164 On the Sponge-fauna of Madras.

The skeleton is excessively coarse, loose, and irregular ; in

many places it seems to consist only of a rough network of

foreign bodies, including spicules of all shapes and sizes,

cemented together by spongin, while sometimes longer or

shorter stretches of pale-coloured fibre occur, containing no

foreign bodies at all. The filaments are abundant, forming

tangled masses.

There is in the collection of the British Museum a specimen

from Ceylon, which I have already had occasion to refer to,

and which belongs to the same species as the Madras speci-

men. It was collected by Mr. E. W. H. Holdsworth, and is

labelled in Dr. Bowerbank’s handwriting ‘Stematumenia.”

It is obviously one of the two specimens referred to by him,

in his ‘ Report on a Collection of Sponges found at Ceylon

by E. W. H. Holdsworth, Esq.” *, under that name; but he

appears to have considered these two specimens unworthy

of description.

Dr. von Lendenfeld, in working over the British Museum

collection of horny sponges for his forthcoming monograph

of the group, has given the manuscript name ‘Hircinia

vallata”’ to the species in question, a name to which I of course

adhere.

Genus Hipposponeia, Schulze.

There are in the collection two fair-sized specimens, evi-

dently both belonging to the same species. ‘They are massive

and give off from the upper surface hollow digitate processes.

One specimen, which has evidently been dredged in the living

condition, has the skin still attached and shrunk on to the

skeleton; this gives to the surface a uniform black colour.

The other specimen is only a washed-out skeleton, and is of

a dirty greyish-yellow colour. The primary lines of the

skeleton are densely cored by foreign spicules, and the inter-

spaces between them are filled with an angularly-meshed

network of horny fibre, containing no foreign bodies and

averaging in diameter about 0:007 millim.

In the almost hopeless state of confusion at present existing

with regard to the classification and nomenclature of the

horny sponges, I shall not attempt to attach a definite specific

name to these two specimens. Suffice it to say that they

closely resemble von Lendenfeld’s Huspongia canaliculata +,

* Proc. Zool. Soc. 1878, p. 25.

+ “A Monograph of the Australian Sponges,” Proc. Linn. Soc. New

South Wales, vol. x. p. 502.

Mr. G. Lewis on the Pyrochroide of Japan. 165

but differ in the absence of a distinct dermal reticulation of

foreign bodies, such as is described and figured for that

species, although irregularly scattered foreign bodies are fairly

abundant in the skin. Dr. von Lendenfeld informs me that

he now believes his Huspongia canaliculata to belong to the

genus Hippospongia. At the time when he wrote his descrip-

tion of it he believed it to be identical in part with Mr. Carter’s

Euspongia anfractuosa, notwithstanding which he gave it a

new name of his own, citing Huspongia anfractuosa as a

synonym. Doubtless in his forthcoming monograph of the

horny sponges this most perplexing question will be further

elucidated.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Puate IX,

Fig. 1. Suberites inconstans, var. globosa, x 4.

Fig. 1a. The same; tylostylus, x 190.

Fig. 2. Suberites inconstans, var. digitata, X 3.

PuaTeE X.

Fig. 1. Suberites mconstans, var. meandrina, X 3.

Fig. 1a. The same; portion of upper surface, nat. size.

PuatTE XI.

Fig. 1. Axinella Donnani, x 3.

Fig. 2. Phakellia Ridley?, nat. size.

Fig. 2a, The same; stylus, x 284.

PuaTE XII.

Fig. 1. Raspailia Thurstoni, x 3.

Fig. 1a. The same ; three of the spined styli, x 284.

Fg. 16. Tne same; smooth stylus, x 284.

ag. 2. Raspalia fruticosa, X 3

Fig. 2a. The same ; very long, slender stylus, x 284.

XVII.— On the Pyrochroide of Japan.

By Georce Lewis, F.L.S.

THE collection made in Japan in 1880 and 1881 contains

twelve species of Pyrochroide, and there is a certain simili-

tude between them and those known from the United States ;

this will be seen best from the following table which

gives the genera and number of species of both countries :—

166 Mr. G. Lewis on the Pyrochroide of Japan.

Japan. America.

Ischalia ...... Ae ODD 1 1

JEAAROCINRE, “coacoaecce 6 2

Schizocusieerracsertertr 3 1

Wendroidesieeestre reer 2 4

The other known members of the family are: from Europe

six, Northern Asia and China four, Java one, Borneo one,

and Australia one.

The Javan species, Pyrochroa longa, Perty, as the name im-

plies, has a very different outline from any of the others, and

in the British Museum there are two undescribed species, also

from Java, which resemble it. But the table given above

must be taken with qualification or it will lead, if it lead to

any conclusion at all, to speculation of a poor sort. It merely

gives the divisions of the family found in Japan and America

according to the present generic arrangements, and all such

assortments are necessarily more or less provisional and liable

to change with an increase of knowledge. There is hardly a

family perhaps in the Coleoptera of which so little is known

as the Pyrochroide. The Japanese species of Dendroides are

in several repects different from those known from America ;

and although I consider it will not at any time be desirable

to establish a genus to hold them, their discovery materially

enlarges*the scope of Dendroides. And when the compara-

tive value of the table is examined, inquiries must also be

undertaken as to the extent of the researches yet made in

Japan and America. Are they or are they not relatively

complete ? The species in Japan are local, and the inference

therefore is that more discoveries may be made which may

modify any views put forth, and the American continent is

so vast that it seems safe to predict the same thing of it.

I am led into making these observations because Herr H.

J. Kolbe, of Berlin, has lately published, in the ‘ Archiv fiir

Naturgeschichte,’ 1886, p. 142, eleven well-arranged tables

showing the distribution of some Korean Coleoptera. The

tables show great care in their elaboration, but they are based

on such insufficient material that it is impossible to assign to

them any value. Only 142 species are enumerated, and some

of these are not, in my opinion, characteristic of the Hastern

fauna. I no not refer especially to those that are usually

called cosmopolitan insects, such as Dermestes, Necrobia, Giib-

bium, certain Aphodit, &e., but to others which have a very

wide distribution and are species familiar to most coleopterists.

The publication of geographical statistics for the Coleoptera

of China, Korea, and Japan is premature now, and will, I

think, remain so until the important region lying between

Mr. G. Lewis on the Pyrochroida of Japan. 167

Pekin, Canton, and the Himalayan mountains is fairly well

investigated, and the material brought to Europe or taken to

America and worked out. From ten to fifteen thousand species

would be a very moderate collection for this territory. Within

its limits there are large forests of both deciduous and ever-

green trees growing at all the various altitudes of the

district, and the contents of them are, practically speaking,

unknown. It is not the low-lying areas which nurture

and harbour the distinctive species of the Japanese fauna,

these mostly yield Bembidia and certain Hydradephaga and

Staphylinide, which are much the same all the world

over; there as elsewhere the higher altitudes give the cha-

racteristic species. The names of five or six of Herr

Kolbe’s species will ultimately rank as synonyms, a result

inseparable from working on scant material. Korea is now

being opened up to foreign trade, and more and more every

year will travellers visit the country, and the natural history

be gradually worked out, while the laying down of rail-

ways in China will facilitate the making of collections there ;

and what I fear may happen is, that the species described

from Japan will not sufficiently engage the attention of

authors when at work on the new material, and the result will

be the creation of duplicate names.

If this paper therefore should fall into the hands of any

entomologist who, in the course of writing a memoir, should

desire to examine specimens of any Japanese species I possess,

I shall be glad to submit to him compared types of all I can.

For this purpose I have retained as long a series as possible

of every species, and any labour on my part will be bestowed

cheerfully that may tend to gain one end I desire, namely, to

see a Catalogue of Japanese Coleoptera more free of syno-

nyms than any other local list yet issued. Under the present

rules of nomenclature the deletion of a single name is impos-

sible, and I know synonyms cannot be avoided altogether,

but, so far as the loan of types can go to prevent them, I am

willing to do what I can. I do not wish it to be understood

that I think an author may not legitimately refuse to acknow-

ledge the existence of types and decide to be guided by the

literature alone, I only offer the loan to those to whom it may

be acceptable.

The Pyrochroa rufula, described in 1860 by Motschulsky,

is not in the present series, and, as it formed part of Madame

Gaschkevitch’s collection, some doubt exists whether it reall

came from Japan. It has never transpired that this lady

labelled her collections, but it is now pretty well established

that some of the Lucanide of the collection were gathered on

168 Mr. G. Lewis on the Pyrochroide of Japan.

the Asian continent. Motschulsky’s knowledge of Japan at

the time when the country had been opened to Europeans

but two years was necessarily small, and it is reasonable to

doubt whether he thought it a matter of much importance to

keep the Japanese species separate from those of Dauria. In

the map, Schrenck, Reisen &c. 11. 1860, Hakodate is spelt

““ Khokodady ” and placed in the north of Yezo, whereas it is

in the extreme south, close to Matzumai, which is inserted

in the chart correctly.

The following is a list of the species referred to in this

paper :—

Ischalia patagiata, Lewvs. Schizotus rubricollis.

Pyrochroa vestiflua. auritus.

laticollis. —— gibbifrons.

brevitarsis. Dendroides niponensis.

peculiaris. ocularis.

japonica, Heyden.

atripennis. Pyrochroa rufula, Motsch.

Ischalia patagiata, Lewis.

Ischalia patagiata, Lewis, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1879, iv. p. 463.

Oblonga, depressa, nigra, parce albo-hirta; antennis pedibusque

obscure nigris; elytris externe late luteo marginatis. L. 5-54

mill.

Oblong, depressed, black, with the elytra broadly margined

with yellow, the yellow band occupies half the width of

each elytron until just before the apex, when it is confined to

the dilated rim of the elytron.. The head projects on each

side to receive the antenne; the eyes are rather coarsely

granulate, with the space behind rather shining, convex, and

sparsely punctured. The thorax is rather elevated behind

the neck, with distinct lateral margins, and there is a longi-

tudinal carina before the scutellum which occupies about one

third of the length of the thorax, on each side of the carina is

a transverse depression. ‘The suture of the elytron is raised

and the humeral angle dilated, its outer ridge forming the

commencement of the elytral carina, which terminates just

before the apex, just beyond the point where the yellow

margin narrows. I do not see any sexual characters.

In 1881 I obtained four specimens in Hiogo and two at the

foot of Miyasan, one of the original localities.

The American species of this genus was described as

Eupleurida costata by Leconte in 1866 ; but Pascoe’s Ischalia

indigacea from Borneo was published in 1860, and his generic

name has priority. Crotch first included Jschalia in the

Pyrochroide.

Mr. G. Lewis on the Pyrochroide of Japan. 169

Pyrochroa vestiflua.

Elongata, nigra, subnitida; fronte modice excavata, antice tubercu-

lata; elytris rufo-brunneis, postice dilatatis. L. 10-17 mill.

Elongate, black, somewhat shining ; head transversely ex-

cavated in front of the eyes, and between the antenne there is

a small tubercle on a short longitudinal ridge. The first joint

of the antenne is rather long and constricted before the base,

the base being abruptly enlarged ; the second joint is about

one third the length of the first and slightly smaller before

its base; the third joint is as long as the first and at its

apex is the first pectinal tooth or branch, which in the male

is as long as the joint itself; the next seven joints have

subapical processes which are nearly three times the length

of each joint; the terminal joint is (as in other species) long

and simple; in the female the branch of the third joint is

short and rather obtuse, the following joints bearing branches

which gradually lengthen until the tenth joint, when the

prolongation is half as long again as the segment. The

thorax is clothed with a cinereous pile and anteriorly rounded

at the sides, with a median depression which widens out before

the scutellum; there are also two irregular depressions on

each side. Scutellum somewhat rounded behind, black, and

rugosely punctured. Elytra reddish brown, with concolo-

rous pile, closely and rather transversely rugose and for three

fourths of their length rather amply dilated. Legs intensely

black with pale claws. The female has the forehead much

less excavated than the male and the tubercle is less defined.

The larve, pupee, and imagos were found together under

bark of beech, April 21, 1880, at Suyama, and the perfect

insect afterwards was found commonly at Miyanoshita,

Nikko, Sapporo, Oyayama, and other places.

Pyrochroa laticollis.

Elongata, nigra, subnitida; capite puncticulato, fronte utrinque

excayata; thorace transverso post oculos subrecto. L. 10-11

mill.

This is very similar to the last in colour and form of the

antenne, but it is much smaller and has a transverse thorax.

The head is finely and rather thickly punctured, and the trans-

verse region between the antenne and the eyes is excavated

on each side, with a dividing central portion much less deep.

The thorax is rather straight behind the head, with a very

distinct angle on the outer edge behind the middle; the de-

pressions are much as in P. vestiflua.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5. Vol. xx. 12

170 =©Mr. G. Lewis on the Pyrochroides of Japan.

I possess six females, but do not know the male. The

localities for it are Ichiuchi, Subashiri, Miyanoshita, and

Oyayama.

Pyrochroa brevitarsis.

Elongata, nigra, subnitida ; fronte transversim subexcavata, inter

antennas subelevata ; pronoto parum transverso utrinque biangu-

lato ; elytris testaceo-brunneis. L. 83 mill.

Head with an interantennal elevation with a median but

small tubercle, the transverse space between the eyes and

antenne is slightly excavated. The thorax is anteriorly

straight behind the neck, and then shelves off to a point,

which, viewed over the elytra, looks like an angle ; posteriorly,

as in laticollis, there is another well-defined angle. ‘The scutel-

lum is black, and the thoracic depressions do not visibly

differ from those of the preceding species.

There is no doubt about this species being distinct from the

last on account of the size, thoracic angles, and shorter poste-~

rior tarsi.

Two examples, both females, were taken in the highest

region of Kadzusa, April 5, 1880. In this part the planta-

tions are chiefly of Abies and Pinus.

It is the smallest species known from Japan at present.

Pyrochroa peculiaris.

Elongata, nigra, subnitida ; fronte bifoveolata; elytris piceis pilo

rufo-brunneo. L. 9-11 mill.

Elongate, black, little shining. Head and thorax with an

ashy pubescence ; elytra piceous and clothed with a reddish-

brown pile, which gives a peculiar dark tint to the whole.

The forehead in the male has two deep fovex between the

antenne, and the transverse-space between the eyes and the

antenne is thickly clothed with pubescence; between the

eyes the surface is sparsely puncticulate ; neck rather thickly

punctate. The first joint of the antenna is somewhat com-

pressed, second trigonate, third with a subapical branch,

fourth to tenth with pectinal processes longer than the joints.

The female has no frontal fovee, but the transverse depres-

sion before the eyes is more distinct, the head generally more

thickly punctured, and the antenne obtusely pectinate.

The thorax is round in both sexes, and the elytra but mode-

rately dilated and rugosely sculptured.

I took this species in August, four specimens in South

Yezo and one on Niohozan, above Nikko.

Mr. G. Lewis on the Pyrochroide of Japan. AL

The two following species have slender tarsi and an inter-

ocular protuberance in the male :—

“‘ Pyrochroa japonica, Heyd., 2.

“Pyrochroa japonica, Heyd., 9, Deutsche ent. Zeitschr. xxii. 1879,

Heft ii. p. 354,

*¢ Depressa, obscure rufo-coccinea, antennis pedibusque nigrtis, ore,

thorace lateribus nigris, fronte nigra; capite inter oculos fortiter

transverse elevato, antice laxe excavato. horace minore, parum

latiore quam longiore, lateribus post medium angulatis, ante

medium transverse late impresso, linea media canaliculata in

foveam antescutellarem effundente. lytris plus gquadruplo

thorace longioribus, ante medium dilatatis, transverse densissime

rugosis, in utroque lines dus e rugis obliquis plumiformibus

latioribus. Palporum articulis primo minuto rufo et secundo |

quarto equalibus, tertio breviore et angustiore, quarto lateribus

parallelis, basi apiceque acuminatis. Antenne partim desunt,

articulis 1 et 3-6 longitudine equalibus, primo basi attenuato,

3-6 sensim fortiter ramosis, fortius (jam in tertio) quam in P,

pectinicorni, cui affinis sed major. L. 11 mill.”

- The male of this species has the pectinate branches of the

antenne very long, and in joints six to nine the processes are

more than three times the length of the joint that bears them.

Between the eyes there is a large vertical protuberance, which

is connected with the forehead by a median ridge, which,

viewed sideways, is usually seen to come to a raised point

immediately behind the antenna; but in several examples

this elevation is obsolete. In two specimens the vertical

protuberance examined from above is divided on its upper

surface into two lobes. Heyden only knew the female.

I have a series of about thirty examples from Subashiri,

Kiga, and other places lying under Mount Fuyisan, and also

a few from Nikko.

Pyrochroa atripennis.

Atra, opaca; capite antice palpisque flavis; thorace rufo. L, 11

mill.

Black ; head between the antenne and the mouth-organs,

except the tips of the mandibles, flavous. In the male there

is a broad flattish protuberance on the head, which has its

base between the eyes, and, projecting forwards, is somewhat

truncate anteriorly and rounded off on each side, with two

impressions on the upper surface, which leave the margins

and a median division raised. ‘Thorax red, sometimes a little

transverse, with a cinereous pile and two lateral impressions

172 Mr. G. Lewis on the Pyrochroide of Japan.

and one rather deep and broad before the scutellum ; scutellum

posteriorly semicircular, black and opaque, like the elytra,

the latter rugose and moderately dilated behind; legs black

with yellow claws. The female has the head transversely

convex between the eyes, a slight longitudinal ridge between

the antenne and a small boss-like elevation on each side close

to them ; the epistoma is flavous and the palpi black.

Whether this last character is really sexual or whether the

coloration is inconstant in the species must remain at present

uncertain, as I have but one female.

Found by sweeping under brushwood in June on Omine

in Yamato, and at Chiuzenji. Four examples.

I have one more species of Pyrochroa from Miyanoshita

which is unique, and I do not describe it. Its head is rather

thickly punctured.

Pyrochroa rufula.

Pyrochroa rufula, Motsch, Bull. Soc. Mosc. 1866, p. 173.

“ Statura et color Pyrochroa pectinicorni, sed major. Oblonga, de-

pressa, opaca, supra rufo-coccinea, pubescens, corpore subtus,

fronte, ore, oculis, antennis subserratis, pedibusque nigris; tho-

race transverso, longitudinaliter triimpresso ; elytris thorace latio-

ribus, postice subdilatatis, nervis vix distinctis. Long. 3} 1.

(about 7 mill.) lat. 1 1.”

The measurements given above are less than those of P.

pectinicornis; but the diagnosis expresses a contrary state-

ment.

Schizotus rubricollis.

Elongatus, subparallelus ; fronte in medio longitudinaliter carinata

utrinque valde excavata; elytris thoraceque rufis, L.9 mill.

Elongate and posteriorly scarcely dilated ; head between

the eyes transversely convex and sparsely puncticulate, the

convexity being broadest close to the eyes ; the region before

the eyes is deeply excavated, with a polished longitudinal

ridge in the centre of the excavation which terminates before

the interocular raised or convex portion, and at the point of

termination there is a triangular excavation deeper than that

of the sides; bordering the carina the head is more or less

reddish ; the neck is red and somewhat coarsely punctured.

Thorax uneven, a little raised in two portions behind the

neck, with similar raised parts before the scutellum; the

yaised portions are a little polished. Scutellum a little

Mr. G. Lewis on the Pyrochroide of Japan. 173

prolonged and transversely depressed in the middle ; elytra

red and rugose. I know the male only.

Captured at Miyanoshita, May 1880.

Schizotus aurtius.

Elongatus, niger, subnitidus ; capite inter oculos elevato, ante oculos

profunde excavato. L. 9 mill.

Black, rather shining; elytra alone reddish brown. Head

a little transverse, with the region between the eyes greatly

elevated, the elevation or protuberance being divided into two

portions by a median depression ; the surface is distinctly but

not densely punctured; this protuberance is excavated

anteriorly, and within the excavation are long flavous hairs.

The region between the antenne is transversely canaliculate,

with the space anterior to it roughly sculptured, with two

rather deep lobe-shaped fovee. The thorax is transverse, dis-

tinctly punctured, and has the usual depressions of the genus

on either side and in the middle. Scutellum black, a little

prolonged; elytra rugose, not much dilated behind. The

tarsi are rather slender, with pale claws. The female has a

transverse depression between the eyes and the antenne; but

it is not deep and does not quite approach the eyes. The

first joint of the antenne is much constricted before the base

in both sexes, and the anterior portion is somewhat globular

in the male.

Six specimens were taken on the plain of Fujisan and one

on Ontake.

Schizotus gibbifrons.

Elongatus, niger; capite regione inter oculos perconvexa; thorace

basi anguste rufo. L. 10 mill.

Elongate, black ; posterior margins of the thorax narrowly

red ; elytra reddish brown. Head with a well-marked oval

boss between the eyes, shining and distinctly punctured ;

forehead slightly and narrowly elevated between the antennz,

with the space intervening between the eyes depressed. The

surface of the thorax is uneven, but has little to distinguish the

species from its congeners ; the anterior angles areround. The

scutellum is black, rather lengthened, depressed transversely in

the middle, and posteriorly more acuminate than in S. auretus.

Elytra as in preceding species. ‘The female is very like the

male, except that the interocular space is simply convex and

the antennz less pectinate.

Five examples, found on Oyayama in Hiogo, May 1881.

174 Mr. G. Lewis on the Pyrochroides of Japan.

The American species of Dendroides have the elytra with

distinct punctures separated from each other by a wide inter-

stice. ‘The Japanese species have the elytra closely sculp-

tured as in the genus Pyrochroa; this sculpture is some-

times called coriaceous, but I think Dr. Heyden’s “ trans-

verse densissime rugosis,” applied to Pyrochroa japonica, is

the better description of it.

Dendroides niponensis.

Elongatus, piceus; fronte excavata; elytris rufo-brunneis, antice

subparallelis, postice parum dilatatis. L. 17 mill.

Elongate and relatively little dilated behind ; elytra piceous,

with a reddish-brown pile, which together give a tint

which inclines to pink. The general colour simulates to

that of P. peculiaris, in which also the elytra are different in

colour from the pubescence. THead excavated between the

antenne and in the region of the anterior portions of the eyes ;

between the hinder portions of the eyes the surface is gla-

brous and shining; neck punctured; thorax rather round

behind, but slightly constricted behind the neck, with a cine-

reous pile; surface uneven. Scutellum blackish, broadest at

base, gradually rounding off towards the apex. Legs black ;

claws yellow. The antenne are strongly pectinate in both

sexes, the pectination being longer and narrower in the male,

shorter and more robust in the female.

The chief sexual characters are in the eyes. The eyes in

the female are small and the interocular space double the

width of that in the male, and the frontal excavation is

shallow.

T obtained it at Kashiwagi, Nikko, Chiuzenji, and Akita.

Dendroides ocularis.

Elongatus, piceus; fronte haud excavata, punctata, ooulis in medio

' approximatis. L. 13 mill.

Elongate, with the outline of the last species; epistoma

slightly convex and a little rugosely punctate; eyes very

prominent and above almost touching in the male; neck

rugosely punctured; thorax slightly constricted before the

base, lateral depressions deeper than those of the middle ;

scutellum black ; elytra reddish brown. The female has a

smaller head than in the preceding species, and the interocular

space is about as wide as in the male of D. niponensis, and it is

less shining and more punctured than in the male of its own

species.

Mr. A. 8. Woodward on a new Species of Semionotus. 175

The two prominent characters which separate this species

from the last are the want of frontal excavation and the very

narrow space between the eyes in the male.

I possess three examples from Miyanoshita and one from

Kashiwagi.

XVIII.—On a new Species of Semionotus, from the Lower

Oolite of Brora, Sutherlandshire. By A. SmitH Woop-

WARD, F.G.S., F.Z.8., of the British Museum (Natural

History).

[Plate VIL]

TuHrRouGH the kindness of Prof. J. W. Judd, F.R.S., I have

received from the Rev. J. M. Joass, LL.D., of Golspie,

Sutherlandshire, some examples of an interesting fossil ganoid

fish, from the Lower Oolites exposed in that district upon

the coast. The specimens were discovered in a block of

carbonaceous shale, believed by Dr. Joass to have been de-

rived from the bed underlying the main seam of lignite in

Strath Brora; and, as will appear from the description and

figures, they are referable to a hitherto unknown species of

Semionotus, adding one or two important items to our know-

ledge of the skeleton of this early genus*. Detached scales

have already been recorded by Prof. Judd +, but no remains

sufficiently perfect for specific determination seem to have

been previously met with.

The most complete fossil (Pl. VII. fig. 1) shows the general

form of the fish, with all the fins except the pelvic pair; but

the shape and relations of the bones in the cephalic region

have been rendered almost undistinguishable by crushing. A

second specimen, with a portion of its counterpart, but desti-

tute of the caudal fin, is even more dilapidated, though ex-

hibiting some of the bones of the head and opercular folds,

A fragment of a third individual shows a well-preserved

pectoral fin and the upper lobe of the caudal pedicle ; while a

tourth is represented by its apparently entire caudal fin. A

detached maxilla also displays the characters of that bone

and its dentition.

* The most complete description of Semzonotus hitherto published is

by J. Striiver, “Die fossilen Fische aus dem Obern Keupersandstein von

cep Zeitschr. d. deutsch. geol. Gesellsch. vol. xvi. (1864) pp. 805-

321, pl. xii.

aay . W. Judd, “The Secondary Rocks of Scotland.—Part I.,” Quart.

Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xxix. (1873) p. 194 (table).

176 Mr. A. S. Woodward on a

Description.

As shown by Pl. VII. fig. 1, the fish is of a graceful fusi-

form shape, the greatest depth, slightly in advance of the

dorsal fin, being contained about three and a half times in the

total length. ‘The head and opercular bones occupy not quite

a third of the total length; and, as usual in the genus, the

dorsal and anal fins are remote.

The head-bones, as just stated, are so much crushed that

the complete outline of very few can be distinguished. The

exposed surfaces seem to have been smooth, or only partially

ornamented with scattered tubercles ; but it is impossible to

determine to which parts the ornament was confined. Of the

inner bones, there are the remains of a pair, evidently vome-

rine or palatine, bearing series of stout conical teeth; and of

the more external elements, the characters of the premaxilla

and maxilla can be observed.

The premaxilla (fig. 2) constitutes but a small portion of

the upper border of the mouth, and bears at least five strong

conical teeth ; it is produced above into a broad backwardly-

directed process, the length of which is about twice as great

as that of the dentigerous margin of the bone. The entire

form of the element is remarkably similar to that of Lepido-

tus. The maxilla (fig. 3) has also a close resemblance to the

corresponding bone in the last-named genus; it is very

narrow in its anterior half, but becomes rapidly deeper behind,

and the posterior portion attains a depth equalling about a

third of the entire length of the dentigerous border; there is

also articulated with the upper edge of this expansion a

small distinct element, which may be interpreted either as

jugal or as merely a dismemberment of the maxilla itself.

The teeth are sharply conical and somewhat irregularly dis-

posed, the larger ones being relatively far apart, and the

smaller ones being closely set in the interspaces.

The posterior branchiostegal rays (fig. 4) are very broad

distally, gradually tapering to the attached end; and between

the rami of the mandible there is a large median gular plate.

An impression of the inner aspect of the latter (fig. 5) is well

shown in one of the specimens; its anterior half is almost

horseshoe-shaped, and appears to be divided from the posterior

broader portion by slight lateral notches.

Displaced and situated above the crushed head in the less

perfect specimen, is a well-preserved scale-bone, which ap-

pears to be one of the series originally attached to the poste-

rior margin of the pectoral arch. ‘This (fig. 6) is vertically

elongated, its length being equal to twice and a half its

greatest breadth. It is of the form of a parallelogram, with

new Species of Semionotus. 177

the antero-inferior angle slightly produced downwards, and

the postero-superior somewhat rounded; but the upper two

thirds of the anterior border were evidently considerably over-

lapped, leaving the exposed portion of the bone broader below

than above. The outer enamelled surface is merely covere

with scattered pittings and exhibits no ornamentation.

Of the paired fins, the pectorals (fig. 1) are long and power-

ful, but the pelvics are almost, if not quite, undistinguishable.

The latter are always more or less rudimentary in Semdonotus,

but they seem to have been unusually small in the species

now under consideration. Hach pectoral fin consists of about

ten robust rays, undivided for more than a third of their

length, then becoming articulated and soon branching.

In the median fins the rays are similar to those of the

pectoral just described—robust, proximally undivided, distally

articulated and branching. ‘The dorsal (fig. 1) is unfortu-

nately mutilated, but there are traces of the double series of

anterior fulcra, followed by about fourteen rays; and the fin

is seen to commence in the middle of the back. The anal

(fig. 1) commences at a point opposite the posterior end of

the dorsal, and is preceded by two prominent and other

smaller fulcra; it is, as usual, of small extent, but composed

of rays of considerable length. ‘The caudal fin is best dis-

played in the fragment shown in fig. 7, though its connexions

are also seen in two of the other specimens. ‘The extremity

of the body is slightly produced upwards—a kind of semi-

heterocercey—and the ridge-scales are continued behind as

fulcra ; the rays, however, are so disposed as to produce a

completely symmetrical fin, and this is not forked, but some-

what rounded, the median rays extending beyond those above

and below.

The scales are thick and covered externally with a smooth

shining layer of ganoine. They are of rhomboidal form,

varying slightly in different parts of the body, being deepest

on the flanks (figs. 1, 8), and most oblique in the caudal

region, while those of the ventral aspect (fig. 9) exhibit, to

some extent, the elongation characteristic of genera like

Hugnathus, &e. With one or two exceptions on the middle of

the flank, none of tne scales show the slightest trace of denti-

culations on the hinder edge. None, moreover, appear to be

united by ‘‘ peg-and-socket’’ joints; but there is the usual

slight overlapping, and all are strengthened on the inner side

by a vertical median rib.

Specific determination.

In his original description of the genus Semionotus, Prof.

178 Mr. A. S. Woodward on a

Agassiz recognized six species—one from the Keuper and five

from the Lias; in 1843 Sir Philip Egerton described three

others from the Lower Jurassic of Italy, and in 1872 one from

the English Kimmeridge Clay ; a fourth Italian species was

added by Costa, and two additional Keuper torms have been

subsequently discovered—the one named by Dr. Oscar Fraas,

from Wiirttemberg, the other described by Mr. E. T. Newton,

from Warwickshire.

Thirteen species have thus been referred to the genus under

consideration, and of these the position of three seems doubtful,

on account of the imperfection of known specimens, while a

fourth may be unhesitatingly regarded as wrongly so placed.

The three former are the Italian species described by Egerton,

and the smallest of these (S. minutus) may eventually prove

to be truly a Notagogus. The fourth species is the so-called

S. rhombifer, Agass. *, from the Lower Lias of Lyme Regis,

which Sir Philip Egerton has already recognized t as exhi-

biting a very close resemblance to Heterolepidotus. There

can, indeed, be no longer any doubt that the fish in question

belongs to the last-named genus, and the type specimen is

quite possibly a young individual of H. latus, Egerton.

Tabulating the remaining twelve species, it will be con-

venient for reference to place them in stratigraphical order

as follows ; and to those of which the type specimens are now

preserved in the British Museum an asterisk is prefixed.

Semionotus, Agassiz.

Semionotus Bergeri, Agass. Rech. Poiss. Foss, vol. ii. pt. 2, p. 224,

pl. xxvi. figs. 2,3. Paleonisewm arenaceum, Berger, Verstein. Co-

burg. Gegend, 1832, p. 18, pl. i.fig.1. Seméonotus Sprxi, Agass. tom.

cit. p.8. Semionotus esox, Berger, Neues Jahrb. 1843, p. 86. Semzo-

notus Berger, von Schauroth, Zeitschr. deutsch. geol. Ges. vol. ii.

(1851), p. 405, pl. xvii.; Bornemann, zbed. vol. vi. (1854), p. 612,

pl. xxv. ; Striiver, 7d. vol. xvi. (1864), p. 305, pl. xili. figs. 1, 3, 4

— Upper Keuper, Coburg.

Semionotus Kapffi, Fraas, MS.—Keuper, Wiirttemberg.

Semionotus Brodiet, Newton, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xliti. (1887)

p- 5387.—Keuper, Warwickshire.

Semionotus latus, Agass. tom, cit. p. 227, pl.xxvil. Dapedius altivelis,

Agass. tom. cit. p. 8.—Lias, Seefeld, Tyrol.

*Semionotus striatus, Agass. tom. cit. p. 231, pl. xxvil.a. figs. 6, 7.

—Lias, Seefeld, Tyrol.

Semionotus Nilssont, Agass. tom. cit. p. 229, pl. xxvii. a. figs. 1-5;

Nilsson, Trans. Acad. Sci. Stockholm, vol. xii. (1824), p. 103, pl. ii.

figs. 1-3.—Lias, Schonen, near Bosarp, Sweden.

Semionotus leptocephalus, Agass. Neues Jahrb. 1852, p. 145; also tom.

cit. p. 222, pl. xxvi. fig. 1—Lias, Boll, Wirttemberg.

sins,

* L, Agassiz, Rech. Poiss. Foss. vol. ii. pt. 1, p. 228, pl. 26a.

+ Egerton, Figs. and Descr. Brit. Org. Remains (Mem. Geol. Surv.),

dec. xiul. pl. il.

new Species of Semionotus. 179

Semionotus curtulus, Costa, Paleont. del Regno di Napoli, pt. 1 (1850),

p. 64, pl. vi. figs. 4, 5, pl. vii. fig. 6, pl. viii. fig. 2; pt. 3, p. 81,

pl. xi. fig. 1; also Ittiol. Foss. Ital. 1855, p. 26, pl. 111. fig. 1.—Lias,

Giffoni, near Naples.

*Semionotus Pentlandi, Egerton, Proc. Geol. Soc. vol. iv. 1843, p. 188.

—Lias, Giffoni, near Naples.

* Semionotus pustulifer, Egerton, loc. cit.—Lias, Giffoni, near Naples.

*Semionotus minutus, Egerton, loc. cit. [P= Notagogus |.—Lias, Giffoni,

near Naples.

*Semionotus Manselit, Egerton, Figs. and Descrip. Brit. Org. Remains

(Mem. Geol. Surv.), dec. xiii. pl. viii. (1872).—Kimmeridge Clay,

Dorsetshire.

Comparing the Brora fossil with each of the foregomg forms

it soon becomes evident that the fish is specifically distinct.

S. Bergert obviously differs in the prominence of the serra-

tions on the scales, and the larger size of the fin-fulcra,

though agreeing well in general proportions. S. Kapfi and

S. Brodiet are smaller species, and the former is considerably

less fusiform. 8. datus is likewise a much shorter and deeper

species ; and S. striatus is distinguished by the character of

the superficial ornamentation of the head. SS. Nilssond has

the scales of the flanks more vertically elongated, and is a

comparatively deep-bodied fish. 8. leptocephalus is very

similar to the Brora fossil in general outline, but the tail is

relatively smaller and the fin-rays apparently less robust.

S. curtulus, 8. Pentlandi, and S. pustulifer must have been

all less elongated; while S. minutus, if really referable to

the same genus, differs in the delicacy of the fin-rays and its

remarkably elongate shape. Lastly, S. Manselic is readily

separated by its larger dimensions, the well-developed pelvic

fins, and the relatively greater depth of the trunk.

It thus becomes necessary to propose a new name for the

species here described, and I would suggest that of S. Joassz

as being most appropriate, in reference to the valuable re-

searches of the Rev. Dr. Joass upon the geology of the north-

eastern margin of the Highlands.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE VIL.

Semionotus Joassi, A. S. Woodw., Lower Oolite, Brora, Sutherland-

shire.

Fig. 1. Nearly complete fish ; nat. size.

Fig. 2. Premaxilla ; thrice nat. size.

4g. 3. Maxilla; thrice nat. size.

Fig. 4. Posterior branchiostegal ray ; twice nat. size.

fig. 5. Gular plate ; twice nat. size.

fig. 6. Postelavicular plate; twice nat. size.

Fig. 7. Caudal fin; nat. size.

Fig. 8. Scales of flank, inner aspect; twice nat. size.

Fig. 9. Ventral scales, inner aspect ; twice nat. size.

180 Mr. A. G. Butler on a new Genus of Chalcosiid Moths.

XIX.—Deseription of a new Genus of Chalcosiid Moths

allied to Pedoptila. By Artuur G. Butter, F.L.S.,

F.Z.8., &e.

In the ‘ Annals’ for 1885, vol. xv. pp. 340-342, I described

a remarkable new genus of moths allied to Himantopterus ;

the type was from Cape Coast and in the collection of Mr.

F. Swanzy, who has since presented it to the Trustees of the

British Museum.

A second genus from Zanzibar was described by Herr

Rogenhofer, of Vienna, under the name of Doratopteryx, in

the ‘ Sitzungsberichten der k.-k. zoolog.-botan. Gesellschaft

in Wien’ (vol. xxxiii.) ; and in the ‘ Annals’ for 1885, vol.

xvi., I have compared the characters of the two genera

Pedoptila and Doratopteryx, pointing out in what respects

they differ both in structure and aspect.

Whilst recently looking over some Lepidoptera brought to

me for examination by Mr. Philip Crowley, I was delighted

to find a third very distinct genus of this group, nearer to

Pedoptila than to anything else hitherto described, but differ-

ing remarkably in neuration and in the form of the secon-

daries.

SEMIOPTILA, gen. nov. (onmetov, WTIXOV).

78 ne 9

Nearest to Pedoptila: primaries more elongated and nar-

rower, the subcostal vein four-branched, an extra nervule

being emitted before the end of the cell, the second and third

branches forming a narrow apical furca, the fourth emitted

also at some distance beyond the cell, as in the case of the

third branch of Pedoptila; cell open, the termination only

indicated by a darker transverse line on the surface of the

wing ; upper radial reduced to a false vein, thickest at outer

margin, and passing through the cell almost to the base of

the subcostal vein; lower radial emitted as a fourth median

branch, but not from the same point with the third median

(as in Pedoptila) ; submedian vein much more nearly ap-

proaching the first median branch at its distal extremity :

secondaries elongate trigonate, apparently twisted over, so as

to bring the costal margin next to the body, in which position

it is naturally retained, the anal angle of the wing is thus

represented by an obtusely angulated apex, and the apex

by an acute anal angle; the subcostal vein, which is

forked before the apex, thus represents a two-branched

median vein, whilst the median vein becomes a simple sub-

costal vein *; discoidal cell open as in the primaries: body

* Thus viewed, the three veins remain as in Pedoptila, the wing itself

being altered in shape and reversed.

Mr. A. W. Waters on Australian Bryozoa. 181

very similar to that of the allied genera, the abdomen, how-

ever, is closely but coarsely scaled.

Semioptila torta, sp. n.

Wings transparent, sparsely scaled, the basal half with rust-

reddish or reddish-orange scales, the outer or terminal half

with brown scales; secondaries with an oval orange spot

beyond the cell; body pitchy brown, the abdomen with

cupreous-brown scales; vertex of head and collar orange:

under surface-pale brown, with a few orange hairs on the

pectus. Expanse of wings 24 millim.

Congo (coll. P. Crowley).

XX.—Bryozoa from New South Wales, North Australia, &c.

By ArtHurR Wm. WATERS.

[Plates V. & VI.]

Part II.

25. Membranipora nitens, Hincks.

Membranipora nitens, Hincks, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. vi.

p. 85, pl. xi. fig. 4.

Membranipora porcellana, MacGillivray, Trans. Roy. Soc. Vict. 1884,

vol. xxi. p. 110, pl. ii. fig. 3.

Bathypora porcellana, MacG., Zool. Vict. dec. xi. p. 26, pl. 106. fig. 8.

Loc. Portland and Port Phillip (Victoria) ; Shoalhaven

Beach (N. 8. Wales).

26. Membranipora Savartii (Aud.).

For synonyms see Waters, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xli. p. 286,

and Membranipora deliculata, Hincks, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5,

vol. vi. p. 86, pl. xi. fig. 1.

182 Mr, A. W. Waters on Australian Bryozoa.

Membranipora reticulum, Pergens, Plioc. Bry. von Rhodos, Ann, k.-k.

Hofmuseums, Wien, Bad. ii. p. 14.

A specimen from Palm Island has the zoarium in the Vin-

cularia-form, sometimes anastomosing, and, as | have pointed

out in a previous communication, it has “ denticles”’ in all

‘the zocecia. Part of the colony has the zocecia surrounding

the stem of a seaweed, and in other parts the stem is solid

without any support. This is, as already shown, the Bi-

flustra delicatula of Busk and MacGillivray.

There is also a small fragment from Darnley Island, Torres

Straits, with a single row of zocecia on each of the four sides ;

the shape of the cells is similar to the above but not identical,

being more elongate, straighter, and somewhat larger, with

similar “ denticles.” It may be the Vineularia quadrilatera

of d’Orb. (Pal. Fr. p. 189, pl. 681. figs. 1-3), though from

so small a fragment it is impossible to speak with certainty,

so in the meantime [ call it AZ. Savarti, var. quadrilatera,

d’Orb. (PI. IV. fig. 8).

Loc. Cretaceous, France; Miocene, Austria; Pliocene,

England, Italy, Sicily. Living: Florida, 29 fath. ; Victoria ;

Queensland; Philippine Islands; Penang, &c.; Palm Island,

N.E. Australia, 8-10 fath.

27. Membranipora corbula, Hincks.

Membranipora corbula, Hincks, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. vi.

p: 3878, pl. xvii. fig. 6; MacGillivray, Zool. Vict. dec. xiii. p. 103,

pl. 127. fig. 2.

In a specimen from Shark Island the number of spines is

somewhat variable, there being sometimes two large spines

and three smaller oral ones.

Loc. Victoria; Shark Island, 8 fath., Sow-and-Pigs Reef,

Port Jackson, 3-4 fath., and Bottle-and-Glass Rocks, 8

fath., N. S. Wales.

28. Membranipora spinosa (Q. & G.).

Membranipora spinosa, Waters, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xliii.

p. 48, pl. viii. fig. 382, for synonyms, and add MacGillivray, Zool.

Vict. dec. xiii. p. 107, pl. 127. fig. 8.

In specimens from Vaucluse Point there is in the interior

what we may call a strengthening plate, at each side towards

the distal end, starting from the base of the zocecium, and

attached also to the border of the opesia. This I figured in

the fossil from Napier, where it is well marked and forms a

chamber on each side.

The basal wall is only membranous, but in many cases

there is an oval space of thicker membrane or chitin.

MacGillivray calls the spines rigid, and although this is a

Mr. A. W. Waters on Australian Bryozoa. 183

correct description yet when they are calcined there is found

to be an organic circle at the base; the spines nevertheless

hold together, showing that this surrounds calcareous matter.

The rosette-plates are small and numerous, forming a line

along the middle of the wall.

Loc. Living: Victoria; Kerguelen Island; 8S. Patagonia;

New Zealand; Holborn Island; Vaucluse Point, Port Jackson,

5 fath. Fossil: Aldinga; Australia; and Napier, New Zea-

land.

29. Membranipora roborata, Hincks.

Membranipora robor ata, Hincks, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol.

viii. p. 69, pl. ii. fig. 8; Waters, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xxxix.

sme membraniporides, Busk, Challenger Report, p. 54, pl. xxxii.

fic. 7 (unilaminate).

Cr aspedozoum ligulatum, MacGillivray, Descriptions of New or Little-

known Polyzoa, pt. ix. p. 5, pl. 1. fig. 3.

Craspedozoum spicatum, MacG. ibid. p. 5, pl. 1. fig. 2.

Bilaminate specimens from Port Jackson have usually two

avicularia, but sometimes only one, and the spines are small

and not always found, but there are two on the outer corner of

the outside zocecia. ‘This is broader than the unilaminate form

from New Zealand, which has usually only one avicularium

to a zocecium. ‘The ovicells in both are similar in character,

though those from New Zealand have a rounded border.

Busk does not mention the tubular fibres at the side of the

zoarium. As I have pointed out, in the unilaminate form

from New Zealand there are at the commencement of a new

branch frequently chitinous tubes from cell to cell, so that

they may be considered articulated. In the bilaminate speci-

mens from Port Jackson there are sometimes chitinous tubes

on the front passing from one zocecium to another, sometimes

to the next, at other times passing over several, and near the

place where fresh branches are given off lateral tubes often

start from central zocecia.

Loc. Curtis Island; Port Jackson, 8 fath. (bilaminate)

(Braz.) ; New Zealand; Port Phillip Heads; Bass’s Strait.

Fossil: Waurn Ponds (unilaminate).

30. Membranipora Flemingii, var. minax, B.

Membranipora minax, Busk, Quart. Journ. Microsc. Science, vol. viii.

p. 125, pl. xxv. fig. ths Hincks, Brit. Mar. Polyzoa, p. 169, pl. xxii.

Mest anipora Flemingu, forma minar, Smitt, Krit. Fort. 6. Skand.

Hafs-Bryozoer, Gifv. K. Vetensk.-Ak, Forh. 1867, pp. 368, 409, pl. xx.

fig. 43.

A specimen from the Sow-and-Pigs Reef, Port Jackson,

184 Mr. A. W. Waters on Australian Bryozoa.

has the zocecia subhexagonal, surrounded by a raised ridge,

the acute avicularia are placed transversely at the base of the

zocecium ; the ovicell has a raised line enclosing an area, as

in M. clemingii, and there do not seem to be any spines ; but

in spite of this slight difference from the European species it

seems that it should be placed here. It is allied to both MW.

Flemingit and M. umbonata, B., but is a larger form than

either, the zocecia being about 0°5 millim. wide and the

opesia 0°3 millim.

Loc. Of typical minaz. Shetland; Greenland; Finmark;

Bergen; Capri (A. W. W). Fossil: from the Pliocene of

Pruma, Calabria (A. W. W.).

31. Membranipora tripunctata, Waters.

(EL Vieie sen lz aS aoe ())

Membranipora tripunctata, Waters, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol.

XXXvlii. p. 262, pl. ix. fig. 35.

Zoarium cylindrical, about 1 millim. in diameter, articu-

lated by means of numerous chitinous tubes given off from the

front of the zocecia near the articulation. ‘The zocecia have

a prominent border, and usually an oval opesial opening in

the middle of a calcareous lamina, in other cases nearly the

whole of the front of the zocecium is open.

Except in the ovicelligerous cells there is a wide depressed

area above each zocecium, and above this, or above the ovicell,

are two narrow avicularia directed diagonally downwards.

Specimens from Holborn Island, which are the best preserved,

have a fornix on each side (attached to the middle of the side

of the zocecium), widening towards the end, and nearly meet-

ing over the aperture; above these on each side is a club-

shaped spine. There are also large raised triangular vica-

rious avicularia. The ovicell is smooth and considerably

raised, with a circular border below the avicularia. ‘T'wo

rosette-plates near the base of the lateral wall.

The zocecial characters are truly Membraniporidan and the

fornices and spines may be compared with those of M. cor-

nigera.

If it is not called Membranipora then it would be Foricula,

d’Orb., and part of Hovevlaria, Busk (Chall. Rep.), would also

have to be brought under the same genus; for although that

is defined as having one avicularium yet there are so many

instances in which Membranipore have one or two avicularia

in different parts of the same specimen that this cannot, in

numerous cases, be considered of any specific value.

This and Foricula aspera, d’Orb. (Pal. Frang. p. 659,

pl. 742. figs. 1-5), from the Cretaceous are allied.

When I gave the specific name I had overlooked the fact

Mr. A. W. Waters on Australian Bryozoa. 185

that Hagenow (Bronn’s Jahrb. 1839, p. 269, pl. iv. fig. 7)

had ealled a fossil Cellepora tripunctata. From the figure

and description it, however, seems like J. Lacrotxit, Aud.

Loc. Fossil: Mt. Gambier. Living: N.E. Australia,

23 fath. (Br.) ; Holborn Island ; Broughton Island (N. 8. W.)

(Miss Jelly coll.).

32. Diploporella cincta (Hutton).

Membranipora cincta, Hutton, Trans. Roy. Soc. Tasmania, 1877, p. 23.

Diplopora cincta, MacG. Trans. Roy. Soc. Vict. vol. xvii. p. 1, fig. 1

(April 1880).

Diploporella cineta, MacG. ibid. vol. xxi. p. 98.

Membranipora transversa, Hincks, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5,

vol. vi. p. 89, pl. xi. fig. 9 (July 1880); ser. 5, vol. vii. p. 154.

T adopt the genus Diploporella merely for convenience, as

IT am not sure whether it should be retained, and there

seems to my mind too great a tendency to divide up the Stega-

noporellides, instead of making IMtcropora more comprehen-

sive ; but a more critical study may alter my opinion.

Loc. Queenscliff and Portland, Victoria; Bondi Bay,

N.S. Wales.

33. Micropora perforata (MacG.).

Membranipora perforata, MacGillivray, Trans. Phil. Inst. Vict. 1859;

Zool. of Victoria, dec. iii. p. 29, pl. xxv. fig. 2.

Micropora perforata, Waters, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soe. vol. xli. p. 290.

Membranipora stenostoma, Busk, Cat, Mar. Polyzoa, p. 60, pl. c.

fig. 1.

Sow-and-Pigs Reef, Port Jackson.

34. Micropora ratoniensis, sp. nov.

(GEIS IAs aves, ys)

Zoarium small, articulated, with a longitudinal row of

zocecia on each of the four sides. Zocecia arranged diagonally,

with a minute triangular avicularium by the side of each. A

pore on one side below the aperture.

This from its size and general appearance would be placed

with Setosella, but Setosellais described as with vibracula; how-

ever, Mr. Hincks (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. vii. p. 155)

at first considered Vincularia abyssicola, Sm., to belong to

Setosella; but surely the organs there are avicularian, and

the mandibles have wings like those of Membranipora anqu-

losa, Rss., &e. Setosella Folinti, Jullien (Bull. Soc. Zool.

t. vil. 1882, p. 27, pl. xvii. figs. 63-65), is a uniserial free

Setosella, but is not described as articulated, though, if de-

scribed from a small fragment, this might not be seen.

These two species indicate that the genus Setosella will have

to be given up.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5. Vol. xx. 13

186 Mr. A. W. Waters on Australian Bryozoa.

Cellularia diplodidymioides, Meun. & Pergens (Bry. du

Syst. Montien, p. 3) is also apparently somewhat allied.

Loc. Off Raton, New Guinea, 7 fath.

35. Thalamoporella Roziert (Aud.).

Flustra Rozieri, Aud. Descr. de Egypte, pl. viii. fig. 9.

Membranipora Roxiert, Busk, Brit. Mus. Cat. p. 59, pl. Ixv. fig. 6.

Steganoporella Romert, Hincks, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. vi.

Pp. Be pl. xvi.; Waters, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xxxviii.

Eschara ignotilis, Reuss, “ Foram. Anth. & Bry. des Septarientho-

nes,” Denkschr. Ak. Wissensch. Wien, xxv. p. 181 (65), pl. vi. fig. 14.

Vincularia nove-hollandie, Haswell, “ Polyzoa from the Queensland

peasy Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, vol. vy. pt. i. p. 41, pl. iii.

2.0.

The zoarium of the Darnley-Island species is always tubular,

or, as we may call it, in the Vincularia-form. It has neither

avicularia nor ovicells, and the ‘‘ marginal tuberosities ” are

only occasionally found. ‘The oral aperture is rounded below.

This is undoubtedly the V. nove-hollandie of Haswell, but

does not seem to be the Vincularia gothica, Busk (Challenger

Rep. p. 72), which he, however, unites with nove-hollandice

and with Vincularia steganoporoides, Goldstein. This last is

larger than the Darnley-Island specimen, and it seems open

to doubt whether it should be placed here or with gothica.

I still feel doubtful about the Steganoporellide, but it

seems right to follow Mr. Hincks as long as I have not made

an exhaustive study of these families; but in attempting to

bring this and the family Microporide into order we get very

elaborate descriptions of the division of the zocecium into

various chambers. In many cases it seems that it would be

simpler to say that the anterior portion is prolonged by a

tubular extension; in fact, the chamber for the polypide is

flask-shaped, and the end is closed by an operculum. In

most cases the operculum is partly attached to the integument

which covers the front, but it is usually also attached to the

calcareous wall by a small ridge at the side.

Taking fig. a as a type, and slightly altering

the form of the aperture, making the neck

narrower or wider, and placing the pores in

different positions in the space formed be-

tween the neck and the lateral walls, we shall

find that we have a large series of Microporidee

and Steganoporellide, and my present opinion

is that many things that have been removed

from the Microporide will have to be brought

back there again.

Loc. Living: in different varieties from

Mr. A. W. Waters on Australian Bryozoa. 187

India, California, Australia; Holborn Island, Queensland

(H.); Darnley Island, Torres Straits, 10-30 fath. (Br.).

Fossil: Miocene of Europe; Bairnsdale, Australia.

36. Oribrilina monoceros, Busk, non Reuss.

(PL. VL. fig. 7.)

The mandible has the lucida very low down, and this posi-

tion sometimes obtains in Retepora and Flustra, but it is

usually more central. There are two lateral processes as in

Adeonella, Membranipora, &c. The operculum is fleshy and

granulate. The chitinous parts of C. acanthoceros are very

similar.

Loc. Living: 8. America; various localities in Victoria ;

‘Challenger’ Station 303, 1325 fath.; Station 235; N. Pacific,

3125 fath.; Station 315, 12 fath.; N. side of Watson’s Bay,

Port Jackson, “ under stones.” Fossil: Bairnsdale (Victoria)

in Eschara-form ; Napier, adnate, and Petane (N. Zealand).

87. COribrilina tubulifera, Hincks.

(Pl. V. figs. 2, 6.)

Cribrilina tubulifera, Hincks, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. viii.

p- 56, pl. i. fig. 7 (1881); Waters, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol.

XXxix. p. 456,

The specimen from Ball’s Head has two rows of erect

tubular processes instead of a single one, as described by

Hincks, and in this respect resembles the C. suggerens, which

I described fossil from Curdies Creek about the same time as

Mr. Hincks published his species. The aperture of C. sug-

gerens is only 0-06 millim. wide, whereas this is 0°14 millim.,

being larger than the fossil from Muddy Creek, which is only

0-1 millim. wide. The zocecia of my C. suggerens and this

specimen of éubulifera are the same size.

Loc. Bass’s Straits (H.) ; Ball’s Head, Port Jackson, 12

fath. Fossil: Muddy Creek, Victoria; and var. suggerens

from Curdies Creek.

38. Cribrilina clithridiata, sp. nov.

(bb Wo itl. 13 Lele Wik tiie; 25)

Zoarium incrusting. Zocecia elongate, ovate, distinct,

convex, about half of the front occupied by an oval area

divided by radiating lines into six sections, with an elliptical

opening at the peripheral end of each, the furrows not punc-

tured. Oral aperture clithridiate, the distal edge rounded and

the proximal triangular, with a very considerable contraction

on each side about the middle of the aperture, and about this

13*

188 Mr. A. W. Waters on Australian Bryozoa.

position the operculum often has little wings. Operculum

0-11 millim. wide. There is one large vicarious avicularium

with a spatulate mandible resembling that of C. philomela,

Busk (Chall. Rep. pl. xxi. fig. 7).

The shape of the aperture is quite unusual in the genus

Cribrilina, but all the other characters are Cribrilinidan, and

some fossils as figured by Reuss seem to have a similar aper-

ture. This is perhaps related to C. speciosa, Hincks, and

according to Jullien (Bull. Soc. Zool. de France, vol. xi.

p- 606) would be Decurtaria.

Loc. Sow-and-Pigs Reef, Port Jackson, 3-4 fath.

(Brazier).

39. Microporella violacea, Johnst.

One of two specimens from Bondi Bay is violet, the other

white, but this may be bleached. So far as I am aware it

has not been described as living near Australia, except by

Dr. Pergens, who writes that it was brought by a ship’s cap-

tain from Australia.

Loc. Living: Europe; Florida; Madeira; Red Sea;

Bondi Bay (N. 8. Wales). Fossil: Miocene of Sollingen ;

Pliocene of England, Belgium, Italy, and Rhodes ; Australia.

40. Microporella ciliata, Pallas.

A specimen from the Sow-and-Pigs Reef has the pore

semilunate and an avicularium placed rather high on each

side. In having an avicularium on each side, and also in its

general form, it resembles MW. ciliata, var. californica, but

that form has a round pore filled in with a cribriform plate.

Loc. Sow-and-Pigs Reef, Port Jackson, 3-4 fath.

41. Microporella decorata, var. lata, MacG.

(GP, Wit ine, 1. Gs)

Lepralia lunata, MacG. Zool. Vict. dec. iv. p. 27, pl. xxxvi. fig. 8.

Microporella diadema, vay. lata, MacG. Trans. Roy. Soe. Vict. vol. xxi.

p. 112, pl. iv. fig. 5.

The avicularian mandibles are without any lucida, but there

is a characteristic cross bar near the base.

Loc. Queenscliff, Victoria (MacG.); Port Philhp (W.);

Ball’s Head, 12 fath., and Watson’s Bay, Port Jackson.

42. Microporella Malusii, Aud.

Loc. Living: Europe ; Australia; New Zealand ; and South

America; Bottle-and-Glass Rock, 8 fath.; Sow-and-Pigs

Reef, 3-4 fath.; Green Point, Port Jackson, 8 fath., sandy

Mr, A. W. Waters on Australian Bryozoa. 189

mud bottom. Fossil: European Pliocene; Australia; New

Zealand.

43. Microporella tetrastoma, Rss., var.

we mee tetrastoma, Rss. Sitz. Ak. Wien, 1864, vol. 1. p. 9, pl. ii.

g. 9.

There is a small fragment of a Microporella from Darnley

Island, of which the zoarium has consisted of thin flattened

foliaceous branches. The pyriform zocecia have two or

sometimes three pores below the oral aperture, and below

these a raised boss or umbo.

It does not seem advisable to name so small a fragment,

since this group shows great variation in the zocecia. I have

recent M. tetrastoma from Port Phillip, with a broad foliace-

ous growth, in which the outer cells have merely an elon-

gate denticulated pore, whereas the central ones have numerous

denticulated pores ; on each side of the suboral pore there is

a small avicularium directed diagonally upwards ; usually the

aperture, pore, and avicularia are placed in a deep pit, but

this is not always the case, and the central zocecia are usually

larger and more raised.

Microporella tetrastoma 1s no doubt the M. clavata from

Curdies Creek (Quart. Journ. Geol. Soe. vol. xxxvil. p. 332),

and the Adeonellopsis parvipuncta, MacG.

Loc. Darnley Island, Torres Straits, 10-30 fath.

44, Porina larvalis, MacG. (Pl. VI. fig. 8.)

Lepratia larvalis, MacGillivray, Nat. Hist. of Vict. dec. iv. p. 30, pl.

XXXVI. fig. 5.

Porina larvalis, Waters, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xxxviil. p. 269,

pl. vill. fig. 19; MacGillivray, Cat. Mar. Polyzoa of Victoria, p. 27.

As I have already pointed out, the question of the generic

position is a difficult one ; but as the two large pores open into

the throat of the peristome and not below the oral aperture, I

placed it with Portna, and in this it seems that Mr. MacGil-

livray agrees.

The mandible is simple with a plain lower edge without

articular processes, but there are two characteristic diagonal

muscular ridges immediately below the lucida.

Loc. Fossil: (with cylindrical zoarium) Bairnsdale. Re-

cent: Victoria; West Australia; Bondi Bay, N. 8. W.

45. Porina coronata, Rss. (Pl. VI. fig. 5.)

For synonyms see Waters, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soe. vol. xli. p. 297,

This was described as coronata by Reuss, and as gracilis

by Lamouroux and others, but most of the descriptions were

190 Mr. A. W. Waters on Australian Bryozoa.

so unsatisfactory that the species intended was left somewhat

doubtful ; but as Milne-Edwards described it in more detail it

is perhaps a question whether we ought not to call it gracilis,

Lamx. & Edw.

As I have already pointed out, the opercula of species grow-

ing in the 0 or vertebralis-form, although slightly smaller,

correspond with those from typical ‘‘ Hschara gracilis”

growing in a foliaceous manner.

Loc. Fossil: France (Cretaceous); Miocene of Europe;

Australia; New Zealand, various localities. Living: in

b-form, Holborn Island, 20 fath.; Darnley Island, ‘Torres

Straits, 10-30 fath.; Cape Grenville, N.E. Australia,

20 fath.

46. Porina inversa, sp. nov.

(PI. IV. fig. 23; Pl. V. fig. 5.)

Zoarium incrusting. Zocecia indistinct, surface flat with

large pores ; a perforated protuberance, probably avicularium,

at each side of the aperture; a round suboral pore. The oral

aperture is straight on the distal edge and rounded on the

proximal, with the operculum divided radially by irregular

bars of thicker chitin, and an irregular ridge near the distal

edge. It will be seen that the shape of the oral aperture,

which is directed more or less towards the distal part of the

zoarium, is the reverse of the usual shape of Porina, and, in

fact, of the Bryozoa generally, so that, being peculiar in this

respect, it is a question whether a new genus should not be

made for it.

The zocecial characters seem much the same as those of

Myriozoum martonensis, Busk (Chall. Rep. p. 171, pl. xxii.

fig. 6), and there are two figures (pl. cx. figs. 2,3) in Busk

(Brit. Mar. Polyzoa) which seem to be without any descrip-

tion, and may be allied to the present.

Loc. Sow-and-Pigs Reef, 3-4 fath., and Port Jackson,

10 fath.

47. Tubucellaria opuntioides, Pall.

(BI WVi tics 10;)

Cellaria opuntioides, Pergens, Plioc. Bry. von Rhodos, p. 12.

Tubucellaria cereoides, MacG. Zool. Vict. dec. xi. p. 18, pl. 105. fig. 2.

There are small fragments from Bondi Bay and Adelaide

which have the peristome very much prolonged and then

curved inwards. ‘This occurs in the Mediterranean 7. opun-

tioides (cereotdes) and in TY. hirsuta, and in this last the

position of the spines remains constant in relation to the pores

and not to the aperture. ‘The prolonged peristome was figured

Mr. A. W. Waters on Australian Bryozoa. 191

by Busk for Onchopora hirsuta (Quart. Journ. Microsc. Sci.

vol. ii. pl. ii. fig. 5), but may occur in all parts of a colony,

and is by no means confined to the neighbourhood of a joint.

The specimens from Bondi Bay, Adelaide, and Darnley

Island are all more delicate than those from Naples, but the

sculpturing is the same, and, so far as these small fragments

enable me to form an opinion, I do not see any reason for

separating them. Both Prof. MacGillivray’s figure from

Port Phillip Heads, and a specimen sent to me as Onchopora

tubulosa, Busk, from ‘Tasmania, agree with those from

Naples; the same seems to be the case with the Zubwcel-

laria opuntiordes of the ‘ Challenger’ Report, from St. Paul’s

Rocks, N. Atlantic ; and I do not understand why Mr. Busk

separates this from the Mediterranean form.

Loc. Fossil: Eocene; Miocene; Pliocene of Europe, vari-

ous localities. Living: Mediterranean; Madeira; Tasmania ;

N. Atlantic; Victoria; Adelaide; Bondi Bay, N.S. W.;

Darnley Island, Torres Straits, 10-30 fath.

48, Schezoporella marsupifera, Busk.

Schizoporella marsupifera, Busk, ‘ Challenger’ Report on the Polyzoa,

pt. xxx. p. 165, pl. xxii. fig. 14; Waters, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc.

Noah p- 65; Hincks, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xix.

. 31d.

Soon hineolifera, Hincks, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5,

vol. xvil. p. 267, pl. ix. fig. 10.

The Port Jackson specimen is without any ovicells, and no

spines are apparent. ‘The surface-pores, which are numerous,

are elongate, with the longer axis usually pointing towards

the oral aperture. Mr. Hincks speaks of the pores being

stellate, which is not the case in the Australian specimen,

and Mr. Busk calls the surface granular, so that it seems to

be subject to considerable variation. Operculum granular.

Loc. Fossil: Waipukurau (N. Zealand). Living: Marion

Island, 50-75 fath.; New Zealand; Adriatic; Bottle-and-

Glass Rocks, Port Jackson, 8 fath.

49. Schizoporella triangula, Hincks.

(Pl. VI. fig. 3.)

Schizoporellu triangula, Hincks, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. viii.

p. 69, pl. ii. figs. 4, 44; Busk, Rep. Chall. Polyzoa, p. 167.

A specimen from Port Jackson is small and only composed

of young cells, which are merely punctured without being

nodulated ; but this is also the case in the young cells of a

fine specimen from Port Western, in which the older cells

show the usual structure of the species. In old cells the

192 Mr. A. W. Waters on Australian Bryozoa.

avicularian chamber is often much raised, looking like an

ovicell.

Loc. Bass’s Straits, 38 fath.; Heard Island ? (B.), 75 fath. ;

Port Western, Melbourne (W.); Sow-and-Pigs Reef, Port

Jackson, 3-4 fath. ; Semaphore, Adelaide (W.).

50. Schizoporella tuberosa (Rss.).

(Pl. VI. figs. 9 & 10.)

Eschara tuberosa, Rss. Denkschr. Ak. Wien, vol. xxv. p. 188, pl. vi.

figs. 9, 10, pl. viii. fig. 1.

Schizoporella biturrita, Hincks, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xiv.

p- 280, pl. ix. fig. 8; see also ibid. vol. xvii. p. 269.

ge) polymorpha, Busk, ‘Challenger’ Rep. p. 167, pl. xxxiv.

fig. 2.

Schizoporella tuberosa, Waters, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soe. vol. xliii. p. 67,

pl. viii. fig. 29.

This is interesting for the great variability to which the

avicularia are subject ; in what we may call the most normal

form there is a tower on each side of the oral aperture, and

the avicularium is placed on the side directed away from the

aperture ; but sometimes, on the same colony, the towers bear

no avicularia, but have a small round opening on the summit.

In some cases the avicularian chamber is not so much raised,

and then the mandibular opening is directed towards the

distal end ofthe colony. I donot possess any specimens with

the avicularia arching over the mouth, but in the Ziirich

Museum there is a fine one from Cape Agulhas (8. Africa)

showing the arching just as figured by Mr. Busk. Possibly

Reptescharellina cornuta, Gabb & Horn, is this species, though

it may be S. biaperta.

The attachment is by irregular elongated or tubular projec-

tions. A variety described as var. angustata occurs fossil in

New Zealand.

Loc. Port Philip Heads (bilaminate) ; Semaphore, Ade-

laide (Hemescharan) ; Cape Agulhas &c., 5. Africa; Bondi

Bay, N. S. Wales; Botany Bay (Lepralian), and Inner

North Head, Port Jackson, 8 fath. (Hemescharan).

51. Schizoporella Ridleyi, MacG.

For synonyms, see Waters, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xliii. p. 64,

Loc. Elizabeth Island, 6 fath. (#.); Victoria (MacG.) ;

Sow-and-Pigs Reef, 3-4 fath., Port Jackson. Fossil:

Waipukurau and Napier (?), New Zealand.

52. Schizoporella confinita, Waters, var. ratoniensis.

There are only small pieces of narrow compressed branches

Mr. A. W. Waters on Australian Bryozoa. 193

dichotomizing at a very acute angle. The oral aperture is

round, with the sinus a trifle more distinct than in the other

two varieties, and this has led me to change the generic

position. The surface is studded with large nodules consider-

ably raised and there are small round avicularia, usually one

to each zocecium. One fragment certainly seems to have

been articulated, as at the base there are numerous large holes

resembling those at the base of an internode of Cellaria.

Loc. Off Raton, New Guinea, 7 fath.; Cape Grenville,

N.E. Australia, 20 fath. (both dredged by Brazier).

53. Schizoporella confinita, Waters, var. pipertensis,

var. nov.

Type Lepralia confinita, Waters, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xli. p. 299,

pl. vii. fig. 10.

There is a flat bilaminate fragment from Piper Island, with

the aperture about 0°12 millim. The surface is covered with

numerous dome-shaped elevations with a round avicularian

mandible at one side.

With a species like the present it is difficult to know from

the aperture whether the lateral denticles form a sinus, or

whether the operculum is entire. From the recent specimen

I now think that it should be placed under Schizoporella.

Loc. Piper Island, N.H. Australia, 9 fath.

D4. Schizoporella divisopora, sp. nov.

(Pl. V. fig. 4; Pl. VI. fie. 4.)

Zoarium incrusting. Zocecia distinct, ovate, raised, vitre-

ous in young cells, the surface occupied with large stelliform

pores, which are separated into four or more divisions by

cross bars. Oral aperture emarginate, the sinus being large,

rounded. Ovicell raised, surrounded by a thick rim, inside

which are a row of pores, the centre of the ovicell raised into

a prominent umbo.

The pores in Mf, Malusti are smaller and usually dentate,

as the teeth do not meet in the centre. Stellate pores occur

in several cases in Microporella, but I am not aware of any

ee in which they have previously been found in Schizopo-

rella,

This may be allied to Schizoporella Maplestone’, MacG..

(Zool. Vict. dec. iv. p. 24, pl. xxxv. fig. 7), and to Lepralia

grossipora, Rss. (in plate crassipora), Bry. Cist.-Ung. p. 177

pl. vu. fig. 6.

Loc. Off the Bottle-and-Glass Rocks, Port Jackson, 8 fath.,

rocky bottom, and Sow-and-Pigs Reef, 3-4 fath., Port

Jackson, N. 8. Wales.

194 Mr. A. W. Waters on Australian Bryozoa.

55. Lepralia elimata, sp. nov.

(PIV ite. 3.5) PONE tio)

Zoarium incrusting. Zocecia indistinct, or divided by a deep

depression, surface smooth, porcellaneous, frequently a large

raised avicularium below the aperture directed forwards, closed’

by a large round mandible. The oral aperture is coarctate,

with a denticle on each side forming the contraction. Opercula

0-13 millim. wide. The ovicell is smooth, plain, subim-

mersed, widely open in front. This in many respects much

resembles L. hippopus, but has only the central suboral avi-

cularium and no lateral ones.

The well-marked thickened lateral bands on the sides of

the opercula seem to be the rule in true Lepralia, and it may

be found to be a character of generic value. It occurs in L.

adpressa, L. Pallasiana, L. Poissonii, L. rectilineata, L. stria-

tula, &c., and may be seen in my figure of the operculum of

L. rectilineata (Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xii. pl. viil.

fig. 34).

Loc. Sow-and-Pigs Reef, Port Jackson, 3-4 fath.

56. Lepralia vestita, Hincks. (PI. VI. fig. 21.)

Lepralia vestita, Hincks, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xy. p. 256,

pl. ix. fig. 9.

Specimens from Port Jackson have somewhat larger zocecia

than those from Tahiti, the oral aperture is also a trifle larger,

and there are no avicularia. The upper part of the thick

peristome is raised; the large prominent ovicell is usually

thickened at the two sides, where it joins the peristome, form-

ing a kind of raised ridge, and the centre is sometimes um-

bonated. The operculum has two thick lateral bands, and in

the oral aperture there is a denticular contraction at each

side.

Loc. Tahiti; Fiji Island; Sow-and-Pigs Reef, Port Jack-

son, 3-4 fath. (dredged by Brazier).

57. Mucronella Ellertt, MacG., var. biaviculata, nov.

(Tel, We saves, 5)

Type Lepralia Ellerti, MacG. Trans. Roy. Soc. Vict. vol. ix. 1868,

p. 185; Zool. Victoria, dec. iv. p. 31, pl. xxxvii. fig. 8.

A specimen from Green Point, growing on Jdmonea Mil-

neana, has the rostrum much prolonged with a triangular

avicularium on one side, and often on the prolongation of the

rostrum a small semicircular avicularium. There are six

spines above the aperture, the finely granulated ovicell is

Mr. A. W. Waters on Australian Bryozoa. 195

narrower than in typical M. Ellerd?, and there are no spinous

processes. Oral aperture 0°25 millim.

In the shape of the avicularian mandible this most nearly

approaches IM. vultur, Hincks (see Zool. Vict. dec. xu. p. 65,

pl. exvi. figs. 5-8), but this I should only consider a variety.

M. porosa, Hincks, also seems only to be another variety, and

occurs from Port Western, Victoria, with the small rounded

avicularium on the margin at one side of the mucro, entirely

corresponding with Mr. Hincks’s figure.

T have also described (Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xxxviil.

p. 512) a fossil from Curdies Creek, in which there are spinous

processes, as in M. Hilerid, with an avicularian chamber at the

top, and such spinous processes seem to be readily transformed

into avicularia.

We thus seem to have four varieties :—

Mucronella Ellervi, MacG., typica, from Williamstown and

Warrnamboul, Victoria (MacG.) ; Port Phillip, Vict.

(A. W. W.); Tasmania (A. W. W.).

Var. porosa, H., Curtis Island (H.); Port Western (A.

W.W.). (Pl. VI. figs. 12, 17.)

Var. vultur, H., Port Phillip Heads, Portland, and Warrn-

amboul.

Var. biaviculata, Waters, Green Point, Port Jackson,

8 fath.

58. Smittia Landsborovit, Johnst., form personata, H.

(Pl. VI. fig. 23.) :

Smittia Landsborovii, Johnst. form personata, Hincks, Ann. & Mag.

Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xiv. p. 285, pl. ix. fig. 3.

prs Landsborovi, Johunst., var. purpurea, Hincks, ibid. vol. viil.

sittin Jacobensis, Busk, Rep. ‘Challenger,’ Polyzoa, p. 153, pl. xix.

Clee

Some large specimens growing over Mesenteripora repens,

Haswell, are deep purple, and in some parts of the colony

the arching over of the peristome is frequent, but in others is

not seen. Sometimes enormous spathulate avicularia cover

the whole of the zoecium. ‘The immersed ovicell has an oval

perforated area.

Loc. Living: Bass’s Straits (7); Port Phillip Heads

(H.); Porto Praya, Cape Verd Islands, 100-200 fath.;

Marion Island 50-75 fath. (B.); N. of Watson’s Bay, Port

Jackson, under stones.

59. Rhynchopora crenulata, sp. nov.

(2k, Wo ies Wy So)

Zoarium incrusting. Zocecia ovate, depressed below, sur-

196 Mr. A. W. Waters on Australian Bryozoa.

face smooth, with a spinous umbo below the aperture bearing

an avicularium (apparently semicircular) on the inner face;

four spines above the oral aperture. In the central zocecia

also an erect avicularium with slit-like aperture. Oral aper-

ture (0°l millim. wide) nearly round, contracted by two

lateral denticles near the lower part. Ovicell immersed, with

the front flat.

The oral aperture in a case like this might be considered

either Schizoporellidan or Lepralian. The outer zocecia are

decumbent and the inner erect, resembling Rhynchopora

bispinosa in this respect ; and in these two species the distal

edge of the oral aperture is crenulated, which is not usual in

the Bryozoa; but I have also seen the same thing in the

growing cells of a Smittia.

This differs from £2. longirostris in the surface avicularia

being shorter and erect instead of decumbent; there are no

perforations round the border of the zocecia, and the aperture

with its denticles is different.

Loc. Living: Ball’s Head, Port Jackson, 12 fath.

60. Rhynchopora profunda, MacG.

(BE Wal neo G)

Rhynchopora profunda, MacGillivray, “ Descriptions,” &c. pt. iii,

Trans. Roy. Soc. Victoria, vol. xix. p. 192, pl. 11. fig. 8.

In the specimens from Noumea there is a broad plate or

denticle directed inwards from the proximal edge of the aper-

ture, and the “ unciform process” is very large and distinct.

These are the main characters on which it is separated from

R. bispinosa; but, besides, the operculum enables it to be

distinguished, as the lower sinal curve is much broader and

the muscular impressions are at the side, whereas in L. bispi-

nosa the muscles are attached to two bosses on the surface of

the operculum, as in S. Cecilid &c. ‘The upper border of the

operculum when seen from above appears to be nodulated ;

but when seen laterally these nodulations are found to be

small teeth corresponding with the dentate border of the

aperture. This last structure also obtains in what I consider

R. bispinosa from Australia, but there the operculum is granu-

lated and has the muscular impressions in the usual position.

This nodulated or dentate structure is found in many semi-

circular avicularian mandibles, and is known in two or three

opercula, but is not common.

Loc. Port Phillip Heads ; Noumea, New Caledonia, 5 fath.

Mr. A. W. Waters on Australian Bryozoa. 197

61. Retepora phenicea, Busk. (Pl. VI. figs. 15, 20.)

Retepora phenicea, Busk, Brit. Mus. Cat. p. 94, pl. exxi. figs. 1,2;

Hincks, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. i. p. 862; MacGillivray,

Zool. Vict. dec. x. p. 27, pl. 98. figs. 1-5, and pl. 94. fig. 13; Busk,

‘Challenger’ Rep. p. 124, fig. 34.

The front of the zocecium has numerous large foramina,

the dorsal surface is divided by prominent vibice, and in

each division there are from one to four small foramina.

There seems to be some mistake with Busk’s ficure of the

operculum, as it does not correspond with any that I have

seen. ‘The mandible is without a lucida,

This is evidently common, and Mr. Brazier speaks of its

being known by his children as the “ red coral.”

Loc. Living: Bass’s Straits, 388 fath.; Victoria; South

Australia ; off Bottle-and-Glass Rocks, Port Jackson, 8 fath.,

rocky bottom ; and Vaucluse Point, Port Jackson, 5 fath.

62. Retepora formosa, MacG.

Retepora formosa, MacGillivray, New or Little-known Polyzoa, pt. v.

Trans. Roy. Soe. Vict. vol. xx. p. 109, pl. ii. fig. 6, and pl. iii.

fig. 6; Zool. Vict. dec. x. p. 24, pl. xevii. figs. 4-6, and pl. xciv.

fig. 6.

A small fragment, from which I have been unable to make

any preparation, from Bondi Bay, near Sydney.

Loc. Port Phillip Heads, 10-18 fath.

63. Cellepora albirostris, Smitt.

Loc. Fossil: River Murray (Austr.); Napier and Wan-

ganul (N. Zealand). Living: Florida; Sydney; Heard

Island; Victoria; Shark Island, Port Jackson, 8 fath.

64. Cellepora mamillata, Busk.

Cellepora mamullata, Busk, Brit. Mus. Cat. p. 87, pl. exx. figs, 3-5 ;

Ridley, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1881, p. 54; Waters, Quart. Journ. Geol.

Soe. vol. xli. p. 304.

Cellepora mamillata, vay. atlantica, Busk, Chall. Rep. Polyzoa, p. 199,

pl. xxxv. figs. 4, 5, 13,

A specimen from Ball’s Head is submassive, some inches

across, formed of several layers. The avicularia are often

raised as erect tubular chimneys, and the avicularian bar has

a minute ligula and the mandible a columella. The smooth

round ovicell is scarcely at all raised.

Loc. Fossil: River Murray Cliffs. Living: Patagonia;

Brazil; Bahia; New Zealand (Hutton) ; Victoria (MacG@.) ;

Ball’s Head, Port Jackson, 12 fath.; and north side of

Watson’s Bay, Port Jackson, “ found under stones at low

water.”

198 Mr. A. W. Waters on Australian Bryozoa.

65. Cellepora bispinata, Busk.

Cellepora bispinata, Busk, Brit. Mus. Cat. p. 87, pl. exx. figs. 1, 2.

A specimen from the mouth of the Lane-Cove River, Port

Jackson, growing on Amathia, seems to be this species. It

has the spines articulated, as figured by Busk, and the oper-

culum is light-coloured. The ovicell, which was not described

by Busk, is globular, granular, arching over the oral aperture,

and widely open in front, being very similar to that of

C. ovoidea, Aud. The mandibles of the small rostral avicu-

laria are semicircular, and in one specimen there are also a few

spatulate vicarious avicularia, but I cannot find any in the

other specimens.

This in many respects is very closely allied to C. albiros-

tris, Sm., but is distinguished by the articulated spines, and

the operculum is not distinctly indented at the side, although

the chitinous band shows a tendency in this direction, and in

this respect resembles that of C. mamillata.

Loc. Tasmania (B.); Victoria (MacG.); New Zealand

(Hutton) ; mouth of Lane-Cove River, 7 fath., rocky bottom.

66. Cellepora granum, Hincks.

Cellepora granum, Hincks, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. viii.

p. 68, pl. iii. fig. 8; Waters, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xxxix. p.440, ~

pl. xii. fig. 18.

Cellepora Boryi, Waters, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. iii. p. 195.

Lagenipora nitens, MacG., “ Descriptions,” pt. xii., Trans. Roy. Soc.

Vict. 1886, p. 2 (sep.), pli. fig. 1.

There is a small specimen from Green Point, growing on

Mucronella Ellerii, forming a small radiate colony, with thin

semitransparent walls, so that the avicularian chamber can be

traced as figured by MacGillivray in LZ. nitens, but where the

growth is more solid this cannot be done. The bulging ovi-

cells at the side have the characteristic flat surface with

radiating pores.

I do not doubt that this is specifically identical with a

specimen in my collection from Naples, which I consider to

be C. Bory?, and also with a specimen sent me as C. granum

from New Zealand, and another sent as L. nitens from Port

Phillip.

I have, however, taken Mr. Hincks’s name, seeing that

O. Boryt, Aud., C. Costazi, Aud., and C. Protainii, Aud.,

may be varieties of the same thing, with which, at any rate,

C. granum must be closely allied. It is further closely allied

to Lagenipora spinulosa, H. (probably C. bicornis of the

‘Challenger’ Report), and Phylactella lucida, H.

Mr. A. W. Waters on Australian Bryozoa. 199

Loc. Fossil: Victoria. Living: Curtis Island (H.); Naples;

Port Phillip Heads (MacG.) ; New Zealand ; and Green Point,

Port Jackson, 8 fath. (sent by Brazier).

67. Cellepora ovotdea (Aud.). (PI. VI. figs. 14, 19.)

Cellepora ovoidea, Aud. Descr. de Egypte, pl. viii. fig. 7.

Zoarium irregularly lobed, forming a mass about 2 centim.

across ; has started on a small stalk of seaweed. Zocecia with

a few pores, a prominent rostrum without avicularia below

the mouth. Operculum slightly convex on the lower edge,

and somewhat broader below, but not usually so much as in

the figure. Between the zocecia there are large, spatulate,

vicarious avicularia, and there is a moderate-sized lucida

about the middle of the mandible ; there is no columella, and

the lower edge is straight.

The ovicell is globular and smooth, usually surmounted by

a mucro which sometimes is considerably raised. The ovicell

is widely open in front, and projects over the aperture of the

raised zocecia.

There is also C. ovoidea, Lamx., but the figure and descrip-

tion are not sufficient to enable it to be recognized.

Loc. Vaucluse Point, Port Jackson, 5 fath.

68. Conescharellina incisa (Hincks). (PI. VI. fig. 26.)

Lunulites incisa, Hincks, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. viii. p. 68,

pl. iv. figs. 1-3.

Conescharellina conica, Haswell, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. 8. Wales, vol. v.

pt. i., 1880, p. 42, pl. iii. figs. 7, 8.

Hincks and Haswell both described this about the same

time, and it is not clear which had priority; but as there is

Batopora conica, Seguenza, and Lunulites conica, Defr., it

would seem necessary to drop that name.

An important avicularian character has been overlooked by

both Haswell and Hincks, namely, that on the cross bar,

besides the central ligula, there is a smaller one on each side.

The zocecial chamber is long, and there is a straight row of

about eight rosette-plates along the edge of the wall.

This may be Lunulites angulopora, T. Woods, but appa-

rently the avicularia were mistaken for the zocecial cells, and

the zocecia for vibracula.

Loc. Holborn Island; Bass’s Straits; Port Stephens, 25

fathoms, “sandy mud bottom”; N.E. coast of Australia,

23 fathoms (these latter sent by Mr. Brazier are smaller than

the others).

200 Mr. A. W. Waters on Australian Bryozoa.

69. Conescharellina elegans (d’Orb.).

(Pl. V. figs. 13-17.)

Flatellopora elegans, d’Orb. Pal. Fr. p. 58, pl. 661. figs. 1-5.

In some of the specimens the flabelliform zoarium is formed

of two contiguous layers back to back; others have between

the layers a cancellous structure with numerous large open-

ings, between which are small round avicularia. The zocecia

are similar to those of C. cancellata, also with small round

avicularia between them, but the zocecium is larger, and the

oral aperture measures 0° ‘| millim. instead of 0:08 millim., as

in C. cancellata.

Loc. Ouantang and Hainau (China seas), 20 met. (d’ Orb.) ;

Port Stephens, 7-8 fath. (dredged by Brazier).

70. Conescharellina cancellata (Busk).

(RIDIN tie. 24 PI Vale te shallseeltss)

TInnulites cancellata, Busk, Brit. Mus. Cat. p. 101, pl. exiii. figs. 4-7 ;

Waters, Q. J. Geol. Soc. vol. xxxvii. p. 344, vol. xxxviil. p. 275.

Lunulites cancellatus, Waters, ibid. vol. xxviii. p. 512, pl. xxii. figs. 10,

On the upper surface there are numerous small round avicu-

laria irregularly placed, and the under cancellated surface is

formed of rcund cells with small round avicularian openings

similar to those on the upper surface. All my specimens

have these round avicularia, and they are also very distinct

in the British-Museum s specimen ; but Mr. Busk does not seem

to have correctly appreciated them, as his Lunulites is defined

as having vibracula, and his C onescharellina as having avicu-

laria.

The peristome has a slit on the proximal edge, and the

operculum is oval. ‘The avicularian mandible has the lucida

in the centre.

The dorsal surface of C. incisa is very similar to that of

this species, but I am unable to see that the round openings

had any mandibular covers, whereas these are universal in

C. cancellata.

Although this seems to be abundant from some parts of

Australia, it is not mentioned by MacGillivray as occurring

off Victoria.

Loc. Philippine Islands (B.); Raton, New Guinea, 7 fath. ;

Darnley Island, Torres Straits, 10-30 tath. ; Princess-Char-

lotte Bay, N.H. Australia, 13 fath.; Port Stephens, from

weeds on sandy mud bottom, 5-6 fath. (all dredged by

Brazier). Fossil: Curdies Creek, Vict.; Mt. Gambier, 8.

Austr.; Bairnsdale, Gippsland.

Mr. A. W. Waters on Australian Bryozoa. 201

71. Selenaria concinna, Woods. (Pl. V. fig. 11.)

Selenaria concinna, Tenison Woods, “ Australian Selenariade,” Trans.

Phil. Soc. Adelaide, 1880, vol. iii. p. 10, pl. ii. fig. 11.

The vibracular chamber is elongate, with a row of large

pores round the border; above it there is a small tubular

projection, and in the zocecium above there is a semicircular

hollow. ‘The oral aperture is 0°16 millim. wide.

. The central zocecia are partly closed, in a similar way to

those of Lunulites petaloides, d’Orb., as described from Muddy

Creek (Q. J. Geol. Soc. vol. xxxix. p. 442, pl. xii. fie. 11).

This has only been known fossil previously.

Loc. Fossil: Muddy Creek (Victoria). Living: off Port

Stephens, 25 fath. (Brazier).

72. Selenaria maculata, Busk.

Selenaria maculata, Busk, Cat. Mar. Pol. p. 101, pl. exvii.; Waters,

Quart. J. Geol. Soe. vol. xxxix. p. 440, pl. xii. figs. 7,9, 12; id. ib.

vol. xli. p. 809; Haswell, Polyzoa from the Queensland Coast, p. 42.

Loc. Living: Holborn Island; Barnard Island, N.E.

Australia, 10 fathoms (dredged by Brazier). Fossil: Muddy

Creek and Bird Rock (Victoria); River-Murray Cliffs (8.

Australia).

73. Selenaria punctata, T. Woods.

Selenaria punctata, Tenison Woods, Trans. Phil. Soc. Adelaide, vol. iii.

1880, p. 9, pl. il. fig. 8; Waters, Q. J. Geol. Soc. vol. xxxix. p. 440.

Selenaria fenestrata, Haswell, “On some Polyzoa from the Queensland

Coast,” Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, vol. v. pt. 1. 1880, p. 42.

This differs from Selenaria maculata in the presence of

two large pores on the wall of each cell, and the vibracular

chamber has a cribriform calcareous cover with much smaller

pores than those of S. maculata. ‘The pores on the front of

the zocecium are sometimes denticulated, but this is not so

distinct in the recent as in the fossil specimens.

Oral aperture: Princess-Charlotte Bay, 0:09 millim. wide ;

Port Stephens, 0°14. ‘The fossil has an aperture nearly double

this size.

Loc. Living: off Cape Three Points, 71 fath. (Woods) ;

Holborn Island (H.); Princess Charlotte Bay, 13 fath. (N.E.

Australia, Brazier); off Port Stephens, N.S.W., 25 fath.,

sandy mud bottom (Br.). Fossil: Muddy Creek.

74. Cupularia canariensis, Busk.

Cupularia canariensis, Busk, Q. J. Micr. Soe. vol. vii. p. 66, pl. xxiii.

figs. 6-9; Crag Polyzoa, p. 87, pl. xiii. fig. 2; Manzoni, Foss. Ital.

cont. 1ma, p. 10, pl. 11. fig. 17; Bri. foss. del Mioc. d’Aust. ed Ungh.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5. Vol. xx. 14

202 Mr. A. W. Waters on Australian Bryozoa.

p. 24, pl. xvii. fig. 56; Waters, Q. J. G.S. vol. xli. p. 308; Pergens,

“ Plioc. Bry. von Rhodos,” Ann. k.-k. Hofmus. vol. ii, 1887, p. 31.

Membranipora canariensis, Smitt, Floridan Bry. pt. 2, p. 10, pl. ii.

figs. 69-71.

Cupularia guineensis, Busk, Brit. Mus. Cat. p. 98, pl. exiv.; ‘Challenger’

Rep. p. 206, pl. xiv. fig. 6.

As I have previously shown in one specimen from Princess

Charlotte Bay, the sulcate structure of the under surface

is very marked; but upon careful examination faint cross

divisions can also be distinguished, thus separating the

dorsal surface into zocecial divisions. A few of the central

zocecia are closed by a calcareous lamina, perforated round

the border, as figured by Manzoni in C. Hatdingert, Rss.

(Bri. foss. del Mioc. d’Aust. &e. pl. xvi. fig. 54).

Pergens agrees that I am probably right in uniting both

guineensts and stellata with canariensis, and thinks that it is

perhaps identical with C. Haidingert.

Loc. Living: Canaries; Madeira; Florida, 10-44 fath. ;

New Guinea; Torres Straits; Philippine Islands; Princess

Charlotte Bay, N.E. Australia, 13 fath. Fossil: Miocene

and Pliocene of Europe, numerous localities; Aldinga, S.

Australia.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

PLATE V.

Cribrilina clithridiata, sp. nov., X 26.

. Cribrilina tubulifera, Hincks, x 50.

. Lepralia eimata, sp. nov., X 25.

. Schizoporella divisopora, sp. nov., X 25.

ou G2 bo

Fig. 5. Porma inversa, sp. nov., X 25.

Fig. Cribrilina tubulifera, H., x 25.

Fig. 7. Avicularium of Rhynchopora erenulata, sp. nov., X 85.

. Rhynchopora crenulata, sp. nov., X 25.

. 9. Mucronella Ellervi, MacG., var. braviculata, nov., X 25.

Fig. 10. Tubucellaria opuntioides, Pall., x 25.

Fig. 11. Selenaria concinna, T. Woods, X 25.

Fig. 12. Membranipora tripunctata, Waters, X 25.

Fig. 13. Conescharellina elegans (V’Orb.), X 25.

Figs. 14-17. Conescharellina elegans (d’Orb.), natural size. 14. Flat speci-

men seen laterally. 16. Ditto, sp. seen diagonally. 16. Ditto,

upper surface of thick specimen. 17. Ditto, upper surface of thin

specimen.

Fig. 18. Membranipora tripunctata, Waters, natural size.

Fig. 19. Avicularian mandible of ditto, x 250.

Fig. 20. Mandible of vicarious avicularium of ditto, x 85.

6 CO NIO

Puate VI.

Fig. 1. Operculum of Microporella decorata, var. lata, MacG., x 85.

Fig. 2. Operculum of Cribrilina chthridiata, sp. nov., X 85,

Fig. 3. Operculum of Schizoporella triangula, H., X 85.

Fig. 4. Operculum of Schizoporella divisopora, sp. noy.,X 85.

Dr. A. Korotneff on Polyparium ambulans. 203

Fig.

Fug.

5. Operculum of Porina coronata, Rss., X 85.

6. Mandible of Microporella decorata, var. lata, MacG., X 250.

aX 85.

Fig. 7. Mandible of Cribrilina monoceros, B., X 85.

Fig. 8. Mandible of Porina larvalis, MacG., X 85.

Fig. 9. Mandible of Schizoporella tuberosa (Rss.), X 85.

Fig. 10. Operculum of ditto, x 85.

Fig. 11. Operculum of Rhynchopora profunda, MacG., X 85.

Fig. 12. Operculum of Mucronella Ellerti, var. porosa, H., x 85.

Fig. 13. Operculum of Conescharellina cancellata (B.), X 85.

Fig. 14. Operculum of Cellepora ovoidea (Aud.), X 85.

Fig. 15. Operculum of Retepora phenicea, B., x 85.

Fig. 16. Mandible of Rhynchopora profunda, MacG., x 250. a x 85.

Fig. 17. Mandible of Mucronetla Ellerti, var. porosa, H., X 865.

Fig. 18. Mandible of Conescharellina cancellata (B.), X 250. a Xx 86.

Fig. 19. Mandible of Cellepora ovoidea (Aud.), X 865.

Fig. 20. Mandible of Retepora phenicea, x 85.

Fig. 21. Operculum of Lepralia vestita, sp. nov., X 85.

Fig. 22. Operculum of Lepralia elimata, sp. nov., X 85.

Fig. 23. Mandible of Smittia Landsborovi, var., X 250. a X 80.

Fig. 24. Discotubigera (?) lineata, MacG., natural size.

Fug. 25. Amathia biseriata, Krauss, x 16, showing radicle.

Fig. 26. Aviculariumand oral aperture of Conescharellina incisa (H1.), X 25.

Fig. 27. Idmonea radians, showing plates in the side of the ovicell, x 25.

Fig. 28. Plate of ditto, x 85.

Fig. 29. Idmonea interjuncta, MacG., x 16.

XXI.—Polyparium ambulans, a new Celenterate.

By Dr. A. Korornerr*.

[Plate XIII]

Among the truly singular forms of animals two different types

are to be distinguished:—1. The one type appears to be

peculiar and interesting as a transition-form between two

different classes of animals, and such a form is Ctenoplana

Kowalevskii, which I have described; 2. The other type

fixes the attention of the observer in quite another respect—it

is an aberrant form which from various causes has separated

itself from its ancestors and taken up an exclusive position in

the animal kingdom. If at the same time the mtermediate

forms have disappeared it only remains for the naturalist to

describe this form—he can hardly reckon upon giving it a

certain taxonomic position. Such an exclusive aberrant

creature is Polyparium ambulans, of which I give the descrip-

tion in the following pages.

* Extracted from an article entitled “ Zweineue Coelenteraten,” in the

‘ Zeitschrift fiir wissenschaftliche Zoologie,’ Band xlv. pp. 468-486. Prof.

Eblers has put forward a different interpretation of the facts recorded by

the author; a translation of his remarks will be given in a future number

of this journal.

14*

204 Dr. A. Korotneff on Polyparium ambulans.

In a preliminary communication * I have already stated

that during my voyage to Malaysia I visited the channel

between the large island of Billiton and the smaller neigh-

bouring island of Mindanao lying to the west of the former.

This locality was particularly recommended to me by my

learned friend Dr. Sluiter, of Batavia, and with the greatest

justice. While the neighbourhood of the islands to the east-

ward, between Billiton and the neighbouring islands (Pulu

Soukun and Pulu Besar), and thence southwards into the bay

near Dindang, presents nothing remarkable, and therefore

does not appear especially to be recommended, we must say

the direct contrary of the Strait of Mindanao. By the kind-

ness of the Resident of Billiton, M. Zyip, I obtained for a

fortnight the use of a large vessel with a Malay crew of

seven men. During this time I dredged continually, and I

have never seen so many different forms, especially of Kchi-

nida and Holothurida; many Ascidia and Corals also occurred,

and among the latter I found the animal now under consider-

ation, Polypartum ambulans. Once, as I was examining the

booty brought up by the dredge, I found a yellowish-grey

slimy mass, the size of a chestnut, which consisted of spiral

convolutions and was beset with small tubercles. When I

isolated this body in a glass vessel I soon saw that the convo-

lutions separated and the mass spread into a band-like, rather

thick body, while the tubercles became small, mouth-like

apertures, and the whole body, to my great astonishment,

extended itself and began to creep slowly upon the bottom of

the vessel.

When I turned the animal, or, more properly speaking,

the colony, so that the tuberculiferous back was downwards

and the creeping sole upwards, I found to my surprise that

the whole sole was covered with small acetabula; thus it

appeared that the movement, the creeping of the colony,

results from the action of the acetabula. By a careful

observation of the creature I arrived at the following results.

It isa band-like body (Pl. XIII. fig.1), 7 centim. in length, with

a breadth of about 2°5 millim. and a thickness of perhaps °8

millim.; the anterior and posterior extremities are exactly

alike, and rather pointed than rounded off. The lateral mar-

gins of the colony are different in this way, that one of them

is strongly marked and bordered, so that it forms a very

perceptible boundary between the back and the sole, while

the other has no border; but here the back is rounded and

cylindrical, and passes immediately over into the sole. Upon

* Zool. Anzeiger, no, 223 (1886).

Dr. A. Korotneff on Polyparium ambulans. 205

this latter cylindrical margin, as also along the whole back of

the colony, are placed conical, chimney-like tubercles (buccal

cones, as we shall see hereafter), which are rather scantily

distributed, but become more and more crowded together

towards the bordered margin, along whick they form a regular

palissade.

Counted transversely the number of the buccal cones is

from four to six; in the longitudinal direction we do not

recognize any serial arrangement of them, and they show no

particular regularity. The breadth of each cone at the

base is 1 millim.; the height varies according to the state in

which the buccal cones may happen to be ; when con-

tracted they are not more than 1 millim., but when drawn

out they measure twice as much. At the apical pole of each

mouth-tuberele there is an aperture. But the most remark-

able thing is their entire want of tentacles ; neither the margin

of the aperture itself nor its vicinity bears tentacles or any

structures which might be homologous with tentacles.

The inferior surface by which the colony adheres to various

objects (fig. 1) is, as already stated, covered with acetabula,

and further traversed by two furrows running along the whole

colony in such a way that we can distinguish an intermediate

area and two lateral streaks; the median area is twice as

broad as the lateral streaks, and of the latter the one the

margin of which is bordered is band-like, while the other,

without a border, is rounded off and passes directly into the

dorsal surface. The median area, in a transverse direction,

has from two to four rows of acetabula, the lateral streaks

only two. .The position of the acetabula seems not to be

regular, although in certain parts of the sole they appear to

be arranged in longitudinal rows; perhaps the appearance

observed after the death of the animal may be due to processes

of contraction. The interspaces between the acetabula are

not quite flat, but they possess transverse folds which, in the

living colony, are scarcely noticeable, but make their appear-

ance rather strongly after the action of alcohol.

As regards the individual acetabula, each of them forms a

button ‘8 millim. in breadth, with a flattened, somewhat

notched surface. ‘The size of the acetabula varies very con-

siderably.

The internal structure of Polyparium is not less singular

than its exterior. The best mode of acquiring a knowledge

of the internal organization consists in cutting a piece out of

the whole colony by transverse sections, and then dividing

this into vertical sections parallel to the longitudinal axis ;

sections made in other directions are not particularly imstruc-

206 Dr. A. Korotneff on Polyparium ambulans.

tive and can hardly be orientated. A section made as above

described is shown in Pl. XIII. fig. 2. In this section it is seen

that the superior free surface of the colony is beset with clavi-

form buccal cones (M/k) ; these, as already stated, are quite

destitute of tentacles and have no septa; they are hollow,

have a buccal aperture opening outwards (JZ. 0), and another

inner orifice (J/’. o’) which leads into the interior of the body

of the colony. The inner space is rather complex and con-

tains various walls, the analogy of which with the ordinary

septa of corals is very doubtful at the first glance. ‘The body

of Polyparium possesses a spacious cavity, which is divided

into sections of equal size by the above-mentioned septa.

These septa stand transversely to the long axis of the body

and in a vertical longitudinal section are shown as bands

(fig. 2). In this figure we see how the partition-walls (septa)

are united in pairs. Hach pair forms a special division

which encloses an internal chamber (df) and is separated

from the neighbouring one by an intermediate chamber (z/).

According to this description therefore the body of Poly-

parium presents a conglomeration of consecutive divisions or

seements, which, however, cannot be characterized as meta-

meres ; for each metamere is a definite unit, which forms a

particular part of the body, possesses only a single partition,

and is immediately applied against its like. In Polyparium

each segment is formed by two partitions, and is separated

from the neighbouring segment by an intermediate chamber.

The partitions stand in a particular relation to the buccal

cones on the one hand and to the acetabula of the sole on the

other (fig. 2). Thus the interior chamber (0/) opens exter-

nally by means of the buccal aperture, but below, corre-

sponding to the buccal apertures, are the acetabula, which are

so distributed that each buccal cone possesses a corresponding

acetabulum. Hence we may perhaps regard each buccal cone

with its acetabulum as a simple individual, which, however,

has not yet sufficiently individualized itself. I must, how-

ever, remark that each acetabulum possesses a separate clavi-

form cavity; this stands in direct connexion with the lumen

of the animal, and corresponds in position with the cavity of

a buccal cone.

Before passing to the histology of Polyparitum I may

premise that in this respect the creature exactly agrees with

the Actinis—not only the sequence of the layers, even the

intimate structure of the tissues is in both cases exactly alike,

and whoever has once seen a section from the wall of an

Actinia will at once recognize the same thing in Polyparium.

In accordance with the Actinian type the ectoderm, the ento-

Dr. A. Korotneff on Polyparium ambulans. 207

derm, and a gelatinous intermediate layer are to be found

here; but with them we have two different formations—one

in the structure of the whole of the upper wall, the other in

the acetabulum. We commence our descriptian with the

upper wall, and have here to distinguish two different parts,

namely the small buccal cones and the upper surface (between

the buccal cones), which we will indicate as the buccal disk.

These two parts only differ by the degree of development of

their layers ; thus in the buccal cones the muscular layer is

quite inconsiderably developed, but between them it is very

considerable. In order to understand the structure more

clearly we will study a section of the upper wall. This sec-

tion is taken parallel to the long axis and perpendicular to

the septa.

The ectoderm (figs. 4, 5) is divisible into three separate

layers ; the outer one, which at the same time is the most con-

siderable, is composed of very long, fine, perfectly filiform,

epithelial elements; the nuclei in this are distributed in two

ageregations, of which the upper one is situated close to the

nematocysts and the lower one much deeper, occupying exactly

the middle of the height (em.z). As the foundation of this

outer layer there is a thin stratum of a finely fibrillar substance

(Nv) in which a few nuclei are scattered. Lastly, quite at

the bottom we find a layer of muscular fibres (Qm) ; in trans-

verse section this appears as an aggregation of shining cor-

puscles. The three layers above mentioned are to be regarded,

as in the Actinie, as epithelial, nervous and muscular layers.

The outer, epithelial layer contains quite different elements

—there are here support-, sense-, urticating-, and finally

eland-cells. From the extraordinary fineness of the elements

and the involution of the filiform prolongations of their inner

parts it is difficult to distinguish the support-cells from the

sense-cells, and I have only succeeded in seeing clearly the

sense-cells. These are elements drawn out into a thread-like

form (sz), of which the nuclei are situated in the first third

of the cell and in the section form the aggregation which is

closely approximated to the lower extremities of the nemato-

cysts. ‘The protoplasm accumulates more strongly in the

neighbourhood of the nucleus, and hence there is a thickening

of the sense-cell which is produced inwards towards the

periphery into a fine process ; the process, however, appears

not to be plasmatic, but fibrillar, and even homogeneous.

From the single specimen of Polyparium at my disposal, and

which was hardened in alcohol, I rarely succeeded in obtaining

good teased-out preparations; nevertheless I was able to

convince myself that here matters are exactly as in the

208 Dr. A. Korotneff on Polyparium ambulans.

Actinia—that is to say, the sense-fibril (Pl. XIII. fig. 7, sf)

passes directly or after one division into the nervous layer,

with the fibrils of which it perfectly assimilates. I could not

observe any sense-hairs upon the ectodermal elements.

As usual, however, other elements predominate in the ecto-

derm, namely the urticating-cells ; but as these scarcely differ

from the ordinary type, I have not much to say about their

structure. [need only mention that each urticating-cell is

surrounded by a thin layer of protoplasm, and that a strongly

refractive nucleus is to be found at the bottom of each cell.

A fibril is given off downwards from the nematocyst, which

passes through the whole ectodermal layer, and is attached

by a thickening or disk to a muscular fibril (fig. 7).

The above-mentioned superior aggregation of nuclei belongs

to definite cells, whether sense-, gland-, or urticating-cells ;

but the lower one has a part in no specific cells, it belongs to

particular elements which are wedged in between sense-,

support-, or urticating-fibrils. These cells have no con-

nexion with the fibrils adjacent to them, such as we have

seen, for example, in the case of the sense-cells; here they

are rather loosely contiguous, and penetrate the fibrillar layer

with their processes. Nevertheless we can hardly assume

that in them we have to deal with nerve-cells; they are rather

simple embryonal cells, which serve to complete the epithelial

layer (figs. 7 and 8, em. 2).

I can scarcely say much about the nerve-layer, nor can I

give by any means so detailed a view of it as has been fur-

nished for the Actiniz by the brothers Hertwig. My state-

ments are limited to the demonstration that the structure is

the same in both cases. ‘The nerve-layer is shown with par-

ticular distinctness in sections, when it appears to be partly

finely granular, partly fibrillar; but whether this layer is

formed by the basal extremities of various epithelial cells or

whether independent fibres take part in it is hardly to be

decided. While on the one hand the nerve-layer is connected

with the epithelial cells, on the other it gives off fine fibrils to

the underlying muscular layer. With a view to parallelization

with the Actinie I must state that the nerve-layer is dis-

tributed everywhere in Polyparium, and occurs both in the

buccal cones and in the buccal disk, as is described in the

case of Cerianthus among the Actinie.

The muscular layer follows immediately upon the nerve-

layer and consists of long and very thin, smooth fibres, which

appear quite homogeneous and bear no nuclei or cells; as

usual, these fibres lie in special depressions of the supporting

lamella, and are undivided and, as it were, adherent as usual

Dr. A. Korotneff on Polyparium ambulans. 209

upon special lamellar processes of the latter. The direction

of the muscular fibres of the ectoderm is parallel to the longi-

tudinal axis, and in the buecal cones vertical. Where the

latter pass into the buccal disk the fibres acquire the above-

mentioned direction.

This description of the structure of a portion of the wall of

Polyparium proves indisputably that in it we have to do with

an Actinia; in both instances we find points of approximation

common to them and the other Coelenterata, or more properly

the Hydroida and Siphonophora. So far as I know this

attempt has not hitherto been made, and we are quite in the

dark on the subject. In my former memoir upon the his-

tology of the Siphonophora* I endeavoured to show that

enidoblasts, sense-cells, and nerve-cells are not only altered

epithelial cells, but that, when we have to do with animals

(such as the Siphonophora, for example) in which an epi-

thelial muscular system occurs, these have a direct genetic

relation to the muscular fibrils, and therefore are to be regarded

as altered muscle-cells. According to this an embryonal cell,

after it has separated off one or more muscular fibrils, acquires

quite a different specific function, and becomes converted into

weapon-, gland-, or sense-elements. If we adhere to this

principle, it becomes a question in what manner the Actinia-

structure is to be referred to this type. In the Siphonophora,

especially in Horskalia, we see that a nerve-cell, or rather a

nerve-muscle-cell, scarcely separates from the epithelia, and

lies directly applied to the latter ; in the Actiniz this process

has gone further—here the nerve-cells have fallen low down

and formed a special layer; but this stands in immediate

relation to the muscular fibrils which cling to them. ‘To a

certain extent a genetic relation between the muscle- and

nerve-layers is to be seen in Polyparium ambulans, inasmuch

as the muscle-layer possesses no cell-nuclei. The smooth

non-varicose form of the muscular fibrils leads to the belief

that the nuclei of the muscle-cells have not become assimi-

lated to the muscular fibrils, but are to be sought elsewhere ;

hence I see no impossibility in the assumption that the cells

of the nerve-layer are to be regarded, not as true nerve-cells,

but as nerve-muscle-cells, or, otherwise, as metamorphosed

muscle-cells.

Now if we bear in mind that in the Siphonophora the

relation of the cnidoblasts to the muscular fibrils is very

intimate, and that in it we find a whole series of progressive

transformations, the extreme form of such transformation,

* Korotneff, “ Histologie der Siphonophoren,” in Mitth. Zool. Stat,

Neapel, Band vy.

210 Dr. A. Korotneff on Polyparium ambulans.

which is to be observed in the Actinie, will be sufficiently

clear tous. The first step is that in which the cnidoblast is

closely applied to the fibril, forms its essential muscle-cell,

and therefore, together with the fibril, cannot be characterized

otherwise than as a true muscle-form. However, we shall

find that the cnidoblast itself is by no means to be regarded

as an integral part of the muscular fibre, because it remains

at some distance from the fibril itself (tentacles of Physophora)

and communicates with the fibril by means of fine filaments.

If this notion needs any further confirmation we must pay

special attention to the connexion between the cnidoblast and

a muscular fibril in Polypartwm ambulans ; in my opinion it

proves incontrovertibly that the cnidoblast in Polyparium is

a true muscle-cell which, in the metamorphosis of the ecto-

derm, has entirely quitted its original situation and taken up

a peripheral position (fig. 8). In this way we shall recog-

nize that the same course of transformations of the muscle-cell

exists for all the other elements of the Actinian body ; nerve-

cells, sense-cells, gland-cells, and cnidoblasts are therefore to

be regarded as metamorphosed epithelial muscles, and hence

we may assume that the first step in the metamorphosis of an

embryonal cell is the separation of a muscular fibril; but

herewith the cell does not appear to have exhausted its

powers of furnishing something else, and thus are produced

the histological double-structures already more than once

described (by the brothers Hertwig in the Actinie and by

myself in Hydra and the Siphonophora), such as epithelial

muscle-cells, nerve-muscle-cells *, sense-muscle-cells, and

gland-muscle-cells. As a matter of course this histological

process appears to be the longer one, and may be often greatly

abridged, and an embryonal cell, without satisfying the

first requirement of the organism, the need of locomotion,

directly acquires various specific properties, and becomes

converted directly into a nerve-, sense-, or gland-cell, over-

leaping the intermediate stage of the myoblast.

‘The supporting lamella is an elastic membranule (figs. 4,

5, st. 1), which is considerably thicker in the lateral margin

than in the upper surface of Polypartum and much thicker

than in the buccal cones. ‘Throughout it consists of fine felt-

like fibres which are imbedded in a homogeneous intermediate

substance. Between the fibres there are numerous small

* Kspecially since the discovery of special nerve-cells in the Hydroida

I cannot recognize the epithelial-muscle cells in Hydra as true neuro-

muscle cells in Kleinenberg’s sense. Nevertheless the ingenious neuro-

muscle theory remains still valid.

Dr. A. Korotneff on Polyparium ambulans. 211

fusiform cells, which pass off into processes ; the protoplasm

of the cells is rather coarsely granular.

The entoderm of Polypartum was unfortunately insufficiently

investigated by me, and therefore I can hardly touch upon

such delicate questions as, for example, the nerve-cells or

nerve-fibrils. Almost throughout (figs. 4 and 9) the ento-

derm is one-layered, and consists of elongated cells which

show remains of flagella upon their surface. At the bottom

of the entodermal cells there are fine muscular fibrils, all of

which have a definite longitudinal direction, therefore parallel

to the long axis of the colony; these muscles never form

groups, but are distributed im a delicate layer. The re-

lation of the cell-bodies to the fibrils proves that we have

to do with entodermal muscle-cells. Between these cells

simple glands also occur (fig. 9, Dr). JI may also mention

that the whole entoderm is filled with round, yellow, parasitic

cells (pz); these usually accumulate in such quantities that

the cell-nuclei are entirely concealed by them. ‘These para-

sitic cells do not seem to occur in the gland-cells.

With regard to the lower surface of the foot of Polypartum,

it has already been mentioned that this is covered with small

acetabula (fig. 2) and that these acetabula are arranged in

rows and very accurately correspond with the buccal cones of

the upper surface. The structure of the whole ectodermal

layer, whether between or upon the acetabula, is quite uniform

throughout, differing only in thickness ; the thickest parts are

the margins of the acetabula, and then the middle, which is

separated from the margins by a groove. The histological

constitution of this ectoderm is quite different from that of the

lateral margin or the upper surface of Polyparium. When

taken from the middle of an acetabulum a section presents

the following peculiarities (fig. 6):—Three layers are to be

distinguished im it; superficially there is a finely granular

glandular layer, in the middle a dense nuclear layer, and at

the bottom, lying directly upon the supporting lamella, a con-

siderable, finely fibrillar, fibrous layer. As in the ectoderm

of the wall-lamina, the whole ectoderm of the foot, from the

surface to the bottom, is traversed by the same elements.

Almost the whole mass consists of elongated gland-cells, at

the bottom of which (fig. 8, Dr) there is a cell-nucleus,

which marks off a fibrillar part extending to the supporting

lamella. These glands no doubt secrete the mucous substance

which accumulates in clots on the free upper surface.

Among the glands many sense-cells occur, exactly like

those of the wall-lamina (fig. 6, sz). It seems to be a

remarkable tact that the sense-cells terminate directly upon

212 Dr. A. Korotneff on Polyparium ambulans.

the supporting lamella, and therefore can conduct no further

unless we assume that the impressions received may be trans-

ferred to the supporting lamella itself, which is perhaps

capable of contraction, or perhaps rather to its cells. The

sense-cells occur most numerously upon the acetabula, and

are particularly observable in their inner inflation. This

arrangement seems to indicate that, in creeping, Polyparium

feels the surface of the supporting object so as to seek out a

definite course.

The nuclei which occur in such quantities among the

ectodermal cells belong chiefly not to the fibrillar elements,

but to small embryonal cells (em. z), which are very nume-

rous, and in this case, where there is no special nerve-layer,

may also perform the function of nerve-cells. Besides the

gland- and sense-cells the so-called support-cells may also

possibly occur; but I could not distinguish them from the

other elements.

From this description the acetabula of Polyparium are

certainly of primitive structure, inasmuch as they possess no

true musculature ; but they must be regarded as the first stage

of an adhesive apparatus, and not merely as inflated portions

of the wall. Although the acetabula of the foot have no

immediate relation to muscles, this by no means excludes the

possibility of an indirect relation; as we shall soon see, there

are, in the interior of the body, special muscles which serve

only to pull away the acetabula from the surface of adhesion.

The supporting lamella of the foot is remarkable for its con-

siderable development.

The entoderm possesses special villiform outgrowths which

project into the interior of the body. ‘The interior, or, in

other words, the lumen, is here, as already stated, clavate in

form and occupies the whole acetabulum, and may receive

the name of the stomach (Pl. XIII. fig. 2, Mg.); the occur-

rence of entodermal villi shows that assimilation takes place

here more actively than elsewhere.

We pass now to the examination of the intimate structure

of the septa, and have in this to investigate the distribution

of the muscular fibres. As the framework of each septum we

have in Polyparium the supporting lamella, which is clothed

with muscles in various stages of development. The surfaces

of each septum are unequally furnished with muscles, according

as the particular surface is turned towards an intermediate or

an interior chamber. ‘The intermediate-chamber-surface is

clothed with vertical fibres, the interior-chamber-surface on

the contrary with transverse fibres. ‘The vertical muscles

are the weakest ; upon a flattened septum they form an unin-

Dr. A. Korotneff on Polyparium ambulans. 213

terrupted layer of fibres, which commence at the buccal disk,

where the septa are inserted, and extend thence downwards,

to lose themselves in the foot-disk. The transverse muscles,

on the contrary, are the strongest, and form strong bundles of

fibres, which run from one side of the body of the Polypartum

to the other. Fig. 2 shows how strongly the transverse

muscles are developed; immediately behind the buccal aper-

ture they form a large cushion (¢. £), which projects far into

the interior chamber, nearly meeting with the cushion of the

opposite side. The cushion, however, stops in the middle of

the septum, being sharply separated by a constriction from

the septum, which now becomes thinner. The inferior half

of each septum is clothed with a single layer of transverse

fibres, and this lines the inner surface of the so-called stoma-

chal cavity, which, as already stated, penetrates into the

interior of each acetabulum. The whole surface of the

muscles is covered with a single-layered entoderm (fig. 9),

which, at the bottom, contains the strongly developed mus-

cular fibres imbedded in a common plasma.

On examining into the peculiarities of this structure it

appears that its greatest divergence from the polyp-type con-

sists in the entire absence of strongly developed bands of

muscular bundles in Polyparium. But if we consider that

the muscles on the one hand are in relation to the tentacles,

and on the other serve for the retraction of the whole buccal

disk into the interior of the body of the Actinia, 1t becomes at

once quite intelligible to us that such bands are wanting in

Polyparium as being superfluous, for no tentacles are present,

and from the great number of small buccal orifices the buccal

disk cannot be retracted. Nevertheless there is a point of

argument which may enable us to establish an analogy; thus

the vertical muscles, arranged in a thin fibrous layer, which

line the intermediate chambers are homologous with the true

muscular bands. Thus in Polyparium we find a reversed

picture with relation to the polyps ; the vertical fibres, which

are the strongest in the polyps, are the least strongly deve-

loped in Polyparium, and vice versé the transverse fibres are

the strongest in Polyparium, and may therefore be charac-

terized as “‘ transverse bands (transversale Fahnen).”

In order to find something similar among the polyps we

must go back to the statements of Hollard *. That naturalist

first of all described a parieto-basilar muscle in the Actiniz ;

this muscle consists of fibres which run from the wall-

lamina to the pedal disk to draw in the latter; it appears

* “Monographie anatomique du genre Actinia de Linné,” &c., in

Ann. Sci. Nat. Zool. sér.3, tome xv. p. 257.

214 Dr. A. Korotneff on Polyparium ambulans.

as a thick cushion which runs transversely above the layer

of transverse muscles. The brothers Hertwig regard this

cushion as a fold-formation of the base of the septa caused

by the increased mass of the muscles here situated. The

parieto-basilar muscle is most strongly developed in Tealia

erassicornis, and in this form, according to the figures illus-

trating Hertwig’s investigation *, we have a good right to

assume that the muscular fibres of the base of one septum

pass into the opposite septum. At any rate, we may assume

that at the meeting of the opposite septa the muscular cushions

pass into each other and give origin to a structure analogous

to the ‘“ transverse bands.”

It still remains for me to decide an important point which

relates to the relations of the septa and likewise of the muscles

to one another. We have already seen that in Polyparium

the inner chambers and intermediate chambers follow each

other alternately ; the inner chamber represents the gastral

space and the intermediate chamber the place where new

septa are formed. ‘This alternating position is not without

relation to the muscular system. MHollard has already ex-

pressed the opinion that the longitudinal muscles which, in

transverse sections, are immediately recognized as thick pads,

are turned towards one another and enclosed in the central

chamber, while the transverse muscles, on the contrary, belong

only to the intermediate chamber. If we consider Polyparium

from this point of view we find the direct contrary; in this

form the longitudinal muscles (vertical muscles) belong to the

intermediate chamber, while the transverse muscles (‘‘ trans-

verse bands”) only occur in the internal chamber. In order

to explain this phenomenon we are compelled to submit the

principle established by Hollard to a rigid analysis.

Rotteken and Schneider f have already indicated that two

pairs of septa in the body of the Actinia have really an ex-

ceptional position—these are the so-called directional septa

which have a special significance for the orientation. These

septa are situated opposite each other, and have a particular

relation to the position of the buccal aperture and the ceso-

phageal tube: thus the buccal aperture possesses two angles

from which two deep grooves run down upon the inside of

the cesophageal tube; the insertion of the directional septa

corresponds with the buccal angles and the grooves of the

* O. and R. Hertwig, ‘Die Actinien, anat. und histol. Untersucht’

(Jena, 1879).

+ Schneider and Rotteken, ‘‘ Ueber den Bau der Actinien und Koral-

len,” in Sitzungsb. der Oberhess. Gesellsch., March 1871.

Dr. A. Korotneff on Polyparium ambulans. 215

cesophagus (fig. I.). The relation of the musculature on the

directional septa is different from that on other septa—the

transverse muscles are directed towards them, the longitudinal

from them. ‘Thus, with the directional septa it is exactly as

Transyerse section through a young Adamsia diaphana: mw, mouth-

angles; 7s, directional septa; dm, longitudinal muscles. (After

Hertwig.)

in the interior chambers of Polypariwm, which is certainly not

without significance and needs homologizing. Unfortunately

embryology gives us no data for this purpose, because the re-

searches of Kowalevsky | and Lacaze-Duthiers} upon this

subject do not thoroughly exhaust the question and are in

contradiction to each other. We must therefore treat this

question quite & priort. Very probably the directional septa

of the Actiniz are the first formed; they will probably be

archisepta ; and this postulate is to a certain extent confirmed

by the fact that the directional septa undoubtedly correspond

to the four longitudinal muscles of the Scyphistoma. In the

+ A. Kowalevsky, ‘‘ Unterschungen tber die Entwicklung der Ccelen-

teraten,” in Nachr. k. Ges. der Freunde der Natur, Anthr. und Ethnogy,

Moscow, 1873 (in Russian).

{ Lacaze-Duthiers, “ Développement des Coralliaries,” in Arch, Zool.

expér, et gén. tome 1. 1872.

216 Dr. A. Korotneff on Polyparium ambulans.

Scyphistoma, which, for various reasons, we must regard as a

most simple and primitive Actinia, the above-mentioned

longitudinal muscles are placed, as has been described in the

case of the directional septa, in close relation to the buccal

aperture. Hence the arrangement of the muscles on the direc-

tional septa, in which the archetypal form is to be seen, is

indicative of various homologies. In this way, then, the

relation of the muscles to the septa in Polyparium is not

abnormal, but, on the contrary, quite typical.

I may further mention that if the principle established by

Hollard is applicable in general and not in details to the

Actiniz, it nevertheless loses its significance outside this

group. ‘Thus in a transverse section of an Alcyonium we

see, as the brothers Hertwig have shown (see fig. II.), that in

the circumference of the section there is a point, looking from

Transverse section through a polyp of: Aleyoniwm: rs, directional

septa; f, muscular bands. (From the work of the brothers

Hertwig.)

which all the septa have the muscles turned away, four on

the right and four on the left-hand side, and a second opposite

point, looking from which the muscles are turned towards it;

in other words, we find the longitudinal muscles turned to-

wards one another, in accordance with Hollard’s principle,

only on one pair of the directional septa, all the others being

Dr. A. Korotneff on Polyparium ambulans. 217

turned away. In this respect, therefore, Polyparium makes

no special exception.

Notwithstanding all this, it is necessary to show why the

change which we find in the streneth of the muscles in Poly-

partum has been brought about. This question may be

decided upon a mechanical principle. We have seen that

the transverse bands (q.m) project strongly into the interior

of the gastral cavity, pass over with their fibres to the side-

wall (m.6), and in this way form an arch, the points of

fixation of which are to be sought laterally upon the side-wall.

During movement, in the creeping of Polyparium, the trans-

verse fibres are the most active, and when they contract they

must, as in the bent bow, widen the lumen of the interior

chamber (fig. JII.). If we couldimagine that the above-men-

tioned transverse bands projected, not into the interior chamber

Fig. TIL,

pemoDehAawoPoecsea

a, interior chamber ; 6, intermediate chamber ; m.b, side-wall ; st. /,

supporting lamella; g.m, transverse muscular bands; /.2, longi-

tudinal muscles.

but into the intermediate chamber, then the interior chamber

(a) would be closed by their contraction. But we must con-

sider that the nutrition of the animal must depend uncon-

ditionally upon its movement; the animal, or the colony,

only creeps in order to obtain nourishment, and therefore

during locomotion the buccal aperture must remain wide

open, in order that the food met with may pass directly into

the stomach. ‘Thus it becomes clear that the occurrence of

the transverse bands in the interior chamber and of the ver-

tical musculature in the intermediate chamber is not only

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5, Vol. xx. 15

218 Dr. A. Korotneff on Polyparium ambulans.

naturally typical, but also is fully in accordance with the

requirements of the case.

Lastly, that the septa of Polyparium are homologous with

those of the Actinize may be proved by the production of the

new septa. ‘These occur in various stages of development in

the intermediate chambers ; they always originate in pairs,

and each pair consists of two septa of equal size; when these

are quite small they appear to consist only of a supporting

lamella, which is covered on each side with a muscular layer,

and it is only after the septa have grown up so as to exceed

half the vertical diameter of the colony that the free margin

(Pl. XIII. fig. 2, s’) begins to thicken, forming a pad, and this

is the commencement of the formation of a transverse band.

Step for step with the growth of the septa proceeds the develop-

ment of the muscular pad, and after the septa have reached the

buccal surface their amalgamation with the latter ensues, to-

gether with the production of a buccal cone, which finally

acquires amouth-opening. The development of the acetabu-

lum likewise goes on at the same time. When the septa are

still quite small we already observe an annular, scarcely percep-

tible fold, which rises more and more and distinctly acquires

the form of a knob. Thus it is clear that the growth of

Polyparium in length takes place by an interpolation of new

members which bear buccal apertures above and acetabula

below.

I must further mention that special orifices occur in the

septa, enabling a communication to take place between the

interseptal spaces; these are the so-called internal septal

stomata described in the Actiniz. These stomata are oval

and have thickened margins closing the aperture, which would

indicate the presence of a circular musculature (fig. 3).

No mesenterial filaments or sexual organs occurred on the

septa of Polypartwm ; the former are entirely deficient, the

latter probably are not developed at the time when I found

the animal, that is in the month of September. There can,

however, hardly be any doubt that we have to do with a

sexually mature organism. In this respect the animal agrees

exactly with the Actiniz, in which sexual maturity also occurs

only at definite periods.

In the body of Polyparium we have therefore two systems

of muscles, external and internal. The first form two different

groups :—1, transverse muscles, which belong to the ecto-

derm, and pass directly from the buccal cones into the buccal

disk ; 2, longitudinal muscles, which belong to the entoderm,

and run along the whole of the body. ‘The internal muscles

may also be divided into two separate groups, both of which

Dr. A. Korotneff on Polyparium ambulans. 219

occur in the septa; these are, 1, transverse bands, and 2,

vertical muscles. All these systems of muscles serve the

same purpose ; they provide for the locomotion of the animal.

The most important in this respect are the transverse bands ;

they shorten the transverse diameter of the polypary by

bringing the lateral parts of the body nearer together; with

the shortening of the transverse bands the body is extended,

which is accompanied to a certain extent by an elongation of

the longitudinal muscles. The weaker vertical muscles of

the septa play a subordinate part, performing a much less

onerous work ; they serve to pull up the acetabula from the

supporting body, which is the first act in the locomotion of

Polyparium. On further investigation of the processes of

locomotion in this creature we find that the liberation and

lifting of the acetabula certainly do not occur simultane-

ously throughout the whole length of the animal, but only at

a particular part of the colony—whether it is one transverse

row of acetabula, and therefore an intermediate chamber with

a transverse chamber, oragreater number of such segments that

is included, I cannot say with certainty, although 1 am in-

clined to think that only one segment is moved at once.

After the abbreviation of the transverse bands and the elon-

gation of the longitudinal muscles the acetabula separated

from the surface of support are pushed further, and this no

doubt goes on successively throughout the whole length of

the animal. This mode of locomotion cannot be called gliding

such as we observe in many Actinie, but a true walking, as

the acetabula are to be regarded as feet, and in motion cause

an undulatory advance; but as the acetabula are distributed

along the whole disk of the foot, and occur in considerable

numbers, the progression may be discriminated into separate

actions.

It is not easy to determine the true taxonomic position of

Polyparium ambulans. The first impression that this form

produces is something quite peculiar, something that hardly

reminds us of any other form of Ceelenterate. In summariz-

ing the different characteristics of Polyparium we shall speci-

ally note the four following points :—1, absence of tentacles ;

2, occurrence of various buccal cones which lead into a com-

mon cavity without, however, possessing an cesophagus; 3,

apparent absence of radial septa; and 4, occurrence of the

very peculiar partitions which divide the body of Polyparium

into segments.

15*

220 Dr. A. Korotneff on Polyparium ambulans.

To show the affinity of our form with other polyps, we

must refer all these peculiarities of structure to the common

eharacters of the polyp-type, and at the same time regard

them as definite results of a change brought about by special

needs.

We commence with the tentacles:—Where ought these to

occur? Certainly either at each buccal aperture or at the

margin of the whole colony. A Meandrina enables us to

decide this question. In this form we see individual polyps,

or more properly buccal cones, like those of Polyparium, dis-

tributed in bands on the surface of a globular polypary, the

buccal cones being arranged in a series exactly in the middle

of each band. In this way each band resembles a Polyparium,

but with the difference that the buccal cones occur in greater

number in the latter. But the most important thing is in the

distribution of the tentacles in Meandrina; these do not sur-

round each mouth-aperture, but stand along the margin of

each band. If we conceive that in a common Actinia a mul-

tiplicity of mouth-openings has been produced by their division,

we shall get a band-like, Mwandrina-like form in which also

the tentacles originate at the margin. In Polyparium there-

fore we ought to seek for tentacles at the margin, and regard

them as having disappeared, such a disappearance being

explicable to a certain extent by change in the mode of life.

As a Meandrina is an adherent organism it is, as regards

nourishment, under much less favourable conditions than

Polyparium ambulans, which can change its place with com-

parative rapidity ; hence the tentacles are much more necessary

to Meandrina than to Polyparium, although they are rather

rudimentary.

As regards the buccal apertures, there can hardly be any

doubt that their number does not denote an individualization,

but rather a division, and the absence of an cesophagus at

each aperture somewhat strengthens this supposition. Such

a complete reduction of the tentacles and considerable increase

of the mouth-apertures not only has an influence upon the

external habit of the animal but also affects its internal

organization. In the first place we must here mention the

septa; under such circumstances they must certainly be

subject to a fundamental alteration. That the septa of Poly-

partum must be homologous with the septa of a simple

Actinia we have already seen to be probable, nevertheless

their divergent form remains as a considerable obstacle. If

we imagine the cesophagus of a polyp to have disappeared,

the affair of the septa will certainly stand on quite a different

footing, they must be free in the interior of the gastral

Dr. A. Korotneff on Polyparium ambulans. 221

cavity ; further, we may assume the radial arrangement of the

septa to have disappeared, on the one hand, in consequence

Fig. IV.

-U SUG,

Cross section of Certanthus: m, muscles of the wall-lamina.

of the division of the primary mouth-opening into a number

of secondary ones, and, on the other, on account of the extra-

ordinary elongation of the colony, and therefore what exists

in Polyparium is to be regarded as regular. The free exis-

tence also has not been without influence ; for the performance

of the task of carrying out definite movements the parieto-

basilar muscle is converted into the transverse muscles

(transverse bands), and in this process corresponding septa

of opposite sides must have met and become converted into

partition-like structures. In this way the radiate type of a

polyp may easily be converted into a bilateral type. In

order to make this metamorphosis intelligible the best way

is to have before us a transverse section of a Certanthus

(fig. IV.). If we imagine the buccal aperture in this divided,

the opposite septa, which approach so nearly as to touch at

the bottom of the inner gastral cavity, will necessarily grow

together*.

* The comparison of Cerianthus with Polyparium is, however, the

more admissible, because, as has been shown, these forms are very simi-

lar histologically—tfor example, in this respect, that the wall in both cases.

possesses a muscular and nervous layer.

Payand Mr. R. I. Pocock on a new Genus

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIII.

bf, internal chamber. /p%, parasitic cells,

Dr, glands. Qm, transverse muscles.

e.m, entodermal muscles. 8, developed septa.

em. z, embryonal cells. s', young septa.

Im, longitudinal muscles. sf, fibrils of the sense-cells.

Mg, stomach. st. 1, supporting lamella.

Mk, buccal cone. st. z, Supporting cells.

M.o,‘mouth-opening. st’. 2’, cells of the supporting la-

M'’ o', inner mouth-opening. mella.

Mw, gastral pads. sz, sense-cells.

NV, nematocysts. t. £, transverse bands.

Nv, nervous layer. z. f, intermediate chamber.

Fig. 1. Polyparitum ambulans enlarged 23 times; the upper surface

covered with buccal cones, the lower with acetabula:

Fig. 2. A longitudinal section of Polypariwm, showing buccal cones above

and acetabula below ; small and large septa. Transverse bands

(¢. Ff’) strongly developed.

Fig. 3. A septal stoma.

Fig. 4. Section of the wall of a buccal cone, in which all the layers

characteristic of an Actinia (muscles, nerves, fibrillar nemato-

cyst layer, &c.) occur.

Fig. 5. Section of the buccal disk which stretches between the buc-

cal cones. The layers follow the same order as in the last

figure.

Fig. 6. Section of the pedal disk near an acetabulum.

Fig. 7. Teased-out preparation from the buccal disk, in which are to be

distinguished nematocysts, sense-cells, nerve- and muscular

layers. To be noted the relations which exist between the

muscles (m) and the fibrille emanating from the nematocysts.

Fig. 8, Teased-out preparation from the pedal disk, in which gland- and

sense-cells are to be distinguished.

Fig. 9. Entoderm filled with parasitic cells.

XXI1.— Description of a new Genus and Species of Poly-

zonide.. By R. Innes Pocock.

[Plate XIV.]

PSEUDODESMUS, genus novum.

Platydesmo (Lucas) propinquum. Corpore longo, supra tuber-

culorum, infra carinarum serie quoque latere pradito. Seg-

mentorum numero majore quam septuaginta; segmento ultimo

postice haud acuto ; segmentis, primo et ultimo exceptis, carinas

prope ad libellam emergentes parte lateris inferiore geren-

tibus et dorsum medium canaliculatis. Carina quaque, tribus

anticis exceptis, in margine laterali foramen repugnatorium

and Species of Polyzonide. 223

gerente. Segmentis quatuor anticis binis pedibus, ceteris

binis pedum paribus instructis; ultimo (et penultimo?) pedibus

carente. Pedibus articulis sex constantibus; ultimo pedis arti-

culo apicem ungue armato. Laminis pedigeris liberis. Capite

sub segmentis anticis flexo, fronte convexa ; margine antico vix in

rostrum producto. Oculis nullis. Antennis articulis septem con-

stantibus ; in capitis lateribus positis; articulo extremo minimo.

Mandibulis occultis. Gnathochilario manifesto ; stipitibus magnis ;

malis et cardinibus haud conspicuis ; lobis linguz parvee et tenuis

nullis; mento malleo simili et magno.

Owing to scarcity of material I have been unable satisfac-

torily to determine whether the mandibles be in reality absent or

not. ‘The fact of their occurrence in Siphonophora and Platy-

desmus leads me to believe that owing to my imperfect exami-

nation of the mouth-parts their presence has been overlooked in

this specimen.

This genus differs from Platydesmus principally in the

absence of eyes and in the possession of a greater number of

segments. With Dolistenus (Fanz.) I am unable to compare

it, owing to my ignorance of the structure of the mouth-

parts in this form (cf infra, Note).

Pseudodesmus verrucosus, 0. sp.

Number of segments in one specimen seventy-six, in another

seventy-two. Length of longer individual 34 millim., width

44 millim.

Head somewhat pointed in front, rounded behind, convex

from before backwards, and from side to side; thickly and

finely punctured, and thickly clothed with short hairs. All

the segments, the limbs, and antennz punctured and more or

less thickly covered with hairs; the free ends of the keels,

the large tubercles, and the anal valves not punctured and not

hairy. ‘The first segment bearing an irregular row of tuber-

cles on its anterior half, and provided on each side with a

larger lateral tubercle, corresponding in position with the

keels of the succeeding segments. That portion of each

segment which lies between the keel below and the large

dorsal tubercle above bearing one or more smaller tubercles,

which are more numerous upon the first three segments than

upon the others. Posterior border of last segment rounded

and tubercular. Anal valves convex and smooth ; posterior

border of subanal plate straight; keels of the last segment but

one projecting directly backwards. In one specimen the last,

and in the other the last two segments are without limbs.

Colour mostly testaceous or yellowish brown; legs and

224 Mr. R. I. Pocock on a new Genus

keels testaceous, lateral portions of the segments darker but

mottled, the darker shades occurring in patches. Most of the

large dorsal tubercles almost black, some bright yellow, a few

dull-coloured ; the yellow tubercles in patches of two, three,

or four together, but not occurring at definite intervals.

Two female specimens from Perak in the Malay Penin-

sula.

In 1872 M. de Saussure, basing his classification upon the

form of the head and jaws, divided the family Polyzonide

into two tribes—the Platydesmia, to contain Platydesmus,

and the Polyzonia, to contain Polyzonium and Stphonophora ;

and Dr. Latzel in 1884 also divided the Polyzonide into two

subfamilies, for one of which he adopted the term Platydesmia,

while to the other he gave the name Dolistenia. But the

latter author, considering the number of body-segments to be

a character of systematic value, included in the Platydesmia

all those suctorial Myriopods which possess fewer than seventy

segments, while the Dolistenia contained all those forms in

which the body is composed of more than seventy segments.

This arrangement brought about the association of Polyzontum

with Platydesmus and the separation of Polyzoniwm from

Stphonophora, and if adopted in the present case would lead

me to assign to Pseudodesmus a place, not with Platydesmus,

but with Stphonophora, thus showing that, in my opinion,

the relationship between Stphonophora and Pseudodesmus is

greater than the relationship between the latter and Platy-

desmus. But that is not the case; the form of the gnatho-

chilarium shows that Platydesmus and Pseudodesmus are

closely allied, and the form of the proboscis shows that Poly-

zonium and Siphonophora are closely allied. These two

things, and the knowledge of the fact that the number of seg-

ments, being very variable, is a character practically valueless

for classification, have led me to reject the divisions of Dr.

Latzel and to adopt, at all events provisionally, the older ones

of M. de Saussure; but at the same time it seems to be very

probable that careful examination of the mouth-parts of genera

that have hitherto been but poorly described will, by bringing

to light intermediate forms, render impossible the attempt to

divide the Polyzonide into groups larger than genera.

Owing to the scanty descriptions which at present exist of

the following forms—Octoglena (Wood), Petaserpes (Cope),

Andrognathus (Cope), and Dolistenus (Fanzago)—it 1s impos-

sible to associate them with either of the subfamilies adopted ;

and it must be coniessed that the classification of Dr. Latzel

highly commends itself from the fact that in formulating it

the author was able, inasmuch as the number of segments

and Species of Polyzonide. 225

and very little else was known in each case, to assign to the

North-American genera a position in the Platydesmia and to

associate Dolistenus with Siphonophora in the subfamily

Dolistenia. Whether Octoglena, Petaserpes, and Andro-

gnathus be really related to Platydesmus and to Pseudodesmus

remains to be shown.

Family Polyzonide.

Subfam. 1. Prarypesuryt.

Maxillis secundi paris Judd gnathochilario similibus.

1. PLATYDESMUS.

Capite oculis ornato; numero segmentorum minore quam

septuaginta,

2. PSEUDODESMUS.

Oculis nullis; numero segmentorum majore quam septua-

ginta.

Subfam. 2. Poryzonzrnt.

Gnathochilario in laminam antice acutam, simplicem, Jul¢

enathochilario haud similem mutato.

1. PoLYZONIUM.

Capite oculis ornato; numero segmentorum minore quam

septuaginta.

2. SIPHONOPHORA.

Oculis nullis; numero segmentorum majore quam septua-

ginta.

Note.—Since sending the above to press I have come across,

in the work of Antonio Berlese upon the Acari, Myriopoda,

and Pseudoscorpiones of Italy, a figure of the gnathochilarium

of Dolistenus, which shows that, as regards the mouth-parts,

this genus 1s more nearly allied to Psewdodesmus than to

Stphonophora, and will therefore be classed in the subfamily

Platydesmini.

The form of the mentum, the shape of the body-rings, and

the possession of more than one hundred segments are cha-

racters sufficient to separate Dolistenus trom Pseudodesmus.

226 Mr. W. L. Distant on new Cicadide.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIV.

Fig. 1.. Lower view of the anterior portion of the body of P. verrucosus.

Fig. 2. Anterior view of a single segment of P. verrucosus.

Fg. 3. Lower view of the posterior portion of the body of P. verrucosus.

Fig. 4. Upper view of anterior segments,

Fg. 5. Upper view of middle segments.

vg. 6. Upper view of posterior segments.

Fig. 7. Antenna.

Onber:

Fg. 9. First pair of feet.

Fig. 10. The gnathochilarium.

fig. 11. The gnathochilarium of Platydesmus, after Saussure.

Fig. 12. The gnathochilarium of Dolistenus, after Berlese.

XXIII.— Descriptions of new Species of Cicadide.

By W. L. Distant.

‘BEING engaged in the preparation of an illustrated monograph

of the Oriental Cicadide, mcluding those of China and Japan,

to be published by the authorities of the Calcutta Museum, I

am anxious to obtain all the material possible to make the

work moderately complete. I therefore venture to make an

appeal to entomologists who may possess specimens from

those regions to favour me with an opportunity of examining

the same.

The following species will be all subsequently either fully

or structurally figured.

Pecilopsaliria Hampsoni, n. sp.

@. Head luteous; front with a number of black linear

markings; vertex with a transverse, narrow, black fascia

between the eyes and with a central black spot containing the

ocelli. Pronotum greenish ochraceous, the disk with the

following black markings :—a central I-shaped spot, on each

side of which are some oblique linear markings ; the lateral

dilated margins are black and the anterior margin is narrowly

and the posterior margin broadly dull reddish ochraceous.

Mesonotum greenish ochraceous, with the following black

spots :—four obconical from anterior margin, of which the

central two are smallest; a large, oblong, discal spot, with a

small, partly rounded spot on each side of it; the basal cruci-

form elevation dull reddish ochraceous. Abdomen above

black. Body beneath with the face black, marked with

luteous transverse lines; sternum somewhat ochraceously

Mr. W. L. Distant on new Cicadide. 227

pilose ; abdomen beneath black, the segmental margins ochra-

ceous, the anal appendage of the same colour; legs castaneous,

streaked or spotted with piceous and luteous. Rostrum

black, the basal portion luteous. Tegmina pale hyaline,

with the venation brown, the costal membrane greenish, the

basal third somewhat opaque, with darker transverse markings

and small basal black markings; a double irregular series of

dark brown spots cross the tegmina at about centre, a dark

brown fascia at bases of upper apical areas, a few small sub-

apical spots, and some small marginal spots of the same

colour. Wings ‘brownish ochraceous, paler at apex than at

base and very pale across centre, with a white marginal spot

near anal angle; the venation brown.

The rostrum reaches the basal abdominal segment; the

lateral margins of the pronotum are distinctly angulated; the

face is robustly gibbous, with a profound central longitudinal

sulcation; the posterior tibiz have three distinct spines on

each side of apical half.

?. Long. excl. tegm. 23 millim.; exp. tegm. 70 millim.

Hab. Nilgiri Hills, northern slopes, 5000 teet (May).

I am indebted for a knowledge of this fine species to G. F.

Hampson, Esq., who captured it in the month of May of this

year.

Pecilopsaltria semusta, n. sp.

6. Body dull ochraceous; head with the front and a

broad fascia between the eyes black, the last containing the

ocelli and two small ochraceous spots; pronotum with two

central, discal, somewhat triangular, black spots, the lower-

most largest and broadest, on each side of which are three

narrow, oblique, black fasciz, the lateral ampliated margins

somewhat darker outwardly. Mesonotum with a large,

black, central spot on anterior margin connected with the

black margin of the basal cruciform elevation ; on each side

of this central spot is a large, black, obconical spot, which

nearly crosses the disk ; abdomen above dull castaneous, the

segmental margins ochraceous. Head beneath with a broad

black fascia between the eyes; face ochraceous, the upper

portion black, enclosing an ochraceous spot, the central sulca-

tion and transverse striations bright castaneous ; body beneath

ochraceous, with darker shadings; legs more or less tinged

with castaneous; abdomen beneath as above; opercula

brownish ochraceous, with the margins paler; rostrum ochra-

ceous, with the apex pitchy. Tegmina brownish, with the

following creamy markings:—a short, macular, transverse

fascia near base; a broad, irregular, transverse, macular

228 Mr. W. L. Distant on new Cicadide.

fascia near centre ; between this fascia and apex are two spots

near costa, each divided by a vein, and an outer irregular

series of submarginal spots; at the bases of apical areas the

transverse veins are shaded with dark castaneous. Wings

brownish, some basal streaks and central macular markings

ochraceous ; marginal fringe very pale ochraceous.

3. Long. excl. tegm. 18 millim.; exp. tegm. 55 millim.

Hab. Chusan (Calc. Mus.).

The rostrum about reaches the apex of the first abdominal

segment; the opercula are angularly rounded, do not overlap,

are separated from each other, and just reath the base of the

first abdominal segment; the face has a central, deep and

broad, longitudinal sulcation extending through its lower two

thirds, and it is also transversely striated to that extent.

Leptopsaltria nilgirensis, n. sp.

?. Body above olivaceous green. Head with the front

broadly margined with black, the vertex with a streak behind

the eyes, some irregular markings in front, and the area of the

ocelli black. Pronotum with the following black mark-

ings :—two central fasciz, rounded and joined posteriorly, and

laterally curved and produced on each side anteriorly ; on

each side of these fascie are three discal irregular spots and a

large semicircular spot near each lateral margin. Mesonotum

with the following black markings :—a central longitudinal

line with a shorter curved and outwardly convex line on each

side, followed by a small spot on anterior margin and by a

sublateral curved and broken fascia, and a spot in front of

each anterior angle of the cruciform elevation. Abdomen

above with the segmental margins narrowly black and two

black spots at base, and a smaller spot at apex of anal

appendage. Body beneath pale olivaceous green ; anterior

margin and two central fasciz (joined posteriorly) to face,

some irregular spots on cheeks, segmental margins, the

claspers and apex of anal appendage black. Legs olivaceous

green ; apices of the femora, tibie, and tarsi more or less

pitchy. Rostrum olivaceous, with the apex black. Tegmina

ale hyaline, with violaceous retlexions, the venation alter-

nately black and ochraceous, a few obscure black markings

at base ; the costal membrane ochraceous; an ochraceous spot

at base of upper ulnar area and the transverse veins at bases

of the three upper apical areas broadly infuscated. Wings

with the venation similar to tegmina, but spotless.

@. Long. excl. tegm. 16 millim.; exp. tegm. 57 millim.

Hab. Nilgiris, northern slopes, 5000 feet, June (G. F.

Hampson, Esq.) |

Mr. W. L. Distant on new Cicadide. 229

The lateral margins of the pronotum are biangulated, the

face is large and tumid, the rostrum reaches the third abdo-

minal segment, and the body is more or less greyish and

pilose.

This species much resembles the Dundubia? clio, Walk. ;

but it can be separated at once from that species by the very

much shorter upper apical area to the tegmina &c.

Leptopsaltria lactea, n. sp.

&. Head and pronotum ochraceous; head with the front,

the area of the ocelli, and a transverse streak in front of eyes

reddish ochraceous. Pronotum with the whole disk reddish

ochraceous, with an indistinct, central, longitudinal fascia, on

each side of which are two oblique excavated lines; the mar-

gins pale ochraceous. Mesonotum obscure ochraceous, with

two obscure and mostly castaneous, central, obconical spots,

on each side of which is a curved broken fascia of the same

colour, and a large spot in front of the cruciform basal eleva-

tion. Abdomen above ochraceous, with a broad, central,

castaneous fascia, which is notched and channelled outwardly ;

stigmata also castaneous. Body beneath and legs ochraceous ;

apices of the femora, bases and apices of the tibie, the tarsi,

a spot on apical segment of abdomen, and apex of the rostrum

castaneous. ‘l'egmina and wings pale hyaline, with a strong

milky-white suffusion or reflexion. Tegmina with the veins

alternately ochraceous and castaneous ; the costal membrane

and a small costal spot at base of upper ulnar area ochraceous ;

transverse veins at bases of apical areas more or less infus-

cated, and a marginal row of pale fuscous spots placed on the

apices of the veins. Wings with the venation dark casta-

neous and unspotted.

6. Long. excl. tegm. 30 millim.; exp. tegm. 80 millim.

Hab. Sumatra (forbes), February.

The body is long and gradually tapering towards apex ;

the lateral margins of the pronotum are concavely sinuate,

not angulated. ‘The face is broad and tumid, the central

sulcation small and only distinct on apical half; the trans-

verse ridges prominent. The rostrum extends a little beyond

posterior coxe. ‘The opercula are small, only reaching the

basal segment of the abdomen; they are outwardly oblique,

broadly convex at apices, and again obliquely directed

inwardly and upwardly.

Cosmopsaltria padda, n. sp.

3. Head olivaceous ; front with the margins and a central

230 Mr. W. L. Distant on new Cicadidee.

fascia black; vertex with three black fasciz, one on each side

behind the eyes, and one central containing the ocelli and a

small angulated black marginal spot near bases of antenne;

eyes dull castaneous. Pronotum olivaceous green, with a

central longitudinal ochraceous fascia margined with black,

a black submarginal fascia, and the extreme margin ochra-

ceous. Mesonotum olivaceous green, with five longitudinal

black fascize all more or less margined with ochraceous,

situate one central and longest extending right across disk

and attenuated anteriorly, on each side of this is a shorter

fascia extending from anterior margin to about centre, followed

again by a long and broader fascia a little before each lateral

margin ; a small black spot in front of the anterior angles of

the cruciform elevation, which is also more or less olivaceous.

Abdomen above piceous, more or less clothed with fine greyish

pilosity, the tympana and some lateral shadings olivaceous.

Head beneath and sternum olivaceous, frontal margin between

the eyes black ; sternum more or less greyishly pilose; legs

olivaceous, an apical annulation to anterior femora, the under

surfaces of intermediate and posterior femora, more than apical

half of anterior tibia, and about apical third of intermediate

and posterior tibize and the tarsi black. Opercula olivaceous,

the inner margin and about apical two thirds (not quite

reaching outer margin) black. Abdomen beneath piceous,

more or less greyish pilose. ‘Tegmina pale hyaline, narrowly

olivaceous at extreme base, the venation alternately brownish

olivaceous and piceous, the costal membrane olivaceous, two

subapical piceous spots situate on the transverse veins at bases

of the two upper apical areas, and some minute submarginal

piceous spots. Wings pale hyaline, narrowly olivaceous at

extreme base, the costal margin ochraceous for about half its

length.

3. Long. excl. tegm. 34 to 38 millim.; exp. tegm. 94 to

103 millim.

Hab. Penang (Rev. L. O. Biggs).

The opercula about, or almost, reach the base of the last

abdominal segment, are concavely narrowed near base, and

ampliated and rounded towards apex; the face is narrowly

sulcated for about half its length and possesses strong trans-

verse ridges ; the anterior femora are armed with three spines

beneath, one near centre, two near apex, the apical one

smallest.

Pomponia promiscua, n. sp.

¢. Body above greenish ochraceous. Head with two

small fuscous spots at apex of front and two wider apart at

On the Blood-corpuscles of the Cyclostomata. 231

base of front, the ocelli also surrounded with fuscous; the

head is also mottled with very pale ochraceous, and the eyes

are dark castaneous. Pronotum with the margins pale ochra-

ceous, an indistinct central fascia margined with ochraceous,

with an obscure castaneous spot on each side, and four oblique

incisions on disk, two on each side of central fascia. Meso-

notum with two obscure central obconical spots margined with

greenish, the lateral margins and the basal cruciform eleva-

tion also of the same colour. Abdomen with the stigmata

and the segmental margins castaneous. Body beneath ochra-

ceous; apex of the rostrum, basal and apical annulation to

tibiz, apices of the tarsi, and penultimate abdominal segment

castaneons. 'Tegmina pale hyaline, with talc-like reflexions ;

venation alternately ochraceous and fuscous ; costal membrane

_ and a small costal spot at base of upper-ulnar area ochraceous,

basal claval area greyish opaque; transverse veins at the

bases of the second and third apical areas slightly infuscated.

Wings as tegmina, but unspotted.

g. Long. excl. tegm. 25 millim. ; exp. tegm. 65 millim.

Hab. Sumatra (Forbes), March.

The body is moderately robust ; the abdomen broad, nar-

rowed at apex. The lateral margins of the pronotum are

slightly sinuated. ‘The face is broad and tumid, with a central

and very obscure levigate carina, but not sulcated ; transverse

ridges not extending to apex. Rostrum just passing the

posterior coxee. Opercula very small, obliquely rounded, not

reaching the basal segment of the abdomen.

This is one of a series of small species of Pomponia found

in the Eastern islands. It is probable that the colour is, or

often is, green, and not ochraceous, during life.

XXI1V.—On the Blood-corpuscles of the Cyclostomata.

By Professor D’Arcy W. THompson, Dundee.

Ir is commonly stated in the text-books, for example in

Huxley’s ‘Anatomy of the Vertebrata’ (p. 100), that the

blood of the Cyclostomes differs from that of all other fishes

in the rownd instead of oval shape of its red corpuscles.

Gulliver, on whose authority most of the text-book statements

concerning the size and shape of blood-corpuscles rests, says,

in his edition of Hewson’s works (p. 234), “In the Cyclo-

stomes the corpuscles are of the same figure as those of Man,

and only slightly larger.” Accordingly I was more than a

little surprised, on examining some living Myaine lately, to

232 On the Blood-cor puscles of the Cyclostomata.

find their red blood-corpuscles large and oval, and similar to

those of the skate or dogfish. On consulting Johannes

Miller (Vergl. Anat. d. Myxinoiden) I found that he had

noted and figured the oval corpuscles of Myacne, but without

measuring them or calling attention to their points of contrast

with those of Petromyzon. Dr. Giinther, in his article

“Tehthyology”” in the ‘ Encyclopedia Britannica,’ says

accurately that “the corpuscles of Petromyzon are round,”

but proceeds to say that the corpuscles of the Cyclostomes

are exceptionally small, taking it for granted doubtless that

the two genera agree in this respect.

I find the red corpuscles in Myaine to be thin, flattened,

oval plates, with a central nucleus, which is sometimes round,

more often elongated and rod-like.

Their dimensions are as follows :—

millim.

ene thre ernme tere smear 025 to 028

IBTOACEEe ane Ae oes otto ene about ‘OL

Mhicleiesst{ seh. b SASS ha eek yy OE

The nuclei stain very quickly and intensely with magenta.

The white corpuscles are of about the same size as those of

man. They are irregular or amceboid in shape, and have a

very large granular nucleus. Sometimes the whole corpuscle

is granular, and then appears to be devoid of a nucleus.

The white corpuscles are remarkably numerous, being not

less than three fourths as numerous as the red, and sometimes

equalling them in number.

In Petromyzon marinus I find the red blood-corpuscles to

be circular, as stated. They measure about ‘013 to -014

millim. in diameter. Gulliver gives -019 for Petromyzon ;

but he very probably used another species. The nucleus is

small, placed not in the centre, but usually near the edge of

the disk, and stains very slowly and feebly in magenta or

hematoxylin. The white corpuscles are even more nume-

rous than in Myzine, being actually thrice or four times as

many as the red. ‘Their nuclei are small and stain well, and

forms transitional in shape and size to the red corpuscles

seem to be recognizable. Some indeed are round, clear, with

excentric nucleus, and similar in size to the red corpuscles ;

others are quite small, one half the diameter of the former,

and with a central nucleus ; others, again, are large, granular,

and with the nucleus disproportionately large.

In both genera the red corpuscles are very easily deformed.

The corpuscles of Myxine often seem to tail off into a point

On a new Type of Compound Hye. 233

at each end, and those of Petromyzon are often (especially

in very fresh specimens!) irregular in outline.

We thus find that the blood differs in almost every point

in these two animals, viz. in the size and shape of the red

corpuscles and in the character of their nuclei, and that

Petromyzon in these respects stands alone, while Myxine

resembles other fishes, and especially the Klasmobranchs and

Dipnoi, whose corpuscles are much larger than those of

Teleostei. But the two genera agree in the extraordinary

number of the white corpuscles, which in most fishes are, if

anything, exceptionally scanty.

I did not take the opportunity of estimating the number of

the red corpuscles in either case; but they are certainly

exceptionally few, especially in Myxine.

One very curious point still remains. Shipley, in his recent

paper on the development of Petromyzon (Quart. Journ. Micr.

Sci, Jan. 1887), states, without further remark, that the red

corpuscles of the Ammoccete (P. fluviatilis) are oval; and in

writing to me he confirms the statement that the corpuscles

of the Ammoccete differ altogether in size and form from

those of the adult Petromyzon. ‘This observation is, I fancy,

quite novel, and it recalls the similar but far less striking

fact that the corpuscles of the young tadpole were long ago

observed (by Gulliver) to differ somewhat in size and shape

from those of the frog. But the noteworthy point now is that

Myzxine possesses red corpuscles similar to those not of the

adult, but of the larval lamprey, which in many ways it

resembles otherwise.

XXV.—WNote on a new Type of Compound Eye.

By F. E. Bepparp, M.A., F.Z.8.

‘THE minute structure of the eye in the Cymothoide has been

treated of by Johannes Miller *, and more recently by J. F.

Bullar+; the observations of the older author principally

concern the cuticular lenses and the vitreous body, and are

immaterial to the present note. Bullar has described and

fizured the eye of Cymothoa in some detail; his results on

the whole show no great difference from the eye of Porcellio,

which has been investigated by Grenacher and described in

* Meckel’s ‘ Archiv,’ 1829.

+ Phil. Trans. 1878.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5. Vol. xx. 16

234 Mr. F. E. Beddard on a

his important memoir * on the Arthropod eye. The vitrellaT

in both types consists of two cells, which secrete a round or

pear-shaped crystalline cone ; this crystalline cone is evidently

composed of two halves closely applied together, each half

being formed from a single cell of the vitrella.

The retinula in both types is seven-celled ; each cell secretes

a chitinous refracting rod—the rhabdomere; these become

fused into an axial structure—the rhabdom—in Porcellio; in

Cymothoa each rhabdomere remains separate and within the

retinula-cell of which it is a product.

I have recently studied the structure of the eye in several

species of ga and allied genera,

and find some notable differences

from the types already mentioned

as well as from all other Isopods,

excepting the genus Serolis. In

Serolist the retinula differs from

that of Porcellio &c. in being

composed of only four cells; each

cell secretes at its upper extremity a

chitinous rhabdomere: the rhabdo-

meres are more or less completely

fused together along their inner faces,

but the rhabdom is not imbedded

between the retinula-cells; on the

contrary, each of these cells, owing y

to its peculiar shape, is only in con- #

tact with the upper part of the

rhabdom; the lower portion is sur-

rounded by two large spherical trans-

parent cells, which fit in closely

between the four retinula-cells (see

woodcut). ‘These cells are distinctly

nucleated (H), the nucleus possessing

a well-defined nucleolus. In sections ie

it can be readily seen that the rhab- Paeaede of Deron

dom, which at its inferior extremity (.11 os comico

becomes divided into four separate — », rhabdom; H, hyaline

pieces (corresponding of course to cells.

the four rhabdomeres of which it is

composed), is imbedded in, or at least is entirely surrounded

by, the substance of these large clear cells.

* ‘Sehorgan der Arthropoden,’ Gottingen, 1879.

+ This term has been introduced by Profs. Lankester and Bourne

(Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. 1885, p. 177).

{ “ Report on the Isopoda collected during the Voyage of H.M.S.

‘Challenger,’ ” Zool. Chall. Exp. pt. xxxiii.

new Type of Compound Eye. 235

In several species of Cymothoide I have been able to recog-

nize the presence of these same hyaline cells both in sections

and in teased preparations: I invariably found two present,

and their relation to the retinula-cells and to the rhabdom

was precisely as described above in Serolis. diga, however,

agrees with Cymothoa and other Isopods and differs from

Serolis in the fact that there are seven cells to each retinula ;

but in the presence of these remarkable hyaline cells, as well

as in their structure and position, dga exhibits a striking

resemblance to Serolis, and differs, so far as our knowledge

goes, from all other Isopods. This structural resemblance

between d’ga and Serolis tends further to confirm the view,

held by many carcinologists, of the close relationship between

the Serolides and Cymothoide.

In one of my figures of the structure of the eye in Serolis

Schyther (loc. cit. pl. ix. fig. 5) I have depicted the rhabdom

as ending in a fine filament which passes through the hyaline

cell as far back as the membrane which bounds the omma-

teum posteriorly ; I have also (figs. 3, 4) noted a similar

prolongation of the rhabdom in Serolis cornuta.

On again referring to my preparations of both these species

I find that those figures are not quite accurate. In Serolis

Schythet the rhabdom has not the conical form which I have

erroneously given to it in my drawing; it ends in four blunt

points (cf. woodcut) : just below the termination of the rhab-

dom is a bundle of delicate fibrils which unite into a single

fibre (r) ; this passes through the substance of the hyaline cells

and can be traced back as far as the ommateal membrane.

In S. cornuta the arrangement is identical.

_ In some young examples of S. Schythez, taken from the

brood-pouch of the mother, this bundle of delicate fibres, ter-

minating in a single long fibre, was present, and appeared

from its position to be a product of the four pigmented

retinula-cells. At this stage the thickened masses which

form the greater portion of the rhabdom in the adult eye were

not developed. If it were not for this fact the bundle of

fibrils (r in woodcut) in the adult eye would seem to have

nothing to do with the rhabdom of the pigmented retinula-

cells, but to be anteriorly formed by the hyaline cells. It is

indeed quite possible that it is in part formed by these cells.

If this be so, the retinula in Serolide and Cymothoide is

composed of six cells, two transparent cells surrounded by

four pigmented cells, all of which secrete chitinous rods. The

central transparent cells, however, do not appear to end in

nerve-fibres, unless the axial chitinous rod contains nerve-

fibrils, which is of course a mere suggestion.

16%

936 Dr. A. Giinther on the Hapuku of New Zealand.

The structure of each retinula is therefore clearly very

similar to that of the retinula of many mollusks as described

by Patten, and, which is more important for purposes of com-

arison, to Nere’s among Annelids if Patten’s interpretation *

of Carrigre’s figures be allowed. The two central clear cells

are Patten’s ‘ retinophorer.’ It will be observed, however,

that apart from these two problematical hyaline cells the

minute structure of the eyes of the Serolide and Cymotho-

ide bear out Grenacher’s conclusions rather than Patten’s

with regard to the morphology of the Crustacean eye. There

can be no doubt that the crystalline cone is independent of

the rhabdom and formed by different cells.

The specialization of the retinula-cells is, however, a new

feature, and distinguishes the eye of these Isopods.

XXVI.—WNote on the Hapuku of New Zealand (Polyprion

prognathus). By Dr. A. Ginruer, F.R.S.

THe Hapuku of New Zealand, one of the most highly

esteemed food-fishes of the southern hemisphere, and attaining

to a weight of 100 pounds, has been known to naturalists

since Cook’s visits to that country, as has been shown by

Mr. Hutton (Trans. N.-Z. Instit. v. p. 259). It was figured

by Forster as well as by Parkinson, the former naming it Perca

prognathus, a very appropriate term, to which I give prefer-

ence before all others, although Schneider (BI. Schn. p. 301)

arbitrarily changed it into the less expressive Hpinephelus

oxygeneios. Forster’s original description is published in

‘Descript. animal. ed. Lichtenstein,’ p. 309, and referred to

by Cuvier (Cuv. & Val. Hist. Nat. Poiss. 11. p. 29), who

with his perfect knowledge of fishes, recognized its relation to

Polyprion, not doubting that it was the same species as the

Atlantic P. cernium.

The figure left by Parkinson bears the name Sciena

gadoides, probably in Broussonnet’s handwriting; but this

name seems to have remained always a MS. name.

The second period of the history of this fish begins with

Owen, who, in the ‘ Osteological Catalogue of the College of

Surgeons,’ i. p. 51, described the skeleton of a New-Zealand

Percoid under the name of Centropristis gigas. In the

‘Catalogue of Fishes,’ i. p. 251, I stated the reasons which

* Mitth. Zool. Stat. Neapel, 1886.

Dr. A. Gtinther on Australian Fishes. 237

prevented me from adopting Professor Owen’s view as to the

generic affinity of this fish, which I thought, in the absence

of specimens preserved entire, would prove to be rather with

the Murray cod, Oligorus; and thus the fish appeared in

nearly all subsequent publications as Oligorus gigas. Cas-

telnau, however (‘Notes on the Edible Fishes of Victoria,’

1873, p. 8, and Proc. Zool. Soc. Vict. 1. 1873, p. 151), pro-

posed to form a new genus for it, Hectoria, ‘‘ on account of

its armed tongue, double-pointed operculum, &c.”

In more recent years the same fish has been found far from

the place of its first discovery, viz. off the island of Juan Fer-

nandez, and described by Steindachner as Polyprion Knert

(Sitzungsb. Wien. Acad. Ixxi. p. 443); also the ‘ Challenger ’

obtained it off the same island (Chall. Shore Fish. p. 24).

Finally, the British Museum obtained from the Fisheries

and Indo-Colonial Exhibitions specimens (in spirit as well as

mounted) from New Zealand and Juan Fernandez *; and a

direct comparison of these specimens can leave no doubt that

all belong to the same species, which is antipodal to the only

other species known, Polyprion cerniwm.

Lowe (Fish. Madeira, p. 185) has shown that P. cernium

is a deep-sea fish, swimming near the surface when young,

but living habitually at a depth of 3800 and more fathoms

when adult. The wide range of this genus is therefore not

surprising ; in fact we may well expect that P. cernium will

be met with far beyond the limits of the north-eastern

Atlantic.

XXVII.— On Australian Fishes of the Genus Beryx.

By Dr. A. GUNTHER, F.R.S.

THe British Museum has recently acquired, in a collection of

fish from Adelaide, a fine specimen of Beryax, which, although

closely allied to Beryx affinis, is clearly specifically distinct

from it, differmg somewhat in the fin-formula, in the size of

the scales, and especially in the form of the nostrils and the

sculpture of the opercles and of the upperside of the head. It

may be named

* Those exhibited by the Chilian Government, and presented by them

to the British Museum, bore the MS. name “Perca fernandexiana,”

238 Dr. A. Giintber on Australian Fishes.

Beryx Gerrardi.

DD). ee Actre apy lifer es das ale! latea sie

L. transv. 6/12.

The meene of the body is contained twice and one fourth

in the total length, without caudal; the length of the head

twice and three fifths. Operculum crossed by parallel raised

lines, which also extend over the surface of two flat promi-

nences, which take the place of spines proper; preeoperculum

armed with a series of very small spines at its rounded angle.

The two median ridges (a) of the interorbital space are sub-

parallel and do not join in front; they biturcate behind, the

inner branches (5) being strongly convergent. Hye more

than one third of the length of the head. Nostrils two small

openings, separated by a broad bridge. Pectoral fin shorter

than the head without snout ; caudal fin deeply cleft. Colora-

tion uniform.

Length of the single specimen 13 inches.

For comparison I will add the diagnosis of Beryx afjinis.

Beryx affinis.

Beryx afinis, Giinth. Fish. i. p. 18; Hutton, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.

1877, xix. p. 341.

1,4, Accee Wolo 12 18, ly Int, ley,

* 12-13°

L. transv. 6—7/12-13.

The height of the body is contained twice and one fourth

Dr. A. Giinther on Australian Fishes. 239

in the total length without caudal; the length of the head

twice and two thirds. Operculum crossed by parallel raised

lines and armed with two strong, flat, and smooth spines; angle

of the preeoperculum armed with similar spines, of which one

is much stronger than the others. The two median ridges

(a) of the interorbital space converge and join in front; they

bifurcate behind, the inner branches (4) being parallel. Eye

two sevenths of the length of the head. Nostrils wide, open,

separated by a very narrow bridge. Pectoral fin longer than

the head without snout. Caudal fin deeply cleft. Coloration

uniform.

We possess specimens from Sydney and Hobart, the

largest being 15 inches long. This species seems to extend

also to the coast of New Zealand.

Beryzx lineatus.

Beryx lineatus, Cuy. & Val. iii. p. 226; Giinth. Fish. i. p. 18.

Beryx Miillert, Klunz. SB. Ak. Wiss. Wien, 1880, Ixxx. p. 359, Taf. iii.

stk Dh |

Of this species we have received a very fine example from

Adelaide, which shows that the fish described by Klunzinger

cannot be separated from the Cuvierian species. I take this

opportunity of correcting an error in the ‘Catalogue of

Fishes’ (/. ¢.), where King George’s Land is printed for

King George’s Sound.

240 Mr. A. G. Butler on new Lepidoptera

XXVIN.—Descriptions of new Species of Lepidoptera from

the Solomon Islands, collected by C. M. Woodford, Esq.

By A. G. Butter, F.L.S., F.Z.8., &c.

GEOMETRITES.

Euschemidaz.

1. Euschema pilosa, sp. n.*

Nearest to H. tyrianthina in pattern, but with the orange

and grey body of H. fenestrata and allies: wings deep purple,

banded and spotted with black; the veins pale: primaries

of male crossed by two paler purplish bands, enclosing an

abbreviated streak of the same colour; these bands are formed

much as in H. cyane of Cramer, but the outer band is further

from the margin: secondaries pale towards the base and with

a narrow paler oblique band, followed by a small spot, before

the middle; in the female all these markings are white instead

of purplish; an irregular series of submarginal orange

crescents somewhat as in J. tyrianthina or E. cyane, but

more or less obliterated and further from the margin; as in

the allied species, these crescents are broader in the female

than in the male. Front of thorax purplish black; the head

(excepting an orange semicircle round each eye) and antennee

dark brown; in the female, however, the face is whitish and

the vertex of head and the antenne are pale brown; the collar

and tegule are sprinkled with brown hairs, and the thorax is

whity brown; the back part of the thorax in the male is

darker and clothed with brown and grey hair: abdomen pale

brown, barred with reddish, with the sides and anal extremity

woolly and bright dark orange in the male; the dorsal sur-

face of the last two segments often ornamented with large

blue-black spots; in the female the sides and anal extremity

are smooth and bright ochreous. On the under surface the

markings are broader and better defined and the veins

whiter; pectus of male blackish, excepting a few orange

hair-scales at the sides; legs purplish, slightly sprinkled

with white and ochreous scales ; venter woolly, deep bright

orange; pectus and legs of female dust-grey ; venter of the

same colour, but with yellow edges to the segments and with

orange anus. Expanse of wings 92 millim.

Five males and one female. Shortland Island.

* Belongs to the section to which the name Heleona has been given.

from the Solomon Islands. 241

2. Ctimene excellens, sp. n.

Apparently intermediate between C. xanthomelas and C.

aurinata: primaries with the basal two fifths, excepting the

extreme base and costa, which are black, bright cadmium-

yellow, separated by a broad, oblique, black belt from an

irregular, cadmium-yellow, discal belt (shaped like an eagle’s

head, with the beak pointing downwards) ; outer border

black: secondaries bright cadmium-yellow, with rather broad,

black, external border, widest towards costa ; the costa grey

from apex to middle, but divided by a yellow spot at the

margin of the outer border and united to a black subcostal

spot in the cell. Body black ; an ochreous stripe commencing

on each side of the collar, encircling the neck below and con-

tinued down the anterior coxe; the palpiof the same colour ;

the under surface of the anterior tibie pale buff. Hxpanse

of wings 36 millim.

Ulaua and Tyoh, Malayta.

There can be little doubt that this and the species referred

to above are strictly congeneric with Boisduval’s type of the

genus, but they do not correspond with the characters laid

down by Mr. Meyrick for the recognition of the genus. This,

then, is the proper place to express my strong disapprobation

of the plan adopted by that author when characterizing genera

of the Australian region, viz. to identify a similarly shaped

or coloured Australian species with description or figure and

to characterize the genus from it instead of from the type.

In a case like the present it is probable that the typical

species could not be obtained ; but in the case of Spilosoma

and many other genera incorrectly characterized by Mr.

Meyrick trom Australian species no such excuse exists; I hold

that in all such cases considerable hindrance, instead of assist-

ance, is offered to the advancement of knowledge.

Uraniide.

3. Lyssidia mutata, sp. n.

Allied to L. patroclus and L. Goldiei; colours the same ;

wings crossed by a rather narrow white band, slightly wider

than the pale brownish band of L. patroclus, but placed

further from the outer margin, and the band of primaries

decidedly more oblique than in Z. patroclus; primaries of

male above slightly purplish; other characters variable, as in

the allied species. Expanse of wings, ¢ 149 millim., ¢ 144.

Alu.

242 Mr. A. G. Butler on new Lepidoptera

(nochromiide.

4, Decetia insignis, sp. n.

3. Nearest to D. subobscurata (Gynopteryx subobscurata,

Walk.) : primaries above sandy ochreous, sparsely speckled

with dark grey, most densely at apex ; a spot of dark grey at

the end of the cell and three small, ill-defined, greyish patches

in the form of a triangle, one on apical fifth of costa, a second

near the middle of the outer margin, a third near the middle of

the first median interspace ; a slender, oblique, brownish line

from just before the middle of the inner margin to the apex ;

a submarginal series of five grey-speckled white dots towards

apex ; fringe brown: secondaries with greyish-white costal

area, mottled with grey towards apex; remainder of wing

ochraceous at base, this colour being limited at basal fourth

by a short brown line, thence to middle greyish flesh-coloured ;

discal third ochraceous, partly interrupted and bounded exter-

nally by an irregular streak of five very unequal pitch-brown

spots, the second of which is large, quadrate, and placed

obliquely ; external fourth greyish flesh-coloured, with deep

ochreous outer margin; fringe brown. Vertex of head and

stem of antenne whitish, pectinations brown ; thorax flesh-

tinted; abdomen grey-brown. Under surface flesh-pink,

densely mottled with minute grey striations; venter whitish.

Eixpanse of wings 47 millim.

Alu.

In the same collection is a second Decetia, from Shortland

Island, which agrees so,closely with D. numicusaria that I

have no doubt of its being the male. The locality “8. Ame-

rica’’ was on the specimen described by Walker; but even

he was aware that this was an error. No locality was given

in the register.

Boarmiide2.

5. Ophthalmodes parva, sp. nu.

9. General appearance above of O. herbidaria; white,

irrorated and striped with olive-green as follows :—two indis-

tinct subparallel lines across the basal half; an arched band

enclosing a regular zigzag white line beyond the middle, and

a marginal band, enclosing along its innner edge a series of

whitish lunules ; three series of black dots, the first along the

inner edge of the postmedian white stripe, the second on the

inner edge of the submarginal lunules, the third marginal :

primaries also with a black dot near the base of the median

from the Solomon Islands. 243

vein, three on the subbasal olivaceous line (the first being

costal), and three, of which the middle one is large and repre-

sents the reniform spot, on the second olivaceous line: secon-

daries with a dark olivaceous white-pupilled spot at the end

of the cell. Under surface smoky grey ; all the wings with

a large black spot at the end of the discoidal cell, a very

indistinct angular dusky line just beyond the middle, a broad

dusky area occupying the external third, a spot on outer

margin, and an irregular external border (with which this

spot is confluent) snow-white : primaries with a large, diffused,

subapical, black patch : secondaries with a smaller and less

distinctly black subapical nebula. Expanse of wings 49

millim.

Ulaua.

This is the smallest species known to me.

Geometride.

6. Agathia pisina, sp. n.

Nearest to <A. hemithearia; wings bright pea-green,

banded with reddish coffee-brown and plum-colour, these

bands traversed by dentate-sinuate, silvery lines and inter-

rupted by spots nearly as in that species; it differs as

follows :—all the bands much redder, the external belt or

border of primaries narrowed behind almost as much as in

A. discriminata; the subapical green patch abruptly nar-

rowed at the back of the first spot of the subapical series and

extended outwards to the margin; the third spot large, and

all three confluent, as in A. diseriminata ; fourth spot silvery,

large, but not confluent with the others; fifth and sixth spots

small, green, placed obliquely ; a bisinuate inner stripe, three

marginal spots, and the veins at apex distinctly silvery ; costal

border much broader than in either of the above-mentioned

species and silvery; the band crossing the wing before the

middle also broader and much more angular; external area

of secondaries formed and ornamented as in A. discriminata,

but nearly as broad (excepting towards anal angle) as in A.

hemithearta ; front of head whitish, with a reddish-brown

anterior transverse band and plum-coloured lines round the

bases of the antenne, the latter ferruginous internally, whitish

externally ; vertex of head and thorax pea-green; tegule

with reddish-brown margins and long brownish terminal

hairs; abdomen reddish brown, with white sides and pale

dorsal spots, two of which (on the basal half) are pea-green.

244 Mr. A. G. Butler on new Lepidoptera

Under surface like A. discriminata, but with broader plum-

coloured bands. Expanse of wings 44 millim.

Alu.

There is so much general similarity between the species of

this beautiful group that an ordinary description would

probably be insufficient to identify it by; I have therefore

preferred to give a comparative description, showing in what

points it differs from two well-known species.

Palyadide.

URANODOXA, gen. nov.

Allied to Ophthalmophora ; with the same arrangement of

nervures, but the wings shorter and broader; the body much

more robust, with coarsely pectinated and extremely long

antennz reaching to about the fifth sixth of the costal margin

of primaries ; the body scarcely longer than the antenne, with

wide short head; palpi broad and compressed, with well-

exposed terminal joint; legs much stouter than in Ophthal-

mophora, the last pair armed with four strong spurs in pairs.

7. Uranodoxa longicornis, sp. n.

Primaries above with the basal three fourths flesh-tinted,

transversely streaked with plum-colour in front, greyish

brown behind, the whole surface transversely striated with

black and crossed by three dull plum-coloured bands, of

which the outermost is very broad towards costa and gradu-

ally tapers to ner margin: secondaries with the basal two

thirds golden ferruginous, striated with black, and with a

black discocellular spot: all the wings with the external

border bright orange, with spots at regular intervals formed

by pyramidal groups of black striz; this border is bounded

internally by a brilliant scarlet band, followed by an almost

confluent series of grey-edged metallic silver spots ; along the

outer margin is a bronze or tarnished silvery stripe, followed

by grey-tipped plum-coloured fringes; antennee brown, with

a slender, white, lateral line: body brown, washed with

purplish plum-colour; abdomen with whitish margins to the

segments, ochreous sides, and white tip to the anal tuft.

Under surface deep ochreous: primaries crossed from just

before the middle by three blackish lines, the central one wide

and limiting a broad, grey-brown, external area, which is

nevertheless interrupted towards inner margin by two unequal

spots of the ground-colour: secondaries with a squamose

blackish rel spot and a dot at the end of the cell; an

from the Solomon Islands. 245

external brown area, only half as wide as in the primaries,

interrupted by one large spot close to abdominal margin and

bounded internally by a wide blackish stripe ; anal tuft of ab-

domen coloured much asabove. Expanse of wings 35 millim.

Alu.

This superbly coloured moth must either stand between

the genera Palyas and Dissophthalmus, or between the latter

and Ophthalmophora.

Ephyride.

8. Anisodes pauper, sp. n.

Allied to A. absconditaria, pale pink ; wings above crossed

obliquely by greyish stripes and sparsely irrorated with

blackish scales : primaries crossed in the middle by two diver-

gent stripes, the inner one arched, the outer acutely angulated

towards each extremity so as to form a long Z; two angu-

lated and zigzag submarginal lines, the inner one regularly

dotted with black; a marginal series of black dots, one or

two towards the base and one at the end of the cell: secon-

daries crossed near the base by an abbreviated line on which

are two black dots; a central diffused stripe and two nar-

rower discal] stripes parallel to outer margin, the inner of

these stripes regularly edged externally with black points; a

marginal series of black dots; abdomen rather more pink

than the thorax. Under surface sericeous creamy white;

wings with small dusky discocellular spots; a discal zigzag

series of black dots, and a slender zigzag brown marginal

line; anterior tibie brown above. Expanse of wings 38

millim.

Malayta.

This is about the most indistinctly marked species in the

genus, the stripes being about as much pronounced as in the

British [dea strigilata, rather less than more so.

Ideide.

9. Ochodontia subochrea, sp. n.

&. Above pale sericeous golden buff; primaries indis-

tinctly speckled with grey on the costa; a small sandy testa-

ceous spot at the end of the cell and a straight oblique stripe

from apical seventh of costal to external third of inner margin ;

an imperfect dark brown edging to the apical sinus: secon-

daries with a small silvery white spot at the end of the cell

and a straight oblique sandy testaceous stripe across the

middle: head dark brown ; pectinations of antenne grey ;

246 On new Lepidoptera from the Solomon Islands.

thorax greyish, especially behind ; abdomen slightly brownish

behind. Under surface clear ochreous; wings sparsely irro-

rated with minute slaty purple striations; primaries with an

abbreviated purple transverse streak beyond the middle of

internal area, inner border white; all the wings with a sub-

marginal purple line; hind tibie: with reddish fringes. Ex-

panse of wings 35 millim,

Alu.

Nearest to O. aventiaria.

10. Zanclopteryx etherialis, sp. n.

Nearest to Z. fragilis : pearly white, wings crossed towards

outer margin by an irregular series of brown dots and dashes,

as in Z. guttilinea of Java; a squamose lunulated brown line

and a marginal series of black dots: primaries with the costal

border more or less striated with brown; a black spot at the

end of the cell: secondaries with a brown spot at the end of

the cell. Wings below with only the discocellular markings.

Expanse of wings 19-20 millim.

Alu, Shortland Island.

Some examples are more strongly marked than others.

Microniide,

11. Strophidia costalis, sp. n.

Allied to S. bifasciata, but differing in the white costal

border of the primaries and the broad white external border

of the secondaries ; above snow-white: primaries with a

black-brown subcostal band continued as a black-brown border

round the outer margin; two well-separated pale brown

bands across the middle of the wing from the subcostal band

to the inner margin: secondaries crossed from just before the

middle of costa to the anal angle by a pale brown band,

which unites upon the abdominal margin with an angular

darker brown discal band, parallel to outer margin; three

increasing black oval spots from anal angle to base of caudal

projection, the fringe of this part of the wing also black.

Head, excepting the face and the lower surface of the palpi,

black ; remainder of body white; anterior tibie and tarsi

blackish above. Primaries below white; a pale brown abbre-

viated stripe just beyond the cell and a spot in the cell;

apex and outer margin darker brown; fringe blackish : se-

condaries nearly as above, but the outer brown band widened

and dentate-sinuate towards anal angle, so as to completely

obliterate the black spots. Expanse of wings 57-59 millim.

Three examples. Shortland Island.

Miscellaneous. 247

The following form I name with some hesitation ; for

although Mr. Meyrick, to whom I showed it, expressed his

opinion that it was distinct from S. wrapterina, I still feel

some doubt about it*.

12. Strophidia hyemalis, sp. n.

3 2. Quite like a small edition of S. urapterina, but with

the brown bands slightly paler, more oblique, narrower, and

of more equal width ; no short brown stripe at the end of the

cell of primaries. HExpanse of wings 44 millim.

Two examples. Alu, Shortland Island.

S. urapterina from the same island measures 58 millim.

in expanse of wing, and differs in no respect from the typical

New-lIveland form.

Larentiide.

13. Remodes volcanica, sp. n.

Primaries dark greenish sulphur or mustard-yellow, crossed

by five bands, the first two indistinct, formed of about three

olivaceous stripes which converge and unite in a brown spot

on the submedian vein; third band wider, more distinct,

formed of three wavy parallel stripes marked with brown

beyond the cells and towards inner margin; fourth band

formed of two similarly-marked stripes; fifth band or external

border olivaceous, with black-spotted zigzag inner edge ;

outer margin with six black spots placed alternately with the

submarginal series ; fringe pale yellow, tipped with olivaceous:

secondaries sericeous greyish brown ; fringe slightly yellowish

at base: thorax greenish yellow ; antennee brownish ; abdo-

men whity brown, with greenish dorsal region. Under sur-

face pale sericeous brownish grey ; pectus, femora, and tibic

yellow, tarsi dark brown. LExpanse of wings 42 millim.

Shortland Island.

MISCELLANEOUS.

On the Structure of the Branchia of the Prosobranchiate Gasteropods.

By M. Frrrx Bernarp.

My investigations have been directed to numerous genera belonging

to various families of Scutibranchiata, Tzenioglossa, Rhachiglossa,

and Toxiglossa. They have enabled me to study in detail the

* T quote my friend Meyrick’s authority here because in the matter

of species he is rather inclined to associate allied forms under one specific

name, sometimes to an extent that is perfectly astounding.

248 Miscellaneous.

elements which compose the branchial lamella, and to establish the

identity of the structure of these organs in all the types examined,

whether they belong to the type of unipennate branchiz or to that

of bipennate branchie.

1. The epithelium of the branchia always appears formed of two

kinds of elements—of columnar cells inserted upon the basal mem-

brane by a slender, sometimes ramified process, and terminated at

the other end by a ciliated disk; the disks of contiguous cells touch

one another, so as to form a regular and continuous mosaic, beneath

which, between the groups of the preceding cells, occur small

spherical or ovoid masses of muctparous cells. The epithelium of

the mantle and of the false branchia also presents these two kinds

of elements.

2. The basal membrane of the epithelium forms upon each sur-

face, along the inner margin in the unipennate branchiz, a resistant

thickening of triangular section, which is the supposed supporting

cartilaginous rod. This thickening is formed of superposed layers

and presents no trace of cells. It is therefore not cartilage, as has

so often been said.

3. Between the two lamin of the basal membrane there are

stellate cells with anastomosing processes, sometimes isolated, some-

times collected into groups, especially near the margins, where they

are sometimes arranged with regularity. This is the ordinary con-

nective tissue of the lacune.

4. A bundle of longitudinal muscular fibres extends quite to the

point; from it are detached fibres which run obliquely towards the

outer margin.

Other fibres, transverse and often distinctly ramified at their

extremity, are less constant in their occurrence and arrangement.

This is the case also with another system of longitudinal fibres,

sometimes forming a close grating with the preceding. All these

fibres meet on both sides of the central lacuna.

The innervation of the branchia compared with that of the false

branchia will be the subject of another communication.

With regard to the circulation, I have been led to resume the

recent researches of MM. Wegmann and Boutan. These anatomists

have indicated, one of them in Haliotis, the other in Fissurella, the

existence of vessels in each margin of the lamella and united by

transverse capillaries. Numerous injections, sections, and trans-

parent preparations obtained by removing the epithelium by reagents

enable me to assert that in these two genera, as in all those which

LT have hitherto studied, there are neither vessels nor capillaries—

that is to say, there is no canal circumscribed by a muscular or

endothelial coat.

According to M. Boutan *, ‘“ the lamelle are formed of a spongy

tissue filled with little lacune, the excessively minute size of which

must cause them to be assimilated to capillaries.” Now any

assimilation of lacunz, however small they may be, to capillaries,

* Arch. de Zool. expér. sér. 2, tome iii., Suppl. p. 37.

Miscellaneous. 249

seems to me contrary to what we know most precisely of the mor-

phology of the circulatory apparatus.

On the other hand, M. Wegmann had previously figured * and

described, in more detail than M. Boutan, a complicated system of

capillary vessels in Haliotis. Now H. Milne-Edwards long ago

announced that the organs of the Gasteropoda (except perhaps the

renal organ) always present lacunze and no capillaries. It was

therefore interesting to ascertain whether the branchia formed an

exception to this rule.

By injections I have had no difficulty in reproducing the appear-

ances figured by M. Wegmann ; but I explain them by the well-

known foldings of the lamella and also by the nearly regular

arrangement in line of the connective cells or groups of such cells.

The supposed vessels of the two margins are only portions of the

lacuna in which the connective tissue is sparse and in which, con-

sequently, the injected material circulates easily.

The space within the double basal membrane is therefore nothing

but a simple diverticulum of the general lacuna, which extends be-

tween the two lamine of the mantle. My investigations thus confirm

the views of Milne-Edwards.

I may add that in the Aplysiide and Bullide the branchia is

formed by the more or less complicated folding of a single lamella,

the structure of which is the same as that just described for the

pectinate branchizee.—Comptes Rendus, August 8, 1887, p. 316.

Description of a newly-excluded Young of the Ornithorhynchus

paradoxus. By Sir Ricnarp Owen, K.C.B., F.R.S., &c.

Of this interesting and long-hoped-for discovery the author was

informed by his friend and correspondent, the Baron von Miiller,

F.R.S., of the Botanical Gardens, Melbourne, and shortly received

the specimen from the Baron: also further details from Mr. Le

Souef, of the Zoological and Acclimatisation Society’s Office, Mel-

bourne; and from the Rey. Pastor Hagenauer, Superintendent of

the Missionary Station in Gipps-Land, S.E. Victoria, to whose

influence with the natives science is indebted for the acquisition, as

I am to Baron von Miller for the reception, of the embryo well

preserved in alcohol. The specimen is nude, an inch in length, the

nostrils well opened, 2nd between them the fleshy conical support

of the horny sheath, which has been shed and by which the chorion

had been torn open at birth. The mouth is a transverse slit, not

produced as a beak, bounded by flexible lips, and sufficiently open

to receive nutriment afforded by the group of pores excluding the

secretion of the mammary gland of the pouch. ‘The fore limbs,

chiefly represented by the paws and pentadactyle, with claws suffi-

ciently developed for adhering to the part of the pouch on which

the excretory pores open. ‘The hind limbs are less developed, have

* Ibid. sér. 2, tome ii. pl. xix.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5. Vol. xx. ie

250 Miscellaneous.

the five digits feebly indicated and clawless. A short conical-

pointed tail projects between them. ‘The elongate, flattened, nata-

tory tail of the adult is a later deVelopment. ‘There is no trace of

navel. The skin of the trunk is uniformly smooth and nude.

If this embryo should be a male, the spur of the femoral gland

is a defensive organ of later growth.

The author refrains from dissection in hopes of receiving another

specimen ; and, after a detailed description of the external characters

of the unique specimen, refers to his paper “ On the Uterine Ovum

of the Ornithorhynchus” in the volume of the ‘ Philosophical

Transactions’ for 1834, and on the ‘Mammary Glands ” in the

volume for 1882.—Proc. Royal Soc. vol. xlii. no. 256, p. 391.

Aulax hypocheeridis, a new Gall-fly. By J. J. Krerrer.

Hypocheris radicata, L., frequently bears elongated or fusiform,

or sometimes rounded swellings of the stem, which may attain a

length of over an inch and a half and a width of over a quarter of

an inch. ‘They have the outer surface smooth and of the same

colour and texture as the stem of the plant; internally they are

spongy, white, with ten or twelve round or oval, pretty regularly

arranged cavities, about one twelfth inch apart, within each of which

a larva resides. They are therefore very like the galls of dAulax

hieractt, Bouch., which occur frequently upon species of Hieractum ;

but the latter are always stouter, and their cells are larger and

placed closer together, and form more than one row. These swel-

lings usually occur below the forked branching of the stem; the

shoot above them is sometimes normally developed, sometimes

aborted. They are found as early as the beginning of June (in

Austria), but are not mature until the autumn.

These galls have been obtained by the author in the neighbour-

hood of Bitsch, but they were first observed near Naples by Prof.

Licopoli (‘ Le galle della flora di aleune province Napolitane,’ Naples,

1877). Dr. Vice found them in North Wales, according to Trail

(‘Scottish Naturalist,’ vol. iv. p. 16), and they were referred to by

Dr. F. Low in his “* Bemerkungen tber Cynipiden ” (in Verhandl.

zool.-bot. Gesellsch. in Wien, 1884, p. 326) ; Low received speci-

mens from Prof. Licopoli, and bred from them two females of the

Chaleidian Hurytoma cynipsea, Boh.

From his specimens the author bred true gall-flies which he re-

gards as forming a new species of the genus dAulaw ; they emerged

in the spring (probably in May); in a heated room as early as

February.

The species is named Aulaxv hypocheridis by the author, who

describes the female, the only sex known, as follows :—‘ Body black.

Antenne filiform, with fourteen distinctly separated joints, dull

black, with adpressed grey hairs ; third joint somewhat longer than

the fourth, both longer than the following ones, which are cylindri-

cal, and about twice as long as broad; apical joint pointed. Face

Miscellaneous. 251

striated. Forehead and vertex shagreened. Thorax moderately

shining. Mesonotum nearly naked, only beset with a few short

grey hairs, finely but distinctly wrinkled, the wrinkles forming very

regular quadrangular cells. Scutellum with no median longitudinal

furrow, at the base with two large pits, in its anterior half with

the same sculpture as the mesonotum. Wings hyaline, fringed,

with a radial area open on the outer margin, and with a distinct

areola. Legs reddish yellow ; apival joint of the tarsi and base of

the trochanters black. Abdomen very shining, quite black.”

Length of the female 2°1—2°2 millim.

Verhandl. zool.-bot. Gesellschaft in Wien, 1887, p. 205.

Anatomy and Histology of the Salivary Glands in the Cephalopoda.

By M. L. Jounin.

The existence in the Octopod Cephalopods of two pairs of salivary

glands has been long known—one situated in the abdominal cavity,

the other close to the buccal bulb, the latter being deficient in the

Decapods. The author has, however, ascertained the presence of the

second pair in the latter, but it is fused into a single, median, un-

paired gland, situated beneath the cesophagus, and intimately mixed

with muscular bundles. This gland, by its structure and the posi-

tion of its excretory gland, is the homologue of the bulbar glands of

the Octopods.

In the Poulpe (Octopus vulgaris) M. Livon has recognized the

existence of a gland lining one of the surfaces of the tongue, but he

could not find its excretory duct. The author has found this gland

in all the Cephalopoda examined by him; it consists of a sort of

sheet of acini, all opening into the space which separates the tongue

from the mandible and forms part of the buccal cavity. This ex-

plains why M. Livon could not find any excretory duct.

Among the Octopods (Octopus, Hledone, Argonauta) the extra-

bulbar salivary glands are situated in large lacune, into which the

blood flows through very slender arteries, starting very symmetrically

from the first division of the aorta by a single trunk on each side.

This divides almost immediately into two branches, of which the

superior traverses the head and runs to the pair of bulbar glands,

while the inferior one descends vertically to the abdominal pair.

The blood which they convey becomes diffused between the glandu-

lar elements, reaches the periphery, and falls into the great sinus

by a multitude of pores, which are the intervals of the superficial

acint or of the glandular tubes in the case of the abdominal gland.

In the Decapods (Sepia, Loligo, Sepiola, Rossia) they are not

bathed in the blood-sinus, but the blood which has traversed them

is collected by a venous network which unites with the great vein.

The arteries are larger than in the Octopods, but their arrangement

is less constant.

Sections of the glands taken from the living animal and very

carefully prepared with osmic acid showed that in all Cephalopoda

952 Miscellaneous.

the lingual gland, the unpaired subcesophageal gland of the Deca-

pods, and the extra-bulbar pair of the Octopods are constructed upon

the same type; they are bunches of acini formed by rather short

cylindrical cells, filled in their inferior third with protoplasm with a

large nucleus; the protoplasm is continued as a network in the

middle third, and the rest is filled with rather large granules, which

stain strongly. They much resemble the serous cells of Vertebrates.

On the other hand, the pair of abdominal glands consist of large

conical cells, the narrow lower part of which contains protoplasm,

while the upper two thirds are filled with large balls of mucus,

which does not stain with the same reagents as the inferior third ;

these large caliciform cells emit through their wide apertures the

balls of mucus which become fused into a uniform mass in the ex-

cretory ducts, showing a remarkable analogy with the mucous cells

ot the higher Vertebrata.

The above is the fundamental structure of the salivary elements,

but their arrangement differs greatly in the two great divisions of

the Cephalopoda. In the Decapods the abdominal gland is small

and formed of acin?, like the other glands; but in the Octopods it

is very large, and it is a tubular gland which may be broken up by

the action of chloride of gold. It is formed by a tube indefinitely

divided dichotomously, nearly equal in diameter throughout its

whole extent, except in the final branches, which are smaller. The

terminal tubular branches are clothed with a single layer of mus-

cular fibres forming very regular and well-marked rings, the action

of which is clearly to drive the mucus towards the excretory duct.

All the tubes are twisted together inextricably, the spaces between

them being occupied by connective fibres, large stellate cells, or free

spaces through which the blood circulates.

The author adds that he has investigated the embryogeny of

these glands and completed the researches of Bobretzky in many

points.— Comptes Rendus, July 18, 1887, p. 177.

Habitat of Peripatus Leuckarti. By Prof. F. Jerrrey Bett.

Dr. EK. P. Ramsay, F.R.S.E., has lately been so kind as to send

me two specimens of Peripatus Leuckarti, Sanger. Prof. Leuckart’s

only information with regard to the place of origin of his specimen

was ‘ Neu Holland.” It may therefore be of interest to state that

Mr. Ramsay’s examples were taken in the Queensland Scrubs, near

Wide Bay. Sanger’s paper being almost inaccessible, and, more-

over, being written in Russian, I am glad to be able to add that

Mr. Adam Sedgwick, F.R.S., will incorporate observations on the

specimens sent me by Mr. Ramsay in his forthcoming monograph

on the genus. Now that Mr. Ramsay has led the way, it is to be

hoped more specimens of Peripatus may be sent from Australia to

this country.

CONTENTS OF NUMBER 117.—/ifth Series.

Page

XVI. The Sponge-fauna of Madras. A Report on a Collection of

Sponges obtained in the Neighbourhood of Madras by Edgar Thurs-

ton, Esq. By Arraur Dewpy, B.Sc., F.L.S., Assistant in the Zoolo-

gical Department of the British Museum. (Plates IX.—XIT.)...... 153

XVII. On the Pyrochroide of Japan. By Grorex Lewis, F.L.S. 165

XVIII. On a new Species of Semionotus, from the Lower Oolite

of Brora, Sutherlandshire. By A. SmimH Woopwarp, F.G.8., F.Z.S.,

of the British Museum (Natural History). (Plate VIIL.).......... 175

XIX. Description of a new Genus of Chalcosiid Moths allied to

Pedoptila. By Artaur G. Bourrmr, F.LS., F.ZS., &. 2.2.0.2... 180

XX. Bryozoa from New South Wales, North Australia, &. By

Arraur Wm. Warers.—Part II. (Plates V.& VI.) ............ 181

XXI. Polyparium ambulans, a new Ccelenterate. By Dr. A.

Kiorornerns; ( BlatesOhhle es is sic water CON epee mR Be aa 203

XXII. Description of a new Genus and Species of Polyzonde.

By R.. lywus:Poooer. «(Plate XEV2) a.) o. oe eee al cara ay peep ee

XXIII. Deseriptions of new Species of Cicadide. By W. L.

PP ISTRANT Vo Seoutesuepsaisn NEL tat wana senate’ addi elag Shs aces ep ap ey Stee Cake Bate Riatots. 3 226

XXIV. On the Blood-corpuscles of the Cyclostomata. By Prof.

TVAR CY Wer HOM sON, Lp MG GO ree ah ici vacua weet an ols SOR re 231

XXYV. Note on anew Type of Compound Kye. By F. HE. Bepparp,

JIS Rie Bat A GEG deRarene aie clo Ne ave MELO aM CL eau 233

XXVI. Note on the Hapuku of New Zealand (Polyprion pro-

IPTSEL UID 8s Ss CRD SSSA AOAC UH Stop pl vd Siihe BORA aie: Aas aE see ate omy SRG a Mi 236

XXVII. On Australian Fishes of the Genus Beryx. By Dr. A.

UU NE RMI AREA UNS een eat ete te Sa ata Sth ance he, 237

XXVIII. Descriptions of new Species of Lepidoptera from the

Solomon Islands, collected by C. M. Woodford, Esq. By A. G. Burtzr,

BPS) ZS Gaeta: LeCUMr as Ot cham Paconere ereee aang irae E NG 240

MISCELLANEOUS.

On the Structure of the Branchia of the Prosobranchiate Gasteropods.

By ME Bini BREW ORD Ue Mer ey letra hae creas ak SAN 247

Description of a newly-excluded Young of the Ornithorhynchus para-

doxus. By Sir Ricuarp Owen, K.C.B., F.R.S., &..... 0.0... 249

Aulax hypocheeridis, anew Gall-fly. By J.J. Kinrrer .......... 250

_ Anatomy and Histology of the Salivary Glands in the Cephalopoda.

By Mey Li SOU Bing 00 ae emer het ee ey Cre 251

Habitat of Peripatus Leuckarti. By Prof. F. Jerrrny Bert ...... 252

*,* Itis requested that all Communications for this Work may be addressed,

post-paid, to the Care of Messrs. Taylor and Francis, Printing Office,

Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, London,

WITH NINE PLATES.

THE LONDON EDINBURGH, AND DUBLIN

PHILOSOPHICAL MAGAZINE

AND

JOURNAL OF SCIENCE.

A JOURNAL DEVOTED T0 PHYSICS, ASTRONOMY, MECHANICS,

CHEMISTRY, MINERALOGY, AND THE ALLIED SCIENCES.

MONTHLY, PRICE 2s. 6d.

Complete sets Gn Numbers) may be obtained at the following

prices :— |

The First Series, in 68 volumes, from 1798 to 1826. Price £15.

The Second Series, in 11 volumes, from 1827 to 1832. » £2 4s.

The Third Series, in 37 volumes, from 1832 to 1850. ONS E21 St

_ The Fourth Series, in 50 volumes, from 1851 to 1875. 3). 28.

TAYLOR and Francois, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street.

THE ANNALS AND MAGAZINE

NATURAL HISTORY,

INCLUDING

ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, AND GEOLOGY.

MONTHLY, PRICE 2s. 6d.

Complete sets (in Numbers) may be obtained at the following

prices :—

The First Series, in 20 volumes, from 1838 to 1847. Price £10.

The Second Series, in 20 volumes, from 1848 to 1857. ies BIO:

The Third Series, in 20 volumes, from 1858 to 1867. ae o)

The Fourth Series, in 20 volumes, from 1868 to 1877. pele,

Taytor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street,

Le sh

Vol. 20. FIFTH SERIES. No. 118.

}

xf 7

re 75 i

.. fe THE ANNE i

| MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,

ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, ann GEOLOGY.

No. CXVIII.

OCT. 1887. pa 4 ii |

CONDUCTED BY

ALBERT C. L. G. GUNTHER, M.A., M.D., Pu.D., F.R.S.,

WILLIAM S. DALLAS, F.L.8.,

WILLIAM CARRUTHERS, F.R. S., P.L. S, E.G. Po

AND

WILLIAM FRANCIS, Pu.D., F.L.S.

Ah BEING A CONTINUATION OF THE “ANNALS ” COMBINED WITH

| MESSRS. LOUDON AND CHARLESWORTH’ S “MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.’

WITH THREE PLATES.

Illustrative of Mr. A. W. Waters’s Paper on Australian Bryozoa, Mr. A.

Dendy’s on a new Species of Cladorfiza, and Dr. A, Giinther’s on Batrachians

from Perak.

LONDON:

TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET,

j Sold by Longmans, Green, and Co. ; Simpkin, Marshall, and Co.; Kent and Co.;

BA Whittaker & Co.: Bailliére, Paris: Maclachlan and Stewart, , Edinburgh: Hodges, Foster,

- & Co,, Dublin: and ‘Asher, Berlin.

BIOLOGIA CENTRALI-AMERICANA.

Edited by F. D. GODMAN and OSBERT SALVIN.

ZOOLOGY.

. Since September 1879, when the work was commenced, Sixty-one Parta

(including that now issued) have been published ; and the work has progressed

as follows :-—

Mammalia. By H.R. Atston. (Complete. Pp. xx and 220, pls. xxii.)

Aves. Vol. I. By O. Satvin andF. D. Gopman. (Pp. 1-512, pls. i—xxxy.,

Temporary Titlepage.)

Reptilia. By A. GinruEer. (Pp. 1-56, pls. i—xxv.)

Arachnida Acaridea. By Orro Srorx. (Pp. 1-16, pls. i.—xi.)

Coleoptera. Vol. I. part 1 (ApEPHAGA). By H. W. Batrs. (Complete.

Pp. x and 316, pls. xiii.)

Coleoptera. Vol.I. part2 (ApEPHAGA; Hypropaiipm &c.). By D.SHarp.

(Pp. 1-768, pls. i.—xix.)

Coleoptera. Vol. II. part 1 (PsELapHipm &c.). By D.SHarp. (Pp. l-

64, pls. i., ii.)

Ueidoptera. Vol. II. part 2 (Pectinicornra &c.). By H. W. Batus. (Pp. 1-

104, pls. ivi.

eee Vol. III. part 1 (Szrricornia). By C. O. Warrrnouss.

(Pp. 1-82, pls. 1., 11.)

Coleoptera. Vol. III. part 2 (MatacoperRmara). By H. 8. GorHam,

(Complete. Pp. xii and 372, pls. xiii.) :

Coleoptera. Vol. IV. part 1 (HeTeromera). By G. C. CHampion.

(Pp. 1-820, pls. i—xiil.)

Coleoptera. Vol. V. (LoneicorniA): by H. W. Bates. (BRUCHIDES):

by D. Smarr. (Complete. Pp. xii and 6526, pls. xxvi.)

Coleoptera. Vol. VI. part 1 (PHytopHaca). By M.Jacosy. (Pp. 1-544,

Ils. i.—xxx.)

' Coleoptera. Vol. VI. part 2 (PHYTOPHAGA, continued). By J. S. Baty.

(Pp. 1-124, pls. i.-iv.)

Coleoptera. Vol. VII. (Eroryripm), By H. 8S. Goruam. (Pp. 1-82,

L. i.

: ee By P. Cameron. (Pp. 1-416, pls. i—xvi.)

Lepidoptera Rhopalocera. Vol.I. By F. D. Gopman and O. Sarvin.

(Pp. 1-487, pls:i.—xlvii., Temporary Titlepage.) Vol. II. (Pp.1-96, pls. xlviii.—lin.)

Lepidoptera Heterocera. By H. Drucr. (Pp. 1-256, pls. i-xxy.)

Rhynchota Heteroptera. By W. L. Distant. (Pp. 1-304, pls. i.—xxviii.)

Rhynchota Homoptera. By W. L. Distant. (Pp. 1-82, pls. i-iv.)

Diptera. By Baron C. R. von Osten SackEn. (Pp. 1-216, pls. iin.)

BOTANY.

Of the Botany Twenty-three Parts have been issued. They contain, of Vol. I.,

pp. 1-619 and titlepage, pls. i—xxxv.; Vol. II., pp. 1-621 and titlepage, pls.

xxxvi.-lxix.; Vol. ILI., pp. 1-711, pls. Ixx.-cix.; Vol. IV., pp. 1-298.

The Price of each Zoological Part is 21s., and of each Botanical Part 12s. 6d.

London: Published for the Editors by R. H. Porrrr, 10 Chandos Street,

Cavendish Sq., W., and Dutav & Co., Soho Sq., W.

THE PISCATORIAL ATLAS

OF THE

NORTH SEA, ENGLISH AND ST. GEORGE'S CHANNELS.

By O. T. OLSEN, F.L.S., F.R.G.S., &e., &e.

SHOWING AT A GLANCE

The Fishing Ports, Harbours, Species of Fish (How, Where, and When Caught),

Boats and Fishing Gear, and other Special Information concerning

Fish and Fisheries.

PRICE. With Fish coloured...........-0+> £2 12s. 6d.

With Fish uncoloured.............. £2 2s. 0d.

Taytor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street...

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

FIFTH SERIES.]

No. 118. OCTOBER 1887.

XXIX.—Bryozoa from New South Wales, North Australia,

dc. By Artraur Wu. WATERS.

[Plate VII.]

Part ITI.

CYCLOSTOMATA.

When describing fossil Cyclostomata I have had repeatedly

to point out how little is known about this suborder, and

how few characters there are that can be used in diagnosis,

The mode of growth has always been placed in the front

rank ; but this in other divisions has been clearly shown to

have secondary importance, and the same thing may to a

certain extent be seen here, for there is Lichenopora in both

single and confluent colonies and also occurring in many

layers. Then, again, Lichenopora and Discotubigera, as D.

lineata, are very similar in appearance, but the structural

differences indicate that they should be widely separated.

In the Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xli. p. 337, I pro-

posed to divide the Cyclostomata into Parallelata, in which

there are no cancelli, and Rectangulata, in which the openings

of cancelli occur between the zocecial tubes. Probably the

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5. Vol. xx. 18

254 Mr. A. W. Waters on Australian Bryozoa.

Lichenoporide and some other families will never be brought

into order until the ovicells have been studied in most species,

whereas it is astonishing how seldom they have been recorded.

This I attribute largely to insufficient search, although often

large numbers of specimens may be examined without any

ovicells being found ; andit is therefore very satisfactory that

the present collection enables me to add descriptions of several

instances of interesting ovicells. I have also recorded the

very interesting discovery of short spines, with knobs, on the

outside of the zoarium and ovicells of Lichenopora grignonen-

sis, similar to the rays in the inside of the zocecia. This

seems to add to the difficulty of understanding these spines ;

and we may ask whether the long hair-like spines on ZL.

ciliata, L. echinata, and L. pristis are homologous.

I have referred specially to the family Lichenoporide,

believing that there is no other which is so likely to throw

light on the natural classification and relationship of a large

part of the Cyclostomata as this, and the similarity of struc-

ture with Heteropora &c. makes it possible it may ultimately

clear up several obscure paleontological questions*. The

size of the lamina upon which it grows does not seem to have

any specific value, and the figures now given show how

largely the shape of the peristome varies in the same speci-

men. Other characters have not been sufficiently studied

for us to know how far they are variable.

75. Crista eburnea (L.).

For synonyms see Hincks, Brit. Mar. Pol. p. 420, pl. lvi. figs. 5, 6 ;

Pergens, Plioc. Bry. v. Rhodos, p. 8; and Woods, Trans, Roy. Soc.

Vict. 1865, vi. p. 5, pl. i. fig. 12.

A small fragment from Shark Island, Port Jackson, 8

fath., certainly seems to be this species; but a determination

where there are no ovicells is never very satisfactory.

76. Crista Edwardsiana, d’Orb.

Crisia Edwardsiana, d’Orb. Voyage dans ’Amér. Mérid. p. 7, pl. i.

figs. 4-8; (?) Busk, Cat. Mar. Pol. pt. ii. p. 5, pl. ii. figs. 5-8;

MacGillivray, Zool. Vict. dec. iv. p. 37, pl. xxxix. fig. 1.

The fragment from La Pérouse is small, but there is no

doubt that it is this species. The joints of the internodes

and of the spines are black. This piece has no ovicells; but

* 1 shall be much obliged to Australian or other authors who can let

me have authentic specimens of described species in various stages of

development.

Mr. A. W. Waters on Australian Bryozoa. 200

a specimen from New Zealand has the opening of the ovicell

low down on the dorsal surface.

Loc. Patagonia; Tierra del Fuego (?) ; New Zealand ;

Victoria; La Pérouse; Botany Bay, New South Wales,

washed on shore.

77. Idmonea radians (Lamk.), non Deft.

(Pl. VI. figs. 27, 28.)

Retepora radians, Lamk. Anim. sans Vert. ii. p. 183.

Idmonea radians, M.-Edw. Ann. Se. Nat. 2nd ser. vol. ix. p. 217, pl. xii.

fig. 4; Stoliczka, Foss. Bry. der Orakei Bay, p. 116, pl. xviii. figs. 9, 10;

Busk, Cat. Mar. Pol. pt. iil. p. 11, pl. vii. figs. 1-4; Waters,

Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xl. p. 684; MacG. Zool. Vict.

dec. vil. p. 30, pl. Ixviil. fig. 3; Haswell, Proc. Linn. Soc. New South

Wales, vol. iv. p. 351; Busk, ‘Challenger’ Report, pt. ii. p. 10,

IT have already (loc. ctt. p. 676) referred to a structure of

the ovicell which seems to have been overlooked by other

writers, and now give a figure showing the finely perforated

lateral plates. The ovicells are elongated raised protuber-

ances, occurring at a bifurcation, divided up by irregular

ridges, between which are large pores deeply pitted, and on

each side there are usually two, but sometimes one or three,

plates, distinctly bordered and with numerous extremely fine

perforations.

The ovicells of the Cyclostomata have nearly always the

surface covered with much more numerous pores than the

rest of the zoarium; and it is therefore most interesting,

and no doubt a fact of considerable physiological importance,

that in some cases it is only a part of the ovicell which is

provided with these numerous pores.

Loc. Fossil: Mount Gambier (?) ; Orakei Bay. Living:

New Zealand; Tongatabu, 18 fath.; Honolulu, 20-40 fath. ;

Victoria; Port Jackson (/7.); Adelaide (A. W.); Vaucluse

Point ; Port Stephens, 5-6 fath.; Green Point, 8 fath., New

South Wales, and Darnley Island, Torres Straits, 10-30

fath. (all dredged by Brazier).

78. Idmonea (?) trregularis, Meneghini (non Beissel).

Idmonea trregularis, Menegh. “ Polipi della fam. dei Tubul.,” Accad. di

Se. di Padova, vol. vi. 1844, p. 12; Waters, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.

ser. 5, vol. iii. p. 270; Busk, Chall. Rep. p. 14; Haswell, Heller.

Tervia Folini, Jullien, “ Dragages du Travailleur,” Bull. Soc. Zool. de

France, t. vii. p. 5, pl. xiii. figs. 8, 9.

Specimens from Holborn Island have the oral aperture 0-1

millim. wide. I do not consider that this can remain under

Idmonea, seeing that the ovicell is dorsal, occurring near a

18%

256 Mr. A. W. Waters on Australian Bryozoa.

dichotomization (see Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xl. p. 687).

In shape it resembles the ovicell of Crista (say Crista

Houldsworthii, B., Chall. Rep. pl. i. fig. 2), but as yet I

have only seen it upon the Mediterranean specimens.

Loc. Naples; Adriatic; Tortugas; Bay of Biscay, 2651

metres ; Holborn Island (Hasw. & W.); Azores, 450 fath.

Fossil : Testa del Prado, Calabria (W.); and Zanclian, Astian,

Sicilian, and Saharian (Seguenza).

79. Idmonea Milneana, d’Orb.

For synonyms see Waters, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xl. p. 684, and

add Busk, ‘Challenger’ Rep. p. 13.

Tubulipora Dawsoni, Hincks, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xiii.

p. 34, pl. ix. fig. 5.

The branches of a specimen from Green Point anastomose,

forming a colony an inch and a half across, and it differs in the

branching from J. interjuncta, where tubular connexions are

thrown across from one branch to another, also the radicles

growing from the back of the branches of J. Milneana are

stouter, being formed of a fasciculus of tubes. The ovicell and

the ovicellular opening of this and JL. interjuncta seem iden-

tical (see figure 29 on Pl. VI.), the ovicell being very slightly

raised, spreading among a considerable number of zocecia ;

the opening is wide, with a raised compressed funnel. Aper-

ture of zocecial tube 0°2 millim. wide.

Mr. Busk, in his ‘ Challenger’ Report, says ‘ ovicell un-

known;”’ but this I have previously described from Capri.

I have reexamined the British-Museum specimens of J. noto-

male, B., and have no doubt of this being only a synonym ;

in fact the Museum specimens of the latter and Z. Milneana

are so similar that they might well be fragments of the same

colony.

Loc. Living: Falkland Islands (d’Ord.) ; Patagonia, 30

fath. ; Chonos Archipelago; Florida; S.W. Chili, 0-30 fath. ;

Capri; New Zealand (A. W. W.); Heard Island, 75 fath. ;

Prince Edward Island, 80-150 fath. ; Fiji Islands, 450 fath. ;

Queensland; Victoria; Green Point, Port Jackson, 8 fath.

Fossil: Latdorf (Oligocene) ; Orakei Bay, New Zealand ;

Mount Gambier, Curdie’s Creek, Bairnsdale (Australia).

80. Idmonea interjuncta, MacG.

(elle WIE antag, 29).)

Idmonea interjuncta, MacG. Descrip. of New or Little-known Polyzoa,

pt. ix. (1885), Trans. Roy. Soc. Vict. p. 10 (sep.).

? Idmonea Pedleyi, Haswell, “ Cyclost. Polyzoa of Port Jackson,”

Proce. Linn, Soc. N. 8. Wales, vol. iv. p. 351.

Mr. A. W. Waters on Australian Bryozoa. 257

Specimens from Green Point correspond entirely with

MacGillivray’s description; but I believe that Haswell’s

name, which has priority, ought to be adopted, though as

long as there is any uncertainty it is better to adhere to

interjuncta.

It forms a subglobular intricate mass nearly two inches

across, made up of slender branches, which dichotomize and

are attached to one another by delicate tubes thrown across

from neighbouring branches: similar tubes are often thrown

out as long delicate rootlets; these tubes are usually single,

but sometimes in bundles. The zocecia are smaller than

those of J. Milneana, the aperture only measuring 0°14 millim.,

and the dorsal striation is more distinct in these specimens

than in I. Milneana from the same locality. The ovicell, as

shown in the figure, is an inflation occurring usually at the

junction of the branches, and embraces many zocecia; the

surface of the ovicell is more finely punctured than that of

the zocecia, and the aperture is wide, with a raised funnel-

shaped peristome.

It will be seen in figure 29 that the middle connecting-tube

passes from the right-hand branch to the left, whereas the

other two arise from the left- and are attached to the right-

hand branch.

Kirchenpauer describes (Mus. Godeffroy Cat. iv. p. xxxiii)

similar connexions in Jdmonea flabellata, from the Gulf of

St. Vincent.

Loc. Port Phillip Heads (MacG.); Green Point, Port

Jackson, 8 fath.

81. Filisparsa tubulosa (Busk).

Hornera violacea, var. B. tubulosa, Busk, Cat. Mar. Pol. pt. iii. p. 19,

pl. xvii. fig. 4.

Filisparsa tubulosa, Waters, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. ili.

. 278.

Ealispene Delvauzi, Pergens, “ Pliocene Bry. von Rhodos,” Ann. k,-k.

Hofmus. vol. ii. p. 6.

Idmonea gasparensis, MacG. “ New or Little-known Polyzoa,” pt. xii.,

Trans. Roy. Soe. Vict. p. 7 (sep.), pl. ii. fig. 3.

Filisparsa, sp., Manzoni, Mém. de la Soe. Géol. de France, 3° sér, vol. i.

pt. ii. p. 69, pl. iii. figs. 18 a and 180.

There is one piece from Holborn Island, 20 fath., which is

more delicate than J. ¢rregularis and has fewer zocecia. ‘The

oral aperture is 0°15 millim. wide. There is no ovicell, but

my specimens from Naples have ovicellular enlargements

embracing several zocecia near a new branch on the front

surface. ‘The numbering of Busk’s figures in his description

and his explanation of the plates does not correspond, and it

is very difficult to know what was meant.

258 Mr. A. W. Waters on Australian Bryozoa.

A fossil, which I described as F. oraketensis, Stol. (Quart.

Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xl. p. 687), from Mount Gambier, with

oral aperture about half the size, has the ovicell on the dorsal

surface, in this respect corresponding with Jf. ¢rregularis,

Menegh., and from this it will be seen that there is consider-

able uncertainty in the determination when the ovicell is not

preserved.

It would seem that L. crregularis and FP’. orakeiensis should

be removed to another genus on account of the position of

the ovicell. There is also Hornera tubulosa, Meneghini,

which may be this species.

Loc. Naples (W.); Victoria (MacG.); Holborn Island,

Queensland, 20 fath. Fossil: Rhodes.

82. Tubulipora fimbria, Lamk.

There are two small pieces from Bondi Bay, Sydney, which

do not seem to differ in size of the zocecial tubes or the

arrangement of the zocecia from the Huropean species ; but

from small pieces the specific determination is doubtful. ‘The

ovicells are inflations near the end, with wide funnel-shaped

openings. -

83. Tubulipora fimbria, Lamk., forma pulchra, MacG.

(ELV iies sR 2h 35)

Type Tubulipora fimbria, Lamk. Hist. Anim. sans Vert. ed. 1, vol. ii.

p. 168; and for synonyms see Hincks, Brit. Mar. Polyz. p. 448,

pl. Ix. fig. 8, and Busk, ‘ Challenger’ Rep. p. 28, pl. v. fig. 2.

Tubulipora pulchra, MacGillivray, Trans, Roy. Soc. Vict. vol. xxi.

p- 95, pl. ii. fig. 1.

There are a large number of specimens from Vaucluse

Point, which have grown upon seaweed and have a very

interesting attachment. ‘lhe primitive disk has small den-

tate projections all round, and besides these there are all over

the dorsal surface broad tubular teeth at short intervals,

arranged in curved lines following the outlines of the zocecia.

Mr. Busk, in “ Zool. of Kerguelen Island,” Trans. Roy. Soc.

vol. clxviil. p. 19, pl. x. figs. 20-25, records a similar denticu-

late border of the primary disk of what he considers 7. organ-

izans, WOrb., but does not mention any other attachment.

Idmonea serpens also throws out dentate processes from the

side of the zoarium, but they can scarcely be compared with

those now described.

The zoarium is flabelliform, with sometimes two or three

lobes; but none of the specimens are large or are much

divided. ‘The aperture of the zocecia is only 0:07-0:08 millim.

Mr. A. W. Waters on Australian Bryozoa. 259

wide inside and about 0°1 millim. outside, which is not much

more than half the size of that of European 7. jimbria, and

the ends are slightly contracted, but not anything like so much

as in MacGillivray’s figure of 7. pulchra; in fact, without

careful examination the contraction would be overlooked.

The ovicells are inflations near the border embracing many

zocecia, and with wide, irregular, funnel-shaped openings.

The zocecial tubes are punctured, except at the ends, where

there are few or no punctures. With 7. flabellaris and T.

jimbria there has been some confusion, which is not lessened

by strictly following zoological rules. Johnston, Busk,

Hincks, &c. had called what we now consider T. fimbria T.

flabellaris ; but Smitt showed that this was wrong, and that

T. flabellaris of Fabricius was what Couch, Busk, Hincks,

Waters, &c. had called 7. phalangea; so that both species

have in well-known works been called flabellaris, and when,

as in the present instance, MacGillivray refers to T. flabellaris

it is impossible to know which species is meant.

Typical 7. jimbria occurs abundantly in European and

northern seas, and is recorded from a few localities in the

southern hemisphere. TZ. pulchra is found in Victoria, but

MacGillivray does not say where. Vaucluse Point, Port

Jackson, 5 fath. (dredged by Brazier).

84. Entalophora fragilis (Hasw.).

Pustulipora fragilis, Haswell, “ Polyzoa from the Queensland Coast,”

Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales, vol. v. p. 35.

There are numerous fragments from Darnley Island of a

very delicate Entalophora, with the zoarium about 0°5 millim.

in diameter, with few zocecia, separated by wide intervals.

I do not find any black-pointed spinules ; but this may arise

from the state of preservation, or it may be a varietal charac-

ter. The aperture of the zocecium is about 0:1 millim.

Loc. Holborn Island, Queensland (#.); Darnley Island,

Torres Straits, 10-80 fath.; and Princess Charlotte Bay,

N.E. Australia, 13 fath.

85. Fasciculipora bellis, MacG.

Fasocunerg bells, MacGillivray, Trans. Roy. Soc. Vict. vol. xx. p. 127,

pl. i. fig. 2.

From the Bottle-and-Glass Rocks there is a specimen with

more than thirty erect fasciculi. Hach fasciculus rises from

a concentric calcareous crust, which is punctured with rather

large pores ; and these basal crusts usually become confluent,

and sometimes have a few zocecial openings, and also on the

260 Mr. A. W. Waters on Australian Bryozoa.

sides of the fasciculi there are zocecial apertures, so that in

places it looks like a little forest of Entalophora.

It is a question whether this is a complete growth, or only

the young form of a growth like Fuscicularia tubspora, and

from one piece this cannot be decided.

Loc. Port Phillip Heads; Bottle-and-Glass Rocks, Port

Jackson, 8 fath., “rocky bottom” (Br.).

86. Mesenteripora repens, Haswell.

(PL. VIL. figs. 6 & 7.)

pe a repens, Haswell, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. 8. Wales, vol. vi.

p. 199.

Some specimens from Watson’s Bay spread over Cellepora

&c., forming layers several inches across. On the basal por-

tion the zocecial divisions are scarcely visible, and the zocecial

tubes are mostly closed by a cover with a projecting tubule,

but near to the raised ridges the zocecia project and are more

or less free; and from the ridges themselves they project a

considerable distance, with a bilabiate peristome. I have also

a specimen of Mesenteripora from Port Phillip in which the

zocecia on the basal crust are distinct and free at the end,

with covers having an excentric projecting tubule, and the

zocecia are not formed into long elevated ridges, but rise up

about 8—4 millim. as small compressed stalks with a lamina in

the middle along the longer axis.

Mesenteripora repens, with its beautiful white punctured

surface, 1s a very attractive object.

Loc. Broughton Island, New South Wales (Z.) ; Wat-

son’s Bay, Port Jackson, “‘ under stone” (sent by Brazier).

87. Discotubigera (?) lineata (MacG.).

(Pl. VI. fig. 24.)

eee pias MacGillivray, Trans. Roy. Soc. Vict. vol. xxi. p. 96,

. iil. ne. tL.

Liriyora lineata, MacG. Cat. Mar. Polyzoa of Vict., Roy. Soc. Vict. 1887,

p. 82.

All my specimens are surrounded by a broad lamina, and

the central cells are closed by a perforated membrane ; the

series of zocecia are very much raised near the border. In two

specimens the zoarium is regularly discoid, about 5 millim. in

diameter—one from Port Phillip spreads irregularly over a

space of about # inch, forming strap-shaped lobes. The

ovicells occur as tangential swellings near the border, and

have a round tubular opening at the base.

The zoarial appearance is much the same as that of Licheno-

pora, but there are no interstitial pores, and the structure is

Mr. A. W. Waters on Australian Bryozoa. 261

of course quite different ; but so long as we are in a tenta-

tive stage with the Cyclostomata I do not see that a form in

which the zocecia are gathered so distinctly into rays or ridges

can at present be united with Diastopora. ;

This is no doubt nearly allied to the fossil from Aldinga

which I described as Discotubigera clypeata, Lamx. (Quart.

Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xl. p. 690, pl. xxx1. figs. 15, 16, 19).

Loc. Port Phillip and Port Phillip Heads; Double Bay,

Port Jackson, “ under stones.”

88. Lichenopora nove-zelandie (Busk).

(Pl. VII. fig. 8.)

Discoporella nove-xelandie, Busk, Cat. Mar. Pol. pt. iii. p. 82, pl. xxx.

fig. 2; Haswell, Cyclost. Polyzoa from Port Jackson, Proc. Linn.

Soc. New South Wales, vol. iv. p. 553.

The description of Busk leaves it somewhat uncertain as

to whether this is the species intended, and where the ovicell

is undescribed this will often be the case.

Where there is no ovicell the zocecial tubes run into the

centre, the central depression forming an inverted cone with-

out cancelli; in this respect these specimens differ from Mr.

Busk’s figure. ‘The outer cancelli are formed of bars from

the radii, and there is usually only one row of cancelli be-

tween theradii. ‘The inner side of the peristome is the longer,

sometimes the outer zocecia have the peristome wide and

acuminate in the centre. ‘he ovicell is considerably raised

and occupies the whole of the centre; the central portion is

flat and is bounded by a raised meandering ridge, from which

the sides slope steeply down. The aperture of the ovicell is

near one end of the flat space and is semicircular. On the

lower left-hand side of the specimen figured there is a tube

which I do not understand, but probably it is a zocecial tube

irregularly placed. Zocecial aperture about 0-07 millim.

in diameter.

Loc. New Zealand (B.); Port Jackson (Haswell) ; Bondi

Bay, near Sydney, New South Wales.

89. Lichenopora Houldsworthit (Busk).

Discoporella Houldsworthi, Busk, Cat. Mar. Pol. pt. iii. p. 33, pl. xxx.

fig. 4.

Lichenopora Houldsworth, Waters, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xliii.

p. 047.

There is a specimen from Watson’s Bay with the cancelli

about 0°07 millim. and the zocecial apertures nearly as large.

In the interior of both zocecial tubes and cancelli there are

numerous radiating spines with a nodular termination, the

262 Mr. A. W. Waters on Australian Bryozoa.

exact shape of which I have not had the opportunity of

making out.

Loc. Living: Ceylon (B.); Port Phillip Heads (MacG.),

Port Western, Victoria; north side of Watson’s Bay, ‘ under

stones,’ Port Jackson. Fossil: Waipukurau, New Zealand.

90. Lichenopora grignonensis (Busk).

(Pl. VIL: fig. 4.)

Discoporella crassiuscula, Smitt, ifver. K. Vetens.-Ak. Forh. vol. xxiii.

pp. 406 and 482, pl. xi. figs. 7-9.

Discoporella grignonensis, Busk, Crag Polyzoa, p. 116, pl. xx. fig. 4.

Inchenopora grignonensis, Ridley, Zool. Coll. of H.M.S. ‘ Alert,’ Proc.

Zool. Soc. 1881, p. 57, pl. vi. fig. 2.

Lichenopora canaliculata?, Busk, Phil. Trans. vol. 168 (ex.), p. 199,

pl. x. figs, 12-14.

I have figured a specimen from Vaucluse Point, showing

the great variation in shape of the zocecial orifices, which near

the periphery have usually projections at the two sides,

forming what Ridley calls a sinus, in the central zocecia, and

have the inner side much raised, but also divided by a sinus ;

the outer side is also raised often into a pointed process.

Zocecial opening about 0:08 millim. The central zocecia are

much raised, and when there is no ovicell nearly meet in the

depressed centre of the zoarium. ‘The ovicell covers the cen-

tral area and is formed by a network of trabecule, the inter-

spaces of which are closed by a calcareous perforated crust.

The sides of the zocecia have nodulated ridges, the nodules

sometimes becoming bluntly spinous.

In the interior of the zocecia there are radiating spines

with knobs at the end, but also on the outside of the zocecia

there are similar spines projecting from the trabecula. This

is the first time, so far as I am aware, that these spines have

been recorded from the outside of the zoarium, which seenis

to make it more difficult to understand what their function

can be.

I have a specimen from the Semaphore, Adelaide, in which

the nodulated ridges are much more distinct and the inner

part of the peristome is much raised, whereas the portion

turned towards the periphery of the zoarium is deeply cut

away; another specimen from the same locality has the

nodulated ridges also well marked, but the peristome is nearly

round and entire, as figured by Busk in his L. canaliculata.

I cannot see that there is sufficient ground for identifying

Busk’s species with that of Milne-Edwards, and think that

L. canaliculata, Busk, is probably the same as the Crag

fossil ; but since the shape of the aperture is figured as being

Mr, A. W. Waters on Australian Bryozoa. 263

different I hesitate either to unite them or to give a new

name, and therefore follow Ridley in regarding this as

Busk’s species, since I am not certain that LZ. crassduscula,

Smitt, is identical, whereas there is no doubt that this is the

species described by Ridley.

In the figures of both this and ZL. ciliata I have not

shown the convex shape of the zoarium, in order that the

variations in the peristome might be clearly seen.

Loc. Living: Sandy Point (&.); off Vaucluse Point,

Port Jackson, 5 fath., and Bondi Bay, New South Wales ;

Bahusia (?) (Sm.). Fossil: Crag (?).

91. Lichenopora ciliata (Busk). (Pl. VII. fig. 5.)

Discoporella ciliata, Busk, Cat. Mar. Pol. pt. iii. p. 31, pl. xxx. fig. 6, and

pl. xxxili. fig. 4; Haswell, Cyclost. Polyzoa from Port Jackson,

p. 304,

In a specimen from Port Stephens the zocecia are irregu-

larly arranged, or in parts indistinctly radial, and the inner

edge is prolonged, usually with a deep notch in front, forming

an apparent sinus ; sometimes the peristome is divided into

several processes, and in some cases the zocecial tubes can be

seen to be slightly ridged. Zocecial aperture about 0-07

millim. diameter. There are numerous long hair-like spines

erowing from all parts of the zocecial tube and some from the

central cancelli. ‘The ovicell spreads among a number of

zocecial tubes and opens with a long inflated tube directed

towards the centre of the zoarium.

It will be seen that this approaches very closely to L.

grignonensis, and that it differs trom L. echinata, MacG., in

not having rounded central cancelli, from L. complicata, Has-

well, in not having the peristome round and entire, and from

L. reticulata, MacG., in not having the peristome produced

on the inner border but on the outer. I have a specimen

from Port Phillip which agrees with this in having the central

portion reticulated, and has similarly numerous long spines ;

another one from the same locality is similar in regard to

the arrangement of the zocecia, the shape of the zocecial

tubes, and the peristome; but the large rounded central can-

celli are closed with a perforated pellicle, and above this there

is the commencement of a thin, calcareous, perforated, plain

crust, which is, no doubt, the commencement of an ovicell.

There are in this last specimen a few long spines from the

cancelli, but none from the surface of the zocecial tubes.

Ought not L. czliata to be considered a variety of L. ver-

rucarva, Fab. ?

264 Mr. A. W. Waters on Australian Bryozoa.

Loc. Cape of Good Hope; New Zealand (B.); Port

Stephens, New South Wales (sent by Brazier).

CTENOSTOMATA.

92. Amathia semispiralis ? (Kirchenpauer).

Serialaria semispiralis, Kirch. Cat. Mus. Godeffroy, iv. p. xxxiv.

Amathia semispiralis, Busk, Chall. Rep. p. 86, pl. viii. fig. 3.

There is a small dried fragment of Amathia from Darnley

Island, Torres Straits, in which the zocecia are arranged

spirally, but are broken up into groups, and in our present

state of knowledge we may doubt whether this should be

separated from A. semiconvoluta.

There is also an Amathia found in Naples which has

the zocecia arranged spirally, but only has zocecia in the

upper half of the internode. ‘This Kirchenpauer called in

manuscript A. distans—a name since given by Busk to

another species.

93. Amathia bisertata, Krauss. (Pl. VI. fig. 25.)

Amathia biseriata, Krauss, Corallineen und Zoophyten der Siidsee,

1837, p. 23, fig. 1.

Serialaria Woods, Goldstein, Quart. Journ. Micr. Soc. Vict. vol. i.

no. 1, p. 20, pl. iii. fig. 5.

This species is attached by thick bundles of radical tubes,

as described and figured by Krauss, but my specimens have

not such a mass of root as he shows. ‘The number of zocecia

is not constant, about eight pairs is the most usual, but I

have counted thirteen pairs, and the zocecia usually occupy

about four fifths of an internode, though sometimes almost the

entire internode is filled up.

Tenison Woods in his list of works on Amathia does not

mention Krauss, so that probably both he and Goldstein were

unacquainted with his work.

This is allied to A. lendigera, L., but differs in having

shorter internodes more closely filled up. ‘The earlier writers

all seem to have described and figured A. lendigera as having

only a single series of zocecia; but Hincks, Busk, &c. now

speak of its having a double series, and European specimens

in my collection have two series.

I have A. lendigera from Cape Agulhas, South Africa.

In A biseriata a radicle is often thrown out from the under

surface of the branches (see fig. 25).

Loc. Australia (K.); Portland, Victoria (G.) ; mouth of

Lane Cove River, 7 fath., N.S. Wales, and Shark Island,

8 fath.

Mr. H. Grose Smith on new Asiatic Butterflies. 265

Since the previous part was written I have found a frag-

ment of Membranipora cervicornis, B., from Shark Island,

8 fath., and I also overlooked Kirchenpauer’s paper in the

Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales, vol. ix. 1884, in which

mention is made of Catenicella ventricosa, C. Buskii, Cellu-

laria cuspidata, Menipea crystallina, from the coast near

Mount Dromedary, and of Didymia simplex and Bugula

dentata near the entrance of the Richmond River.

Besides the seventy-nine species now recorded from New

South Wales there are forty-three more described by Kirchen-

pauer, Busk (‘ Challenger’ Report), and Haswell; but there

are still many species that are common in the other colonies

and neighbouring seas which have not yet been recorded from

New South Wales, though probably, when anyone, following

MacGillivray’s example, studies the Bryozoa as carefully

and systematically as he has done in Victoria, the two

colonies will be found to have an equally rich fauna.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE VIL.

Fig. 1. Tubulipora fimbria, Lamk., var. pulehra, MacG., x 25.

Fig. 2. Tubulipora fimbria, Lamk., var. pulchra, X85, showing central

zocecia and dorsal attachments.

Fig. 3. Tubulipora fimbria, Lamk., var. pulchra, x25, showing dorsal

attachments of colony.

1g. 4. Lichenopora grignonensis (Busk), x 25, from Vaucluse Point.

Fig. 5. Lichenopora ciata (Busk), X25, from Port Stephens.

Fig. 6. Mesenteripora repens, Haswell, x 16.

Fig. 7. Mesenteripora repens, Haswell, natural size.

Fig. 8. Lichenopora nove-zelandie (Busk), x25, from Bondi Bay.

XXX.—Deseriptions of eight new Species of Asiatic Butter-

jues. By H. Grose Smita.

Appias Lalassis.

Male.—Upperside. Both wings white. Anterior wings

falcate, with a small black spot at the end of the cell, the

apex and outer margin as far as the second median nervule

irrorated with black.

Underside, Anterior wings white, the spot at the end of the

cell larger than on the upperside; a spot between the lower

discoidal and first median nervules ; apex pale pinkish brown.

Posterior wings pale pinkish brown, shaded with indistinct

brown markings.

Female.— Upperside with the apex of the anterior wings

266 Mr. H. Grose Smith on new Asiatic Butterflies.

blacker than in the male and a grey spot between the lower

discoidal and first median nervules.

Expanse of wings 22 inches.

Hab. Burmah, near the Siamese frontier (Capt. Adamson).

Tn the collection of Mr. Adamson.

Near to Lalage, but anterior wings more falcate and apex

much less black; the spot at the end of the cell smaller and

underside paler.

Delias agoranis.

Male.— Upperside. Anterior wings white, with the apical

third grey, in the centre of which is a curved band of greyish-

white spots, the lowest at the inner angle being on the mar-

gin; the veins and costa grey. Posterior wings creamy

white, with the colour and border on the underside showing

through; three large, triangular, grey, marginal spots at the

tips of the second and third median nervules and of the sub-

median nervure.

Underside. Anterior wings as above, but darker; a large

dark grey spot at the end of the cell ; extending broadly along

the second discoidal nervule, between the outer band of grey

spots and the cell are four oblong white spots, the first and

third being the largest. Posterior wings bright yellow,

broadly bordered with dark grey; in the middle of the bor-

der is a row of oval white spots, the uppermost tinted with

yellow ; on the inner side of the border the grey extends

partially up the nervures.

Expanse of wings 8 inches.

Hab. Burmah, Siamese frontier (Capt. Adamson).

In the collection of Mr. Adamson.

Near to D. agostina and D. Kuhni of Honrath; but a larger

and more brightly coloured butterfly than the former.

Paduca‘flavobrunnea.

Upperside. Both wings yellowish brown, crossed with a

broad, paler yellowish-brown band. Anterior wings: in the

band are two rows of brown hastate markings, the inner row

nearly obsolete, except near the inner margin, the outer row,

especially towards the costa, darker and more distinct; a

dark brown band on the outer margin, in which is a row of

pale yellowish-brown spots; on the posterior wings the band

is traversed by a row of six dark brown spots, the third

almost obsolete; above the spots is a fulvous streak, and

another below; a dark brown band on the margin centred as

in the upper wing.

Underside. Both wings pale brown, showing indistinctly

Mr. H. Grose Smith on new Asiatic Butterflies. 267

the markings on the upperside; but the row of spots on the

posterior wing is well defined, except the third, which is

obsolete.

Expanse of wings 1? inch.

Hab. Burmah, Siamese frontier (Capt. Adamson).

In the collection of Mr. Adamson.

Paduca myrsa.

Upperside. Both wings cinereous, tinged in certain lights

with pink, crossed in the middle by a pinkish, dusky white

band from near the costa of the anterior wing, where it

tapers, to the anal angle; beyond the band is an indistinct

submarginal light ashy brown line, outside of which is an

indistinct band of darker brown spots.

Underside as above, but lighter, with the bands, lines, and

spots more clearly defined.

Expanse of wings 2 inches.

Hab. Celebes.

In the collection of H. Grose Smith.

This should probably be placed in a new genus.

Yphthima savara.

Upperside. Both wings ashy brown. Anterior wings with

one large subapical ocellus with a central spot, and one minute

spot above it, the space round the ocellus lighter than the rest

of the wing. Posterior wings with two small submarginal

ocelli near the costa and two large subanal ocelli, the ocelli

being situated in a space or band of lighter brown than the

rest of the wing.

Underside. Paler than above. Anterior wings with two

dark brown central lines and one submarginal line. Poste-

rior wings with the ocelli represented as above, but small

and of a uniform size, and two small anal ocelli; two brown

lines across the centre of the wings.

Expanse of wings 27 inches.

Hab. Burmah, Siamese frontier (Capt. Adamson).

In the collection of Mr. Adamson.

This is the largest species of this genus I have seen.

Messaras dapatana.

Upperside. Anterior wings brown, paler towards the base,

crossed by a transverse broad band (the inner edge of which

is deeply indentated in the middle) of pale creamy brown

from the centre of the costa to near the inner angle. Half-

way between the exterior margin and the cell is a row of

brown spots, indistinct except when the row crosses the trans-

verse band and the lowest spot near the inner angle. Poste-

268 Mr. H. Grose Smith on new Asiatic Butterflies.

rior wings same colour as the base of anterior wings; at the

middle are two narrow sinuate lines, the space between which

is light brown followed by a row of dark brown spots, then a

row of lunular contiguous spots, a submarginal brown line,

and another on the margin.

Underside. Paler and brighter than on the upperside, the

row of dark brown spots on both wings much more distinct,

the row on the posterior wings being surrounded with bright

brown, inside which is a whitish sinuate band, slightly opa-

lescent.

Exxpanse of wings 3} inches.

Hab. Dapatan, one of the Philippine Islands.

In the collection of H. Grose Smith.

Near to Hrymanthis, but abundantly distinct.

Amblypodia arracana.

Upperside. Purple. Exterior margin of both wings broadly

dark brown; posterior wings with a large reddish-brown

lobe at the anal angle.

Underside. Rufous, crossed from near the apex of the an-

terior to centre of the inner margin of the posterior wings by

a brown-black line, between which and the base the space is

more or less densely irrorated with the same colour. Half-

way between the line and the outer margin of both wings is

a brown-black band of minute macule, and another on the

lower part of the outer margin of the posterior wings.

Expanse of wings 2 inches.

Hab. Arracan Hills (Capt. Adamson).

In the collection of Mr. Adamson.

Near to A. anata, but a larger and brighter insect.

Amblypodia tounguva.

Male.—Upperside. Brilliant blue, the apex, costa from near

the base, and exterior margin of anterior wings, and the ex-

terior margin of posterior wings broadly brown-black.

Underside. Pinkish brown, slightly suffused with purple.

Anterior wings with two spots in the cell and one beyond the

cell, followed by a broad straight band of contiguous spots,

the spots all being brown bordered with lighter pinkish brown,

a broad brown patch below and beyond the cell and exteriorly

almost to the base, beneath which the space to the inner

margin is pale brown. Posterior wings with numerous brown

spots bordered with hight pinkish brown.

Female.—Upperside, Paler and margins less broadly black.

Expanse of wings 14 inch.

Hab. Toungu, Burmah.

In the collection of H. Grose Smith.

Mr. O. Thomas on a new Rat from North Borneo. 269

XXXI.— Description of a new Rat from North Borneo.

By OLDFIELD THOMAS.

AmMonG the small Mammals obtained by Mr. John White-

head during his expedition to Mount Kina-Balu is a skin of

a very handsome long-tailed rat belonging to the group of

mountain-rats that contains Mus JSerdont, Bl., M. Hdwardst,

Thos., M. coxinga, Swinh., M. Blanfordi, Thos., M. Hell-

waldi, Jent., and others, but representing a new and very

distinct species. I propose to call it

Mus sabanus *, sp. 0.

Fur short and fine, mixed with slender spines along the

centre of the back. General colour rufous, mixed with brown

along the top of the head and back, brighter and clearer

on the cheeks and sides, the general tone very similar to that

of Mf. Jerdont. Whole of underside pure creamy white,

sharply defined from the rufous of the sides. Outsides of

limbs like sides, but rather greyer, inner sides white ; lower leg

and ankles greyish brown all round. Hands and feet brown

along the middle of their upper surfaces, their edges white,

the contrast especially strongly marked on the feet, where a

broad band of deep blackish brown passes along the centre,

edged on each side with pure white. Sole-pads large, smooth

and prominent, the last one about three times as long as

broad. Fifth hind toe, without claw, reaching to the end of

the first phalanx of the fourth. ars rounded, rather short,

laid forward they do not reach to the eyes. ‘T'ail enormously

long, evenly finely haired, the scales, which are large,

averaging from seven to nine to the centimetre, uniformly

dark brown or black above and below throughout, but the

hairs black for the proximal two thirds above only, elsewhere

pure white.

Dimensions of the type, an adult male, preserved as a

skin :—

Head and body 280 millim. ; tail 340 ; hind foot 43°5; ear,

above head 18, breadth 18 ; heel to front of last foot-pad 23 ;

length of last foot-pad 7-0.

Skull: tip of nasals to centre of fronto-parietal suture 36

millim.; nasals, length 21, greatest breadth 6°0 ; interorbital

breadth 7-7; anterior zygoma-root, length 4°7 ; palate, length

* From Saba, the district of North Borneo in which Mount Kina-Balu

stands,

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5. Vol. xx. 19

270 Mr. W. L. Distant on Sphingide

26°5; palatal foramen, length 7:9; back of incisors to molars

13°6; length of molar series 9-4.

The typical specimen, as well as the two new squirrels

described in the August number of the ‘ Annals,’ was obtained

at an altitude of more than 3000 feet, Mr. Whitehead not

commencing to collect until he had passed this height.

Mus sabanus may be readily distinguished from any of the

species above mentioned by its enormously long tail, the

peculiar coloration of its hands and feet, and by its size, JZ.

Ldwardsi alone being very materially larger, and all the

others considerably smaller.

One species, however, also a native of Borneo, has a super-

ficial resemblance to MZ. sabanus, although belonging to quite

a different group of rats. This is M/. Wiilleri, Jent., of about

the same size and with a nearly equally long tail, but which

may be distinguished by its coarse M. decumanus-like fur,

yellowish instead of rufous coloration, the less sharply-defined

white underside, and by the quite uniformly brown-haired

feet and tail.

XXXII.—WNotes on Sphingide from the Malay Peninsula,

and Description of a new Species of Ambulyx from North

Borneo. By W. L. Distant.

Durine the time I was collecting and receiving butterflies

from the Malay Peninsula as material for a recent publication

a considerable number of Heterocera were also accumulated,

which it is now proposed to work out. Of the family Sphin-

gide I have received the following sixteen species; three

more have been described by Mr. Butler, and another two

recorded from Malacca by Mr. Walker. This brings the

list of Sphingidee found in the Malay Peninsula to twenty-one

species, though doubtless many more remain to be discovered.

In my own Collection.

Macroglossa proxima, Buti. Choerocampa nessus, Dru.

Pergesa acteus, Cram. erotus, Cram.

Panacra vigil, Guér. Philampelus helops, Walk.

Cheerocampa alecto, Linn. Acherontia medusa, Buti.

celerio, Linn. lachesis, Fabr.

silhetensis, Walk. Protoparce orientalis, Buti.

Lucasii, Walk. Pseudosphinx nyctiphanes, Walk.

punctivenata, Butt. Diludia discistriga, Wak.

from the Malay Peninsula. 271

Described and Figured from Malacca.

Macroglossa obscuriceps, Butt.

Lophura minima, Buti.

Mimas terranea, Buti.

Recorded from Malacca by Mr. Walker.

Macroglossa passalus, Dru.

—— corythus, Boisd.

Thanks to the exertions of Mr. Pryer I have been able to

acquire some knowledge of the moths of Northern Borneo,

and find, as with the butterflies, that the Malay and North-

Bornean. species are in very many cases identical. The fol-

lowing North-Bornean species, which is here described, may

be sought for in the Malay Peninsula with every probability

of success, as most of the Sphingide appear to be common to

the two regions.

Ambulyx Pryeri, 1. sp.

Anterior wings above pale reddish brown, the venation

distinctly darker; a dark submarginal line reaching from

apex to outer angle; a large, dark, rounded spot near base

beneath the submedian nervure, and five very obscure oliva-

ceous-brown spots on costal area, situate two above cell, the

outermost continued to lower apical angle of cell by a waved

line, and three linear between end of cell and apex of wing.

Posterior wings warm ochraceous, with a large basal patch;

a transverse median fascia, attenuated towards the abdominal

margin, followed by a narrower waved and somewhat lunate

fascia, also attenuated towards abdominal margin ; a small

subapical spot and another small submarginal spot near lower

median nervule dark brownish, the basal markings darkest ;

between the median fascia and the outer margin the colour is

speckled with brownish. Wings beneath ochraceous ; ante-

rior wings with the apical half much speckled with brownish,

the outer margin violaceous brown; posterior wings with

the markings above much fainter and pale reddish brown

beneath. Body above pale reddish brown, the thorax with

an oblique olivaceous-brown fascia on each side; body be-

neath and palpi warm ochraceous.

Exp. wings 144 millim.

Hab. North Borneo, Sandakan (W. B. Pryer). Coll.

Dist. ;

This species is most closely allied to A. ieee Butl.,

272 On Sphingide from the Malay Peninsula.

from which it differs by the paler anterior wings and the much

larger basal spot to same; on the posterior wing it is also

distinguished by the presence of the dark patch at base, and by

the outer fascia being more lunate and channelled. The

costal markings of the anterior wings are also smaller, whilst

A. Pryert is ot a larger size and brighter hue than A. twrata.

Although no species of Ambulyx has yet been received

from the Malay Peninsula, it is almost more than probable

that several species are to be discovered there. The genus is

an extensive one with a wide range, and the following is a

geographical list of the species, which, I believe, is fairly

complete, though of course subject by future comparison to

analytical specific reduction.

Palearctic Region.

Ambulyx ochracea, Butl. (Japan).

Lthiopian Region.

Ambulyx constrigilis, Walk. Ambulyx Watersii, Buti.

Grandidieri, Mab. —— Coquerelli, Boisd.

Oriental Region.

Ambulyx substrigilis, West. Ambulyx rubricosa, Walk.

maculifera, Walk. floralis, Buti.

liturata, Butd. auripennis, Moore.

rhodoptera, Buti. junonia, Buti.

subocellata, Feld. consanguis, Buti.

sericeipennis, Butl. — Elwesi, Druce.

lahora, Butl. argentata, Druce.

turbata, Butl. —— Thwaitesi, Moore.

Moorei, Buti.

canescens, Walk.

Pryeri, Dist,

Neotropical Region.

Ambulyx strigilis, Zinn. Ambulyx sexoculata, Grote.

eurycles, H.-S. Guessfeldti, Dewitz.

tigrina, Feld. —— Depuiseti, Oberth.

— gannascus, Stoll,

—— rostralis, Boisd. crethon, Boisd.

—— marginata, Butl. astygonus, Bovsd.

— eurysthenes, Fe/d. — lycidas, Boisd.

Palmeri, Boisd.

One or two other species, either doubtfully belonging to

the genus or described without habitat, which is still unknown,

are not included in the above.

On the Interpretation of Polyparium ambulans, Korotnef. 273

XX XIII.—On the Interpretation of Polyparium ambulans,

Korotnef. By Prof. EK. EHLERs*.

THe Polyparium ambulans described in a former memoir by

Dr. A. Korotneff+ is, in my opinion, capable of a different

interpretation from that there given to it. It may, indeed,

appear a delicate proceeding for me to venture to express an

opinion upon a doubtful animal form without having myself

seen it, and solely from the investigation of another natural-

ist; but as I do this with Dr. Korotneff’s knowledge, I am

urged thereto by the wish to call attention not only to this

interesting form of polyp, but also to the occurrence of cer-

tain animal forms which, perhaps, possess a community of

character.

From the description which Dr. Korotneff has given of

Polyparium ambulans, and especially of its histological struc-

ture, it appears indubitably that from all its peculiarities the

animal is to be referred to the Anthozoa. Korotneff expects

to obtain elucidations of Polyparium from a better knowledge

of the genus Meandrina ; from his point of view an accurate

investigation of the remarkable Azcordea florida, Duch. &

Mich.{, would probably contribute still more to a settlement,

seeing that Recordea florida stands in the same relation to the

Actinie generally as the Meandrine to the Caryophylue.

Both genera, the skeleton-forming as well as the fleshy one,

have it in common that they become developed from simple

persone: to stocks with imperfect separation of the numerous

persone.

‘Here comes in Korotneff’s conception of Polyparium

ambulans, inasmuch as he regards this animal also as an im-

perfect stock-formation. And here comes my different inter-

pretation, inasmuch as I regard Polypariwm as only one

persona.

Meandrina and Ricordea ave animals with multiple buccal

apertures, but, along with these, with common circlets of

tentacles, a phenomenon of which we also know of analogies

among the Acalephs; and it is quite justifiable to infer a

persona to each buccal aperture in the imperfect stock. It is

in this way that Korotneff regards Polyparium as a creature

with numerous buccal apertures, and, accordingly, as an

* Translated from the ‘Zeitschrift fiir wissenschaftliche Zoologie,’

Band xlv. pp. 491-498.

+ See ‘ Annals,’ September 1887, p. 203.

{+ Duchassaing et Michelotti, “ Mémoire sur les Coralliaires des An-

tilles,” in Mem. Accad. Sci. Torino, ser. 1, tomo xix, (1861), p. 317.

274 Prof. E. Ehlers on the Interpretation

imperfectly differentiated stock. We should adopt his view

if we ascribe to this creature the possession of numerous

buccal apertures and deny it tentacles. But then the animal

remains quite isolated in the circle of its allies, and even as

compared with Meandrina.

In my opinion Polyparium is a tentaculigerous but astoma-

tous simple animal. ‘This different view rests upon the fact

that I cannot adopt Korotneff’s notion and regard the cones

with their apical apertures, which stand upon the upper sur-

face of Polyparvum, as buccal cones with buccal apertures.

I am well aware that in anthozoal polyparies non-tentaculige-

rous persone occur in many forms which may become degraded

almost into simple pores; but to transfer such a conception

to the elevations in question on the surface of Polyparium

seems to me inadmissible, considering the position which

these structures occupy, with relation to the internal spaces

separated by septa, in the gastral cavity of Polyparium. I

regard these cones rather as tentacles having a large aperture

at the apex, and deny to Polyparium the possession of any

buccal aperture, gastral tube, or central gastral cavity. But

this absence of a buccal aperture must be taken only in a

morphological sense, as I have no reason for disputing that

possibly the apertures at the apex of the tentacles in this

animal may be mouth-orifices or apertures of inception. From

the investigations of R. Hertwig* upon different groups of

the Malacodermata we are already acquainted with a similar

reduction of the tentacles in the Hexactinizw and Paractinie,

so that in the Liponemidee (Polystomidium and Polysipho-

nium), the Sicyonide (Steyonis), and the Polyopide (Poly-

opis) these structures are so modified and widely opened at

the apex that they exactly resemble the “ buccal cones” of

Polypartum ambulans; and yet Hertwig is quite inclined to

admit that inception of nourishment occurs through these

wide terminal openings of the tentacles.

But if these “buccal cones” of Polyparium ambulans are

tentacles, their position with relation to the “internal cham-

bers,” to the internal cavity of the animal chambered by

septa, may be shown to be in agreement with the normal

conditions of an Actinid, so soon as we admit the interpreta-

tion of Polyparium as an astomatous Actinid and carry it out

in detail.

Then, however, arises the double question :—On what part

of the polyparium are we to place the lost mouth and the

parts surrounding it? and to what processes is such a lipostomy,

* Report on the Scientific Results of the Voyage of H.M.S. ‘ Chal-

lenger,’ Zoology, vol. vi. (1882), Actiniaria, pp. 63, 97, 101.

of Polyparium ambulans, Korotneff- 275

as the condition might be designated with reference to analo-

gous phenomena among the sponges, to be ascribed ?

Now we might assume that such an astomatous condition

was produced in the very earliest period of larval life, so that,

there being no formation of an cesophagus and corresponding

central gastral space, the first-formed septa grew towards one

another and became united; but in this way there would

result a series of partitions forming transverse chambers, and

continually increasing in number; the place for the mouth,

which never became formed, would upon this supposition be

no doubt localized upon the upper surface and in the median

line of the band-like body.

Such an assumption, however, is opposed by a structure in

the body of Polyparium which rather indicates a different inter-

pretation and other processes. ‘This is the figure of the poly-

pary, which is certainly described, but not further specially

applied, by Korotneff. For while the transverse chambering

of the band-like body produced by polyp-septa appears an ex-

ceedingly abnormal structure, it becomes still more remark-

able from the fact that the two long lateral margins of the

body are so differently constructed that they cannot well be

referred to the uniform periphery of an Actinia or Coral

extended longitudinally. And these differences between a

rounded-off and a bordered longitudinal margin are so far

continued upon the upper surface which bears the “ buccal

cones,” that the latter on the last-mentioned margin are

placed close together like palissades, while they stand sepa-

rately near the other margin. This asymmetry of Polypa-

rium seems to me to furnish an indication of the derivation of

this singular animal form.

I imagine from this that this astomatous polyp was pro-

duced in this way—a typically constructed Actinid with a

central mouth and complete circlet of tentacles underwent at

some time, and in a manner still to be elucidated, a division

by which a portion of the body of the polyp was separated at

the lateral margin of the mouth-aperture ; perhaps the pro-

cess took place in a form in which a long, fissure-like mouth

was situated between the two directional chambers, and

parallel to its long diameter. If then, after such a process of

division, a union of the margins of the wounded surface took

place, this would produce the form of a polyp without any

central gastral space, with an internal cavity transversely

chambered by septa, and at the same time with two dissimilar

margins, one of which was originally adoral, the other aboral

and a segment of the original wall. That margin of Poly-

partum on which the tentacles (‘buccal cones’) stand in

close proximity would probably be equivalent to the latter.

276 Prof. E. Ehlers on the Interpretation

Besides the phenomenon known since Dalyell’s time *,

that fragments separate from the body of an Actinia and

become developed into young Actinie, we know of sponta-

neous processes of division in polyps with and without hard

parts, and some produced by external injuries, so that we are

led to believe that spontaneous divisions may be caused or

hastened by external influences. Bennet t has described the

spontaneous process of division, effected in three hours, of an

Anthea cereus; this process is somewhat different from that

in which the usually complete division is preceded by the

formation of new organs, such asa buccal aperture. Lacaze-

Duthiers ¢ obtained Caryophyllie which in collecting had been

split longitudinally, and kept them alive in this condition for

two months. Semper § has described the most singular pro-

cesses of division of corals belonging to the genus Diaseris,

and thinks that here the breaking-up of the lobate forms

might be favoured by external influences. Whether in the

first two cases the spontaneously-formed or artificially-pro-

duced fragments are able to regenerate themselves I cannot

say; the portions observed by Bennet produced by sponta-

neous division appear to have completely closed their wounds,

but whether perfect union took place was not ascertained by

anatomical examination ; experiments which I formerly made

in this direction upon Actinize in aquaria furnished no results.

That, as in the instance described by Lacaze-Duthiers,

divided polyps remain alive for a long time, is in agreement

with the well-known tenacity of life in many of these animals.

The case of Polyparium ambulans, which now occupies us, is

approached more nearly by the observations communicated

by Semper (/.¢.), especially that of a Hungia, which is figured

by him on pl. xxi. fig. 4. In this instance the fragment of a

Fungia was separated by force from the whole, a fragment

with transversely-placed septa, which may be compared with

Polyparium ambulans with its transverse partitions. On the

margins of this fragment the animal regenerated itself with

formation of new buccal apertures.

Under such circumstances the fragment of a polyp without

a buccal aperture would be more likely to remain ‘“ astoma-

tous’”’ and to close the wounded surface by cicatrization, if the

widely-opened tentacles retained upon it rendered inception

of nourishment possible ; nay, under certain conditions, to be

* ‘Rare and Remarkable Animals of Scotland,’ vol. ii. (1848), p. 232.

+ ‘Proceedings of the Natural-History Society of Dublin,’ vol. iv.

(1884), pp. 208-212.

t ‘Archives de Zoologie expérimentale,’ tome vi. (1877), p. 382.

§ Zeitschr. wiss. Zool. Band xxii. (1872), p. 269. —

of Polyparium ambulans, Korotnef. 277

referred to hereafter, such a form, with a sufficiency of food,

would enter upon a process of growth, such as is assumed by

Korotneff in the case of Polyparium ambulans, and would

then more and more develop the band-like form.

But what is to be regarded as the original form from which

Polyparium ambulans might have been derived? Notwith-

standing Lacaze-Duthiers’s * observations upon the Actinia-

like living creatures which separated off from a Caryophyllia,

polyps forming hard parts may well be left out of considera-

tion in this case. Such structures as the acetabula standing

on the foot-surface are known in no Malacodermatous form,

so far as | am aware. ‘T’o assume that these structures might

have’ become developed in Polyparium ambulans under its

peculiar conditions of existence is a convenient mode of

escaping from the difficulties which at present assail us,

perhaps only in consequence of our insufficient knowledge

of Actinid forms.

On the other hand, the ‘ buccal cones,’ which I have

interpreted as tentacles, furnish a probable indication of the

Sicyonide, Liponemide, and Polyopide described by R.

Hertwig. Now all these animals, without possessing any

close affinity to each other, are inhabitants of the deep sea.

May the “buccal cones” of Polypariwm ambulans possibly

indicate that the starting-point of its development is to be

sought in a deep-sea form of Actinia ?

But then the question already touched upon cannot be

avoided, namely whether Polypartum ambulans is to be con-

sidered an animal produced by regular development, or whether

itis to be placed among those animals, at present certainly but

impertectly known, which, under the influence of external

conditions, are brought into a course outside regularity and

become developed turther in this course. I would denominate

such animals paranomally developed, in opposition to.the

regularly or ewnomally developed animals. Or, to express

the case otherwise, ls Polypartum ambulans a phylogenetically-

developed species at some time propagating by sexual pro-

cesses ? or have we in it a form diverging from the typical

form, produced in each individual case by the action of

external conditions, and which either dies out as such in each

instance or, perhaps, may produce similar organisms by

asexual reproduction ?

I may adopt this last case as the conclusion of these specu-

lative considerations, and in accordance therewith interpret

Polyparitum ambulans as a fragment separated off trom a

* Loe. cit. p. 382.

278 On the Interpretation of Polyparium ambulans, Korotneff.

probably deep-sea form of Actinia by external influences,

such as the bite of a fish or the nip of a crab’s claw, which

has been brought up from its original locality into shallow

water, where it finds-an abundance of food in the well-popu-

lated sea, and can obtain therefrom by inception through the

buccal cones such plentiful nutriment that it not only brings

the original wounded surface to cicatrize, but grows on more

and more into a band-like shape. In this case the peculia-

rities of the transverse musculature and the locomotive appa-

ratus may have been derived from the original form, which is

still unknown to us. For the tripartition present in the foot

I have no interpretation.

Such an explanation, as will be seen, approaches in a cer-

tain way to the interpretation which Giinther * has given of

the Leptocephalide. Accidental but constantly recurring

circumstances carry away eggs or young brood of fishes

which spawn in the littoral waters into pelagic regions or

currents, and here, under unusual conditions of existence,

ensues the development of these peculiar forms of fishes,

which, by their possession of a gelatinous mass around the

vertebral column, perhaps differ as much from other fishes as

Polypartum ambulans from normally constructed Malaco-

dermata. The paranomally developed Leptocephalide are

incapable of reproduction as such; only the constant recur-

rence of similar conditions calls these creatures into being.

Perhaps also those animals which have recently been

known exclusively as inmates of aquaria are to be interpreted

in the same way. I refer to Trichoplax adherens, F. H.

Schulze t, and perhaps the singular Ctenodrilus monostylos,

Zeppelin {, may also be placed in this category. If these are

also paranomally developed animals, they differ from the

Helmichthyide by the possession of the power of reproduc-

tion; but so far as is yet known they are capable only of

asexual propagation; the starting-point of Trichoplar is

indeed quite unknown, but for Céenodrilus monostylos it is

not far to seek. We might also refer to Protohydra Leuck-

arti, R. Gr., and suppose that this form, in which we only

know asexual reproduction, becomes specially developed in its

habitat, the oyster-park of Ostend, under circumstances which

approach those of an aquarium, if it were not that Reinhard §

mentions the occurrence of this animal in the Black Sea, but

without any indication of the special circumstances. I adduce

* “Introduction to the Study of Fishes’ (1880), p. 181.

t+ Zool. Anzeiger, Jahre. vi. (1883), p. 92.

t Zeitsehy. fur wiss. Zool. Bd. xxxix. p. 615.

§ Zool. Anzeiger, Jahrg. vi. (1881), p. 592.

Mr. A. Dendy on a new Species of Cladorhiza. 279

these animals also, because from its organization we may

suppose that Polypartum ambulans likewise reproduces

asexually, but, notwithstanding its considerable size, no

sexual products are found in it.

From all this therefore I come to the conclusion that Poly-

partum ambulans is an astomatous individual animal, sepa-

rated by external influences from a single-mouthed Actinia

furnished with widely open degenerated tentacles, and add the

further supposition that this animal has grown by paranomal

development under shallow-water conditions of life into the

band-hke form, and as such may be capable of asexual

reproduction, perhaps by fission.

This fabric of speculations may perhaps collapse as soon

as the animal which has given occasion for it shall be more

exactly known than at present by further investigations, in

which, amongst other things, the terminal chambers of the

body will have to be examined. My purpose is attained if

by these pages the attention of naturalists is directed not only

to the animal discovered by Korotneff, but also to the pro-

cesses of what I have denominated paranomal development,

which call for further investigation.

XXXIV.—On a remarkable new Species of Cladorhiza ob-

tained by H.M.S.‘ Challenger.’ By Artuur Denby, B.Sc.,

F.L.S., Assistant in the Zoological Department of the

British Museum.

[Plate XV.]

In returning the collection of Hexactinellid Sponges dredged

by H.M.S. ‘Challenger’ to the Natural-History Museum,

after the completion of his examination of the group, Pro-

fessor F'. H. Schulze also returned a very remarkable little

Monaxonid sponge, which had been accidentally sent to him

with the others. As the specimen in question did not come

into my possession until after the completion of the Report

on the ‘ Challenger’ Monaxonida by Mr. Ridley and myself,

I have thought it desirable to give an account of it in this

place. It is a new and very well-marked species of the

genus Cladorhiza, M. Sars; and I propose for it the name

Cladorhiza pentacrinus, owing to the resemblance which it

bears to the Pentacrinoid larva of Antedon. The specimen

was, unfortunately, received in the dry condition.

280 Mr. A. Dendy on a new Species of Cladorhiza.

Cladorhiza pentacrinus, ni. sp.

Sponge (Pl. XV. fig. 1) stipitate, consisting of a long,

slender stem, terminating above in a subglobular body, which

bears a circlet of short pinne or arms *, curving upwards and

inwards over the top. The stem terminates below in a num-

ber of very slender, long, branching rootlets. ‘Total length

of the single specimen 24 millim. Length of body and pinne

together 4 millim. Length of stem 11 millim. Diameter of

body 2 millim. Surface of body and pinne hispid, owing to

the projection of some of the megasclera, Colour white..

Oscula and pores unknown.

Skeleton.—The skeleton is arranged much as usual in the

genus Cladorhiza. ‘The skeleton of the stem is formed of

long, slender styl, arranged side by side longitudinally ; in

the head it breaks up into several radiating branches, one for

each pinna. In the basal part of the head these branches

are not very well defined, and the spicules composing them

are rather loosely arranged. Although the pinne are curved

the spicules forming their axes are straight, and hence it

follows that the styli in any part are inclined at an angle to

those lower down in the pinna (Pl. XV. fig. 2). The root-

lets are formed by repeated dichotomous ramification of the

stem. The styli are smaller in the head and pinne than in

the stem, and they also become much smaller and slenderer

in the rootlets as ramification proceeds, the extreme end of

each rootlet being composed of a single long and very slender

spicule (Pl. XV. figs. 3, 5). They are arranged throughout

with their apices pointing upwards.

Spicules.—(a) Megasclera: ‘These are the usual long,

slender, fusiform styli (Pl. XV. figs. 4, 5); they are frequently

blunted at the apices, and in full-grown examples they are

narrowed at the base. ‘They vary greatly in size, measuring

when full-grown (in the uppermost part of the stem) about

1°5 by 0:02 millim. They are smaller in the head and arms

and in the rootlets. The terminal spicules of the latter

measure only about 00063 millim. in diameter, and they

have taintly developed oval heads, forming the extreme

points of the rootlets.

(6) Microsclera: These are of two kinds: (1) tridentate

anisochele (Pl. XV. figs. 6, 7, 8), of the ordinary general

Cladorhiza form, but with a well-marked specific character.

The three teeth at the large end are of considerable size, and

the shaft is curved and fimbriated as usualin the genus. The

* Tam unable to give the exact number of the arms, but there are about

ten or twelve. Judging from the allied Crinorhiza forms, I am inclined

to attach no great importance to the exact number.

Mr. A. Dendy on a new Species of Cladorhiza. 281

peculiarity consists in the form of the three teeth at the small

end of the spicule. These are elongated, slender, curved, and

fang-like ; they are not flattened. They are attached by a

rather narrow base to the tubercle and taper gradually to a

sharp point at the apex, which is directed towards the large

end of the spicule. ‘Their form will be best understood from

the illustrations. These spicules measure 0:038 millim. in

length and 0°022 millim. across from apex to apex of the

two lateral teeth ; they are enormously abundant in the head

and pinne, forming a dense in¢rustation upon the latter,

especially upon their inner surfaces (Pl. XV. fig. 2). (2) Large

sigmata (Pl. XV. figs. 9, 10), measuring 0°11 by 0:0042

millim. ; also very abundant.

Locality. Station 169, July 10, 1874, lat. 37° 34’ S., long.

179° 22’ E. North-east from New Zealand, 700 fathoms,

blue mud ; bottom temperature 40° Fahr.

This species 1s very remarkable (1) for its minute size,

(2) for its peculiar external form, and (3) for the structure

of the small end of the chele.

It is, with a single exception, the smallest sponge known

tome; the exception is Chondrocladia clavata, Ridley and

Dendy *, which belongs to a closely-allied genus, and is only

slightly smaller than the present species, which it resembles

somewhat in external form. In considering the size, how-

ever, the possibility must of course be borne in mind that the

single specimen present may be not yet full-grown.

As regards external form, Cladorhiza pentacrinus is a very

good example of the general rule that all deep-sea Monaxonida

have a definite and symmetrical shapet. It makes some

approach to the “ Crinorhiza-form”’ found in other deep-sea

species of the genus, but it differs from all species possessing

that form in having the pinne short and curved inwardly. This

peculiar curvature of the pinne suggests the possibility that

they have the power, in lite, of bending and unbending like

the arms of a crinoid. ‘They differ very markedly in appear-

ance from the long, rigid, radiating pinne of typical Créno-

rhiza-forms (e. g. Cladorhiza longipinna, Ridley and

Dendy }), the function of which processes is doubtless to sup-

port the sponge on the soft mud on which it lies. This

function of support cannot be fulfilled by the pinne of Olado-

rhiza pentacrinus, because, in the first place, they are not.

disposed in a suitable manner, and, in the second place, it is

almost certain that the body of the sponge is raised far above

* Report on the Monaxonida dredged by H.M.S. ‘ Challenger,’ p. 100,

pl. xx. figs. 1, la. :

+ Cf. Report on the ‘Challenger’ Monaxonida, p. 262.

1 Ibid. p. 92, pl. xx. fig. 2.

282 Mr. A. Dendy on a new Species of Cladorhiza.

the surface of the mud upon the long, slender stalk, the animal

being anchored in the mud by means of the delicate rootlets.

This view of the position of the body in life is confirmed by

the fact that there is an egg-capsule of some mollusk

attached to the stem just at the point where it branches into

rootlets, and in order that this attachment might take place,

the stem must have been entirely out of the mud. In

presence of the facts now ascertained * with regard to

the existence of contractile (muscular) tissue in the Porifera,

there is no great improbability involved in the supposition

that the arms or pinne of Cladorhiza pentacrinus may be

endowed with some slight power of motion, although it is

very difficult to see how any advantage to the sponge could

arise from the possession of such a power. Unfortunately the

condition of the specimen quite precludes any investigation

as to the presence of contractile fibre-cells (myocytes, Sollas)

in the arms. In a species of the allied genus Hsperella (LE.

Murray), however, it has been shown by Ridley and Dendy T

that there is a well-developed system of undoubtedly contrac-

tile fibrous tissue, whose function is to open and close the

peculiar crack-like pore-areas, and thus to regulate the supply

of water.

In the peculiarity of the chelz the species stands quite apart

from all others of the genus, in which, it will be remembered,

the small end of the chela is usually very poorly developed.

The species is of further interest owing to the fact that no

other Monaxonid sponges were obtained at the same station,

which is hence totally unrepresented in the Report on the

Monaxonida.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XV.

Cladorhiza pentacrinus, 0. sp.

Fig. 1. The entire sponge, X6: a, the egg-capsule of some mollusk

attached to the stem.

Fig. 2. The upper portion of one of the pinne, x35, showing the ar-

rangement of the spicules.

Fig. 3. Two terminal rootlets, x 130, showing the arrangement of the

spicules.

Fig. 4. A large stylus from the upper part of the stem, x 1380.

Fig. 5. The terminal stylus of a rootlet, x 250.

Fig.6. A tridentate anisochela, front view, x 700.

Fig. 7. Ditto, side view, x 700.

Fig. 8. Ditto, end view, from the large end, x 700.

Fug. 9. A full-grown sigma, X 700.

Fig. 10, A smaller sigma, x 700.

* Cf. Sollas, article “‘ Sponges” in ‘ Encyclopedia Britannica,’ ed. ix.

p- 419; and Ridley and Dendy, Report on the ‘Challenger’ Monaxo-

nida, Introduction, chap. ii.

+ Report on the ‘Challenger’ Monaxonida, pp. xxx, xxxix, 68, pls.

xiii., Xiv., xlviii.

On the Classification of the Diplopoda. 283

XXXV.—On the Classification of the Diplopoda.

By R. Innes Pococg, Assistant Naturalist British Museum.

OF the naturalists who since the time of Brandt have paid

attention to the Diplopoda, no two have come to the same

conclusions concerning the classification of the group, and

every one seems to have failed to appreciate fully the true

value of the characters which serve as signs of affinity, or the

converse, between its various divisions.

In the case of the older authors this has, of course, been

due to ignorance of the structures which by later writers are

considered to be of the greatest systematic importance ; for

it is only comparatively of recent years that the copulatory

feet have been studied, and the extent of the modifications

presented by these organs fully realized.

Taking into consideration existing forms there are four

genera of Diplopoda which may be selected as examples to

illustrate the modifications of structure presented by the

group. These four genera are the representatives of as many

divisions ; but since these divisions are by no means equal in

value, it is desirable to decide thesexact position that each

ought to occupy with regard to the others. For this purpose

it will be necessary shortly to treat of the structure of each of

these genera in turn, and briefly to state the position that has

been assigned to the division of which it has been taken as a

type by naturalists who have written most extensively on the

subject.

The four genera in question are—Polyxenus, G'lomeris,

Lulus, and Polyzonium.

By Brandt and Newport Polyxenus was associated with the

Polydesmide: to form the suborder Monozonia; by Wood it

was placed with the Polydesmide, Iulidg, and Lysiopeta-

lidee in his suborder Strongylia ; but in 1872 M. de Saussure,

in his work upon the Mexican Myriopoda, suggested that

further observations into its structure would probably lead to

the abandonment of the idea that any near relationship exists

between Polyxenus and the other Diplopoda. Taking appa-

rently this suggestion into consideration, and possessing be-

sides greater knowledge of its anatomy, Dr. Meinert, in his

paper on the Chilognatha of Denmark, divided the latter

group into two sections—one to contain Polyxenus, the other the

Glomeride, Iulide,and Polydesmide. But to these sections he

gave no names. ‘This deficiency was, however, in 1884,

supplied by Dr. Latzel, who, using the name Diplopoda as

synonymous with the Chilognatha of Meinert, restricted the

284 Mr. R. I. Pocock on the

latter group to the families Glomeride, Tulidee, Polydesmide,

&ec., gave to Folyxenus (Meinert’s other section) the name

Pselaphognatha, and made them both suborders of his order

Diplopoda. This arrangement was adopted by Dr. Haase

(‘Schlesiens Diplopoden’) in 1886, and in this position

Polyxenus will probably remain.

The characters by which it may be separated from all the

other Diplopoda are as follows :—'Lhe body is soft and clothed

with tufts of scale-like hairs; there is a distinct labrum ; the

second pair of jaws do not form a plate resembling the

gnathochilarium ; there are no foramina repugnatoria ; the

anus is in the last segment but one.

Against the third “and fourth of these distinctions it may

be urged that no true gnathochilarium is present in Siphono-

phora, and that there are no foramina repugnatoria in the

Chordeumide. ‘To the former objection reference will be

made later on; with regard to the latter it may be said that

the whole organization of the Chordeumide points to close

relationship with the Tulide, and that therefore it is fair to

assume that the absence of foramina repugnatoria in the

former family is due to atrophy. ‘This of course may be,

and very possibly is, the case with Polywenus; but until

allied forms possessing them be known, the assumption that

these glands have never existed, as such, can certainly be

defended.

As opposed to the above characters of Polyxenus, for which

as a group-name the term Pselaphognatha (Latzel) may be

retained, the characters of the rest of the Diplopoda, or, as

Dr. Latzel has called.them, the Chilognatha, may be briefly

summarized as follows ard and chitinous, destitute

of tufts of scale-like hairs; there is no distinct labrum ; the

second pair of jaws form a plate (the gnathochilarium) ;

foramina repugnatoria are present; the anus is in the last

segment.

Within the limits of the group Chilognatha thus defined

fall the three remaining genera Glomeris, Lulus, and Polyzo-

nium.

In 1865 Wood recognized that the peculiarities of the

genus Glomeris are suflicient to warrant the formation for its

reception of a group equivalent to the Monozonia and 'Trizonia

of Brandt taken together. For this group he retained the

old name Pentazonia, and, abolishing the Monozonia and

Trizonia, gave to the Iulide, Polydesmide, and Lysiopeta-

lide the name Strongylia. But although with the views of

Wood concerning the affinities of Glomeris, those of M. de

Saussure and of Mr. G. C. Bourne (Journ. Linn. Soc. xix.

Classification of the Diplopoda. 285

p- 161) are more or less in accord, Drs. Meinert, Latzel,

Berlese, and Haase, merely retaining in their works the

family names Glomeride, Lulide, Polydesmide, &c., have

put forward no classification expressive of the idea that in

the Chilognatha the Glomeride are a family highly special-

ized and sharply defined; or, in other words, these authors

seem to have altogether underrated the systematic value of

the distinguishing characters of the genus. ‘These characters

are as follows :—The copulatory appendages are at the poste-

rior end of the body ; the pleures are distinct ; the anal plates

free ; the body is composed of not more than fourteen somites ;

the foramina repugnatoria form a single series in the dorsal

middle line; the alimentary canal is not straight, and the

tracheee are branched.

With this may be compared the structure of Julus as

typical of the rest of the Chilognatha. ‘The copulatory ap-

pendages are in the seventh segment of the body; the pleuree

are not distinct ; the anal plates are surrounded by the last

body-ring ; the number of body-somites is great and variable ;

the foramina repugnatoria form a single series on each side ;

the alimentary canal is straight, and the trachez are tufted.

In the case of all the genera allied to ulus it of course

cannot certainly be known whether the tracheze be tufted and

the alimentary canal straight or not; but taking into consi-

deration the other points in common, it is perfectly fair to

presume, until evidence to the contrary is forthcoming, that

resemblance will be found to exist in these particulars also.

With regard to the Polyzonide, Brandt was apparently led

to the formation of his group Siphonizantia, Sugentia, or

Colobognatha from his inability, owing to the absence of

intermediate forms, to recognize the possibility of the conver-

sion of the masticatory jaws of an ulus into the sucking-

proboscis of a Polyzonium. ;

A genus, Platydesmus, with mouth-parts in many respects

intermediate in character between the masticatory and sucto-

rial types, was, in 1843, described by Lucas, who pointed out

its resemblances to Polyzonium and Polydesmus. By New-

port, who abolished the group Sugentia and assigned to

Polyzonium and Siphonophora a position near the Lulide in

his division Bizonia, this genus, which was probably known

to him solely from the description and figure published by

Lucas, was regarded as allied to Polydesmus.

Gervais in this respect followed Newport, both authors

being apparently misled by the superficial resemblance be-

tween the two genera afforded by the presence of keeled seg-

ments in each.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5. Vol. xx 20

286 Mr. R. I. Pocock on the

It is difficult to reconcile the acquaintance that Wood must

have had with Platydesmus (redescribed as Brachycybe) with

his failure fully to appreciate the relationship existing between

the families constituting his suborder Strongylia and the

family Polyzonidee, to which he rightly considered this genus

to belong. This failure led him to raise the group of suctorial

Myriopods to the rank of a suborder, equal in value to the

Pentazonia or Strongylia; to this suborder he gave Brandt’s

name Sugentia.

By M.de Saussure the Polyzonide, containing Platydesmus,

were regarded as allied most nearly to the Iulide, and were

treated simply as a family of the Chilognatha.

Yet Dr. Latzel, in 1884, gave to the Polyzonide Brandt's

name Colobognatha, and made this group co-ordinate with

the Chilognatha, comprising the Glomeride, Lulide, &c., thus

clearly showing that, in his opinion, the relationship between

the Glomeridee and Iulide is greater than the relationship

between the Polyzonide and the Iulide.

That a naturalist so careful and observant as his elaborate

work on the Austro-Hungarian Myriopoda has shown him

to be, should hold these views it is hard to believe, for all the

points given above as characteristic of Julus are equally

characteristic of Polyzonium, and the only important respect

in which the Jatter genus differs from the former is the pos-

session of a suctorial proboscis instead of manducatory jaws.

If no intermediate form had been known, and if Dr.

Latzel had only been acquainted with Siphonophora, the most

aberrant genus of the group, the views expressed in his clas-

sification would even then have been unintelligible; but being

familiar, at all events from descriptions and figures, with

Platydesmus, and seeing from the modifications of its mouth-

parts the method by which the proboscis might have been

formed, it is astonishing that he should have committed him-

self to the restoration of the group of Diplopoda with suctorial

mouths as opposed to the group of Diplopoda with masticatory

mouths.

The distinguishing features of Polyzonium are as follows :

—The head is pointed in front ; the mandibles are reduced in

size; the gnathochilarium is represented by a plate poimted

anteriorly and laterally soldered to the sides of the head, thus

forming the proboscis.

In the allied genus Platydesmus the head is more or less

pointed in front, the mandibles are reduced, but the gnatho-

chilarium is distinct, and not laterally soldered to the head,

so that there is only a partially formed proboscis.

If these characters be compared with those of G'lomeris,

Classification of the Diplopoda. 287

given above, they sink into insignificance, for it will be seen

that the differences between Polyzonium and Lulus are merely

differences of degree and are due to degeneration, while the

characters which separate Glomeris from Iulus are, at all

events some of them, radically different in kind.

Although one of the particulars given by Dr. Latzel to

distinguish the Chilognatha from the Pselaphognatha is the

presence of copulatory feet in the former group, the fact that

the copulatory feet of the Glomeride are not homologous

with the copulatory feet of the Iulide appears to be entirely

overlooked. Since they are not homologous their presence is

not a sign of relationship, but the contrary ; and it is less

right, because of their presence, to unite the Glomeride, in

which they occur at the end of the body, with the Lulide, in

which they occur in the seventh segment, as opposed to

Polyxenidz, in which they are entirely absent, than it would

be to unite the Polyxenidee with the Glomeride as opposed to

the Iulide, because in the two former they are absent from

the seventh segment, or the Polyxenidz with the Iulide as

opposed to the Glomeride, because in the two former they do

not occur at the end of the body. Lor it seems certain that

their independent existence in these two families, Glomeride

and Iulidz, points to differentiation along diverging lines, and

consequent departure from some ancestral form. Further,

it is more than probable than this ancestral form was without

copulatory feet, for it does not seem likely that these organs,

if originally existing in the seventh segment, should have

entirely disappeared in the Glomeridee, or, if once acquired at

the end of the body, should have entirely disappeared in the

Tulide ; still less likely does it seem that they were present

in some position other than the seventh segment or the poste-

rior end of the body ; for if so all trace of their former exis-

tence has entirely and independently disappeared in the

Glomeride and the Iulide, and their place has been taken by

organs functionally similar but morphologically different.

Assuming, then, on these grounds that the ancestral Chilo-

gnath was without copulatory feet, Polyxenus certainly, in

this respect, more nearly resembles this ancestor than does

either Glomeris or Zulus, and therefore since Glomerts and

Iulus have been evolved along different lines from this

Polyxenus-like ancestor, it follows that, so far as the copula-

tory feet are concerned, the difference between Polyxenus and

Iulus or Polyxenus and Glomeris is less than the difference

between Julus and Glomeris, and that therefore it is, at all

events, misleading for Dr. Latzel to advance as a character

by which Glomerts and Julus may be united ee and

288 Mr. R. I. Pocock on the

separated from Polyxenus the presence of these copulatory

feet.

The occurrence of these organs in the Glomeride and

Tulide is due to the existence of similar physiological require-

ments, but that the existence of similar physiological require-

ments in two groups is not a sign of affinity between them

need now-a-days hardly be urged. It would be as justifiable

to consider the branched trachee of Glomeris and Scolopendra

to be a bond of union between the two genera as to think

that the presence of the copulatory feet is a sign of affinity

between Glomeris and Lulus.

The possession by the Glomeride of the branched trachee,

referred to above, shows, as Mr. Bourne has pointed out, that

great specialization has taken place ; and great specialization

signifies in this case great differentiation from the ancestral

form, for it is very probable that the ancestor of the Chilo-

enatha resembled Peripatus and the Lu/us-like Myriopods in

the possession of tufted trachee.

Another important particular in which the Glomeride and

Julide differ is the position of the foramina repugnatoria.

Whether these glands be or be not homologous in the two

groups it is difficult to say ; but it seems that the suggestions

made by Prof. Moseley (Eneycl. Brit.) with regard to the

stigmata of Scutigera are equally applicable to the apertures

in question. However that may be, it is, by the way, an

exceedingly remarkable thing that in the most highly special-

ized member of each of the two divisions of the Myriopoda

(Glomeris in the one case and Scutigera in the other) a series

of apertures, which in allied forms is found to be situated on

each side of the body, exists as a single row in the dorsal

middle line. Whether this single median dorsal series in

Glomenis represents in reality the paired lateral series in Zulus

must for the present be left an open question.

The straightness of the digestive tract in Zulus and the

absence of distinct pleure in the body-rings, though characters

of significance, are of less significance than the characters

mentioned above, and the freedom of the anal valves in

Glomeris is but a consequent of the incompleteness of the

skeleton of the posterior somite.

Having now seen that the Diplopoda are divisible into two

groups, the Pselaphognatha and the Chilognatha, and that

the Chilognatha are in turn divisible into two groups, the

first to contain the Glomeride, for which the name Onisco-

morpha is proposed, and the second Judus and allied genera

and the closely-related but in some respects aberrant Poly-

zonium, it remains but to consider the structure of the

Classification of the Diplopoda. 289

genera composing the second division, which may be called

the Helminthomorpha, and to discuss the relationship that

they bear one with another. As typical genera may be

selected Polydesmus, Lysiopetalum, Chordeuma, Iulus, and

Folyzonium, and the distinguishing characters of each of these

are as follows :—

In Polydesmus the body is composed of not more than

twenty segments; the mandibles have no basilar piece (cardo)

and the gnathochilarium has no intergalea (promentum). The

copulatory feet are formed from the anterior pair of the

seventh segment, and they are external; the pedal laminz

(tracheal plates, Bourne) are mostly fixed.

In Lysiopetalum the number of segments is great and

variable; the mandibles have the cardo and the gnathochi-

larium the promentum; the copulatory feet are formed from

the anterior pair of the seventh segment, and they are more

or less internal; the pedal lamine are all free.

In Julus the number of segments is great and variable, the

mandibles have the cardo and the gnathochilarium the pro-

mentum ; the copulatory feet are formed from both pairs of

the seventh segment and are more or less internal ; the pedal

lamine: are mostly fixed (in a closely-allied genus, Lsobates,

they are free).

In Chordeuma the number of segments is thirty ; the man-

dibles have the cardo and the gnathochilarium the promen-

tum ; the copulatory feet are formed from both pairs of the

seventh segment and are more or less internal; the pedal

laminee are free ; foramina repugnatoria absent.

In Polyzonium the number of segments is great and variable;

the mouth-parts have undergone degeneration ; the copulatory

feet are formed from both pairs of the seventh segment and

are more or less external; the pedal lamine are free.

Setting aside Polyzonium, which in this respect it is not

possible to compare, it will be seen from these short descrip-

tions that Polydesmus differs from Lulus, Lysiopetalum, and

Chordeuma in that the mandible is without the cardo and the

enathochilarium without the promentum, and further that

in the possession of but one pair of external copulatory feet

this same genus presents greater simplicity of organization.

Greater simplicity of organization, except where degeneration

has occurred, is usually an indication of greater affinity with

the ancestral form, and therefore, assuming that the Helmin-

thomorpha and the Oniscomorpha have sprung from a com-

mon ancestor, we should expect to find the resemblance

between Polydesmus and Glomeris greater than the resem-

blance between, e. g., Lulus and Glomeris; and this seems to

290 Mr. R. I. Pocock on the

be so, for in Glomeris the mandible is without the cardo and

the gnathochilarium without the promentum, and the number

of segments in Glomeris and Polydesmus is less than in any

other Chilognath. From this latter fact it seems likely that

the ancestral Chilognath was possessed of but few segments,

an idea to which the existence of but few segments in larval

forms lends great weight. And as bearing upon the same

subject it is perhaps worthy of remark that Polyxenus, which |

in the palpiform character of its second pair of gnathites, and

questionably in the absence of foramina repugnatoria,

resembles, I believe, the ancestral Diplopod, also possesses a

small number of segments.

Polydesmus then more nearly resembles the ancestor of the

Chilognatha than does any other genus of the Helmintho-

morpha, and Lystopetalwm in the conversion of but one pair

of appendages into copulatory organs resembles Polydesmus.

But important as this one particular is as a sign of affinity,

it is outweighed by the many points of resemblance between

Lysiopetalum and ulus. 1 have therefore associated the

Lysiopetalide with the Inlide, Polyzonide, and Chordeumidee

in the suborder Juloidea.

At the same time, however, it must be borne in mind that

Lystopetalum is intermediate between Polydesmus and Lulus,

being more highly specialized than the former and less highly

than the latter.

The conversion of both pairs of appendages of ‘the seventh

segment into copulatory organs shows close relationship

between Chordeuma, Polyzonium, and Julus—the Polyzonide,

as M. de Saussure long ago suggested, appearing to be but

degraded Tulide, and the Chordeumide only differing from

the Iulide in the absence of the foramina repugnatoria, in

the smaller size of the first segment, and in the possession of

a smaller number of somites.

To sum up: Polyxenus in the possession of a small number

of segments and in the pediform character of its second pair

of gnathites shows comparatively but little specialization, and

presumably therefore but little differentiation from the an-

cestor of the Diplopoda. The fusion of the second pair of

enathites into a plate, the gnathochilarium, characterized the

ancestral Chilognath, which was further distinguished by the

possession of tufted trachez (?), by the absence of the man-

dibular cardo and of the promentum in the gnathochilarium,

and showed resemblance to the ancestral Diplopod by the

presence of but few body-somites and by the absence of copu-

latory feet. From this Protochilognath sprang the Onisco-

morpha and the Helminthomorpha. The former, undergoing

Classification of the Diplopoda. 291

great specialization, acquired branched trachee and accessory

feet to subserve copulation at the end of the body, the latter,

retaining the tufted traches, developed copulatory organs from

the appendages of the seventh segment. The Polydesmide,

in possessing comparatively few body-somites, no mandibular

cardo, and no promentum in the gnathochilarium, show

great approximation to the ancestor of the Chilognatha, and

therefore to the ancestor of the Helminthomorpha, and are

further shown to be the nearest living representatives of this

latter by the conversion of the anterior pair of limbs alone of

the seventh segment into copulatory organs and by the reten-

tion by these organs of their primitive external position. By

possessing but one pair of copulatory organs the Lysiopeta-

lidee show relationship with the Polydesmide; but by the

internal position of these organs and by the presence of a

great and variable number of segments, of a mandibular

cardo, and of a labial promentum, they show greater rela-

tionship with the Tulide. The conversion of the second pair

of appendages of the seventh segment into a copulatory

organ and the power to retract these within the segment

distinguish the Iulide. From the Iulide the Polyzonide

show degeneration by the reduction of the mandibles, and

possibly the Chordeumide by the loss of the foramina repug-

natoria.

To show in a condensed form the views here expressed as

to the exact position to be assigned to the different families of

the Diplopoda the following classification has been drawn up.

But it must be borne in mind that, except in that greater

value has been given to some groups and less to others, this

classification, so far as concerns the relationship of the Poly-

desmide, Lysiopetalide, Iulide, and Chordeumide, is almost

identical with that formulated by Dr. Berlese in 1886, and,

so far as concerns the position of the Glomeride, Polyxenide,

and Polyzonidee, is little more than a modification of that sug-

gested by M. de Saussure in 1872. That the ideas of this

latter naturalist have received so little attention from subse-

quent writers is a matter to me of no little surprise.

It will be observed that no place -has been assigned to the

numerous extinct forms of Diplopoda. My excuse for the

omission must be my ignorance of the structure of these

fossils. Indeed, the knowledge possessed even by those who

have especially studied this branch of the subject is, from the

nature of things, but limited, and its extent may be perhaps

to a certain degree estimated by the fact that Mr. Scudder

has recently confessed, with an honesty which disarms com-

ment, that certain portions of an organism described by him

292 Mr. R. I. Pocock on the

as anew genus of Diplopods belonging to the Archipolypoda,

a group of which he is himself the founder, are in reality

fragments of a fossil fern !

Concerning the position that the Diplopoda should occupy

with regard to the Chilopoda and Hexapoda, I believe the

relationship between the two last-named to be greater than

the relationship between the Chilopoda and Diplopoda. At

all events the recent careful researches into the organization

of Scolopendrella and of the Thysanura, carried on by Drs.

Haase and Grassi, demonstrating as they do the affinity

between the Hexapoda and the Chilopoda, are sufficient justi-

fication for the abolition of the name Myriopoda and for the

elevation of the groups Chilopoda and Diplopoda to the rank

of classes.

For the sake of comparison I have drawn up tabular lists

of the classifications of the Diplopoda formulated by various

naturalists.

Newport, 1844 (Trans. Linn. Soe. xix. p. 276).

Order CHILOGNATHA.

Tribe I. PENTAZONTIA.

Fam. Glomeride.

Tribe II. Monozonta.

Fam. Polyxenide.

Polydesmide.

Tribe III. Brzonta.

Fam. Iulide.

Polyzonide.

Stphonophoride.

Wood, 1865 (Am. Phil. Soc. xiii. p. 246).

Order CHILOGNATHA.

Suborder I, PENTAZONIA.

Fam. Glomeride.

Suborder Il. Srroneyuta.

Fam. Polyxenide.

Polydesmide.

Lulide.

Lysvopetahide.

Suborder III. Sucenrta.

Fam. Polyzonide.

Stphonophoride.

Classification of the Diplopoda. 293

Saussure, 1872 (Miss. Sci. Mex. vi. p. 9).

Order CHILOGNATHA.

Suborder I1.= Fam. Glomeride.

Suborder I.= Polyxenide.

Polydesmude.

Suborder III.= Iulide.

Polyzonide,

Latzel, 1884 (Myriop. dsterr.-ungar. Monarchie).

Order DIPLOPODA.

Suborder I. PSELAPHOGNATHA.

Fam. Polyxenide.

Suborder II. CoiLoGNaTua.

Fam. Glomeride.

Polydesmide.

Chordeumide.

Lysvopetalide.

Lulide.

Suborder III. CotopoGnaTua.

Fam. Polyzonide.

Berlese, 1886 (Bull. Soc. Eat. Ital. p. 42).

Suborder CHILOGNATHA.

Fam. Glomeride.

Polydesmide.

lulide.

Subfam. Lysiopetalidia.

Tulidia.

Chordeumidia.

é Mihi.

Class DIPLOPODA.

Subclass 1. PSELAPHOGNATHA.

Fam. Polyxenide.

Subclass 2. CHILOGNATHA.

Order 1. ONISCOMORPHA.

Fam. Glomeride.

Order 2. HELMINTHOMORPHA.

Suborder 1. PorypDESMOIDEA.

Fam. Polydesmde.

Suborder 2. IvnorpEa.

Fam. Lystopetalide.

lulide.

Polyzonde.

Chordeumide.

294 On the Classification of the Diplopoda.

aminibus genitalibus in segmento posteriore posi-

f For

Class Hexapopa. LS

Class CHILOPODA.

sitis.

Segmentis non ultra pari pedum uno in-

structis. Tribus pedum paribus in maxillas

mutatis, Spiraculis in parte corporis laterali

(Foraminibus genitalibus in parte corporis antica

positis. Segmentis binis pedum paribus ple-

Class DIPLOPODA. < rumque instructis. Duobus pedum paribus in

maxillas mutatis. Spiraculis in parte corporis

inferiore sitis.

Subclass 1. PSELAPHOGNATHA.

Ano in segmento penultimo posito. Mavxillis secundi

paris pedibus similibus, Foraminibus repugnatoriis nullis.

Labro discreto. Corpore molli fasciculisque pilorum

OID Goo doagdcas Ddgdd cave do DDODOOOO OD ODODDCDDaSO

Subclass 2. CHILOGNATIHA.

Ano in segmento ultimo posito. Maxillis secundi paris

laminam formantibus. Labro haud discreto. Foramini-

bus repugnatoriis manifestis. Corpore crustato fascicu-

lisque pilorum haud ornato.

Order 1. ONISCOMORPHA.

Pedibus, qui instrumentum copulativum forment, segmento

ultimo additis. Tracheis ramosis. Foraminibus re-

pugnatoriis seriem unam in dorso medio formantibus.

Pleuris distinctis: laminis ani haud segmento poste-

TIOLONCINC EIS ace Pte eee ae te ous cyanea

Order 2. HELMINTHOMORPHA.

Pedibus segmenti septimi in instrumentum copulativum

mutatis. Tracheis fasciculis similibus. Foraminibus

repugnatoriis serlem unam quoque latere formantibus.

Pleuris haud distinctis. Laminis ani segmento poste-

riore circumdatis.

Suborder 1. PotyDESMOIDEA.

Instrumento copulativo ex anteriore pedum pari formato,

externo: corpore segmentis non ultra viginti com-

osito. Cardine mandibule nullo, promento gna-

Polyxenide.

Glomeride.

thochilaxiinullopeerrrr reir irirr er me OL@esmtace:

Suborder 2. IvLorpEa.

Seementorum numero semper majore quam viginti, ple-

rumque magno varioque. Mandibula cardine

instructa, gnathochilario promento. Pedibus copu-

lativis plerumque internis.

A. Instrumento copulativo ex anteriore pedum pari

formato. Numero segmentorum magno va-

THONGS go ooonossogncos so bene Sd0000od00054 50

Lysiopetalide.

On new or little-known South- American Frogs. 295

B. Instrumento copulativo e duobus pedum paribus

formato.

1. Numero segmentorum magno varioque. Fora-

minibus repugnatoriis manifestis.

(a) Mandibulis haud imminutis .............. Iulide.

@) Mandibulishimminutiss 227 seen ae Polyzonide.

2. Numero segmentorum semper triginta. Foram-

inibus repugnatoriis evanidis .............. Chordeumide ,

XXX VI.— Descriptions of new or little-known South- American

Frogs of the Genera Paludicola and Hyla. By G. A.

BOULENGER.

Paludicola nebulosa.

Liuperus nebulosus, Burmeister, Reise La Plata, ii. p. 582 (1861).

Tongue subcircular, indistinctly nicked behind. Vomerine

teeth none. Snout extremely short, much shorter than the

diameter of the eye, somewhat similar to that of Notaden

Bennetti; nostrils directed forwards ; eye large; interorbital

space about two thirds the width of the upper eyelid ; tym-

panum distinct, circular, measuring half the diameter of the

eye. Fingers short, depressed, first much longer than

second ; toes short, much depressed, webbed at the base, the

web extending as a fringe to their tips ; subarticular tubercles

small, of toes conical; two very strong, compressed, sharp-

edged metatarsal tubercles, inner largest ; no tarsal tubercle ;

no tarsal fold. The hind limb being carried forwards along

the body, the tibio-tarsal articulation reaches the axilla; tibia

little longer than the skull. Skin smooth ; no lumbar gland.

Pale brownish above, with small scattered blackish spots; no

cross bars on the limbs. From snout to vent 40 millim.

Mendoza.

Described from the type specimen (¢) in the Berlin

Museum (no. 7374).

Paludicola albifrons (Spx).

Tongue small, elliptic, entire. Vomerine teeth none.

Snout rounded, as long as the orbital diameter; nostril

nearer the tip of the snout than the eye; interorbital space

as broad as the upper eyelid; tympanum hidden. Fingers

moderate, first not extending quite as far as second; toes

moderate, free, not fringed; subarticular tubercles moderate,

296 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on new or

conical; a small conical tubercle on the inner side of the

tarsus; two large, oval, compressed metatarsal tubercles,

nearer each other than the tarsal tubercle. The tibio-tarsal

articulation reaches the posterior corner of the eye. Skin

nearly smooth, with flat warts above; no lumbar gland.

Greyish above, with numerous, insuliform, dark-edged spots ;

dark vertical bars on the upper lip and cross bars on the

limbs; sides of throat black in the male. Two external

subgular vocal sacs in the male. From snout to vent 30

millim.

Brazil.

Described from two specimens (male and young) from Porto

Alegre in the Berlin Museum (no. 6800).

The larger metatarsal tubercles distinguish P. albifrons

from P. gracilis.

Liuperus marmoratus, Burmeister (‘ La Plata,’ 1. p. 532),

is not identical with P. albifrons, as stated by Peters, but

with P. fuscomaculata.

Paludicola Henselit, Peters.

Tongue elliptic, entire. Vomerine teeth none. Snout

subacuminate, as long as the orbital diameter; interorbital

space broader than the upper eyelid ; tympanum small, very

indistinct. Fingers moderate, first not extending quite as

far as second; toes moderate, free, not fringed; subarticular

tubercles moderate, not conical; a small tarsal tubercle; two

small, oval, metatarsal tubercles, which are wider apart from

each other than the inner from the tarsal tubercle. The

tibio-tarsal articulation reaches the posterior corner of the

eye. Back with numerous, nearly straight, longitudinal

folds; no lumbar gland. Grey-brown above, lighter along

the middle and the sides of the back; hind limbs with dark

cross bands; a black band extends from the end of the snout,

through the eye, to the side, obliquely descending and gradu-

ally widening from behind the eye; below this black band,

from the end of the snout to the shoulder, a whitish streak,

which is again edged below by a blackish streak bordering

the lip; lower surfaces whitish, mottled with brown. Male

with a large subgular vocal sac. From snout to vent 19

millim.

Rio Grande, Brazil.

Described from the type specimen (4) in the Berlin

Museum (no. 6806).

Paludicola Bischoff, sp. n.

Tongue elliptic, entire. Vomerine teeth none. Snout

little-known South-American Frogs. 297

subacuminate, as long as the orbital diameter; interorbital

space as broad as the upper eyelid; tympanum small, very

indistinct. Fingers slender, first considerably shorter than

second; toes slender, fringed, with a slight rudiment of web;

subarticular tubercles moderate, not conical; a small tarsal

tubercle; two small, oval, metatarsal tubercles, which are

wider apart from each other than the inner from the tarsal

tubercle. The tibio-tarsal articulation reaches the anterior

corner of the eye. Skin smooth, witha few very fine oblique

or sinuous folds above ; no lumbar gland. Pale olive above,

with darker insuliform spots on the back and cross bars on

the hind limbs; a black band, edged above with a fine whitish

line, extends from the end of the snout, through the nostril,

the eye, and the ear, to the side, obliquely descending and

gradually widening from behind the eye; lower surfaces

whitish, mottled with brown round the j jaw and on the throat

and breast. From snout to vent 29 millim.

Mundo Novo, Rio Grande do Sul.

A single female specimen, obtained by Hr. Th. Bischoff.

Paludicola Olfersii.

Phryniscus Olfersit, Martens, Nom. Mus. Berol. p. 40.

Nattereria lateristriga, Steind. Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, 1864,

p. 279, pl. xiv. fig. 2.

Paludicola Olfersit, Peters, SB. Ges. nat. Freunde, 1882, p. 62.

Tongue elliptic, entire. Vomerine teeth none. Snout

subacuminate, nearly as long as the orbital diameter; inter-

orbital space as broad as the upper eyelid ; tympanum hidden.

Fingers slender, first not extending as far as second ; toes

slender, free, not fringed; two small metatarsal tubercles,

inner oval, outer round; no tarsal tubercle; no tarsal fold.

The tibio-tarsal articulation reaches the anterior corner of the

eye. Skin smooth, without folds; no lumbar gland. Pale

brown above, with darker symmetrical markings and cross

bands on the hind limbs ; a light streak along the coccyx; a

blackish band from the end of the snout to the groin, passing

through the eye, gradually widening and obliquely descending

from behind the eye; the band is sharply defined and finely

white-edged above and between the eye and the shoulder;

lower surfaces whitish, throat and breast mottled with brown.

From snout to vent 28 millim.

Brazil.

A half-grown female specimen, one of the types, presented

to the author by Professor Peters in 1882, is in the British

Museum.

298 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on new or

Liuperus elegans, Peters, of which I examined the type in

the Berlin Museum, belongs to the genus Hylodes, and is

very closely allied to H. bogotensis, Peters, from which it

differs in the smaller digital expansions. The vomerine

teeth, very indistinct, appear to be in two small rounded

groups behind the line of the choane. Liuperus nitidus,

Peters, is probably likewise not a Paludicola; but I could

not examine the sternum.

Hyla marginata, sp. n.

Tongue broader than long, entire, posterior fourth free.

Vomerine teeth in two transverse oval groups, close together,

on a line with the posterior border of the choane, which are

of moderate size and much larger than the eustachian tubes.

Head moderate, broader than long; snout rounded, shorter

than the diameter of the orbit; canthus rostralis angular ;

loreal region not very oblique, concave; nostril nearer the

end of the snout than the eye ; interorbital space broader than

the upper eyelid; tympanum distinct, half the diameter of

the eye. Fingers one-third webbed ; a distinct rudiment of

pollex ; toes about three-fifths webbed; disks a little smaller

than the tympanum; subarticular tubercles moderate; no

tarsal fold. The tibio-tarsal articulation reaches halfway

between the eye and the end of the snout. Skin smooth;

belly with large granules; throat indistinctly granulate.

Upper surface of head and tibia and back finely powdered

with brown on a colourless ground; a few small dark brown

spots on the head and back, one on each upper eyelid; a dark

brown line from the end of the snout, along the canthus

rostralis and supraciliary edge, above the tympanum, and

along each side of the body as far as the sacral region, also

along the outer side of the forearm and tibia; a transverse

dark brown streak, edged above with white, above the vent

and at the heel; a white line round the upper lip; lower

surfaces colourless. From snout to vent 50 millim.

Mundo Novo, Rio Grande do Sul.

A single female specimen, collected by Hr. Bischoff.

Apparently related to H. rubscundula, R. & L.

Hyla Bischoff, sp. n.

Tongue circular, entire, and slightly free behind. Vome-

rine teeth in a strong, scarcely interrupted, transverse series,

on a line with the hinder edge of the choanz, which are of

moderate size and larger than the eustachian tubes. Head

rather large, rather strongly depressed, slightly broader than

little-known South-American Frogs. 299

long; snout rounded, as long as the diameter of the orbit ;

canthus rostralis angular; loreal region very oblique, con-

cave; nostril nearer the end of the snout than the eye; inter-

orbital space as broad as the upper eyelid; tympanum very

distinct, half the diameter of the eye. Fingers one-fourth

webbed; a distinct rudiment of pollex; toes half-webbed ;

disks smaller than the tympanum; subarticular tubercles

moderate; a very slight fold along the inner edge of the

tarsus. ‘The tibio-tarsal articulation reaches halfway between

the eye and the end of the snout. Skin smooth above ; belly

and lower surface of thighs with large, throat with smaller,

granules. Greyish or pale brown above, with or without

large brown spots and a brown line along the middle of the

head and anterior half of body ; a dark brown band from the

end of the snout to above the shoulder, passing through the

nostril and the eye and over the tympanum; a dark brown

line borders the upper and the lower lip; a dark brown streak

along the outer side of the tibia; hinder side of thighs light,

with vertical black bars ; lower surfaces white. From snout

to vent 55 millim.

Mundo Novo, Rio Grande do Sul.

Two female specimens, collected by Hr. Bischoff.

Allied to H. pulchella, D. & B., but well distinguished by

the larger head with much more oblique lores.

Hyla zebra, D. & B.

Tongue circular, indistinctly nicked, posterior fourth free.

Vomerine teeth in two small groups in the middle between

the choane; latter moderate, a little larger than the eusta-

chian tubes. Head moderately large, a little broader than

long; snout rounded, nearly as long as the diameter of the

orbit; canthus rostralis obtuse ; loreal region nearly vertical ;

nostril nearer the end of the snout than the eye; interorbital

space as broad as the upper eyelid; tympanum very distinct,

half the diameter of the eye. Fingers one-third webbed ; a

distinct rudiment of pollex; toes two thirds webbed; disks

a little smaller than the tympanum; subarticular tubercles

moderate ; a strong fold along the inner edge of the tarsus.

The tibio-tarsal articulation reaches halfway between the eye

and the end of the snout. Upper surfaces glandular, the

glandules most distinct on the head and limbs, but present

also on the back; belly and lower surtace of thighs with

large, throat with smaller granules. Brown above, with large

blackish spots on the sides and blackish bars across the front

and posterior sides of the thighs, alternating with lighter

300 Prof, M‘Intosh’s Notes from the

bands; belly white, throat brown. From snout to vent 63

millim.

Buenos Ayres.

Described from one of the type specimens (?) in the Paris

Museum, kindly communicated by Prof. Vaillant.

XXXVII.—WNotes from the St. Andrews Marine Laboratory

(under the Fishery Board for Scotland).—No. VIIl. By

Prof. M‘IntosH, M.D., LL.D., F.R.S., &e.

1. Ona Post-larval Zabrus, with Remarks on the Colour of Pelvic

Fins.

2. On the Post-larval Condition of Ziparis Montagut.

3. On a peculiar Teleostean Yolk-sac.

4. General Remarks on Post-larval Food-Fishes.

1. On a Post-larval Labrus, with Remarks on the Colour

of Pelvic fins.

While lately (middle of September) using the large mid-

water net, which has proved so valuable in regard to the

life-histories of marine forms, a young wrasse, about 11 millim.

in length, was captured, which, from the length of the anal

fin and other characters approaches Labrus mixtus, but appears

to be only a post-larval example of Labrus maculatus, though

further examination is necessary on this point.

This young wrasse shows boldly marked white touches on

a greenish ground variegated with brown pigment. The

general hue, indeed, is greenish brown with various bands and

patches. ‘Thus the head has two white touches (each some-

what crescentric in form) over the brain, and a transverse one

in front of the dorsal fin. A brown band passes from the middle

of the eye forward on the snout and in line with the brown

bar on the tip of the mandible. Another brown bar extends

from the eye downward and forward, a third touch occurs on

the hyoid, and two or three bars exist elsewhere on the

head. The eyes are pale greenish with golden arches supe-

riorly, and a band of brownish red surrounds the pupil, except

inferiorly, where it is almost absent. This reddish belt has

a process anteriorly and posteriorly.

The body is conspicuously marked with eight white spots,

the first being near the pectorals, the last in the centre of the

base of the tail. These spots are situated above the lateral

line. Five opaque white spots again occur above the former,

two sending prolongations to the tip of the dorsal fin, and a

St. Andrews Marine Laboratory. 301

third partially. Four specks of white are placed along the

ventral margin, two lying in the basal line of the anal fin.

A few minute specks occupy the space between the latter and

the larger upper series. Large silvery patches, again, extend

from beneath the eye to the end of the abdomen. A few

brown specks appear on the ventral surface in front of the

pelvic fins, and two boldly marked brown touches lie in the

median line between the latter and the anus.

Besides the white touches which enliven the dorsal fin

an opaque brownish one occurs in front. The soft rays of

this fin have not yet attained the proportionally elongated con-

dition of the adult organ. The pectorals are large and

somewhat transparent, their very rapid vibratory movement

resembling that of Hippocampus and the Syngnathidee.

A brown bar, however, marks their fleshy basal region,

which in these and many other post-larval fishes is much

larger in proportion than in the adult—a condition pro-

bably connected with increased functional activity. The

ventral fins are opaque white, with a brownish belt in front

(anterior rays) ; this belt, moreover, joining a brown band

which proceeds upward to the base of the pectorals, where

it bends nearly at a right angle straight backward to the

posterior part of the abdominal wall. The anal fin has a

brown patch (covering two rays) in front. None of the blue,

yellow, or orange, so common in the adult, had yet appeared.

After immersion in spirit only the dark pigment remains,

and thus the body has a peculiarly blotched or speckled

appearance posteriorly, while the head and abdomen are

striped.

The colour of the ventral fins in the post-larval forms of

diverse families of fishes is apparently a feature of moment.

Thus the post-larval J/otella has its enormous white ven-

trals tipped with black, as Alex. Agassiz clearly describes

and figures. The young cod, haddock, and whiting have

pure white ventrals terminated by a long whip-like process

at the end of the second anterior (or outer) ray. The great

ventrals of the post-larval ling are conspicuously tinted of an

ochre-yellow. The colour of the huge ventrals of the

fishing-frog 1s not mentioned by Gtinther or Agassiz, but it

is not unlikely that the post-larval pigment in this form also

is peculiar. The pelagic habits of many fishes at this stage

are probably associated with these peculiar tints, just as both

sides of most post-larval Pleuronectide are tinted for a time,

as the ventral surface of the large abdomen of Callionymus

at this stage is of a dusky blackish hue, and as the abdomen

in certain post-larval Coté is furnished with a broad and

conspicuous belt of black.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5. Vol. xx. 21

802 Prof. M‘Intosh’s. Notes from the

It is interesting that rock-frequenting species, like the pre-

sent form, Cyclopterus, and others, should display such vivid

tints both in the post-larval and occasionally in the adult

condition.

2. On the Post-larval Condition of Liparis Montagut.

In former notes * mention has been made of the ova and

larval condition of this species. The chief peculiarities of

the post-larval form, about 10 millim. in length, may now be

indicated. In this specimen the notochord still projects supe-

riorly from the tip of the tail, and the hypural edge is almost

vertical. The caudal region with its fin-rays is bluntly conical.

A marked feature is the elevation of the first region of the

dorsal fin and its wider rays, a differentiation perhaps indi-

cating the relationship with a form in which such is present

in the adult, or marking the region which in others becomes

the first dorsal. This elevation disappears in the adult. The

head and cheeks have a few black specks, and these also occur

on the anterior region of the body. The pectorals are speckled

in a similar manner. The elongated rays of these fins are

not yet developed, so that this is a subsequent character ;

their margins trend evenly from the anterior part of the

sucker backwards and upwards.

The difference in regard to the size of the eye of such a

species as this and one of the post-larval Gadoids is marked,

the large eyes of the latter being diagnostic, and probably

associated with their greater adroitness and rapidity in catch-

ing minute prey.

3. On a peculiar Teleostean Yolk-sac.

One of the most interesting larval fishes of this season

(1887) at the Laboratory was an unknown form (though

there are some grounds for associating it with the gunnel),

distinguished amongst all others with which we are at present

acquainted by the remarkable peculiarity of the presence of a

large portion of the liver in the yolk-sac. A full description,

with figures, of this elongated and very hardy species will be

given by Mr. Prince and myself in the “‘ Researches ” from

the Laboratory ; but it may be mentioned that the yolk-sac

is directed downwards and torwards from the body of the fish,

and is slightly opaque, while the oil-globule is of crystalline

translucency and furnished with a thick protoplasmic invest-

ment. Though the globule is near the inferior border of the

sac, yet it is close to the heart, from the shortness of the sac.

The liver proceeds downwards on the left side, and extends

* Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. June 1885, and Reports to the Fishery

Board for Scotland, 1885 and 1886.

St. Andrews Marine Laboratory. 303

posteriorly to the fundus of the sac, its tissue insinuating

itself between the yolk and its proper covering and the yolk-

sac. The rounded gall-bladder lies at the posterior and upper

region of the latter, and after the absorption of most of the

yolk and the consequent forward displacement of the oil-

globule this large sac remained very conspicuous. ‘The ali- |

mentary canal in the advanced forms presents two marked

constrictions, one behind the gall-bladder and another a little

in front of the anus, which occurs near the middle of the body,

a feature, after absorption of the yolk-sac, that at once dis-

tinguishes them from the larval herring, in which the anus

lies very far back. The conspicuous gall-bladder is also

diagnostic when compared with the larval sand-eel, in which

the anus is likewise more or less median in position.

4, General Remarks on Post-larval Food-Fishes.

There seems to be a community in habit amongst the post-

larval Gadoids, especially, so far as present knowledge goes, in

the case of the cod and whiting, though probably also in the

haddock, just as there is a community in regard to their ova.

In the early post-larval stages of the cod and whiting close

resemblances exist, especially after preservation in spirit, but

they are easily discriminated after reaching the length of

about five eighths of an inch. They roam throughout the

deeper parts of the neighbouring sea, but are not confined

thereto, some being occasionally found in the upper regions

and some in the shallow water (4-5 fathoms). They are met

with, however, in greatest numbers in the regions near the

bottom in their post-larval stages.

It is doubtful if the migrations described by Prof. G. O.

Sars in the case of the cod can, in the light of present facts,

be accepted as the rule in this or in allied species. The

floating eggs are carried (if they are not already there) into

shallow as well as into deep water, and thus the post-larval

fishes are common in both regions. Most, however, probably

occur on or near the grounds frequented by the adults, and

hence it is that far from shore young post-larval forms are

even more numerous than in shallow or other water near

land. ‘The same applies to certain flat fishes, such as the

witch (Pleuronectes cynoglossus), the young of which keep

near the ground frequented by the adult and do not migrate

to any extent into other regions.

The older post-larval forms of the cod and its allies, as

already described, seek in the various bays the margin of the

rocks in search of the abundant food there; but itis not proved

that there is any general migration from deep to shallow

Dil

304 Mr. J. A. Murray on a new Species of Zygena.

water, as Prof. Sars thinks. Similar forms occur in deep

water and in the neighbourhood of isolated rocks, such as the

Bell Rock, and especially on the grounds frequented by the

adult.

XXXVIII.~—A new Species of Zygena from the Kurrachee

Harbour. By James A. Murray, Vict. Nat. Hist. Inst.*

Zygena dissimilis, sp. nov.

(Ex Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc.)

Anterior edge of head sinuately curved. No groove running

along vt. Length of the hammer from eye to eye 26 inches;

from the middle 13 inches. Hach of its hind lateral expan-

sions 10 inches; its width near the eye 6°5 inches, or less

than the length. Tye situated at the upper third of the ex-

ternal edge of the lobe of the head, and 2 inches below the

outer edge of the nostril. Teeth very shghtly oblique, as

broad at base as long, with an indistinct notch laterally and

serrated on both edges to near the tip. They are convex

before and behind, with an oblong nodose prominence mesially

at the base on the outer surface. The Ist dorsal arises from

a little more than an inch inside the extreme hind edge of

the pectoral fin ; it is faleate in shape and measures along the

curve to tip 25 inches; the greatest width to hind prolonga-

tion at the base 15°75 inches. Pectoral fin 18 x 12 inches,

or one third longer than broad. Second dorsal arises from

opposite the anal ; it is triangularly concave behind, and not

straight as depicted in the plates of Zygena malleus, Blochi,

and Tudes in Day’s Fishes of India, and it has also an elon-

gated process at base. Ventral fin 11 x 10-5 inches, also

triangularly concave behind, and not straight as in the other

species. Anal fin 7 x 11 inches, concave behind, the dis-

tance from its insertion to the tip of the elongate process of

the ventral 5 inches. A pit at the root of the caudal; upper

caudal lobe falcate, lower proportionally longer than in the

other species. Colours brownish grey throughout, except a

width of 10 inches on the under surface, and the under surface

of the hammer, where it is white.

The following are the measurements of this species taken

m the flesh -—

* From the ‘Indian Annals and Magazine of Natural Science,’ June

1887, pp. 90-92.

Dr. W. Miiller on the Scent-organs in Phryganide. 305

feet. inches.

Total length to tip of upper caudallobe.... 10 23

Length of upper caudal lobe.............. 3 13

He lower Flee eeulinGir cd cloana ou 1 33

Height of 1st dorsal over curve............ 2 1

3 6 Greanca) mom) ods bec 1 9

Width of » to tip of elongate process 1 3

Elciohtyoteondudorsalap wert eaciirote rei: 0) 8

Width of PW Mg seoo RB coo MOONE 0 11

LENIN Oi PAKOwll in ge sacesoovacnecunor 1 63

Width SOS LAR* fi Reb te Ps eae 1 0

eno thvorayentraletinwermecscpereretelp se erred: 0 11

Width Firs Weds CED Oe or Crane co 0 102

Novalis tin=pleno-t ames ernie reser n. ae) nanos 0 7

WAG Cm be heraria ceae cearelseoeay cxcyone ahs 0 11

”

Diameter of eye 1°25 inch ; width of mouth 9°75 inches.

Hindmost (5th) gill-opening smallest.

Loc. Kurrachee. Captured on the 20th April, 1884.

Type in the Kurrachee Museum.

This species differs from all the known forms, first, by

having its teeth serrated on the edges instead of smooth ;

and, next, in having no prolonged groove along the entire

front margin of the hammer. From Z. malleus by the less

curvature of the head, also by the length of the hind margin

of one side of the hammer being more than its greatest width

near the eye, and by the shape and position of the fins,

especially the 2nd dorsal and ventral fins, which are concave

behind instead of being straight. It is nearest Z. mokarran

(Giinther, Cat. Fish. B. M.), but the length of the hind

margin of one of the lateral expansions is greater than the

width near the eye, instead of being equal as in that species,

and the anterior margin of the hammer does not form a right

angle with the lateral lobe.

This makes the third species of shark lately described from

the Kurrachee Harbour. The first is Carcharias Murrayt,

Giinther, the next Lamna Giinthert, Murray, and the present

one the third. It is a question now whether these three

species extend their range along the Beloochistan and Bom-

bay coasts.

XX XIX.—Scent-organs in Phryganide.

By Dr. WILHELM MULLER *.

WHEN I first captured a male of Sericostoma (S. personatum,

K. & Sp.), in August 1885, and, induced by the remarkable

* Translated from the ‘Archiv fur Naturgeschichte,’ Jahrg. xxxv.

pp. 95-97.

306 Dr. W. Miiller on the Scent-organs in Phryganide.

form of the head, dissected the animal, the inflated palpi,

which, as is well known, give the head its peculiar appear-

ance and cover it like a mask, at once reminded me of the

scent-organs of the Lepidoptera, and especially the hair-tufts

of the Satyride. There may, perhaps, be some hesitation

about recognizing any resemblance in this instance, but at

any rate the comparison led me to the correct interpretation

of the organs in question, although at first it did not seem an

easy matter to obtain any proof of the correctness of this in-

terpretation.

To me it was a confirmation of my hypothesis that, as I

satisfied myself from individuals taken zm copula, these pecu-

liarly modified palpi only occur in the males (which, how-

ever, has long been known). An experimental proof, usually

to be obtained easily in the Lepidoptera, could not, however,

be arrived at, and this was due to the fact that the animals

could not be induced to unfold their scent-organs by pressure

or similar manipulations, the cause of which is to be found

in the peculiar mechanism of the process. Finally, an indi-

vidual which I probably captured during courtship favoured

me by spreading out his palpi and unfolding the hair-tufts

lying in them, when the hair-tufts surrounded the head like

a halo, and then I was able by pressure to prevent the animal

from folding up the tufts. In this individual I remarked, as

also did a second person, under whose nose I held the animal,

a distinct odour nearly resembling that of vanilla, and thus is

furnished the proof that the dilated palpi of the males of

Sericostoma serve as scent-organs.

As a further observation bearing upon this subject I may

state that of numerous male and female individuals of Ser7-

costoma personatum which I kept alive in a large glass vessel,

a male placed himself in front of a female and then unfolded

his hair-tufts.

As regards the form and structure of the organs in question,

having neglected to preserve the animals in spirits, I was

Fig. 1. Fig. 2.

Sericostoma personatum, K. & Sp.

1, Female; 2, male. Map, maxillaryspalpus.

Dr. W. Miiller on the Scent-organs in Phryganide. 307

confined to dry material and compelled to give up any inves-

tigation of the minute structure.

In the place of the four extended joints of the maxillary

palpus which we find in the female (fig. 1), the male pos-

sesses a single terminal joint (fig. 2, Mxzp) formed by the

amalgamation of several joints. It is of a very peculiar form,

nearly like a spoon. ‘The margin turned away from the head

is dilated inwards and closely applied to the margin of the

corresponding joint of the other side. On the other side the

spoons lie so close to the head that they seem to form a part

of the latter and cover it in front like a mask; and thus is

produced on all sides a very complete closure, which prevents

the evaporation of the scented secretion within the spoons.

The interior of these spoons is entirely filled with very fine

hairs, which originate at the base of the spoons and on the

side turned away from the head (of course on their inner sur-

face). These hairs are pale coloured, slightly clavate, and

attain a length of about 1 millim. As already stated, the

animal is able to separate and spread out the palpi (how must

remain unsettled for the present) and at the same time to

unfold the tufts of hair.

Thus we find, as is generally the case in the scent-organs

of the Lepidoptera, an enclosure which ordinarily protects the

scented secretion from evaporation, and, on the other hand, an

arrangement by which at the proper moment a large surface

is presented for evaporation, so as to effect a great develop-

ment of the scent.

In the Phryganide there are pretty frequently secondary

sexual characters, and it seems not improbable that fre-

quently, or at any rate in some cases, these have to do with

scent-organs. I may refer in the first place to Notidobia*,

in which, according to Brauer, the maxillary palpi are boat-

shaped and stand in the same relation to the forehead as in

Sericostoma, and, further, to Aspathertum fT, in which the

maxillary palpi in the male are short and strongly hairy,

although not dilated. In Heclisopteryx and Halesus { there is

in the male at the base of the hind wing a folded pouch with a

pencil of hairs. A similar sac occurs, according to MacLach-

lan §, in the genus Drusus. Further, Fritz Muller states that

on the maxillary palpi of the male Grumiche there are hair-

tufts which probably serve as scent-apparatus, as also “ that

in the wonderful antenne of the males of Peltopsyche he is

inclined to see scent-apparatus.”’

* Brauer, ‘ Neuroptera Austriaca’ (Vienna, 1857), p. 43.

+ Loe. cit. p. 42. t Loe. cit. pp. 46, 47.

§ MacLachlan, ‘ Revision of European Trichoptera,’ p. 164.

308 Dr. L. Bohmig on the

XL.— On the Sense-organs of the Turbellaria.

By Dr. L. Boumic *.

BEING engaged in investigations upon the Dendroccelous and

Rhabdoccelous Turbellaria, I wish here to communicate what

I have at present ascertained with regard to their sense-

organs, as the publication of my larger memoirs relating to

the general structure must be delayed for some time in conse-

quence of the accumulation of material and the preparation of

figures.

A comparison of my preparations of Planarta gonocephala,

Duj., with the figures and descriptions which J. Carriére has

given f of the eyes of Planaria polychroa and Dendrocelum

lacteum has convinced me that I am able to furnish some

fresh details.

The position of the eyes in Planaria gonocephala is the

same as in all the Triclades known to me, namely in the

anterior extremity of the body, described as the head. Pla-

naria gonocephala has a triangular head, and the eyes lie in

its middle. The longitudinal diameter of the eyes amounts

to about 0°18 millim., that of the width and height about 0-1

millim. Sections through the eye allow us to recognize what

follows.

Each eye consists of a pigment-capsule and a nervous

apparatus ; the pigment-capsule, the greater diameter of

which is parallel to the longitudinal axis of the animal,

consists of small blackish-brown spherules. The convex

side of the capsule is surrounded by a narrow border of finely

granular plasma, in which a number of distinct round nuclei

are to be perceived. The great number of nuclei indicates

that the pigment-capsule has originated from several cells, in

opposition to the eyes of the Polyclades, in which only one

nucleus occurs in this plasmatic border.

Before the opening of the pigment-capsule is the so-called

ganglion opticum, which consists of a central ball of dotted

substance, around which peripheral ganglion-cells (retinal

cells) are grouped. ‘The central nervous system is in con-

nexion with the ball of dotted substance through the nervus

opticus. ‘This originates from a part of the cerebrum where

the dotted substance is characterized by greater fineness and

a more homogeneous appearance. ‘The same thing occurs in

* Translated from the ‘Zoologischer Anzeiger,’ no. 260, 12th Septem-

ber, 1887, pp. 484-488.

+ J. Carriére, “Die Augen von Planaria polychroa, O. Schm., und

Polycelis nigra, Khrb.,” in Archiy fiir microsc, Anat. Bd. xx. Heft 2; and

“Tie Sehorgane der Thiere.”

Sense-organs of the Turbellaria. 309

many Gasteropoda, e. g. Helix pomatia, in which also the

part of the dotted substance from which the sense-nerves

and, indeed, especially the nervus opticus are given off

is distinguished from the rest by the above-mentioned

properties.

The cells of the ganglion opticum possess a large nucleus,

which is surrounded by only a narrow plasmatic border.

They are unipolar, but this process divides immediately into

a number of smaller ones, which, so far as I could ascertain,

all but one enter into the dotted substance, probably to unite

here with each other and with the fibres of the nervus opticus.

One of the fibres produced by the division of a cell-process

turns, however, towards the aperture of the pigment-capsule,

and before entering it undergoes a more or less strong geni-

culation. In the cavity of the pigment-capsule it swells into

the so-called terminal club. These terminal clubs completely

fill up the pigment-capsule. Hitherto they have been

described as hyaline structureless formations; in Planaria

gonocephala they present a more complex structure. The

fibres in question become thickened first of all into a small

pestle-like formation, which sometimes shows a fine longitu-

dinal striation. Upon this, like a hood, is seated a crescenti-

form, finely granulated, terminal piece, and between the two

there is intercalated a thin, hyaline, intermediate plate. In

Planaria Theringii* I do not find the intermediate plate; in

this the terminal piece enveloped the club for a certain

distance.

I have been unable to detect any lenses or lentiform struc-

tures. I suppose that the function of the lens is performed

by the parenchymatous tissue situated between the retina and

the epithelium, which during life is viscous and transparent.

I regard as the retina the ganglion opticum and the terminal

clubs, as has already been done by others.

Among the Rhabdoccelous Turbellaria I have hitherto

particularly devoted my attention to the Alloioceela. Among

these the Plagiostomide, when compared with the Monotide,

possess the more complex eyes, and of these two or four.

Vorticeros auriculatum possesses two eyes which are placed

in direct contact with the brain, as indeed is the case in all

other forms. ‘The pigment of the pigment-capsule is, in the

Plagiostomide, very frequently connected by pigment-cords

with the pigment ot the body, so also in Vorticeros auricu-

latum. ‘The aperture of the pigment-capsule is turned

* Planaria Iheringu, a new Tricladous Turbellarian from Brazil, de-

scribed by the authorin the same number of the ‘ Zoologischer Anzeiger.’

310 Dr. L. Bohmig on the

towards one side; its larger axis is placed perpendicularly to

the long axis of the body.

The pigment-capsule of each eye is divided by a median

pigmental septum into an anterior and a posterior chamber.

I have been unable to detect any plasmatic border with nuclei

around the pigment-capsule ; nevertheless it does not follow

that it is really deficient. The pigmental septum of course

causes the pigment-capsule to possess two apertures, each of

which is closed by a lentiform cell with a distinct nucleus and

nucleolus which les upon it. This cell, however, is not

placed close to the margin of the capsule, but leaves a small

space free. The cavity of each half of the pigment-capsule

is occupied by fine bacilli which stand perpendicularly to the

long axis of the capsule. They leave a small central canal

free, in which, in certain preparations, I observed extremely

fine fibrils. Between the bacilli there is a delicate homo-

geneous intermediate substance. In the vicinity, especially

at the margin of the capsule, there are numerous small cells

which are very similar to the ganglion-cells of the cerebrum,

and are only distinguished from them by a small difference in

size. They possess fine processes, of which I assume that

they unite with the bacilli; but this I have not seen. ‘These

cells would then have to be regarded as retinal cells.

Enterostoma striatum possesses four eyes, two small ante-

rior and two larger hinder ones. They all le upon the cere-

brum, which, in contrast to all other Alloioccela examined by

me, is cut off from the surrounding tissues by a very sharp

fine outline. nterostoma striatum presents many peculia-

rities: thus, for example, it possesses an unpaired, dorsally-

placed ovary. In the reniform pigment-capsule two globular

pale structures lie close together, and these in very well-

preserved specimens show a distinct longitudinal striation.

This striation is due to exceedingly delicate bacilli, which are

enclosed in a delicate intermediate substance. In front of the

aperture of the pigment-capsule I see here two large cells

which produce a closure similar to that of the lentiform cells

of Vorticeros auriculatum. Small cells, on which I could here

and there detect fine processes, he before and in the vicinity

of the large ones. ‘The small cells stain, especially with

osmium-carmine, much more strongly than the large ones,

and also more intensely than the ganglion-cells of the cere-

brum. In one case I was able to trace such a fine process

into the neighbourhood of the striated globular structures.

I regard them therefore in this case also as retinal cells. The

larger pale cells, both in Vorticeros auriculatum and in Ente-

rostoma siriatum, may, perhaps, be regarded as lens-cells, as it

Sense-organs of the Turbellaria. 311

is certainly possible that they really act as refractive media, or

at any rate are homologous in their origin with the lenses of

other eyes of Rhabdoceela.

The eyes of Plagiostoma paliraleueun, maculatum, reticu-

latum, and sulphureum agree essentially in their structure

with the eyes of Enterostoma striatum. © Smaller differences,

of course, exist, and more will probably be found on further

investigation. ‘Thus, for example, the contents of the pig-

ment-capsule in Plagiostoma ochroleucum do not consist of

two globular structures, as in Hnterostoma striatum, but only

of one. ‘The tendency to break up into several pieces in the

eyes of Plagiostoma sulphureum is also known.

I must, however, specially notice the eyes of Plagiostoma

Girardi. In this animal the contents of the pigment-capsule

consist of two clearly distinguishable substances. The larger

posterior portion of the capsule i is filled with a perfectly homo-

geneous substance which only becomes faintly coloured by

reagents. In front of this there is a narrow band which does

not stain at all, but shows a distinct horizontal striation. The

limit of this band is very sharp and distinct both inwardly

and outwardly. Before the pigment-capsule there is an

ageregation of cells, of which the central ones are larger than

the peripheral. They also show a difference in their behaviour

towards colouring materials, the smaller cells stain more

strongly than the large central ones. ‘The figure given by

von Graff, in his monograph of the Turbellaria, of the eyes

of Plagiostoma Girardi does not agree with my representa-

tion. In my opinion von Graff had before him indifferently

preserved specimens, and crushed preparations in this case

only too readily give rise to illusions. What von Graff de-

scribes as the lens is undoubtedly the contents of the pigment-

capsule shrivelled during preparation, and which I regard as

the terminal nervous apparatus, I believe, with some justice.

A. Lang* and I. lyjimat mention in the Planarie ex-

amined by them a nervous plexus, which is readily demon-

strable, especially at the back of the animal. In Flanaria

gonocephala, also, there is both at the dorsal and at the ven-

tral surface a subcutaneous nervous plexus, which may be

particularly demonstrated in the cephalic part, and here again

very distinctly in the auricular processes. In connexion with

this subcutaneous nervous plexus I have observed in the

auricular processes an apparatus which is probably to be in-

terpreted as a terminal nervous apparatus.

* Das Nervensystem der Tricladen.

+ Untersuchungen uber den Bau und die Entwicklungsgeschichte der

Seen Dendr -occelen.

312 Dr. A. Giinther on Batrachians from Perak.

On the dorsal surface of the auricles there is a pit about

0:03 millim. deep, and 0°025 millim. in length and breadth,

diminishing downwards, which is cut off from its surround-

ings by a sharp and fine contour. At the bottom of the pit

numerous nervous fibres enter from the subcutaneous nervous

plexus, and these run to a reniform body which occupies the

middle third of the depression. This body is of fibrous struc-

iure, and the fibres composing it are apparently confusedly

ntermixed. With picrocarmine it stains yellowish red, and

much more intensely than the dotted substance which other-

wise resembles it in appearance. From the free surface of

this body arise a number of sete, about 0°025 millim. in

length and 0-002 millim. in thickness, which project beyond

the cilia of the surrounding epithelial cells. At their free

extremities these filaments are furnished with small knobs.

The inferior third of the pit is only partially filled by the en-

tering nerve-fibres ; the rest is occupied by a large cell about

0:008 millim. in diameter, possessing a distinct nucleus which

only stains faintly. As to the function pertaining to this

organ I am quite in the dark ; it is perhaps a tactile organ.

Hitherto I have been unable to find any other terminal

apparatus of the nerves either in Triclades or in Rhabdoccela,

with the exception of the tactile apparatus at the anterior ex-

tremity of the body in Graffilla nwuricicola, already described

by me in detail; nevertheless I have often been able to trace

the nerves as far as the epithelium. ‘The only other things

that I might mention are the small pale pencils which I have

found among the epithelial cells of the auricular processes in

Planaria gonocephala, and which are perhaps connected with

nerve-fibres.

XLI.—Notes on Batrachians from Perak.

By Dr. A. GunTHER, F.R.S.

[Plate XVL]

Mr. L. Wray, JUN., of the Perak Museum has again for-

warded to the British Museum a small collection of Batra-

chians which supplies some additional information for our

knowledge of the Reptilian fauna of the interior of the Malayan

Peninsula. I beg to offer the following notes on some of the

species sent.

Dr. A. Giinther on Batrachians from Perak. 313

Rana macrodon, Kuhl.

Mr. Wray found this species on the hills of Larut, between

3000 and 4000 feet. In the adult female specimen which he

sent the tarsal fold of the skin, which is generally found in

this species, is wanting. Its occasional absence may also be

observed, though rarely, in Rana tigrina.

Phrynella pulchra, Bler.

(Pl. XVI. fig. B.)

This toad was described and figured in this journal (1887,

vol. xix. p. 346, pl. x. fig. 2) from two specimens obtained in

the district of the town of Malacca. Mr. Wray has now sent a

third specimen from an altitude of about 3000 feet on the

hills of Perak which differs so much in coloration and general

appearance from the types that [had some difficulty in recog-

nizing it. But on perusing the notes sent by Mr. Wray with

the specimen I have come to the conclusion that it must be

referred to the same species.

The specimen is a male; its colour is now almost uniform

purplish black above and below, only more or less indistinct

traces of the ornamental markings being visible; thus espe-

cially the whitish and subtriangular mark above the vent and

a spot of similar colour on the heel. Of the lower parts the

throat is the darkest, the remainder being finely marbled with

brown and grey.

The extremity of the snout is more pointed and less square

than in the figure quoted, the nostrils being closer together.

The limbs, especially the toes, are shorter, and the disks of

the fingers and also the toes broader,

Very singularis the development of the subarticular tubercles

of the fingers (see fig. B), The proximal portion of the fingers

is stout and the tubercles are dilated into large, soft, trans-

verse pads, two on each of the outer fingers and a single one

on each of the two inner ones. On the outer fingers the pads

of each pair are close together, the anterior fitting into a

hollow of the posterior.

The tongue is not entire as stated in the original generic

diagnosis, but heart-shaped, being distinctly notched behind.

I should describe the diapophyses of the sacral vertebra as

much dilated.

Mr. Wray writes about this specimen as follows :—

“ Above dark olive-brown; from the eye an oblique yellow

line to angle of mouth ; a pale olive-yellow mark across fore-

head, through the eyes, and down the sides of the body to the

314 Dr. A. Giinther on Batrachians from Perak.

thighs. This band is minutely spotted with dark brown

principally along the centre. There isalsoa triangular dark-

centred mark of the same colour on the anal region, extending

to the top back surface of the thighs. The legs and arms

banded in the same way.

‘“‘ Beneath, throat dark brown, passing into yellowish on

breast; abdomen hair-brown, minutely spotted with whity

brown. Legs and arms, palms of hands and feet the same.

Irides red-brown, diamond-shaped, horizontal. The colour

and form of markings are subject to considerable variation,

and the intensity of colour is in a great measure subject appa-

rently to the will of the animal. It may range from dark to

pale brown. I have not been able to find out why they

change colour; they do not seem to change when frightened,

nor does the colour of the surface on which they rest have any

effect on them, but when in the dark they are usually light-

coloured, and when in the light dark-coloured.

““ They inhabit the hills of Perak from 3000 feet upwards,

and live in holes in trees which are so situated as to contain

more or less rain-water. ‘They have a loud, flute-like, musical

note, which they utter at irregular intervals, principally during

the night. The form and size of the hole in which they are

seems to have a great deal to do with the loudness of the note,

as specimens when extracted from their holes have far more

feeble vocal powers than they had when in them. ‘The pitch

of the note is also much altered by the resonant properties of

the cavity. These frogs blow themselves out with air, and

look more like bladders than anything else. When inflated

they float on the surface of the water, and will remain motion-

less for a long time with legs and arms stretched out.”

Bufo quadriporcatus, Blgr.

(Bb Oh, tie, Go)

This species.was described and figured from a single and

not very well-preserved specimen, apparently a male, in this

journal, vol. xix. p. 347, pl. x. fig. 4 (1887). Mr. Wray has

sent a female specimen in a better state of preservation. The

whole of the surface is densely covered with larger and smaller

conical or semiglobular tubercles, the larger tubercles being

placed in a series continuous with the parotoid, and in an

irregular row along each side of the vertebral line, also the

eyelids and the head between the eyes are covered with small

tubercles. Two metatarsal tubercles of moderate size. There

is no tarsal fold of the skin, but its place is occupied by a

row of four horny conical tubercles, each with an acute black

Dr. A. Giinther on Batrachians from Perak. 315

point. Upper parts brownish, marbled with olive, some of

the large tubercles surrounded by a black ring ; parotoids and

the tubercles of the series behind it whitish, more or less

distinctly edged with black ; limbs irregularly barred, lower

parts white, marbled with brown, especially across the

stomach.

Mr. Wray says that this species is rare, he having obtained

two specimens only, and that it inhabits the hills of Perak

from 800 feet downwards.

Polypedates leprosus, sp. n. (?).

(Pl. XVI. figs. A, a, a!.)

Habit hyliform, with very large and broad head. Vome-

rine teeth rudimentary, on a short linear ridge, the ridge on

each side being close to the choana. No conical papilla on

the middle of the tongue. Snout very broad, with the can-

thus rostralis angular, and the loreal region sloping ; nostril

lateral, but close to the tip of the snout. Interorbital space

wider than the upper eyelid. Tympanum distinct, not quite

as wideas the eye. Fingers quite free; toes broadly webbed ;

disks of fingers and toes large, the largest being at least half

the size of the tympanum; subarticular tubercles well deve-

loped, inner metatarsal tubercle ovoid. The tibio-tarsal

articulation reaches the extremity of the snout, when the hind

limb is drawn forward along the side of the body. All the

upper and lateral parts are covered with rough tubercles,

between which numerous very large ones like glands are scat-

tered over the back, the upperside of the head, and the upper

parts of the limbs; also a part of the tympanum shows some

minute granules. ‘The whole frog is bluish black in spirit ;

but some of the large tubercles are of a lighter colour, either

entirely, or only the roughnesses with which they are covered

are whitish ; lower parts coarsely granular, with vermiculated

whitish lines.

Distance between snout and vent 30 lines; distance between

the angles of the mouth 11 lines; distance between the vent

and extremity of fourth toe 49 lines.

Mr. Wray gives the following notes :—“ Above rich warm

chocolate-brown. The tops of the warts paler, some of those

on the back yellow. eneath—body, legs, and arms jet-

black, irregularly marked with pale bluish grey. Under sur-

face of fingers and toes bright rose-red. Web to feet and

top surface of all the disks same colour. Irides pale warm

brown, pencilled radially with black, a fine yellowish-orange

line forming inner edge to irides.

316 Miscellaneous.

“ Pupil diamond-shaped, horizontal.

‘“‘'The colour and rugose character of the skin of this frog is

evidently a means of protecting it from birds and other

enemies, the whole upper surface being such a close copy of

the bark of a tree that it is very hard to detect one when

resting upon it.

“ This species also lives in holes in trees, and the note pro-

duced by it is not so loud as that of Phrynella, and has a

more metallic ring in it.

“¢ My specimens were obtained at an elevation of 4000 ft.

on the hills of Larut, Perak.”

Mr. Boulenger has directed my attention to the fact that

this species resembles closely a frog from Padang, shortly

noticed and rudely figured under the name of Hyla leprosa by

Schlegel, in a popular work, ‘ Handb. der Dierk.’ 11. p. 55,

pl. iv. fig. 68. Tschudi considered it the type of a distinct

genus, Theloderma (Class. Batr. 1839, pp. 32, 73) ; and more

recently it was more fully described by Horst (Notes Leid.

Mus. v. p. 237). The two latter authors agree in ascribing

to the frog a tongue cordate behind, but terminating in a single

appendage. If this form of tongue is really characteristic of

the Padang frog, the latter would have to be referred to a

genus distinct from Polypedates; but if it be merely caused

by some accident, our specimen may prove to be identical

with that in the Leyden Museum. In either case the creation

of a synonym will be avoided by adopting here the same

specific name.

Megalophrys longipes, Blgy.

Megalophrys longipes, Blgr. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1885, p. 850, pl. lv.

This species is rare and local, Mr. Wray having succeeded

in obtaining three specimens only, of which one was captured

at an elevation of 4400 feet.

MISCELLANEOUS.

Observation on Multiplication in Amoebe. By Linum KH. Horman.

On the 4th of July, 1886, I was examining the forms of life con-

tained in a Holman life-slide which had been filled for several

hours. It contained different Infusoria, and, among other animals,

specimens of Zolosoma. But it seemed for some time as if there

were no Amebe in the slide, until I discovered a small one near

the channel. In shape it seemed like an elongated triangle, and

was rather torpid, or, at least, moved but little. While I was

examining it, it moved up closer to the line of the channel, and

another Am@ba, about twice the size of the first one, came gliding

on the scene. It moved up yery close to the other, and in a few

Miscellaneous. 317

moments I noticed that it looked as if it were trying to swallow the

smaller Ameba in the same manner that it does its ordinary prey.

As I had watched many Amebe, and had never seen anything like

this, and as I knew that they did not prey on each other, and the

question of their conjugation was a very doubtful one, I dismissed

the idea of the larger absorbing the smaller, and concluded it was

merely the fact that they were in too tight a place to allow of their

passing each other which gave them this appearance. I watched

them constantly for about half an hour, in the course of which time

I became convinced that something unusual was going on.

The larger Amba had entirely surrounded the smaller one,

which, however, did not seem to lose its vitality. First it seemed

to be under the endosare of the larger, and then above it. Some-

times it would project a pseudopod out from beyond the ectosare of

the larger animal. All the time it was distinctly visible in its own

individuality, if one may so call it, and did not at all seem to be

trying to escape. I called Mr. Holman’s attention to the singularity.

of their behaviour, and expressed my belief that it was a case of

either cannibalism or conjugation. He expressed his disbelief in

either of these cases, and observing that the water in the slide was

evaporating, we allowed a little to creep in under the closed edge of

the cover-glass. This seemed to relieve the large Amaba from the

constrained position and flat contour which it had assumed, and it

immediately began to put out pseudopods and move away; and

the smaller one moved off with it, evidently engulfed in the

larger one, and quiescent in that position.

The small Amoeba occupied a position in the upper part of the

larger one. As this last moved on it seemed to push the small one

in an opposite direction from that which its granules were taking

till it reached about the centre of its body. Then it commenced an

evident effort to expel the smaller one. It reached out its pseudo-

pods in every direction, gradually expelling the smaller one, until it

was completely discharged. ‘The smaller one by this time assumed

an almost spherical shape.

At last the large Amwba ceased moving, and began to expel

refuse matter, as is common with them. It had anchored itself

near some other refuse matter, probably vegetable, and really

looked as if it was using it as a sort of grapple for the purpose of

ridding itself of the rejected smaller Ameba. It was successful,

for in a few moments it moved away to the upper part of the field,

leaving the round ball, looking in every respect like an encysted

Amba, near the little group of refuse. It went on in the field, and

we followed it for some time, when it became quiet, and we went

back to the encysted one. I watched it to see what would happen

next, for it seemed as if there must be some strange sequel to our

remarkable observation ; and the watching was not in vain. The

flat disk began by a sort of contractile movement to throw out

particles or granules, as if it were laying eggs. I can think of no

other expression, although the particles, while approximate in size,

had no regularity of shape. This continued till the Amba again

assumed its clear and transparent appearance, and at last, seeming

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5. Vol. xx. 22

318 } Miscellaneous.

to fully regain its activity, put out a pseudopod and moved in the

field, leaving behind it a group of the particles or granules. Only

for a little while, however, did it move; ina few moments it lost

its animation, seemed to become transparent, and at last faded into

one of those disks which seem to be merely the shells of once active

forms. I did not see it move again.

This observation was carried on continuously during two hours

and a half, and every stage watched most closely. I was at a loss

what to call it, if not a clear case of conjugation and separation.

The most convincing proof to my mind that this was a proceeding

which was for a purpose was given when, two nights after, this

slide, which was laid carefully aside for future examination, was

found to be full of young Amebe. They literally swarmed; I

counted in the field at one time twenty-four of uniform size, while

I have no hesitation in saying that there were between one and two

hundred in the slide, which had before held but two. The worn-

out disk was recognized, and also what seemed to be the remains of

the larger Amoba.—Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad., Oct. 26, 1886,

p. 346.

On the Byssal Organ of the Lametlibranchiata.

By M. Lupwie Rercet.

My researches upon the byssal organ have led me to the following

results, which differ from previous statements.

From the observations of Réaumur and A. Miller it is generally

regarded as proved that bivalye Mollusca which have once been

attached by a byssus are thereby prevented from changing their

place throughout their lives, unless they are torn away accidentally

by external force. The animals can, however, temporarily regain

their power of free movement, although not by tearing or separating

the byssus-threads as the two naturalists referred to thought possible,

but by throwing off the whole of the byssus, 72. ¢ with stem and

root, when the organ is replaced by a new formation. This casting

of the byssus is a process exactly analogous to the change of skin

in the Arthropoda. In Dreissena polymorpha such a change of the

byssus takes place regularly at the commencement of the cold season.

In summer the animals are seated close to the surface of the water,

so that they are easily reached by the hand from the bank; towards

the end of autumn, however, they retire into the deep water, leaving

their byssus behind them.

As regards the formation of the byssus, it is almost universally

regarded as the secretion of special glands. I cannot adopt this

opinion, any more than that supported by von Nathusius-Konigsborn,

that the byssus grows forth out of the tissues of the body of the

animal, The byssus rather originates as a cuticular formation, the

stem with the roots in the byssal cavity and the threads in the

pedal groove. Thus in those Lamellibranchiata which are provided

with a byssus the underside of the foot is traversed by a rather

deep longitudinal groove, which opens at the base of the foot into

a cavity, the so-called byssal cavity. In the opinion of those who

adopt the theory of secretion the foot and the walls of the byssal

Miscellaneous. 319

cavity are occupied by gland-cells which discharge their secretion

into the groove, 7. é@. the cavity, and furnish the material for the

formation of the byssus. No such gland-cells are present, howev,r,

as I shall demonstrate more in detail in my completed memoir.

The groove which traverses the foot shows two distinct parts, an

outer one of simply fissure-ike form, and an inner one with a

crescentic transverse section. This is quite in open connexion with

the fissure, and is to be regarded merely as the sudden dilatation of

the fissure towards the two sides. By the approximation of the

margins of the fissure it can be closed so as to form a complete

canal, which is called the crescentic canal from the form of its

transverse section. It is exclusively in this part of the groove that

the byssal threads originate as a cuticular formation of the epithelium

which lines the canal. This is not a vibratile epithelium like that

which forms the surface of the fissure, the processes which are seated

upon the epithelial cells of the canal are the byssal substance formed

by them, but not vibratile cilia, for which they have hitherto been

taken.

Two characters accentuate the distinction between the epithelium

of the canal and the vibratile epithelium of the fissure. In the

latter the cilia are seated upon a cell-membrane, which in transverse

section is distinctly recognizable by a double contour. In the former,

however, only a simple line appears beneath the processes, and this

forms the boundary between the byssal substance and the epithelial

cell. Further, each of these epithelial cells in the canal has only

one process, while in the vibratile epithelium a number of cilia are

seated upon each cell.

As already indicated a byssus consists of a stem with its roots,

and byssal threads seated upon the stem.

According to the secretion-theory, threads are produced only when

the stem is partially or completely developed, and they are attached

or stuck to it. Further, a different mode of production from the

threads is frequently ascribed to the stem, inasmuch as it is said to

be formed by gland-cells which differ from those which are contained

in the foot. This notion is, however, contradicted by observation.

The stem and threads of the byssus originate in the same manner,

simultaneously, and in immediate connexion with each other. This

indeed is quite natural, for the crescentic canal opens into the byssal

cavity, passing into it gradually, so that its wall passes into that of

the cavity. Now if a cuticular formation occurs it will extend over

the whole surface of the cavity and the groove, and in consequence

the threads originating in the canal will be united with the formation

in the cavity.

The casting-off of the byssus is connected with a retrogression of

the byssal cavity. This, in its normal state, is divided at the bottom

by a great many perpendicular septa, standing in the longitudinal

direction of the animal, into somany chambers or secondary cavities.

At the casting of the byssus these septa are reduced. From the

previously complicated byssal cavity is produced a simple cavity,

showing only a few folds in its walls. The septa originate afresh

only with the new formation of the byssus; their epithelium gives

320 Miscellaneous.

origin to the roots of the byssus, which, in the form of lamella,

ozcupy the chambers between these septa.—Zoologischer Anzeiger,

N>. 260, September 12, 1887, pp. 488-490.

Ovo-viviparous Generation in Tropidonotus.

Professor Heilprin presented the following communication, dated

April 15, 1887, from Mr. H. C. Young, of the Philadelphia Custom

House, referring to a water-snake shot by that gentleman some

fourteen years ago, at a locality about three miles above Salem,

N.d.:—

“Upon examining the snake (which was almost as thick as my

forearm) I found it contained considerable of a bunch which I

supposed to be something it had swallowed; but upon cutting it

open I found it contained small snakes in a bag, each one in a sepa-

rate division formed as 1t were by a twist in the bag. I took them

out, and found there were thirty-three of them of different sizes, a

number of the smaller ones having a portion of an egg attached to

them, which they appeared to be absorbing, the larger ones having

already absorbed theirs. I was then convinced that while the

land-snakes lay eggs in the earth, to be hatched by the heat of the

sun, the young of the water-snake are actually hatched in the belly

of the mother.”

Prof. Heilprin stated that the snakes had been presented by

Mr. Young to the Academy, and on examination proved to be Z'’ro-

pidonotus sipedon. ‘The case demonstrated beyond a question of

doubt that the species was ovo-viviparous.—Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci.

Philad., April 26, 1887, p. 121.

Literature of the Fossil Ganoid, Semionotus.

By A. Surra Woopwarp.

The appearance of the new part of Dr. Zittel’s admirable ‘ Hand-

buch der Palzontologie’ has enabled me to discover Dr. Fraas’s

description of Semionotus Kapffi, for which I had long sought in

vain while preparing the list of species published in the last num-

ber of the ‘Annals’ (p. 178). Both the description and figures

will be found in the ‘ Wiurttembergische Jahreshefte,’ vol. xvii.

(1861), p. 91, pl. i., and here are also made known two other

Keuper forms, S. elongatus and S. serratus, which differ from the

Brora Jurassic fossil, among other points, in the characters denoted

by their respective specific names. Dr. Zittel likewise refers to

some brief descriptions of Italian Jurassic species by Bellotti, in

Stoppani’s ‘Studii geologici e paleontologici sulla Lombardia’

(1859), none of which apparently agrees with the new Semionotus

Joasst.

It may be well to point out, moreover, that in the figure of S.

Joassi (supra, Pl. VIII. fig. 1) the artist has unfortunately omitted

to include some fragments of the anal fin, which indicate that this

appendage originally possessed more rays than are now completely

shown, thus having a longer base and extending somewhat further

back towards the tail.

CONTENTS OF NUMBER 118.—2ifth Series.

Page

XXIX. Bryozoa from New South Wales, North Australia, &. By

ArrHur Wm. Waters.—Part III. (Plate VII.) ................ 253

XXX. Deseriptions of eight new Species of Asiatic Butterflies.

By SEV, GOS i gMnlePehey yatta of cin. sare vn! ay clas Coles alee) oieeerereyavennys) al ces 265

XXXI. Description of a new Rat from North Borneo. By Oxp-

REETD. DHOM SS yo weegee ey eens miele ye" ayia ates eis aie are, See ee aang 269

XXXII. Notes on Sphingide from the Malay Peninsula, and

Description of a new Species of Ambulyw from North Borneo. By

Wie Le DIstant 2c eae Nea Geauga RCAC RCV ery Cave coe eect ehemer aici 270

XXXIII. On the Interpretation of Polyparium ambulans, Korot-

mete By: Prot. hr Prbneesiae sae feist yon ers nc cde ate) cia cicl ey etaber are 273

XXXIV. On a remarkable new Species of Cladorhiza obtained by

H.M.S. ‘Challenger’ By Arraur Denpy, B.Sc., F.LS., Assistant

in the Zoological Department of the British Museum. (Plate XV.) 279

XXXYV. On the Classification of the Diplopoda. By R. Innes

Pococx, Assistant Naturalist British Museum .................. 283

XXXVI. Descriptions of new or little-known South-American

Frogs of the Genera Paludicola and Hyla. By G. A. Bounencrr .. 295

XXXVII. Notes from the St. Andrews Marine Laboratory (under

the Fishery Board for Scotland).—No. VIII. By Prof. M‘Inrosu,

MED Tu Me EV WARES, Goce a ae Sa ly cte chesceattnts are Mae eae eras hohe Na 300

XXXVIII. A new Species of Zygana from the Kurrachee Harbour.

By Jann A Muepay. Vict. Nats Hash. Unstags sys cise. act aie ca ana 304

XXXIX. Scent-organs in Phrygamde. By Dr. Witnerm Mirrer 305

XL. On the Sense-organs of the Turbellaria. By Dr. L. Boumie.. 308

XLI. Notes on Batrachians from Perak. By Dr. A. Gtnrunr,

ORS 32: CHa pe Vib heist paca eda ac eeea ce chae auricle Seca Snr ag 312

es)

MISCELLANEOUS.

Observation on Multiplication in Amebe. By Linum KE. Horman .. 316

On the Byssal Organ of the Lamellibranchiata. By M. Lupwie

TG TM NR AL ee cub cislbnt ci 0 WOln Ce ce eRe ERO E paneaN crore 318

Ovo-viviparous Generation in Tropidonotus ............02.2000. 320

Literature of the Fossil Ganoid, Semionotus. By A.Smrrx Woopwarp 16.

*,* It is requested that all Communications for this Work may be addressed,

post-paid, to the Care of Messrs. Taylor and Francis, Printing Office,

Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, London.

THE LONDON, EDINBURGH, AND DUBLIN

PHILOSOPHICAL MAGAZINE —

AND

JOURNAL OF SCIENCE.

A JOURNAL DEVOTED TO PHYSICS, ASTRONOMY, MECHANICS,

CHEMISTRY, MINERALOGY, AND THE ALLIED SCIENCES.

MONTHLY, PRICE 2s. 6d.

Complete sets (in Numbers) may be obtained at the following

prices :—

The First Series, in 68 volumes, from 1798 to 1826. Price £15.

The Second Series, in 11 volumes, from 1827 to 1832. » £2 4s.

The Third Series, in 37 volumes, from 18382 to 1850. SN oS

The Fourth Series, in 50 volumes, from 1851 to 1875. Sahl ecamele

TaYLor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street.

THE ANNALS AND MAGAZINE

NATURAL HISTORY,

ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, AND GEOLOGY.

MONTHLY, PRICE 2s. 6d.

Complete sets (in Numbers) may be obtained at the following

prices :—

The First Series, in 20 volumes, from 1838 to 1847. Price £10.

The Second Series, in 20 volumes, from 1848 to 1857. » £10.

The Lhird Series, in 20 volumes, from 1858 to 1867. ee Or

The Fourth Series, in 20 volumes, from 1868 to 1877. we ed!

TayLor and FRANCIS, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street.

Vol. 20. ‘FIFTH SERIES. No. 119.

aga | i

| 235 THE ANNALS ae

Ti. @ AND al

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,

| ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, ann GEOLOGY. }

| Cyc mi No. CXIX.

a ee Mien NOV. 1887.

CONDUCTED BY

' ALBERT C. L. G. GUNTHER, M.A., M.D., Px.D., F.R.S.,

Z WILLIAM 8. DALLAS, F.L.S.,

WILLIAM CARRUTHERS, F.R.S., P.L.S., F.G.S.,

AND

WILLIAM FRANCIS, Pu.D., F.L.S.

BEING A CONTINUATION OF THE “ANNALS”? COMBINED WITH

MESSRS. LOUDON AND CHARLESWORTH’S “MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.”

LONDON:

TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET.

Sold by Longmans, Green, and Co. ; Simpkin, Marshall, and Co.; Kent and Co.;

Whittaker & Co.: Bailliére, Paris: Maclachlan and Stewart, Edinburgh: Hodges, Foster,

& Co., Dublin: and Asher, Berlin.

BIOLOGIA CENTRALI-AMERICANA.

Edited by F. D. GODMAN and OSBERT SALVIN.

ZOOLOGY.

Sincr September 1879, when the work was commenced, Sixty-two Parts

_ Gneluding that now issued) have been published ; and the work has progressed —

as follows :—

Mammalia. By E.R. Atsron. (Complete. Pp. xx and 220, pls. xxii.)

Aves. Vol. I. By O. Satvin and. D. Gopman. (Pp. 1-512, pls. i-xxxv.,

Temporary Titlepage.)

Reptilia. By A. GinrHer. (Pp. 1-56, pls. i—xxv.)

Arachnida Acaridea. By Orro Sroxz. (Pp. 1-16, pls. i.—xi.)

Coleoptera. Vol. I. part 1 (ApEPHAGa). By H. W. Bares. (Complete.

Pp. x and 316, pls. xiii.)

Coleoptera. Vol.I. part2 (ApEPHacA; HyprRopHitip# Xc.). By D.SHarp.

(Pp. 1-800, pls. i.—xix.)

Coleoptera. Vol. II. part 1 (PsrLapHipm &c.). By D.SHarp. (Pp. 1-

72, pls. i., ii.) .

Colcortera, Vol. II. part 2 (Pectrnicornra &c.). By H. W. Barss. (Pp. 1—

120, pls. i.vil.

Capes, Vol. IIT. part 1 (Serricornta). By C. O. WarerHousse.

(Pp. 1-48, pls. itil.)

Coleoptera. Vol. III. part 2 (MatacopErmata). By H. S. GorHam,

(Complete. Pp. xii and 372, pls. xiii.)

Coleoptera, Vol. IV. part 1 (HrrrzromEeRa). By G. C. Cuampion.

(Pp. 1-328, pls. 1.—xili.)

Coleoptera. Vol. V. (Loneicornia): by H. W. Bares. (Brucuipszs) :

by D. Smarr. (Complete. Pp. xii and 526, pls. xxvi.)

Coleoptera. Vol. VI. part 1 (PHyTopHaca). ByM.Jacopy. (Pp. 1-560,

pls. i—xxxi.)

Coleoptera. Vol. VI. part 2 (PHyToPHaaa, continued). By J. 8S. Baty.

(Pp. 1-124, pls. i.-iv.)

Coleoptera. Vol. VII. (HRoryitipz). By H. 8S. Goruam. (Pp. 1-82,

Z i eieerer By P. Cameron. (Pp. 1-416, pls. 1.-xvi.)

Lepidoptera Rhopalocera. Vol.I. By F. D. Gopman and O. Sarvin.

(Pp. 1-487, pls. i.—xlvii., Temporary Titlepage.) Vol. Il. (Pp.1-104, pls. xlviii.—

liv.

evident Heterocera. By H. Drucr. (Pp. 1-256, pls. i—xxy.)

Rhynchota Heteroptera. By W.L. Distant. (Pp. 1-304, pls. i.—xxviii.)

Rhynchota Homoptera. By W. lL. Distant. (Pp. 1-82, pls. i-iv.)

Diptera. By Baron C. R. von Osten Sacken. (Pp. 1-216, pls. i—iii.}

BOTANY.

Of the Botany Twenty-three Parts have been issued. They contain, of Vol. 1.,

pp. 1-619 and titlepage, pls. i—xxxv.; Vol. IL, pp. 1-621 and titlepage, pls.

xxxvi.-lxix.; Vol. ILL, pp. 1-711, pls. Ixx.-cix.; Vol. IV., pp. 1-298. :

The Price of each Zoological Part is 21s., and of each Botanical Part 12s. 6d.

London: Published for the Editors by R. H. Porrrr, 10 Chandos Street,

Cavendish Sq., W., and Dutau & Co., Soho Sq., W.

THE PISCATORIAL ATLAS

OF THE

NORTH SEA, ENGLISH AND ST. GEORGE’S CHANNELS.

By O. T. OLSEN, F.L.S., F.B.G.S., &e., &e.

SHOWING AT A GLANCE

The Fishing Ports, Harbours, Species of Fish (How, Where, and When Caught),

Boats and Fishing Gear, and other Special Information concerning ~

Fish and Fisheries.

PRICE. With Fish coloured............+. fener eosenGale

With Fish uncoloured.............. £2 2s. Od.

Taytor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street.

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[FIFTH SERIES. ]

No. 119, NOVEMBER 1887.

XLII.—The True Nature of the “Madreporic System ” of Echi-

nodermata, with Remarks on Nephridia. By Prof. Marcus

M. Hartoa, D.Sc., M.A., F.R.U.L* |

SHARPEY, in his article on ‘ Hchinodermata” in Todd and

Bowman’s ‘ Cyclopedia of Anatomy and Physiology,’ writes :

“Tf the liquid contained in the feet of the starfish be sea-

water, either pure or with an admixture of organic particles,

which is probable from its chemical composition, may it not

be introduced and perhaps again discharged through the

pores of the disk [sc. madreporite] and the calcareous tube,

the porous disk serving as a sort of filter to exclude im-

purities?’’ He also describes the perivisceral liquid as a

* clear Huid which, when filtered, yields no trace of animal

matter, but agrees almost entirely in composition with sea-

water.”

These observations, apparently unchecked by subsequent

experiment, seem to have been the origin of the widely

adopted views that the cavities of Hchinodermata are filled

with sea-water directly taken up pro re naté through the

madreporite and madreporic canal, which for brevity we may

* This paper was read in a less complete form at the British Associa-

tion, Manchester, 1887.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5. Vol. xx. 23

322 Prof. M. M. Hartog on the True Nature of the

term the “madreporic system.’ Claus, Gegenbaur, and

Huxley are all agreed on this point in their text-books.

Having had my attention early directed to similar statements

about the organ of Bojanus, and having been the first to demon-

strate * that this latter organ could not possibly take up water,

owing to the outward ciliary wash and the valvular orifice, I

was naturally inclined to doubt the received views on the

madreporite ; and latterly reflection on certain facts in vege-

table physiology induced me to inquire more fully into the

matter.

The vegetable cell, containing in its cavities dissolved

substances of high osmotic equivalent, and bounded by proto-

plasm permeable to water but not to these substances,

tends to take up into its cavities an excess of water, limited

by various conditions which we need not discuss here; and

thus the cell becomes turgescent, or erect as the animal physio-

logist would say. The animal body, with its system of

cavities and partially permeable walls, is in precisely the

same condition as the vegetable cell; and if erection, turges-

cence, or dropsy do not occur when the body is immersed in

liquid (or air saturated with moisture), it is because of the

existence of a variously disposed apparatus through which

the excess of liquid is ejected, carrying off in solution various

soluble waste products. Such an apparatus is termed a

nephridium or kidney.

We can see in Infusoria that when the contractile

vacuole fails to act with its habitual regularity under certain

abnormal conditions, the animal becomes dropsical, swells

up, and finally bursts. In higher animals we find either

ciliated funnels or special filter-pumps, or both, acting to

remove the excess of liquid. If an erection in any part of

an animal be needed, the liquid can be supplied either

by the excess of endosmose over excretion, or by the flow of

liquid from one part.to another.

To these physiological considerations are added morpho-

logical ones of great significance. ‘The accumulation of liquid

takes place into the coelom, in Annelids and Vertebrata a

mesothelial sac of which the first part of the nephridium is

a diverticulum, to which an invaginated epiblastic duct is

added. The whole ambulacral canal-system of Echinoderm-

ata is a development of such a diverticulum of a mesothelial

cavity, and the madreporic system is in great part at least an

epiblastic invagination. In the HKehinopedium we must

needs regard the madreporic system and the “ vasal’’ part of

* ‘Journal of Anatomy and Physiology,’ 1879.

“Madreporic System” of Echinodermata. 323

the left vasoperitoneal sac as constituting a left nephridium,

the right having failed to receive a duct *. Of the numerous

madreporic systems of some Holothurians I believe the deve-

lopment has not been made out. If the madreporic system

be really of nephric nature it would seem @ priort unlikely

that the ciliary action should be reversed, despite the acquire-

ment of other functions by the nephridium itself. These con-

siderations determined the following experiments, which

fully bear out the views which I have expressed.

Exp. 1.—A fresh strong Echinus sphera was opened and

the madreporic canal dissected out and cut off at either end,

and then a longitudinal slit was made in one side; on exam-

ining it in the perivisceral liquid I could easily see a strong

inrush of particles through the slit and a corresponding out-

rush through the cut distal end of the tube, ¢. e. that turned

towards the madreporite. This was repeated and confirmed

on six specimens. ‘The stony canal of Asterias was found

unsuitable for similar experiments.

Exp. 11.—From a live Echinus I cut out the madreporite

with a short stump of duct attached, and examined it in

sea-water to which a little charcoal powder was added. The

disk lived for over sixteen hours with active ciliary currents

and movements of the spines and pedicellarie. The flakes

of charcoal were carried about in the currents, but never

reached the surface of the disk except close around the bases

of the spines, where there are no perforations. They seemed

repelled from it, instead of settling down by gravitation; and

this could only be due to an outward current through the

ores.

Exp. I1I1.—I excised the madreporite of a live Starfish

with a short stump of the sand-canal, and examined it in the

perivisceral liquid of Hchinus to which a little carmine

was added, the ccelomic surface of course downwards.

Examination was here possible by strong transmitted light (the

full aperture of the Abbe condenser) as well as by reflected

light. The surface is marked by radiating ridges (imper-

forate), and if there were any indraught the carmine particles

should be attracted towards the centre of the disk and the

bottom of the grooves ; if there were merely no outrush they

* It isinteresting to recall the development of the nephridium in Peri-

patus :— The ventral half of each somite remains distinct, and consists

of a small vesicle, leading from which is a small coiled tube (nephridium)

which acquires an external opening ” (Haddon’s summary after Sedgwick,

Embryology,’ p. 59). This is comparable to the division of the vaso-

peritoneal sac into two in Echinodermata, the inferior (sc. ventral) portion

going to form the ambulacral system. a

324 Prof. M. M. Hartog on the True Nature of the

should gravitate towards the bottom of the grooves. But

this did not oceur; on the contrary, the carmine esettled round

the edge of the disk ; and in one or two places on the ridges,

where, from their convergence, an eddy must necessarily

exist ; not a particle entered the grooves. ‘Three madreporites

were examined, all with the same results, even after three

hours.

Hap. 1V.—A Comatula (Antedon rosaceus) was examined

disk upwards in sea-water with charcoal powder, the arms

being removed to facilitate observation. During three hours

no charcoal particles reached the surface of the disk, except

along the ¢mperforate ambulacral grooves; on the contrary,

as they floated down towards the disk they seemed arrested

above its surface by an invisible screen, which could have

been only due to an outward current through the coelomic

pores.

Kap. V.—The same observations on eviscerated disks of

Comatula gave the same results.

The above experiments show clearly that the perforations

of the madreporite in Hcehinus and Asterias, and of the disk

in Comatula, are purely excretory, and serve to eliminate the

excess of water taken up by the body.

It may now be urged, ‘“ How, then, can the Echinoderm

take up the liquid that fills its perivisceral and ambulacral

cavities?" One might as well ask how a Vertebrate takes

up the liquid in its coelom, blood-vessels, and bladder. The

answer 1s by osmosis, through the walls of the out (respira-

tory siphon especially) Hethettube-teetrandiiiieycoullisecn melt

will easily be seen that when a starfish protrudes its tube-feet

rapidly the arm becomes limp from the evacuation of the

ampulla, and when it retracts them the arm regains its tur-

gidity, owing to the refilling of the ampulle. In Echinus the

problem appears complicated by the close rigid shell, which

would seem to prevent any ingress and egress of. liquid

from its cavity ; but, in the first place, the soft peristome is

protractile and retractile, and quite large enough to balance

by its movements very considerable alterations in the capacity

of the ampulla; and in the next place the intestine, through

which water is constantly streaming, is also dilatable.

In the majority of the Holothuria we find that the madre-

porite has lost its connexion with the surface, and opens into

the ccelom. ‘This admits of a ready explanation. The cloaca

is rhythmically contractile, and receives the excess of the

ceelomic liquid by what are physiologically nephrostomes

attached to the respiratory trees, an arrangement physiolo-

gicaliy the same as the nephridial apparatus of Rotifera. Théel

“ Vadrenoric System” of Echinodermata. 325

2p YY

has shown that in some Elasipoda which have no respiratory

trees, the madreporite has retained its primitive position at the

surface. A curious converse transformation may be noted in

Amphibia, and seems to shed light on the matter. In the

aquatic tadpole there are numerous nephrostomes opening

into the kidney, and so on to the exterior. In the adult

Anuran, living mostly on land, and consequently absorbing

less water by osmosis, the nephrostomes have lost their con-

nexion with the kidney and open into the veins.

I have quoted Sharpey’s observation as to the nature of

the ccelomic liquid, exaggerated by most zoologists into a

statement that it was pure sea-water, till P. Geddes redis-

covered the corpuscles (‘‘ organic particles’ of Sharpey). On

filtering the coelomic liquid of Hchinus clear from the clot and

boiling it down I obtained a flaky coagulum, which gave

Millon’s reaction perfectly and which must be due to a dis-

solved proteid, only coagulable on boiling, and distinct from

the formed elements which compose the spontaneous coag-

ulum.

To summarize :

1. The madreporie system of Echinodermata is morpho-

logically and ontogenetically a (left) nephridium.

2. Its ciliary current is directed outward through the

madreporic disk, and an outward current takes place through

the pores of the disk of Comatula.

3. There is no need for the taking up of sea-water by a

perforated plate, sce osmosis is amply sufficient for the tur-

gescence of dilatable organs.

4. The rapid contraction or erection of the tube-feet is

due to the transference of liquid from one part to another; in

Hchinoidea this may be balanced by the protrusion or retrac-

tion of the peristome, or by contraction or dilatation of the

gut, or in both these ways.

). ‘The change of position of the madreporite in most Holo-

thuria is probably due to the usurpation of nephridial functions

by the respiratory trees attached to the cloaca.

6. The coelomic liquid of Hchinus contains, besides cor-

puscles, a dissolved albuminoid, coagulated on boiling.

I take this opportunity of adding two notes on cognate

subjects.

Note I.—I think it very probable that when an Actinian is

at rest the lips of the oral slit are closely appressed, and, in

326 Mr. A. Dendy on the

fact, hermetically sealed. The turgescence of the body

would then take place by osmosis, and the apical pores of the

tentacles would have the double function (a) of the periodical or

erhaps constant discharge in small quantities of the excess of

liquid, (6) of its rapid discharge when, in defence, the animal

wishes rapidly to reduce its bulk.

Note 11.—The nephrostomes of Rotifers and many other

lower Vermes are described as having a single long flagellum

working inside them. Now from the same optical reasons

that make it impossible to conclude from the mere microscopic

picture what is the true structure of striated muscle or the

markings of a Diatom, it is equally impossible to conclude

what is the true structure of these “ flame-like ” nephrostomes.

A lining of fine vibratile cilia would leave an undulating

lumen that would be optically identical with the supposed

single flagellum. ‘The precise attachments and working of

such a flagellum form a problem that no one has attempted to

tackle; whereas the view that there is a lining of fine cilia

offers no such difficulties; and this view is hence the more

plausible. It has, moreover, the advantage of completely

homologizing these structures with the nephridia of their

more highly organized allies.

XLITI.— The New System of Chalinine, with some Brief

Observations upon Zoological Nomenclature. By ARTHUR

Denpy, B.Sc., F.L.S., Assistant in the Zoological Depart-

ment of the British Museum.

THROUGH the kindness of my friend Dr. R. von Lendenfeld,

F.L.S., I have lately received a copy of a recent paper by

him on the Australian Chalinine*. For several reasons

this important memoir, consisting of no less than 105 pages

and illustrated by ten beautiful plates, seems to me to deserve

special comment in this place.

The paper is founded mainly on the large collection of

Chalinine sponges made by the author during his residence

in Australia; and he has also had access to the collection in

the British Museum. We are informed that the author’s own

* « Die Chalineen des australischen Gebietes.” Won Dr. R.v. Lenden-

feld. Separatabdvuck aus den Zoologischen Jahrbiichern. Zweiter Band,

1887.

New System of Chalinine. 327

collection, which is now in the possession of the British

Museum, includes 153 species (and varieties), of which 131

are new, and that the number of known Chalinine is thereby

increased from 96 to 227. The author possessed good spirit-

material of 54 species, so that he was enabled to study care-

fully the structure of individual representatives of the different

groups. Under these circumstances he has found it necessary

to create a new system of Chalinine.

The main body of the paper is divided into four sections :—

““T, Morphologie der Chalinide ; Il. Das System der Chali-

nine ; III. Die geographische Verbreitung der Chalinide ;

IV. Die australischen Chalinine.”’

I. The Morphology of the Chalinine.

I naturally consider the morphological section to be of the

greatest general interest, and I can but wish that it were a

little longer. One or two statements call for special remark.

On page 726 we find the sentence ‘ Ks ist keine incrusti-

rende Chalinide bekannt.”” In view of the facts of the case

this seems to be a rather hasty generalization. In our Pre-

liminary Report on the Monaxonida of the ‘Challenger’

Expedition, published in this journal in 1886, Mr. Ridley

and I have described an incrusting species of Chalina under

the name Chalina rectangularis, and our specific diagnosis

commences with the words “Incrusting, thin, with low

mound-like prominences, each bearing a vent” *. Dr. von

Lendenfeld, however, surmounts this difficulty in rather a

novel fashion, namely by placing Chalina rectangularis,

Ridley and Dendy, in a genus of his own, Dactylochalina,

which he characterizes as “ dickfingrig” (!), wherein our

incrusting Chalina appears under the name ‘Dactylochalina

rectangularis Lendenteld.” But there is another difficulty

which is not so easily got over, and that is that the author

himself describes on p. 823 ot the work under consideration

a new species under the name “ Hoplochalina incrustans

n. sp., the diagnosis of which commences with the words

“ Klein, incrustirend, 4 mm. hoch”!

Any detailed information with regard to the canal-system

of the Chalinine is, of course, of the highest importance, and

it is disappointing to find that the section of the paper

devoted to this subject is very brief. It will be best to give

the gist of the author’s conclusions on this head in his own

words :—“* Das Canalsystem der Chalineen ist sehr einfach.

* Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xviii, p. 331.

328 Mr. A. Dendy on the

Die Poren fiihren in miissig ausgedehnte Subdermalriume.

.... Die von dem Subdermalraumboden entspringenden,

einftihrenden Canile sind ziemlich weit und entbehren jeg-

licher Kiappenvorrichtung. Besonders auffallend ist die sehr

betrichtliche Weite der letzten Verzweigungen derselben,

welche in einzelnen Fallen fast so weit wie die Stimme selbst

sind. Sie itibertreffen den Durchmesser der Geisselkammern

m vielen Fallen. Ihr Durchmesser sinkt nicht unter 0:02

mm. herab.

“¢ Die Geisselkammern sind kugelig und besitzen eine kleine

Ausstrémungséfinung, deren Durchmesser ein Viertel oder

weniger von jenem der Kammer besitzt. Der Durchmesser

der Kammern schwankt zwischen 0:02 und 0:04 mm. Die

kleineren Kammern sind vorherrschend. ... .

‘¢ Die ausfiihrenden Canale sind ungefihr ebenso weit wie

die zuftihrenden und entbehren, wie diese, der Klappenvorricht-

ungen. Am Pseudosculum der réhrenformigen Formen wird

selten, namentlich bei einigen Phylosiphonia-Arten, ein

ringformiger Sphincter beobachtet, der durch ein specielles

Skelet gestiitzt sein kann... ..

“Ks geht hieraus hervor, dass das Canalsystem der zu

der Gruppe Chalinine vereinten Formen ziemlich unverand-

erlich ist, und es leistet diese Monotonie desselben in gewissem

Grade Birgschaft fiir die Solidaritit der hier zur Subfamilie

der Chalinine vereinten Spongien.”

This brief account is supplemented by some very remark-

able figures, which, however, are of doubtful assistance in

clearing up the question as to the nature of the canal-system.

In these figures (plate xxvii. figs. 14, 16), taken from two

species (Phylosiphonia superba, Lendenfeld, and Cladochalina

mollis, Lendenteld), the flagellated chambers are figured, not

as opening direct into the wide exhalant canals, as would seem

to be implied, though notexplicitly stated, in the letterpress, but

through the intermediation of very remarkable, funnel-shaped

canaliculi. If these canaliculi really exist, it is, of course, a

very important fact, and it is indeed strange that no mention

of them should be made either in the section on the canal-

system or in the description of the plate. Hither we must

suppose that the figures are of that more or less imaginative

character which has unfortunately been so prevalent in works

on sponges, or that the account of the canal-system is im-

perfect.

Judging from my own researches on the canal-system of

Pachychalina spinosissima, | am inclined to accept the former

hypothesis, and to donbt the existence of the tunnel-shaped

canaliculi, In Pachychalina spinosissima | have lately figured

New System of Chalinine. 329

and described* the exhalant canal-system as being typically

eurypylous, the flagellated chambers opening directly by means

of wide mouths into the wide exhalant lacune, a condition about

the existence of which in that species there cannot be the

slightest doubt, and which is thoroughly in harmony with

Dr. von Lendenfeld’s and my own published opinions regarding

the close relationship of the Chalinine to the Renierine. If,

however, Dr. von Lendenfeld’s figures are correct, then we have

two types of canal-system to deal with in the group Chali-

nine, and his statement ‘‘ Ks geht hieraus hervor, dass das

Canalsystem der zu der Gruppe Chalinine vereinten Formen

ziemlich unveriinderlich ist, und es leistet diese Monotonie

desselben in gewissem Grade Biirgschaft ftir die Solidaritiit

der hier zur Subfamilie der Chalinine vereinten Spongien,”’

would seem to fall to the ground.

The comparative length of the section on the spicules of the

group is due to the fact that Dr. von Lendenfeld includes

amongst his Chalininee a number of species possessed of other

than oxeote megasclera, and also certain species which even

have microsclera, a proceeding which, in my opinion, is quite

unjustifiable. But I shall return to this question later on,

and have only to remark, with regard to the spicules described

and figured, that Gelliodes poculum, Ridley and Dendy, has

certainly not got any sigmata of the very remarkable shape

figured as belonging to that species (plate xxvii. fig. 9).

The author’s discoveries with regard to the nervous system

of the Chalinine are most important and worthy of the most

careful attention. He finds that the nervous system consists

of irregular cells, distributed in the neighbourhood of the

pores. These always remain single, and there are usually from

three to five to each pore. They appear to be ganglion-cells,

and each one gives off a process which projects beyond the

margin of the pore as a distinct “thorn” into its lumen

(plate xxvil. fig. 15). Future investigators will do well to

endeavour to confirm these very remarkable and important

results.

It is also very interesting to learn that the Chalinine possess

spongoblasts hke those of the true horny sponges—a fact

which was before almost certain from analogy, but which it

is most important to have confirmed by direct observation.

The embryological section calls for no special comment, and

this part of the subject is left pretty much in statu quo.

* Proce. Zool. Soc. 1887, p. 524, woodcut, fig. 6.

330 Mr. A. Dendy on the

II. The Systematic Position and Classification of the

Chalinine.

In dealing with this portion of our subject it is necessary

in the first place to endeavour to decide the all-important

question “ What is a Chalinine sponge ?”’

In our Preliminary Report* on the ‘Challenger’ Mon-

axonida Mr. Ridley and I have divided the suborder Hali-

chondrina (Vosmaer) (excluding the Spongillide) into the

following four families :—(1) Homorrhaphidx, (2) Heteror-

rhaphide, (3) Desmacidonide, (4) Axinellidee.

The Homorrhaphide are characterized by the fact that the

megasclera are all diactinal, either oxea or strongyla, and

there are no microsclera. They are divided into two sub-

families—(1) the Renierine, in which the spicules may be

united together by a small proportion of spongin, but are

never completely enveloped in it ; and (2) the Chalinine f, in

which a considerable amount of spongin is present, typically

forming a thick sheath, completely enveloping the spicules

and uniting them into strong fibres.

According to this arrangement, then, a Chalinine sponge

is a Halichondrine with diactinal megasclera (skeleton-

spicules) and no microsclera ( flesh-spicules), and with a large

amount of spongin uniting the spicules into strong fibres.

Since the publication of our Preliminary Report | have

had occasion to pay very considerable attention to this group

of sponges, and have not yet seen any reason to alter our

original view.

br. von Lendenfeld appears, however, to think differently

upon this subject, and of course every man has a perfect right

to his own opinion. Strange to say, however, in the paper

under discussion he gives the following scheme of classifi-

cation (p. 761) :—

“Subordo HALICHONDRINA.

1. Fam. Spongillide. Mit Gemmule,

2. Fam. Homorrhaphide. Ohne Gemmule und ohne differente

Fleischnadeln,

* Tn this and other cases I refer to our Preliminary Report rather than

to our complete Report, because at the time when Dr. von Lendenfeld

wrote his paper the latter was not published.

+ By an oversight these names appear as “Renierina” and “Chalinina”

in our Preliminary Report; this oversight is rectified in the full Report.

New System of Chalinine. 331

3. Fam. Heterorrhaphide. Ohne Gemmule mit differenten Fleisch-

nadeln ohne Anker,

4, Fam. Desmacidonide *. Ohne Gemmule, Fleischnadeln, Anker.

Familia Homorrhaphide.

1. Subf. Renierne. Nadeln nicht vollstindig yon Spongin um-

schlossen.

2. Subf. Chalinine. Das Skelet besteht aus einem Sponginfasernetz

mit eingelagerten Nadeln.”

In this classification the Axinellide appear to be altogether

left out of account. Yet, in spite of this omission, it bears a

very striking resemblance to that published by Mr. Ridley

and myself, as given above. In fact Dr. von Lendenfeld

appears to have adopted our classification in the main, but

instead of giving it in the way we gave it and with the sig-

nificance which we attached to the different groups, he has

modified it to suit his present purposes, thereby, in my

opinion, almost entirely destroying its value. Perhaps under

these circumstances it is as well that he does not state the

source whence he obtained it.

The subfamily Chalinine is described on p. 761 as fol-

lows :—‘‘ Homorrhaphides mit michtiger Entwicklung des

Spongins—Cornacuspongie mit einem Skelet, welches aus

einem Netz von Hornfasern besteht, in denen Stabnadeln

eingelagert sind. Mit unbedeutenden Subdermalriumen,

einfachem Canalsystem und ziemlich grossen, kugligen Geis-

selkammern, welche mit einer kleinen Ausstrémungséfinung

versehen sind. Mit nahezu hyaliner Grundsubstanz. Die

Skeletfasern sind nicht durch vorstehende Nadeln stachelig.

Fleischnadeln, wenn vorhanden, einfach, Toxius, Sigma,

Amphitoxius, Spirula, Spirobacter. Keine Anker.”

Now perhaps the most important feature of the classifica-

tion proposed by Mr. Ridley and myself is the erection of the

family Homorrhaphide to include those Halichondrina which

* One of the most important features of our Preliminary Report was the

use of the term Desmacidonide to include all those Halichondrine sponges

in which chelez (anchorates) occur, and our diagnosis runs :—“ Family 3.

Desmacidonidz. Skeleton-spicules of various forms. Anchorate flesh-

spicules normally present.” It is therefore rather surprising to find, on

p. 732 of Dr. von Lendenfeld’s work, the passage ‘‘ Anders verhalt es sich

mit den Ankern. Diese bilden ein verwerthbares Criterium, und ich

vereinige deshalb auch alle Cornacuspongie mit Ankern in eine Gruppe,

Desmacidonide,” without the slightest reference to the fact that we had

already done precisely the same thing.

332 | Mr. A. Dendy on the

possess only diactinal megasclera and no microsclera; and

Dr. von Lendenfeld, as we have seen, himself describes them

as being ‘‘ ohne differente Fleischnadeln.”” What, then, are

his “'Toxius, Sigma, Amphitoxius, Spirula, Spirobacter,” if

not “ differente Fleischnadeln ” ? and how can he possibly

include such forms as possess these spicules amongst the

Chalinine ?

It has been demonstrated again and again by various

authors that the mere possession of a large amount of spongin

in the skeleton is not a sufficient guide to the systematic

position of a sponge; and to found a group on this character

alone is totally out of accord with the present state of our

knowledge. Spongin is enormously developed m many of

the Desmacidonide, and it also occurs abundantly in the

Heterorrhaphide and Axinellide.

Amongst the Heterorrhaphide the subfamily Gelliine

(Ridley and Dendy) is characterized by the presence of diactinal

megasclera and microsclera in the form of sigmata or toxa.

It contains three genera, Grellius, Gray, Gelliodes, Ridley, and

Toxochalina, Ridley. Crelliodes differs from G'ellius solely in

the possession of a larger proportion of spongin in the skele-

ton; and yet Dr. von Lendenteld removes Gelliodes from the

Gelliine and places it amongst the Chalinine ; and he does

the same with Toaochalina, which also happens to possess

much spongin. If he thinks that the characteristic micro-

sclera (sigmata and toxa) of these two genera are not sufi-

ciently “differente’’* to justify their separation from the

Chalinine then the whole family Heterorrhaphide must, for

him, fall to the ground, for none of the genera therein included,

except Vomerula and Hamacantha, have more “ differente ”

microsclera; but he accepts the family in his classification.

It is clear that Gelliodes must go where Grellius goes, the mere

presence of a greater or less amount of spongin cannot in this

case be regarded as of more than generic value; but no one

would think of calling Gell’us a Chalinine sponge.

In fact it is obvious that we must depend on spicules rather

then on spongin for guides to classification. In putting such

forms as Grelliodes and Toxochalina amongst the Chalinine Dr.

von Lendenfeld does away at once with all distinction between

the Homorrhaphide and Heterorrhaphide ; and under such

circumstances he has no business to retain these two groups in

his system.

* On p. 797, however, the “subgenus ” Toxochalina is defined thus :—

‘ Phylosiphonine mit ditferenten Fleischnadeln (Toxi),” which scarcely

seems in accordance with the previous statement that the Homorrhaphide,

as a family, are “ ohne differente Fleischnadeln ” (p. 761).

New System of Chalinine. 333

The close relationship between the Chalinine and Renie-

rine is now fully demonstrated, and if further proot were

needed I think I may fairly claim to have given it in my

recent papers on the West-Indian Chalinine * and on Pachy-

chalina spinosissima t. Indeed the distinction between the

two groups is an arbitrary one and of a quantitative rather

than a qualitative character. Hence the two are united

together in one family under the name Homorrhaphide, and I

still think that the family Homovrrhaphide, as constituted by

Mr. Ridley and myself, 1s a fairly natural one; but it would

certainly no longer be so were we to include therein the

genera Gelliodes and Loxochalina t.

It would be too long and too difticult a task to offer in this

place any detailed criticism of Dr. von Lendenfeld’s arrangement

of his Chalinine; but for the information of the reader I

will briefly give the classification of the group proposed by

him. For diagnoses of the different subdivisions the reader

is referred to the original memoir.

Subfamilia CHALININ AL.

1. Tribus CHALININ ® RETICULAT2.

I. Gruppe CacocHALININ®.

1. Genus Cacochalina, O. Schmidt, 1870.

2. ,, Chalinopora, n. g.

8. 4, Cladochalina, O. Schmidt, 1870, emend.

4, ,, Chalnella, n. g.

Il. Gruppe PachycHaLininz&,

. Genus Chalinissa, n. g.

» Pachychalina, O. Schmidt, 1868, emend.

» Ceraochalina, n.

» Chalinopsis, O. Schmidt, 1870.

DID

II. Gruppe PLAcocHALININ»’.

9, Genus Antherochalina, nu. g.

10. ,, Euplacelia, un. g.

ll. ,, Placochahna, n. ¢.

12. ,, Platychalina, Ehlers, 1870.

IV. Gruppe GELLIODINZ”.

18. Genus Gelliodes, Ridley, 1884.

14. ,, ~~ Spirophora, n. ¢.

* Abstracted in Proc. Zool. Soc. 1887, p. 503.

t Loe. cit. p. 524.

t I take these as examples. Dr. von Lendenfeld also includes other

genera, such as Sprrophora, n. g. (= Trachycladus, Carter), which, in my

opinion, have no business in the group.

334 Mr. A. Dendy on the

V. Gruppe SIPHONINZ.

15. Genus Sclerochalina, O. Schmidt, 1868.

16. ,, Phylosiphonia, ng.

1. Subgenus Toxochalina.

‘ op Anatoxwus.

17. 4 Stphonochalina, O. Schmidt, 1868, emend.

18. ,, Dasychalina*, Ridley and Dendy, 1886.

19. ,, Stphonella, n. g.

VI. Gruppe EucHALININ2.

20. Genus Dactylochalina, Lendenfeld, 1885.

21. 4 Euchalinopsis, n. g.

22. Euchalina, n. g.

23. ,, Chalinodendron, n. g.

VIL. Gruppe ARENOCHALININZE,

24, Genus Arenochalina, n. g.

VIII. Gruppe CHaLINORHAPHINZ.

25. Genus Chalinorhaphis, n. g.

2, Tribus CHALININZ DENDROID4.

TX. Gruppe HopLocHALInINz.

96. Genus Hoplochalina, n. g.

Such, then, is Dr. von Lendenfeld’s arrangement of the

group; I leave it to speak for itself, and will proceed at once

to discuss the nomenclature adopted by him fer the genera

and species.

Ill. The Nomenclature of Genera and Species.

On this subject a great deal might be said; but I will

endeavour to make my remarks as short as possible.

That Dr. von Lendenfeld holds very peculiar views on the

subject of zoological nomenclature will be evident from what

follows.

Firstly with regard to his new genera, I would venture to

point out that the very remarkable genus Spcrophora appears

to be thoroughly identical with Mr. Carter’s Trachycladus, of

which the type species (possibly identical with one of those

described by Dr. von Lendenfeld) was fully described so far

* Dr. v. Lendenfeld remarks, “ Diese Gattung soll eingezogen werden,

wie Mr. Dendy mittheilt.” This is quite true; but he does not say what

is to become of the three species included in it, viz. D. fibrosa, D. fragilis,

and D. melior. In our ‘ Challenger’ Report we have included these three

species in the genus Pachychalina. ,

New System of Chalininee. 335

back as 1879*. I have examined Dr. von Lendenfeld’s

specimens of ‘Sptrophora,” and cannot conceive what possible

claims they have to be included amongst the Chalinine. The

genus T’rachycladus, as it must of course be called, is certainly

a difficult one to locate; but it seems to me that it would be

difficult to place it in a much less appropriate position.

The creation of the new genus Phylosiphonia would seem

to be equally unfortunate. It is a comprehensive genus,.and

includes species both with and without microsclera. Accord-

ingly it is divided into two subgenera :—(1) Toxochalina f,

with microsclera, and (2) Anatoxius, without microsclera.

The author seems a little doubtful as to the generic nomen-

clature of the species described by him under the subgenus

Toxochalina, so that we have the following curious result :—

“1. Toxochalina foliodes Lendenfeld.

“ Toxochalina foliodes Ridley.

2. Phylosiphonia robusta Lendenfeld.

“ Toxochalina robusta Ridley.”

All the remaining species, both of Toxochalina and Ana-

towius, are described under the generic name Phylostphonia.

But it is very difficult to understand why the new genus

Phylesiphonia should have been introduced at all. The type

species of Schmidt’s genus Stphonochalina (S. coriacea) is

actually included in the list of species of Phylosiphonia, where

it figures under the name “Phylosiphonia coriacea Lenden-

feld.”’ Obviously then Siphonochalina is the correct generic

name for all those species of “‘Phylosiphonia”’ which have no

microsclera (subgenus Anatowius, Lendenfeld), while the

correct generic name for those with microsclera (toxa) is

Toxochalina, Ridley. To make Toxochalina, Ridley, generi-

cally identical with Siphonochalina, Schmidt, appears to be an

altogether unwarrantable proceeding.

If possible the confusion here introduced is still worse con-

founded by the fact that Dr. von Lendenfeld actually uses

Schmidt’s name Stphonochalina for some of those species of

tubular Chalininee ‘‘ mit conuldser Oberfliche,” and calls the

genus “‘Siphonochalina O. Schmidt 1868 emend.,” quite

regardless of the fact that Vosmaerf{ had already created a

genus, Spinosella, which includes the conulose or spinose

* Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. May 1879, p. 343.

+ Ridley’s genus.

{ Bronn’s Klass. u. Ordnung. des Thierreichs, Porifera, p. 342,

336 Mr. A. Dendy on the

species, as opposed to the genus Siphonochalina, Schmidt,

which includes the smooth species, the type species of Szphono-

chalina, S. coriacea, being perfectly smooth, as shown by

Schmidt’s illustration thereof *.

In short, the tubular Chalinine (excluding those forms

with microsclera, which I cannot regard as Chalinine at all)

may be very simply dealt with by dividing them between

the two genera Stphonochalina, Schmidt, and Spinosella,

Vosmaer. The new genus Phylosiphonia is then quite

superfluous ; and the same remark also applies to Dr. von

Lendenfeld’s new genus Siphonelia, whose species come under

Spinosella, Vosmaer.

The peculiarities in nomenclature, however, show them-

selves most strikingly in the case of the specific names. In

the first place Dr. von Lendenfeld attaches his own name to

every species which he places in a genus different from that

to which its real author had assigned it, thus, as it were,

capturing all stray species and taking forcible possession of

them. ‘This fact gives us some insight into his method of

working, but it does not explain by any means all the notice-

able peculiarities.

Probably the printers have had some hand in the remark-

able transformation of “ Pachychalina lobata Ridley,” into

“Chalinissa oblata Lendenfeld,” as in the case of several other

minor errors which need not be enumerated. We cannot,

however, thus explain the nomenclature of the author’s ‘ Cerao-

chalina papillata n. sp.” ‘This new species includes the

following, as given by its founder :—

Ceraochalina papillata n. sp.

I. Varietas pergamentacea,

Cladochalina armigera var. pergamentacea Ridley.

Cledochalina pergamentacea Ridley.

II. Varietas armigera.

Cladochalina armigera O. Schmidt.

Cladochalina armigera Ridley.

Ill. Varietas macropora.

IV. Varietas intermedia.

V. Varietas micropora.

* Spong. d. Kiiste v, Algier, Taf. ii. fig. 4.

New System of Chalinine. 337

Whatever may be the real name of this comprehensive

species, it certainly cannot be ‘“ Ceraochalina papillata

es So |

Again, let us take the following :—

Ceraochalina nuda Lendenfeld.

I. Varietas oxyus.

Cladochalina nuda Ridley.

Il. Varietas ovystrongylus.

Cladochalina nuda, var. abruptispicula Ridley.

This is beyond comment.

On p. 813 “Chalina monilata Ridley ” is avowedly described

under the name ‘“‘Dactylochalina australis Lendenfeld,” and on

p- 815 we are informed that “‘Chalina oculata Bowerbank ”’

is Unten als Huchalinopsis oculata var. elegans Lendenfeld,

beschrieben”’; var. elegans, however, does not again make

its appearance, but under “‘Huchalinopsis oculata Lendenteld,”

we find Chalina oculata, Bowerbank, given as a synonym.

This free-and-easy system of nomenclature is doubtless

very convenient for one engaged in the description of genera

and species, and saves a good deal of time and trouble; but

it can scarcely be recommended as being well adapted to

promote our zoolcgical knowledge.

The nomenclature of sponges is already in a state of dire

enough confusion and does not require to be made any more in-

volved. It is very tempting to overthrow the work of pre-

vious authors and make a fresh start on one’s own account ;

but it can scarcely be expected that such a method will obtain

the approval of other workers. I do not wish to enter into

any zoological polemics, but as a zoologist, and more espe-

cially as a spongologist, I feel bound to enter a protest

against such a mode of procedure.

At the same time I do not wish in the slightest degree to

underestimate the value of Dr. von Lendenfeld’s important

contribution to our knowledge of the Chalinine. He under-

took and has completed a most difficult and laborious task ;

and I would especially call attention to the nine beautiful

photographic plates of external form which accompany his

memoir, the value of which for the identification ot species

can scarcely be overestimated.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5. Vol. xx. 24

338 Mr. G. Lewis on Japanese Silphide.

XLIV.—A List of the Japanese Silphide.

By Georce Lewis, F.L.S.

THE following is a list of the Japanese Silphide, consisting

of twenty-three species, of which three are treated of as new.

Necrophorus concolor, Kraatz. Necrodes littoralis, Linn.

japonicus, Harold. nigricornis, Harold.

maculifrons, Avraats. Silpha japonica, Motsch.

—— montivagus. brunnicollis, Kraatz.

— 4-punctatus, Kraatz. venatoria, Harold.

latifasciatus. perforata, Gebler.

—— mortuorum, Fabr. sylvatica, Lewis.

tenuipes. sinuata, abr.

Ptomascopus morio, Kraatz. rugosa, Linn.

plagiatus, Ménét., Motsch. — thoracica, Linn.

4-maculatus, Kraatz.

Davidis, Fairm.

playiatipennis, Lewis.

subrufa, Lewis.

nigropunctata, Lewis.

atratus, Linn.

The Silphide have a curious habit, common enough also

with other insects, and well known to every one who

studies them, of remaining stationary when alarmed, with

outstretched legs and with the head and thorax bent towards

the abdomen. The attitude is often expressed as “the

feigning of death ;”’ but what the beetles really do in assum-

ing this posture is to bring the edges of the hard chitinous

epidermis together, and this is the only position in which the

edges can meet. When the insects are active and the head

on a plane with the thorax the soft membranous parts between

the hard segments are exposed, and it is presumable that a

wound or injury to these frail structures would be very

harmful, if not mortal. We sometimes find a beetle with

part of its chitinous covering broken or bruised; but it is

probable that unless the membranous part beneath (for it

extends under it) is injured, the damage done to the insect is

not by any means immediately fatal. If, as suggested, the

piercing or lacerating of the membranous film is mortal, there is

a manifest object in the animal covering it when disturbed.

Dr. Sharp, in an interesting paper on Hypocephalus armatus,

Desmarest (C. R. ent. Belg. xxviii.), has already written on

this subject.

The stationary posture of the imago is similar to the recum-

bent attitude of the insect when it is a pupa, except that the

legs are free. When the beetles “feign death” their legs

are thrust out away from the body, and this action closes the

Mr. G. Lewis on Japanese Silphide. 339

coxal cavities; but to us it gives an appearance of great help-

lessness, as the insect lies on its back or side.

What the special enemies of Necrophorus are, or what the

conditions of its life most disadvantageous to it may be, I

cannot say. Acard often swarm on their bodies, but they do

not apparently hurt the imagos, although we may well con-

ceive that they are a source of intense discomfort to them.

Hasty flight is apparently of less importance than the covering-

up of the membranous surface ; yet after a minute or so the

beetles run away fast enough. Oreophilus mazillosus, Linn.,

is a common English species which “ feigns death” before

running, and the large larve of Sphingide, with retractile

heads, will remain stiff on their food-plants, although they

will jerk and sway their heads to and fro on the arrival of an

ichneumon. ‘They will not crawl when first alarmed.

Another benefit accruing from the closing of the harder

plates over the thin membranous parts is that when the insects

are hybernating or in repose desiccation is less, and the vital

capital of the beetle is longer retained. It would thus get

less hungry. Jt seems also that the chitinous part of the

epidermis is the only portion of it which is exposed to the

chemical action of the air &c. while the imago is yet soft after

transformation; and this doubtless has always been an

important incident in the economic history of a species.

1. Necrophorus concolor, Kraatz.

Necrophorus concolor, Kraatz, Deutsche ent. Zeitschr. 1877, p. 100.

This species is abundant in South Japan and has been

taken in Sado. It measures 30-36 millim., and is black,

with a yellow club to the antenna.

2. Necrophorus japonicus, Harold.

" Necrophorus japonicus, Harold, Deutsche ent. Zeitschr. 1877, p. 345.

The hind tibiz of this insect are incurved in the male and

the internal spine on the trochanter is long and conspicuous.

The largest example in a series of fourteen specimens

measures 27 millim.

Found at Nagasaki, Hiogo, and Yokohama.

3. Necrophorus maculifrons, Kraatz.

Necrophorus maculifrons, Kraatz, Deutsche ent. Zeitschr. 1877, p. 101.

Harold (J. c. p. 346) considered this species to be the same

as N. nepalensis, Hope (Zool. Mise. 1831, p. 21); but this

24%

340 Mr. G. Lewis on Japanese Silphide.

determination is not correct. The type of nepalensis is in

the British Museum, and has been carefully examined and

compared by Mr. C. O. Waterhouse and myself with Japanese

specimens which are undoubtedly Kraatz’s N. maculifrons, and

it is certain that the species are distinct.

I have taken it at Nikko, Hiogo, and Yokohama.

4, Necrophorus montivagus, n. sp.

Prxcedenti similis, sed multo minor; antennarum clava partim

nigra; elytris fasciis duabus rufis. L. 11-14 mill.

This species differs from N. maculifrons, Kraatz, in being

much smaller; the antenne, especially the basal joint, stouter,

with the apical joint alone red. It has also no frontal red

spot, and the red fascie of the elytra in most specimens are

less encroached upon by the black denticulation of the other

part. The thorax is rounder and anteriorly less widened.

The trochanters, like those of NV. maculifrons, are simply bifid.

I obtained this insect first at Chiuzenji in June 1880, and

on August 22, 1881, I took a series of twenty near the water-

fall there, in bottles set with meat.

5. Necrophorus 4-punctatus, Kraatz.

Necrophorus 4-punctatus, Kraatz, Deutsche ent. Zeitschr. 1877, p. 100.

Kraatz considered this a variety of N. maculifrons ; but

beyond the colour there are other characters by which to

separate it. The hind tibie in the male are swollen on the

external surface, and the thorax is more rotundate. In the

female the hind tibize are like those of the male of N. maculi-

Tons.

2 I have one specimen in which the elytra are wholly black,

and twelve others with the red bands as described by Kraatz,

each having two isolated black spots.

It oceurs in Central and South Japan, and is not un=

common.

6. Necrophorus latifasciatus, sp. n.

Niger, vix nitidus; elytris transversim late fasciatis, fasciis duabus

rufis. lL. 14-16 mill.

This species is similar in outline to N. 4-punctatus, Kraatz,

but differs in the following essential details :—The head is

much more enlarged behind the eyes, the thorax is dilated in

front (as in NV. japonicus, Harold), the elytra are more densely

punctured, with interstices somewhat coriaceous, the red bands

are broad and only touch the base of the elytron under the

Mr. G. Lewis on Japanese Silphide. 341

humeral angle, and the bands are not interrupted at the suture,

the elytral striz are less distinct, and the hind tibize of the male

are straight and not swollen externally. InN. 4-punctatus the

trochanter is simply bifid, but in WV. latéfasciatus the internal

spine is obtuse and hamate. I have tour examples of this

species, and in all the mesosternum is thickly clothed with a

golden pubescence. ‘Three of them are males, and one, which

1 think is of the other sex, has the trochanter simply bifid; but

I am not sure about this, as the head is not enlarged behind

the eyes and the clypeus has a small triangular red membra-

nous space, which may be a character of an undeveloped

male.

Found at Sapporo and on Mount Niohozan.

7. Necrophorus mortuorum, Fabr.

Necrophorus mortuorum, Fabr. Ent. Syst. i. p. 248.

Three examples were taken at Nikko and two at Sapporo.

It occurs also in Kurope, Asia, and North America.

8. Necrophorus tenuipes, sp. n.

N. humatori similis, at paulo minor; pedibus gracilibus ; antenna-

rum claya nigra. L. 15-19 mill.

The sculpture of this species is very similar to that of N.

humator, Fabr.; but the club of the antenne is black and more

lax, and the frontal sulci are more arched at the sides and

much less widened out before the neck. The legs and antennee

are more slender, but I see no other differences.

I saw it in plenty on Nantaizan, August 20th, 1881, but

most of the specimens were drowned in a tub containing

rotten fish left by pilgrims, and only three good ones were

secured.

9. Ptomascopus morio, Kraatz.

Ptomascopus morio, Kraatz, Deutsche ent. Zeitschr. 1877, p. 104.

Found in all the islands.

10. Ptomascopus plagiatus, Ménétr.

Ptomascopus plagiatus, Ménétr., Motsch., kitud. Ent. 1854, p. 27.

The synonymy of this species is first given in the ‘ Ento-

mologist,’ Oct. 1887. It is not unfrequent near Pekin, and I

have taken it at Kiu Kiang, on the Yangtsze Kiang. I have

only one Japanese specimen.

342 Mr. A. S. Woodward on the

11. Necrodes littoralis, Linn.

Necrodes littoralis, Linn. Fn. Suec. p. 450.

Is not common in Japan.

12. Necrodes nigricornis, Harold.

Necrodes mgricorms, Harold, Deutsche Abhandl. nat. Ver. Bremen,

1875, p. 286.

This is one of the commonest of the Japanese Coleoptera,

and occurs both inland and on the coast.

The descriptions of Silpha sylvatica, subrufa, and nigro-

punctata are given in the ‘ Entomologist,’ Oct. 1887.

[Note.—Hudemonius, supra p. 72, must be changed to

Eutriplax, as the first name has been used in Lepidoptera. ]

XLV.—On the so-called Microdon nuchalis, Dixon, from

the Chalk of Sussex, a new Species of Platax. By A.

Samira Woopwarp, F.G.8., F.Z.S., of the British Mu-

seum (Natural History).

In his well-known work on ‘The Geology and Fossils of

Sussex ’ (p. 369, pl. xxxii. fig. 7) Mr. Frederic Dixon figured

and briefly noticed a small deep-bodied fish from the Chalk

of Washington, Sussex, which he referred to the Pycnodont

Microdon, and considered to represent a new species of that

genus, named IM. nuchalis. The paragraph and figure were

reprinted, without comment, in the revised edition of the work

in 1878, and, so far as I am aware, the determination has

hitherto been accepted as correct.

The original specimen, however, is now preserved, with

Mr. Dixon’s other fossils, in the British Museum, and a

recent study of its characters has shown that it is in no

respects allied to the Pycnodontide, but rather belongs to a

truly Teleostean genus. The fossil is too fragmentary to

allow of any very precise determination, but sufficient is pre-

served to indicate approximately its affinities; and as it

evidently represents a family hitherto undetected in the

English Chalk, I propose briefly to enumerate the most

important of its structural features.

so-called Microdon nuchalis, Dixon. 343

The specimen is shown of the natural size in Mr. Dixon’s

figure already quoted, though the details unfortunately are

but slightly marked. It comprises a large portion of the

crushed head, the pectoral and pelvic arches, the abdominal

portion of the vertebral column, with some remains of dorsal

interspinous bones, and a fragment of the caudal region.

None of the sutures between the bones of the head can be

distinguished, but part of the supraoccipital is conspicuous,

from its being extended upwards in the form of a strong,

laterally compressed, triangular crest. The facial profile is

very steep and the orbit is relatively large. ‘The remains of

two or three branchiostegal rays are recognizable, and possibly

also the bases of some minute hollow teeth in the jaws. The

vertebree, with their arches, are well ossified, and there are

apparently ten in the abdominal region, while all but six of

the caudal have been destroyed. The centra are much

broken, so that it seems impossible to determine their exact

form and characters. As in the skull, the elements of the

pectoral arch are undistinguishable, and these are somewhat

displaced backwards, both the so-called ‘ pelvic” bones and

the first interhemal of the anal fin being crushed together

with them. Of the pectoral fins no fragments remain; but

each of the pelvic fins is represented by a single robust spine,

all the soft rays, if ever present, having disappeared. The

three small spines in advance of the anal fin are also pre-

served; and above the vertebral column, behind the supra-

occipital crest, are a number of large, broad, interspinous

bones, evidently testifying to the original presence of a very

high dorsal fin. ‘There are no traces of scales, which must

thus have been either very delicate or absent.

Such being the only characters shown by the fossil, it is

obviously impossible to determine its exact position in the

Teleostean series by a reference to ordinary systematic diag-

noses. A careful comparison, however, with known types

can leave no doubt that the Chalk species is an ally of the

existing Carangide, and must thus be placed in this family

or among the less differentiated forms, ancestral to the Caran-

gidee, which flourished in the later Mesozoic seas. So far as

preserved, indeed, the fossil is almost identical with certain

more perfect specimens from the Upper Chalk of Mount

Lebanon, which have been referred, with much probability of

correctness, to the still-surviving genus Platax*. The only

* F. J. Pictet, ‘ Poissons Fossiles du Mont Liban,’ 1850, p. 19, pl. ii.

fig. 1; F. J. Pictet and A. Humbert, ‘Nouv. Rech. Poiss. Foss. M. Liban,’

1866, p. 48, pl. iv. figs. 1-8; J. W. Davis, “On the Fossil Fishes of the

Chalk of Mount Lebanon,” Trans. Roy. Dublin Soc. [2] vol. iii. (1887),

p- 524, pl. xxv. fig. 4.

344 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on Leptiles from Cyprus.

essential differences appear to be due to imperfections in

preservation ; the facial profile at first sight seems sharply

bent opposite the orbit, but this appearance is really due to a

detached bone-fragment; the difference in the lower jaw is

similarly owing to breakage, and so likewise is the deceptive

appearance of elongation in the vertebral centra. The fish

must thus be known by the provisional name of Platax

nuchalis, until the discovery of more satisfactory specimens

renders it possible to clearly define the species.

It may also be interesting to point out, in connexion with

this subject, that another Cretaceous fish, truly Teleostean so

far as can be judged from the figure and description, has been

doubtfully referred to the Pycnodont Microdon. This is a

small fossil from Mount Lebanon, made known by Mr. James

W. Davis under the name of Microdon? pulchellus *.

XLVI.—List of Reptiles and Batrachians from Cyprus.

By G. A. BOULENGER.

At the request of Dr. Giinther [ herewith give a list of the

Reptiles collected by Dr. Guillemard in Cyprus for Lord

Lilford, and presented by the latter to the British Museum.

All the species enumerated were previously known to occur

in Cyprus}. Fortunately there is one specimen of the rare

Acanthodactylus Schreibert in the collection. ‘The species

peculiar to the island are marked with an asterisk.

LIZARDS.

1. Agama stellio, L.

*2. Acanthodaetylus Schreibert, Blgr. (A. Boskianus,

Gthr., A. Savigny?t, Bttg.)

#3. Ophiops Schluetert, Bttg. (O. elegans, Gthr.).

Two female specimens, both with 42 scales round the

body. Femoral pores 13-14 and 14-14.

* J. W. Davis, loc. cit. p. 501, pl. xxiv. fig. 3.

+ Cf. Giinther, P. Z. S. 1879, p. 741, and Bottger, Ber. Senck. Ges.

1879-80, p. 132.

On the Affinity of the North-American Lizard-Fauna. 345

4, Humeces Schneidert, Daud.

Five specimens, three with 26, two with 24 scales round

the middle of the body.

5. Chalcides ocellatus, Forsk.

A single specimen, belonging to the var. A (B.M. Cat.

Liz. i. p. 401).

6. Chameleon vulgaris, Daud.

SNAKES.

7. Typhlops vermicularis, Merr.

8. Tropidonotus natriz, L.

9, Zamenis atrovirens, Shaw.

10. Zamenis Ravergiert, Mén.

11. Celopeltis lacertina, Wag).

12. Vipera euphratica, Mart.

FROGS.

13. Rana esculenta, var. ridibunda, Pall.

14. Hyla arborea, var. Savignyt, Aud.

XLVII.—On the Affinity of the North-American Lizard-

Fauna. By G. A. BouLENGER.

A RECENT work on the geographical distribution of animals,

by Prof. Angelo Heilprin (Intern. Scientific Series, vol. lviit.

1887), contains the following remark (p. 317) :—

‘““'M. Boulenger has recently attempted to show (Ann. &

Mag. Nat. Hist. August 1885) that the North- and South-

American Lacertilian faunas are, strictly speaking, one, the

Neogean, a conclusion which is not borne out by the facts of

distribution. The misconception arises from the incorporation

of the tract lying south of the line indicated above [a line

drawn from San Francisco to Galveston, in Texas] with the

North-American faunal region proper, while in reality it is a

transition-tract more nearly Neotropical in character than

Nearctic.”’

346 On the Affinity of the North-American Lizard-Fauna.

What the facts are that do not bear out my conclusion the

author omits to state, unless they be the presence of the “ Old-

World genus of skinks, Humeces” (p. 316) and of the glass

snake (Ophisaurus). With the latter 1 have dealt in the

essay referred to, and shown that the Anguide, of which

family Ophisaurus is a member, are essentially American,

reaching their fullest development in Central America; that

they are well represented in North and South America, and

occur in two genera and three species in the Palearctic region ;

and that if the affinity between Ophisaurus and Pseudopus

is great, that between Anguis and the South-American

Ophiodes is scarcely less. The idea that Humeces is an Old-

World genus is erroneous. As now characterized it embraces

thirty-one species, of which twenty-one are American (only

half that number extending north of Mr. Heilprin’s line),

nine Old-World, and one of unknown habitat. But, far

better than any discussion, the following list of the few Lacer-

tilia of British Columbia (a district well beyond the debat-

able area and also the northernmost point reached by lizards

in North America) will answer Mr, Heilprin’s criticism, in

showing that even so far north that part of the fauna is

purely Neogean.

Lacertilia of British Columbia *.

1. Sceloporus gratiosus.

undulatus.

IGUANIDS .. 25° ~

5. Phrynosoma Douglassi,

4 cornutum.

ANGUIDE .. 5, Gerrhonotus ceruleus.

ScINcCID® .. 6, Humeces Skiltonianus.

All four genera attain their greatest development south of

Mr. Heilprin’s line.

A list of the lizards of any northern district of the United

States would equally well support my view. Indeed I can

only repeat my statement (/. c. p. 80), that the North-

American lizards constitute no essentially distinct fauna, but

are merely an offshoot of that of Central America.

* Cf. J. K. Lord, Brit. Columb. ii. pp. 802, 307, and 308.

Mr. E. A. Smith on Volutharpa Perryi. 347

XLVIII.—Notes on Volutharpa Perryi.

By EpGar A. SMITH.

Tue British Museum has recently obtained two specimens of

Volutharpa Perryt, collected by Mr. H. Pryer at the Loo-Choo

Islands. Only two brief notices of the animal of this species

have been published, by Troschel* and Dunkerf. The latter’s

account reads almost like a latin translation of the description

of V. anpullacea given by A. Adams}. Troschel more par-

ticularly describes the odontophore and notes (erroneously ?)

the absence of an operculum. From an examination of the

two specimens at hand I have drawn up the following

description.

The animal (in spirit) is of a pale orange colour, copiously

mottled with black on the head, tentacles, siphon, and upper

part of the body. ‘The creeping-disk is similarly coloured,

but the lateral edges are unspotted. The body is rather

large, narrowed posteriorly, and somewhat squarish in front,

where there is a free edge, distinct from the foot-margin, as in

Buccinum. ‘The head, tentacles, and the position of the eyes

are about the same as in B. undatum. The odontophore,

which I have examined, does not quite correspond with the

figure given by Troschel. ‘The central teeth have six similar

dentations, but the lateral plates are more regular than those

depicted in his work; those on one side constantly have

five dentations, those on the other six. ‘The outside tooth is

the largest, the innermost the next in size, the rest gradually

diminishing, so that the fourth on the one plate and the fifth

on the other, or, in other words, those next to the large outer

teeth, are the smallest.

The most remarkable point in connexion with this species

is the minuteness of the operculum, which has only a diam-

eter of 1? millim. It is oval, very thick for its size, and

externally appears to consist of four or five concentric layers.

The under surface is excavated and irregular, but exhibits to

some extent a concentric character of growth.

Troschel states that his specimen was without an opercu-

lum; but it seems to me quite possible that he may either

have overlooked it on account of its minuteness, or it may

have been knocked off, as is the case in one of the two speci-

mens under examination. Its former presence, however, is

* “Das Gebiss der Schnecken,’ vol. ii. p. 72, pl. vi. fig. 14.

+ Index Mollusc. Japon. p. 35.

t Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1860, vol. vi. p. 109.

348 Mr. F. P. Pascoe on new Curculionide.

indicated by the very small operculigerous disk on the upper

surface of the hind part of the foot.

Dall * has shown that with regard to V. ampullacea, an

allied form from the Ochotsk Sea, &c., the operculum is

indifferently present or wanting. It may therefore be the

same with the present form.

The shell of this species differs from that of V. ampullacea

in several points. It is usually thinner, has a deeper siphonal

notch, a more acuminate spire, a non-canaliculate suture, and a

more velvety epidermis; and adult specimens are usually

larger than any examples of V. ampullacea that I have ever

seen. The largest specimen in the Museum is 53 millim.

long, whilst the finest example of the Ochotsk species has

only a length of 46. The record of this species at Loo-Choo

is interesting, as showing how far south species essentially of

boreal type may be expected to extend.

XLIX.—Descriptions of somenew Genera and Species of Cur-

culonide, mostly Asiatic.—Part IV. By Francis P.

Pasco#, F.L.S. &e.

BRACHYDERINA. TANYRHYNCHINZ.

Dermatodes mirandus. Exzetoderes, n. g.

scabripennis.

OTIORHYNCHIN #.

: ALCIDINZE.

Po ieHMs pommens. Aleides gallus.

lati Re tetanicus,

are one. censorius.

vestitus.

HYLoBIINz. —— nitidus.

: geminatus.

Hylobius arrogans. —— Oberthiirii.

desuetus. — collaris,

pumilus.

clathratus, B

: % ARIDINZ.

Dirodes, n. g. f 2

russatus. Baris czlestis.

eburifera.

Mower Acythopeus genuinus.

funereus.

Euthycus incisus.

Lystrus longimanus.

* American Journ. Conch. vol. vii. p. 105,

Mr. F. P. Pascoe on new Curculionide. 349

Dermatodes mirandus.

D. ovatus, squamis lete viridibus, aliis maculatim aureo-nitidis,

tectus ; rostro capite continuato; antennis funiculo clavaque

nigris. Long. 53 lin. (rostr. incl.).

Hab. Zanzibar.

Ovate, densely covered with rich glossy green scales, with

golden scales interspersed ; head not broader than the rostrum

and without the groove separating them; antenne with the scape

passing behind the eye, the funicle filiform, black, the club

also black, but covered with a whitish pubescence ; prothorax

moderately transverse, broad at the base, the sides slightly

rounded; scutellum small, distinct; elytra convex, gradually

narrowing towards the apex, striate-punctate, strie very

shallow; corbels of the posterior tibiee densely covered with

whitish hairs ; claw-joint elongate.

A richly coloured species, with an exceptionally long

scape; the length, however, varies according to the species ;

in some it does not or scarcely attains the eye, D. ceesicollis

for example; in others it impinges more or less on it.

Episomus gemmeus.

E. oblongo-ovatus, niger, squamis viridi-aureis vestitus; antennis

funiculo tenuato, clava pyriforme sed apice acuta; capite rostro-

que linea angusta longitudinaliter impresso. Long. 64 lin. (rostr.

incl.).

Hab. Sumatra.

Oblong, ovate, black, clothed above, but not closely, with

golden-green scales, beneath, and especially the femora, with

close-set, mostly paler scales; antenne with a comparatively

slender funicle, its second joint elongate, the club pyriform,

with the apex somewhat produced and pointed ; prothorax

with slightly impressed transverse grooves at the sides, and

with two black stripes on the disk; elytra punctured, the

scales confined to the punctures.

The species of Hpisomus are so variable in coloration that

very little reliance can be placed on it to differentiate them ;

the sculpture also is not very definite. The specimen here

described has unusually lustrous scales, a comparatively

slender funicle, a club tapering at the base, with a somewhat

produced and pointed apex, &c. It may possibly be F. gra-

cilicornis, very shortly described by Ritsema, but which is

said by Chevrolat not to be a true Hpisomus.

Episomus uniformis.

E. ovatus, omnino griseo-squamosus; antennis funiculo crasso,

350 Mr. F. P. Pascoe on new Curculionide.

articulis 3°-6™ brevissimis, septimo elongato, cylindrico, nigro ;

rostro quam caput ad apicem latiore; prothorace flexuoso-sul-

cato. Long. 54-7 lin.

Hab. Andaman.

Ovate, entirely covered with brownish-grey scales; an-

tenne rather slender, black, the third to the sixth joint

very short, the seventh elongate, cylindrical, and closely

united to the short club; rostrum somewhat broader at the

apex than the head; prothorax with irregular, flexuous,

transverse grooves; elytra striate-punctate, interstices narrow,

slightly raised, each elytron with a black spot posteriorly ;

body beneath and legs closely covered with small pale grey

scales and a few markedly larger ones intermixed on the

former, the legs with a few scattered sete.

A uniformly grey or brownish-grey species, with the third

to the sixth joint of the funicle markedly short, the seventh

elongate, &ec.

Episomus laticollis.

E. ovatus, obscure griseo-squamosus ; prothorace valde transverso,

utrinque rotundato, sulcis tribus impresso ; elytris striato-punc-

tatis, interstitiils setigeris. Long. 4 lin.

Hab. Pachebon.

Ovate, covered with dull greyish scales; antenne with a

short, nearly straight scape; funicle moderately long, the

seventh joint closely united to the short ovate club; head and

rostrum broad, with a continuous median groove and a shal-

lower one on each side; prothorax very transverse, rounded

at the sides, slightly pitted, and with three shallow grooves

towards the base; elytra striate-punctate, the interstices

slightly raised, each with a row of pale sete; body beneath

and legs with greyish scales and sete.

Allied to E. tconicus, in which, as in the above, the scu-

tellum is apparently absent; it has, however, znter alia, a

shorter and much broader prothorax ; the upper edge of the

scape is nearly straight.

Hylobius arrogans.

H., robustus, fuscus, opacus, squamulis setulisque adspersus ; rostro

incrassato, grosse punctato; prothorace rugoso-granulato, basi

latiore ; elytris prothorace multo latioribus, seriatim punctatis,

punctis mediocribus, quadratis; apice conjunctim rotundato.

Long. 8 lin.

Hab. Sumatra.

Robust, dull brown, with a scattered scaly indumentum

Mr. F. P. Pascoe on new Curculionide. 351

mixed with small sete; rostrum stout, with four raised line ,

- the outer flexuous, the front coarsely punctured ; .antennee with

the first joint of the funicle twice as long as the second ; pro-

thorax not longer than broad, rounded at the sides, but

expanding at the base, the disk roughly granulate ; scutellum

cordiform ; elytra very broad at the base, gradually narrower

to the broadly rounded apex, seriate-punctate, punctures

middle-sized, quadrate ; body beneath with scattered punc-

tures, each bearing a brownish-yellow seta, and more nume-

rous at the sides of the abdominal segments; legs sparsely

setulose; femora strongly toothed ; fore tibie slightly curved.

The groove in front of the eye—one of the characters of

Fylobius according to Lacordaire—is short and not well

limited, and the posterior callus on each elytron is nearly

obsolete. ‘This species may be placed atter H. crassirostris.

Hylobius desuetus.

H, robustus, fuscus, subnitidus, setulis fulvidis adspersus; rostro

tenuato ; prothorace granulis conjunctis setigeris munito ; elytris

striato-punctatis, interstitiis parte basali granulatis. Long. 6-7

lin.

Hab. Siam, Sarawak.

Robust, rather glossy brown, with numerous small fulvous

sete ; rostrum comparatively slender, with three principal

grooves marked with coarse oblong punctures; antenne

pitchy ; prothorax with the sides nearly parallel posteriorly,

the disk with connected granules in oblique lines, each tipped

with a curved seta; scutellum triangular ; elytra considerably

broader at the base than the prothorax, striate-punctate, the

punctures oblong, large, approximate, interstices not well

marked, those on the basal half dotted with small glossy

granules, each tipped with a procumbent seta; femora ob-

tusely toothed.

The more slender rostrum and the less convex elytra, with

their interstices granulate, are the leading differential cha-

racters of this species. In this and the preceding species

there is a tendency of the setule to a closer approximation on

the elytra behind the middle, forming a somewhat indistinct

band.

Hylobius pumilus.

H. oblongus, fusco-ferrugineus, nitidus; antennis, femoribus basi,

tibiis dimidio apicali tarsisque rufulis; rostro icrassato, grosse

punctato; femoribus dente acuto armatis. Long. 3 lin.

Hab. Sarawak.

352 Mr. F. P. Pascoe on new Curculionide.

Oblong, dark ferruginous, glossy, antenne, femora at the

base, apical half of the tibiz and tarsi reddish ; rostrum stout,

strongly marked throughout with oblong punctures ; antenne

slender; prothorax without ocular lobes, slightly rounded at

the sides, the disk with large, iregular, confluent granules ;

scutellum triangular; elytra somewhat broader posteriorly,

flattish above, striate-punctate, punctures large, approximate,

the interstices flat; second abdominal segment as long as the

two next together ; femora with an acute tooth.

A small flattish species, differing from the genuine Hylobii

in having no ocular lobes; but they are very slight in H.

papulosus, after which it may be placed.

ITylobius clathraius.

H. oblongus, niger, parum nitidus, sparse setulosus; rostro sub-

tenuato, sex-sulcato, sulcis intermediis basi approximatis ; pro-

thorace oblongo, grosse granulato; elytris punctis quadratis

magnis instructis, apicibus paulo divaricatis. Long. 6 lin.

Hab. India.

Oblong, black, slightly glossy, with small pale scattered

sete, more condensed posteriorly; rostrum rather slender,

coarsely punctured, with six irregular grooves in front, the

two intermediate approximate at the base ; antenne with the

two basal joints of the funicle equal; prothorax oblong, a

little contracted at the base, coarsely granulate; elytra sub-

cylindrical, the apices slightly divaricate, seriate-punctate,

the punctures large, quadrate, the alternate interstices promi-

nent, the intermediate interstices represented here and there

by finely raised lines; body beneath sparsely punctured ;

femora toothed ; tibize nearly entire.

A very coarsely sculptured species allied to H. ruséticus,

but, inter alia, with the posterior callus on each elytron

strongly produced; the punctuation of the elytra is also

different.

DIRODES.

Hylobio affinis. Scrobes valde oblique, infra rostrum conniventes.

Oculi laterales, transversi, fortiter granulati. Abdomen sutura

prima obsoleta. Ungwiculi connati.

The claws being united at the base separates Lacordaire’s

“‘ Pacholenides’”’ (a group of his ‘ tribu Hylobiides’’) from

his group of true ‘‘ Hylobiides;”” but the shorter metasternum

and the facies seem to me to indicate that the affinities of this

genus are nevertheless with /Hylobius rather than with either

Mr. F. P. Pascoe on new Curculionide. BAR

of the two genera of “ Pacholenides” enumerated by Lacor-

- daire,

Dirodes russatus.

D. subeylindricus, rufo-brunneus, sparse setosulus ; antennis brevi-

bus ; femora dentata; tibize anticee curvate. Long. 42 lin.

flab. Sumatra.

Subcylindrical, reddish brown, sparingly setulose; head

convex in front; rostrum stout, curved, as long as the pro-

thorax, thinly punctured; scrobes comparatively short, con-

nivent beneath; antenne short ; first joint of the funicle sub-

globose, second rather longer, the rest transverse, gradually

broadening into the ovate club; prothorax subtransverse,

roughly granulate, ocular lobes feeble; scutellum raised ;

elytra nearly cylindrical, broader than the prothorax, the base

shortly and abruptly sloping forwards, striate-punctate, punc-

tures oblong, the interstices convex, finely granulate, poste-

rior callus prominent; prosternum not emarginate; meta-

sternum short; abdomen with the first suture obliterated,

the conjoined segments very large and convex; femora with

an acute tooth beneath; fore tibiee short and curved ; tarsi

gradually broader to the third joint, which is strongly lobed,

fourth joint elongate, its claws united at the base.

Huthycus incisus.

E. oblongus, niger; prothorace utrinque apicem versus linea pro-

funda impressa instructo, disco fortiter bicanaliculato; elytris

earinis alte elevatis munitis. Long. 6 lin.

Hab. India.

Oblong, black; rostrum rather long, stout, with numerous

coarse, closely-set punctures; antenne ferruginous, second

joint of the funicle nearly twice as long as the first; club

pubescent ; prothorax longer than broad, rugose, having on

each side a deeply incised vertical line near the apex, disk with

two regular longitudinal groovesorcanals; no scutellum; elytra

twice as long as the prothorax, broadly rounded at the apex,

the sutural margin raised as well as two lines on each elytron,

which unite posteriorly and are more or less covered with

short, yellowish, erect sete, the intervals with coarse oblong

punctures ; legs moderately long; femora toothed; posterior

tibie elongate, curved.

In size and outline like Phinthus porcatus, but with a

peculiarly sculptured prothorax &c. I have placed it with

Futhycus rather than with Plinthus, on account of the oblique

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5. Vol. xx. 25

354 Mr. F. P. Pascoe on new Curculionide.

scrobes directed to the lower margin of the eye. The type is

E. macilentus (Ann. Mus. Civico de Genova, ser. 2, vol. i.

p. 220, tav. 1. fig. 6).

EX £TODERES.

Caput latum ; rostrum perbreve, capite angustius; scrobes ante oculos

desinentes. Oculi rotundati, grosse granulati; scapus antenna-

Tum pone oculum extensus. Prothoraa subtransversus, lobis

ocularibus nullis. Hlytra conyexa, prothoracis basi ibi haud

latiora. Femora mutica; tzbiew inermes; tars: tenues, articulo

penultimo haud lobato. Pectus breve. Hpisterna metathoracica

elytris celata, segmentum basale abdominis vix ampliatum.

This genus wants two or three of the characters assigned

to the Tanyrhynchine by Lacordaire, notably of the rostrum

and tarsi; the former is very short and broad and the latter

are nearly filiform, the claw-joint being received in a cavity

of the preceding.

Exetoderes scabripennis.

E. subellipticus, tomento pilisque griseo-brunneis omnino tectus ;

elytra elongato-cordata, lineis elevatis tuberculatis munita.

Long. 6 lin.

Hab. Capetown.

Clothed with a uniformly greyish tomentum and paler

approximate hairs. Head broad and convex in front; ros-

trum much shorter and marked off by two oblique, slightly

impressed lines; antenne ferruginous, pubescent; funicle

with the first joint nearly as long as the two next together ;

prothorax as long as broad, constricted anteriorly, the sides

then rounded and covered with minute granules, each tipped

with a recumbent hair, the middle with a short black line;

scutellum not apparent; elytra oblong-cordate, each with

seven more or less elevated tuberculate lines; tubercles

small, many of them tipped with a hair much longer than

those elsewhere; tibie straight, dilated at the apex.

Alcides gallus.

A. oblongus, nitide rufo-castaneus ; rostro elongato, subtiliter punc-

tato ; prothorace granulato, in medio carinula lineare munito;

elytris postice gradatim angustioribus, striato-punctatis, inter-

stitiis subtransversim impressis. Long. 4 lin.

Hab. Saylee.

Oblong, glossy reddish chestnut; rostrum slender, nearly

twice as long as the prothorax, minutely punctured ; antennz

Mr. F. P. Pascoe on new Curculionide. 355

-pitchy, scape rather short, second joint of the funicle longer

than the first; prothorax with darker irregular granules, the

intervals with narrow silaceous scales, a narrow, raised,

median line throughout; scutellum small, black; elytra gra-

dually narrower from the base, a little depressed behind the

scutellum, striate-punctate, punctures nearly contiguous, the

interstices somewhat transversely impressed ; body beneath

and legs sparsely covered with minute silaceous scales; fore

tibiee very slightly bisulcate.

In this species there is on the prothorax a well-marked

median line continuous throughout; the depression behind

the scutellum on the elytra is more circumscribed than on the

following species.

Alcides tetanicus.

A, oblongus, nitide rufo-castaneus, parce silaceo-setosulus ; rostro

valido, versus apicem latiore, tenuiter punctato ; prothorace granu-

lato, ad apicem carinula lineare munito; elytris postice gradatim

angustioribus, striato-punctatis, interstitiis subtiliter punctatis.

Long. 6 lin.

Hab. Saylee.

Oblong, glossy reddish chestnut, sparsely covered with

small silaceous setee; rostrum stout, broader at the apex,

finely punctured; antenne rather short, second joint of the

funicle not longer than the first; prothorax slightly convex,

granulate, a raised line at the apical half; scutellum black ;

elytra gradually narrower from the base, the anterior part

depressed, linearly punctured, punctures simall, round, the

interstices broad, with a few granules at the base; body

beneath sparsely covered with minute silaceous scales ; fore

lees of moderate length, their tibize very slightly bisinuate ;

anterior cox approximate.

At once distinguished from the preceding by its stout ros-

trum; the fore legs are comparatively short, the body at the

shoulders is of considerable breadth, and the elytra towards

the apex are much more markedly narrowed.

Alcides censorius.

A. oblongus, nigro-piceus, subtiliter parce griseo-pilosus; rostro

elongato, tenuato, parte basali solo remote punctato; funiculo

articulo secundo breviusculo ; prothorace granulato ; elytris striato-

punctatis, interstitiis rude granulatis. Long. 6 lin.

Hab. Ceram.

Oblong, pitchy black, covered with a thin greyish pilosity ;

rostrum elongate. slender, the basal part only distinctly punc-

356 Mr. F. P. Pascoe on new Curculionide.

tured; antennz black, second joint of the funicle shorter than

the first ; prothorax closely granulate; scutellum roundish ;

elytra convex, gradually narrower from the base, the anterior

part slightly depressed, striate-punctate, punctures coarse,

approximate, the interstices covered with irregular granula-

tions ; body beneath rather closely covered with small whitish

scales; fore legs elongate; tibie slightly bisinuate.

Tt is only under a strong lens that the real sculpture of the

elytra is seen; to the naked eye they seem minutely punc-

tured in close regular lines. So far as the facies is concerned

this species may follow A. decurvus.

Alcides vestitus.

A, cylindricus, niger, plerumque dense albido-pilosus, setulis inter-

jectis; rostro tenuato, basi confertim punctato; prothorace

granulato ; elytris modice convexis, lateribus parallelis. Long. 5

lin,

Hab. Banda.

Rather narrowly cylindrical, black, covered with large

patches of a close-set whitish squamosity, studded with hair-

like sete; rostrum slender, twice as long as the prothorax,

the base with crowded punctures; antenne pitchy, second

joint of the funicle longer than the first ; prothorax nearly as

long as broad, the middle of the disk bare and closely granu-

late, the sides densely covered with whitish scales; scutellum

subquadrate ; elytra moderately convex, parallel at the sides,

on each a bare oblique stripe in the middle, the rest with a

dense covering of whitish scales; body beneath densely

covered with minute yellowish scales; fore tibie strongly

bisinuate.

The close-set whitish or yellowish-white scales or squamo-

sity, studded with hair-like sete, nearly covering the whole

upper surface of this species, will at once differentiate it from

any of its congeners. In the above four species the femoral

tooth is very distinctly denticulate.

Alcides nitidus.

A, oblongus, glaber, nitide chalybeatus, supra squamulis albis macu-

latim ornatus; rostro elongato, tenuato, fere recto, subtilissime

punctato; prothorace leviter punctato; elytris punctis parvis

serlatim instructis. Long. 4—5 lin.

Hab. Batchian, Waigiou.

Oblong, smooth, glossy steel-blue, more or less spotted

with masses of white scales; rostrum slender, elongate, nearly

straight, minutely punctured; antenne pitchy, funicle elon-

Mr. F. P. Pascoe on new Curculionide. 357

gate, the two basal joints equal in length; prothorax with

small remote punctures; scutellum roundish; elytra seriate-

punctate, punctures small, remote, the interstices broad,

flattish, each elytron with a white spot near the scutellum,

three or four behind the middle, or connected so as to form a

band, and two near the apex; body beneath smooth, the

sterna more or less covered with close-set whitish scales; legs

slender ; anterior tibie very slightly bisulcate.

One of my specimens has the three intermediate abdominal

segments margined with close-set white scales and an addi-

tional white spot near the base of each elytron. This species

is somewhat remarkable in having the rostrum extremely

minutely punctured at the base as well as beyond to the apex.

Alcides gemitnatus.

A. oblongus, fuscus, lineis griseis e pilis condensatis ornatus ; rostro

piceo, elongato, tenuato, apice dilatato ; prothorace ineequaliter

punctato, granulis parvis intermixtis; elytris rude striato-punc-

tatis. Long. 34 lin.

Hab. Java.

Oblong, dark brown, with a few lines of greyish hatrs ;

rostrum pitchy, elongate, slender, much broader at the apex ;

antenne ferruginous, the second joint of the funicle shorter

than the first; prothorax irregularly punctured, with a few

granules between the punctures, the disk with two narrow

greyish stripes and one on each side; scutellum roundish ;

elytra nearly parallel at the sides, with linear punctured

strie, punctures subquadrate, the interstices rugose, each

elytron with an elongate, oblique, slightly flexuous stripe

proceeding from the shoulder, and ashorter oblique apical stripe

directed towards the suture; body beneath with scattered

scales, except on the sterna; anterior femora slender, their

tibize slightly bisulcate.

Very near A. intrusus, but with aslender elongate rostrum,

and more slender but scarcely longer antenne, and the pro-

thorax with two lateral instead of one median line on the

disk &e.

Alcides Oberthiiri.

A, obovatus, fuscus, capite, rostro antennisque piceis ; elytris stria-

tis, striis setulis silaceis repletis, interstitiis granulis nitidis plani-

usculis confertim instructis. Long. 4 lin.

Hab. India *.

* IT owe my specimen to M. René Oberthiir. The habitat given on

his ticket is ‘‘ Indes Orientales, Mts. Kodeicanel.’’ I cannot tind this

name in Keith Johnston’s large atlas. I believe, however, that they are in

Southern India,

358 Mr. F. P. Pascoe on new OCurculionide.

-Obovate, brown; head, rostrum, and antenne dark pitchy

brown; rostrum stout, nearly straight, a little longer than

the prothorax, remotely punctured throughout; second joint

of the funicle considerably shorter than the first ; prothorax

with rather large, flattish, and occasionally confluent granules,

the interspaces finely setulose, the sides with close-set scales,

trifid at the apex; elytra gradually broader behind, striate-

punctate, the strie filled with silaceous hair-like scales, the

interstices with large, flattish, approximate granules ; body

beneath covered with greyish scales; legs comparatively

short, the tooth on the femora not denticulate.

The elytra broader behind and their strie filled with

silaceous scales, forming well-defined lines alternating with

the glossy interstices, will at once differentiate this very

marked species. The scutellum is not to be distinguished

from the surrounding parts.

Alcides collaris.

A, breviter ovatus, niger, nitidus, prothorace rufo-castaneo elytrisque

albo-bifasciatis ; femoribus dente parvo integro instructis. Long.

34 lin,

Hab. India.

Shortly ovate, glossy black, the prothorax reddish chestnut,

and the elytra with two white bands of close-set scales; ros-

trum stout, shorter than the prothorax, gradually broader

towards the apex, not curved, and approximately punctured

throughout ; antenne pitchy, short, stout, first joint of the

funicle twice as long as the second; prothorax somewhat

globose, with large, flattish, crowded granules, each with a

minute white scale behind, the middle with a few punctures ;

scutellum small but distinct; elytra slightly narrower from

the base, with large subapproximate punctures, the interspaces

smooth, a transverse series of nearly united spots at the base,

and just behind the middle a flexuous band, not meeting at

the suture ; body beneath glossy black, with patches of white

scales; legs comparatively short ; the anterior femora armed

with a slender spiniform tooth, their tibie moderately bi-

sinuate.

The species of Alcides here described have bifid claws and

elytra not, or scarcely, broader than the prothorax ; the latter

more or less transverse, with the sides behind the contracted

apex rounded, except at the base. In all the species of this

large genus (I have about 140) the funicle is only six-jointed,

and the base ot the prothorax is deeply bisinuate, the scutellar

lobe especially advancing considerably between the elytra.

Mr, F. P. Pascoe on new Curculionidae. 359

Baris celestis.

B. elliptico-ovata, lete cerulea vel violacea, antennis tarsisque

nigris ; rostro modice elongato, basi constricto ; elytris profunde

striatis, interstitiis planatis, uniseriatim punctatis. Long. 3 lin.

Hab. Delagoa Bay.

Elliptic-ovate, clear blue or violet, antenne and tarsi black ;

head finely punctured; rostrum rather elongate, the base

compressed and coarsely punctured, beyond glossy black, with

finer punctures; prothorax transverse, slightly concave,

closely and coarsely punctured; scutellum equilaterally tri-

angular, with the apex towards the prothorax; elytra nar-

rowly striate-punctate, the striz blackish, with greenish specks

between the punctures, interstices flat, each with a row of

rather marked punctures ; body beneath and legs punctured,

each puncture bearing a short white hair; tarsi with the three

basal joints gradually broader.

This species belongs to Schénherr’s first “stirps,’ ¢ e.

those species with stout antenne. ‘The colour varies a little

according to the light. The form of the scutellum is peculiar.

Baris eburvfera.

B. cylindrica, atra, opaca; elytris maculis sex albis basalibus

munitis; rostro fortiter striato-punctato; pedibus ferrugineis.

Long. 13 lin.

Hab. India? :

Cylindrical, opaque black, elytra with six spots at the base,

formed of tufts of white or cream-coloured scales; rostrum

stout, not longer than the prothorax, curved, closely punc-

tured between slightly elevated longitudinal lines; antenn

ferruginous, short, stout, the funicle gradually thickening

into the club; prothorax nearly as long as broad, bisinuate at

the base, closely punctured; scutellum small, triangular;

elytra parallel for about half their length, then gradually

rounded to the apex, striate-punctate, punctures oblong or

shortly linear, interstices slightly raised; legs dark ferrugi-

nous, with sparse greyish scales.

This species has lately occurred in hothouses in England,

imported with orchids from India or the Kast. It is one of the

smaller kinds, like B. morio, but peculiar for its tufts of close-

set white scales on the elytra, to the naked eye resembling

little ivory points.

Acythopeus genuinus.

A. ovatus, mger, opacus; rostro basi haud gibboso; prothorace

360 Mr. F. P. Pascoe on new Curculionide.

utrinque rotundato, sat fortiter punctato, punctis inter se sepa-

ratis ; elytris interstitiis subtiliter granulatis. Long. 22 lin.

‘Hab. Malaisia.

Ovate, black, opaque; rostrum not gibbous at the base,

coarsely punctured, the punctures uniformly separated ; an-

tennee black, the club ovate ; prothorax transverse, rounded

at the sides, not narrowed at the base, and comparatively

coarsely punctured, the punctures approximating but dis-

tinctly separated ; scutellum nearly round; elytra narrowly

striate, the interstices flat and minutely granulate, the granules

few and in a somewhat irregular line; pygidium very short ;

body beneath and legs sparingly punctured, each puncture

with a short silver hair.

Some time ago I received several specimens of this species

from G. Saunders, Esq., in whose conservatory at Tunbridge

Wells they were found in the stems of certain orchids ; like

its congeners its habitat is probably some island of the Malay

Archipelago. It differs from A. érist’s (Linn. Soc. Journ.

xil. p. 62, pl. i. fig. 2) in the form and sculpture of the pro-

thorax, the granulate interstices of the elytra, &c. Mr. C.

Waterhouse has described another species (A. aterrimus,

Ent. Month. Mag. vol. x. p. 226) closely allied to both, but

differing in sculpture, the latter having the rostrum furrowed

at the sides, the prothorax with glossy granules on the inter-

spaces between the punctures, &e.

Acythopeus funereus.

A. ovatus, niger, opacus ; elytris basi singulatim macula parva alba

notatis; rostro basi fortiter gibboso; oculis infra connexis;

elytris interstitiis transversim sulcatis. Long. 23 lin.

Hab. 'Tondano.

Ovate, black, opaque, a small white spot on each elytron

at the base; rostrum compressed and strongly gibbous or

raised at the base, and roughly granulate, the rest smooth,

glossy black, and nearly impunctate ; prothorax moderately

transverse, closely punctured; scutellum indistinct; elytra

narrowly striate, the interstices flat and transversely sulcate ;

pygidium short; body beneath and legs studded with silvery

hairs.

In facies like the last, but at once differentiated by its

gibbous rostrum, the eyes confluent beneath, sculpture of

rostrum and elytra, &c. ‘The transverse grooves on the inter-

stices of the elytra are apparently composed, at least in some

places, of two partially connected punctures.

On the Phylogeny and Anatomy of the Echinodermata. 361

Lystrus longimanus.

L. trapezoideus, fusco-niger, parum nitidus ; antennis ferrugineis ;

rostro dimidio basali lineis elevatis instructo ; pedibus anticis

valde elongatis, tibiis eorundem fortiter arcuatis. Long. 23 lin.

Hab. Sumatra.

Trapezoidal, brownish black, slightly glossy, antenne

ferruginous ; rostrum moderately long, basal half with raised

lines, the intervals punctured ; antennee with the club as long

as the funicle; prothorax rapidly broader to the base, with

close-set granules in short transverse lines; scutellum round’;

elytra narrowly striate, the interstices broad, with contiguous

punctures; body beneath densely covered with pale greyish

scales; intermediate and posterior legs very short, ferrugi-

nous, the tibize of the former with a tooth on the outer edge

at the base; fore legs very long, their tibie strongly curved,

their tarsi of moderate length.

A. broader species than JL. latipennis (Linn. Soc. Journ.

xu. p. 44, pl. i. fig. 1) and differently sculptured. It is

possible that the remarkably long anterior legs may be a

sexual distinction, at least to a certain extent.

L.—On the Phylogeny and Anatomy of the Echinodermata.

By Dr. Orro Hamann *.

1. Origin of the Echinodermata.

If we set before us the question to what group of the Meta-

zoa, with reference to the whole of their peculiarities of

organization, are the Hchinodermata most nearly related, the

answer will serve at the same time to throw light upon their

phylogenetic origin. | have said if we take into considera-

tion ‘‘ the whole of their peculiarities of organization,” and

therefore the constitution of the nervous system, the body-

cavity, &c., and would thereby indicate that I must regard as

failures all the attempts which look only to a single system

of organs, such as has lately been made by Kleinenberg, who,

by taking into consideration only the nervous system, has

been led into the most wonderful speculations as to the origin

* The concluding chapter of a memoir on the Histology of the Echino-

dermata, translated from the ‘ Jenaische Zeitschrift,’ Band xxi. pp. 232-

2518

362 Dr. O. Hamann on the Phylogeny

of the Annelida from Medusz, speculations and ideas which

can hardly find confirmation in nature. The larval forms of

the Echinodermata, the formation of the body-cavity, the

enteroccele, the origin and structure of the nervous system,

will chiefly point towards worm-like creatures, and indeed to

such forms as possess a typical enterocele of like origin and

development, and in which the nervous system is either still

situated in the ectoderm, as in the Asterida, or arranged in

the same way as in the Kchinida and Holothurie. To ascribe

to the Echinodermata a near relationship to the Ccelenterata,

as has been done by Kleinenberg, although certainly only in

a remark en passant *, will not do, for the agreement in the

structure of the nervous system alone would not suffice to

balance the great number of other differences of structure, as,

for example, the existence of a body-cavity in the Echino-

dermata.

Among the groups of Vermes the Annelida, with their

typical enteroccele, stand nearest to the Hchinodermata, as

Hickel has long since shown; and, in fact, this notion is

most particularly well supported, especially by the structure

of the body-wall. In the Asterida there is in each arm a

dermal muscular tube, consisting of a layer of annular and a

layer of longitudinal muscles. In the Hchinida the former

exists only in a rudimentary form (Ludwig), while in the

Holothurie it appears to be confined to definite zones.

As regards the structure of the nervous system, it 1s as

simple as is conceivable in Asterida, consisting of epithelial

sense-cells and nerve-fibres. But among the Vermes also,

and, indeed, among the more highly developed of them, we

find forms in which the whole nervous system persists through-:

out life in the ectoderm. ‘This is the case in the Archanne-

lida (Hatschek and Fraipont).

There is consequently no reason to prevent us from regard-

ing the Hchinodermata, although not as Annelida, yet as

descending from Vermes provided with true body-cavities, in

which the nervous system still remained in the lowest stage

of development and in which a water-vascular system was

probably already developed. But then the first question is,

What group of Hchinodermata is to be regarded as the

earliest, and are the different divisions deducible from each

other ?

It is remarkable that the majority of zoologists and geolo-

gists regard the Crinoidea (or Cystidea) as those which have

retained all organizational characters in their most primitive

condition.

* Zeitschr. fur wiss. Zool. Bd. xliv.

and Anatomy of the Echinodermata. 363

Crinoidea and Asteroidea are of the same antiquity. Both

groups make their appearance as early as in the Silurian

formation. But the species which here first come under our

notice are such as can by no means pass as primordial forms.

These have not been preserved for us. This becomes intelli-

gible if we consider that in them the calcareous skeleton, and

therefore the parts best adapted for preservation, will have

been still but scantily developed, and that in general all the

remains of Asterida appear to be very badly preserved, so

that they generally occur only in fragments. Hence we

cannot expect that paleontology will ever elucidate the

phyletic history of this group. ‘This opinion, which has also

been expressed by Zittel (Handb. der Pal. i. 1, p. 309), has

not been adopted by other paleontologists, such as Neumayr*,

but they have established a genealogy of the HWchinida almost

exclusively upon paleontological data. Whether this genea-

logy is reconcilable with the anatomical data is a matter

which [ will briefly discuss.

According to Neumayr the Cystidea are to be regarded as

the stock-group of the Hchinodermata, therefore a group

which others have united with the Crinoidea, and from them

the Crinoidea are supposed to have branched off. This

branching off is no further demonstrable, as both groups make

their appearance side by side in the Lower Silurian, and

earlier remains have not yet been found. ‘The assumption

that the Cystidea are the most ancient Echinid group has

therefore not even a paleontological foundation. Further,

according to Neumayr, the Ophiuroasterida have branched

oft trom the Cystidea, and the Echinida in another direction.

Other naturalists have already raised the question whether, if

certain forms of Cystidea, such as Agelacrinus, remind us of

the Asterida, this is not due to mere accidental external

resemblances. ‘The same applies no doubt to the resem-

blances which have been found between Cystidea (such as

Mesites) and Echinida. As Hoérnes says], the genetic rela-

tions here are still very doubtful.

If we add to this that important objections have been raised

against the homologization of the basal plates of the Cri-

noidal calyx with the apical plates of the Echinida (H.

Carpenter), the probability of the derivation of the Echinida

from the Crinoidea is still further diminished.

To all this must be added, and this gives the finishing

* “Morphologische Studien uber Echinodermen,” in Sitzungsb. d. k.

Akad, Wiss. in Wien, Bd. Ixxxvi. (1881).

+ ‘lemente der Palaontologie,’ 1884, p. 175.

364 Dr. O. Hamann on the Phylogeny

stroke, that anatomically and _ histologically it is impossible

to accept the Crinoidea as the stock-group of the Hchino-

dermata. Our present standpoint can only be that on the one

side stand the Crinoidea and on the other the Asterida, from

which the Echinida may be derived without any difficulty,

and lastly the Holothurie. While the last-mentioned three

groups can be derived, in their organization, from one

another, the Crinoidea stand without any connexion.

Quite peculiar and present in no [other] group are the

remarkable calycine pores, through which the body-cavity

communicates with the outer world. Above all, however,

the nervous system is not in the primitive form which occurs

in the Asterida. This (the nervous ring and ambulacral

nerve-stems radiating from it) is no longer situated epithelially,

but subepithelially (Ludwig). ‘The most important part of

the nervous system of the Crinoidea is, however, placed

dorsally, in the centro-dorsal plate; from a central organ

fibrous cords are given off into each arm, and from these

similar cords to the muscular fasciculi and appendages of the

arms, as already described by W. B. Carpenter in 1865. A

dorsal nervous system so constructed does not occur in the

Asterida (Ophiuri), Echinida, or Holothurie.

We have also to consider above all the body-cavity of the

Crinoidea, which is probably to be regarded as a schizo-

ceelar cavity, and the sexual organs, the structure of which

differs from that of those of the other groups.

I think, therefore, that the Crinoidea may be most natu-

rally regarded as a lateral branch of the Echinodermata,

about the origin of which we are still in doubt. As coming

nearest to the truth we may perhaps suppose that the Cri-

noidea and the Asterida have sprung from acommon root. I

regard the latter as the stock-form of the most nearly allied

chinodermata, referring especially to the structure and ecto-

dermal position of the nervous system. How I suppose the

Hchinida to have originated from them will be shown in the

following pages.

Consequently I come to the conclusion that those naturalists,

with Hickel, G. O. Sars, and Lange at their head, who

place the Asterida at the head of the Echinodermata, have

hit upon the right course. Paleontology, it may be repeated,

supports neither the one interpretation, according to which.

the Crinoidea are to be regarded as the most ancient class of

the Kchincdermata, most nearly approaching the stock-group

(Claus), nor the other view, just maintained by me, as the

two groups make their appearance together at the same time

and Anatomy of the Echinodermata. 365

in the Lower Silurian. The morphological data alone can

be appealed to here for the decision of the question.

2. The Relationship between Asterida and Echinida.

Having described the organizational characters of the Kehi-

nida, I may attempt in what follows to bring together the

reasons which give the greatest possible probability to the

proposition that the Asterida must be regarded as the pri-

mordial group most nearly approaching the stock-form of the

Echinodermata, and the Echinida to be derived from them,

as has already been supposed by Hiickel, Gegenbaur, and

others.

I know very well that with many this assumption passes

as an established proposition. For such what follows is

written only to a limited extent, so far as they, unlike myself,

are of opimion that this proposition is still unproven. I

would also further show that it 1s only possible to explain the

organizational characters of the Echinida if we derive them

from those of the Asterida, and that this assumption alone

admits of an unforced explanation of their structure.

Paleontology shows us that the Asterida are among the

most ancient of organisms, and that there is nothing to pre-

vent the HEchinida, which are already represented in the

Lower Silurian, being derived from them. Of course in this

we have to consider only the regular Sea-urchins, but not

the irregular ones, such as the Spatangide, which may with

great certainty be regarded as later formations. Hence,

when in what follows I speak of Hchinida, it is especially

only the regular Sea-urchins that I refer to.

In deriving the Kchinid-organismm from that of the Asterida,

the nervous system must be taken into consideration in the

first place. In the Starfishes the nervous system originates

in the ectoblast *, and retains its position in the ectoderm.

This applies to the central nervous system, the cerebral ring,

and five (or more) ambulacral nerve-trunks. The intestinal

nervous system I leave on one side, as not essential in our

comparison.

In the Kchinida, when the animal is mature, the nervous

system is no longer situated in the ectoderm ; it has come to

he in the mesoderm; and in them we find it connected with

the epithelium of the body only where sense-organs are

present.

But are the elements which constitute the central nervous

* See Ludwig, Asterina gibbosa.

366 Dr. O. Hamann on the Phylogeny

system in the Echinida the same as those of the Asterida, or

derivable from those of the latter group? To decide this

question we may refer briefly to the constitution of the ner-

vous system of the Asterida. The cerebral ring and the

ambulacral nerves consist of nerve-fibres intermixed with

ganglion-cells, which run between the processes of the un-.

usually elongated, filiform, epithelial cells of the ambulacral

roove. ‘These epithelial cells I have named ‘ supporting-

cells,” and their basal processes ‘ supporting-fibres ;”’ the

latter are the so-called transverse fibres of older writers,

which run perpendicular to the nerve-fibres. In the Hchi-

nida the central nervous system consists of the following

elements :—the nerve-fibres with the ganglion-cells, and,

applied to these, cells the nature of which may be a matter of

dispute. ‘This coating of cells, which lies peripherally upon

the main nerve-stems and the central ring, is regarded by

Vrédéricq as nervous—it is supposed that we have here to do

with ganglion-cells which le upon the cords of nerve-fibres

in the same way as is the case in many Vermes, for ex-

ample.

Whether these cells have acquired the function of ganglion-

cells seems doubtful to me. Judging from their origin they

are epithelial cells which have come to lie in the mesoderm

together with the nerve-fibres originally (in the ectoblast) ept-

thelially situated and produced. In the first place they func-

tion as a covering epithelium, a protective coat for the fine

nerve-fibres, as | have already shown in the Holothurie, and

as seems to me to follow pretty certainly from a comparison

with the Asterida.

That these cells form a covering epithelium, a protective

covering, appears further from their basal supporting-jibres,

which traverse the nerve-jfibres perpendicularly. ‘These

supporting-fibres have, however, hitherto escaped the notice

of naturalists m the Hchinida. I believe that even those

who are inclined to interpret the covering-epithelium as of

nervous nature can no longer, after the discovery of the sup-

porting-fibres, uphold this opinion to its full extent. But

what further goes agaiust the nervous nature of these cells is

their difference in form and size from the true nerve-cells in

the main trunks, and the nerve-cells which form a peripheral

coating at the point of bifurcation of the main nerve-cords.

The ganglion-cells which are situated in the main trunks

and the cerebral ring possess an oval nucleus, which always

stains of a lighter colour than the nucleus of the covering-

cells. A nucleolus is usually to be seen. ‘The size of the

ganglion-cells is different from that of the covering-cells.

and Anatomy of the Echinodermata. 367

The latter are always smaller and generally possess a basal

cell-process, a direct continuation of the cell-substance, which

shows a different refractive power from the nerve-fibres, and

therefore, if only on that account, has nothing to do with

them, and, further, is much stronger and has a greater

diameter.

The ganglion-cells, as they occur in the peripheral parts

of the nervous system, are of two different forms. If they

lie within the nerve-fibres, the nerves of the skin (I am

referring to nerve-cords), they have the same form as in the

main trunks. Besides this kind cells oceur which are charac-

terized by their size, their large pale nuclei, and their con-

stantly distinct nucleoli. These le peripherally upon the

nerve-cords, and where nerve-fibres issue from the nerve-

cords, for example to run to the muscular fibres (in the pedi-

cellarie the ramifications between the musc. adductores, in

the basal annular nerve of the spines of Spheerechinus, Echinus,

Centrostephanus, &c.), form a coating between the muscular

fibres embraced by the nerve-fibres. These cells measure

about 0°07 millim., and their circular nuclei 0:002-0:003

millim. That they differ widely from the cells of the

covering-epithelium there can be no doubt.

If I have discussed the question of the interpretation of

these coating-cells in a detail which may appear superfluous

to many, this is due to the wish to render my description as

conclusive as possible.

If we are to derive the Hchinida directly from the Star-

fishes, we must seek in them for organs homologous with the

tentacle and eye-spots. Asis well known there are upon the

intergenital plates (ocellar plates) in many Sea-urchins pig-

ment-spots which it has been supposed might be interpreted

as eyes, seeing that they are situated in spots homologous

with the ends of the arms of Starfish. As I have already

shown, we have to do here by no means with structures

resembling the eye-spots of Starfishes, but only with accumu-

lations of pigment which may sometimes be present, some-

times absent. But that we may in this case with some justice

speak of degenerations of the eye-spots appears from the

presence of a tentacle, although a modified one, in the Kchi-

nida*. The tentacle pierces the intergenital plate, and thus

comes to lie partly in and partly upon the latter. A water-

vessel (ambulacral) and a nerve-trunk terminate in it in the

same way as in the Starfishes. Nay, even mobility cannot

be wholly denied to the Echinidan tentacle, seeing that it, or

* See Hamann, “ Vorl. Mitth. zur Morphol. der Echiniden, No. 5,” in

Sitzungsb. der med.-naturw. Gesellschaft zu Jena, 1886, Heft 2.

368 Dr. O. Hamann on the Phylogeny

at least its terminal portion which rests upon the plate, can

very well be inflated by the water-vessel which terminates

eecally in it, and in this way may be pushed forth, though

only to a limited extent. Perhaps Sea-urchins still exist in

which there are eye-spots like those of the Starfishes, and in

which the resemblance of the tentacles of the two groups will

be still greater. ‘This, however, appears to be doubtful,

inasmuch as, where true organs of vision are at present known

in Sea-urchins, these have been found upon the surface of the

test, where, especially when present in great number, they

must be of essential service to the animals *. .

Of equal importance for the question of the derivation of

the Echinida from the Asterida is a comparison of their san-

guiferous spaces, i. e. the whole of the schizocele structures.

In the Starfishes there is in the body-wall a system of

lacune and hollow spaces, which have been in part described

as perihemal spaces (Ludwig). All these lacunz and spaces

are gaps in the connective substance, schizoccele-spaces, as I

have demonstrated in opposition to the previous supposition

that they are parts of the enteroccele, by tracing their origin.

In the ventral wall such a schizoccele-space runs into each

arm. We find them again in the Sea-urchins in each ambu-

lacrum, and here likewise terminating ceecally, in this case by

the intergenital plate, in the former (Starfishes) by the ten-

tacle. But while in the Starfishes these five spaces or canals

unite in the centre to form an annular canal, which is con-

nected through the tubular canal with the schizoccele-spaces

in the dorsal body-wall, the conditions are different in the

Echinida, seeing that in them a masticatory apparatus has

been developed (probably from vertical plates), and the tubu-

lar canal occurs only as a rudiment. Moreover, in the Sea-

urchins there is retained only a remnant of the schizoccele-

system of the dorsal wall of the Starfishes, in the form of the

schizocelar anal ring, as I have already shown J, from which

structures lead to the sexual organs, like those presented by

the Starfishes. That all these phenomena may be easily

explained by the origination of the Sea-urchin from the Star-

fish is perfectly clear, while the reverse mode of origin seems

almost inconceivable, or, at any rate, is less probable.

In the five schizoccele-spaces (longitudinal canals) of the

ventral wall (“ perihemal spaces” of Ludwig) of the Aste-

rida connective partitions (septa) have, asis well known, been

developed, and in these formation of unwalled spaces (the

blood-lacunz) has taken place.

* See Sarasin’s statements, Zool. Anz. 1885.

+ See also my “ Vorlaufige Mittheiluingen,” already quoted.

and Anatomy of the Echinodermata. 369

That we find the ventral longitudinal canals of the Asterida

again in the Echinida I have already shown.

But what we do not find in the Echinida (and Spatangida)

are the septa, the longitudinal partitions of the ventral longi-

tudinal canals with hollow spaces developed in them, the true

blood-lacunee. This may be explained in the following way :

In the Asterida, as the more ancient forms, the central ner-

vous system remains throughout life in the ectoderm, where

it originated, while in the Hchinida at a certain time it sepa-

rates from the ectoderm and moves into the longitudinal canals.

In the Sea-urchins the longitudinal canals (¢. e. the canals

indicated as periheemal spaces in the Starfishes) are traversed

throughout their whole extent by the five ambulaeral or radial

nerve-trunks. By this means of course a development of

partitions or septa is rendered impossible. If we speak of

perihemal canals in the Starfishes, in the Sea-urchins we

must call them perineural canals.

These perineural canals have no connexion at all with the

system of blood-lacune. The lacunar ring, which in the

Starfishes runs round the cesophagus, has in the Hchinida

come to be situated upon the lantern, and from it start the

lacune to the intestine and the glands.

In schizoccele-formations of the back the blood-lacune run,

in the same way as in the Asterida, in septiform structures.

Moreover the Asterida and Echinida exhibit similar struc-

tures in the blood-lacune running to the sexual organs.

In Starfishes a schizoccele-space runs to each sexual organ

and is continued in lacuna of the connective substance of the

wall of the organ. But in each schizoccele-space there runs

also in the suspensory band a blood-vessel (according to

Ludwig’s designation), which is connected with the glandular

organ. I regard these canaliculi also as conductive lacune

for the glandular organ. The cells in them will certainly

have taken up materials from the sexual organs to be conveyed

towards the glandular organ. That excretory materials are

found in the lacune of the wall of the sexual organ may be

easily proved by sections. Deposits of granules, sometimes

of a brownish, sometimes of a yellow colour, occur every-

where. Nay, it has even been said by one naturalist that

the sexual organs, at the time when they do not form ova or

semen, function as glands!

In the Echinida the anatomical character is the same. In

them also schizoccele-spaces pass to the organs and enclose.

the peculiar lacune situated in the walls. ‘The foundation of

the sexual organs is the same in both groups. Nay, the

figures which show the sexual organ in the Echinida still in

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5. Vol. xx. 26

370 Dr. O. Hamann on the Phylogeny

the form of an oval vesicle projecting into a vacant space

(schizoccele-space) might equally well be drawn from a Star-

fish.

In Asterida a follicular epithelium could be demonstrated.

In Echinida the first foundation of the ovicell from epithelial

cells is so far the same that here also a commencement of

follicle-formation is made. It goes no further, however, and

the developed Echinidan ovum possesses a resistant enve-

lope, which, however, has been formed from the ovicell and

not from a follicular epithelium. :

An apparently great difference in the organism of the Sea-

urchin is constituted by the presence of a special masticatory

apparatus, the lantern. That this is produced by alteration

and transformation from whorls of the Starfish seems to be

probable. But that no Starfish can be produced from a Sea-

~ urchin provided with a masticatory apparatus is shown with

certainty, in my opinion, by the position of the oral blood-

lacunar ring and of the water-vascular annular canal. The

peculiar positions of these organs in Hchinida are in relation

to their simpler and more easily intelligible position in the

Starfish under the condition of the changed position of the

whorls.

A further important agreement is shown by the water-

vascular system. ‘The stone-canal of the Asterida is of very

complex structure and forms a smooth-walled tube only in

youth. Later on spiral convolutions of various forms appear

in the lumen. In the Hchinida the canal remains a smooth

tube and shows no organization indicative of the structures

occurring in Starfishes. This retrogression, as I conceive the

simplicity of this organ in the Hchinida to be, is closely con-

nected with the mode of life of these animals. Their move-

ment is in most cases limited in extent. The sucking-feet

are only moderately effective, owing to the long spines, and

locomotion takes place usually with the aid of the spines

employed as stilts. ‘Through this a retrogression of the lon-

gitudinal canals (ambulacral vessels) of the aquiferous vessels

has taken place; the ampulle are less developed, and the

valves occurring in Asterida have disappeared. In their

place the transversely-stretched muscular threads provide for

the closure of the ampulle, but of course only in a very

insufficient manner. Most of the ambulacral feet are there-

fore but little developed, and this applies particularly and in

a still greater degree to the Spatangide, in which the retro-

gression has gone much further.

In two or three words I must refer to the disappearance of

the musculature of the body-wall in the Echinida. In the

and Anatomy of the Echinodermata. oral

Starfishes I have demonstrated in the body-wall of each arm

an annular and a longitudinal muscular layer, such as exist

in the same way in the Vermes. In the Mchinida the rays

(the arms) are amalgamated with the body, the calcareous

secretions form a skeleton consisting of ten pairs of plates,

for which muscles in the body-wall have become unnecessary.

If, then, we assume that the Holothuriz have branched off

from the Echinida, this must have occurred early, that is to

say they must have originated from forms in which the

musculature had not yet retrograded nor the skeleton been

developed, as is the case in existing Echinida. According to

Ludwig’s* discovery in Spatangide, on the dorsal surface

between the rows of plates situated above the periproct there

are muscular fibres at the point where they meet in the middle

line. This musculature, which consists of short (1 millim.

long), smooth, muscular fibres, notched at their extremities,

is to be regarded as the remnant of the annular (and longitu-

dinal) musculature of the body-wall, such as is shown by the

Starfishes.

3. What Structures are we to regard as Sanguitferous

Spaces in the Echinodermata ?

The older naturalists supposed that in the Asterida the

five or more longitudinal canals running in the ventral sur-

face of the arms were the blood-vessels, and that the annular

cavity surrounding the cesophagus, which unites these five

or more canals, was the annular vessel. It was shown,

however, by Lange and Teusch, that these radial or

ambulacral longitudinal canals were divided in their whole

length by a vertical band, and that this band in its whole

extent was traversed by interstices and cavities. In the latter

they recognized the true blood-vessels, or rather blood-lacune.

That the conditions are the same in the dorsal body-wall,

and that here also the true blood-lacune (the anal ring of

blood-lacunze and the lacune leading to the sexual organs)

lie in such canals, has been shown by Ludwig, who proposes

the name of perthemal canals for the latter. At the same

time, however, that naturalist supposed that the perihemal

canals were in connexion with the body-cavity, the entero-

ceele. I have shown, by demonstrating the origin of these

canals as also of the ventral blood-lacune, that perihemal

cavities as well as blood-lacune of the septa or suspensory

bands are schizoccele-formations and therefore homologous

structures. This applies also to the cavitary system dis-

* “Ueber bewegliche Schalenplatten bei Echinoideen,” in Zeitschr.

fir wiss. Zool. Bd. xxix.

26*

(Sk)

12 Dr. O. Hamann on the Phylogeny

covered by Greeff in the connective substance of the cutis of

the dorsal wall. These cavities are connected with the peri-

hemal spaces and the so-called tubular canal.

Taking all this into consideration we have in the Asterida

a series of schizoccele-structures to which the five or more

ventral radial canals (perihemal spaces) belong, and, further,

the blood-lacune running through septa, likewise schizoccele-

cavities.

What do we find of these two systems of cavities in the

Kchinida ?

In the regular Echinida we find the five longitudinal

canals, in which the five ambulacral or radial nerve-trunks

have come to lie. Further, we find a eavity enveloping

the annular nerve at one of its surfaces, a homologue of

the annular perihemal cavity in the Asterida. Besides

these we have to note an anal annular schizocceele-cavity,

with cavities which run to the sexual organs. These are the

sole remains of the great dorsal canal-system of the Asterida ;

in their wall, 7. e. in the wall of the anal schizoccele-cavity

and partly projecting into it, lies the anal ring of blood-

lacune, and, in the cavities running to the sexual organs,

the blood-lacune. Consequently in the dorsal part of the

Echinida the same conditions exist as in the Asterida. Here

also we may speak of perihemal cavities. The different

character of the ventral surface is to be explained by the

formation of the masticatory apparatus and by displacement

of the five radial nerve-trunks, which have deserted their

epithelial position and moved into the schizoccele-cavities.

‘The septa with the blood-lacune (in the longitudinal canals),

and therefore the true radial blood-lacune of the Asterida,

have disappeared. But, on the other hand, a pericesophageal

ring of blood-lacunze has become developed upon the lantern,

and from this the blood-lacune run, as in the Asterida, to the

gland, intestine, &c.

In the Spatangida, which are quite certainly to be derived

from the Hchinida, these conditions are as follows :—The

masticatory apparatus has disappeared, and with it the peri-

cesophageal ring of blood-lacune situated upon it. In the

five longitudinal canals (perihemal canals) which open into

an annular canal situated around the cesophagus lie the

(radial) ambulacral nerve-trunks and the circumoral nerve-

ring as in the regular forms. But the blood-lacunz (dorsal

and ventral) of the cesophagus open into this annular schizo-

ceele-canal. This, consequently, in the Spatangide is to be

regarded as a blood-lacunar ring, and the five longitudinal

canals given off from it as the five ambulacral blood-lacune.

and Anatomy of the Echinodermata. 373

Thus in the Spatangida there has occurred a fusion of the

cavitary systems, which in the Asterida are separate. In the

dorsal part the blood-lacune run in the wall of the schizoccele-

sinus, as I have shown for the first time. In this, therefore,

these forms agree with the regular Hchinida and the

Asterida.

Let us now consider the Holothurie. In Synapta there is

a blood-lacunar ring of very feeble construction running in

the wall of the annular water-vascular canal. [From this

blood-lacunz issue to the tentacular canals. In this genus no

schizoccele-cavity runs through the five ambulacra. In the

toot-bearing Holothurie, which show more primitive con-

ditions, however, we again find the five radial ambulacral

schizoccele-cavities; here they may justly be denominated

blood-lacunee.

In the Crinoidea we find radial longitudinal canals, which,

as I propose to demonstrate immediately, are likewise schizo-

coele-structures, and are, certainly with justice, described as

the radial blood-vessels by Ludwig. Greeff and Ludwig

declared them to be homologous with the radial longitudinal

canals (perihemal cavities of Ludwig) in the Asterida. Sub-

sequently Ludwig has retracted this opinion, because he

thinks that the longitudinal canals of the Asterida are not

themselves blood-lacune, but that the latter are situated in

the septa, so that the blood-lacune of the Asterida and Cri-

noidea are quite different structures. The foundation of this

opinion is to be found in the fact that Ludwig regarded the

longitudinal canals as enteroccele-structures. When Ludwig

further says that in the Crinoidea no perihemal cavities have

yet come into development, either in the periphery of the oral

blood-vascular ring or in that of the radial blood-vessels, we

may reply as follows :—The radial blood-vessels (so-called) of

the Crinoidea and their oral blood-vascular ring are nothing

but the radial longitudinal canals (periheemal cavities) of the

Asterida and their oral annular canal. But while in the

Asterida special lacune, the true blood-lacune, have been

developed in septa, the septa are wanting in the Crinoidea.

‘The blood moves in the longitudinal canals, as is partially the

case in Spatangida and Holothurie.

Further, the Crinoidea also possess other radial schizoccele-

canals (homologous with the dorsal cavities of the other

Echinodermata), and in these (in septa) blood-lacune occur, as

will hereafter be shown in detail.

Summing up briefly all these conditions, it appears that no

decided difference exists between true blovd-lacune, situated

ASTERIDA

possess :-—

ECHINIDA.

SPATANGIDA.

OCRINOIDEA.

Ho1o-

THURIA p-

374 Dr. O. Hamann on the Phylogeny

in septa which are extended in the radial schizoccele-cavities

and the latter themselves; both structures are schizoccele-

structures, and originate as spaces and cavities in the con-

nective substance. To this must be added that the young

Asterias of perhaps a centimetre in diameter has no cavities

in its septa of the ventral surface, but that in this case the

longitudinal canals (perihemal cavities) must rather function

as sanguiferous spaces. In future, when we speak of the

blood-lacunar system in the Echinodermata it will no longer

do to characterize as blood-vessels one set of structures in one

group and another in another, but it will have to be shown

how sometimes one and sometimes another part of the schizo-

coele-structures conveys the true blood-fluid and stands con-

nected with the intestinal lacune.

We have therefore before us two different schizoccele-struc-

tures, two contrary systems, at first (Asterida) separated from

one another, but which may afterwards partially communi-

cate. ‘lhe following table gives a summary representation

of these schizoccele-structures :—

Five or more radial (ambu-

lacral) longitudinal canals

(so-called periheemal ca-

nals) an the ventral wall

of the arms and an oral

annular canal.

Present (as neural canals).

Present; the oral annular

canal has become con-

nected with the intesti-

nal lacune !

Present; the oral annular

canal connected with the

intestinal lacune.

Present; the oral annular

canal connected with the

intestinal lacune.

Blood-lacune situated in

the septa of the longitu-

dinal canals and an oral

blood-lacunar ring.

lacunar ring upon the

lantern, with no con-

nexion with the longitu-

dinal canals. Intestinal

lacunee opening into it.

Wanting; blood-lacunar

ring deficient.

Wanting.

Wanting ; pericesophageal

Blood-lucune at the verti-

cal pole in septa of the},

dorsal schizocele-cavities.

Present.

Present (situated partly in

the arms).

Wanting.

and Anatomy of the Echinodermata. 375

4. Summary of Results, with a Description of the Principal

Conditions of the Anatomical Structure of the Sea-urchins.

In giving the following description of the anatomical and

histological structure of a Sea-urchin, I indicate only the

principal results which seem to me to be of importance for

the comprehension of the Sea-urchin’s body. At the same

time I do not refer at all to the skeletal characters, seeing

that these are already sufficiently known and investigated,

especially through the works of Lovén and other naturalists.

In the Holothuriz, which are destitute of any spines or

similar structures, I have been able to describe the sense-

organs situated in the skin. In the Sea-urchins these are

nearly all (with the exception of the tentacles) placed upon

stalked organs, the pedicellarie. By this means an efficiency

is secured to them which sense-organs on the skin could not

develop on account of the frequently very long spines.

On the pedicellarie, with their three-valved forceps, the

mechanism of which I have described in detail, supposed

sense-organs were observed by Sladen only in one form, the

so-called gemmiform pedicellariz ; but neither that naturalist

nor Kohler succeeded in demonstrating nerve-terminations.

Exquisite sense-organs occur in all pedicellarie—gemmi-

form, tridactyle, and trifoliate. Special tactile eminences,

often of complex structure, occur on the inner surface of the

valves; these are beset with rigid sete. Nerve-branches

run to these tactile eminences. In general three nerve-cords,

composed of the finest nerve-fibres and ganglion-cells, were

observed ; these pass into the capitular part, and while each

gives off numerous lateral branches to the musculature, sense-

epithelium, «&c., they could be traced to the tip of each valve.

The glandular sacs in the wall of the pedicellariz are of par-

ticular importance in the seizing of any objects; whether

they exert a paralyzing action upon smaller animals, such as

worms, is still to be ascertained.

Following on these organs come the globifert, newly

discovered organs which serve as weapons. ‘They occur only

in a few genera. As further appendicular organs of the skin

Lovén’s remarkable spheridia are to be mentioned. At their

base may be found a nerve-ring of the same structure as that

which is detected on the spines. From this basal nerve-ring,

which shows itself externally by a thickened epithelium, an

epithelial pad, nerve-fibres run sometimes to the musculature,

sometimes running to the apex of the spine in the four, five,

or more long ciliary bands. Similar nerve-structures occur

376 Dr. O. Hamann on the Phylogeny

between the sutural lines or semites of the Spatangida; only

in these the nerve-fibre layer, which is epithelial in position,

is more strongly developed generally in the whole of the

dorsal epithelium, but especially in that of these sutural lines.

Nerve-terminations are observed in the ambulacral feet,

especially in the peculiar pencil-like foot of the Spatangida.

The complex structure which occurs in the sucking-plate of

the foot of a regular Sea-urchin can only be described by

reference to the figures.

In the epithelium, the epidermis, which covers all the ex-

ternal organs, nerve-fibres occur everywhere. ‘They are all

epithelial in position, or only partially so; in the latter case

they run subepithelially in the layer of connective substance,

the cutis. The body-wall of a Sea-urchin is composed, as is

well known, of the outer epithelium and the cutis with the

calcareous plates or separate calcareous bodies, as, for ex-

ample, in the buccal disk, or also at the vertical pole (in

Centrostephanus longispinus). in the body-wall, and indeed

in the middle of the paired, so-called ambulacral plates, run

five longitudinal canals. ‘They commence at the vertical pole

beneath the five intergenital (ocellar) plates, and run to the

lantern, the masticatory apparatus. ‘They are schizoccele-

structures, longitudinal canals, in the connective layer. Into

them have been shifted the five ambulacral (or radial) nerve-

trunks, which in the Starfishes are still situated in the ecto-

derm. These nerve-trunks terminate on the one hand in the

intergenital plates, on the other they pass into the lantern and

form a nerve-ring which, on one side, is enveloped by a con-

tinuation of the longitudinal canals. In and upon the inter-

genital plates there is a rudimentary tentacle without any

visual spots. ‘The nerve-trunks consist of very fine nerve-

fibres and ganglion-cells and of a cellular coat which is in

part composed of supporting cells. This epithelium is to be

regarded as homologous with the epithelium of the ambu-

lacral grooves of the Asterida, not only the nervous mass

itself, but the whole epithelium, having come to be situated

in the mesoderm, as in the Holothurie.

From the nerve- or central ring nerve-cords are given off

to the cesophagus, and these may be traced throughout the

whole course of the intestinal tract. Parallel to the ambu-

lacral nerve-trunks run the five ambu/lacral water-vessels ;

they terminate cecally in the intergenital plates, while at

the masticatory apparatus they ascend upon its outer surface

and enter into the water-vascular ring, which lies upon the

surface of the masticatory apparatus (the lantern) and sur-

rounds the cesophagus. From this water-vascular ring the

and Anatomy of the Echinodermata. 377

stone-canal takes its origin, ascends perpendicularly upwards,

and opens outwards through the pores of madreporic plates.

The latter possess no arrangement by which they can he

closed; they are rather always open for the entrance and

exit of the sea-water on the one hand, and of the fluid con-

tents of the water-vascular system on the other.

The sanguiferous cavities consist of the following parts :—

In the first place the five longitudinal canals and the annular

space enveloping the nerve-ring. In the EHchinida these

structures have nothing to do with the true blood-lacune;

the latter originate as ventral and dorsal intestinal lacune

from the blood-lacunar ring which lies upon the surface of

the lantern. From the dorsal intestinal lacuna branches

ramify which run to the glandular organ (the so-called heart

ot previous writers) and surround it. At its terminal portion

(it extends into the body-wall and, indeed, into the schizoccele-

sinus of the anal pole) Jacunee of the anal blood-lacunar ring

are In connexion witb this organ. This lacunar ring runs in

an annular schizoccele-sinus surrounding the anus, partly

projecting into it, partly in its wall; from it blood-lacune

are given off to the sexual organs.

Peculiar organs are the five vesiculiform lobate structures

situated upon the surface of the lantern, and previously

described as Polian vesicles. From the water-vascular ring a

canal leads into them, opening into their cavity, while blood

moves in the connective wall in lacunee which stand in direct

communication with the blood-lacunar ring.

In the Spatangida there are present the five longitudinal

canals and the cesophageal sinus communicating with them.

The true blood-Jacunar ring has, however, disappeared with

the lantern, and both the dorsal and ventral intestinal lacune

open into this cesophageal sinus, in which the nerve-ring is

situated, and which has been designated the blood-lacunar

ring. ‘The dorsal lacuna, however, runs beside an intestinal

water-vessel, which latter originates from the annular canal,

which likewise concentrically surrounds the buccal aperture.

‘This water-vessel and the intestinal lacuna communicate with

each other in their further course, and run along the gland

until the true stone-canal, originating from the madreporic

plate, enters into the web of vessels produced by the amalga-

mation.

In this way is produced a communication between the

water-vascular system and the blood-lacunar system, and thus

between cavities of entodermal and schizoccelar origin, such

as occurs in no other group of Hchinodermata. ‘lhat this

378 = Mr. J. Scully on Mammals from Afghanistan.

condition is secondary may be asserted most decidedly, as the

Spatangida are paleeontologically the youngest forms.

A remarkable organ is the “‘ovoid gland,” the structure

formerly designated the heart. So far as one is justified in

judging from the extant results, we may regard it as an organ

in which materials no longer available for the body are depo-

sited. Blood-lacune open at the ends into it or surround it,

as in the Kchinida. No efferent duct has yet been found in

any group.

The origin of the sexual products is of especial interest ;

they consist of primordial germ-cells ( Urkeimzellen), as I have

proposed to name these cells. ‘They lie in the dorsal wall in

an annular genital tube, on which five sacciform diverticula

are formed, into which the primordial germ-cells pass. ‘These

diverticula form the first foundations of the sexual tubes.

From the primordial germ-cells the ovicells are produced by

growth &c.; and by division &c. the sperm-cells, as well as

the whole of the epithelium which afterwards lines the sexual

organs.

In mature animals these sexual tubes are atrophied. How

far a similar origin of the sexual products from such primor-

dial germ-cells prevails in all Echinodermata I shall show

immediately in another place (Zeitschr. fiir wiss. Zool.

Bd. xlvi. Heft 1).

LI.—On the Mammals collected by Captain C. E. Yate,

C.S.I., of the Afghan Boundary Commission. By J.

SCULLY *.

Mr. Woop-Mason has asked me to contribute a paper on the

collection of mammals and birds made by Captain C. K.

Yate in Northern Afghanistan, and presented by that officer

to the Indian Museum; the following notes are the result.

The collection, I understand, was made after the departure of

the naturalist of the Commission, so it may possibly include

some forms not secured by him, and doubtless additional

localities will now be made known for many of the species

previously obtained.

* From a separate impression from the ‘ Journal of the Asiatic Society

of Bengal, part ii. 1887, communicated by the Author. [The section

relating to the Birds has not been reprinted, as it consists, almost exclu-

sively, of a list of the species observed. |

Mr. J. Scully on Mammals from Afghanistan. 379

The collection contains 13 species of mammals and

110 species of birds, those comprised in the first class

being particularly interesting. I have carefully examined

every specimen entered in the following list, and the

identifications are as accurate as I can make them with

the rather limited means of effecting comparisons. The

localities and dates are carefully entered by Captain Yate on

every ticket.

I have to express my thanks to Mr. Wood-Mason for

giving me access to the collections under his charge at all

sorts of unofficial hours, for permitting me to take most of

Captain Yate’s collection to my house for identification, and

for procuring for me from many quarters sundry works for

reference.

MAMMALIA.

1. Erinaceus albulus, Stoliczka.

This hedgehog agrees well with typical examples of the

species to which I have referred it, from Yarkand. The fur

on the whole lower surface of the body is white, the head and

cheeks are pale rufescent fawn, the ears pale isabelline behind

and white in front; the hands and feet are brown above, with

a few white hairs intermixed. ‘There is no nude area on the

vertex; the spines measure 0°8 to 0°9 inch and have two

dark and two pale bands, the tip being pale. Length of ear

in front, from orifice, 1°45; fore foot 0°35, with claws 1:02;

hind foot 1:4, with claws 1°53; tail 0°8. Teeth: «? half the

size of “3; & has two fangs, anterior and posterior, 21 two

distinct fangs, 2-2 three fangs, two buccal and one palatine.

L. albulus seems quite distinct from #. auritus, with which I

have compared it.

1. Maruchak, Murghab, Herat, May 23.

2. Badghis, Herat.

2. Helis caudata (Gray).

A flat skin, without skull. Nose to insertion of tail about

29°5 inches, tail about 13, hairs at tip of tail 0°7, ear from

orifice at front 2°2, longest whisker 3°5, palma 3°2, planta

1-4. The ears are pointed, with a small tuft of hair at the

apex measuring about 0°25. The general colour of the fur is

above a pale yellowish grey, with dusky streaks, mainly

along the centre of the back from nape to root of tail. Below,

the fur is creamy white, with dusky spots showing through

380 3=Mr. J. Scully on Mammals from Afghanistan.

here and there. The fur is soft and moderately long, grey at

the base all over the body, then isabelline, and, where dark

markings appear on the surface, the tips of the hairs are

blackish. ‘The head is grizzled grey, darker than the back,

the sides of the nose pale fulvous, the cheeks white. The ears

are pale isabelline behind, brown at the tips, and inside the

hairs are whitish. The limbs are pale yellowish grey in

front, with faint dusky markings near the body ; inner side

whitish, except the plantar and palmar surfaces, which are

brownish black. Tail above on proximal halt fulvous grey,

with dusky dashes resembling those of the back, below whiter

and almost free from dark markings like the belly ; rest of tail

greyish white, with four black rings and a black tip 1 inch

long. ‘This specimen is closer to £. caudata than to any other

species with which I am acquainted; but from want of speci-

mens for comparison and in the absence of the skull I cannot

feel certain that the identification is correct.

1. Maimanah.

3. Canis lupus, Linn.

A flat skin, without skull. Nose to root of tail 37-5 inches;

tail 12; hair at end of tail 2°5; ear from orifice in front 3:8.

There is no black on the ears or the hind limbs; the fore

limbs have a narrow black stripe down the front, ending

about 6 inches above the point of the toes. Down the

middle line of the back and along the upper surface of the

tail the hairs are mainly black, and the tip of the tail is quite

black.

J. Afghan Turkestan.

4, Vulpes montana, Pearson.

These are again two flat skins, without skulls. From nose

to root of tail they measure about 29 and 31 inches; tail 15:5;

hairs at end of tail 2°5. The face is rufous, with the usual

dark patch below the eye; the ears are wholly black behind,

the ordinary dark cross on the shoulders is present, and the

tail-tip is white. One skin has the greater portion of the

front of the fore limbs black ; in the other this part is rufous ;

in both specimens the underparts are grey. In the larger

animal, probably a male, the fur is much longer and softer

and the tail more bushy than in the other; and the claws,

which in both are unusually large, curved, and sharp-pointed,

are more powerful. Both these skins can be fairly matched

Mr. J. Scully on Mammals from Afghanistan, 381

in the large series of V. montana which I collected in Gilgit,

and to that species I accordingly refer them.

1,2. Afghan Turkestan.

5. Spermophilus bactrianus, sp. nov.

Ear-conch rudimentary, soles of hind feet densely haired,

tail short, not longer than hind foot ; hair on body harsh, very

short, unicolorous.

Head and body (from skin) 9°5 inches; tail 1:5, with hairs

at end included 2°2; fore foot without claws 1:25; hind foot

without claws 2°25. On the head and whole body above and

below the hair is very short, harsh, closely adpressed, and of

the same colour throughout from base to tip. Upper parts

nearly uniform pale fawn, the head slightly darker and more

brown, and the rump more tinged with rufous; a pale isabel-

line band from nostril to eye. Tail like the rump, with a

black subterminal ring and pale fulvous tip. Edges of lips,

chin, throat, and whole lower surface, including inner aspect

of limbs, creamy white. Outer aspect of limbs bright ful-

vous; upper surface of fore and hind feet pale isabelline,

below to root of digits covered with creamy white hairs. The

outer toe has a long pencil of whitish hair on its under sur-

face which exceeds the tip of the claw by about half an inch.

The vibrissz are long, fine, and mostly brown, and a pencil

of long glistening white hairs grows below the chin. The

claws are black, with pale horny tips. There are three pairs

of mamme. The skull is imperfect behind, and its total

length cannot be given; the posterior end of the nasals

extends further back than the termination of the premaxillee:—

in.

Greatest breadth of zygoma .............0.... 13

Breadth of brain-case behind postorbital processes 0:78

Teng thi otgmasal seiin sy wae cy sur ieceueta nt) nae ste s 6 0:8

Breadth of nasals behind ................... 0-2

py Olenasal Shineironter paneer iene. ae 0:26

Premolar to symphysis of premaxille.,........ 06

Posterior margin of palate to incisors .......... 0-98

Breadth of palate between 7™-2 .............. 0:27

Length of mandible, condyle to symphysis ...... 13

From the characters already given for this souslik it could

not be referred to any species of Spyermophilus belonging to

the section in which the hind feet are not haired below, e. g.

S. fulvus, S. rufescens, S. erythrogenys, S. brevicauda, S.

mugosaricus, S. concolor, or S. musicus. Of the section

having well-haired soles 8. Hversmanni and allies are also

382 Mr. J. Scully on Mammals from Afghanistan.

excluded by the length of the tail; Middendorff gives the

length of tail in S. Hversmanni as 4:2 inches, with terminal

hairs 5°5. Of the short-tailed subsection S. cdtellus, S. dauri-

cus, S. guttatus, S. xanthoprymnus, and S. mongolicus are

excluded for various but good and sufficient reasons, which to

enumerate would be long. ‘The only likely species that

remains is 9. leptodactylus of Lichtenstein, and to it I was at

first disposed to refer the specimen collected by Captain Yate.

The position of Lichtenstein’s species is, in the first place,

involved in doubt; it was distinctly described as having the

hind feet haired below; but, according to Brandt (Bull. Acad.

Sc. St. Petersburg, ii. p. 359), Hversmann proved to his

satisfaction that S. leptodactylus was the same species as 8.

fulvus, which has the soles bare. However this may be, I

have carefully compared Lichtenstein’s detailed description

of his Citillus leptodactylus (‘ Siugethiere,’ tab. xxxil.) with

the specimen under notice, and can only come to the conclu-

sion that the latter is perfectly distinct, even if the question

of hair on the soles be left out of consideration. In describing

this species as new I have not overlooked Brandt’s caution

about the young of bare-soled sousliks having sometimes that

part tolerably well covered with hairs.

1. 2, Khamiab, Afghan Turkestan, June 12.

6. Gerbillus, sp.

Head and body about 5:4; ear at front from orifice 0°6 ;

fore foot 0°38, with claws 0°45; hind foot 1:2, with claws 1°3.

Fur long, fine, and very soft. Bright rufous-brown or fawn-

colour above, many of the hairs black-tipped, the basal parts

of the hair leaden grey ; below the hairs white throughout

their length. ars fairly well haired, fawn-coloured behind,

with a white margin, in front with scanty white hairs at the

margins; whiskers white. Fore limbs white above and

below, the palms naked; hind feet isabelline above, with

whitish hairs on the soles, including the toes, except part of

the hinder portion of the tarsus. ‘The tail is imperfect ; but

its basal part for about 2°5 inches is coloured like the back

above, and is slightly paler below.

The upper incisors are well grooved, the enamel folds of

the upper molars are completely united in the middle, exactly

as in G@. hurviane, and the hinder molar has not a vestige of

any posterior talon—the outline of the crown as seen trom

above being simply a narrow oval, with the points of the

oval buccal and palatine. The following are the principal

measurements of the skull :—

Mr. J. Seully on Mammals from Afghanistan. 383

in.

Potalblonct berries ss ais sleds este 1-58

iBreadt hrotaycomeabicraneht yer an sly tener dian: 0:85

», Of brain-case at posterior root of zygoma .. 0°69

Weng thor palategtoymersonsuys:.. 04 sa ration 0-69

pp cs (OWE SIUISTOIS) 5.8) Gita open ea anes ae eke Shae RR CS 0:6

Mandible, condyle to symphysis.................. 0:78

Although the upper molars agree best with those of

G. hurriane, this specimen is quite different in character and

colour of fur and in shape of skull; neither can it be referred

to G. erythrurus, with which I have compared it. It pos-

sibly represents a new species; but, as the tail is imperfect,

I do not propose a name for it.

1. 5, Balkh, Afghan Turkestan, July 4.

7. Mus bactrianus, Blyth.

This specimen agrees fairly well with typical examples of

M. bactrianus; but the tail is shorter than the head and body,

though this is not of importance in askin. In comparing

this specimen, I have had occasion to examine many speci-

mens of M. pachycercus, Blanford, from Yarkand; and I

may note that that species is quite distinct from I. bactrianus

and has been happily named.

1. g, Chahar Shamba, Maimanah, April 4.

8. Arvicola Guenther’, Danford and Alston.

Head and body 4-4 inches; hind foot 0°77; ear at front

0-4. The external form and colours agree well with the

original description of the species from Asia Minor (P. Z.S.

1880, p. 62), except that in this specimen the rudimentary

thumb of the fore foot has a small nail. The pattern of the

molar teeth is very similar to that of A. Guentherd, with the

following exceptions :—

In this specimen ™* has not the rudimentary fourth angle

on the inner side so prominent; it is barely indicated. On

m:2, however, this posterior inner angle is distinct and must

be counted, although in the original description above cited

it is omitted. “* has the posterior lobe less prolonged back-

wards, and tends less to form an angle on the outside than

in the Asia-Minor species. ™.1, too, has the anterior lobe

more compressed laterally in the present specimen. The

following table exhibits the molar pattern according to the

usual mode of counting :—

384 Mr. J. Scully on Mammals from Afghanistan.

External Internal

Spaces. angles, angles.

Ey Nee Bal sees Bei a OR Ne 3

_ 4 3 3

Bee ugh i Cig ae Syotie: Taner shee 4

ig aenies are ORD a een ines TRG ral hatecctc veke feze . 5

LC Lcd Dapiethae rt 9) ati ea aian Gararan ee tc 3

eles chek oe Sgie eens ads Cate oat eR 8

1. Afghan Turkestan.

9. Ellobius intermedius, sp. nov.

Head and body (from skins) 4°5 to 5 inches; tail 0-4 to

0:45; hind foot 0°8 to 0°9; fore foot 0°55 to 0°67. Colour

above, and on sides of head below the zygomatic projection,

bright pale yellowish red (or bright rust-colour). Head dark

brown. Below greyish white throughout. Tail pale fulvous,

the terminal hairs at tip white. Fore and hind feet whitish.

Fur short (about 0°35 on hinder part of back), very soft and

fine; dark grey or leaden at the base, except on centre of

belly, where it is white throughout its length. The bright

colour of the upper surface being due to the short pale-

coloured tips of the hair, any abrasion of these gives the

animal a dark leaden-grey colour above.

Seal

in. millim.

Breadth across hinder part of zygomatic arches .... 1°05 27

» of interorbital constriction .............. 0:21 55

,, of brain-pan behind posterior termination of

PRIME, go pgadeooondosongeddu aden aod 0:62 16

Length from anterior molar to incisors .......... 0:54 14

» Of upper molar series...................: 0:32 8

7 Of palate to incisors) 35 eee. ye ae: 0:86 22°5

Breadth of palate between anterior molars ........ 0-14 4

Length of lower jaw, condyle to symphysis........ 1:05 27

OtlowermnolarseMes irr cern eicrr rir 0:33 85

Dy)

The nasals are shaped somewhat like a wine-bottle bent in

at the sides, their external margins being nearly straight

behind, then convex, then strongly concave, and, finally,

convex again at the front end ; the posterior ends are pointed,

not truncated. The posterior ends of the premaxille extend

quite 3°5 millim. behind the ends of the nasals and the same

distance beyond the origin of the zygomatic arch. The

zygomatic arch is high throughout; the maxillary process

does not reach the squamosal along the lower margin, a square

process from the malar interposing itself and forming the

lower edge of the arch for a length of 1°5 millim.

Mr. J. Scully on Mammals from Afghanistan. 385

The skull differs from that of H. fuscocapillus in having

the nasal portion shorter, the distance from anterior root of

zygoma to symphysis of premaxillaries being 15 millim. in

E. fuscocapillus, against 12 millim. in the present species.

The zygomatic arch is quite differently shaped, being higher

throughout, and the malar bone forms part of the lower

margin, while in ZH. fuscocapillus the maxillary and squa-

mosal processes meet along the lower margin, so as to exclude

the malar; and the anterior palatine foramina are much

smaller and narrower.

From EL. talpinus the skull of the present species differs

completely in the shape of the nasals and in the extension

backwards of the end of the premaxille. The shape of the

zygoma presents even a greater divergence than from £. fus-

cocapillus; but the arrangement of the bones in the arch

is closely similar in L. talpinus and EH. intermedius. The

anterior palatine foramina are very much smaller than in

E. talpinus ; and there are other differences which will be

apparent on studying Mr. Blanford’s very clear account of

the contrast between the skulls of H. fuscocapillus and

E. talpinus in J. A. 8. B. vol. 1. pt. 2, 1834, pp. 122, 123.

Teeth. The incisors are very long and pure china-white.

The molar pattern is as follows :—

External Internal

angles. angles.

2 ta Se ih Pee 3

ee eee ORL t B09 SAGA 2

aly ile poe atin h Sheet 2

ERT gelesen (Malas tasAl hielo 5

UE ath REA Splits: a4 die 3

eS dee eae Situ ware 8

™1and ™2do not differ from the corresponding teeth in

E. fuscocapillus and H. talpinus in any important particular.

m.3 differs markedly from the corresponding tooth in L. fusco-

capillus, and resembles that of H. talpinus in wanting a pos-

terior lobe behind the hindmost outer angle; both the internal

angles too are less prominent in the present species, the last

angle being much rounded.

In wi the anterior lobe is less developed than in E. fusco-

capillus, but still there are four external and five internal

angles, not three and four as in E. talpinus.

The three species of Hllobius may be thus contrasted :—

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5. Vol. xx. a(}

SRO.

=r)

. Base of fur almost black.

. Zygoma low, malar in-

. Nasals convex externally.

386

E. intermedius.

1. Base of fur dark or leaden

E. talpinus.

grey.

2. Zygoma high throughout,

malar interposed be-

tween maxillary and

squamosal processes in

lower margin.

3. Nasals bottle-shaped, or

external margin alter-

nately convex and con-

cave.

terposed between maxil-

lary and squamosal pro-

cesses in lower margin.

Mr. J. Scully on Mammals from Afghanistan.

E. fuscocapillus.

1. Base of fur light grey.

2. Zygoma high in middle,

maxillary and squa-

mosal processes alone

form lower margin.

3. Nasals bottle-shaped, or

external margin alter-

nately convex and con-

cave.

m. 3 has no posterior lobe

behind last outer angle.

—

. m1 angles 3-4.

. Premaxille terminate 4. Premaxille prolonged be- 4. Premaxille prolonged be-

posteriorly opposite end hind hind end of nasals. hind hind end of nasals.

of nasals,

5, m- 3 has no posterior lobe

ehind last outer angle.

outer angle.

6. m1 angles 4-5. 6. m. 1 angles 4-5.

For the comparison of the three specimens collected by

Capt. Yate, I have Mr. Blanford’s very full description of a

skin and skull of ZH. fuscocapillus (with figure of skull and

teeth) in the paper before cited, and three skins and a skull

of the same species in the Indian Museum. | have no speci-

men of £. talpinus for comparison, but Mr. Blanford has so

clearly and, I am sure, accurately given the differences be-

tween that form and ZL. fuscocapillus, that I have no hesitation

in deciding that Capt. Yate’s specimen must be referred to a

new species. The only known locality for H. fuscocapillus is

Quetta, and the Russian H#. talpinus is recorded by Severtzoff

from Western Turkestan ; so that the present species is inter-

mediate in its habitat, as well as in its distinctive characters,

between the two better known species of the genus. Severt-

zoff calls his Turkestan specimens L. talpinus, var. rufescens,

and these may prove to belong to the species I have de-

scribed.

Capt. Yate notes on the ticket of one of the specimens,

“ Hyes scarcely visible; caught by day.”

1. Bokun, Murghab, Herat, May 10.

Der Kala aliy sas » May 14.

3. 99 3 jy lay226:

10. Lagomys rufescens, Gray.

The two examples collected belonging to a well-marked and

well-known species need no extended notice; they agree per-

fectly with specimens collected by Blanford in Persia. The

species was originally described from a specimen obtained in

Afghanistan.

1. Shadian, Afghan Turkestan, August 2.

2. 99 op 50 August 6.

5, m.3 has a prominent pos-

terior lobe behind last

Mr. J. Scully on Mammals from Afghantstan. 387

11. Lepus Lehmannt, Severtzoff.

This specimen is not in very good order, and I refer it rather

doubtfully to the species described by Severtzoff (see Ann.

& Mag. Nat. Hist. 1876, vol. xvii., “The Mammals of Tur-

kestan’’), with which, on the whole, it seems to agree best. So

many species of Asiatic hares have been described which differ

only in minute particulars as to make the task of identifying

a particular specimen difficult and uncertain ; for the number

of nominal species probably greatly exceeds the constantly

distinguishable forms. In the specimen obtained in the Hindu

Kush the ears measure, from orifice in front, about 4:3 inches,

at back 4°8, greatest breadth about 2°7. The anterior external

part of the ear is coloured like the back; the posterior part

being pale isabelline, black at the tip and partly down the

posterior margin.

The general colour above is mixed pale fawn and black.

The chin and belly are white, and the throat and_ breast

pinkish isabelline. The basal part of the fur above, and where

coloured on the limbs and breast, is grey; on the belly the

fur is white throughout its length.

The premaxillaries end behind on a level with the nasals,

the latter bones having the posterior end sloping inwards

and the junction of their outer and hinder margins slightly

rounded,

The mandible from condyle to symphysis measures

3-4 inches.

1. Hindu Kush, Afghan Turkestan.

12. Gazella subguiturosa, Giildenst.

Head and horns, with skin of head, preserved. Band from

between horns to nostrils rufescent fawn. A pale isabelline

band outside this from level of inner canthus of eye to upper

lip. A dark rufous-fawn stripe from eye-pits to commissure

ot lips. ‘The ear measures about 5°25 inches in length from

orifice to tip in front. ‘The horns from the base curve out-

wards, forwards, then backwards, and at the tips they curve

inwards and forwards. ‘There are twenty rings on each horn,

and these end about 2°5 inches from the tips. The horns

measure 14:7 inches in length along the curve in front, the

distance of the tips apart is 6°9, the greatest distance apart

7°5, and the girth at the base about 4:5.

1. ¢g, Badghis, Herat.

388 Mr. J. Scully on Mammals from Afghanistan.

13. Cervus cashmirianus, Falconer.

This is a cast left antler of an elaphine stag, about which

Capt. Yate gives the following information :—“ This was a

horn from the banks of the Oxus, near Balkh, and will help

to determine the identity of the deer found in the jungles

along that river.” The antler is not perfect, as the beam is

broken above the royal, so that the form of the crown cannot

be ascertained ; the following are the measurements :—

in.

Length from burr to broken end of beam along curve

WISTS yer ernie costa ae heeed G.ttue ere eee 17'8

9 Ofsbrowabine na DOUCI Tne eine nent 4:0

jmenOtebez tine mabowts;.0 Men wae meee emer eee 70

», Of royal tine along curve, about............ ULL

» Of beam above upper angle of royal ........ 6:9

Viewed in front, the beam is nearly straight (though of

course inclined outwards) as far as the royal, where it begins

to curve inwards. Viewed from the outer side, it curves

slightly back from the bez and forwards to the origin of the

royal; above the royal it curves gently back, and then for-

wards and inwards. The brow tine is straight and directed

somewhat upwards: the much longer bez is directed outwards

and upwards, and towards its tip it has a slight curve inwards ;

the royal is directed first outwards, then it curves at about

3 inches from the beam strongly upwards and inwards, the

point being well inside the line of the broken end of the beam.

Without measurement the bez looks longer than the royal,

and the middles of the bez and brow tines, measured along

the middle line of the beam, are 2°5 inches apart, or from

upper margin of brow to lower margin of bez at junction with

beam about 1°7 inches.

It is quite clear, I think, that this antler agrees better with

that of CU. cashmirianus than with that of any other deer to

which it could be referred. It is quite distinct from C. maral,

as figured by Sclater in Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. vi. I may

mention that Mr. Wood-Mason, who examined this horn

betore J saw it, came to the conclusion that it must be referred

to C. cashizirianus. Of course the evidence of such a frag-

ment is not conclusive proof that the stag of the Oxus basin

is really identical with the Kashmir species ; complete speci-

mens are necessary for the settlement of that point.

1. Banks of Oxus, near Balkh, Afghan Turkestan.

Miscellaneous. 389

MISCELLANEOUS.

On the Affinities of the so-called Torpedo (Cyclobatis, Egerton) from

the Cretaceous of Mount Lebanon. By A. Smita Woopwarp,

F.G:8., F-Z:8.

In 1844, Sir Philip Egerton read a paper before the Geological

Society of London, describing a small Selachian from the chalk of

Mount Lebanon, under the name of Cyclobatis oligodactylus ; six

years later Prof. F. J. Pictet figured a second specimen, showing

further anatomical details ; and quite recently Mr. James W. Davis

has published some notes on the genus, adding a new species, C.

major. Following Egerton’s original determination, the fish seems

to have been universally regarded up to the present time as referable

to the Torpedinide, partly on account of its rounded shape, and

partly on account of the supposed absence of dermal defences. The

fine series of specimens now in the British Museum, however, ap-

pears to demonstrate conclusively that these generally accepted views

as to affinities of Cyclobatis have no sure foundation in fact. That

the genus is truly referable to the Trygonidz seems evident from

the following considerations :—(1) The pectoral fins are uninter-

ruptedly continued to the end of the snout, and were thus probably

confluent in front. (2) The pelvic arch is placed far forwards, and

the rays of the pelvic fins scarcely extend posteriorly beyond the

extremity of the pectorals. (3) There are no traces of median fins.

(4) The skin is armed with spinous tubercles. The fact last named

has not been noted before ; but on the dorsal aspect of the fish there

is a longitudinal median row of large spinous tubercles, and the re-

mainder of the body and fins is covered with innumerable prickles.

In one small fossil the tail has the appearance of being completely

encased in rows of the large tubercles. There is thus no evidence,

as yet, of the existence of ‘electric rays’ of an earlier date than

those made known by Volta and Baron de Zigno from the Eocene of

Monte Bolca, near Verona, in Northern Italy.—Abstract, Section C,

British Association, Manchester, 1887.

Zygena dissimilis, Murray.

GENTLEMEN,—In the ‘ Annals and Magazine of Natural History’ for

October is a paper by Mr. Murray, of the Kurrachee Museum, who

in describing a hammer-headed shark which he supposed to be new,

observed upon it not being delineated in my ‘ Fishes of India.’

The reason seems to be that the species is the Zygena mokarran

of Ruppell, figured in Taf. 17. fig. 3, ‘ Neue Wirbelthiere der Fauna

Abyssinien,’ 1835, and who fully described the fish. I did not

obtain it in India when there, neither did it exist in any of the

local museums, which was my reason for not inserting it. Also

Lamna Guentheri of the same author from the same locality, described

in your journal, (5) vol. xiii. p. 849 (1884), is figured and described

in my work as Carcharias tricuspidatus, p. 713, pl. 186. fig. 1.

Cheltenham, Oct. 24, 1887. Francis Day.

390 Miscellaneous.

On the Sexual Generation of Chermes abietis, Linn. -

By Dr. F. Buocnmann.

I was led by the preparation of my lecture “ Ueber ausgewihlte

Kapitel aus der Fortpflanzungs- und Entwicklungsgeschichte der

Thiere ” to attend in more detail to the cyclical development of the

Aphides, and in this way I became aware of many still existing

gaps in our knowledge. One such hiatus is to be found in the

history of the reproduction of the genus Chermes, seeing that,

notwithstanding the efforts of various distinguished observers, it was

still undecided whether a sexual generation does or does not occur

in its cycle of development. As the galls of Chermes are very

abundant at many places here in Heidelberg, and especially on the

so-called “‘ Himmelsleiter,” I took occasion during my walks to

observe their development, in order to detect the sexual animals,

the existence of which I fully expected to find from the great

similarity of the course of development in Chermes and Phylloxera.

In this I soon succeeded, and I would not omit giving a short

communication here, especially because at the moment I am not in

a position to furnish a detailed description with figures.

For the most detailed observations upon the life-history of the

Bark-lice we are indebted chiefly to Ratzeburg* and Leuckart r.

What is known from them is as follows:—In the autumn we find

at the bases of buds of the fir small wingless animals covered with

grey wool, which have buried their long proboscis deeply in the

tissues, and in this position live through the winter. In the spring

they grow considerably, with several changes of skin, the sexual

organs especially becoming developed. The investigation of the

latter shows that the animals are all unfertilized females. They

now begin to lay a great number (up to about 200) of peduncu-

lated eggs, which remain lying under the mother, enveloped in dense

white wool. These soon become developed into female larve, which

crawl between the leaves of the expanding bud. ‘hese are already

deformed at the base of the bud by the sucking of the mother, and

become still more so now by the united efforts of the brood, so that

the well-known pineapple-like galls are produced, I may state

here that of the two species, which are usually distinguished by the

formation of their galls, the one which makes the smaller galls

(Chermes coccineus, Ratz.= C. strobilobius, Kalt.) has served for my

investigations.

In the galls the young animals increase in size, with several

changes of skin, and develop wing-sheaths. At the beginning or

middle of June the different chambers of the gall open, the nymphs

crawl out upon the leaves of the nearest twigs, and then change

their skin for the lasttime. After this moult they appear as winged

insects, which, in fine weather quit the twig and settle themselves

* Die Forstinsekten, Bd. iii. pp. 195-205 (1844).

+ “Die Fortpflanzung der Rindenlause,” in Arch. fur Naturg. 1859,

pp. 208-231.

Miscellaneous. 391

here and there, usually not far from the gall out of which they crept

forth. Anatomical examination shows that these animals also are

all females, but that they differ in the structure of the ovary, by a

much smaller number of egg-tubes, from the hybernating generation,

which remained wingless. Ratzeburg believed that he observed a

few males among these winged animals; but this was certainly due

to an error, as, indeed, Leuckarb has remarked. (Nevertheless

O. Taschenberg still reproduces Ratzeburg’s figure with the erro-

neous description—see ‘Die Verwandlungen der Thiere’ (1882),

p. 224.)

These winged females settle themselves almost exclusively on the

underside of older leaves, cover themselves again with a light woolly

secretion, and lay a small number (I usually observed 8-12) of eggs,

which, in dying, they cover with their roof-like wings. From these,

consequently also unfertilized eggs, small yellowish creatures are

developed, which, according to the opinions hitherto prevalent,

should become developed into the wingless female generation,

hybernating at the base of the buds. This course of development

was regarded as certain by Leuckart in his memoir above cited ;

while subsequently *, from the analogy of the conditions of repro-

duction in the true Aphides, he regarded the existence of a sexual

generation as possible, especially as Claus had informed him that he

had once examined male fir-lice.

The supposition that the progeny of the winged females was the

hybernating generation producing the galls in spring (which,

however, no one had directly traced) was erroneous, for, in point of

fact, their descendants are the sexual animals +. The newly-

hatched animals remain for some time under the body of their

mother, where they moult once; then they disperse themselves and

creep briskly about on the bark of the twigs. Examination with

the lens shows a difference among them. As already stated, they

are in general of a yellowish colour. Some, however, strike one by

the brownish extremity of the abdomen and also by their greater

activity. These are the males. Anatomical examination shows in

them two testes of considerable size, with mature and rather large

spermatozoa, and a rather long penis beset with short hooklets. In

the more sluggish females the end of the abdomen is not of darker

colour. The sexual organs, as in the sexual generation of Phyl-

lowera, consist of a single eqg-tube, which, in the specimens exam-

ined, contains a single large ovum, which being not yet furnished

with a chorion and vitelline membrane, is consequently not quite

mature. On the oviduct are seated two lubricating glands and a

large receptaculum seminis, which I have always found tightly packed

with spermatozoa. It is further remarkable that both sexes possess

* “Die Fortpflanzung der Blatt- und Rindenlause,” in Blomeyer, A

Mitth. der landw. Inst. d. Univ. Leipzig, Heft i. (1875) p. 136.

+ Whether the eggs deposited by the winged animals are to be recog-

nized, as in Phylloxera, by their size as male and female I cannot say, as I

have omitted attending specially to this point.

oy)

392 Miscellaneous.

a well-developed proboscis and intestine, and therefore are certainly

fitted for the reception of food.

While the males run briskly about in all directions upon the

twigs, the females wander slowly but uninterruptedly downwards,

that is towards the trunk. Of course, during this progress they are

met with by the rambling males, and I had frequent opportunities

of observing them 7% copuld. The fertilized females then crawl

away, and thus it happens that one usually finds many more males

than females. ‘The latter creep upon the somewhat thicker branches _

into the fissures of the bark, and especially under the appendages at

the base of the leaves, the so-called ‘‘ Stollen,” and here deposit their

eggs. The females are easily found here, living or dead, along with

the eggs. The latter are about (0°5 millim. in length and 0:22

millim. in thickness, enveloped in a little whitish wool. Usually

two or three eggs lie together, and I regard it as not impossible that

they are deposited by one female, as the latter might no doubt take

nourishment, and so, after depositing the first egg, bring a second

or even a third to maturity. I could detect the dead females and

their eggs not only upon the twigs but also under scales of bark on

the trunk itself. However, the firs on which I made these observa-

tions are still young trees, about 5-6 metres in height.

I observed the flying parthenogenetic females on the 19th of

June. As many galls were then emptied, males and females were

already present. I found the fertilized eggs deposited under the

bark on the 2nd of July, and in all that came under observation

the blastoderm was already developed. In this condition they

remained until now (July 23*) according to observations made

concurrently upon twigs in the open and preserved in glasses in the

house. We may assume with certainty that from these eggs pro-

ceeds the wingless hybernating generation which we find in October

at the bottom of the buds.

Hence we now perfectly know the developmental cycle of Chermes.

It may be summarized as follows :—

1. A hybernating, wingless, parthenogenetic generation ;

2. A winged parthenogenetic generation ;

3. A generation of male and female wingless animals, from the

fecundated eggs of which the first generation is again

produced.

The whole course of development thus closely approaches that of

Phylloxera, the only difference being that in Chermes the wingless

females proceeding from the fecundated eggs directly produce the

winged generation, while in Phyllovera a greater number of wing-

less generations intervenes between them.— Brologisches Centralblatt,

September 15, 1887, Band vii. pp. 417-420.

* The eggs remained in the same stage of development until August 14

(when the proof was corrected).

CONTENTS OF NUMBER 119.—Fifth Series.

cua Page

XLII. The True Nature of the ‘ Madreporic System ” of Echino-

dermata, with Remarks on Nephridia. By Prof. Marcus M. Harrtoe,

D.Sc: cMG AS pRaRe i leer nes Gre ect. wie take ck orienta ae ee 321

XLII. The New System of Chalinine, with some Brief Observa-

tions upon Zoological Nomenclature. By Arraur Dznpy, B.Sc.,

F.L.S., Assistant in the Zoological Department of the British

Museam 00 ee ao PIO Aer UTR 326

XLIV. A List of the Japanese Selphide, with feeerigiione of new

Species. By Grorentinnass Geb ses ct sone wer gree uns Ss ier yo 338

XLV. On the so-called Microdon nuchalis, Dixon, from the Chalk

of Sussex, a new Species of Platax. By A. Smita Woopwanp, F.G.S.,

F.Z.S8., of the British Museum (Natural History) ................ 342

XLVI. List of Reptiles and Batrachians from Cyprus. By G. A.

IBOULENGER St oteke corded sbi ie at aeelah are cieh ccvemara apie oof Sap ay te eater 344

XLVII. On the Affinity of the North-American Lizard-Fauna.

By Gr ACU BO MIERING BEN pein ancien deiiaer i Manilet ira? toh wiamep sc INEM pie ie eaves 345

XLVIII. Notes on Volutharpa Perryt. By Enear A. Surta.... 347

XLIX. Descriptions of some new Genera and Species of Curculio-

nide, mostly Asiatic—Part IV. By Francis P. Pascoz, F.LS. &. 348

L. On the Phylogeny and Anatomy of the Echinodermata. By

Tes) pene TL A MANN EON CCS amo ten 2 oes, Sos Mine be cies an Ue 361

LI. On the Mammals collected by Captain C, E. Yate, C.S.I., of

the Afghan Boundary Commission. By J. Scunty .............. 378

MISCELLANEOUS.

On the Affinities of the so-called Torpedo (Cyclobatis, Egerton) from

the Cretaceous of Mount Lebanon. By A. Smira Woopwarp,

GS BAe a inte MO VnE Scan ay eo maare peat inE ON ae an 389

Zygena dissimilis, Murray. By Francis Day, F.Z8. &e. ........ 0b.

On the Sexual Generation of Chermes abietis, Linn. By Dr. F.

BLOCHMANN .......... Bede ateoy Weta tetas a tereg aaa 2. tao te 390

*,% Itis requested that all Communications for this Work may be addressed,

post-paid, to the Care of Messrs. Taylor and Francis, Printing Office,

Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, London.

THE LONDON, EDINBURGH, AND DUBLIN

PHILOSOPHICAL MAGAZINE

AND

JOURNAL OF SCIENCE.

A JOURNAL DEVOTED TO PHYSICS, ASTRONOMY, MECHANICS,

CHEMISTRY, MINERALOGY, AND THE ALLIED SCIENCES.

MONTHLY, PRICE 2s. 6d.

Complete sets (in Numbers) may be obtained at the following —

prices :—

The First Series, in 68 volumes, from 1798 to 1826. Price £15.

The Second Series, in 11 volumes, from 1827 to 1832. 9) oon As,

The Third Series, in 37 volumes, from 1832 to 1850. ya nales

The Fourth Series, in 50 volumes, from 1851 to 1875. peel 557-15 fi

Taytor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street.

THE ANNALS AND MAGAZINE

NATURAL HISTORY,

INCLUDING

ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, AND GEOLOGY.

MONTHLY, PRICE Qs. 6d.

Complete sets (in Numbers) may be obtained at the following

prices :—

The First Series, in 20 volumes, from 1838 to 1847. Price £10.

The Second Series, in 20 volumes, from 1848 to 1857. 3 | LALO.

The Third Series, in 20 volumes, from 1858 to 1867. att a COB

The Fourth Series, in 20 volumes, from 1868 to 1877. cet es Be

TaYLoR and FRANCIS, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street.

ee //

w/* Nb 2050 a FIFTH SERIES. Noi 120.

x | 557 THE eee

: 34. / BEB ND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HUSPORY,

ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, aay GROLOGY.

oeen 2 Pi ge < Sh.

CONDUCTED BY

f ALBERT C. L. G. GUNTHER, M.A., M.D., Pu.D., F.B.S.,

WILLIAM §. DALLAS, F.LS.,

he WILLIAM CARRUTHERS, F.R.S., P.LS., F.GS.,

WILLIAM FRANCIS, Pu.D., F.L.S.

BEING A CONTINUATION OF THE “ANNALS ee COMBINED WITH

MESSRS. LOUDON AND GHARLESWORTH’S “MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.”

WITH TWO PLATES.

Illustrative of Mr. EH. A. Smith’s Paper on Argonauta Botigert, Prof. F. J. Bell’s

on anew Species of Hvechinus, and Dr. W. Michaelsen’s on the Enchytreide.

LONDON:

TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET. *

Sold by Longmans, Green, and Co. ; Simpkin, Marshall, and Co.; Kent and Co.;

Whittaker & Co.: Bailliére, Paris: Maclachlan and Stewart, Edinburgh: Hodges, Foster,

& Co., Dublin: and Asher, Berlin.

BIOLOGIA CENTRALI-AMERICANA.

Edited by F. D. GODMAN and OSBERT SALVIN.

ZOOLOGY.

SincE September 1879, when the work was commenced, Sixty-three Parts

(including that now issued) have been published ; and the work has progressed

as follows :—

Mammalia. By E.R. Ausron. (Complete. Pp. xx and 220, pls. xxii.)

Aves, Vol. 1. By O. Satvin andF.D. Gopman. (Pp. 1-512, pls. i—xxxv.,

Temporary Titlspage.)

Reptilia. By A. Gtnruer. (Pp. 1-56, pls. i—xxv.)

Arachnida Acaridea. By Orro Stott. (Pp. 1-16, pls. i—xi.)

Coleoptera. Vol. I. part 1 (ApEpHAGcaA). By H. W. Barres. (Complete.

Pp. x and 316, pls. xiii.)

| Coleoptera. Vol. I. part 2 (ApEPHaGa &c.). By D. SHarp. (Complete.

Pp. xvi and 824, pls. xix.)

Coleoptera. Vol. IJ. part 1 (PsrLapHipm &c.). By D. SHarp and A.

MartHews. (Pp. 1-88, pls. i., ii.)

Sanaa Vol. Il. part 2 (Pecrinicornia &c.). By H. W. Barus. (Pp. 1-

136, pls. i.—vii.

Galscptera: Vol. III. part 1 (Serricornta). By C. O. WareRrHouseE.

(Pp. 1-48, pls. i.—ii.)

Coleoptera. Vol. III. part 2 (MatacopErmata), By H. S. Goruam,

(Complete. Pp. xii and 872, pls. xiii.)

Coleoptera. Vol. IV. part 1 (HrtTrRomeRA). By G. C. CHAmpion.

(Pp. 1-328, pls. i—xili.)

Coleoptera. Vol. V. (LonaicorniA): by H. W. Barres. (BRucHIDES):

by D. SHarp. (Complete. Pp. xii and 526, pls. xxvi.)

Coleoptera. Vol. VI. part 1 (PHyropHaGa). By M.Jacospy. (Pp. 1-568,

pls. i.—xxxii.)

Coleoptera. Vol. VI. part 2 (PHYTOPHAGA, continued). By J. S. Baty.

(Pp. 1-124, pls. i.-iv.)

Coleoptera. Vol. VII. (ERoty1ipz). By H.S. Goruam. (Pp. 1-82,

i ye ons By P. Cameron. (Pp. 1-482, pls. i.—xvii.)

Lepidoptera Rhopalocera. Vol. I. By F. D. Gopman and O. Savin.

(Pp. 1-487, pls. i-xlvii., Temporary Titlepage.) Vol. II. (Pp.1-104, pls. xlviii.—-

ly.

Hee ae Heterocera. By H. Drucr. (Pp. 1-256, pls. i—xxv.)

Rhynchota Heteroptera. By W.L. Distant. (Pp. 1-304, pls. i.—xxviii.)

Rhynchota Homoptera. By W. L. Distant. (Pp. 1-40, pls. i—v.)

Diptera. By Baron C, R. Osten Sacxen. (Pp. 1-216, pls. i—ii.}

BOTANY.

Of the Botany Twenty-three Parts have been issued. They contain, of Vol. 1.,

pp. 1-619 and gee pls. i.—xxxv.; Vol. I., pp. 1-621 and titlepage, pls.

xxxvi.-lxix.; Vol. ILL., pp. 1-771, pls. lxx.-cix.; Vol. IV., pp. 1-298.

The Price of each Zoological Part is 21s., and of each Botanical Part 12s. 6d.

London: Published for the Editors by R. H. Porrrr, 10 Chandos Street,

Cavendish Sq., W., and Dutau & Co., Soho Sq., W.

THE PISCATORIAL ATLAS

OF THE

NORTH SEA, ENGLISH AND ST. GEORGE’S CHANNELS.

By O. T. OLSEN, F.1.S., F.B.G.S., &e., &e.

SHOWING AT A GLANCE

The Fishing Ports, Harbours, Species of Fish (How, Where, and When Caught),

Boats and Fishing Gear, and other Special Information concerning

Fish and Fisheries.

PRICE. With Fish coloured............00.- £2 19s. 6d.

With Fish uncoloured..........200- £2 Qs. Od.

Taytor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street.

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[FIFTH SERIES.]

No. 120. DECEMBER 1887.

LIT.—On “ Orthoceras [Endoceras] duplex,” Wahlenberg

et auctt., with Descriptions of three new Species of Endo-

ceras from the Ordovician of Sweden and Russia contained

in the British Museum (Natural History). By ARTHUR

H. Foorp, F.G.S.

THERE are a great many specimens of Hndoceras in the

British Museum from Sweden, Northern Germany, and

Russia, bearing upon their labels the well-known name of

“ Orthoceras duplex,’ Wahlenberg. But on referring to the

original description of that species *, which is unaccompanied

by any figures, one finds that it is insufficient for purposes

of strict identification, and, in point of fact, many diverse

forms of Hndoceras have consequently been united under

Wahlenberg’s appellation. The essential part of his descrip-

tion is contained in the following passage, translated from

the Latin original :—

“Orthoceratites duplex or giganteus is found in Westro-

gothia, and there only complete and well developed, particu-

larly in Mount Kinnekulle. ‘The diameter is mostly a hand’s

breadth, and sometimes as much as five Parisian inches, a

size of the tube surpassing that of any other univalved many-

* Nova Acta Reg. Soc. Scient, Upsaliensis, 1821, vol. viii. p. 86.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5. Vol. xx. 28

chambered testaceous animal which I have seen alive or

dead. Its form is rather cylindrical than conical, and in

addition to its great breadth it has a length of six feet and

more, so that we are convinced that it surpasses in magnitude

all Ammonites hitherto discovered, and that it is thus the

largest of all univalved testaceous animals. Its siphuncle is

mostly situated quite on the margin or on the circumference

of the shell, and not quite hidden by the joints of the external

shell ; occupying about a third part of the entire shell. On

account of its situation on the margin, the segmental par-

titions [septa] of the shell form very oblique rings on the

surface of the siphuncle, and at the same time run outwards

over its face, whence it results that the siphuncle seems as it

were to consist of hoods or wrappers, set or inserted upon one

another, as if it sent out processes. The outer wall of the

siphunele is entire and free from perforations, showing no

point of communication between the cavity of the siphuncle

and the chambers of the exterior shell.”

The author then proceeds to describe the smaller Orthoceras:

lodged in the siphunele of “‘Orthoceras duplex,” from which

circumstance the specific name originated. It need hardly be

said that the included Orthoceras was introduced by accident

into the capacious siphunele of the larger one*. Judging

by Wahlenberg’s description, which is almost confirmed by

his reference to one of Klein’s figures (‘ Descriptiones Tubu-

lorum Marinorum,’ 1731, tab. vi. figs. 1, 2), his species was

most probably Hndoceras trochleare.

It appears that Wahlenberg’s views regarding the im-

prisoned specimen were not shared in by some of his scientific

brethren, for he observes with much naiveté that “ many

people interested in natural phenomena have regarded this

internal Orthoceratites as a different species, on account of its.

annular form; and the inhabitants of Mount Kinnekulle well

distinguish it from the common Orthoceratites under the name

‘‘ Svecico skrufstenar’’ [Swedish screw-stone], a by no means.

inapt sobriquet for Hndoceras trochleare.

Selecting from Wahlenberg’s description of “ Orthoceras

duplex” those parts of it which are essential to a specific

diagnosis, they are found to consist of two only, viz. the form

of the shell, which is said to be “rather cylindrical than

* This is of course no uncommon thing. Barrande gives numerous

figures of Endoceras and Orthoceras into whose siphuncles young or

smaller shells belonging to those genera have been introduced after the

death of the animal and the partial destruction of its shell. (See Syst.

Sil. de la Bohéme, vol. ii. pl. cccexxxviii. figs. 9,11; also Pal. of New

York, by James Hall, vol. 1, 1847, pl. xlviii. tig. 3.)

[Endoceras] duplex,” Wahlenberg et auctt. 395

conical,” and the proportionate size of the siphuncle, “* occu-

pying ‘about a third part of the entire shell.” These two

characters would obviously not be sufficient for specific dis-

tinction, and the vagueness of the original description has

given rise to a number of widely differing forms being placed

under one specific name, according to the inter pretation, gene-

rally a very liberal one, that each author has put upon the

description. ‘To make confusion worse confounded another of

Wahlenberg’s species—“ Orthoceras commune ” —has become

entangled in the nomenclature of “O. duplex.” According

to aie. original description of the former (Nov. Act. loc. cit.

p: 85) O. commune is not an Endoceras, but an Orthoceras,

for the siphuncle is described as of moderate thickness,

“equal to nearly a tenth part of the diameter of the whole

shell, taken transversely,” and “is for the most part situated

midw yay between the axis and the circumference of the shell.”

Hisinger *, who was the first to give figures of fossils under

Wahlenberg’s names “ duplex” and “ commune,” adds very

little to our knowledge of those forms, and to his brief de-

scription of the former he appends the words “an species

distincta?’’ a somewhat significant phrase, which seems to

suggest the difficulty he experienced in identifying Wahlen-

berg’s species.

Having thus failed in obtaining the required information

from the ‘books, T explained my difficulties to Dr. Lindstrém,

and he, with no less kindness than promptitude, caused

inquiries to be made for me as to whether Wahlenberg’s

types of “O. duplex” and “O. commune”’ still existed in the

museum at Upsala, where some of his types are preserved.

But they could not be found, so that there is now no possi-

bility of identifying Wahlenberg’s species. Dr. Lindstrém

informed me, moreover, that he had “searched in vain? in

the “ Hisinger Collection”? of the Royal Museum, Stockholm,

for the original specimens of “O. duplew” and “O. commune”

figured by. Hisinger in the ‘ Letheea Svecica.’

"Under these circumstances it is desirable, as Dr. Lind-

strém has suggested to me, that Wahlenberg’s names should

be relinquished, and new ones imposed upon all Swedish and

Russian Endocerata which have hitherto fallen under them.

This task has been already partly accomplished by such able

paleontologists as Dewitz and Schréder in Germany and

Holm in Sweden, and, so far as I am aware, there remain

now very few forms requiring emendation. The collection of

Swedish specimens of Hndoceras in the British Museum has

* ‘Letheea Svecica,’ 1837, p. 28.

28%

396 Mr. A. H. Foord on “ Orthoceras

been greatly enriched within the last few years through the

munificence of the late Mr. J. E. Lee, of Torquay, and it is

principally upon this new material that the following descrip-

tions are based. I have named the first species after the

illustrious Swedish naturalist Wahlenberg.

Lindoceras Wahlenbergi, sp. nov.

1732. Species vi. Orthoceratites siphone ad peripheriam posito crassiori,

&c., Breynius, Dissertatio physica de Polythalamiis, p. 34, tab. iv.

figs. 4-6.

1759. Orthocerati recti.. .. im Dahlia reperti. De rariori quadam

Orthoceratitis Specie, in Suecica reperta, tractatus, &c., Nicholas de

Himsel, Phil. Trans. vol. 1. pt. 2, p. 692, tab. xxiii. fig. A.

21775. Orthoceratites, Walch and Knorr, Monumens des Catastrophes

de la Terre, tom. iii. suppl. p. 140, tab. tv e. fig. 1.

eae Orthoceratites duplex, Hisinger, Lethzea Svecica, p. 28, tab. ix.

o. 1.

P1855. Orthoceras duplex, Barrande, in Leonhard and Bronn’s Neues

Jahrb. p. 264, Taf. ii. figs. 11, 11*.

1857. Orthoceras commune, Bolt, Archiy fiir die Naturkunde von Mek-

lenburg, p. 12, Taf. 11. figs. 4, a, 6 (not of Hisinger).

21861. Orthoceras duplex, Roemer, Fossile Fauna yon Sadewitz, p. 60,

pl. vil. figs. 2, a, b.

1866. Endoceras (Orthoe.) duplex, Barrande, Syst. Sil. de la Bohéme,

vol. ii. Texte iil. 1874, pp. 709, 713, pl. ecxxxiii. fig. 9, pl. eecexxviil.

figs. 9-12.

°?1869. Orthoceras duplex (giganteum), Karsten, Die Verstein. des

Uebergangsgebirges in den Gerdllen der Herzogthiimer Schleswig

und Holstein, p. 49, tab. xvii. fig. 6, a, 6. :

P1875. Orthoceras duplex, Mallada, Bol. Com. Mapa Geol. Espana,

tomo ii. p. 24.

1876. Orthoceras duplex, Roemer, Letheea Geognostica, Theil i, Leth.

Paleeoz. Atlas, Taf. vi. fig. 2, a, b.

1880. Orthoceras duplex, Angelin-Lindstrom, Fragm. Silurica, p. 1,

tab. iii. figs. 9-11.

1881. Endoceras duplex, Schroder, Schriften der physikalisch-okono-

mischen Gesellsch. zu Konigsberg, Jahrg. xxii. Abth. i. p. 82, Taf. iii.

figs. 1, A, B.

1882, Endoceras ef. duplex, Barrois, Terr. anciens des Asturies et de la

Galice, p. 187, pl. iv. figs. 7, a, 6, ¢.

1885. Orthoceras (Endoceras) dupler, Roemer, Lethea erratica, in

Dames and Kayser’s Paliontologische Abhandl. Band ii. Heft 5,

p- 38, Taf. ii. figs. 2, a, d.

Sp. char. Shell straight, very long. Tapering rather

slowly at the rate of about 1 in 12, taking the average

measurement of three adult specimens. Section circular.

Body-chamber unknown. Septa moderately distant, that is,

about 8 lines apart at a diameter of 24 inches, decreasing to

a distance of 3 lines at a diameter of 8 lines. The distance

of the septa varies considerably in different specimens, and

even in different parts of the same individual. Thus in one

[ Endoceras] duplex,” Wahlenberg et auctt. 397

measured the septa are 6 lines apart at a place where the

diameter is 16 lines, while they are only 4 lines distant where

Endoceras Wahlenbergi.—a, portion of the septate part of the shell (nearly

one third of it), with some of the smooth inner shell-layer remaining,

natural size (s, siphuncle); 0, portion of the test of another specimen,

natural size ; c, part of section from fragment of a large specimen,

showing siphuncle (s) and sheath (sh), natural size ; d, section and

siphuncle of young individual, natural size; e, diagram to show

average rate of tapering of the species.

398 Mr. A. H. Foord on “ Orthoceras

the diameter has increased to 19 lines. But on the whole the

septa increase their distance as the individual advances in

age. Siphuncle proportionately larger in the young than in

the adult, as is frequently the case in the testaceous Cepha-

lopods ; that is to say, it attains to nearly half the diameter in

the young shell (fig. 1, d), while in the adult it measures only

about one third of the diameter (fig. 1,c). Test consisting

apparently of two layers, the inner one being perfectly smooth

and polished, whilst the outer, the surface of which is rarely

reserved, is ornamented with transverse, irregular, slightly

oblique riblets (fig. 1, 5).

Remarks. The ‘Orthoceras commune” of Boll (not Hi-

singer), which I believe to be identical with Hndoceras

Wahlenberg?, is described by that author as having the ‘ shell

in well-preserved examples marked with obscure lines of

growth, and in badly preserved ones these are so eroded that

their sculpture can scarcely be recognized ;” the latter is

unfortunately the condition of most of the specimens in the

National Collection.

It has been a matter of great difficulty to me to select out

of the numerous and divergent forms described and figured

under the name of “ Orthoceras duplex” those whose

characters harmonized sufficiently with the species I have

now instituted, to justify their incorporation with it. The

descriptions of “O. duplex” have often been based upon

imperfect fragments, consisting of casts, or even of sections

only, of a few of the chambers, in which the distinguishing

characters are necessarily reduced to a minimum. In some

instances the siphuncle only has been figured.

In such circumstances I cannot vouch for the accuracy of

all the references given above. The dubious ones are indi-

cated by a note of interrogation.

Amongst the specimens of L. Wahlenbergt from Westro-

othia two attain a considerable size, the longest measuring

1 foot 73 inches, the diameter at the larger end being 24

inches and at the smaller end 10 lines. The other measures

1 foot 5 inches in length, with a diameter of 2 inches and 8

lines at the larger extremity and 14 lines at the smaller,

where it is broken, the chambers being here filled with

coarsely crystalline calcite (fig. 1, a). A marble slab from

Sweden contains a section of an Hndoceras in which a portion

of the body-chamber is preserved. ‘This individual measures

2 feet 74 inches in length and increases very slowly in diam-

eter, measuring only 1 line at the apical and 1 inch at the

basal extremity. On the whole it would seem to belong to a

[Endoceras] duplex,” Wahlenberg et auctt. 399

more slender and slowly tapering species than L. Wahlen-

bergi. :

it is difficult to conceive how shells of such great length

and thinness of texture could have been preserved from frac-

ture even during the iifetime ef the animal. Professor

Whitfield, of New York, who has had exceptional opportu-

nities of studying the shells of Hndoceras in the rich deposits

of the Trenton Limestone, as well as in the splendid collec-

tions preserved in the American Museum of Natural History,

affirms that he finds them “ nearly always in a fragmentary

condition, the earher parts having been broken away or

otherwise destroyed;”’ and he suppeses that the sheaths

formed within the siphuncle served to protect that part of the

body ef the animal which extended back into it im a “long

finger-like projection.” ‘The sheaths, he adds, “‘ were not

only formed in case of accidents already having taken

place, but were probably often fermed to guard against future

troubles; consequently we sometimes find them crowded

together, so as to leave not more than an inch er so between

them, and the intervening space filled with coarsely crystal-

line caic-spar, showing that the one below had not been

injured so as to admit the access of foreign matter, which is

always sure to be the case where injury has occurred to the

individual sheath below the cavity so filled.”

With reference to the number and disposition of the sheaths

Professor Whitfield observes that in the American species he

can “find no regularity whatever in the distances at which

they occur even in the same individual. They often occur

quite close together, sometimes three or four of them being

ensheathed within each other; and others again will have

from 10 to 20 inches between them; and [ have seen

examples of the shell from 2 to 4 feet long without a trace

of a sheath ”’ *.

_ This species resembles in some respects, as in the distance

of the septa, and the proportionate size of the siphuncle,

Endoceras belemnitiforme, Helm (Paliont. Abhandl. 1885,

Bd. 3, Heft i. p. 5); but in the latter the septa are said to be

equally distant from the very commencement of the shell,

which is not the case with the presert species, in which the

septa are much closer together in the apical portion of the

shell than they are at later stages of its growth.

The rare preservation of the apical end of these long and

finely pointed shells will always make any characters founded

upon the form of the apex but seldom available for purposes

ee American Mus. Nat, Hist. no. 1, New York, Dec. 23, 1881,

Pp: °

400 Mr. A. H. Foord on “ Orthoceras

of specific distinction ; and even when the apex is fortunately

preserved, as in Holm’s species, I hold that such structures,

connected as they admittedly are with embryonic development,

have too wide an import to be employed in such a way.

florizon. Orthoceras-Limestone (= Arenig *).

Localities. Uitby, near Lake Siljan, and Kinnekulle Hill

(Westrogothia), Sweden; Reval (Esthonia), Russia.

Orthoceras kinnekullense, sp. nov.

Sp. char. Shell elongate, tapermg at the rate of 1 in 9.

Cylindrical in cross-section. The septa direct, distant about

4 the diameter, strongly arched, their convexity about 2 that

of their diameter. Siphuncle a little eccentric, about 3 lines

in diameter where the shell has a diameter of 21 lines. Test

ornamented with regular, direct, flattened, transverse riblets,

divided by narrow interspaces. Body-chamber unknown.

Remarks. The most characteristic feature in the present

species is the sculpture of the test, which is beautifully pre-

served on most of the specimens that have come before me.

The figure (2, 0) will enable the reader to realize the sculpture

of the shell much better than a verbal description can do. It

is necessary, however, to state that the riblets vary in width,

so that in some places nearly five of them are contained in

the space of 1 line, while in others, especially at the larger

extremity of the shell, only about two and a half are required

to fill that space. Ordinarily about four to four and a half

are contained in one line. ‘These measurements include the

interspaces. It will be understood from this that the orna-

mentation of the test is visible to the naked eye.

The dimensions of the largest specimen in the national

collection (fig. 2) are as follows :—length 11 inches, greatest

diameter 2 inches, least diameter 1 inch. Septa about 4 inch

apart, but becoming a litle closer near the smaller extremity

ot the shell.

The very characteristic ornamentation of this species sepa-

rates it from all other Ordovician species known to me,

Horizon. Orthoceras-Limestone (= Arenig).

Localities. K innekulle Hill (Westrogothia), and Oeland,

Sweden.

* See a valuable paper by Prof. F. Schmidt, of St. Petersburg, “On

the Silurian (and Cambrian) Strata of the Baltic Provinces of Russia, as

compared with those of Scandinavia and the British Isles,” in Quart,

Journ. Geol, Soc. vol. xxxvili. p. 514 (1882) ; also J. E. Marr, ‘On the

Classification of the Cambrian and Silurian Rocks, pp. 74 and 82

(1883).

[Endoceras] duplex,’ Wahlenberg et auctt. 401

Piss 2,

vay" ‘i

ai i

i) |

i il

Tayi

Orthoceras kinnekullense.—a, fragment of the septate part of the shell

(about one half of it), with some of the test remaining, natural size

(s, siphuncle) ; &, portion of the test, greatly enlarged; c, outline of

the entire specimen reduced one half; d, outline of section, restored

from another specimen, showing siphuncle at s.

Orthoceras revalense, sp. nov.

Sp. char. Shell straight. Section elliptical, the ratio of

402 On “ Orthoceras [Endoceras] duplex.”

the diameters being as 24:19. Very uniformly tapering at

the rate of lin 6. Septa direct, undulating; distant about

# the diameter. Siphuncle eccentric, cylindrical, its diameter

about 4 the longer diameter of the shell. Body-chamber and

test unknown.

Remarks. The distinguishing feature of this species (fig. 3)

is its relatively high rate of tapering.

Horizon. Orthoceras-Limestone (= Arenig-Llanvirn).

Locality. Reval (Esthonia), Russia.

Fig. 3.

Orthoceras vevalense.—a, part of a specimen, the whole of which measures

eS (s, siphuncle) ; 4, section, showing siphuncle at s. Natu-

ral size.

Prof. F. J. Bell on a new Species of Evechinus. 403

LIL—Deseription of a new Species of E-vechinus.

By F. Jerrrey Bet, M.A.

[Plate XVIL figs. 7 & &]

THERE has for some time been known‘ to me a form of the

genus Hvechinus which did not appear to be the same as Z£.

chloroticus ; as, however, the two specimens in the collection

ot the British Museum are ef small size, and as the habitat

is unknown, I have for several years delayed publishing the

description in the hope that fresh material would come to

hand. I now reverse the policy, in the hope that by directing

attention to this undescribed ferm further information will be

supplied by those wko may possibly have examples of it

ander their care, or in their possession.

Hvechinus rarituberculatus.

This species may be distinguished from £. chloroticus by

the foillowmg characters :—the primary tubercles are less

numerous and less closely packed, there is a great reduction

in the number of tubercles found in the interambuiacral areas,

the actinostome, abactinal area, and anal area are propor-

tionately larger, and the poriferous zone is narrower.

Test discoidal, rather flattened, blackish brown, the promi-

nent primary tubercles of the ambulacral areas faintly greenish.

Madreporic plate large ; two oculars touch the anal border ;

one large and distinct tubercle on the ordinary genital plates

and a few small tubercles on the oculars. Actinal cuts dis-

tinct but not deep; actinostome rather large.

The primary tubercles of the ambulacral area, which are

largest at the ambitus, diminish in size more rapidly below

than above this line. In a test of rather more than forty

millim. in width about fourteen may be counted in each row :

the tubercle stands rather towards the ambulacral edge of the

plate and has a circlet of miliaries around its base ; between

the two rows of primary tubercles we find at and below the

ambitus two rows of secondary tubercles, one on either side

of the middle line; above the ambitus these rows rapidly

become obscure. On the outer side of the primary tubercles

we find an irregular row of small tubercles, which are largest

just below the ambitus and quite lost halfway up the abac-

tinal side of the test; of these one on each plate is distinctly

larger than the rest.

In the interambulacral areas, on the actinal face of the test,

we find two rows of ordinary primary tubercles, rather closely

404 Prof. F. J. Bell on a new Species of Evechinus.

packed and gradually and regularly increasing in size as they

pass from the actinostome to the ambitus, where they are not,

however, as large as the primary tubercles of the ambulacral

area; between these there is a single row of secondary

tubercles. Above the ambitus the primaries rapidly become

smaller or completely disappear, and as much as half the

abactinal surface of the test may be completely devoid of

primary tubercles, when the plates are covered only by small

tubercles, not very regularly arranged. .

The auricles are strong, the foramen small, and the con-

necting-ridge low. ‘The buccal apparatus is injured, but the

radius would appear to have a shallow rounded notch.

The spines are of moderate length, greenish in colour

except at their tip, which is yellowish ; a specimen com-

pletely covered with spines would probably have very much

the same appearance as JL. chloroticus (though as compared

with most dried specimens the spines are of a darker green),

but might be distinguished from it by the greater number of

short and the smaller number of long spines.

The following table gives the more important measure-

ments :—

; Percentage value of 2

S| ob Ze

oe q A 3 a

32 Me SiO ete es

5S oS #8 8 [=| = N » 4

2) | B=] Sie | ee a s 3 Be

aA fey | dass | || a 2 Be gs

Loy |S Se ees S| 5 8 54

< | wa < | <q < Ay 4 a

42 50 38 | 19 2:6 14

45 466 | 87-7 | 188] 8-8 2-6 115 14

As E. chloroticus grows to a considerable size, it is of

importance to consider whether the differences indicated in

the above description are not those of age; the differences in

the proportional size of the actinal and abactinal areas would

possibly be less if we had larger specimens of Z. rarttuber-

culatus ; but the character which “ leaps to the eyes” is the

smaller number of primary tubercles. Fortunately we have

already from M. Alex. Agassiz (Rev. Ech. p. 503) some

information as to the youthful characters of H. chloroticus,

and he tells us that in specimens 18 millim. in diameter, or

only two fifths the size of one of ours, there were already

fourteen coronal plates, which is, I presume, equivalent to

Mr. G. A. Boulenger on Cophophryne sikkimensis. 405

saying that there are fourteen primary tubercles. Nor can

the great difference between the species in the number of the

secondary tubercles be looked upon as any thing else than a

mark of specific distinction. A specimen of E. chloroticus of

the same size as the larger of the two specimens of E. rarv-

tuberculatus has the poriferous zone at the ambitus 3 millim.

wide.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVII. Fies. 7, 8.

Fig. 7. Test of Hvechinus rarituberculatus, seen from above, nat. size.

Fig. 8. Area marked a in fig. 7, magnified 24 times, to show the arrange-

ment of the tubercles.

LIV.—On a rare Himalayan Toad, Cophophryne sikkim-

ensis, Blyth. By G. A. BOULENGER.

Mr. W. T. BuLAnForp has just presented to the British

Museum three specimens (a male, a female, and a young) of

a very rare Batrachian described by Blyth in 1854 under the

name of Bombinator sikkimensis. The two original speci-

mens were obtained in Sikkim by Captain Sherwill and are

preserved in the Calcutta Museum. A _ third specimen,

received by the same institution, and noticed by Anderson in

1871, was procured on the Sengalula range, Darjeeling, at

an altitude of 12,000 feet. The three specimens now added

to the British-Museum collection were collected by Mr. Blan-

ford at Byutan, foot of Yakla Pass, Sikkim, at an altitude of

13,000 feet.

I know of no other preserved specimens. The late F.

Stoliczka stated *, it is true, that he obtained a few speci-

mens around Darjeeling at an elevation of about 7000 feet.

But on comparing his description with the material now to

hand, I come to the conclusion that he mistook the young

Bufo himalayanus for the B. sikkimensis. ‘The reference to

Stoliczka’s Bufo sikkimensis and to the abstract I have given

of it in the ‘ Catalogue of Batrachians’ (p. 305) should there-

fore be transferred to the synonymy ot Bufo himalayanus,

Gthr.

_ Now as to the systematic position of this Batrachian.

Theobald recognized it as belonging to the family Bufonide,

and created for it anew genus, which he named Scutiger,

assuming apparently the nuptial excrescences of the male to

be a permanent character ; in addition to the latter character

* Proc. As. Soc. Beng. 1872, p. 112.

406 Myr. G. A. Boulenger on Cophophryne sikkimensis.

he notices the following as generic :—A hidden tympanum

and obsolete eustachian tubes, free toes, and the tongue “ parted

behind.” In the opinion of Anderson the genus Seuéiger is

untenable, and Bombinator sikkimensis is referred to Bufo,

from which it ‘‘ only differs in its free toes and in its slightly

notched tongue.” An examination of the pupil and of the

skeleton reveals, however, important differential characters,

and I have no hesitation in accepting the generic separation,

although under a new name, that of Scuteger being (I might

say fortunately) preoccupied (Sewtigera, Latreille, Myriopoda,

1802). Besides, I do not consider that genus as by any

means closely allied to Bufo, but as a connecting form

between the Bufonide, to which it must be referred on

account of the absence of teeth, and the Pelobatide, the East-

Indian forms of which it approaches in the very strongly

dilated transverse processes of the sacral vertebra, which

bears but a single condyle for articulation with the coccyx

(there are two in all Bufonide), and the structure of the

sternal apparatus, which is precisely that of Leptobrachium,

Xenophrys, and Megalophrys. In some of the external

characters also (pupil, tongue, toes) it bears resemblance to

these three genera.

CoPHOPHRYNE.

Scutiger (non Latr.), Theobald, Cat. Rept. As. Soc. Mus. 1888, p. 83.

Pupil vertical. Vomerine teeth none. Tongue elliptic,

free and very slightly nicked behind. No tympanum ;

eustachian tubes extremely small, scarcely perceptible.

Fingers free, toes nearly free, the tips not dilated. Outer

metatarsals united. A cartilaginous omosternum; sternum

with a slender bony style. Sacral vertebra with very strongly

dilated diapophyses, and one condyle for articulation with

eoccyx.

Cophophryne sikkimensis.

Pena stkkimensis, Blyth, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. xxiii. 1854,

Sede stkkimensis, Theob. 7. ec.

Bufo sikkimensis, Anders. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1871, p. 204.

Head moderate; snout short, rounded, with indistinct

canthus rostralis ; interorbital space a little narrower than the

upper eyelid. Fingers and toes blunt, without subarticular

tubercles; first and second fingers equal; an indistinct rudi-

ment of web between the toes; a large, elliptic, very feebly

prominent inner metatarsal tubercle; no tarsal fold. The

tibio-tarsal articulation reaches the shoulder or the angle of

the mouth. Upper parts with large porous warts, which may

On Reptiles and Batrachians from near Muscat. 407

form irregular longitudinal series on the back; a narrow

parotoid gland, ill-defined above, extends obliquely from the

eye to the extremity of the jaws; lower parts perfectly

smooth. Olive-brown above, the warts darker and dotted

with lighter; a light triangular spot on the forehead, the base

between the eyes, the apex touching the lip; loreal regions

dark ; limbs with dark marblings. Male without vocal sacs.

My specimen does not show the copulatory asperities, which,

judging from the descriptions, must be much like those of

Rana Liebigit.

From snout to vent 50 millim.

LV.—A List of the Reptiles and Batrachians obtained near

Muscat, Arabia, and presented to the British Museum by

Surgeon-Major A. 8. G. Jayakar. By G. A. BOULENGER.

THE following list is based upon two collections formed at

Muscat by Mr. Jayakar; the first was received in December

1885, the second in November 1887. The herpetological

fauna of the west coast of the Persian Gulf being very imper-

fectly known, these collections are of particular interest.

REPTILIA.

CHELONIA.

1. Testudo stellata, Schweigg

2. Chelone virgata, Schweigg.

LACERTILIA.

3. Ceramodactylus Doric, Blant.

4, Alsophylax tuberculatus, Blanf.

5. Hemidactylus Coctei, D. & B.

6. Agama sinaita, Heyd.

7. Agama isolepis, Blegr.

8. Uromastix spinipes, Daud.

9. Varanus griseus, Daud.

10. Lacerta Jayakari, Blgr.

Four specimens have been received since the publication of

this species (Cat. Liz. ili. p. 40, pl. u.). They agree so well

with the description I havegiven that it is sufficient to record the

following notes on the number of scales and femoral pores :—

408 On Reptiles and Batrachians from near Muscat.

io Jalan eye 2 9),

Dorsal scales across the middle of

IND NOGKR Spebecccgscvodedos 85 86 93 86

Transverse series of ventrals ......; 28 28 29 29

Femoral pores, on each side ...... 29 27 25 25

11. Scincus muscatensis, Murray.

12. Chaleides ocellatus, Forsk.

OPHIDIA.

13. Zamenis ventrimaculatus, Gray.

14. Zamenis diadema, Schleg.

15. Lytorhynchus diadema, D. & B.

16. Psammophis Leithii, Gthr.

17. Dipsas obtusa, Reuss.

18, Hydrophis robusta, Gthr.

19. Hydrophis Hlliottx, Gthr.

20. Hydrophis cyanocincta, Daud.

21. Hydrophis Jayakari, sp. n.

Head rather small, snout moderate. Body of moderate

length, slender anteriorly. A single postocular; suture

between the prefrontals extremely short, not one fourth the

length of that between the nasals; frontal more than twice

as broad as the supraocular, hexagonal, the lateral sides

shortest, not half as long as the posterior, which are the

longest ; suture between the parietals as long as the frontal ;

a single, large, anterior temporal ; two pairs of chin-shields,

in contact mesially, posterior pair largest. Scales juxtaposed, —

dorsals obtusely keeled; 27 scales round the neck, 37 round

the body. Ventral shields thrice as broad as the adjoining

scales on the neck, hardly twice as broad as those on the body,

260 in number. Four preanal shields, outer largest. Uni-

form plumbeous above ; upper lip, sides, and lower parts white.

Total length 640 millim.; tail 75; diameter of neck 11 ;

greatest vertical diameter of body 32.

A single specimen.

22. Enhydrina bengalensis, Gray.

23. Echis carinata, Schn.

24, Echis colorata, Gthr.

BATRACHIA.

25. Bufo Andersonit, Blegr.

Mr. E. A. Smith on Argonauta Battgeri, 409

LVI.—Notes on Argonauta Bottgeri.

By Enear A. SMITH.

[Plate XVIL figs. 1-6.]

THE shell of this species was described and figured by

Maltzan in the ‘Journal de Conchyliologie,’ 1881, p. 163,

pl. vi. fig. 7. He does not state whence his specimens came.

In the British Museum there are two examples forming part

of the Cumingian collection marked “ Australia”? and three

from “ Masbate, Philippines.” Two specimens from the Mau-

ritius were obtained from Mr. Robillard, one from the China

Seas has lately been acquired, and two others have recently

been presented by J. F. Keene, Hsq., who captured them

near the Chagos Islands in the midst of the Indian Ocean.

The distinguishing features of this species are the nume-

rous ribs and tubercles, the total absence of auricular expan-

sions at the sides, its constantly small size, and the fine

granulation (a feature not remarked upon by Maltzan), which

more or less covers the whole surface, producing a dull non-

glossy appearance. These granules are particularly dense on

each side near the axis.

The tubercles upon the keels, which, as in all species of

Argonauta with the exception of A. argo, alternate in the

two series, vary to some extent both in prominence and

number. In figure 1 (a copy of Maltzan’s figure) the tuber-

cles are numerous and moderately prominent; in figure 3 they

are as numerous but less feebly developed, and figure 2 repre-

sents the opposite extreme, in which the tubercles are fewer,

distant, and striking.

The following table, including the series of specimens

in the Museum and that represented by von Maltzan, will

indicate the variation in the number of the tubercles :—

Greatest diam- Number

eter in of

millim. tubercles.

From Masbate, Philippines ........ 40 33

Maltzan’s\specimen\ 2+. 4..-5.4-. 425 -- 36 28

From Australia .........+...-.-++ 33 24

rom Mashatemen eee aie 33 22

Tron ANDER, coop ceases sqoaneane 33 21

From China Seas.............+..;- 30 18

Tiron, MII gonsooocuncegne oun 28 iF

Near Chagos Islands .............. 28 14

From Mauritius .................. i 16

Prom Masbatey;....6 504000 sce 24 16

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5. Vol. xx. 29

410 Mr. KE. A. Smith on Argonauta Bottgeri.

The animals obtained by Mr. Keene are in a somewhat

poor state of preservation, and therefore admit only of partial

description. ‘The body appears to be rather more than twice

as long as broad, of about equal breadth throughout, but

somewhat narrowed at the posterior dorsal extremity. It is

of a dirty buff tint, ornamented with numerous dots, spots,

and rings of a purple-black colour, which is much darker on

the dorsal than on the ventral surface. The arms are also

marked with scattered minute dots and rings. The dorsal

pair are a trifle the thickest and longest, the third pair almost

if not quite as long, and the second and fourth pairs shortest.

No idea of the expansions of the dorsal arm, which serves

for the retention of the shell, can be obtained, owing to the

condition of the specimens; it is evident, however, that

scarcely any interbrachial web exists at the base of any of

the arms.

The beak is strong and coal-black. The lower mandible

is but very little produced or beaked; the upper one is a

trifle smaller and narrower, but not acutely pointed. The

suckers on all the arms are raised on thick peduncles, which

are not contracted at the base, and those towards the base are

the largest, the rest gradually decreasing in size towards the

extremities. On what is left of the third pair of arms there are

seventy-two, alternating in two series of thirty-six; but this

number is not likely to be constant.

The teeth, as usual, are in seven rows ; the median tooth is

broad at the base and tricuspid, the central cusp being acu-

minated and very much longer than the lateral cusps ; the

next or first lateral tooth has a broad base, occupying about

half the total length, is then narrowed and pointed; the

two outer laterals are larger than the rest and somewhat

curved and tapering, the outermost being rather narrower

at the base than the other.

The ova contained in one of the shells are very numerous,

probably some hundreds in number, of a yellowish-white

colour, and occupy about half the shell. ‘They are con-

nected into one mass by extremely fine hair-like filaments.

They are not all of exactly the same size, but average almost

1 millimetre in diameter.

The shell of this species must not be confounded with the

young stages of A. hans; the more numerous ribs and

tubercles and the rougher granular surface will separate it.

The animal also has a different radula and other distin-

guishing characters. The teeth of a specimen of A. hians

which I have examined closely resemble those of A. argo

(vide d’Orbigny and Férussac, Hist. nat. Céphalop. pl. i.

Prof. F. J. Bell on Amphiura Chiajii, Morbes. 411

fig. 9), the median tooth being simple and spine-like, and not

tricuspid, as in A. Béttgert.

Maltzan compares his shell with A. Owendd of Adams and

Reeve; but that unsatisfactory form I am inclined to locate,

as has been done by von Martens (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.

1867, vol. xx. p. 105), with the varieties of A. hians.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVII. Fres. 1-6.

Figs. 1, 2,8. Lateral view of three specimens of the shell of Argonauta

Bottgert, showing variation in the number and prominence of

the tubercles.

Fig. 4. The lower mandible of the beak.

Fig. 5. The upper mandible.

Fig. 6. A single row of teeth of the odontophore.

LVII.—WNote on the Variations of Amphiura Chiajii, Forbes.

By F. Jerrrey Bent, M.A.

Dr. Jonn Murray, F.R.S.E., while dredging off the west

coast of Scotland, collected a large number of examples of

Amphiura Chiajii, which he has been so good as to present

to the Trustees of the British Museum. An examination of

these and a comparison of them with the accounts given by

preceding writers reveal a wide range of variation. As the

variations of described species are now recognized as being

much more important and interesting than the descriptions of

new forms, | make no apology for directing attention to this

Ophiurid.

The first point to which attention may be directed is the

length of the arms. Mr. Norman, in his well-known paper

on British Hchinoderms*, gives as one of the characters of

the species, “‘ Arms extremely long and very slender,” or

uses an expression which is verbally similar to that which he

applies to the eminently long-armed A. filiform’s. Among

the specimens collected by Mr. Murray there are none which

justify the use of the adverb “ extremely ;”” on the other hand,

Forbes’s remark that the length of the arms varies in different

specimens is certainly confirmed by the numerous specimens

collected off the west coast of Scotland.

The arms of young forms are perhaps proportionately

* « Annals,’ [3] xy. p. 107.

29*

412. = Prof. F. J. Bell on Amphiura Chiajii, Forbes.

longer than those of older specimens; thus the length of the

arms was about five times the diameter of the disk in a speci-

men whose disk-diameter was 5 millim., and four times that

of the disk when the disk-diameter was 8 millim.; on the

other hand, a specimen whose disk-diameter was 9 millim.

had an arm nearly 70 millim. long, but this, which was the

only complete arm on the specimen, was for the greater part

restored.

The process of restoration, indeed, may be observed in

almost every specimen, and an examination of one will enable

us to estimate the value of the character, which, in his “Key”

to the species of Amphiura*, Mr. Lyman gives as a distin-

guishing characteristic of A. Chiajii— a notch in outer side

of under arm-plates.”’

Tf we take an arm which, by the darker colour of its proxi-

mal and the lighter colour of its distal portion, indicates that

it is a ray which has undergone repair, we shall find a marked

difference between the under arm-plates of the old and the new

joints. ‘The former will be seen to have three sides very

nearly even, as even, at any rate, as plates that were notched

at an earlier stage may be expected to have them; but the

latter will be found to be constricted from side to side and to

be more or less emarginulated along their distal edge.

The extent to which these notches at the edges of the plates

become filled up depends first of all on age, and secondly, no

doubt, on the amount of carbonate of lime which the individual

Amphiura is able to appropriate to the strengthening of its

delicate skeleton.

Forbes’s remark that the lower plates are longitudinally

suleated is, so far as my experience goes, a character that

is so constant that it should not be omitted in any definition

of the genus.

The comparative length of the arms and the extent of

calcification of the under arm-plates are not the only points in

which examples differ. Specimens collected at one spot and

preserved in the same manner differ in the form of the disk,

which may be nearly circular or may be more or less deeply

incised-or angulated in the interradial areas. The extent to

which the apical and the central plates are obvious is another

point in which, as a rule, young differ from old specimens;

as may be supposed, it is in the former that these significant

plates are best marked. Another character which presents

differences, and generally, though not always, differences with

age, is the general coloration of the body; if we take a speci-

* ‘Challenger’ Report on Ophiurids, p. 128.

Mr. G. A. Boulenger on a new Snake from Afghanistan. 413

men which has undergone repair of the arms we find that the

restored portions are of a much lighter colour than the rest of

the animal.

As to the cause of the considerable variations here noted I

can offer no suggestion: though Dr. Murray dredged in

various lochs, and noted certain differences in the fauna, I

have not yet any evidence that the variations of A. Chiajw

have any obvious relation to difference of locality ; specimens

taken at one spot differ greatly among themselves.

LVIII.— Description of a new Snake from Afghanistan.

By G. A. BouLENGER.

Lytorhynchus Ridgewayt.

Head small, distinct from neck; snout pointed, strongly

projecting. Rostral very large, four-sided; the lower side

longer than the upper, deeply concave; the lateral sides

angularly emarginate, concave, with a trace of a short longi-

tudinal cleft ; the posterior angle wedged in between the pair

of frontonasals, which form a short suture. A single pre-

frontal, twice and a half as broad as long; frontal large,

pentagonal, a little longer than broad, its straight anterior

border twice as long as the greatest width of the supraoculars ;

parietals slightly longer than the frontal; nostril very indis-

tinct, but, by pressing, fluid is expelled from the upper half

of the oblique suture between the two nasals; of the latter

shields the anterior is more than twice as large as the second ;

a small loreal; three preoculars, upper largest and in con-

tact with the frontal ; a subocular ; two or three postoculars ;

seven upper labials, none in contact with the eye, three poste-

rior largest; two anterior temporals, upper smallest ; three or

four temporals in contact with the parietal. Six infralabials

on each side in contact with the chin-shields, the posterior

pair of which is the smallest and separated by two” pairs of

scales. Nineteen rows of scales. Ventrals 174; anal divided

in one specimen, single in the other; subcaudals 46 pairs.

Upper surfaces pale buff, with brown, black-edged, symme-

trical markings ; an anchor-shaped marking on the head, the

crescentic portion extending from one angle of the mouth to

the other, passing through the eye and crossing the frontal

and prefrontal ; the longitudinal branch expands in a large

414 Mr. A. G. Butler on new Hyponomeutide.

spot on the middle of the parietals, and bifurcates on the

nape; large transverse spots disposed at regular intervals on

the body and tail, and alternating with smaller ones on the

flanks; lower parts uniform white.

Total length 425 millim.; tail 70.

Two specimens from Chin-Kilak, Afghanistan, collected by

Dr. Aitchison, on the Afghan Boundary Commission.

Named after Sir J. W. Ridgeway.

Unless this species be made the type of a new genus, on

account of the coalesced preefrontals, it is difficult to decide

whether to refer it to Lytorhynchus or to Acontiophis. But I

am satisfied that both genera should be united, as they agree

in every important point, and particularly in the dentition,

the structure of the nostril, and the (vertical) shape of the

pupil. The synonymy of the genus Lytorhynchus, as under-

stood by me, is as follows :—

Lytorhynchus, Peters, Mon. Berl. Ac. 1862, p. 272.

Chatachlein, Jan, Elenco, p. 45, 1865.

Acontiophis, Giinth. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1875, p. 282.

Catachlena, Blanf. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1881, p. 678.

LIX.—Descriptions of two new Species of Hyponomeutidee

from the Solomon Islands. By A. G. Butter, F.L.S.,

F.Z.8., &e.

THE two following species of moths formed part of Mr.

Woodford’s recent consignment.

Corinea rex, sp. 0.

Allied to C. aurata, but the primaries, basi-abdominal half

of secondaries, and body of a bright coppery metallic golden

colour, the external sixth of primaries brilliant purplish black,

the apical half of secondaries smoky greyish, with a cupreous

lustre in certain lights; costa silvery white: head, pectus,

and legs chocolate-brown, spotted with white: primaries

below largely suffused with brown, which, however, changes

to golden in certain lights. Expanse of wings 26 millim.

Alu.

Corinea Mathewt, sp. n.

Allied to C. basalis of Vollenhoven (Tijd. voor Ent. vol. ii.

pl. ix. fig. 5, 1863) ; it differs as follows :—basal half only of

Mr. W. L. Distant on new Cicadide. 415

all the wings golden ochreous, outer half greyish chocolate,

glossed with purple; the silvery white spots on primaries

quite different, the first rather small, towards base of dorsal

margin, the second obliquely in front of it within the cell,

the third forming a transverse band (not invariably reaching

the costa) before the middle ; the fourth transverse, quadrate,

beyond the cell; the fifth quadrate, bifid, costal, subapical ;

the sixth large, broad, its inner edge slightly arched, its outer

edge angulated, and its base on dorsal margin near external

angle; the seventh oval, small, subapical, halfway between

the last two spots and the outer margin; a few other white

dots are scattered along the costa and between the outer spots :

head white, antennee brown, collar spotted with white behind ;

palpi with brownish terminal joint; legs white, anterior pair

brownish in front; pectus white, with two brown spots on

each side, venter white, basal half of anal valves golden

ochreous, outer half smoky brown: wings below pale, as if

washed out. Expanse of wings 33 millim.

3 2. Malayta (Woodford).

This species was also collected by Mr. Gervase Mathew

and is now in Lord Walsingham’s collection, on which

account I should have preferred for his lordship to describe

the species ; but for various reasons he thought it better that

I should complete the series of descriptions of Mr. Woodford’s

Lepidoptera, which I had begun.

LX.—Descriptions of two new Species of Cicadide.

By W. L. Distant.

Cryptotympana sinensis, n. sp.

6. Head ochraceous; front with the margins (but not

meeting at apex) broadly castaneous ; eyes olivaceous ; ocelli

reddish ochraceous, with their surrounding area castaneous,

Pronotum castaneous, the margins and a central fascia, which

is much widened and ampliated at base, ochraceous. Meso-

notum ochraceous, with two large obconical castaneous spots

near each lateral margin and two large, central, very obscure

obconical spots, which are only visible by their slightly darker

margins ; basal cruciform elevation pale olivaceous. Abdo-

men above ochraceous, the posterior segmental margins cas-

taneous. Body beneath and legs ochraceous; face with the

416 Mr. W. L. Distant on new Cicadide.

lateral carinee castaneous ; apices of the tibiz and tarsi cas-

taneous. Tegmina pale hyaline, the venation ochraceous,

the costal membrane pale greenish, and the basal third of

the tegminal area tinged with pale ochraceous. Wings pale

hyaline, the venation ochraceous, and the base narrowly

tinged with pale ochraceous.

The face is tumid, the lateral carine robust and slightly

waved; the rostrum extends to the intermediate cox; the

opercula are somewhat short, with their lateral margins

slightly concave and their posterior margins oblique; they

overlap at the centre and their apices extend to the second

abdominal segment.

Long. excl. tegm., ¢ 40 millim., exp. tegm. 118 millim.

Hab. Shantung, North China.

Cryptotympana insularis, n. sp.

Head, pronotum, and mesonotum dark olivaceous; eyes

ochraceous, front with some basal black carine on each side

of lateral margin; ocelli shining ochraceous. Pronotum with

a pale central longitudimal impression with some short trans-

verse carine at base, and with two oblique linear incisions on

each lateral half. Mesonotum with two dark central obconieal

spots starting from anterior margin, and on each side of these

spots is a smaller and more obscure spot; a dark castaneous

spot in front of the basal cruciform elevation, which is pale

olivaceous. Abdomen above dark shining brownish oliva-

ceous, the segments more or less clothed with pale pilosity.

Body beneath olivaceous; face with a central, longitudinal,

levigate, ochraceous fascia, which is somewhat obliterated

near centre ; rostrum pitchy and almost reaching the posterior

coxe ; abdomen beneath brownish ochraceous ; legs with the

anterior femora dark ochraceous, their apices and the anterior

tibie and tarsi pitchy ; intermediate and posterior femora

brownish, the trochanters pitchy, the tibize ochraceous, their

apices and the tarsi pitchy, the posterior tarsi with a central

ochraceous annulation. ‘legmina pale hyaline, with a very

slight fuscous tinge; venation and the costal membrane oliva-

ceous, the first more brownish on basal half, and the trans-

verse veins at the apices of the two upper ulnar areas infus-

cated. Wings resembling tegmina, both narrowly very dark

fuscous at bases.

The body is short and broad, giving the species much the

appearance of the American genus /7dicina. The opercula

slightly overlap at the centre, and are obtusely and broadly

Dr. W. Michaelsen on the Enchytreide. 417

angulated at the apices, which do not pass the broad basal seg-

ment of the abdomen. Anterior femora armed beneath with

two strong spines, one near base and one near apex.

Long. excl. tegm., ¢ 36 millim., exp. tegm. 115 millim.

Hab. Andaman Islands, Port Blair (Meldola).

LXI1.— Studies on the Enchytreide.

By Dr. W. MIcHAELSEN *.

[Plate XVIII. ]

As regards the systematic arrangement of the family Enchy-

treeidee we have before us two different modes of treatment :—

1. Claparéde’s old division into the genera LEnchytreus,

Henle, and Pachydrilus, Clap.t, to which the genera Ana-

cheta, Vejdovsky, Distichopus, Leidy, and Buchholzia, aut.,

were subsequently added; and 2. The newer classification by

Hisen into the three genera Mesenchytreus, Archienchytreus,

and Neoenchytreus ft.

Hisen founds his classification in the first place upon the

form of the cerebrum, having previously amalgamated the

genera Enchytreus and Pachydrilus. In justification of this

amalgamation he says :—‘ It is evident, as Ratzel and others

have shown, that the colour of the blood is hardly a character

of sufficient value to permit us to found on it the distinction

of genera;’’ and he adds, “ It may also be remembered that

one of Claparéde’s species, Pachydrilus lacteus, has white

blood, and that not all red-blooded live in water.” ‘The con-

clusion deduced from this'statement would be justified if the

colour of the blood and residence in water were actually the

only points in which the Pachydrili differ from the other

Enchytreide. But this is not the case. There are other

essential characters by which the red-blooded Enchytreeidee

are characterized as a perfectly natural group which may

* Translated by W. S. Dallas, F.L.S., from a separate copy, for-

warded by the Author, of his paper entitled “ Enchytreiden-Studien,’’

published in the ‘Archiv fiir mikroskopische Anatomie, Band xxx.

pp. 866-378 (1887). The numbers attached to the Author’s notes have

been retained in parentheses in all cases where the titles of works

or memoirs are given. This will facilitate reference throughout the

aper.

t (1) Claparéde, ‘Rech. Anat. sur les Annélides, Turbellariés, Opalines

et Grégarines’ (Geneva, 1861).

{ (2) Hisen, “On the Oligocheta collected during the Swedish Expe-

ditions to the Arctic Regions, in the years 1870, 1875, and 1876,” in

Kongl. Svensk. Vet.-Akad. Handl. Bd. xy. 1877 (Stockholm, 1877-79).

418 Dr. W. Michaelsen on the Enchytreide.

claim generic rank. They have S-shaped seta and are desti-

- tute of the salivary glands. As the first thing, therefore, [

show that the genus Pachydrilus, Clap., must be maintained.

Not to be unjust towards Hisen, I must state that the

incompleteness of Claparéde’s generic diagnoses and the incon-

sistencies of which that author was guilty in the arrangement

of his species in the respective genera could not but cause the

soundness of the latter to appear doubtful, especially to a

naturalist who had only preserved materials to work upon,

and could not by his own investigations learn the coincidence

of the principal character indicated by Claparéde, the colour

of the blood, with other essential peculiarities. The reproach

of inconsistency relates to the position of Claparéde’s Pachy-

drilus lacteus, which, indeed, plays an important part in Hisen’s

statement. This Enchytreean does not belong at all to the

genus Pachydrilus, as appears from Claparéde’s own state-

ments. It possesses colourless blood and “ Les aiguilles sont

parfaitement rectilignes, & l'exception de l’extrémité interne,

qui est recourbée de maniére & former un petit crochet” (1,

p- 17). With Pachydrilus proximus, Czern.*, Enchytreus

Mobi, aut.t, and LH. spiculus, Leuck.f, it forms a group of

Enchytret which could be arranged with the Pachydrili only

on account of their marine habitat. The circumstance that

they possess no dorsal pores is not of consequence, for many

other species of Hnchytrwus want these without their position

being thereby rendered doubtful.

The question now arises whether Hisen’s system is to be

completely rejected, or whether it may not be combined with

* (8) Czerniavsky, “ Materialia a. zoograph. pontic. comparat.: Fasc. iii.

Vermes,” in Bull. Soc. Imp. Nat. Mose. 1880, no. 2.

+ (4) Michaelsen, ‘ Ueber Enchytreus Mobi und and. Enchytreen,

Kiel, 1886.

{ (5) Frey und Leuckart, ‘ Beitrage zur Kenntniss der wirbellosen

Thiere.’ (Some time since my father sent me from Cuxhaven three

living specimens of a whitish Enchytreid, about 10 millim. in length,

which is undoubtedly identical with E. spiculuws, Leuck. ‘They possess

delicate straight sete, only a little bent at the inner extremity,

standing in tufts of 4-6 (on the anterior segments often even 7-8) to-

gether. The cerebrum is posteriorly deeply emarginate, with the lateral

margins converging in front, and it is rather longer than broad. The

seminal funnels are broad, barrel-shaped, with the margins everted.

A mature ovum exceeds the others considerably in size and occupies

nearly the whole of the body-cavity in the twelfth segment. These

worms, therefore, probably lay only one egg in each cocoon, unlike the

other marine Enchytrezeidee with which I am acquainted (see 4, pp. 8-

9). The seminal pouches consist of a simple, thin-walled, pyriform

principal part and a rather short, simple, straight, efferent duct. The

worms were found below Cuxhaven outside the dyke, upon the ground

overflowed by the sea at flood-tide. )

Dr. W. Michaelsen on the Enchytreide. 419

Claparéde’s. In order to decide upon this point I have sub-

jected Hisen’s genera to a thorough revision, in which it was

no small advantage to me that I was able personally to inves-

tigate most of the species worked at by Hisen, and to com-

pare them with the Enchytreeide of our fauna. I take this

opportunity of offering my best thanks to M. Gustav Hisen

and to Prof. Sven Lovén, by whose kind intervention I was

enabled to make these investigations upon the valuable arctic

materials.

I arrived at the following result. Hisen’s chief principle

of classification, the more or less advanced fusion of the two

halves of the cerebrum, when applied in too one-sided a

fashion, leads to the establishment of unnatural genera. As

such I must characterize the genera Archienchytreus and

Neoenchytreus, which are separated from each other only by

the form of the cerebrum. As evidence of the insufficiency of

this principle of classification I may cite the two species of

the genus Buchholzia, which will be treated in detail further

on; their near relationship must strike every one who com-

pares them. But according to the form of the cerebrum B.

appendiculata, Buchh., must be referred to Mesenchytreus,

while B. fallax, aut., possesses the cerebrum of an Archien-

chytreus. It would, however, be wrong to deny that the

form of the cerebrum is of essential importance in some respects.

In the second line we must assign it a certain significance in

many Enchytreid-groups. Thus the two known species of

the perfectly natural genus <Anacheta, Vejd., possess an

almost exactly similar Neoenchytreus-cerebrum. In those

Enchytret also which group themselves around . hegemon,

Vejd.*, and which are distinguished by the constant presence

of dorsal pores, by the unequal length of the sete in the same

tuft, and by the occurrence of lateral sacs on the receptaculum

seminis, the Neoenchytreus-cerebrum predominates. (L. lobi-

Jer, Vejd., alone, according to that author, possesses a poste-

riorly emarginate cerebrum T.)

Further, those Pachydrili of which we know the form of

the cerebrum, with the exception of P. fossor, Vejd. (loc. cit.

pl. xi. fig. 9), possess a cerebrum deeply emarginate at the

posterior margin. Lastly, I might in this place cite a fourth

natural group of Enchytreeide in which a definite form of

cerebrum is characteristic; but it first of all needs to be

* E. hegemon, E. galba, FE. Leydigu, E. lobsfer, E. Perrtert, Vejd., and

E. tenwis, aut.

+ (7) Vejdovsky, “ Beitr. z. vergl. Morphol. d. Anneliden: I. Mono-

eraphie der Enchytriden ” (Prague, 1879), pl. ix. fig. 3.

420 Dr. W. Michaelsen on the Enchytreide.

proved that the group is a natural one. I refer here to the

genus Mesenchytreus, Hisen, which occupies a special position

in Hisen’s system, inasmuch as it is not founded, like the other

two, solely upon the form of the cerebrum. In what follows

J indicate the results of my comparative investigations upon

Hisen’s and the German Mesenchytraet. To this I shall

append a description of the genus Buchholzia, so as then to

pass to the establishment of a system of the Enchytreide

such as, in my opinion, gives the best expression to the rela-

tionships existing in this family.

Genus MESENCHYTRAUS, Hisen (2).

Enchytreus (Mesenchytreus), Vejd.*

Pachydrilus (Mesenchytreus), aut. (4).

The Mesenchytret are Enchytreide with strongly sig-

moidally-curved sete (Pl. XVIII. fig. 1, a), without dorsal

pores or salivary glands. ‘They possess a large, distinctly

recognizable cephalic pore, which is situated at the apex of the

head-lobe or close to it, as has been described by me in M.

Beumert (A, p. 19, and 6, fig. 14). In this way they are essen- -

tially distinguished from the Pachydril, in which the cephalic

pore is small, and placed in the dorsal median line between the

head-lobe and the cephalic ring. Eisen unfortunately has

stated nothing about head-pores ; but by means of serial sec-

tions I have been able to make out with certainty that in this

respect MW. primevus and M. falciformis exactly agree with

M. Beumerti. Of three specimens ot M/Z. mirabilis which were

at my disposal, the cephalic extremity had unfortunately been

eut away behind the zone in two of them, while the third

showed a slight injury to the head-lobe. Nevertheless I

believe that in this last specimen I recognized a cephalic pore

near the anterior margin of the head-lobe, but I cannot assert

positively that I was not deceived by an artificial production.

The Mfesenchytret (judging from our native species) possess

colourless blood and a cardiac body, like that of many Poly-

cheeta, such as Terebellides Stromii and Pectinaria belgica t.

Firmly attached to the inside of the wall of the vessel in

the ventral median line, this traverses the whole of the dorsal

vessel. It consists of cells of various sizes with distinct cell-

walls and nuclei and a fine protoplasmic granulation. In J,

* (8) Vejdovsky, ‘System. und Morphol. der Oligocheten,’ Prague,

1884.

+ (9) Michaelsen, “‘ Ueber Chylusgefasssystem bei Enchytreiden,” in

Arch, fiir mikr. Anat. Band xxviii. (Bonn, 1886), p. 301, figs. 10 and 11.

Dr. W. Michaelsen on the Enchytreide. 421

mirabilis (fig. 3 6) and M. primevus it is thick, with irregu-

lar and often strong dilatations, and is multicellular in trans-

verse section. In M. falciformis, M. Beumeri (fig. 1 e), and

M. flavidus it is thinner, nearly smooth, with only slight

dilatations, and exhibits only a few cells in transverse section.

I have found a similar cardiac body in no other Enchytreid.

It must probably be regarded as an ingrowth of the intestinal

epithelium into the dorsal vessel, and therefore as homologous

with certain organs in other Knchytreeide, such as the intes-

tinal diverticulum of the Buchholzie.

The cerebrum of the Mesenchytret (figs. 1c and 26) is

straightly truncated or only slightly concave behind. In

front it is more or less deeply emarginate, and upon the

anterior branches, which pass over into the commissures, the

coating of ganglion-cells extends far forwards, even to the spot

where the cephalic nerves branch off. Two pairs of muscles

are attached to the cerebrum, one on the upper surface (figs.

1c and 2 4, om), the other below (figs. le and 26, um). At

the posterior angles, and leaving these between them, they

go off from the brain obliquely backwards, nearly parallel to

each other. The segmental organs also exhibit an exceed-

ingly characteristic development (see figs. 1 d, 2c, and 3a).

They consist of a minute, funnel-shaped, anteseptale, and a

large, remarkably irregular postseptale, usually furnished with

lobate or capitate excrescences. A relatively wide vibratile

canal traverses the anteseptale in a straight line; but in the

postseptale it is so much twisted and so closely entwined

that here the enveloping cell-substance is reduced nearly to a

minimum. ‘The irregular excrescences of the segmental

organs have nearly the appearance of hernioidal diverticula

of the vibratile canal. In Hisen’s figures this characteristic

course of the vibratile canal is not to be recognized; but in

this respect his species do not differ from the German ones.

From fig. 3 a, which is the exact representation of a tangen-

tial section through a segmental organ of MW. mirabilis, it will

be seen that Hisen (2, tig. 25) has represented the vibratile

canal as much too spacious, so that these peculiar structural

conditions have not been expressed. ‘This applies also to the

figures of the segmental organs of MW. primevus and IL. falei-

formis (2, figs. 24 and 26).

Finally, the sexual organs of the Mesenchytrei also exhibit

peculiarities. ‘The seminal ducts are short, at the utmost

eight times as long as the seminal funnel. The spermatozoa

and ova tall into the body-cavity before they have reached

maturity, but they do not then float freely about in it. For

their reception more or less deep, tubular, or sacciform poste-

422 Dr. W. Michaelsen on the Enchytreide.

rior inversions (spermatozoa-sacs and ovisacs) are formed by

the dissepiments x1./xu. (for the spermatozoa) and XII./XIII.

(for the ova). M. Beuwmert possesses two spermatozoa-sacs,

which extend, to the right and left of the intestine, as far as

the posterior wall of segment x1r. In M. mirabilis I found

only one, which, however, perforates the following dissepi-

ments, and extends into segment XxvI. Within the seg-

ments it is dilated; the dissepiments produce narrow constric-

tions upon it. A median ovisac stretches below the intestine

in MW. flavidus into segment xvu., in M. Beumert and JW.

falciformis into segment XIx., and in J. mirabilis even into

xxix. The length of the sac may, however, be different in

different individuals of the species. I have given the extremes

noted by me. In JM. mirabilis the ovisac also shows dilata-

tions and constrictions. In MM. Beumert and I. flavidus it is

of uniform thickness throughout. The function of oviducts

is performed by two symmetrical funnel-shaped inversions of

the dissepiment XII./xXII., which open outwards by trans-

verse slits in the ventral line of sete, in front of the tufts of

setee of segment x11. As probably in all Enchytreeide, with

the exception of the genus Anacheta, Vejd., the seminal

ducts in the Mesenchytre? are united and communicate with

the intestine. ‘This I have been able to ascertain positively

in M. falciformis, M. Beumert, and M. flavidus.

From all this it appears clearly enough that the genus

Mesenchytreus, Hisen, is a natural one. As a second point,

therefore, I find that it must be received into the system.

Although the name Mesenchytreus was chosen only in.oppo-

sition to Archienchytreus and Neoenchytreus, 1 will never-

theless retain it without adopting the latter, as the genus

Mesenchytreus of Hisen’s classification exactly coincides with

this genus as defined by me.

I have detected two species in the German region, namely

M, Beumert and M. flavidus.

Mesenchytreus Beumert, aut. (4).

Pachydrilus (Mesenchytreus) Beumert, aut. (4).

I have elsewhere given an accurate description of this

worm (4, pp. 44-46). I therefore confine myself to eluci-

dating what was there stated with figures (Pl. X VIII. fig. 1).

As localities I can cite the marshes of the Elbestrand

below Flottbeck, near Hainburg, the Borstler Beck on the

Baxtehud road behind Harburg, and the Eppendorfer Moor,

near Hamburg. It lives chiefly under moss and bark on

rotten black tree-stumps.

Dr. W. Michaelsen on the Enchytreide. 423

Mesenchytreus flavidus, nov. spec.,

is a rather dry-skinned worm of a yellowish colour, about

12 millim. in length. Its sete are like those of MW. Bewmert

(fig. la), and there are as many as five in a tuft. The

lymph-corpuscles I have been able to observe only in pre-

served specimens. ‘They are small and appear to be irre-

eularly elongate-oval. The head-pore is situated at the apex

of the head-lobe. The cerebrum (fig. 2 0) is slightly concave

behind, deeply emarginate in front, with parallel lateral

margins, and somewhat longer than broad. ‘The segmental

organs (fig. 2c) are of regular form, with the peculiarities

above described as characteristic of the Mesenchytrev. The

blood is colourless; the dorsal vessel originates in segment

xt. The seminal ducts (fig. 2d) consist of a barrel-shaped

seminal funnel with an everted margin and a short seminal

canal, which is at the utmost five times as long as the funnel.

The seminal canal leads into the wider pole of a pyriform

penis and opens outwards through its narrower pole. ‘The

aperture is beset with small, lobiform, prostate glands. ‘The

oviducts are narrow and rather short. The seminal sacs

(fig. 2 a) possess a simple efferent duct, furnished at its aper-

ture with a slight bulbous dilatation, and a simple pyriform

main portion, which communicates with the intestine at its

apex. The cingulum, asin M/. Beumeri, occupies the posterior

half of segment x1. and the whole of segments XII. and XIII.

M. flavidus lives in yellow rotten tree-stumps in the

Borstler Jiiger, near Hamburg, and under moss in woods

near Witten a. d. Ruhr in Westphalia.

Genus BUCHHOLZIA, aut. (9).

The peculiar circumstance that in the long-known species,

first described by Buchholz * as Enchytreus appendiculatus,

a displacement of the sexual parts has taken place, induced

me, as it coincided with other essential peculiarities, to sepa-

rate this Enchytreid from the genus Hnchytreus, and to

establish for it a distinct genus, to which I gave the name of

Buchholzia. Investigations upon a species recently disco-

vered by me, which comes so near to B. appendiculata that

it cannot be separated from it by generic limits, compel me,

however, to remove the definitions relating to the peculiarities

of the sexual organs from the diagnosis of the genus. The new

* (10) Buchholz, “ Beitriige zur Anatomie der Gattung Enchytreus,”

in Schriften d. physikal.-dkon. Gesellsch. z. Konigsberg, 1862.

424 Dr. W. Michaelsen on the Enchytreide.

species (which I name B. fallax) shows the arrangement of

the sexual organs which is normal in the Enchytreide. But

even leaving out of consideration the definitions in question

as given in the diagnosis formerly published, the genus

Buchholzia must be sustained.

The Buchholzie belong to the section of the Enchytreeidee

with sigmoidally-curved sete. They possess no dorsal

ee but have a head-pore, which is situated between the

ead-lobe and the cephalic ring. The lymph-corpuscles are

present in both the known species in two forms (fig. 4 0),

namely small, limpid, navicelliform, and without a recogniz-

able nucleus, and larger, finely granulated, flat-ovate, with a

distinct nucleus. They are the only Enchytreide provided

with sigmoidally-curved sete which possess salivary glands.

These are very much reduced, stumpy, or at the utmost

but little lobed, and they open laterally into the cesophagus,

not close behind the pharynx, but further back, in segment Iv.

The blood is colourless. ‘The dorsal vessel originates in

segment VII. from the intestinal blood-sinus, upon a diver-

ticulum produced by growth of the intestinal epithelium.

The seminal ducts are long. The oviducts (judging of the

whole genus from observations on B. fallax) are as I have

found them in the other Enchytreide. The seminal sacs

communicate with the intestine.

Buchholzta appendiculata, Buchholz.

Enchytreus appendiculatus, Buchholz (10). ;

Enchytreus (Mesenchytreus) appendiculatus, Vejd. (7 and 8),

Enchytreus (Mesenchytreus ?) appendiculatus, aut. (4).

Buchholzia appendiculata, aut. (9).

The accurate descriptions which have been given of this

interesting worm by the above-cited authors render any

repetition of them here unnecessary.

I found this species in flower-pots and in garden-mould

at Borgfelde, near Hamburg.

Buchholzia fallax, nov. spec.,

is a slender worm, about 10 millim. in length, of a white

colour with a slight brownish tinge. The sete (fig. 4a) are

strongly sigmoidally curved, and there are usually four or

five, rarely six, in each tuft. The sete of the same bundle

are of different length, and so arranged that a ventral bundle

and the corresponding superjacent lateral one turn the longer

sete towards each other. Head-pore as above described.

Dr. W. Michaelsen on the Enchytreide. 425

Lymph-corpuscles as shown in fig. 46. The salivary glands

are still more reduced than those of B. appendiculata, stumpy,

about six timesas longas broad. The intestinal diverticulum

(fig. 4c) differs only in unimportant points from that of B.

appendiculata (see 9, pp. 299, 300, figs. 7-9). I describe

it below. The very narrow cesophagus at its passage into

the wide stomachal part is somewhat invaginated in the latter,

so that dorsally a broad pouch of no great depth is produced.

From the bottom of this pouch proceed thin, sparingly branched,

cecal tubes (1 believe I have seen more than two of them),

which are brought together into arounded convolution. ‘The

thickness of the tubes is not so uniform as in B. appendicu-

lata, nor are they so closely squeezed together as in that

worm. The membrane of the intestinal blood-sinus passes

on to the intestinal diverticulum, surrounds it, and is con-

tinued forward directly into the wall of the dorsal vessel. In

B. fallaxw the intestinal diverticulum is firmly attached to the

cesophagus, and even half embraces it. A median longitu-

dinal constriction, such as occurs in B. appendiculata, is

entirely deficient. The cerebrum of our worm is emarginate

before and behind, much longer than broad, with the lateral

margins anteriorly convergent (fig. 4d). The segmental

organs consist of a small stumpy anteseptale and a flat, irre-

gularly oval postseptale, with a rather short efferent duct.

The sexual organs show the arrangement normal in the

Enchytreide. The seminal funnels are irregularly cylin-

drical, excentrically perforated, about three times as long as

broad, with a widely everted margin. The seminal canals

are long, and regularly packed together, very much in the

way that ships’ cables are laid together. ‘The oviducts are

like those of other Enchytreeide. The seminal pouches are

very elegant (fig. 4e). The efferent duct is simple, rather

long, with two pyritorm glands at the orifice. ‘The main

portion is reversed-pyriform (with the broad pole turned

towards the aperture), and communicates at the apex with

the intestine. By depression and subsequent overgrowth

there is produced in the wall of the main portion an annular

canal, which is connected with the actual lumen of the part

only by narrow fissures. This canal is destined for the recep-

tion of the semen; it is homologous with the side-pouches of

the seminal sacs of Hnchytreus hegemon and other Enchy-

treide. I have never found semen in the actual lumen of the

main portion.

T will further mention that in one animal I found a con-

necting duct between two consecutive segmental organs, an

apnormity such as Vejdovsky describes (8) in an Anacheta

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5. Vol. xx. 30

426 Dr. W. Michaelsen on the Enchytreeide.

bohemica. The anteseptale of the second segmental organ

was much elongated, and passed anteriorly into the postsep-

tale of the first one. The canal traversing the uniting piece

showed active vibration. I will also describe another abnor-

mity of pretty frequent occurrence. In some animals I found

in segment VI., in another in Vu. and VIII., and in others

again in IX., in the ventral median line, verruciform hypo-

dermal growths, which, both in optical longitudinal section

and in transverse sections, had exactly the aspect of imperfo-

rate penes; even a central pit-like depression of the cuticle

was recognizable. Their not being paired, indeed, was

opposed to the notion that these growths were rudimentary

penes; but if it should be proved that this supposition was

nevertheless justified, there would be an interesting relation

between the abnormal position of the sexual organs in

B. appendiculata and these at present enigmatic organs.

B. fallax lives in rich, well-manured soil at Stemwarder,

near Hamburg.

Classification of the Enchytreide.

A. Sete sigmoidally curved.

* Head-pore large, at the apex of the head-lobe or near it. Salivary

glands not present. Blood colourless; dorsal vessel with a cardiac

body. Seminal-ducts short, not more than eight times the length

of the,seminal funnel... -. 5... Genus Mesenehytreus, Hisen.

+ Head-pore small, between the cephalic ring and the head-lobe.

Seminal ducts long.

a. No salivary glands. Blood yellow or red. Dorsal vessel with no

Cardiac bodypaeietcerocr ere Genus Pachydrilus, Clap.

b. Short salivary glands opening into the cesophagus. The dorsal

vessel originates upon an intestinal diverticulum in segment vit.

Genus Buchholzia, Mich.

B. Sete straight, with only a slight curvature at the inner extremity.

Head-pore small, between the cephalic ring and the head-lobe. Blood

colourless. Dorsal vessel with no cardiac body. Salivary glands

usually strongly developed. Seminal ducts long.

Genus Enchytreus, Henle.

C. Sete aborted.

Head-pore large, at the apex of the head-lobe. Blood colourless.

Dorsal vessel without cardiac body. An unpaired salivary gland

lies on the intestine. Seminal ducts long, more or less regularly

contorted, like a screw. Seminal sacs large, projecting freely into

the body-cavity, not united with the intestine.

Genus Anacheta, Vejd.

I may be allowed to add to this systematic summary a few

words of explanation. ‘This combination of the two published

systems was derived directly from the results of the preceding

discussions. It differs very considerably from Vejdovsky’s

(8) former combination. Vejdovsky places the genus Pachy-

Dr. W. Michaelsen on the Knchytreide. 427

drilus side by side with the genus Hnchytreus, and then

divides the latter, in accordance with Hisen’s principle of

division, into the three subgenera Mesenchytreus, Archienchy-

treus, and Neoenchytracus. (He, however, retains for the

different species the name of the principal genus Enchytreus.)

Against this combination we have the circumstance that the

true Mesenchytret (at that time only Hisen’s three species),

as being Enchytreide without salivary glands, and with sig-

moidally curved sete, cannot be arranged under the genus

Enchytreus ; they come much nearer to ; the Pachydrili. As,

further, the fourth species which Vejdovsky has placed in this

subgenus, namely Hnechytreus (Buchholzia, aut.) appendicu-

latus, Buchh., in my opinion is to be separated from the genus

Enchytreeus, Vejdovsky’s subgenus of the species of Hnchy-

treus with the cerebrum straightly truncated behind must

altogether fall. I might, certainly, have divided the genus

Enchytreus of my system into the subgenera Archienchytreeus

and Neoenchytreus, but I do not think that this would have

produced a natural grouping. The genus Hnchytreus for the

present remains a collective genus. I have not yet thoroughly

worked through the species of this genus, and I am therefore

still without the insight necessary to enable me at present to

state by what principles of division their breaking up into

natural groups may best be effected. I believe, however, that

by the changes which I have made in the classification, I

have made a step in the right direction, on the road which

will lead us to a satisfactory, natural classification of the

interesting family of the Enchytreide.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVIII.

Fig. 1. Mesenchytreus Beumeri, aut. a. Bundle of sete. b. Lymph-

corpuscles. c. Cerebrum, seen from above; ce, commissure; k.n,

cephalic nerve; om, upper, wm, lower pair of cerebral muscles.

d. Segmental organ. e. Transverse section of the dorsal vessel

with the cardiac body. ff. Seminal sac.

Fig. 2. Mesenchytreus flavidus, aut. a. Seminal sac. 6. Cerebrum

(references as in fig. le). c¢. Segmental organ. d. Seminal

duct.

Mesenchytreus mirabiles, Kisen. a. Tangential section through a

lobe of the segmental organ. 6. Transverse section through the

dorsal vessel, with the cardiac body.

Fig. 4. Buchholza fallax , aut. a. Bundle of sete. 6. Lymph-cor puscles.

c. Transverse section through the cesophagus, with the diverti-

culum (corresponding to the author's figure (9), fig.8). d. Cere-

brum (references as in fig. le). e. Seminal sac.

Ig.

30®

428 Dr. R. von Lendenfeld on the Chalinine.

LXII.—Mr. Dendy on the Chalinine.

By R. von LENDENFELD.

My friend Mr. A. Dendy has recently published a paper

entitled “The New System of Chalinine, with some Brief

Observations upon Zoological Nomenclature” (Ann. & Mag.

Nat. Hist. November 1887, p. 326). Every reader of it will

probably have been as surprised as I was to find that this

paper is simply a review of an account of the Australian

Chalinine recently published by me (‘ Zoologische Jahr-

biicher,’ vol. 11, 1887), as my name does not occur in the title.

Mr. Dendy draws attention to some mistakes in my paper,

for which I am much obliged, as his review will in this way

partly serve as a list of errata to my original essay, and thus

add to its utility. I hope that he has pretty well exhausted

the mistakes contained in it, as it produces the impression

that he looked for them with much trouble and as logomachy

is evidently not among Mr. Dendy’s faults.

A number of his statements, although made in a very con-

fident, dogmatic style, are highly controversial, and I should

be glad to make a few remarks upon these parts of Mr.

Dendy’s review.

Concerning the canal-system Mr. Dendy raises a doubt as

to the correctness of my drawing, because I do not describe

in the text every detail contained in the drawing. ‘These

details are not essential, and I omitted to describe them (1)

because they are by no means common to all Chalinids, and

(2) because they are in the drawing. I hope he will reexamine

the type to which the drawing relates, which is under his care

at the British Museum, to settle this doubt of his.

As to the apparent inconsistency involved in placing the

Gelliodine and Ridley’s Toxochalina in the Chalinine, and

therefore in the family Homorrhaphide, I can only say that

such inconsistenciesare unavoidable and are met with also in the

families Heterorrhaphide and Desmacidonide as established—

and, I think, with good reason, for it would be a mistake to

attach too much importance to the shape of the spicules—by

Ridley and Dendy (ieport on the ‘Challenger’ Monaxo-

nida). The Heterorrhaphide are characterized as possessing

differentiated microsclera, and yet Ridley and Dendy have

(l.c. p. 82) placed Rhizochalina in that family, although

there are no differentiated microsclera in this genus. ‘The

Desmacidonide are characterized by the possession of chele,

and yet Ridley and Dendy place sponges in this family which

Dr. R. von Lendenfeld on the Chalinine. 429

have no chelw. In their Report the following are described

as forms of Desmacidonide witheut chele: Hchinoclathria

glabra, Agelas, and Lchinodictyum. As the authors no doubt

knew very well, there are a number of such besides those

three contained in the ‘Challenger’ collection. No doubt

these are true Desmacidonide.

To make these important exceptions appear less conspi-

cuous Ridley and Dendy say (/. c. p. 62) in a little footnote—

nothing is said about any exceptions in the diagnosis of the_

genus—that they have “‘ included one or two species without

chele, on the supposition that they have had them, and sub-

sequently lost them,” in the family Desmacidonide. ‘This

method of shelving one specees and twe genera described,

besides many more not in the ‘ Challenger’ collection, which

appear inconvenient to a preconceived idea as “‘ one or two”

species, ‘‘ gives us,” to use Mr. Dendy’s own words (p. 336),

“some insight inte his method of werking.”’

The inconsistency is in all cases apparent, but it is no

fault of the authors. The method of arranging organisms in

families, genera, species, &c. is, as carried out by us, unnatural,

and the faults which result trem it must be ascribed to the

method employed, and not to the biologists who use it.

I do not see why the Homorrhaphide should. not comprise

sponges with differentiated microsclera, as the other two

families comprise forms without them. ‘The arrangement is,

im consequence of this want of precision, open to objection ;

but it was not I who established it, but Ridley and Dendy.

The precision of the ether families would not be increased if

the sponges referred to were removed from this family.

It is all very well to say that the amount of spongin has

only very little systematic significance, and that this has been

‘demonstrated again and again.’ J also agree with Mr. Dendy

that the amount of spongin has no great significance; but it

must be borne in mind that F. KE. Schulze (‘ Challenger’

Report on the Hexactinellida, p. 497) attaches a good deal of

importance to it; and Schulze probably knows more about

sponges, and certainly has a much more matured judgment,

than my friend Mr. Dendy and myself put together. It gives

me the impression that Mr. Dendy has allowed himself to be

carried away by his own strong convictions, and he inveighs

against my arrangement—which, like all similar arrange-

ments, is a subjective idea, and doubtless faulty and bad—

with a force worthy of a better cause.

Mr. Dendy attacks my method of nomenclature most

unmercifully. He persistently closes his eyes, however, to

the logical principle which I maintain in it, and thinks it

430 Dr. R. von Lendenfeld on the Chalinine.

sufficient to show that my nomenclature is, according to the

method to which he has accustomed himself, untenable and

peculiar. This is certainly the case; but it could equally well

be shown that the method employed by Mr. Dendy is illogical,

unreasonable, and bad. Ido not find that the logical correct-

ness of my system is questioned, but Mr. Dendy takes it

upon himself to say that it cannot be right. The principles

on which I name the species &c. are very different from the

method employed by him; and to enable the reader to form a

judgment on the method of nomenclature employed by me, I

give an abstract of it here.

If a species is described and I redescribe it without altering

its limits and definition, and without placing it in another

genus, I attach to it the author’s name, because I retain his

species.

If a species is retained by me in its original scope, bat

placed in another genus, I retain the specific name and replace

the name of the original author by my own, because the name

under which I describe it is different from that used by the

original author. I, EK. Schulze (‘ Challenger’ Report on the

Hexactinellida) gives in such cases the name of the original

author in brackets, and sometimes adds another, as, for

instance, in the case of Karrea occa (Bowerbank), Carter

(p. 277).

If I retain a previously described species but alter its scope,

I retain the old name, unless it is objectionable, and affix my

name to it, because it is in this sense a new species.

If a species has been described under various ‘specific

names I take the oldest of those which apply to the species

in my sense, and not to the oldest of all irrespective of this.

If I combine a number of diferent sponges previously

described to form one species, I give it a new name, because

none of the previous names applies to the species az my sense,

which is new.

If sponges belonging to different species have been de-

scribed as one and the same species (this does not occur often),

I of course establish new species for the parts thereof.

If I raise varieties to the rank of species, I retain the name

of the variety if suitable and attach my name to it, because

as a species it is new.

If I distribute a number of sponges previously described

among varieties of one species, I of course give these as

synonyms of the varieties, and establish a new name for the

species, under which the old names do not appear as syn-

onyms.

I hold strong opinions on this point, and am radically

Dr. R. von Lendenfeld on the Chalinine. 431

averse to the certainly illogical, although perhaps easy,

way of naming things in vogue among many naturalists,

including Mr. Dendy. I do, however, by no means imagine

that I have established this rational system of nomencla-

ture, as I will call it. It was established long ago, and has.

been most carefully utilized for practical work by Hackel in

his ‘System der Medusen.’ I do not think that any differ-

ence at all exists between Hickel’s method and mine, and I

am further not aware that I have made any mistakes in

the nomenclature either in my paper on the Chalinids or

elsewhere.

It seems to me as if Mr. Dendy wished to veil his real

attack on the principle involved by the feigned polemic

against my Chalinid nomenclature. Well, I suppose every-

thing is fair in love and in war! But somehow I do not like

this perversion of the real issue.

To show the fallacies of the system of nomenclature advo-

cated and employed by Mr. Dendy one need only look in the

Report on the ‘Challenger’ Monaxonida by Ridley and

Dendy. ‘The volume opens at page 117. There a species is

described as Jophon Pattersont, Bowerbank. On the fol-

lowing page a variety ‘‘Patterson’”” is mentioned. A com-

parison of Bowerbank’s original diagnosis shows that his

species Halichondria Pattersont is nearly identical with the

variety Patterson. The species Lophon Pattersoni as estab-

lished by Ridley and Dendy differs entirely from Bower-

bank’s sponge, and it is simply untrue that the species

described by Ridley and Dendy as Jophon Patiersoni is

synonymous with Halichondria Pattersoni, or was ever esta-

blished or conceived by Bowerbank. The species has been

established by Ridley and Dendy, and their names should be

attached to the specific name. Halichondria Pattersond,

Bowerbank, should be given as a synonym of the variety,

lophon Pattersoni, var. Pattersoni (sic!).

As none of the previously described species coincide with

the Jophon Pattersoni of Ridley and Dendy, a new specific

name ought to have been given. Any one of the old names

would give a wrong idea, and it would be illogical to use it,

as it is obviously illogical to replace the whole by a part.

Such tamperings with the laws of thought have already

brought our science into the contempt of mathematicians and

philosophers. Logic must be sternly established. I regret

that my friend Mr. Dendy and I hold such diametrically

opposite views; and I can only answer to his statement

(p. 837) “ Whatever may be the real name of this compre-

hensive species, it certainly cannot be ‘Ceraochalina papil-

432 Mr. H. Grose Smith on new Butterflies from Borneo.

lata, n. sp.!’”’ that this name is perfectly logical and must be

upheld ; and, further, concerning Ridley and Dendy’s Lophon

Pattersoni, that whatever may be the real name of this com-

prehensive species, it certainly cannot be “ Lophon Patter-

sont, Bowerbank ”’!

Mr. Dendy cites the name of another of my species, and

criticizes it as ‘beyond comment.” I regret that my mental

faculties are so feeble that I cannot see even the slightest

objection to it!

Mr. Dendy enters a protest against the “ free-and-easy

system of nomenclature’’ used by me. It is not necessary

to waste any words on such a phrase; but I must enter a

protest against the cramped and illogical, although easier,

method employed by Mr. Dendy.

I have been able to meet all Mr. Dendy’s objections in the

same objective and friendly manner in which no doubt they

were meant, however forcible Mr. Dendy’s language may be.

There is, however, one assertion which I am sorry to say

cannot be viewed in this light. Myr. Dendy says (p. 336)

that by my method I was “as it were capturing all stray

species and taking forcible possession of them.” ‘Trusting

that Mr. Dendy will regret the wording of that passage, I

feel that it is mcumbent on me to express my thanks to him

tor exposing the mistakes contained in my paper, and for

showing me on what points a clearer expression of my views

was desirable.

LXILI.— Descriptions of six new Species of Butterflies captured

by Mr. John Whitehead at Kina Balu Mountain, North

Borneo, in the Collection of Mr. Hl. Grose Smith. By H.

GROSE SMITH.

Papilio acheron.

Male.— Upperside. Both wings bluish black, shghtly suf-

fused with purple; margins between the nervures narrowly

white; the posterior wings slightly irrorated with grey in the

anal area,

Underside. Both wings with markings asin my P. Forbes?,

except that the grey rays between the nervules on the

anterior wings are less marked, the ochraceous band on the

posterior wings does not extend beyond the ujper median

nervule, and the three blue spots near the exterior margin

between the costal nervure and the discoidal nervule are less

Mr. H. Grose Smith on new Butterflies from Borneo. 433

distinct; the white spots on the margins between the nervules

are much narrower.

Expanse of wings 4 inches.

Nearest to P. Forbest.

Papilio stratiotes.

Male.— Upperside. White, tinged at the base with pale

greenish yellow. Anterior wings with the costal margin and

cell crossed by four black fasciee; the basal fascia narrow,

the second, third, and fourth wedge-shaped, the fourth

extending beyond the discocellular nervules; beyond the

fourth fascia is a semitransparent space divided by the dis-

coidal nervules, which are black ; apex broadly black, centred

with another transparent space, divided by the black nervules.

Posterior wings with exterior margins narrowly black and

three black lunate spots near the anal angle; anal area grey,

a large bright, quadrangular, carmine spot at the anal angle,

bordered on the upperside with black and on the inside on

the inner margin with a white linear spot. Tails narrow and

black, with white margins.

Underside. Anterior wings as above, tinged at the base

with yellowish brown. Posterior wings ochraceous, crossed

at the middle and near the base by two black bands, slightly

convergent towards the anal angle and extending as far as

the greyish-black space above the anal carmine spot; the

exterior margin and anal area broadly black, irorated to-

wards the anal angle with grey, the carmine spot as above,

the discocellular and median nervules black; two small

black spots below the former.

Expanse of wings 3? inches.

‘This insect appears to be intermediate between P. antiphates,

Cramer, and #. agetes, Westwood; in shape and markings of

the upperside it approaches P. agetes, on the underside it

bears a superficial resemblance to P. antiphates.

Papilio procles.

Near to P. bathycles, Zink., but differs from it in the follow-

ing respects :—Anterior wings : upperside, four spots only in

the cell, the second and third being almost obsolete ; the three

lowest spots of the discal row of spots confluent and broader

than in P. bathycles. On the posterior wings the three discal

spots are larger and confluent, instead of being distinct, and

the wings are more deeply emarginate. On the underside of

posterior wings the large silvery patch is not traversed near

434 My. H. Grose Smith on new Butterflies from Borneo.

the centre by a concave brown fascia, as in P. bathycles, but in

heu of it there is a short, narrow, brown fascia from the costa

nearly as far as the subcostal nervure, almost divided on the

costal nervure by a small orange-red spot, and there is a small

triangular silvery spot next the cell between the upper and

second discocellular nervules. The dark brown area in

which the series of orange-red spots towards the anal angle is

situated is broader than in P. bathycles, and the submarginal

row of spots is further from the margin,

Iixpanse of wings 24 inches.

Papilio macaristus.

Near to P. macareus, Godart, but differs from it in the fol-

lowing respects :—Anterior wings: upperside, in place of the

double row of three spots and three short bars in the space be-

tween the end of the cell and the upper part of the submarginal

row of spots, there are three elongated streaks, slightly clavate at

the ends nearest the cell. On the posterior wings the streaks

in the area between the cell and the exterior margin are very

short and narrow. Underneath, all the streaks on the posterior

wings are very indistinct, some being almost obsolete,

while in P. macareus they are quite as large and distinct as on

the upperside ; the body is black, with a narrow grey stripe

oneach side. Two specimens of P. macareus in my collection

from Sumatra have bright brown bodies, and two others from

Darjeeling have black bodies broadly striped with grey.

I should have been disposed to look upon this insect as a

variety only of P. macareus if there had not been in the collec-

tion a uniform series of it from the same locality.

Expanse of wings 3% inches.

Appias Whiteheadi.

Male. Above, approximates to A. pandione, Hiibn., but on

the anterior wings the apical area is more extensively black,

and in place of the large subquadrate black spot at the end of

the cell of A. pandione, which is contiguous with the greyish-

black costal area, there is a small black spot quite distinct.

The second submarginal white spot in the middle of the apical

area is almost obsolete. On the posterior wings the black

margin is double the width of that of A. pandione, extending

over the exterior third of the wings. Below, it differs from

A. pandione on the anterior wings in the spot at the end of

the cell being very small and distinct, and the apex bein

pinkish grey. On the posterior wings the basal third is light

~ On the Sexual Products in Spongilla. 435

ochraccous, very slightly irrorated with grey towards the base ;

the remainder of the wings pinkish grey, crossed with an in-

distinct irregular dark band, bordered externally towards the

apex with pale pinkish grey; the spot at the end of the cell is

bright ochraceous.

EXxxpanse of wings 2% inches.

Ragadia annulata.

Upperside. Both wings stramineous, with the band, costal

margin of anterior wings, and exterior margin of both wings

broadly ashy brown, crossed near the apex as far as the first

median nervule by an ashy-brown bar; beyond that nervule

the bar is discontinued on the upperside, but it shows through

trom the underside, where it is prolonged across both wings

to the inner margin.

Underside. Anterior wings crossed by three ashy-brown

bands, the submarginal band having eight ocelli; costal and

outer margins ashy brown. Posterior wings with three

bands, the middle band concave and the outer one with six

ocelli, the second, third, and fourth being the largest. All

the ocelli are black, with silver pupils, the iris ochraceous,

the second and third on the posterior wing enclosed in one

iris.

Expanse of wings 14 inch.

LXIV.— On the Development of the Sexual Products in

Spongilla. By Karu Frepier~.

Since Lieberkiihn + in 1856 discovered both spermatozoa and

ova in Spongilla, and thus for the first time demonstrated the

presence of these important structures in the sponges, the

history of their production has been treated of in a long

series of spongological memoirs. The further develop-

ment of the freshwater sponge has also been of late years

repeatedly made the subject of investigation. The results

* Translated from a separate copy from the ‘ Zoologischer Anzeiger,’

no. 266, 1887, communicated by the Author.

+ N. Lieberkiihn, “Beitrage zur Entwicklungsgeschichte der Spon-

gillen,” in Miiller’s Archiv fiir Anat. und Physiol. 1856, p. 17, and also

“Zusatze zur Entwicklungsgeschichte der Spongillen,” bd. p. 501.

436 M. Karl Fiedler on the Development of the

obtained by the two most recent observers, Ganin * and

Geette} , however, do not agree in many points.

Therefore, as my honoured master Prof. F. E. Schulze

recommended me to make a fresh investigation, I entered

upon it willingly, in the hope, if possible, of contributing

something to the clearing up of the affair. The chief part of

the work was executed during the summer term of the

present year in the Zoological Institute of the University of

Berlin, and I would in this place express my most sincere

thanks to Prof. Schulze for his assistance therein. As

material I had at my disposal Sponrgiila fluviatilis, which

abounds in the Spree. A detailed statement of my results I

hope to be able to publish shortly; here I shall only briefly

indicate what relates to the formation of the ovum and semen.

In the first place, in opposition to Geette’s notion I must

maintain the unicellularity of the ovum of Spongilla. Greette’s

own figures furnish no absolute proof of his view, according

to which from the primordial ovum there proceed several cells,

one of which grows to a large size, while of the others some

take part in the formation of the follicle, and the rest become

amalgamated again with the large cell. Thus “ only is the

foundation of the ovum completed.”’ In the ovicell I have

always found distinct cell-limits, and, what appears to be

conclusive, only a single nucleus. I lay the more stress upon

the latter circumstance, because I have succeeded, by double-

staining, in clearly distinguishing the nuclear and vitelline

formations. In single-stainings a confusion in this respect is

almost inevitable, and Goette may in this way have been led

astray. ‘The method of double-staining with picro-carmine

and bleu de Lyon, introduced by Maurice and Schulgin f and

recently advocated by Blochmann§, gives, after a short

washing of the sections with a little ammoniacal alcohol, a

fine red coloration of the nuclei and a brilliant blue coloration

of even the smallest particles of the vitellus.

Thus also it appeared that in the ovum the large round

vitelline globules do not, as Geette thinks, make their appear-

* M. Ganin, “Zur Hntwicklung der Spongilla fluviatilis,” in Zool.

Anz. i. 1878, pp. 195-199, and ‘ Beitrage zur Keuntniss des Baues und

der Entwicklung der Schwimme ’ (in Russian), Warsaw.

+ A. Geette, “ Untersuchungen zur Wntwicklungsgeschichte von Spon-

gilla fluviatilis,” in ‘Abhandl. zur Entwicklungsgeschichte der Thiere,’

Heft 3 (Hamburg and Leipzig, 1886).

{ Maurice and Schulgin, “Hmbryogénie de l_Amourouctum proliferum,”

in Ann. Sci. Nat. Zool. sér. 6, tome xvii. p. 6 (1884).

§ F. Blochmann, “ Ueber die Reifung der Eier bei Ameisen und

Wespen,” Festschr. zur Feier des 500 jaihr. Bestehens d. Ruperto-Carola,

issued by the Naturh. Ver. zu Heidelberg, 1886, p. 118.

Sexual Products in Spongilla. 437

ance at first, but that they are preceded by all possible stages

of smaller vitelline elements. A regular arrangement, such

as that the vitelline globules increase in size from the peri-

phery to the centre, is not, however, to be observed.

The follicle-cells I regard simply as parenchyma-cells

pressed against each other by the pressure of the growing

ovum, and so flattened against each other. Some of them I

would characterize as specific nutritive cells, taking this notion

more in the sense adopted by F. E. Schulze, Keller, &c.,

than by Geette. Thus in preparation with Flemming’s

chrom-osmium-acetic acid mixture, besides the vitelline

granules of the ovum, many of the cells surrounding the ovum

undergo an intense blackening of their contents. The num-

ber of cells of this kind which also occur isolated in the rest

of the sponge-body constantly increases up to a certain time

exactly in the neighbourhood of the ovicells. Frequently

they penetrate with their amceboid processes between the

ordinary follicle-cells and towards the ovum itself, but without

uniting with the latter. They do not contain ready-made

vitellus, as the above-mentioned blue staining material does

not produce in them the same reaetion as in the ovum. On

the other hand, they prepare in their bodies a material which

is to be regarded as a fore-stage of the vitellus, and which is

given off to the ovum by the process of diffusion. Even

after the first segmentations we notice a distinct diminution

in the number of such blackened cells, and the ordinary

follicle-cells also become fainter, if I may so express myself.

Finally, the products of segmentation are surrounded only by

a very delicate follicular membrane, which certainly has no

longer any actively nutritive function. But even if, at first,

several cells contribute to the nourishment of the ovum, the

latter, as Korschelt* aptly remarks in a similar case, “ does

not, by the inception of secretion-products of other cells, lose

its own cell-nature any more than an Ameba loses its uni-

cellularity by the inception of food. The characteristic is the

living capacity of assimilation of both towards the nutritive

material offered to them.”

We have to distinguish from the nutritive cells above

described certain amoeboid wandering cells of another kind,

the bodies of which are filled, not with irregular granulations,

but quite uniformly with particles of considerable size; only

occasionally a pertectly hyaline marginal zone occurs. These

* EF. Korschelt, “ Ueber die Entstehung und Bedeutung der verschied-

enen Zellenelemente des Insectenovariums,” in Zeitschr. fiir wiss. Zool.

kd. xiii, p. 690 (1886).

438 M. Karl Fiedler on the Development of the

correspond to the cells described by Poléjaeff* in his ‘ Chal-

lenger’ Calearea, to which he ascribes “ nutritive functions,”

and, indeed, in the sense of “reception of nourishment.” In

Spongilla they were first observed by Weltner (of Berlin)

and subsequently, but independently, by myself. They are

also diffused through the whole sponge-body, but are parti-

cularly abundant beneath and even between the cells of the

cuticle, and here again often in the vicinity of the inhalant

apertures. ‘Their regularly granulated plasma then contains

further more intensely coloured particles of irregular form.

If the latter, as seems most probable, are incepted nutritive

constituents, this would be in agreement with the above-cited

notion of Poléjaeff, and would also explain von Lendenfeld’st

statements with regard to the inception of nourishment

through the external surface of the sponges, without the

ectodermal cells needing to take part in the operation. As

Weltner proposes to make further communications upon the

peculiarities of these cells, I shall confine myself to these indi-

cations. Only I may say further that the ovicells are not to

be referred to these uniformly granulated cells, but to the

wandering cells of the ordinary kind.

The growing ovum, which, in earlier stages, sometimes

shows a remarkable radiation of the plasma, now becomes

gradually more and more filled with vitelline granules. The

nucleus, however, never entirely disappears. But while at

first it always occupies the middle of the ovum, we find it now

most frequently removed close to the surface. In both cases

it is surrounded by a circle of plasma comparatively poor in

vitelline material. ‘There can be no doubt that this remark-

able change of position in the nucleus is connected with the

elimination of the so-called direction-corpuscles. In fact I

repeatedly observed in the neighbourhood of the nucleus two

considerably smaller but no less vividly coloured chromatin-

particles, which are probably to be characterized as the abcon-

stricted direction-corpuscles. ‘Thus this important process,

recently interpreted with so much genius by Weismann f, is

rendered probable even for the lowest group of the Metazoa.

Unfortunately I did not succeed in tracing, on the one hand

the formation of the direction spindles, or on the other the

process of fertilization. It is clear, however, that the nucleus

* N. Poléjaeff, “ Report on the Calcarea dredged by H.MLS. ‘Chal-

lenger,’” in Report, vol. vill. p. 6 (1883).

+ R. von Lendenfeld, ‘Neue Coelenteraten der Siidsee, II. Neue Aply-

sinide,” in Zeitschr. fiir wiss. Zool. Bd. xxxvii. p. 234 (1883), ‘

t A. Weismann, “ Ueber die Zahl der Richtungskorper und tber ihre

Bedeutung fiir die Vererbung,” Jena, 1887.

Sexual Products in Spongilla. 439

of the mature ovum is smaller and poorer in chromatin than

that of the immature ovum. Even in the former, however,

it never becomes “a perfectly homogeneous vesicle ” (Geette) ;

it always contains a distinct nucleolus, in a nuclear space

which is certainly large and clear.

Similar nuclei may be detected by means of double-stain-

ing in all segmentation-spheres. ven in rather thick

sections of the younger stages they shine out red from the

blue vitelline masses. In older stages they are the more*

easily visible, because they are surrounded only by a single

layer of vitelline globules. Finally, not only the number

but also the size of the vitelline elements diminishes still

more by disintegration. But I must decidedly deny any new

formation of nuclei by direet transformation of vitelline

globules. The cell-nuclei of the young Spongilla are rather

derived in uninterrupted sequence from the nucleus of the

fecundated ovum, and here also, as Ganin indeed conjectured,

the principle applies :—“ Omnis nucleus e nucleo.”’

Although, in the course of the process of segmentation, I

was unable to observe any karyokinetic figures (no doubt in

consequence of the quantity of vitellus im the ova), they

forced themselves upon me in the greatest abundance and

multiplicity during the spermatogenesis. ‘The extraordinary

minuteness of the object certainly added considerably to the

difficulty of the investigation ; nevertheless, besides the com-

monest coil-form, representatives of the star-, spindle-, and

barrel-forms could be recognized. Without going further into

details, I may remark that the sperm-formation takes place

in accordance with the second type established by Poléjaeft *

for the sponges. I can therefore confirm the short statement

made by F. EK. Schulze f in his classical ‘‘ Investigations upon

the Structure and Development of the Sponges,” according to

which Spongilla approaches Halisarca as regards these pecu-

liarities. ‘There is therefore no formation of a special covering-

cell or of a primordial seminal cell. On the contrary, a cell

distinguished by its particularly large, strongly colourable

nucleus, being converted into the sperm-mother-cell, divides

repeatedly and, indeed, always with formation of filaments,

while surrounding parenchyma-cells close together to form a

follicle, as in the case of the ovum. ‘The follicle is, how-

* N. Poléjaeff, “Ueber das Sperma und die Spermatogenese bei

Sycandra raphanus,” in Sitzb. der Akad. Wiss. in Wien, Bd. Ixxxvi.

p. 276 (1882).

+ F.E. Schulze, ‘“ Untersuchungen iiber den Bau und die Entwicklung

der Spongien, II. Die Gattung Halisarca,” in Zeitschr. fur wiss. Zool.

Bd. xxxviii. (1877).

440 On two new Central-African Mammalia.

ever, not so strongly made as in the latter, and if its cells

furnish nutritive material to the sperm-cells, their importance

is probably only that of an intermediate station. After the

last division the coil form of the nucleus passes into a per-

fectly dense chromatin-globule. ‘This becomes the head of

the spermatozoon, and ‘the scanty clear protoplasm which

surrounds it is drawn out into the filament. -Sometimes

within the same follicle the development of the spermatozoa

goes on at different rates, so that, for example, one half of

it appears filled with mature spermatozoa, the tails of which

are all directed towards the centre, while the other half. still

shows different stages of division.

The development of the ova, as of the spermatozoa of

Spongitlla, consequently approaches in a most satisfactory

manner to the processes repeatedly observed in higher animals,

although many peculiarities cannot be denied.

LXV.— Diagnoses of two new Central-African Mammalia.

By OLDFIELD T'HOMAS.

THE two following new species occur in the collection recently

sent to the Natural-History Museum by Emin Pasha.

Dendrohyrax Emini, sp. ne

Allied to and of about the size of D. arboreus, Sm.,

but, instead of greyish brown, uniformly pale yellowish white

all over above and below, very much the colour of the centre |

of the belly of D. arboreus.

Hab. Tingasi, Monbuttu, Central Africa.

Anomalurus pusillus, sp. n.

Allied to and coloured above like A. Beecroft, Fraser, but

differmg markedly by its much smaller size (hind foot 42

millim. * molar series 9°5 millim. long) and by its greyish-w hite

instead of rufous underside.

Hab. Bellima and Tingasi, Monbuttu.

Royal Institution of Great Britain. A441

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES,

ROYAL INSTITUTION OF GREAT BRITAIN,

Friday, May 13, 1887.—Henry Pollock, Esq., Treasurer and

° Vice-President, in the Chair.

Some Electrical Fishes. By Professor J. S. Burpon Sanperson,

MD? DED ER:S:

Tus lecture was divided into three parts, in the first of which a

general description was given of the three most important electrical

fish, viz. the torpedo, or electrical ray, the electrical eel of the rivers

and lakes of South America, and the Malapterurus of the Nile and

Senegal. In the second part the lecturer discussed the anatomical

character and morphological significance of the electrical organ in

the torpedo, and in the third its mode of action, with special reference

to the recent investigations of Mr. Francis Gotch, Assistant in the

Physiological Department at Oxford. The description given of the

structure of the organ was also founded on new investigations by

Prof. Ewart, of Edinburgh, who had been good enough to prepare

drawings on glass, suitable for projection on the screen, of his

microscopical preparations. The first of these drawings showed a

section of the already active electrical organ of a torpedo just born.

It was seen to consist of a great number of tubular columns which

extended from the upper (dorsal) to the lower (ventral) surface of

the flattened body of the animal, which were as closely packed

together as the cells of a honeycomb, each column being divided

into very narrow compartments by nearly horizontal partitions of

extremely fine membrane. It was next pointed out that, although

the whole organ is made up in the common torpedo of as many as

500 such columns (in some species many more), each column is in

structure and in function an electrical organ of itself; and not only

so, but that each of the fine membranous partitions or plates is an

electromotive structure of which, notwithstanding its almost incon-

ceivable tenuity, the two opposite surfaces are, when in activity, in

different electrical states ; so that, in consequence of their pile-like

arrangement and their all acting in the same direction, the electro-

motive force excited by the whole column is, asin a voltaic battery,

equal to the sum of the forces exerted by the many hundreds of

plates of which it is composed.

It having thus been made evident that everything depended on

the plates, the lecturer proceeded to explain their minute structure,

for the investigation ef which it was of course necessary to employ

much higher powers. The microscopical drawings which were

thrown on the screen showed that each of the fine membranes which

had been described consists of two different structures. Its upper

surface presents a layer of apparently homogeneous material in which

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5. Vol. xx. 31

442 Royal Institution of Great Britain.

nuclei are distributed at intervals. This may be called the proto-

plasmic lamina. ‘The under or ventral layer might be called the

nerve-lamina, for it is made up of the arborizations of the innu-

merable nervous filaments which spread themselves over the proto-

plasmic lamina on its under surface. As these filaments branch

repeatedly as they approach their destination, their ultimate endings

are among the smallest objects which can be distinguished under

the microscope.

The electrical organ offers to the physiologist one of the most

striking examples of that adaptation of structure to function which

is universal among living beings. A single column of the organ of

the torpedo resembles in a very remarkable degree a voltaic pile, of

which the plates are the elements, but it is a resemblance with a

difference. The difference lies in this, that the organ is only a

battery when it is waked into activity by a stimulus. This waking

up or (to use the ordinary language of physiology) excitation is

derived from the animal’s brain, which for the purpose has added to

it a special electric lobe on each side, from which the enormous

nerves, which are so richly supplied to the electrical organ, emanate.

The use of this lobe is obviously not to produce electricity itself,

but, at the will of the animal, to set free the energy of the organ,

i. €. of each of the many thousand plates of which it consists. Thus,

of the two lamine of each plate, the nervous and the protoplasmic,

each represents a distinct function—the protoplasmic that of pro-

ducing the required electromotive effect, the nervous that of receiving

from the brain and communicating to the protoplasm the impulse by

which it is discharged.

In a former lecture it had been shown that all the ordinary

physiological changes which occur at every moment of our existence

in what Bichat called the organs of animal life, particularly in our

nerves and muscles, are accompanied by electrical changes, and that

although it is not yet possible to give any physical explanation of

these changes, rapid progress is now being made in determining the

laws of their association with the other physical concomitants of

muscular and nervous action. As it is practically much more

important to understand the physiology of muscle and nerve than

that of the electrical organs of a few fish, the latter has been com-

paratively insufficiently studied. The purpose of the experiments

made at Arcachon is to bring the phenomena of the electrical

discharge or shock of the torpedo and the physiology of its organ into

line with the already very accurately investigated phenomena of

nerve and muscle. With reference to these last, certain very defi-

nite laws have been established, of which, perhaps, the most funda-

mental is that, when functionally at rest, these structures exhibit

no electromotive action. The structure must have been previously

acted upon by some external agency capable of exciting it. Another

established fact is that the effect is of limited duration, and that for

its development a certain time must elapse, which under similar

conditions is always the same for the same structure. A third is

Geological Society. 448

that all kinds of excitants act in the same way, the effects differing

in intensity, not in direction. In all these respects, and in others

of less importance, the electrical plate agrees with muscle and

nerve. Inasmuch, therefere,as we have met with a structure of

whick the development of electrical action is the exclusive function,

there seems to be good reason for the hope that by its investigation

a nearer approach may be made than has hitherto been possible to

the central question—that of the reason why in all animal struc-

tures the transition from the inactive to the active state is, so far as

our present knowledge teaches, always accompanied by electrical

change.

The question why certain fish are endowed with so singular a

means of offence and defence, which others allied to them zoologi-

cally do not possess, and, above all, why some fish have electrical

organs so small as to be useless, is as difficult to answer now as

when Mr. Darwin wrote the * Origin of Species.’ The facts relating

to the development of the organ, which teach us to regard it as, in

some sense, a modified muscle, might suggest that the transition

from muscle to organ was a gradual one, determined by external

conditions. But we are prevented from accepting any such sugges-

tion by the consideration that an electrical organ only becomes

advantageous to its possessor when it has acquired sufficient size to

be used in the capture of prey, and that in all previous stages of

transition it must be useless. Natural selection could not therefore

determine the development of the electrical organ by modification

of muscle. It is more reasonable to imagine that all fish, or at any

rate certain families of fish, possess an undeveloped element of

structure, of which the electrical organ is the manifestation. So

that what we have to account for is not its presence in some excep-

tional cases, but its absence in the great majority.

The existence of such a tendency as this hypothesis supposes

would render it possible for natural selection to operate efficiently

in bringing about the observed result.

GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

November 9, 1887.—Prof. J. W. Judd, F.R.S.,

President, in the Chair.

The following communication was read :—

‘““ Note on the so-called ‘Soapstone’ of Fiji.” By Henry B.

Brady, F.R.S.

The Suva deposit, which has a composition very similar to that

of the volcanic muds at present forming around oceanic islands in

the Pacific, is friable and easily disintegrated. The colour ranges

from nearly white to dark grey, the mass being usually speckled

31*

444 Miscellaneous.

with minerals of a darker hue. Under the microscope the rock

presents the character of a fine siliceous mud with crystals of augite

&e., tcgether with the sparsely scattered tests of Foraminifera. The

approximate chemical composition of typical specimens is:—NSilica,

50 per cent. ; alumina, 18 per cent.; lime and magnesia, from 5 to 6

per cent.; ferric oxide, from 3 to 8 per cent.; water, 16 per cent.,

with a small proportion of alkalies, chiefly potash, and but small trace

of carbonates.

The Author’s attention was chiefly directed to the common grey

friable rock, which may be softened in water and washed on a

sieve, the residue consisting mainly of Foraminifera with a few

Ostracoda. Of three specimens examined, | is a light-grey rock from

close to the sea-level; 2, of a lighter colour, from about 100 feet

elevation ; 3 is nearly white and somewhat harder, and was derived

from an intermediate point. So far as the Microzoa are concerned,

the first two present no differences which might not be observed in

dredgings from the recent sea-bottom, taken at similar depths a little

distance apart. The third appears to have been deposited in some-

what deeper water. There is a marked scarcity of arenaceous

Foraminifera.

Then followed notes on the rarer and more interesting species,

together with a list of the 92 species of Foraminifera found. Of

these, 87 are forms still living in the neighbourhood of the Pacific

islands. Two of the remaining 5 are new to science, and the rest

extremely rare. The Author concluded that these deposits are of

Post-Tertiary age, formed at depths of from 150 to 200 fathoms in the

neighbourhood of a volcanic region. The following new or little-

known species were selected for illustration :—Lilipsoidina ellip-

soudes, var. oblonga, Seguenza ;- Haplophragmium rugosum, D’Orb. ;

Ehrenbergina bicornis, sp. nov. ; Spherordina ornata, sp. nov.

MISCELLANEOUS.

Aga crenulata, Litken. By J. Duncan Martuews, F.R.S.E.

Tue capture off the Scottish coast of a Crustacean hitherto unre-

corded from British waters seems of sufficient interest for publi-

cation.

The specimen was a parasitic Isopod, and was procured by Mr.

Murray, Fishery Officer, Stonehaven, and by him forwarded to the

scientific department of the Fishery Board for Scotland. Sent to

the Rev. Dr. Norman for identification, it was described by him as

a specimen of Aga crenulata, Liitken, ‘‘a Greenland form not

previously found in our seas.”

This 47ga was taken in October 1886 from a large shark caught

entangled on lines about 8 miles off Stonehaven. Unfortunately

Miscellaneous. 445

the exact identity of the shark was not ascertained, but it was

described as the blue shark, though possibly it may have been the

Greenland shark, of which specimens are sometimes got on this

coast.

The parasite was in fine condition and the only one procured.

It measured 54 millim. in length and 21 millim. across the ventral

surface.

Sebastes norvegicus. By J. Duncan Marruews, F.R.S.E.

Partly from the interest attaching to a somewhat uncommon fish,

but more particularly in order to describe some variations from pre-

viously recorded examples, I wish to record here the capture of some

specimens of Sebastes norvegicus. Three specimens which I examined

(out of a total take of six) were caught in February of this year

and forwarded to me at the Fishery Board for Scotland by Mr.

Murray, Fishery Officer, Stonehaven. One of the specimens

measured 378 millim. in length, 115 millim. in depth at back of

operculum, and weighed 2 lbs. 1} oz.; a second was 350 millim.

long, and weighed 1 lb. 10 oz.; the third was only 220 millim. in

length. They were all of a bright crimson-red colour. The largest

of the six taken (and which was not sent to the Laboratory) measured

458 millim. long. The three specimens above recorded make six

specimens received by the Fishery Board within the last four years

—all from the east coast of Scotland.

Mr. Murray’s account of the locality where these six fish were

caught is interesting, as confirming the statement of Couch, Day,

&e., that they frequent deep water. He says that they were

caught 16 miles off Stonehaven, where the general depth is 30

fathoms with gravel bottom. ‘here are, however, oft that coast

numerous deep pits or holes, said to be from 60 to 100 fathoms in

depth. The Sebastes were all caught with herring-bait on part of

a small line, which had been hanging across one of these pits—said

to be 70 fathoms deep. Hels were caught on the rocky bottom on

each side of the pit, and these Sebastes were caught on the line sus-

pended across.

The following note of the fin-rays, as found on these three speci-

mens, and other three also examined by me, shows a rather striking

variation from the record by Yarrell, Couch, Giinther, and Day.

These authorities all give 15 spines in the dorsal fin, and 7 to 9

soft rays in the anal fin, while in the six examples examined by me

only one (figured as a Serranus in the Annual Report for 1883) has

15 dorsal spines, the others having only 12. Five of the six have

only 6 soft anal rays, including a last ray which, springing

close to the penultimate, looks somewhat like part of it. The

variation from Giinther’s and Day’s record of the number of ver-

tebree, in one examined in this respect, is also worthy of note.

Each had seven branchiostegal rays, and in other respects these

specimens were identical with those previously recorded.

446 Miscellaneous.

Varrell| Aree ee awe. D 15415 P19 V14+5A348C14

(Couch! wearer nen mean 6 D 15+13 P17 V14+5 A347C15

Gunther Mee 88. og. eee Diz A Vert. 12/18

Davee Rests aidan amceet De P 20 V15 A pe C18 Vert. 12/19

?yom Shetland, 1888 .... D15+13 P19 V145 A347 C15

2 _ (From Berwick, 221.85 .. D12+12P20 = -V145A346C16

BE |From , v.85 .. DI2+13P 119 lat | Vi+5 A846 C14 Vert. 25

2 24 From Stonchaven, 141,87, D12+14P20 -V145A34+6C14

$3 |From , By Dobe a V145A8+6015

& (From ,, 3) eD124-18)P 49 V1+5A3+6 C16

The following measurements were taken (along a median longi-

tudinal line) from the largest Stonehaven specimen :—

milim.

IDMERINE WEP Oi OWE "SG hvoe sas coe dcasnsosbococcosossadordece 30

Leneth from tip of premaxille to centre of eye ............ 40

os io » to posterior end of closed maxille 51

5 $ 7 MOOI Wie OeMOMA I se oh ones 105

¥ is . Se elvichinnte ne ee ere 114

= io A ist spine of dorsal fin 93

FA oe 5 53 Ist soft ray of ,, 221

” ” ”? ” last _,, ” 281

3 ne ws . Ist spine of anal fin .. 210

i 3 By ne Istsoftray of ,, .. 226

” ” ” ” last ” ” -. 207

“ Be a 43 outer caudal ray .... 315

he op , to tip of eaudal central rays .... 378

Depry whinoushyeentreioteye) anemone 13

ay MG ROUT Cue HUES, CLOMSEM IONE: 6465 o2G00500c20g2a5050 110

io *1 anal PE RE eRe ORS ost eo eos.

nyt (UGESD) Be OO SEE ogc cok aa tace isaperaksoo05- 3

One of the three Stonehaven specimens had 6 spines on the pre-

operculum instead of the usual 5, the extra one being small, and

situated close to the most ventral of the series.

On a new Genus of Phospharescent Lumbricide, and on the T'ype-

species of that Genus, Photodrilus phosphoreus, Dugés. By M.

A. GIARD.

The existence of the photogenic function among certain Lum-

bricidee has often been pointed out; but very rarely have the parts

which present this peculiarity been described in a sufficient manner,

and the conditions under which the phosphorescence is produeed are

still imperfectly known. During the months of August and Sep-

tember I observed, at Wimereux, in the paths of a garden at some

distance from the sea, a luminous earthworm, which appears to me

to belong to a new genus of the group of “ Lumbriciens postclitel—

Miscellaneous. 447

liens” of Perrier, nearly allied to Plutellus, and more nearly still to

Pontodrilus. To obtain a fairy spectacle it was sufficient, in the

evening, especially when the weather was damp, to kick or scrape

the gravel on the walks; a multitude of luminous specks, of a fine

opalescent green, were at once lighted up. ‘These specks were of

unequal dimensions: the largest produced a light as bright as that

of our glow-worms, and visible even in a room lighted by a good

lamp. When one of these specks was taken and rubbed between

the hands, both palms were soon rendered luminous. In the vicinity

ot each phosphorescent speck, or of each luminous streak, a small

earthworm was found, which, more often than not, showed no

injury, in spite of the rather rough treatment employed to ‘dis-

cover it.

Photodrilus phosphoreus has a length of from 45 to 50 millimetres,

with a width of 1-5 millimetre (2 millimetres in the clitellian region).

It has about 110 segments. Its colour is of a rosy grey, orange at

the cingulum. The skin is sufficiently transparent to allow the

internal organs and an abundant vascular system to be seen. The

sete are short and bent; but, instead of being in pairs as in most of

the Lumbricide, they are distant from one another as in the Ponto-

drili. They form, accordingly, eight nearly parallel longitudinal

rows; the two lower ventral rows are very near together in the

anteclitellian part, and the space which separates them scarcely

exceeds the width of the nervous chain.

The cephalic lobe is rounded, and does not encroach upon the buccal

segment. Between segments Sand 9 (the seventh andeighth setigerous

segments), on the lines of the lower ventral setee, may be scen the

orifices of the single pair of copulatory pouches. This is homologous

with the second pair in Pontodrilus. The cingulum begins towards

the superior third of the thirteenth segment, and occupies the

fourteenth, fifteenth, sixteenth, and seventeenth segments: this last

is very much shorter than the preceding ones. The fourteenth seg-

ment contains the female genital apertures on the lines of the lower

ventral sete and a little above these sete. The male genital orifices

are on the eighteenth segment. ‘The segmental organs only exist

below the fourteenth segment, and open externally at the upper

limit of each segment outside the lines of the superior ventral sete.

The digestive tube commences with an exsertile part (proboscis),

which the animal evaginates and draws back alternately, rather

slowly, when it is subjected to the action of chloroform. In these

backward and forward movements, on the lower surface of the

buccal segment, a tuft of long transparent filaments may be seen to

project, sometimes finely striated transversely and of an extreme

slenderness. These setiform elements, which are much longer than

the cephalic lobe and very flexible, have not, to my knowledge, been

noticed in any Lumbrician. Must they be regarded as homologous

with the cylindrical bacilli described by Perrier in the interior of

the hypodermis of the Pontodril? or are they really muscular fibres

ruptured and dissociated by the reagent ?

448 Miscellaneous.

The ovoid pharyngeal swelling extends from the third to the fifth

segment; it is followed by a straight cesophagus, which, in seg-

ments 10, 11, 12, and 13, presents four dilatations, taking the place

of the gizzard. The intestine, properly so-called, commences at the

fourteenth segment. In the anterior region (segments 5 to 9) the

cesophagus is covered laterally and dorsally by voluminous glands,

which decrease posteriorly; the smallest is situated in the ninth

segment. I regard these as homologous with the septal glands

discovered by Vejdovsky in the Enchytreide. Notwithstanding the

place which they occupy against the intestine, these organs are not

digestive glands ; they open on the outside of the back, and I think

that ‘it is to their secretion that the luminous property of the Photo-

drilus must be attributed. The dissepiments do not always corre-

spond exactly with the limit of two consecutive segments. Thus

the ninth septum is not situated between the ninth and the tenth

segments, but it is attached to the imtestinal wall, towards the

middle of the tenth; in the same manner the tenth, eleventh, and

twelfth septa start from a lateral insertion situated a little below the

lower limit of the tenth, eleventh, and twelfth segments, and sur-

round the intestine towards the middle of the eleventh, twelfth,

and thirteenth segments. The same fact has been remarked by

Horst in Moniligaster Houteni.

The circulatory apparatus differs little from that of the Pontodrili.

The lateral hearts are situated in segments 10, 11, and 12. The

ventral vessel is divided, towards the middle of the 8th segment,

into two lateral ventral branches, which, at first very widely sepa-

rated, converge in segments 5 and 4, and are then directed laterally

into segments 2 and 1, to form a fine vascular plexus in the

cephalic lobe.

There are two pairs of testes. They are large, very vascular

glands, which occupy the upper part of segments 11 and 12. The

ovaries are situated in the thirteenth segment. The animals which

we have studied not being at the period of sexual activity, the male

genital apertures were not very distinct. The apertures of the ovi-

ducts were to be seen very clearly on the lower surface of the

fourteenth segment, in the form of two little fissures, slightly

oblique from without inwards. The copulatory pouches, situated

in the ninth segment, have a small accessory sac, as in the Pon-

todrilt.

In certain individuals, in the twelfth and sometimes in the thir-

teenth and eighteenth segment, besides the eight ordinary sete, two

complementary sete may be seen, situated lower down than the

others and placed outside the lower ventral rows ; sometimes one of

these sets is replaced by a bundle of four sete, and that sometimes

to the right, sometimes to the left. Horst seems to have met with

similar tetrachetal bundles in the Riinodrilus Zenkatev. Are these

penial sete: in retrogression ?

The short description which Dugés has given of his Lumbricus

phosphoreus* may apply to the Photodrilus. Duges found this

species in the tan of a hothcuse in the Jardin des Plantes at

* Ann, des Sc. Nat. 2° série, t. vill. p. 24 (1837).

Miscellaneous. 449

Montpellier. At Wimereux the Photodrilus is only to be met with

in the paths running along the beds filled with soil from the hot-

houses of an horticulturist at Boulogne. It is probable therefore

that we have to do with an exotic species which has accommodated

itself very well to the maritime climate of the Boulonnais.— Comptes

Rendus, November 7, 1887, p. 872.

Note on a new Species of Cercopithecus from Kaffa, in Central

Africa. By Dr. Enrico H. Gtexroxt.

The Royal Museum of Florence has lately received from Dr. Leo-

poldo Traversi some important collections, among which occurs a

monkey evidently belonging to a still undescribed species. It is an

adult female, and comes from Kaffa; Dr. Traversi has sent the skin

and the skeleton.

This monkey belongs to Schlegel’s group vi. of Cercopithecus

(Monogr. des Singes, p. 82, Leyden, 1876), which includes species

with the hair black, ‘‘annulated with greyish or reddish white upon

the upper part of the body, the cheeks, and the basal part of the

tail,” and in which Schlegel has placed two species, namely C. leu-

campyx, Fischer, and C. neglectus, Schlegel. The former lives in

Angola, has the forehead white, and received from Gray the name

of C. Pluto (P. Z. 8. 1848, p. 57). The second inhabits the region

of the White Nile, and was regarded by Gray (Cat. Monkeys,

Lemurs, &c. B. M. p. 22, 1870) as the true C. leucampyx, but

differs therefrom, as noted by Schlegel (op. cit. p. 70), by having

the anterior margin of the thighs and a band across the hips white.

The species here described differs clearly from the two above

cited by the deficiency of the white bands across the forehead, upon

the anterior margin of the thighs, and across the hips. On the other

hand it has the anterior part of the neck, the sparse hairs of the

upper lip, and the longer and more abundant hairs of the chin of a

yellowish white. The greyish annulations, with a greenish tinge

in some parts, are to be noted upon the hairs of the forehead, the

long hairs of the cheeks, the hairs which adorn the outer margins

of the ears, on all the lower part of the back, and on the basal third

of the tail. The crown of the head, the nape, the upper part of the

back, the limbs, and the terminal portion of the tail have the hair

of an intense black colour, which changes to a fuliginous brown on

the breast, the abdomen, and the inner parts of the thighs and legs.

The naked skin of the face was evidently of an azure-blue colour in

the living animal. The hairs are scarce towards the extremity of

the tail and on the fingers.

The dimensions are as follows:—Total length (from the vertex

to the end of the tail) 0-880 m.; tail 0°390 m.; arm (from the

axilla to the end of the middle finger) 0-170 m.; leg (from the

groin to the extremity of the toes) 0-270 m. The bones show no

differential characters.

The author proposes to name this species Cercopithecus Boutour-

lint, after the Count Augusto Boutourline, of Florence.— Zcolv-

gischer Anzeiger, No. 261, September 26, 1887, p. 509.

450 Miscellaneous.

On the Formation of the Calcareous Corpuscles in Holothuria.

By M. Enearp Hérovarp.

In studying the calcareous corpuscles in the Dendrochirotz, of

which a considerable number of species are found at Banyuls and at

Roscoff, I have been led to discover their mode of formation; and,

though these elements present in each species a form so peculiar

that it serves as a criterion in their determination, I have found

that the original form of the corpuscle is everywhere the same in

these animals.

A calcareous corpuscle has, in fact, as the basis of its formation,

a group of hexagonal prismatic cells, arranged in a single layer, in

a pavement-like form.

Four adjacent cells, and in the first place their walls of contact,

serve as a centre of attraction for the calcareous molecules. Thus,

at first, we get a corpuscle in the form of an X. The calcareous

matter afterwards reaches the other lateral walls of these four cells ;

but the bases of the latter always remain free from any deposit.

The centre of each cell is occupied by the nucleus, and the presence

of this, preventing the calcareous deposit from spreading, explains

the existence of holes in their structures. The calcareous deposit

being more abundant along the edges of the hexagonal cells is the

cause of the existence of the projections which occur on the surface

of the corpuscles.

I shall call these four cells the four fundamental cells of the cor-

puscle, and give the name of the fundamental calcareous corpuscle to

that which originates by the calcification of the lateral walls of

these four cells. Asa type of this fundamental corpuscle may be

cited the normal corpuscle of Colochirus Lacazir.

Because the mode of formation is subjected to the same law, it

does not follow that the fundamental calcareous corpuscle is identical

in all species. The size, relative or absolute, of the hexagonal cells,

the form and dimensions of the projections from the surface of the

corpuscle arg, in fact, matters which are fixed for each species, but

vary in different species.

When once a fundamental calcareous corpuscle is formed, a calcifi-

cation analogous to that above described gains the neighbouring

hexagonal cells one after the other. According to the species this

calcification either equally affects all the cells which surround this

corpuscle, or only some of them. Thus we get corpuscles repre-

senting sometimes discs, sometimes laminze, and more or less elon-

gated and contorted.

Tn general, among the holes in the more complex calcareous cor-

puscles, we may distinguish four, which, by their size and their

lozenge-shaped arrangement, strike one at once. They are precisely

those of the fundamental calcareous corpuscle.

To sum up, in the Dendrochirote :—(1) The calcareous corpuscles

have as their basis of formation a plane of hexagonal cells; (2) only

four adjacent cells are concerned in the commencement of the for-

mation of every corpuscle, and thus furnish the fundamental calca-

reous corpuscle; (3) the apertures in the corpuscles are caused by

the presence of the nuclei of the hexagonal cells; (4) the projections

of the surface of the corpuscles are formed along the edges of the

hexagonal cells.— Comptes Rendus, November 7, 1887, p. 875.

451

INDEX tro VOL. XX.

ACYTHOPEUS, new species of, 559.

Addiodes, new species of, 117.

Afiga crenulata, note on, 444.

Agathia, new species of, 245.

Alcides, new species of, 354.

Algae, Ceylonese, in the British Mu-

seum, Catalogue of, 21.

Amblypodia, new species of, 268.

Ambulyx, new species of, 271.

Ameebze, on multiplication in, 316.

Amphiura Chiajii, on the variations

of, 411.

squamata, on a Copepod para-

sitic upon, 148.

Anisodes, new species of, 245.

Anniella, new species of, 50.

Anomalurus, new species of, 440.

Apis mellifica, on the races of, 143.

Aporrhipis, characters of the new

genus, 18.

Appendicularians, on swarms of,

102.

Appias, new species of, 265, 434.

Argonauta Bottgeri, notes on, 409.

Aristosuchus pusillus, on, 135.

Aulax, new species of, 250.

Axinella Donnani, remarks on, 158.

Baris, new species of, 359.

Barsenis, characters of the new

genus, 17.

Batrachia, new, 50, 95, 295, 312,

544, 407.

Batrachospermum, new species of,

Beddard, F. E., on a new type of

compound eye, 233.

Bee, on the races of the honey-, 143.

Bell, Prof. F. J., on a new species of

Nucleolites, with remarks on the

subdivisions of the genus, 125; on

the generic name Muelleria, 148 ;

on the habitat of Peripatus Leuck-

arti, 252; on anew species of Hve-

chinus, 403; on the variations of

Amphiura Chiajii, 411.

Bergendal, Dr. D., notes on the Land-

Planarie, 44.

Bernard, F., on the structure of the

branchia of the prosobranchiate

Gasteropods, 247.

Beryx, new species of, 237.

Bipalia, notes on, 44.

Bird, on a sacrum, apparently indi-

cating a new type of, 137.

Blochmann, Dr. F., on the sexual

generation of Chermes abietis, 390.

Blood-corpuscles of the Cyclosto-

mata, on the, 251.

Bohmig, Dr. L., on the sense-organs

of the Turbellaria, 308.

Bonnier, J., on the phylogeny of the

Bopyrine, 76.

Books, new:— Balfour’s ‘ Agricul-

tural Pests of India,’ 74.

Bopyrine, on the phylogeny of the,

76.

Bothrideres, new species of, 9.

Botys, new species of, 123.

Boulenger, G. A., on new Reptiles

and Batrachians, 50, 95, 152, 295,

407, 415; list of Lizards and Ba-

trachians from Cyprus, 344; on

the affinity of the North-American

lizard-fauna, 345; on Cophophryue

sikkimensis, 405.

Brady, H. B., on the so-called “ soap-

stone” of Fiji, 443.

Branchia, on the structure of the, of

the prosobranchiate Gasteropods,

247.

Brodie, Rey. P. B., on the mode of

occurrence of fishes in the Keuper

of Warwick and Nottingham, 139.

Bryozoa, on Australian, 81, 181, 253:

452

on tertiary Cyclostomatous, from

New Zealand, 139.

Buchholzia, new species of, 424.

Bufo, new species of, 52.

quadriporcatus, remarks on,

Butler, A. G., on new Lepidoptera

from the Solomon Islands, 114,

240,414; on anew genus of Chal-

cosiid moths allied to Pedoptila,

180.

Byssal organ of the Lamellibran-

chiata, on the, 518.

Cacosternum, characters of the new

genus, 51.

Cancerilla tubulata, notes on, 148.

Carchares, characters of the new

genus, 12.

Cediocera, characters of the new

genus, 20,

Cephalopoda, on the salivary glands

in the, 251.

Cercopithecus, new species of, 449.

Cheetopterus, on the organization of,

146.

Chalcidoptera, characters of the new

genus, 119.

Chalinine, on the new system of,

326; on the classification and no-

menclature of, 428.

Chariotheca, new species of, 17.

Chermes abietis, on the sexual gene-

ration of, 390.

Chilodon, new species of, 105.

Chondrosteus acipenseroides, on, 154.

Cicadidee, new species of, 226, 415.

Clada, characters of the new genus,

Cladorhiza, new species of, 279.

Clione borealis, on the occurrence of,

103.

Ceelenterate, on a new, 205.

Coleoptera, new, 8, 53, 165, 338,

348,

Copepod, on a, parasitic upon Am-

phiura squamata, 148.

Cophophryne sikkimensis, on, 405,

Corinea, new species of, 414.

Cosmopsaltria, new species of, 229,

Cossyphus, new species of, 13.

Cotochena, new species of, 122.

Cribrilina, new species of, 187.

Cryptotympana, new species of, 415.

Ctimene, new species of, 241.

Curculionide, on new Asiatic, 548.

‘yclobatis, on the affinities of, from

IN DE X.

the Cretaceous of Mount Lebanon,

389.

Cyclostomata, on

puscles of the, 251.

Cyrtotriplax, new species of, 62.

Cyrtotyche, new species of, 14.

Dacne, new species of, 56.

Davis, J. W., on Chondrosteus aci-

penseroides, 154,

Day, F., on the Zygzena dissimilis of

Murray, 389.

Decetia, new species of, 242.

Delias, new species of, 266,

Dendrohyrax, new species of, 440.

Dendroides, new species of, 174.

Dendy, A., on the sponge-fauna of

Madras, 153; on a new species of

Cladorhiza, 279; on the new sys-

tem of Chalinine, 326.

Dermatodes, new species of, 349.

Desmia egimiusalis, new variety of,

UY.

Dinosaurian remains, note on some,

141,

Diplopoda, on the classification of

the, 2838.

Dirodes, characters of the new genus,

352.

Distant, W. L., on new species of

Cicadidee, 226, 415 ; on Sphingidee

from the Malay peninsula, and on

anew species of Ambulyx, 270.

Diurus, new species of, 19.

Donald, Miss J., on some Carboni-

ferous species of Murchisonia, 140.

Doryagus, characters of the new

genus, 12,

Draco, new species of, 95,

Dunean, Prof. P. M., on the Kehi-

noidea from the Australian ter-

tiaries, 140.

Dutilleul, G., on the anatomy of the

Rhynchobdellean Hirudinea, 150.

Echinodermata, on the true nature of

the “ madreporic system ” of, 321;

on the phylogeny and anatomy of

the, 361.

Kchinoidea from the Australian ter-

tiaries, on the, 140.

Ehlers, Prof. E., on Polyparium am-

bulans, 273.

Ellobius, new species of, 384.

Enchytreeidee, on the, 417.

Endoceras, new species of, 393.

Hpisomus, new species of, 349.

Eremias, new species of, 51,

the blood-cor-

INDEX.

Erotylide, on new, from Japan, 53.

Ettingshausen, Dr. C. Baron v., on

the Tertiary flora of Australia,

142.

Eudzemonius, characters of the new

genus, 72.

EKugeusis, new species of, 10.

Eupagurus Bernhardus, on parasitic

castration in, 78.

Euphlceus, characters of the new

genus, 15.

Euplotes, new species of, 115.

Euschema, new species of, 240.

Kuthycus, new species of, 353.

EKutriplax, characters of the new

genus, 72, 342.

Evechinus, new species of, 403.

Exeetoderes, characters of the new

genus, 354.

Eye, on a new type of compound,

233.

Fiedler, K., on the development of

the sexual products in Spongilla,

435.

Fins, on the colour of pelvic, 300.

Fishes, on the significance of the yolk

in the eggs of osseous, 1; on Aus-

tralian, of the genus Beryx, 237 ;

on post-larval food-, 803; on some

electrical, 441.

Flora, on the Tertiary, of Australia,

142.

Flustra, new species of, 95.

Foord, A. H., on Orthoceras [ Endo-

ceras | duplex, 393.

Frogs, on new South-American, 295,

Gall-fly, on'a new, 250.

Gasteropods, on the structure of the

branchia of the prosobranchiate,

247,

Gebia stellata, on parasitic castration

in, 78.

Geological Society, proceedings of

the, 134, 443.

Gerbillus, on a species of, 382.

Giard, A., on the phylogeny of the

Bopyrinz, 76; on parasitic castra-

tion in Eupagurus Bernhardus and

in Gebia stellata, 78; on a Cope-

pod parasitic upon Amphiura

squamata, 148; on a new genus of

phosphorescent Lumbricidie, and

on the type-species, Photodrilus

phosphoreus, 446.

Giglioh, Dr. E. H., on a new species

of Cercopithecus; 449.

453

Glossiphonia, on the anatomy of,

150.

Glyphodes, new species of, 118.

Groom, T. T., on some new features

in Pelanechinus corallinus, 143.

Giinther, Dr. A., note on the Hapuku

of New Zealand, 236; on Austra-

lian fishes of the genus Beryx,

237; on Batrachians from Perak,

312.

Halichondria panicea, new variety of,

157.

Halymenia, new species of, 25.

Hamann, Dr. O., on the anatomy

and phylogeny of the Echinoder-

mata, 361.

Hapuku, note on the, of New Zea-

land, 236.

Haritala, new species of, 122.

Hartog, Prof. M. M., on the “ madre-

poric system” of Kchinodermata,

with remarks on nephridia, 321.

Helicarion, new species of, 131.

Helix, new species of, 132.

Hérouard, E., on the formation of the

calcareous corpuscles in the Holo-

thuria, 450.

Heterocnephes, new species of, 118.

Heterosuchus valdensis, on, 136.

Hircinia, new species of, 163.

Hirudinea, on the anatomy of the

Rhynchobdellean, 150.

Histrio, new species of, 113.

Holman, Miss L. E., on multiplica-

tion in Ameebe, 316.

Holosticha, new species of, 108.

Holothuria, on the formation of the

calcareous corpuscles in, 450.

Homoptera, new, 226, 415.

Hulke, J. W., on some Dinosaurian

remains, 141.

Huxley, Prof. T. H., on Hyperoda-

pedon Gordoni, 137.

Hyla, new species of, 53, 298.

Hylobius, new species of, 350.

Hyperodapedon Gordoni, observa-

tions on, 187.

Hypocheris radicata, L., on a new

gall-fly infesting, 250,

Hyponomeutide, new

414,

Immedia, new species of, 15.

Infusoria, on new hypotrichous, from

American fresh waters, 104.

Totrochota baculifera, new variety

of, 158.

species of,

454

Isopoda, on the structure of the eye

in certain, 253.

Ixalus, new species of, 97.

Joubin, L., on the salivary glands in

the Cephalopoda, 251.

Kieffer, J. J., on Aulax hypocheeridis,

250.

Korotneff, Dr. A., on Polyparium

ambulans, 205.

Labrus, on a post-larval, 300.

Laffuie, M. J.-,on the organization of

Cheetopterus, 146.

Lamellibranchiata,

organ of the, 318.

Lendenfeld, Dr. R. von, on the Chali-

nine, 428.

Lepidoptera, new, 114, 129, 180, 240,

265, 270, 414, 452.

Lepralia, new species of, 194.

Leptopoma, new species of, 133.

Leptopsaltria, new species of, 228.

Lett, Rev. H. W., on the races of the

honey-bee, 143.

Lewis, G., on Japanese Hrotylide,

53; on Japanese Pyrochroidee, 165;

on Japanese Silphidie, 358.

Liparis Montagui, on the post-larval

condition of, 302.

Litonotus, new species of, 104.

Litorhynchus, new species of, 413.

Lizards, list of, from Cyprus, 344.

Lizard-fauna, on the affinity of the

North-American, 345,

Loxodes, new species of, 106.

Lumbricide, on a new genus of phos-

phorescent, 446.

Lyssidia, new species of, 241.

Lystrus, new species of, 561.

M‘Intosh, Prof., on the occurrence of

peculiar gelatinous bodies, 97; on

Syncoryne decipiens, 99; on the

commensalistic habits of the larval

forms of Peachia, 101; on the

presence of swarms of Appendicu-

larians, 102; on the occurrence of

Clione borealis, 103; on a post-

larval Labrus, with remarks on the

colour of pelvic fins, 800; on the

post-larval condition of Liparis

Montacui, 302; ona peculiar Tele-

ostean yolk-sac, 302 ; on post-larval

food-fishes, 303.

Mammalia, new, 269, 378, 440.

Matthews, J. D., on AXga crenulata,

444; on Sebastes norvegicus, 445.

Meliteea, new species of, 150.

on the byssal

INDEX.

Mesenchytreeus, new species of ,425.

Messaras, new species of, 267.

Metaporia, new species of, 129. —

Michaelsen, Dr. W., on the Enchy-

treeide, 417.

Microdon nuchalis, on the so-called,

342.

Micropora, new species of, 185.

Microsca, new species of, 116.

Microsternus, new species of, 57.

Mollusca, new, 130.

Mucronella Elleri, new variety of,

194,

Muelleria, on the

148.

Miiller, Dr. W., on the scent-organs

in Phryganide, 305.

Murchisonia, on some Carboniferous

species of, 140.

Murray, G., on Ceylonese Algze in

the British Museum, 21.

Murray, J. A., on a new species of

Zygena, 304.

Mus, new species of, 269.

Nanina, new species of, 151.

Necrophorus, new species of, 540.

Neotriplax, characters of the new

genus, 60.

Nephridia, remarks on, 321.

Newton, EH. J., on the remains of

fishes from the Keuper of Warwick

and Nottingham, 189.

Nosophora, new species of, 120.

Nucleolites, on th> genus, with de-

scriptions of new species, 125.

Ochodontia, new species of, 245,

Omiodes, new species of, 121.

Omosaurus, new species of, 141.

Onychodromopsis, characters of the

new genus, 107.

Ophthalmodes, new species of, 242.

Ornithodesmus cluniculus, on the

sacrum of, 137.

Ornithopsis, new species of, 141.

Ornithorhynchus paradoxus, on a

newly-excluded young of the,

249.

Orthoceras duplex, on, 393; new

species of, 402.

Owen, Sir R., on a newly-excluded

young of the Ornithorhynchus

paradoxus, 249.

Oxytricha, new species of, 110.

Paduca, new species of, 266.

Paludicola, new species of, 296.

Papilio, new speciés of, 432.

generic name,

INDEX.

Parasitic castration, on, in the deca-

pod Crustacea, 78.

Pascoe, F. P., on new genera and

species of Coleoptera, 8; on new

Asiatic Curculionidee, 348.

Patricosaurus merocratus, on, 156.

Peachia, on the commensalistic

habits of the larval forms of, 101.

Pelanechinus corallinus, on some new

features in, 143.

Peripatus Leuckarti, on the habitat

of, 252.

Phakellia, new species of, 159.

Pharambara, new species of, 117.

Photodrilus, characters of the new

genus, 446.

Phryganide, on the scent-organs in,

305.

Phrynella pulchra, remarks on, 315.

Pimplema, characters of the new

genus, 16.

Planariz, notes on the land-, 44.

Platax, on a new species of, 342.

Pleonectusa, new species of, 124.

Pocock, R.1I., on a new genus and

species of Polyzonide, 222; on

the classification of the Diplopoda,

283.

Peecilopsaltria, new species of, 226.

Polyparium ambulans, on, 203, 275.

Polyyedates, new species of, 315.

Polyprion prognathus, remarks on,

236.

Polyzoa, notes on some, from the

Lias, 142.

Polyzonide, on a new genus and

species of, 222.

Pomponia, new species of, 230.

Porina, new species of, 190.

Prince, H. E., on the significance of

the yolk in the eggs of osseous

fishes, 1.

Pseudodesmus, characters of the new

genus, 222.

Pyralis, new species of, 115.

Pyrochroa, new species of, 169,

Rana, new species of, 96.

Raspailia, new species of, 160.

Regadia, new species of, 435.

Reichel, L., on the byssal organ of

the Lamellibranchiata, 318.

Remodes, new species of, 247.

Renania, characters of the new ge-

nus, 60.

Reptiles, new, 50, 95, 413 ; on some,

455

from Sumatra, 152; from near

Muscat, 407.

Rhynchopora, new species of, 195.

Royal Institution, proceedings of the,

441,

Salivary glands, on the, in the Cepha-

lopoda, 251.

Sanderson, Prof. J. 8. B., on some

electrical fishes, 441.

Satelia, characters of the new genus,

oOo

Scent-organs in Phryganide, on the,

305.

Schizoporella, new species of, 193.

Schizotus, new species of, 172.

Sciurus, new species of, 127.

Scully, J., on the mammals collected

in Northern Afghanistan, 378.

Sebastes norvegicus, note on, 445.

Seeley, Prof. H.G., on Aristosuchus

pusillus, 135; on Heterosuchus

valdensis, 186; on Patricosaurus

merocratus, 1386; on a sacrum,

apparently indicating a new type

of bird, 137.

Selasia, new species of, 11.

Semionotus, new species of, 175,

320.

Semioptila, characters of the new

genus, 180.

Serolis, on the structure of the eye in,

254,

Shells, on new species of land-, 180.

Silphidee, on Japanese, 338.

Smith, EH. A., on new species of land-

shells, 180; on Volutharpa Perryi,

547; on Argonauta Bottgeri,

409.

Smith, H. G., on new species of

Lepidoptera, 129, 265, 452.

Spermophilus, new species of, 381.

Sphingidee from the Malay peninsula,

on, 270.

Spilobotys, characters of the new

genus, 125.

Sponge-fauna of Madras, on the,

153.

Spongilla, on the development of the

sexual products in, 435.

Stericta, new species of, 115.

Stokes, Dr. A. C., on new freshwater

Infusoria, 104.

Strophidia, new species of, 246,

Suberites, new species of, 154,

Syncoryne decipiens, on, 99.

456

Tachysoma, characters of the new

genus, 108.

Thomas, O., on new squirrels, 127 ;

on a new rat, 269; on new Cen-

tral-African Mammalia, 440.

Thompson, Prof. D’A. W., on the

blood-corpuscles of the Cyclosto-

mata, 251,

Triplax, new species of, 69.

Tropidonotus, new species of, 96; on

ovo-viviparous generation in, 320.

Turbellaria, on the sense-organs of

the, 308.

Uranodoxa, characters of the new

genus, 244.

Volutharpa Perryi, notes on, 347.

INDEX.

Walford, E. A., on some Polyzoa

from the Lias, 142.

Waters, A. W., on Australian Bryo-

zoa, 81, 181, 253; on tertiary

cyclostomatous Bryozoa from New

Zealand, 139.

Woodward, A. S., on a new species

of Semionotus, 175, 320; on the

so-called Microdon nuchalis, 342 ;

on the affinities of Cyclobatis,

389.

Young, H. C., on ovo-viviparous

generation in Tropidonotus, 320.

Yphthima, new species of, 267.

Zanclopteryx, new species of, 246.

Zygena, new species of, 304, 389.

END OF THE TWENTIETH VOLUME.

PRINTED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS,

RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET,

CONTENTS OF NUMBER, 120.—Fifth Series.

Page

LIT. On “Orthoceras [Endoceras| duplex,’ Wahlenberg et auctt., F

with Descriptions of three new Species of Endoceras from the Ordo-

vician of Sweden and Russia contained in the British Museum

(Natural History). By Arraor H. Foorp, F.G.S. .............. 393

LITI. Deseription of anew Species of Hvechinus. aay F. JERPREY

Bain; MoAC# GPlate Devel iee! Gris nis 0b gare yas en) ofa 403

LIV. On a rare Himalay an Toad, Cophophr ne sikkimensis. By

Gl Ac BopemnGiniee: Seer anwar, Ais chan Seat ga alas enclaves aula 405

LY. A List of the Reptiles and Batrachians obtained near Muscat,

Arabia, and presented to the British Museum by Surgeon-Major

ACS: GJayakar.< “Dy GetAG hp UlENGER I) 05S a sjaiee eeee ns 407

LVI. Notes on Argonauta Botigerr. By Epear A. Suirn. (Pilate

PROV Le ol G.) CaN tesco Nae ctopencyevahe Suarhae deer iWojn eerste cn WA tactincaie! state 409

LVII. Note on the Variations of Amphiura Chagui, Forbes. By F.

JEREREY BEE OME AN Sega acy ly ees nce mento cn eiaeayal. ak Gega eemesucaua yt. ve 41]

LVIII. Deseription of a new Snake from Afghanistan. By G. A.

BOULENGER, 2 oc Mrviin tae) ae aero che ts ere actuated ne aoe An et Ege: «se 415

LIX. Descriptions of two new Species of Hyponomeutide from the

Solomon Islands. By A. G. Buruzr, F.LS., F.Z.S., &. 1.0.2... .. 414

LX. Descriptions of two new Species of -Cicadide. By W. L.

SEES Sateen tangents Sewanee ae lae coat oilve see aan ce. Sie lara eae sguneal Ste ota 415

LXI. Studies on the Enchytreide. By Dr. W. Micnantsey.

CEM AT ERG NGPEIG Ge Set ur Nari iconts Sulacetarer Waals stint a ea whine lnat yaks Oaaere ae = 417

LXII. Mr. Dendy on the Chalinine. By R. von Lenpenretp .. 428

LXIII. Descriptions of six new Species of Butterflies captured by

Mr. John Whitehead at Kina Balu Mountain, North Borneo, in the

Collection of Mr. H. Grose Smith. By H. GroszSmira .......... 432

LXIV. On the Development of the Sexual Products in Spongilla.

By Meanie Re aay care sericea cpm taiaes - cuutac ota aerate oper etc eens 435

LXY. Diagnoses of two new Central-African Mammalia. By

OLpRiemD Proms sy ied 2a nictiuaie saul ie tae aier eee patsSel dacs etakels 440

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

Royal Institution of Great Britain .............--2..+--.-4.0.. 441

Geological Society ...... aller Meas oh Sno lat ehee lat etie yal suavenecodesay Ue LANs he, 443

Aiga crenulata (Liittken). By J. Duncan Marrnews, F.R.S.E. .... 444

Sebastes norvegicus. By J. Duncan Marrnnws, F.R.S.E. ........ 445

On a new Genus of Phosphorescent Lumbricide, and on the Type-

species of that Genus, Photodrilus phosphoreus, Dugés. By M.

ALS GEBAGR DACs ae eee een Cee UNG RNS Uy EL Sune gana Re 446

ae on a new Species of Cercopithecus from Kaffa, in Central Africa,

By: Dirsline co (ED Gore Gio bey wen tars: tre shcce ate uoce wea eke Gea 449

On the Formation of the Calcareous Corpuscles in Holothuria. By

M. Enearp HrrovarD

Index. bs. CER o eens Be on suse tse 451

*y* Itis requested that all Communications for this Work may be addressed,

post-paid, to the Care of Messrs. Taylor and Francis, Printing Office,

Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, London.

THE LONDON, =DINBURGH, AND DUBLIN

PHILOSOPHICAL MAGAZINE

AND

JOURNAL OF SCIENCE. |

A JOURNAL DEVOTED TO PHYSICS, ASTRONOMY, MECHANICS,

CHEMISTRY, MINERALOGY, AND THE ALLIED SCIENCES.

MONTHLY, PRICE 2s. 6d.

Complete sets Gn Numbers) may be obtained at the following

prices :—

The First Series, in 68 volumes, from 1798 to 1826. Price £15.

The Second-Series, in 11 volumes, from 1827 to 1832. » £2 4s.

The Third Series, in 37 volumes, from 1832 to 1850. 53 eee

The Fourth Series, in 50 volumes, from 1851 to 1875. Bis 2 2745p

TAYLOR and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street.

THE ANNALS AND MAGAZINE

NATURAL HISTORY,

INCLUDING

ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, AND GEOLOGY.

MONTHLY, PRICE 2s. 6d.

| Complete sets (in Numbers) may be obtained at the following

prices: =

The First Series, in 20 volumes, from 1838 to 1847. Price £10.

The Second Series, in 20 volumes, from 1848 to 1857. LO:

The Third Series, in 20 volumes, from 1858 to 1867. oe HEA O:

The Fourth Series, in 20 volumes, from 1868 to 1877. Beg bp:

TayLor and FRANcIS, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street.

Ann & Mag. Nat. Hist. S.5.\ol,. 20. Plt

Ole

West, Newman & Co. ith ad nat.

Mantermn Bros se.

Ann bag. Nat. Hist, 8.5 Vol.20. PUL

eae >

ean

Ed. E Frnce del,

Anv.& Mag. Nat. Hist. §.5.Vol.20. Pill.

Mintern Bros. lith.

Ann& Mag Nat. Hist. 8.5. Vol. 20. PU. IV.

AW Waters, del. AUSTRALIAN BRYOZOA

AT Hollick Lith. West,Newman &Coimp.

t. 8.5. Vol.20. PU. V.

Ann.& Mag.Nat. H

Mintern Bros. imp.

A.W.Waters del. A.T.Hollick lith.

IRWOZOA.

AUSTRALIAN

A.W.Wsters del, A.T.Hollick lith.

Ann.& Mag. Nat. Hust. 5.5. Vol. 20. Pv. VL.

Mintern Bros. imp.

AUSTRALIAN BRYOZOA.

pas

a “Sees

Ann.& Mag. Nat. Mist. §.5.Vol. 20. PU. VIL.

tL (l & 6

7 > pl m)

nat, suze.

A W.Waters del. A.T. Hollick kth.

Mintern Bros imp

Ann.& Mag. Nat. Hist. 5.5. Vol. 20. PL. Vill.

Wooaw.

Semiunotus Joassr Ao

Mintern Bros. lith

st. 3.5. Vol. 20. PU. IX.

g. Nat. Hf

Ann.& Ma

“OGL X “ey.

Mintern Bros. hth.

ist. S.5. Vol. 20. PLX.

Ann.& Mag. Nat. H

O28 PL : eT

Mintern Bros. lith.

st. 3.5. Vol. 20. Pu. X.

de. Mag. Nat Hf

An Uv,

Mantern Bros. lith.

20. JAG AUN / if

. Vol.

& Mag...

Ann

Mintern Bros. lith.

PU Xl.

Vol, 2

t.5.5

. Hus

lth.

Mintern Bros.

Annr.& Mag. Nat. Hist. §. 5. Vol. 20. PU.XIV.

i Maud Horman-Risher del. et lith. Mintern Bros. imp.

A NEW GENUS OF POLYZONIDE.

st. 5.3. Vol. 20. PU. XV.

t. Ht

Ann.& Mag. N

yamine

ect a AAR EC STE

= Tes :

cen aroras :

cos Neenah sap

X 130.

Mintern Bros. imp.

AT. Hollhick del. et hth.

Cladorhiza pentacrinas.

Ann.& Mag, Nat. Hist. §. 5. Vol. 20. Pu. XVI.

R.Mintern del. et ith Mintern Bros.

A, Folypedates leprosus. BB. Phrynella pulchra.

C. Bufo quadriporcatus.

Berjeau & Highley del.et lith.

Ana. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 8.5. Vol.20, PL. XVIL

Mintern Bros. imp.

Ann.& Mag. Nat. Hist. 8.5. Vol. 20. Pl. XVIIL

Mintern Bros. lith.

wi iT

DATE DUE

Utes Ess

ee Pa

Nit 3 fy 1eQ8 _

Fy: Ff ¥; ‘} + oy,

DEMCO, INC. 38-2931

: ih he

aa i il it

Sea

> Beeed

Pee ae ~

ot eons

Ee 3

x ee

Ri ede lerebered,

ntti aries

tp NH He ' tag ink

Pate

bate (a

Sao

a He

i ‘

i ce benny)

sie

= = sseeete: gears = as fasts sees

Seiaisag Saat fessies Seer e

7 i oo na i a“

s4'h th any aibuhi

Hd A el TH ? bit

cy ie if fd ih

Sh fifths a

vy vt 4 AH

ity

; wii Hi iH iy

, { tet H a ‘ | a ut

fy ! 1 i ne if ie

nhiit i f DH nee

i Hie

wah Ae \ Ae

“ ek

ee) ‘|

f SH

HAM nt

Hive!

—

the

Piste Tahal Le

ba ,

it i va pent,

deal pe an

= :

eer rears

Sees

SSS SSS

<a 3 =

Socae asa new

Pi snie

aie ‘Nba eu ihe

Raa

fie Hab gt

sae ih i

SESTSF= eee

= >s> eat = ane

es is -

ri Hite

Gils ial Lit

ite ioe

Herel

‘4 HO

sachet

NY Ht

ts Raa AN Pr

wtih sh Wis

y + Hi

SITs

Tae ore es

Sorat ee ors

Sore es

ees

goes es

Saneee

ome

laf or rue Sat

Sit TSis:

eal

eee